Art - Serv.man en SW 8.60-Sp01232

You might also like

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 1546

Artis

Service Manual - Volume 1/2

service code SP01232


internal code 9033239200
revision /
rev. sw 8.60
date 2016-07
Manufactured by:
GAMBRO DASCO S.p.A. Via Modenese 66, 41036 MEDOLLA (MO) Italy
Questions or comments about this publication can be directed to your Local
Representative.
© 2016 GAMBRO LUNDIA AB All rights reserved.

Artis Dialysis System is powered by Tilcon Real-Time Run-Time which is a Copyright


2003 _ TILCON SOFTWARE LIMITED. All rights reserved. Tilcon Real-Time Run-Time
software is protected by copyright and contains confidential information of Tilcon Software
Limited. Reverse engineering, unauthorized use or reproduction is strictly prohibited.

Trademarks
Gambro, Artis, BiCart, BiCart Select, CleanCart, Diascan, HemoControl, Hemoscan,
SelectBag, SelectBag One, SelectCart, SoftPac and U 9000 are trademarks of Baxter
International Inc. or its subsidiaries.
All other trademarks are the properties of their respective owners.

Code SM_9033239200_0C Rev. /


Applicability
This manual applies to the following Artis Dialysis system configurations equipped with
software version 8.60

Device Trade Name Catalog Name Catalog Code


ARTIS ARTIS 230V PHYSIO II 955412
ARTIS ARTIS 230V PHYSIO II LP 115964
ARTIS ARTIS AFBK PHYSIO II 115966
ARTIS ARTIS 115V PHYSIO II 115965
ARTIS ARTIS 230V PHYSIO I 115962
ARTIS ARTIS 230V PHYSIO 115323
ARTIS ARTIS 230V PHYSIO LP 115324
ARTIS ARTIS AFBK PHYSIO 115326
ARTIS ARTIS 230V 110635
ARTIS ARTIS 230V LP 115401
ARTIS ARTIS AFBK 114389
ARTIS ARTIS 115V 112949

Code SM_9033239200_0C Rev. /


This Service Manual is made up of the chapters listed in the table below. Each chapter is
identified by its own code and revision.
Refer to the table below for the correct code and revision of each chapter in this Service
Manual.

Chapter Code Revision


Cover VOL1 SM_9033239200_0C Rev. /
Table of Contents VOL1 SM_9033239200_0T Rev. /
Introduction SM_9033239200_0I Rev. /
Chapter 1 SM_9033239200_01 Rev. /
Chapter 2 SM_9033239200_02 Rev. /
Chapter 3 SM_9033239200_03 Rev. /
Chapter 4 SM_9033239200_04 Rev. /
Chapter 5 SM_9033239200_05 Rev. /
Chapter 6 SM_9033239200_06 Rev. /
Chapter 7 SM_9033239200_07 Rev. /
Chapter 8 SM_9033239200_08 Rev. /
Chapter 9 SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /
Chapter 10 SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /
Chapter 11 SM_9033239200_11 Rev. /
Chapter 12 SM_9033239200_12 Rev. /
Chapter 13 SM_9033239200_13 Rev. /
Chapter 14 SM_9033239200_14 Rev. /
Cover VOL2 SM_9033239200_0C Rev. /
Table of Contents VOL2 SM_9033239200_0T Rev. /
Chapter 15 SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /

! WARNING
Ensure that no chapter is removed from the manual because that might affect
the understanding of the Artis Service Manual.

Addendums to this Service Manual might be available. Contact your Local


Representative for further information and to get the access via internet.

Code SM_9033239200_0C Rev. /


Table of contents
VOLUME 1
INTRODUCTION
Symbols .......................................................................................................................... xix
Intended Use................................................................................................................... xix
Responsible Organization ............................................................................................... xxi
User Group ..................................................................................................................... xxi
Spare Parts ..................................................................................................................... xxi
Dialysis and Substitution/Infusion Fluids......................................................................... xxi
Warnings and Cautions................................................................................................. xxiii
Cover .................................................................................................................... xxiii
Introduction .......................................................................................................... xxiii
Chapter 1: System Description ............................................................................ xxiv
Chapter 3: Blood Circuit Description ..................................................................... xxv
Chapter 6: Software Description ........................................................................... xxv
Chapter 7: Calibration ........................................................................................... xxv
Chapter 8: Maintenance ........................................................................................ xxv
Chapter 9: Service Screen, Alarms, Information Signals and Troubleshooting ... xxvi
Chapter 12: Installation ...................................................................................... xxviii
Chapter 13: Specifications ................................................................................. xxviii
Chapter 14: IT-Network Specifications ................................................................. xxxi
Chapter 15: Hydraulic Phase Description ............................................................ xxxi
Concentrates, Accessories and Disposables Accessories .......................................... xxxii
List of symbols ............................................................................................................ xxxv
Addresses ........................................................................................................................ xl
Warranty ....................................................................................................................... xliii

Chapter 1. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION


Structure of the machine ................................................................................................. 1:1
Master Module ....................................................................................................... 1:1
Blood Module ......................................................................................................... 1:1
Dialyzer Holder ............................................................................................. 1:5
Cassette Panel ............................................................................................. 1:6
Sensor Bar .................................................................................................... 1:6
Hydraulic Module .................................................................................................. 1:7
Ultra Door ................................................................................................... 1:11
SelectCart and BiCart Cartridge Holders .................................................... 1:12
SelectBag Holder ........................................................................................ 1:13
Main Frame ................................................................................................. 1:14
Protective Module ................................................................................................ 1:15
Bio Module ........................................................................................................... 1:15
Operator interface ......................................................................................................... 1:15
Artis Dialysis System Touch Screen .................................................................... 1:15
Hard Key Panel .................................................................................................... 1:16
Heparin Delivery System ...................................................................................... 1:19
Heparin Panel ............................................................................................. 1:19
Heparin Syringe Holder .............................................................................. 1:20
Operating Modes .................................................................................................. 1:21

Code SM_9033239200_0T Rev. / v


ARTIS Service Manual:«MAINTENANCE»

NavPad Area ........................................................................................................ 1:22


Parameter Modification ........................................................................................ 1:23
Service menu: access view ...................................................................................... 1:24
NavPad Service Area ........................................................................................... 1:26
Black Box ............................................................................................................. 1:33
Software Download procedure...................................................................................... 1:36
Prerequisites ........................................................................................................ 1:36
Software Download procedure ............................................................................. 1:36
Calibrations and Calibration Coefficient Restoring ............................................... 1:37
CRCs Check ........................................................................................................ 1:37
Configuration of the machine ............................................................................... 1:37
Blood Circuit Description............................................................................................... 1:38
Pressure transducers ........................................................................................... 1:38
Arterial and Venous Pumps ................................................................................. 1:38
Arterial and Venous pump covers ........................................................................ 1:38
Air detector ........................................................................................................... 1:39
Blood Sensor ........................................................................................................ 1:39
Line presence sensors ......................................................................................... 1:39
Hemoscan sensor ................................................................................................ 1:39
Arterial and Venous line clamps ........................................................................... 1:39
Heparin pump ....................................................................................................... 1:39
Blood cassette ...................................................................................................... 1:40
Blood circuit: front view .............................................................................. 1:40
Cassette ...................................................................................................... 1:41
Priming .......................................................................................................................... 1:42
Ultrafiltration Control System ........................................................................................ 1:42
Protective System for Ultrafiltration ...................................................................... 1:43
Temperature Control and Monitoring ........................................................................... 1:43
Conductivity Control and Monitoring ............................................................................. 1:43
Bicarbonate Concentrate Preparation .................................................................. 1:43
Bicarbonate Concentrate Mixing .......................................................................... 1:43
Bicarbonate Conductivity Control ......................................................................... 1:43
Bicarbonate Temperature Control ........................................................................ 1:44
BiCart Option ........................................................................................................ 1:44
SelectBag Concentrate Preparation .................................................................... 1:44
SelectBag Concentrate Mixing ............................................................................. 1:44
SelectBag Conductivity Protective ....................................................................... 1:44
SelectBag Temperature Protective ...................................................................... 1:44
Acid Concentrate Preparation .............................................................................. 1:44
Acid Concentrate Mixing ...................................................................................... 1:44
Acid Conductivity Control ..................................................................................... 1:45
Acid Temperature Control .................................................................................... 1:45
SelectCart Option ................................................................................................. 1:45
Disinfection and Cleaning .................................................................................... 1:45

Chapter 2. HYDRAULIC DESCRIPTION


Hydraulic Circuit Description ........................................................................................... 2:1
Fluid Feeding module ..................................................................................................... 2:2
Water Inlet .............................................................................................................. 2:2
Heating and Degassing module ...................................................................................... 2:3
Heat Exchanger ..................................................................................................... 2:3

vi Code SM_9033239200_0T Rev. /


Heater (FLICK), Thermistor (STH) ......................................................................... 2:3
Heater Temperature Sensor (TP) ................................................................. 2:3
Restrictor and Bypass Valve .................................................................................. 2:3
Degassing loop check valve ................................................................................... 2:4
Deaeration .............................................................................................................. 2:4
Degassing Restrictor ORD ..................................................................................... 2:4
Pressure regulator (R2) .......................................................................................... 2:4
Dosing and Mixing Concentrate module ......................................................................... 2:4
Bicarbonate Concentrate Mixing ............................................................................ 2:5
Bicarbonate Temperature Control Sensor (TcB) .......................................... 2:5
Bicarbonate Conductivity Control Sensor (ΓcB) ............................................ 2:5
BiCart Mode .................................................................................................. 2:6
SelectBag Concentrate Preparation ...................................................................... 2:6
SelectBag Concentrate Mixing ..................................................................... 2:6
SelectBag Temperature Protective Sensor .................................................. 2:6
SelectBag Conductivity Protective Sensor ................................................... 2:6
Acid Concentrate Preparation ................................................................................ 2:7
Acid Concentrate Mixing ............................................................................... 2:7
Acid Temperature Control ............................................................................. 2:7
Acid Conductivity Control .............................................................................. 2:7
SelectCart Option ......................................................................................... 2:7
BiCart and SelectCart Priming ............................................................................... 2:7
Fluid Delivery and Weight Loss Control .......................................................................... 2:8
Dialysis Fluid Flow Control ..................................................................................... 2:8
Final Air Evacuation ............................................................................................... 2:8
Conductivity protection ........................................................................................... 2:8
Final Temperature Monitoring ................................................................................ 2:8
pH Monitoring (if available) .................................................................................... 2:9
Bypass of the Dialyzer and Second Ultrafilter ....................................................... 2:9
Safety Volume ........................................................................................................ 2:9
Ultrafilter before Dialyzer ........................................................................................ 2:9
On - Line and dialyzer monitoring .......................................................................... 2:9
Dialyzer pressures ................................................................................................. 2:9
Exhaust dialysis flow control and ultrafiltration ....................................................... 2:9
Blood Leak Monitor .............................................................................................. 2:10
Water Stop Sensor .............................................................................................. 2:10
Clearance module ......................................................................................................... 2:10
Waste Fluid module ...................................................................................................... 2:10
Dosing and Mixing Disinfectant module ........................................................................ 2:11
Disinfectants intake, mixing and proportioning ..................................................... 2:11
EvaClean module.......................................................................................................... 2:12
Waste handling .................................................................................................... 2:12
EvaClean Rinse/disinfection ................................................................................ 2:12
Recirculation module .................................................................................................... 2:13
Artis Hydraulic Circuit.................................................................................................... 2:13
Component legend ..................................................................................................... 2:17
Artis pressure map ....................................................................................................... 2:21
Hydraulic location.......................................................................................................... 2:21

Code SM_9033239200_0T Rev. / vii


ARTIS Service Manual:«MAINTENANCE»

Chapter 3. BLOOD CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION


Introduction ..................................................................................................................... 3:1
Ultra prime Line ...................................................................................................... 3:2
Ultra HDF Line ....................................................................................................... 3:3
Ultra HDF Post Line ............................................................................................... 3:4
Blood Tubing System ...................................................................................................... 3:5
Blood Cassette ....................................................................................................... 3:5
Blood Module: HD-DN Treatment .......................................................................... 3:6
Blood Circuit Diagram: HD-DN Treatment ............................................................. 3:7
Blood Module: OL HD-DN Treatment .................................................................... 3:9
Blood Circuit Diagram: OL HD-DN Treatment ..................................................... 3:10
ArtiSet PrePost Cassette ..................................................................................... 3:11
Blood Module: HDF Post, HDF Pre and HF Pre Treatments ............................... 3:11
Blood Circuit Diagram: HDF Post, HDF Pre and HF Pre Treatments .................. 3:12
SN Cassette ......................................................................................................... 3:13
Blood Module: HD-DNDP and HD-SN Treatments .............................................. 3:14
Blood Circuit Diagram: HD-DNDP and HD-SN Treatments ................................. 3:15
Blood Module: OL HD-DNDP and OL HD-SN Treatments .................................. 3:17
Blood Circuit Diagram: OL HD-DNDP and OL HD-SN Treatment ....................... 3:18
Cassette sensors ................................................................................................. 3:19
Dialyzer & Connections ........................................................................................ 3:19
Arterial Injection Port ............................................................................................ 3:19
Venous Injection Port ........................................................................................... 3:19
Pressure transducers .................................................................................................... 3:19
Arterial Pump ................................................................................................................ 3:20
Arterial Pump cover ...................................................................................................... 3:20
Arterial Pump rotor with crank....................................................................................... 3:21
Venous Pump ............................................................................................................... 3:21
Venous Pump cover...................................................................................................... 3:22
Venous Pump rotor with crank ...................................................................................... 3:22
Blood Sensor ................................................................................................................ 3:22
Air Detector ................................................................................................................... 3:23
Line presence sensors .................................................................................................. 3:23
Hemoscan sensor ......................................................................................................... 3:24
Venous line clamp........................................................................................................ 3:24
Arterial line clamp ......................................................................................................... 3:24
Infusion Clamp .............................................................................................................. 3:24
Heparin Pump ............................................................................................................... 3:24
Additional Blood Circuit Information .............................................................................. 3:26
Hard Key Panel .................................................................................................... 3:26
Blood Pressure Monitor (BPM) ..................................................................................... 3:27
General ................................................................................................................ 3:27
Oscilometric Blood Pressure Measurement Method ............................................ 3:27
Accuracy .............................................................................................................. 3:27
Measurement ranges ........................................................................................... 3:28
Cycle time ............................................................................................................ 3:28
Zero setting .......................................................................................................... 3:28
Composition ......................................................................................................... 3:28
Cuff cleaning ........................................................................................................ 3:28
Cuff pressure ........................................................................................................ 3:28
Cuff Selection ....................................................................................................... 3:29

viii Code SM_9033239200_0T Rev. /


Chapter 4. ELECTRONIC DESCRIPTION
Main Board...................................................................................................................... 4:1
Flash Memory ........................................................................................................ 4:2
Liquid Crystal Display and Touch Screen .............................................................. 4:2
Card Reader ........................................................................................................... 4:2
USB port ................................................................................................................. 4:3
RS232 board .......................................................................................................... 4:3
Smart Keyboard board assy ................................................................................... 4:3
Ethernet connection ............................................................................................... 4:3
Ethernet switch board .................................................................................. 4:3
BPM module ........................................................................................................... 4:3
Control/Protective Systems............................................................................................. 4:7
SPI Communication Bus ........................................................................................ 4:7
Blood Slave Board .......................................................................................................... 4:9
SPI Communication Bus ........................................................................................ 4:9
Arterial Pump and Venous Pump ........................................................................... 4:9
Arterial Pump Encoder and Venous Pump Encoder .............................................. 4:9
Arterial and Venous Pump Cover Sensors ............................................................ 4:9
Arterial and Venous Pump Rotors and Direction Hall Sensors .............................. 4:9
Cassette sensors ................................................................................................... 4:9
Venous Line Clamp .............................................................................................. 4:10
Arterial Line Clamp ............................................................................................... 4:10
Infusion Clamp ..................................................................................................... 4:10
Arterial, Venous and SN Pressure Transducers .................................................. 4:10
Heparin Pump ...................................................................................................... 4:10
Heparin Pump Encoder ........................................................................................ 4:10
Heparin Pump Limit Switches .............................................................................. 4:11
Blood Pressure Monitor (BPM) ............................................................................ 4:11
Cassette loader assy ............................................................................................ 4:11
Compressor ................................................................................................ 4:11
Sensor bar assy ................................................................................................... 4:11
Air detector assy ......................................................................................... 4:11
Hemoscan assy .......................................................................................... 4:11
Ultra port ..................................................................................................... 4:12
Sensor Bar Door and Ultra Door Sensors .................................................. 4:12
Hydraulic Slave Board .................................................................................................. 4:15
SPI Communication Bus ...................................................................................... 4:15
Dialysis Fluid connector sensors (SWDCSIN and SWDCSOUT) ........................ 4:15
Water Inlet Pressure Switch (SWP) ..................................................................... 4:15
Hydraulic Solenoid Valves 2 and 3 ways ............................................................. 4:15
Heater Flow Switch (LFP) .................................................................................... 4:15
Dialysis Fluid Flow Switch (LFD) .......................................................................... 4:15
Drain Pressure Switch (SWP1) ............................................................................ 4:16
Degassing Pump (PC) ......................................................................................... 4:16
Flow Pump (P1) ................................................................................................... 4:16
Flow Pump (P2) ................................................................................................... 4:16
WHO pump (PWHO) ............................................................................................ 4:16
D1c and D2c Control Flowmeters ........................................................................ 4:16
D1c Flowmeter ............................................................................................ 4:16
D2c Flowmeter ............................................................................................ 4:16
PDR Drain Pressure Sensor ................................................................................ 4:17

Code SM_9033239200_0T Rev. / ix


ARTIS Service Manual:«MAINTENANCE»

PDG Degassing Pressure Sensor ........................................................................ 4:17


PO Pressure Sensor ............................................................................................ 4:17
PI Pressure Sensor .............................................................................................. 4:17
PFS Pressure Sensor .......................................................................................... 4:17
Concentrate Pumps (PA, PB and PSe) ................................................................ 4:17
PA pump ..................................................................................................... 4:17
PB pump ..................................................................................................... 4:17
PSe pump ................................................................................................... 4:18
Disinfection pump (PS) ........................................................................................ 4:18
Conductivity Cells Assemblies (ΓcA, ΓcB, ΓcD) ................................................... 4:18
For the dialysis fluid preparation (ΓcA, ΓcB) ............................................... 4:18
For the Diascan (ΓD) ................................................................................... 4:18
Level Sensors (LP, LD1, LD2) ............................................................................. 4:18
Heater (FLICK) Temperature Sensors (TP, TpA), (STH) ..................................... 4:18
FLICK .......................................................................................................... 4:18
Temperature sensor STH ........................................................................... 4:19
Temperature sensor TP .............................................................................. 4:19
Temperature sensor TcA ............................................................................ 4:19
Relais, OptoTriac and Over temperature board: OVTemp3 board ............. 4:19
Protective Slave Board ................................................................................................. 4:24
Air Detector .......................................................................................................... 4:24
Venous Line Clamp Sensor ................................................................................. 4:25
Arterial Line Clamp Sensor .................................................................................. 4:25
Infusion Clamp Sensor ......................................................................................... 4:25
Venous Patient Line Presence Sensor ................................................................ 4:25
Arterial Patient Line Presence Sensor ................................................................. 4:25
Blood Leak Detector ............................................................................................. 4:25
pH Probe and pH Board (if available) ................................................................. 4:25
Blood Sensor ........................................................................................................ 4:25
Wet sensor assy ................................................................................................... 4:26
Ultrafilter holder sensors ...................................................................................... 4:26
Ultrafilter A .................................................................................................. 4:26
Ultrafilter B .................................................................................................. 4:26
Ultrafilter Cover sensors ....................................................................................... 4:26
Remote Alarm ...................................................................................................... 4:26
Red and Yellow lights ........................................................................................... 4:26
Buzzer and Speaker ............................................................................................. 4:27
D1p and D2p flowmeters ...................................................................................... 4:27
D1p Flowmeter ........................................................................................... 4:27
D2p Flowmeter ........................................................................................... 4:27
Conductivity Cells (ΓpSe,Γp) ................................................................................ 4:27
For the dialysis fluid preparation ( ΓSe, Γp) ............................................... 4:27
Bioslave Board .............................................................................................................. 4:33
Arterial Pump Board and Venous Pump Board ............................................................ 4:36
PIB Board...................................................................................................................... 4:36
Isolated Ethernet and Switch Board.............................................................................. 4:36
Hour Meter Board ......................................................................................................... 4:37

Chapter 5. SIGNALS & CONNECTIONS DESCRIPTION


MOTHER BOARD LAY OUT REV. B0............................................................................ 5:1
MOTHER BOARD SIGNAL LIST REV. B0 ..................................................................... 5:5

x Code SM_9033239200_0T Rev. /


Rev. B0 .................................................................................................................. 5:5
Signals Description ..................................................................................................... 5:19
Mother Board Connections ................................................................... 5:28
Circuit Boards Description ............................................................................................ 5:60
Dip Switch Configuration ...................................................................................... 5:60
Protective Board Dip Switch Configuration ................................................. 5:60
Hydraulic Board Dip Switch Configuration ................................................. 5:61
Blood Board Dip Switch Configuration ....................................................... 5:62
Bioslave2/Bioslave2 AFB Board Dip Switch Configuration ........................ 5:62
Carrier Board Dip Switch Configuration ............................................................... 5:63
Mother Board Connectors Description .......................................................................... 5:64
Connector J12 Mother Board .............................................................................. 5:64
Connector J13 Mother Board .............................................................................. 5:64
Connector J14 Mother Board ............................................................................. 5:65
Connector J16 Mother Board .............................................................................. 5:65
Connector J18 Mother Board ............................................................................... 5:65
Connector J19 Mother Board .............................................................................. 5:66
Connector J20 Mother Board .............................................................................. 5:66
Connector J21 Mother Board ............................................................................... 5:67
Connector J22 Mother Board ............................................................................... 5:68
Connector J23 Mother Board .............................................................................. 5:69
Connector J25 Mother Board .............................................................................. 5:69
Connector J25A Mother Board ............................................................................. 5:69
Connector J26 Mother Board .............................................................................. 5:69
Connector J27 Mother Board .............................................................................. 5:69
Connector J29 Mother Board ............................................................................... 5:70
Connector J30 Mother Board ............................................................................... 5:70
Connector J31 Mother Board .............................................................................. 5:71
Connector J32 Mother Board .............................................................................. 5:71
Connector J34 Mother Board .............................................................................. 5:71
Connector J43 Mother Board ............................................................................... 5:72
Connector J45 Mother Board ............................................................................... 5:72
Connector J46 Mother Board .............................................................................. 5:73
Connector J47 Mother Board .............................................................................. 5:73
Connector J48 Mother Board .............................................................................. 5:73
Connector J49 Mother Board ............................................................................... 5:74
Connector J50 Mother Board .............................................................................. 5:75
Connector J51 Mother Board ............................................................................... 5:75
Connector J52 Mother Board .............................................................................. 5:77
Connector J53 Mother Board ............................................................................... 5:77
Connector J54 Mother Board ............................................................................... 5:78
Connector J55 Mother Board ............................................................................... 5:78
Connector J56 Mother Board ............................................................................... 5:79
Connector J57 Mother Board .............................................................................. 5:79
Connector J58 Mother Board .............................................................................. 5:80
Connector J60 Mother Board .............................................................................. 5:80
Connector J61 Mother Board .............................................................................. 5:80
Connector J62 Mother Board .............................................................................. 5:81
Connector J62A Mother Board.............................................................................. 5:81
Connector J63 Mother Board ............................................................................... 5:81
Connector J64 Mother Board .............................................................................. 5:81

Code SM_9033239200_0T Rev. / xi


ARTIS Service Manual:«MAINTENANCE»

Connector J65 Mother Board .............................................................................. 5:82


Connector J66 Mother Board .............................................................................. 5:82
Connector J68 Mother Board (only if BIOSLAVE2 AFB is installed) ................... 5:83
ConnectorJ70 Mother Board ................................................................................ 5:83
Connector J72 Mother Board .............................................................................. 5:83
Connector J73 Mother Board ............................................................................... 5:84
Connector J73A Mother Board ............................................................................. 5:84
Connector J74 Mother Board ............................................................................... 5:84
Connector J75 Mother Board .............................................................................. 5:85
Connector J77 Mother Board .............................................................................. 5:85
Connector J78 Mother Board .............................................................................. 5:85
Connector J79 Mother Board ............................................................................... 5:85
Other Connectors Wiring .............................................................................................. 5:86
J3-ISOL-HY - JP3DIASC .................................................................................... 5:86
J4-ISOL-HY - JP3BIC (P3 PROBE) .................................................................... 5:86
J4-ISOL-PR - JP3SEL (P3 PROBE) ................................................................... 5:86
J5-ISOL-HY - JP3ACE (P3 PROBE) ................................................................... 5:87
J5-ISOL-PR - JP3PROT (P3 PROBE) ................................................................ 5:87
JBAT-J9 (J9 PWSUPPLY) - JBAT2 (BAT-) ......................................................... 5:87
JBAT-J9 (J9 PWSUPPLY) - JBAT1 (BAT+) ........................................................ 5:87
JACLAMPSENS-1 - JACLAMPSENS-2 .............................................................. 5:87
JGND-COMM-1 - JGND-COMM-2 ...................................................................... 5:87
JGND-HEP-1 - JGND-HEP-2 .............................................................................. 5:88
JGND-P-ART-1 - JGND-P-ART-2 ....................................................................... 5:88
JGND-PRES-LOAD-1 - JGND-PRES-LOAD-2 ................................................... 5:88
JGND-P-VEN-1 - JGND-P-VEN-2 ........................................................................ 5:88
Power Supply Wiring..................................................................................................... 5:89
CONN. HEATER - HEATER RELAY .................................................................. 5:89
CONN. HEATER - OPTOTRIAC ......................................................................... 5:89
J8 ALIM. - AUXIL. INTERR. ................................................................................ 5:89
POWER RELE - TERMINAL BLOCK .................................................................. 5:89
TERMINAL BLOCK -OPTOTRIAC ..................................................................... 5:89
J1 ALIM. - MORSET ......................................................................................... 5:89
J1 ALIM. - GND MULTIPOINT .......................................................................... 5:89
J1 OVT.3 -CONN. OPTOTR. ............................................................................. 5:90
J2 OVTEMP 3 -CONN. RELE ............................................................................ 5:90
PLUG MAINS POWER INPUT - MAINS SWITCH ............................................... 5:90
J6 POWER SUPPLY- J30 MOTHER BOARD .................................................... 5:90
J11 POWER SUPPLY - J30 MOTHER BOARD ................................................. 5:90
J16 POWER SUPPLY - J80 MOTHER BOARD ................................................ 5:91
J15 POWER SUPPLY - J82 MOTHER BOARD ................................................ 5:91
J15 POWER SUPPLY - J80 MOTHER BOARD ................................................ 5:91
J14 POWER SUPPLY - J83 MOTHER BOARD ................................................ 5:91
GND MULTIPOINT - GND MAIN SWITCH ........................................................ 5:91
J4 TOUCHSCREEN - DB9 ................................................................................ 5:91
J15 POW TOUCHSCREEN - P6/J3 ................................................................... 5:92
J39 INVERTER - JIVTR ..................................................................................... 5:92
Power Rack Cabling ..................................................................................................... 5:92

xii Code SM_9033239200_0T Rev. /


Chapter 6. SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION
Architecture overview...................................................................................................... 6:1
T1 Test ............................................................................................................................ 6:1
Protective T1 Test Description ............................................................................... 6:8
Test Number 1: The CPU Test ..................................................................... 6:8
Test Number 2: The EEPROM Test ............................................................. 6:8
Test Number 3: The RAM Test ..................................................................... 6:8
Test Number 4: The Battery Test ................................................................. 6:8
Test Number 5: The Acoustical Alarm (buzzer) Test .................................... 6:8
Test Number 6: The Acoustical Alarm (speaker) Test .................................. 6:9
Test Number 7: Visible Alarm Test ............................................................... 6:9
Test Number 8: The 24 Volt Test .................................................................. 6:9
Test Number 9: The Venous Line Clamp Test ............................................. 6:9
Test Number 10: The Valves Command Test .............................................. 6:9
Test Number 11: PIPO Pressure SensorsTest ........................................... 6:10
Test Number 12: Temperature Test ........................................................... 6:10
Test Number 13: Conductivity Cell sensors (A, B, Sel, P) Test .................. 6:11
Test Number 14: Blood Leak Detector (BLD) Test ..................................... 6:12
Test Number 15: Venous Pressure Sensor Test ........................................ 6:12
Test Number 16: Arterial Pressure Sensor Test ......................................... 6:12
Test Number 17: SN Pressure Sensor Test ............................................... 6:13
Test Number 18: Pumps/Air Detector (AD) Sensor Test ............................ 6:13
Test Number 19: The Switch Sensors Test ................................................ 6:15
Test Number 20: The Flow Meter Test ....................................................... 6:16
Test Number 21: FPGA Test ...................................................................... 6:16
Test Number 22: Sharp Temperature T1 Test ............................................ 6:16
Test Number 23: Water Presence T1 Test ................................................. 6:16
Test Number 24: Infusion Switch Sensor T1 Test ...................................... 6:17
Test Number 25: Infusion Clamp T1 Test ................................................... 6:17
Hydraulic T1 Test ................................................................................................. 6:18
Bubble Trap T1 Test ................................................................................... 6:18
EVDS1, EVDS2 T1 Test ............................................................................. 6:18
Leakage T1 test .......................................................................................... 6:18

Chapter 7. CALIBRATIONS
Calibration Introduction .................................................................................................. 7:1
Software Calibration: General Description ..................................................................... 7:2
Password ............................................................................................................... 7:3
How to Insert the Password ................................................................................... 7:4
“Status Info.” Button ............................................................................................... 7:6
“Coeff Info.” Button ................................................................................................. 7:7
“Slave Info.” Button ................................................................................................ 7:8
“Diagram” Button .................................................................................................... 7:8
“DIAGNOSTIC” Button ........................................................................................... 7:9
“CALIBRATION” Button ....................................................................................... 7:10
“Autocalibration” Menu ......................................................................................... 7:12
“COEFF MANAGEMENT” Button ........................................................................ 7:13
Power Supply Verifications ........................................................................................... 7:15
Calibration Procedures ........................................................................................... 7:17
R1 and R2 Pressure Regulators Calibration ...................................................... 7:17
R1 Pressure Regulator Calibration ............................................................. 7:17

Code SM_9033239200_0T Rev. / xiii


ARTIS Service Manual:«MAINTENANCE»

R2 Pressure Regulator Calibration ............................................................. 7:19


PRV Pressure Regulator Test .............................................................................. 7:22
PI Pressure Sensor .............................................................................................. 7:23
PO Pressure Sensor ............................................................................................ 7:26
PFS Pressure Sensor .......................................................................................... 7:29
PDR Pressure Sensor .......................................................................................... 7:32
PDG Pressure Sensor ......................................................................................... 7:35
Venous Pressure Sensor ..................................................................................... 7:38
T1T Venous Pressure ......................................................................................... 7:41
Arterial Pressure Sensor ...................................................................................... 7:42
T1T Arterial Pressure .......................................................................................... 7:45
SN Pressure Sensor ............................................................................................ 7:46
T1T SN Pressure ................................................................................................ 7:49
Hemoscan Sensor ................................................................................................ 7:50
Blood Sensor Trimpot ......................................................................................... 7:51
Blood Sensor ....................................................................................................... 7:52
pH Probe .............................................................................................................. 7:54
Temperature ......................................................................................................... 7:56
Conductivity ΓcA, Γp and Temperature Sensors Test .......................................... 7:58
BPM Pressure Sensor .................................................................................... 7:60
BPM Pressure Sensor Calibration (HDBPM) .............................................. 7:61
BPM Pressure Sensor Calibration (NiBPM) ................................................ 7:63
BPM Safety Switch ............................................................................................... 7:66
Stroke Volume ...................................................................................................... 7:67
Flowmeters ........................................................................................................... 7:69
Touch Screen ....................................................................................................... 7:72
Other Procedures.......................................................................................................... 7:73
Fill Up Ultra Filter ................................................................................................. 7:73
Drain ..................................................................................................................... 7:73

Chapter 8. MAINTENANCE
General ........................................................................................................................... 8:1
Machine’s Compartments ............................................................................................... 8:1
Artis Doors Opening/Closing Instructions ....................................................................... 8:3
Top Compartment Opening/Closing Instructions ................................................... 8:3
Front Blood Compartment Opening/Closing Instructions ....................................... 8:5
Connectivity Panel and Power Supply Compartments
Opening/Closing Instructions ................................................................................. 8:6
Main Hydraulic Compartment Opening/Closing Instructions .................................. 8:8
Left Side Compartment Opening/Closing Instructions ......................................... 8:12
Base Compartment Opening/Closing Instructions ............................................... 8:15
Tie wrap removal/installation procedures ..................................................................... 8:15
Tie wrap removal procedure ................................................................................ 8:15
Tie wrap installation procedure ............................................................................ 8:16
Central Concentrate Supply System installation procedure.......................................... 8:18
Before Connecting a Central Concentrate Supply System .................................. 8:18
Installation procedure ........................................................................................... 8:18
External Cleaning.......................................................................................................... 8:19
Arterial pump rotor cleaning ................................................................................. 8:20
Venous pump rotor cleaning ................................................................................ 8:21
External components Cleaning ............................................................................ 8:21

xiv Code SM_9033239200_0T Rev. /


Screen Cleaning ........................................................................................................... 8:22
Visual inspection .......................................................................................................... 8:23
Cassette Panel O-Rings Inspection and Greasing ....................................................... 8:23
Manual Greasing procedure ................................................................................. 8:23
Procedure with Grease Dispenser ....................................................................... 8:24
Storage ......................................................................................................................... 8:24
Preventive maintenance ............................................................................................... 8:25
Preventive Maintenance performed by the operator ............................................ 8:25
Preventive Maintenance performed by an authorized service technician ............ 8:25
Periodic Electrical Safety Inspection .................................................................... 8:27
General ....................................................................................................... 8:27
Visual inspection ......................................................................................... 8:28
PET - Protective Earth Test ........................................................................ 8:29
ELT / PLT .................................................................................................... 8:31
Functional Check ................................................................................................. 8:35
ESI Record: example of record ............................................................................ 8:36

Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS


AND TROUBLESHOOTING
Service data: access view............................................................................................... 9:1
Status Screen: First Page ............................................................................................... 9:5
First Page: Parameters description ........................................................................ 9:5
Status Screen: Second Page ....................................................................................... 9:15
Second Page: Parameters description ............................................................... 9:16
Status Screen: Third Page ............................................................................................ 9:29
Third Page: Parameters description ..................................................................... 9:30
Status Screen: Fourth Page.......................................................................................... 9:35
Fourth Page: Parameters description .................................................................. 9:35
Status Screen: Coding Pages .............................................................................. 9:39
Vismode HEXADEC ................................................................................... 9:39
Alarms and Signals ....................................................................................................... 9:47
Alarm Management System ................................................................................. 9:47
Alarm Classification .............................................................................................. 9:47
Priority Levels ............................................................................................. 9:47
Auditory Alarm Signal characteristics ......................................................... 9:49
Intelligent Alarm System ............................................................................. 9:49
Information Signals .............................................................................................. 9:53
Information Signals in the Alarm/Information Message Area ...................... 9:53
Auditory Information Signals characteristics ............................................... 9:54
Levels of operator intervention ............................................................................. 9:54
Mute ............................................................................................................ 9:54
Confirm ....................................................................................................... 9:55
Override ...................................................................................................... 9:55
Reset .......................................................................................................... 9:56
Acknowledged ...................................................................................................... 9:56
Alarms/Information Messages .............................................................................. 9:58
Malfunction Alarms ..................................................................................... 9:58
Operator Alarms, Malfunctions and Information Messages List ................. 9:58
Operator Alarm, Malfunction Alarm and Information Signals Troubleshooting .... 9:73

Code SM_9033239200_0T Rev. / xv


ARTIS Service Manual:«MAINTENANCE»

Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES


Venous Line Clamp Occlusion Test .............................................................................. 10:1
Arterial Pump Rotor Occlusion Test.............................................................................. 10:2
Venous Pump Rotor Occlusion Test ............................................................................. 10:3
ABD Alarm Verification ................................................................................................. 10:4
Arterial Pump Cover position test ................................................................................. 10:5
Venous Pump Cover position test................................................................................. 10:6
Ultra Door Cover position test ....................................................................................... 10:6
Venous Patient Line Presence Sensor tests................................................................. 10:6
ELT - Leakage current Test .......................................................................................... 10:6
PET - Protective Earth Test .......................................................................................... 10:7
Power Failure & Battery Test . ................................................................................... 10:7
Water Leakage Check .................................................................................................. 10:9
EvaClean Doors sensor test ......................................................................................... 10:9
Total Ultrafiltration Accuracy Test ............................................................................... 10:10
SWP Inlet Water Pressure Sensor Test...................................................................... 10:11
Ultra Collector Assembly Maintenance ....................................................................... 10:11
Wet Sensor assembly maintenance ........................................................................... 10:11
Ultrafilter Cover hole and Wet Sensor assembly maintenance................................... 10:13
Touch Screen frozen................................................................................................... 10:14
During treatment ................................................................................................ 10:14
During Dialysis Fluid Preparation/Disinfection programs ................................... 10:15
T1 Test Technical Investigation Procedure................................................................. 10:16
General Information ........................................................................................... 10:16
Reported Condition ............................................................................................ 10:16
Notification ................................................................................................ 10:16
Medical Intervention .................................................................................. 10:16
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................... 10:17
T1 Test(s) Under Investigation ................................................................. 10:17
Last Service Intervention (Due to Related Failure) ................................... 10:17
Black Box Data Recorder ......................................................................... 10:17
Investigation ....................................................................................................... 10:17
Repair ................................................................................................................. 10:17
Disinfect flowpath prior to opening it ......................................................... 10:17
Problem Resolution .................................................................................. 10:17
Component Replacement ......................................................................... 10:17
Verification ......................................................................................................... 10:17
Calibration Coefficients ............................................................................. 10:17
Flowpath Disinfection ................................................................................ 10:18
Artis System Verification ........................................................................... 10:18
Artis T1 Technical Investigation Checklist .................................................................. 10:76
Mass Balance Technical Investigation Procedure ...................................................... 10:89
General Information ........................................................................................... 10:89
Reported Condition ............................................................................................ 10:89
Notification ................................................................................................ 10:89
Medical Intervention .................................................................................. 10:89
Diagnostics ......................................................................................................... 10:89
Last Service Intervention (Due to Mass Balance errors) ......................... 10:89
Blackbox Data Recorder ........................................................................... 10:89
Reported Condition ................................................................................... 10:89
Investigation ....................................................................................................... 10:90

xvi Code SM_9033239200_0T Rev. /


Repair ................................................................................................................. 10:90
Disinfect flowpath prior to opening it ......................................................... 10:90
Problem Resolution .................................................................................. 10:90
Component Replacement ........................................................................ 10:90
Verification ......................................................................................................... 10:90
Calibration Coefficients ............................................................................. 10:90
Mass Balance Verification ........................................................................ 10:90
Artis Dialysis System Verification ............................................................ 10:91
Flowpath Disinfection ................................................................................ 10:91
Artis Mass Balance Technical Investigation Checklist ................................................ 10:99
Conductivity Technical Investigation Procedure ....................................................... 10:103
General Information ......................................................................................... 10:104
Reported Condition .......................................................................................... 10:104
Notification .............................................................................................. 10:104
Medical Intervention ................................................................................ 10:104
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................... 10:104
Related Alarms/Incidents ........................................................................ 10:104
Last Service Intervention due to conductivity drift .................................. 10:104
Black Box Data Recorder ....................................................................... 10:105
Investigation ..................................................................................................... 10:105
Repair ............................................................................................................... 10:105
Disinfect flowpath prior to opening .......................................................... 10:105
Conductivity Correction ........................................................................... 10:105
Component Replacement ....................................................................... 10:105
Root Cause ............................................................................................. 10:105
Verification ....................................................................................................... 10:105
Conductivity Verification ......................................................................... 10:105
Artis System Verification ......................................................................... 10:105
Flow Path Disinfection ............................................................................ 10:105
Artis Conductivity Technical Investigation Checklist ................................................. 10:121
Pressures Technical Investigation Procedure........................................................... 10:124
General Information ......................................................................................... 10:124
Reported Condition .......................................................................................... 10:124
Notification .............................................................................................. 10:124
Medical Intervention ................................................................................ 10:125
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................... 10:125
Related Alarms/Incidents ........................................................................ 10:125
Last Service Intervention (due to pressure error) ................................... 10:125
Black Box Data Recorder ....................................................................... 10:125
Calibration Data ...................................................................................... 10:125
Investigation ..................................................................................................... 10:125
Performance Data ................................................................................... 10:125
Power Supply Voltages ........................................................................... 10:126
Repair ............................................................................................................... 10:126
Disinfect flowpath prior to opening it ....................................................... 10:126
Repair Type ............................................................................................ 10:126
Component Replacement ....................................................................... 10:126
Root Cause ............................................................................................. 10:126
Verification ....................................................................................................... 10:126
Pressure Calibration Coefficients ........................................................... 10:126
Performance Verification ........................................................................ 10:126

Code SM_9033239200_0T Rev. / xvii


ARTIS Service Manual:«MAINTENANCE»

System Verification ................................................................................. 10:126


Flowpath Disinfection .............................................................................. 10:126
Artis Pressures Technical Investigation Checklist..................................................... 10:145

Chapter 11. SPARE PARTS LIST


Spare parts list .............................................................................................................. 11:1

Chapter 12. INSTALLATION


Required Equipment ..................................................................................................... 12:1
Unpacking instructions .................................................................................................. 12:1
Setup For Checkout ...................................................................................................... 12:4
Altitude, R1 and R2 Calibrations .................................................................................. 12:8
Test Procedures.......................................................................................................... 12:10
Conductivity ΓcA, Γp and Temperature Sensors Test ........................................ 12:10
pH Probe ............................................................................................................ 12:12
Venous Pressure Sensor ................................................................................... 12:14
ART Pressure Sensor ........................................................................................ 12:15
SN Pressure Sensor .......................................................................................... 12:16
Blood Sensor ...................................................................................................... 12:17
Scale Sensor Calibration and Test ............................................................................. 12:18
Parameters Configuration ........................................................................................... 12:19
Preparing for a treatment ............................................................................................ 12:19
Simulated Dialysis treatment ...................................................................................... 12:20
BPM, PA Error, PB Error control and Leakage current Test ..................................... 12:21
Disinfection ................................................................................................................. 12:22

Chapter 13. SPECIFICATIONS


General Specifications .................................................................................................. 13:1
Name .................................................................................................................... 13:1
Standards and Classifications .............................................................................. 13:1
Supply Mains ........................................................................................................ 13:8
Physical Data ..................................................................................................... 13:10
Environmental Data ............................................................................................ 13:11
Software revision ................................................................................................ 13:12
Shipping List ....................................................................................................... 13:13
Hydraulic Circuit Specifications................................................................................... 13:16
Water Supply ...................................................................................................... 13:16
Concentrate Connectors .................................................................................... 13:18
Dialysis Fluid ............................................................................................... 13:19
Supported Concentrates .................................................................................... 13:22
Substitution Fluid ............................................................................................... 13:26
Ultrafiltration system ........................................................................................... 13:28
Ultrafiltration system in AFB K Treatment ................................................. 13:29
Disinfection.......................................................................................................... 13:31
Chemical Disinfectants ............................................................................. 13:31
Disinfection Programs ............................................................................... 13:32
Rinsing ...................................................................................................... 13:33
External Cleaning ..................................................................................... 13:33
Extracorporeal Blood Circuit ....................................................................................... 13:34
ArtiSet Blood Tubing System ............................................................................. 13:34
Arterial and Venous Pumps ............................................................................... 13:35

xviii Code SM_9033239200_0T Rev. /


Blood Flow ......................................................................................................... 13:36
Heparin Delivery ................................................................................................. 13:40
Hemoscan Sensor .............................................................................................. 13:42
Blood Pressure Monitor (BPM) .......................................................................... 13:42
Automatic Functions ........................................................................................... 13:43
Main Surveillance Devices ................................................................................. 13:43
Safety system actuators ..................................................................................... 13:48
Protective system........................................................................................................ 13:48
Disposal of discarded equipment ................................................................................ 13:50
Materials in contact with water, concentrates and dialysis fluid .................................. 13:51
Diascan ....................................................................................................................... 13:52

Chapter 14: IT-NETWORK SPECIFICATIONS


Connectivity requirements ............................................................................................ 14:4
Segregation scenarios ......................................................................................... 14:4
Air-gapped networks ................................................................................... 14:4
Bridged networks ........................................................................................ 14:5
VLAN networks ........................................................................................... 14:6

VOLUME 2
Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION

Code SM_9033239200_0T Rev. / xix


This page is left intentionally blank

xx Code SM_9033239200_0T Rev. /


INTRODUCTION

VOLUME 1

INTRODUCTION
Symbols
Following the main symbols used in this service manual:

! WARNING
Used to underline very important information related to the patient or operator safety
and to avoid hazardous situations which could result in death or serious injury.
Read carefully before operating the machine.

CAUTION
Used to underline important information related to the patient or operator safety and to
avoid hazardous situations which could result in minor or moderate injury.
Read carefully before operating the machine.

NOTE
Reminder on suitable actions to perform in particular situations to ensure the correct
functioning of the machine.
Read carefully before operating the machine.

Intended Use
The Artis Dialysis System is intended to perform intermittent Hemodialysis (HD), Hemofiltration (HF)
and Hemodiafiltration (HDF) therapies.
The Artis Dialysis System is intended to treat patients with chronic or acute renal failure upon prescription
by a physician.
The ARTIS Dialysis System is intended to be used by trained operators in chronic dialysis facilities and
Limited Care Centers.

! WARNING
Patient counselling and teaching of treatment techniques are directly under the
supervision and discretion of the physician.

The Artis Dialysis System is designed to control and supervise the extracorporeal circuit. To prevent
blood coagulation, heparin may be infused through a Heparin delivery system. Moreover, the system
produces dialysis, substitution and infusion fluids at a desired temperature, conductivity and pressure
within given specifications, and supervises the delivery of fluids.
The Artis Dialysis System is designed and validated to support the Gambro BiCart Cartridge and the
Gambro BiCart Select system (i.e. the SelectCart cartridge and SelectBag One or SelectBag Citrate
container concentrate).

Code SM_9033239200_0I Rev. / xix


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Configuration of the machine for preparation of dialysis fluid using the BiCart Select system is
restricted to the countries where mandatory regulatory activities have been completed.
Moreover, the Artis Dialysis System, can perform Acetate-Free Biofiltration therapies, with post-dialyzer
infusion of a sodium bicarbonate fluid from bags and controlled delivery of potassium in the dialysis fluid
(AFB K) therapy. Configuration of the machine for delivering AFB K therapy is restricted to the countries
where mandatory regulatory activities have been completed.
The AFB K therapy is not approved for use in Canada.

! WARNING
Gambro does not accept responsibility for use of other non-liquid concentrate
containers.

! WARNING
The appropriate Dialyzer and Blood Tubing System must be selected according to the
patient’s size and weight and to the treatment type.
The decision must be taken by a physician.

! WARNING
The use of procedures or accessory devices not recommended by the manufacturer may
result in patient injury or death.
The manufacturer will not be responsible for patient safety if the procedures described in
this manual are not carefully followed and if procedures are performed by not trained and
qualified personnel.
Depending on the circumstances, the use of accessories or disposables other than
those specified in this manual may reduce the manufacturer warranties for the Artis
Dialysis System.

! WARNING
The treatment of patients with a target body weight below 25 kg is associated to higher
risks (fluid balance deviations, bacteria/endotoxins in the on-line fluid and air infusion
can exceed a level that can be tolerated by low-weight patients) hence it shall be
performed under the responsibility and full supervision of the physician.
To mitigate the risk related to fluid balance deviations, additional measures to supervise
the patient weight loss are recommended.

xx Code SM_9033239200_0I Rev. /


INTRODUCTION

Responsible Organization
The Responsible Organization assumes the following responsibilities:
Compliance with the national or local installation, operation, use and
maintenance regulations;
Respect of the accident prevention regulations;
Correct and safe state of the system;
Permanent availability of the Operating Instructions.

User Group
The User Group is the personnel, identified by the Responsible Organization, as adequate to operate
and use the Artis Dialysis System according to the procedures described in the Operator’s Manual.

Spare Parts
The Manufacturer will maintain spare parts availability for ten years after the end of production of the
Artis Dialysis System. At the end of that time the involved product is considered obsolete and therefore it
must be disposed of according to local applicable regulations. The final user will be informed about spare
parts that are no longer available through the tecnical service or the commercial representative.
The Manufacturer will make available on request circuit diagrams, component part lists, descriptions or
other information that will assist service personnel.
For questions, ask for information from the Local Representative.

Dialysis and Substitution/Infusion Fluids


The Artis Dialysis System prepares ultrapure dialysis fluid by means of two filtration steps:
1. Ultrafiltration of inlet water which prevents bacterial contamination of the interior of the machine.

2.Ultrafiltration of the dialysis fluid through the dialysis fluid filter which removes possible bacteria
and endotoxins originating from the concentrates.

For on-line preparation of the substitution fluid (for HDF/HF Treatments) and of the infusion fluid (for HD
treatment) a third step is added:
3. Filtration of ultrapure dialysis fluid in a single sterile filter.

Inlet Water requirements


The chemical and microbiological properties of the water can contribute to achieve and maintain the
proper quality of dialysis fluid.
The water quality depends on the technical water supply system. It is very important to properly
maintain the water supply system and the water distribution loop.
The inlet water must comply with valid quality standards for water for dialysis (refer to the “ Chapter 13.
SPECIFICATIONS” of this service manual).
To improve the microbiologic water quality, a water ultrafilter designed for this purpose performs
ultrafiltration of the inlet water before it is used to prepare dialysis fluid.

Code SM_9033239200_0I Rev. / xxi


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Dialysis Fluid for HD, HDF and HF Treatments


Artis Dialysis System prepares dialysis fluid from treated water and concentrates.
The dialysis fluid can be made using:
• dry concentrates (such as the BiCart Select system products);

• a liquid A-concentrate and a dry bicarbonate concentrate (such as the BiCart Cartridge);

For further details refer to the "Concentrates, Accessories and Disposables Accessories" section below.
The prepared dialysis fluid is filtered by a second ultrafilter which ensures an ultrapure dialysis fluid.
Both these ultrafilters are placed on the rear of the Artis Dialysis System.

On-line substitution/infusion fluid for HD, HDF and HF Treatments


The Artis Dialysis System’s on-line preparation of substitution/infusion fluid is based on the final
filtration of the ultrapure dialysis fluid with a single-use filter which ensures a sterile path from last filtration
step to the point of infusion, allowing an adequate bacterial and endotoxin retention for direct injection into
patient’s blood.
On-line preparation of substitution/infusion fluid requires a certain disinfection routine of the machine.
For further details refer to “Chapter: Disinfection/Rinse/Cleaning” of the Operator’s Manual.
The ultrafilters must be disinfected, changed and otherwise handled in a correct way to ensure required
efficiency. (Refer to the “Chapter: Special Procedures” of the Operator’s Manual and the package insert of
the ultrafilters).

Dialysis Fluid and infusion flow for AFB K Treatment


AFB and AFB K Treatments, due to the absence of acetate, the use of the bioactive membrane
(Evodial) and the Potassium profiling, can limit the onset of cardiovascular risk factors as well as
electrolyte disorders, acid-base imbalance, inflammatory processes including oxidative stress,
dyslipidaemia, hyperhomocysteinaemia, left ventricular hypertrophy (LVH) and cardiac arrhythmias.
The Acetate-Free Biofiltration (AFB) is a low-volume Hemodiafiltration Treatment, characterised by the
total absence of any buffer in the dialysis fluid (Safebag KV concentrate solution, no acetate) and by the
continuous infusion of a sterile solution of sodium bicarbonate (Hospasol infusion bag) in post-dilution
mode.
The AFB K treatment is an AFB therapy which allows the controlled delivery of potassium ion
concentration in the dialysis fluid. Two modes of treatment are allowed:
• K Constant mode

• K Profile mode

K Constant Mode
AFB K treatment in K Constant mode allows to set a constant value of potassium (K+) concentration in
the dialysis fluid. The large range of settable values and the possibility of changing from one to another
profile during the treatment, shall become the new gold standard of safety and personalization avoiding the
use of K+ concentrate solution.

K Profile Mode
AFB K treatment in K Profile mode allows to automatically deliver the K+ concentration, according to a
potassium profile exponential shape curve, aiding a gradual removal of potassium in hypercaliemic
patients, often subjected to the so-called electrolytic imbalance syndrome

xxii Code SM_9033239200_0I Rev. /


INTRODUCTION

NOTE
Refer to the Artis AFB K Treatment Operator’s Manual for details on the AFB K machine
configuration and on the AFB K Treatment procedures.
Alarms related to the AFB K Treatment are described both in this Service Manual and in
the Artis AFB K Service Manual.

NOTE
In order to perform the AFB K Treatment, the Artis Dialysis System must have the proper
hardware and software machine configuration.

Ultrafilters, frequency of change


It is recommended to replace the U9000 ultrafilters following the instructions provided in the U9000
Ultrafilter Instruction for use.
U9000 Ultrafilters can not tolerate more than twelve Chemical Disinfection programs with Hypochlorite.
U9000 Ultrafilters must be changed when the maximum allowed number of chemical disinfection
programs with hypochlorite has been performed.
For instructions on how to change the ultrafilters, refer to the “Chapter. Special Procedures” of the
Operator’s Manual.

Warnings and Cautions


Cover
1. Ensure that no chapter is removed from the manual because that might affect the
understanding of the Artis Service Manual.

Introduction
1. Patient counselling and teaching of treatment techniques are directly under the supervision and
discretion of the physician.

2. Gambro does not accept responsibility for use of other non-liquid concentrate containers.

3. The appropriate Dialyzer and Blood Tubing System must be selected according to the patient’s
size and weight and to the treatment type.
The decision must be taken by a physician.

4. The treatment of patients with a target body weight below 25 kg is associated to higher risks
(fluid balance deviations, bacteria/endotoxins in the on-line fluid and air infusion can exceed a
level that can be tolerated by low-weight patients) hence it shall be performed under the
responsibility and full supervision of the physician. To mitigate the risk related to fluid balance
deviations, additional measures to supervise the patient weight loss are recommended.

Code SM_9033239200_0I Rev. / xxiii


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

5. The use of procedures or accessory devices not recommended by the manufacturer may result
in patient injury or death.
The manufacturer will not be responsible for patient safety if the procedures described in this
manual are not carefully followed and if procedures are performed by not trained and qualified
personnel.
Depending on the circumstances, the use of accessories or disposables other than those
specified in this manual may reduce the manufacturer warranties for the Artis Dialysis System.

6. Incorrect choice of dialysis fluid concentrate may cause incorrect composition of the dialysis
fluid.
Check that the prescribed concentrates for the specific treatment are used.

7. The Artis Dialysis System has been tested and validated for use with the concentrates,
accessories and disposable listed above.
Gambro does not accept any responsibility or liability for use of concentrates, accessories and
disposables other than those specified above.
The use of different kinds of concentrates, accessories and disposables may reduce Gambro’s
warranties for the Artis Dialysis System.

8. The Artis Dialysis System will perform as designed only if it is used and maintained in
accordance with Gambro’s instructions. Any warranties made by Gambro are void if the
equipment is not used in accordance with the instruction provided.
Gambro will not accept responsibility for any damage or injury resulting from improper use or
maintenance or unauthorized repair.
Gambro does not recognise the owner of a product as an authorised service representative.
If repairs of the machine have been attempted by anyone other than qualified personnel
belonging to the service representative in your country, under no circumstances will the
manufacturer be liable for indirect or consequential damages of any kind, its liability hereby
being limited solely to repair or replacement.
This warranty is in lieu of any other expressed or implied warranties, including any implied
warranty saleability or suitability of use and of any other obbligation on the part of the
manufacturer.

9. This service manual contains a number of references to concentrates, disposables, accessories


and spare parts for use with Artis Dialysis System.
The Artis Dialysis System has been tested and validated for use with concentrates,
disposables, accessories and spare parts listed in this manual.
The Manufacturer does not accept responsibility or liability for use of concentrates,
disposables or accessories other than those specified in this manual, for use of not genuine
spare parts and for use/mounting of those components not in accordance with the official
Gambro Instruction for Use accompanying those components.
Depending on the circumstances, use of concentrates, disposables or accessories other than
those specified in this service manual, use of not genuine spare parts and use/mounting of
those components not in accordance with the above mentioned Instruction for Use may reduce
the Manufacturer’s warranties for the Artis Dialysis System.

Chapter 1: System Description


1. Ensure to properly reinstall USB port lock every time the port lock is removed. A USB port not
protected could increase the risk of electric shock in case the USB port is touched.

2. The default heparin syringe volume configured in the Preset menu is 30 ml and it requires that
a Heparin Pump assembly compatible to 30 ml volume is installed.
In case the Heparin Pump assembly compatible to 10 ml volume (or 30 ml volume in case of
restore to the original configuration) is installed, ensure that the proper heparin syringe volume
and type are selected in the Preset menu.
If the heparin syringe volume and type selected in Preset menu do not match with the Heparin

xxiv Code SM_9033239200_0I Rev. /


INTRODUCTION

Pump assembly, inadequate anticoagulant dose may be delivered by the machine, resulting
either in excessive or insufficient heparin amount administrated during the treatment.

Chapter 3: Blood Circuit Description


1. Only use the BPM on adult and children patients with a body weight greater than 25 Kg, using
a Blood Pressure Cuff of the appropriate size. The BPM must not be used with neonatal and
pregnant patients (including pre-eclamptic).

Chapter 6: Software Description


1. If both the Acustical Buzzer T1 Test and the Acustical Speaker T1 Test fail (both the auditory
signal sources are malfunctioning), a malfunction occurs so that it is not possible to use the
Artis Dialysis System. In this case, call for Service Technician.
If only one of the T1 Tests fails (only one of the auditory signal source is malfunctioning), it is
the operator’s responsibility to decide whether to proceed with the current treatment after
having checked that the machine is able to sound properly. Also in this case, call for Service
Technician to troubleshoot the problem as soon as possible.

2. During the Visible T1 Test, check that a brief visual signal is triggered by the machine (Status
Lights at the top of the machine lighten with red and yellow lights).
If the visual signal is not triggered, the signalling device (Status Lights) is malfunctioning. In
this case, call for Service Technician.
DO NOT use the Artis Dialysis System in the absence of the visual alarm signal.

Chapter 7: Calibration
1. If during a Calibration procedure the “MALFUNCTION 320” alarm occurs this could result into
missed saving of Calibration data. Switch the machine OFF and then ON again and repeat the
Calibration procedure. If the Calibration procedure is not repeated, this could lead to a
potential injury to the patient.

2. Any time the hydraulic circuit is OPEN, a disinfection procedure is required before the machine
is returned back into service.

3. If the Calibration procedures described below are not properly performed, this could lead to a
potential injury to the patient.

Chapter 8: Maintenance
1. To clean the Touch Screen use ONLY the following disinfectants:
• Ethanol (60 or 70%).

• Isopropanol (60%).

2. To clean the external surface of the Artis Dialysis System, use only disinfectants/detergents
suggested in this Service Manual.
Use of other chemicals to clean the Artis Dialysis System might cause ineffective disinfection
or damage the plastic parts of the machine.
In particular, avoid chemicals containing benzene, toluene, xylene, acetone or similar solvents.

3. To prevent cross-contamination problems caused, for example, by blood leakage from the
blood line or from the dialyzer, the following external components of the machine must be
cleaned:
- Dialysis Fluid Connectors;
- Concentrate Connectors

4. To prevent damage to the components listed above, DO NOT leave them immersed in the
disinfectant solution for a prolonged period; the proper immersion time is related to the

Code SM_9033239200_0I Rev. / xxv


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

disinfectant dilution used. When the dilution is the same as that used in the machine during
disinfection programs, follow the same time limits:

• 4 hours for: Amuchina, Instrunet HD and Sodium Hypochlorite at Disinfectant strength (1:25
dilution);

• 24 hours for: Dialox, Acetoper, Peresal, Actril and Renalin;

• One week for: Sodium Hypochlorite at Bacteriostatic strength (1:750 dilution).

(For further information refer to the “ Chapter 13. SPECIFICATIONS” of this service manual).
5. A damaged pump rotor will not work properly. This could result in patient serious injury.Visually
inspect the pump rotors each time you load any of Infusion, Ultra, SNDP or Blood Cassettes.
If the pump rotor is damaged, DO NOT use the machine for treatment, DO NOT repair and call
for service.

6. Stagnant water may contaminate the machine. If machine is stored for more than 7 days, the
water line should be disinfected and rinsed.

7. After a prolonged period of storage, Service must be called to return the machine to proper
working order.
Storage at temperatures below 0 °C is allowed only if the hydraulic circuit has been completely
emptied.

8. No other maintenance procedures than those mentioned above will be performed by the
operator of the machine. The machine panels must ONLY be opened by a fully trained service
technician.

9. Stagnant water may contaminate the machine. If the machine is stored for more than 7 days,
the water tube should be disinfected and rinsed.

10. The manufacturer does not accept any responsibility for damages caused by any operation
carried out on the machine by unauthorized staff.

11. Before replacing or checking any component in the Hydraulic Circuit, a Descaling procedure
(i.e. a Heat with CleanCart-C disinfection) must be performed.

12. When performing the ESI, which requires access to the interior of the machine, the service
technician shall have proper electrostatic safety devices (i.e. wrist grounding straps or
grounding mats) in place to prevent damage to electrostatic sensitive components within the
machine.

Chapter 9: Service Screen, Alarms, Information Signals and


Troubleshooting
1. If in your dialysis facility equipments with different alarm systems are installed, pay attention to
the potential hazards associated to a not correct evaluation of the alarms generated by the
different equipments.

2. During a OVERRIDE status, the operator is responsible for monitoring of the parameters that
have been overridden.

3. Press the RESET button to clear the alarm only after having removed the causes of the alarm.
Refer to the related troubleshooting for a detailed description of how to remove the alarm
cause.

4. The “DIALYSATE PH HIGH (#40)” alarm could be triggered in case a chemical disinfectant has
been used instead of Acid concentrate during a dialysis treatment.

xxvi Code SM_9033239200_0I Rev. /


INTRODUCTION

This may lead to improper dialysis to be delivered to the patient, thus resulting in patient injury
or death.

5. After a “BLD Sensitivity Loss (#170)” alarm perform a Chemical Disinfection program before
starting a new treatment.

6. The “DIALYSATE PH LOW (#368)” alarm could be triggered in case a chemical disinfectant
has been used instead of Acid concentrate during a dialysis treatment.
This may lead to improper dialysis to be delivered to the patient, thus resulting in patient injury
or death.

7. The “A Concentrate Error (Acid/SelectCart/Safebag) (#369)” alarm could be triggered in case a


chemical disinfectant has been used instead of Acid concentrate during a dialysis treatment.
This may lead to improper dialysis to be delivered to the patient, thus resulting in patient injury
or death.

8. If both the Acustical Buzzer T1 Test and the Acustical Speaker T1 Test fail (both the auditory
signal sources are malfunctioning), a malfunction occurs so that it is not possible to use the
Artis Dialysis System. In this case, call for Service Technician.
If only one of the T1 Tests fails (only one of the auditory signal source is malfunctioning), it is
the operator’s responsibility to decide whether to proceed with the current treatment after
having checked that the machine is able to sound properly. Also in this case, call for Service
Technician to troubleshoot the problem as soon as possible.

9. When this alarm is triggered, the Chemical Disinfection process has not been correctly
performed because the disinfectant tank is empty.
Repeat the Chemical Disinfection process using a tank containing enough disinfectant
solution.

10. When the "Arterial Chamber: Level Adjustment Required (#642)" alarm occurs, check the
blood level in the Arterial chamber while the Arterial pump is still stopped.

Figure 1 Figure 2

• If the blood level is below the frosted line, as shown in Figure 1, proceed with alarm
troubleshooting to adjust the Arterial chamber level.
Incorrect blood level may result in microbubbles smaller than 20 µ L reaching the patient
increasing the risk of air embolism.

Code SM_9033239200_0I Rev. / xxvii


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

• If the blood level is above the frosted line, as shown in Figure 2, grease the Pressure
Transducers at the end of the treatment as described in the “13.13 Cassette Panel O-
Rings Inspection and Greasing” section of the Operator’s Manual.
Improper greasing of Pressure Transducers may result in wrong arterial pressure
measurements caused by ineffective Pressure Transducer and cassette coupling.

Chapter 12: Installation


1. Pay attention, the belts could be very sharp when removing them from the package.

2. Pay attention to connect correctly the batteries. An incorrect connection to the proper battery
pins causes an irremediable damage to the power supply also if the machine is not connected
to the main line.

3. Before proceeding with installation/uninstallation of the pH probe or with the SW download/


upgrade procedure, it is responsability of the service technician to contact the Sales
Organization requiring the formal approval of the Clinic Organization regarding decision taken
for pH supervision.

4. Check that the Infusion saline bag holder is properly screwed and secured to the Infusion Pole.

5. If the Integrated Heat Disinfection is enabled in the Preset menu (refer to the “Parameters
Configuration” Chapter, “Disinfection/Rinse” section of the Preset Service Manual), ensure that
the water inlet tube has been properly replaced, according to the CWP (Central Water Plant)
labelling material, because the water inlet tube provided with the machine is not compatible
with the Integrated Heat Disinfection.

6. Check the continuity and the reliability of the ground connection.

7. Verify the quality of the protective earth ground at the time of installation.

8. To avoid the risk of electric shock, the Artis Dialysis System must be connected only to a
supply mains with protective earth.

9. The potential equalization connection shall be installed when using the machine for treatments
on patients with central venous catheter.

10. At the end of the Temperature test, before removing the ByPass shunt perform a Rinsing
process to avoid the risk of accidents by burning.

11. In case of hardware malfunction or if the loading procedure is not completed within 2 minutes,
the Cassette holder will automatically retract.
DO NOT insert fingers behind the cassette to avoid injury to your fingers.

Chapter 13: Specifications


1. The Artis Dialysis System must be used under the supervision of a physician.

2. Do not use the Artis Dialysis System near flammable gas or flammable anesthetic mixtures
with air, with oxygen or with nitrous oxide.

3. Possible hazards may arise from equipment (other than the accessories listed below) being
connected to the machine, which may cause the permitted leakage current to be exceeded.

4. The Artis Dialysis System should not be used adjacent to or stacked with other equipments.
However, if adjacent or stacked use is necessary, the Artis Dialysis System has to be observed
to verify normal operation in the configuration in which it will be used for treatment.

5. For a correct installation of of the Artis Dialysis System, do not use multiple portable socket-
outlets or extension cords. However, if using multiple portable socket-outlets:

xxviii Code SM_9033239200_0I Rev. /


INTRODUCTION

- this installation must comply with the requirements (see IEC 60601-1 and collateral standards)
- the multiple portable socket-outlet must not be placed on the floor.
Failure to follow these instructions might increase the risk of electric shock.

6. Check that the Artis Dialysis System is properly grounded.


Disconnect the machine from the supply mains before every cleaning, checking or
maintenance operation.

7. In the patient environment use only electrical equipment having the following marks:

(i.e. type CF applied parts) - in case central venous catheters with atrial location are
used

or or (i.e. type B or BF or CF applied parts) otherwise.


Failure to follow these precautions may result in an increased risk of electrical shock.

8. The Artis Dialysis System is provided with energy cells (batteries). When replacing these
components, follow local regulations for proper disposal.

9. Before moving the Artis Dialysis System, check that all the locks are released and remove
infusion bags or any other weights or hanging objects from the Infusion Pole, the chemical
container shelf or the AFB K Scale and close the AFB K Scale.

10. To avoid jolting, carefully move the Artis Dialysis System by using the handles on the rear
panel.
The machine could be damaged if handled in an improper way.

11. During transportation and storage the Artis Dialysis System has to be kept in its original
packing.

12. When connected to additional equipment, the Artis dialysis machine and this equipment
become a Medical Electrical System. Make sure that the Medical Electrical System complies
with International standards and local laws (IEC 60601-1 and collateral standards, IEC 60950).
If in doubt, contact your Local Service Representative.

13. To avoid risk of electric shock, DO NOT touch external connectivity ports (Ethernet or RS232
port) on the rear panel of the machine and the patient simultaneously.

14. The dialysis facility is responsible for the microbiologic quality of delivery systems, such as:
- Central water supply system,
- Concentrate delivery systems,
- Fluid lines (i.e. inlet water line, concentrate lines) and their connectors from the delivery
systems to the Artis Dialysis System.
Failure to maintain the microbiologic quality of these delivery systems may increase the risk of
infection.
In addition, it is responsibility of the dialysis facility to ensure that the chemical disinfection
protocol of central water supply system and central concentrate supply system is performed
only when the Artis Dialysis System is not connected to these delivery systems (i.e
hydraulically isolated).

15. Do not assemble, install or use the Artis Dialysis System before having carefully read this
service manual.

16. Concentrates which conform to the requirements of the ISO 13958 Standard shall be used.
The control of alarm threshold and dialysis fluid conductivity precision is of major medical
importance in ensuring a safe dialysis treatment.

Code SM_9033239200_0I Rev. / xxix


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

18. If pH supervision is not available on your machine, possible user error leading to the presence
of hypochlorite in the hydraulic circuit can not be detected by the Artis Dialysis System. Using
improper fluid in the dialysis fluid circuit may lead to improper dialysis to be delivered to the
patient, thus resulting in patient injury or death.
Carefully consider your dialysis facility practises and policies regarding the use of disinfectants
to decide about the availability of pH supervision on your Artis Dialysis System.

19. Carefully read the BiCart Cartridge Instructions for Use before using the concentrate
disposable.
Refer to the Artis Operator’s Manual for the procedures related to the use of the BiCart
Cartridge with the Artis Dialysis System.

20. Contact with cleaning and/or disinfection chemicals may pose a risk of burns, skin irritation or
other adverse reactions. Always follow the chemical manufacturer's instructions when handling
these products or cleaning spills.

21. To prevent damaging the machine, do not leave disinfectant solutions in the machine for
periods over the following limits:

• 20 min for Sodium Hypochlorite based solutions at Disinfectant strength (Max. 0.2%
concentration)
• 20 min for Citric Acid based solutions at Disinfectant strength (Max. 2% concentration)
• 20 min for Sodium Carbonate based solution at Disinfectant strength (Max. 0.5%
concentration)
• 72 hours for Peracetic Acid based solutions at Disinfectant strength (Max. 0.10%
concentration)
22. After a Chemical Disinfection program, a test for residuals of disinfectant must be performed
before the following patient connection to avoid the risk of blood hemolysis due to the
exposure of the patient to the chemical residues.

23. The use of the Blood Cassettes designed for Artis Dialysis System has been tested and
validated to provide safe and proper functioning of the system.

24. The appropriate Dialyzer and Blood Tubing System must be selected according to the patient’s
size and weight and to the treatment type. The decision must be taken by a physician.
Before installing Gambro/Hospal Dialyzers and Blood Tubing System carefully read the related
Instructions for Use.

25. This service manual contains a number of references to accessories and disposables for use
with Artis Dialysis System. The Artis Dialysis System has been tested and validated for use
with accessories and disposables listed in this manual. The manufacturer has not validated the
use of accessories or disposables other than those specified in this manual. The Manufacturer
does not accept responsibility or liability for use of accessories or disposables other than those
specified in this manual. Depending on the circumstances, use of accessories or disposables
other than those specified may also reduce the Manufacturer’s warranties for the Artis Dialysis
System.

26. The Manufacturer recommends the use of a dialyzer with dialysis fluid and blood connections
that comply with ISO 8637.

27. Be aware that performing the treatment at extremely negative pre-pump Arterial Pressure
(lower than -150 mmHg) will reduce the blood flow. This can result in reduced treatment
effectiveness.Pre-pump Arterial Pressure is the pressure measured by the Arterial Pressure
Sensor.

28. A dedicated alarm (Low Blood Pump Speed #204) exists in order to avoid blood loss due to
coagulation resulting from interruption of blood flow.

xxx Code SM_9033239200_0I Rev. /


INTRODUCTION

29. These diameters have been taken from samples from many countries and are correct at the
time of printing. However, the manufacturer cannot be held responsible for changes in syringe
dimensions that may occur. The user should periodically check the correlation between the
stated and the actual diameters.

30. DO NOT USE syringes without luer lock connection.

31. The syringe infusion pump described above must be used ONLY for the infusion of heparin.

32. Monitoring of the Venous Pressure could not always detect the disconnection of a venous
needle from its access site, which may result in extracorporeal blood loss to the environment.
When a venous needle disconnects from its access, pressure at the venous monitoring side
may only decrease by the pressure maintained within the patient’s vascular access. This
pressure drop may be less than the width of the machine’s venous pressure alarm window: in
this particular case the disconnection of a venous needle from its access site is not detectable
by the machine, even if pressure alarms and alarm windows are properly set.
To reduce the risk of needles disconnection:

• ensure that venous needle and line are firmly secured to the access site area according
to your clinic’s protocol;
• ensure that the patient’s access is visible at all times during the dialysis treatment;
• inspect frequently the patient’s access;
• adjust properly the venous pressure alarm window: the venous pressure alarm lower
limit should be set as closely as practical to the actual patient’s venous pressure value
without generating excessive nuisance alarms.

Chapter 14: IT-Network Specifications


1. Before connecting the Artis Dialysis System to an Ethernet network, the Responsible
Organization must ensure that the network is dedicated or adequately segregated. Artis
Dialysis System can be only connected to external devices aiming at exchanging Artis clinical/
technical data. The Responsible Organization shall properly configure the network in order to
satisfy the segregation requirement according to the instruction provided in this manual.
Gambro declines any responsibility or liability related to machine malfunction or missing or
incorrect Data transferred caused by an incorrect network configuration.

Chapter 15: Hydraulic Phase Description


1. DO NOT remove any connector during a Heat or a Heat Disinfection with CleanCart Cartridge
program.

2. After a Heat or a Heat Disinfection with CleanCart Cartridge program, hot water can remain
inside the Dialysis Fluid Tubes. Pay attention when disconnecting the Dialysis Fluid Tubes
from the machine since hot water could drip from the Dialysis Fluid Tube Connectors.

Code SM_9033239200_0I Rev. / xxxi


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Concentrates, Accessories and Disposables Accessories


Below is the list of concentrates, Blood Tubing System and disposables accessories available for Artis
Dialysis System:
Concentrates

Liquid Concentrates

SoftPac series Liquid A-concentrate for preparation of bicarbonate


dialysis fluid together with BiCart Cartridge.

SoftPac Citrate series Citrate based acid concentrates to be used


together with BiCart cartridge for preparation of
bicarbonate based HD, HF and HDF fluids.
SelectBag One series Liquid A-concentrate for preparation of bicarbonate
dialysis fluid together with SelectCart and BiCart
Cartridges.

SelectBag Citrate series Citric Acid concentrate for preparation of


bicarbonate dialysis fluid together with SelectCart
and BiCart Cartridges.

Safebag KV: Concentrate to be used in AFB K treatments.


• KV93G
• KV95G

Non-Liquid Concentrates

BiCart Cartridge Dry bicarbonate concentrate for preparation of


bicarbonate dialysis fluid together with proper liquid
A-concentrate or SelectCart Cartridge or
SelectBags.

SelectCart Cartridge Dry sodium chloride concentrate for preparation of


bicarbonate dialysis fluid together with SelectBags
or BiCart Cartridge.

! WARNING
Incorrect choice of dialysis fluid concentrate may cause incorrect composition of the
dialysis fluid.
Check that the prescribed concentrates for the specific treatment are used.

Solution for infusion

Hospasol Bag: Bag to be used in AFB K treatments.


• Hospasol 145
• Hospasol 167

xxxii Code SM_9033239200_0I Rev. /


INTRODUCTION

ArtiSet Blood Tubing System

Application Description

ArtiSet for HD-DN treatments ArtiSet HD DNL HC (FULL)


with Hemoscan cuvette,
compatible with Hemoscan/
Hemocontrol functions or for HDF
post treatments

ArtiSet for HD-DN treatments ArtiSet HD DNL (BASE)


ArtiSet for HDF/HF treatments ArtiSet PrePost
ArtiSet for HD-SN and HD-
DNDP treatments
ArtiSet HD SN HC
ArtiSet for HD-DNDP
treatments with Hemoscan
cuvette, compatible with
Hemoscan/ Hemocontrol
functions

Disposables accessories

GMB-SP 06 Accessory sample bag

SP-339G Prime Line

evoset AFB K Infusion Accessory for AFB K treatments

ULTRA Prime line Accessory for on-line priming, bolus and rinseback
in HD treatments

ULTRA HDF line Accessory for on-line HDF/HF treatments

ULTRA HDF Post line Accessory for on-line HDF Post treatments

Ultrafilters

U 9000 Ultrafilter used as water filter and dialysis fluid filter.

Dialyzers

For the list of the Dialyzers that can be used on the Artis Dialysis System refer to the “Dialyzers”
section in the “Introduction” chapter of the Artis Operator’s Manual

Code SM_9033239200_0I Rev. / xxxiii


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

! WARNING
The Artis Dialysis System has been tested and validated for use with the concentrates,
accessories and disposable listed above.
Gambro does not accept any responsibility or liability for use of concentrates,
accessories and disposables other than those specified above.
The use of different kinds of concentrates, accessories and disposables may reduce
Gambro’s warranties for the Artis Dialysis System.

NOTE
• The operator should make sure to have a current list of available concentrates,
accessories and disposables.
• The operator should follow the facility procedures for proper disposal of used blood
cassette, dialyzers and other disposables per local regulations.

xxxiv Code SM_9033239200_0I Rev. /


INTRODUCTION

List of symbols
Type B Equipment.
Provides an adequate degree of protection against electric
shock, particularly regarding allowable LEAKAGE
CURRENTS and reliability of the protective EARTH
connection.

Defibrillation-Proof Type BF Applied Part

OFF (Main power disconnected)

ON (Main power connected)

Alternating Current

Protective Earth (ground)

Year of Manufacturing

Name and address of the Manufacturer

Follow instruction for use

Code SM_9033239200_0I Rev. / xxxv


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Equipotentiality

Conforms to requirements in EC Council directive 93/42/


EEC, of 14 June 1993, concerning Medical Devices.
0086 identifies BSI, British Standards Institution, as the
Notified Body that has issued the CE Certificate against MDD
93/42/EEC Annex II for the ‘design, development and
manufacturing of renal replacement therapy equipment
systems’ after having positively assessed the quality
management system of the Manufacturer.

Handle with care

This way up

Keep dry

This symbol indicates that:


• the equipment may not be disposed of together with other
municipal waste;
• the equipment was placed on the market after 13 August
2005.

Non-ionizing electromagnetic radiation

xxxvi Code SM_9033239200_0I Rev. /


INTRODUCTION

Indicates that the equipment complies with applicable UL and


CSA standards for the Safety of Medical Electrical
Equipment.
or
Only for 115 V machine configuration.

Do not re-use

Electrostatic sensitive devices.


Symbol used to indicate packages containing electrostatic
sensitive devices, or to identify a device or connector that has
not been tested for immunity to electrostatic discharge.

Permitted pressure area

Permitted humidity area

Do not stack

Serial Number

Hz Rated Supply Mains Frequency

Code SM_9033239200_0I Rev. / xxxvii


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

V Rated Supply Mains Voltage

A Rated Supply Mains Amperage

Catalog Number

Ingress protection against solid objects >12.5mm


(fingers or similar objects).
IP21 Vertical drip-proof level of protection from liquid drips,
leaks, and spills.

Temperature limitation

BPM Identify the BPM connector used for BPM Cuff

Identify the USB Port used for flash memories (only for
USB service interventions)
Identify the 10/100 Base T Ethernet Port: used for
ETHERNET connecting the machine to a Personal Computer to
interface with the Communication System

HW REV. Hardware revision

SW REV. Software revision

Inlet Water Supply

Drain Line

Max. __ Kg Maximum allowable load in kilograms

xxxviii Code SM_9033239200_0I Rev. /


INTRODUCTION

Read Instructions for Use

Remote Alarm (Not currently available)

External Water Valve (Not currently available)

Depending on the Artis Dialysis System configuration, please find below the list of symbols that
could be present on the machine.

Warning, consult accompanying documents

Do not step on Chemical Shelf (if installed)

Dry weight of Artis Dialysis System

Risk of overbalance when the AFBK scale is loaded with


infusion bags or any other weights or hanging objects and
the Artis Dialysis System is placed on a plane inclined at an
angle greater than 5°

Hot surface. DO NOT touch during and after the Heat


Disinfection programs.

Code SM_9033239200_0I Rev. / xxxix


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Addresses
For technical assistance, contact your Local Service Representative.

Belgium Baxter Belgium sprl


Boulevard d’Angleterre 2-4
1420 Braine-l’Alleud

Tel: ++32 2 711 21 11


Fax: ++32 2 711 22 95
Canada GAMBRO Inc.
2 East Beaver Creek Road
Building #4
Richmond Hill
Toronto CA-ONTARIO L4B 2N3

Tel: 1 - 905 762 06 90


Fax: 1 - 905 762 06 85
Denmark GAMBRO Danmark
Tobaksvejen 2A
2860 Søborg

Tel: +45 48 16 64 00
Fax: +45 48 16 64 64
Finland Baxter Oy
Tammasaarenkatu 1
00180 Helsinki
Finland

Tel: +358 9 862 1111


Fax: +358 9 862 11211
France Baxter SAS
4 bis rue de la Redoute
78280 Guyancourt Cedex
France

Tel: + 33 (0) 1 34 61 50 50
Fax: +33 (0) 1 34 61 50 25
Germany Gambro Hospal GmbH
Edisonstr.4
DE 85716 Unterschleißheim

Tel: ++49 89 31701 901


Fax: ++49 89 31701 944
Italy Baxter S.p.A.
Piazzale dell'Industria, 20
00144 Rome Italy

Tel. (+39) 06 32491-1


Fax (+39) 06 322 1643

xl Code SM_9033239200_0I Rev. /


INTRODUCTION

Lithuania UAB "Baxter Lithuania"


Senasis Ukmergės kelias 4
LT-14180 Užubalių km., Vilniaus raj.
Lithuania
Netherlands Baxter Nederland B.V.
Kobaltweg 49
3542 CE Utrecht

Tel. +31(0)302488911
Fax. +31(0)302488784
Norway Baxter AS
Baxter Gambro Renal
Gjerdrumsvei 11
0484 Oslo
Norway
Phone +47 22 58 48 00
Fax + 47 22 58 48 65
Portugal Baxter Médico-Farmacêutica
Sintra Business Park - Zona Ind. Abrunheira
Edíficio 10
2710-089 Sintra
Portugal
Tel.: + 351 219 25 2500
Russia Gambro Lundia Export
Box 101 01
SE-220 10 LUND
Tel: 46 - 46 16 90 00
Fax: 46 - 46 16 96 10
Slovenia Baxter d.o.o.
Železna cesta 18
SI-1000 Ljubljana

T: +386 (0)1 420 16 96


M: +386 (0)40 615 105
F: +386 (0)1 420 16 81
Spain BAXTER SL
Polígono Industrial Sector 14
C/ Pouet de Camilo, 2
46394 - Ribarroja del Turia (Valencia)

Tel: +34 902181560


Fax:+34 96272838

Code SM_9033239200_0I Rev. / xli


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Sweden GAMBRO Lundia AB


Gambro Svenska Försäljning
P O Box 10101
Scheelevägen 34
SE-220 10 Lund
Sweden

Tel: +46 46 16 90 00
Fax: +46 46 16 96 20

xlii Code SM_9033239200_0I Rev. /


INTRODUCTION

Warranty
All products manufactured by Gambro are warranted against defects in workmanship and materials.
While the machine is within the stated warranty period, no service repairs on it should be attempted.
Any unauthorized work will immediately void the warranty.
If additional information or assistance is required or the information provided is not sufficient, contact
the Service Representative in your country and request additional information or assistance.
If any information in this manual is found to be in error, or if there are any additions or deletions that you
feel will improve the manual, please forward your comments to the Service Representative in your country.
Gambro and/or its affiliates accept responsibility for the safety, reliability and performance of this
equipment only if:
• Operational procedures, calibrations and repairs are carried out by appropriately qualified
personnel;

• All equipment modifications are authorized in writing by Gambro and carried out by
appropriately qualified persons;

• The electrical installation of the relevant room complies with all applicable local electrical codes
and IEC requirements,

• The equipment is used in accordance with the published instructions for use

! WARNING
The Artis Dialysis System will perform as designed only if it is used and maintained in
accordance with Gambro’s instructions. Any warranties made by Gambro are void if the
equipment is not used in accordance with the instruction provided.
Gambro will not accept responsibility for any damage or injury resulting from improper
use or maintenance or unauthorized repair.
Gambro does not recognise the owner of a product as an authorised service
representative.
If repairs of the machine have been attempted by anyone other than qualified personnel
belonging to the service representative in your country, under no circumstances will the
manufacturer be liable for indirect or consequential damages of any kind, its liability
hereby being limited solely to repair or replacement.
This warranty is in lieu of any other expressed or implied warranties, including any
implied warranty saleability or suitability of use and of any other obbligation on the part of
the manufacturer.

NOTE
The Artis Dialysis System was designed and has been built to comply with the product
specifications listed in this service manual (Refer to the “ Chapter 13.
SPECIFICATIONS” of this service manual). Gambro is committed to continuously
improving this product. The improvement process may result in modifications to both the
product specifications and consequently to the equipment produced in the future. These
changes or improvements may or may not be applicable or usable with previously
produced equipment. Where possible, improvements will be made available at
reasonable prices. Any such improvement shall not be construed as corrections of any
perceived deficiency.

Code SM_9033239200_0I Rev. / xliii


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

! WARNING
This service manual contains a number of references to concentrates, disposables,
accessories and spare parts for use with Artis Dialysis System.
The Artis Dialysis System has been tested and validated for use with concentrates,
disposables, accessories and spare parts listed in this manual.
The Manufacturer does not accept responsibility or liability for use of concentrates,
disposables or accessories other than those specified in this manual, for use of not
genuine spare parts and for use/mounting of those components not in accordance with
the official Gambro Instruction for Use accompanying those components.
Depending on the circumstances, use of concentrates, disposables or accessories other
than those specified in this service manual, use of not genuine spare parts and use/
mounting of those components not in accordance with the above mentioned Instruction
for Use may reduce the Manufacturer’s warranties for the Artis Dialysis System.

NOTE
This publication contains information which is the property of Gambro. Whoever receives
this manual accepts that drawings and information contained herein must not be
disclosed to others without the express written permission of Gambro. Do not attempt to
assemble, install, or operate the machine until all the contents of this manual are
thoroughly understood.

xliv Code SM_9033239200_0I Rev. /


Chapter 1. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

Chapter 1. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION


The Artis Dialysis System consists of the machine in use with a Blood Tubing System appointed for the
machine, a dialyzer, a heparin syringe, a BiCart Cartridge, a SelectCart Cartridge, a SelectBag One or
SelectBag Citrate Container and other dialysis fluid concentrates.
This chapter describes the basic system operation which includes touch screen information, front and
rear panel items, control and protective components as well as temperature, conductivity, and ultrafiltration
control information.

1.1 Structure of the machine


The Artis Dialysis System has a modular structure. It is made up of five modules that carry out
independent functions. The modules are described below:
• Master module
• Blood module
• Hydraulic module
• Protective module
• Bio Module

1.1.1 Master Module


This module manages the functioning of all machine processes. It allows the operator to communicate
with the machine via a color Touch Screen, through which it is possible to:
• Activate/deactivate functions
• Visualize and set parameter values
• Receive operator instructions, Alarm and Information messages.
• contains the tasks that interface with slave boards.
The Master Module interfaces with the communication system:
• Ethernet
• RS232
• Card Reader

1.1.2 Blood Module


The blood module manages all the processes related to treatments and modes of the machine.
The main functionalities of this module are:
• To route arterial blood from the patient
• To mix blood with heparin solution and substitution fluid
• To move blood to the dialyzer
• To monitor arterial and venous pressures
• To return the blood to the patient.
The unit mades up of the Master, Hydraulic and Blood Modules is called the Control System.

Code SM_9033239200_01 Rev. / 1-1


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

A detailed description of blood components of the Artis Dialysis System is reported below:

22 2
21 3

20 4
5

6
19
7

18 8

17 9

10
11
16 12
13
1 2

14

15

Figure 1- 1. Right Front view panel

1-2 Code SM_9033239200_01 Rev. /


Chapter 1. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

25

24

23

1 2
1 2

Figure 1-2. Left Front view panel

Code SM_9033239200_01 Rev. / 1-3


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Table 1: Blood Module Components

COMPONENTS DESCRIPTION
1. Hard Key Panel Panel located under the Touch Screen whose keys are used to control the
machine/Arterial pump functions, stand-by status and to mute alarms.
2. Prime line Guide Guide used for securing the prime line to the machine.
3. Arterial Pump Peristaltic Pump that routes the blood from the patient to the
extracorporeal circuit.
4. Arterial Pump Rotor Center component of the arterial pump that rotates during pump
with Crank operations. The rotation of the two rollers that occludes the pump
segment in the raceway, moves the fluid in the pump segment forward in
descrete amounts and the occlusion prevents backflow. Crank fits on the
arterial pump rotor, allowing manual blood return to the patient, if
necessary.
5. EvaClean Ports Ports used to connect the arterial and venous patient lines to the
EvaClean option during priming procedure for proper disposal of waste
fluids.
6. EvaClean Doors When the EvaClean drain ports are not in use, the EvaClean doors are
closed, allows water to rinse through the drain ports. If during a dialysis
treatment or a clean/disinfection mode the EvaClean doors are open an
alarm occurs.
7. Arterial Pump Cover Protective cover. It must be closed when the pump is running.
8. Cassette Panel Appointed area for holding/ loading/ unloading the Blood, Ultra, Infusion
and SN Cassettes. Fore more information see figure 1-3, table 2
9. Sensor Bar Door Cover which protects the Air detector/ Hemoscan/ Blood Sensors.
Fore more information see figure 1-4, table 3
10. Heparin Panel Panel appointed to manage the heparin syringe positioning.
11. Heparin Syringe Device that holds the barrel of the heparin syringe, depending on the
Holder syringe size.
12. Heparin Syringe Movable device used for delivering of heparin solution into the
Plunger extracorporeal circuit.
13. Heparin Pump Controls the rate of heparin delivery into the extracorporeal circuit.
(inside the machine) Heparin can be delivered continuously or in bolus amounts.
14. Heparin Syringe Holds the plunger of the heparin syringe.
Plunger Lock
15. Arterial Line Clamp Automatic occlusive clamp that closes the arterial patient line when
needed.
16. Venous Line Clamp Automatic occlusive clamp that closes the venous patient line when
needed.
17. Ultra Prime filter Intended for holding the Ultra Prime filter in place during HD-DN and HD-
Holder SN treatments.
It includes, on its top part, three guides used for:
• securing the Venous Dialyzer line to the machine;
• securing the Ultra connector to the machine during HDF Pre and HF Pre
Treatments;
• securing the Hospasol Infusion line and the AFB K Connection line in
AFB K treatments.
18. Venous Pump Cover Protective cover. It must be closed when the pump is running.

1-4 Code SM_9033239200_01 Rev. /


Chapter 1. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

Table 1: Blood Module Components

COMPONENTS DESCRIPTION
19. Venous Pump Rotor Center component of the venous pump that rotates during pump operations.
with Crank The rotation of the two rollers occludes the pump segment in the raceway,
moves the fluid in the pump segment forward in descrete amounts and the
occlusion prevents backflow. Crank fits on the venous pump rotor, allowing
manual blood return to the patient.
20. Venous Pump Peristaltic pump used during HD-SN Treatment and for administering
substitution fluid during HDF Post, HDF Pre and HF Pre Treatments.
21. Pressure Sensors that read the pressure inside the Blood Cassette chambers.
Transducers There are three different Pressure Transducers:
• White: reads the post-dialyzer pressure in the SN cassette chambers.
• Blue: reads venous pressure.
• Red: reads pre pump arterial pressure.
22. Arterial Dialyzer Guide used for securing the Arterial Dialyzer line to the machine.
Line Guide
23. Dialyzer Holder Movable device appointed to hold the dialyzer in place during treatments.
It consists of a dialyzer holder pincer arm and a dialyzer holder arm.
Fore further information see paragraph “1.1.2.1 Dialyzer Holder” below.
24. Dialyzer Holder An movable arm with rubber garnish that holds the dialyzer.
Pincer Arm
25. Dialyzer Holder Button that allows to disconnect the dialyzer holder and withdraw it when
Unlock Button is not in use.

1.1.2.1 Dialyzer Holder


The Artis Dialysis System can be equipped with two types of Dialyzer Holder (see figure below).
All the pictures contained in this Service Manual are representative of the Artis Dialysis System with
Dialyzer Holder Version 1.
All the Dialyzer installation/removal instructions, are applicable to both Dialyzer Holder versions.

Version 1 Version 2

Code SM_9033239200_01 Rev. / 1-5


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

1.1.2.2 Cassette Panel


The Cassette Panel components are shown and described below.

5 4

Figure 1- 3. Cassette Panel

Table 2: Cassette Panel


COMPONENTS DESCRIPTION
1. Cassette Holder Three hooks used for holding the Blood cassette in place.
2. Cassette Sensor Sensor that detects the presence of the Blood cassette on the
cassette panel.
3. Heparin Line Guide Two hooks used for securing the heparin line to the machine.
4. Pressure Transducers Sensors that read the arterial and venous pressure in the Blood
cassette chambers.
5. Pressure Transducer Sensor that reads the SN pressure in the Post-Dialyzer Expansion
Chamber in the SN cassette
6. Ultra/SN Cassette Holder Three hooks used for holding the SN Cassette and the Ultra
Cassette in place.

1.1.2.3 Sensor Bar


The Sensor Bar components are shown and described below.

3 4 5

1-6 Code SM_9033239200_01 Rev. /


Chapter 1. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

Figure 1- 4. Sensor Bar

Table 3: Sensor Bar


COMPONENTS DESCRIPTION
1. Sensor Bar Door Sensor Magnetic sensor that detects the status of the sensor bar door
(OPEN/closed).
2. Blood Sensor An optical sensor, located in the Sensor Bar, that detects the
presence of blood in the Venous Patient line.
3. Air Detector Ultrasonic sensor that detects macro and micro air in blood within
the Venous Patient line of the Blood Cassette.
4. Line Presence Sensor Sensors that detect the presence of the Arterial and Venous
Patient lines.
5. Hemoscan Sensor Sensor that continuously measures the hemoglobin
concentration, calculating the relative change in the patient’s
blood volume during dialysis treatments.

1.1.3 Hydraulic Module


This module manages/supervises the dialysis/substitution/infusion fluid preparation and the
measurement and control of ultrafiltration.
The Artis Dialysis System is a single-pass system, i.e. dialysis fluid passes through the hydraulic circuit
only once.
Dialysis fluid preparation is a continuous process. Its conductivity is affected by the parameters preset or
selected by the operator. The hydraulic module controls the temperature, conductivity, flow and
ultrafiltration operations of the machine.
The hydraulic module also controls the ADR (Automatic Disinfection and Rinse) procedures that are
used to disinfect and rinse the hydraulic circuit.

Code SM_9033239200_01 Rev. / 1-7


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

A detailed description of hydraulic components of the Artis Dialysis System is reported below:

10

4
1 2
1 2

3 11

Figure 1- 5. Left Front view panel

1-8 Code SM_9033239200_01 Rev. /


Chapter 1. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

ETHERNET

3 3
USB 4 2
1 1
max 24V 1A max 24V 1A

BPM

12

18

13

17
14

16 19

15

Figure 1- 6. Rear view panel

Code SM_9033239200_01 Rev. / 1-9


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Table 4: Hydraulic Module Components

COMPONENTS DESCRIPTION
1. Acid Pick-up Tube Connector appointed to connect the acid pick-up tube to its related
connector Concentrate Connector port or to a concentrate canister/bag.
2. Acid Concentrate Port that connects the Acid pick-up tube to the machine during Rinse
connector Port procedure.
3. Infusion Clamp Automatic occlusive clamp that closes the Ultra connector when needed.
4. Ultra Door Cover which protects the Ultra port.
Fore more information see figure 1-7, table 5
5. SelectCart Cartridge Holder appointed for the SelectCard Cartridges.
Holder Fore further information see paragraph “SelectCart and BiCart Cartridge
Holders” below.
6. SelectBag Holder Holder appointed for the SelectBag.
For further information see paragraph “SelectBag Holder” below.
7. SoftPac Hooks Hooks appointed to hold the SoftPac.
8. Blue Dialysis Fluid Tube through which the dialysis fluid passes from the machine to the
Tube dialyzer.
9. Red Dialysis Fluid Tube through which the dialysis fluid passes from the dialyzer to the
Tube machine.
10. BiCart Cartridge Holder appointed for the BiCart Cartridge and for the CleanCart.
Holder Fore further information see paragraph “SelectCart and BiCart Cartridge
Holders” below.
11. Front Central Intended for connecting the machine to a central delivery system.
Concentrate
Connector Ports 1 & 2
12. Cable Holders Used to roll up tubes or cables.
13. Ultrafilter Cover Plastic cover that protects the ultrafilters from foreign objects. The cover
must be closed during operations.
14. Dialysis Fluid Purifies the dialysis fluid before the dialyzer.
Ultrafilter
15. Drain Port Port that connects the drain tube to the machine.
16. Water Inlet Port Port that connects the water inlet tube to the machine.
17. Water Ultrafilter Purifies the incoming water preventing the entering of bacteria or
endotoxin in the hydraulic circuit.
18. Yellow/Clear Intended for connecting the disinfectant tube to the wand inserted into the
Disinfectant disinfectant canister.
connector
19. Rear Central Intended for connecting the machine to a central delivery system for acid
Concentrate intake .
Connector Ports 1 & 2

1-10 Code SM_9033239200_01 Rev. /


Chapter 1. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

1.1.3.1 Ultra Door


The Ultra Door components are shown and described below.
3

1
4 5

Figure 1- 7. Ultra Door

Table 5: Ultra Door


COMPONENTS DESCRIPTION

1. Ultra Port Allows the passage of on-line prepared substitution and


infusion fluid into the Ultra line.

2. Ultra Door Seal Seals the Ultra port when on-line therapy is not performed.

3. Ultra Door Sensor Magnetic sensor that detects the status of the Ultra Door
(OPEN/ closed).

4. Ultra collector sensor Optical level sensor that detects the leakages from the Ultra
port

5. Ultra Collector Collects the on-line prepared fluid leaked

Code SM_9033239200_01 Rev. / 1-11


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

1.1.3.2 SelectCart and BiCart Cartridge Holders


The Artis Dialysis System can be equipped with two types of SelectCart and BiCart Cartridge Holders
(see figure below).
All the pictures contained in this Service Manual are representative of the Artis Dialysis System with
SelectCart and BiCart Cartridge Holders Version 1. They can be considered equivalent/representative also
for Version 2.

Version 1 Version 2

COMPONENTS DESCRIPTION
1. Pushbutton Buttons used to open the arms

2. Circle point marking (circle point) - marking used to visualize where the
top port of the cartridge connects with the upper arm
during the cartridge installation

3. Arrow marking (arrow) - marking used to check the correct upright


positioning of the cartridge during its installation

1-12 Code SM_9033239200_01 Rev. /


Chapter 1. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

1.1.3.3 SelectBag Holder


The Artis Dialysis System is compatible with two types of SelectBag Holders with same functionalities
(see figure below).
The main difference between them is a button to unlock and open the SelectBag Holder, present in the
Version 2.

Version 1 Version 2

COMPONENTS DESCRIPTION
1. Pushbutton Button used to unlock and open the SelectBag
Holder arm

Code SM_9033239200_01 Rev. / 1-13


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

1.1.3.4 Main Frame

1 2

8 7

1-14 Code SM_9033239200_01 Rev. /


Chapter 1. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

Table 6: Main Frame Module Components

COMPONENTS DESCRIPTION
1. Infusion Pole Hooks Used to hold the infusion saline bags.
2. Infusion Pole Knob which allows to adjust the infusion pole at the desired height. Pull it up
Adjustment Knob to adjust the pole.
3. Infusion Pole Adjustable pole, on the right side of the Artis Dialysis System, intended for
holding the infusion bags.
4. Touch Screen Sensitive screen that allows the operator to interact with the Artis Dialysis
System by giving and receiving operating instructions and setting
parameters.
5. Card Reader The Card Reader allows the upload/download of the patient prescription
data into/from the machine by means of a Patient Card.
The Patient Card is a contactless device.
6. Handles Used to move the machine.
7. Concentrate Located on bottom front; holds container of fluid concentrates needed for
Container Shelf therapies.
8. Battery Holder Housing for the backup battery.
9. Lockable Wheels Wheels that can be locked during treatments.

1.1.4 Protective Module


This module supervises all processes related to the patient-safe condition in order to prevent hazardous
situations. It also manages the alarm conditions that may occur during a treatment.
For further details on the Protective System, refer to the “13.4 Protective system” section of this Service
Manual.

1.1.5 Bio Module


This module manages the processes related to the Hemoscan function.

1.2 Operator interface


Artis Dialysis System Operator Interface consists of:
• A colour Touch Screen;
• A Hard Key Panel;
• A Heparin Panel.

1.2.1 Artis Dialysis System Touch Screen


The Touch Screen allows the operator to interact with the machine, giving on-line detailed operating
instructions. Instructions include the following screens/areas:
• Operating screens and sub-screens providing step-by-step instructions that the operator follows each
time in setting up, administering and ending patient treatments;
• Alarm/Information Messages Area providing Alarm/Information Messages when alarm situations occur
or an Information Message is triggered;
• Help windows providing additional information on alarms, Information Messages and Special Proce-
dures.
The Artis Dialysis System User Interface is made up of five main screens and several sub-screens.
During normal operations, the Artis Dialysis System Touch Screen has the following layout:

Code SM_9033239200_01 Rev. / 1-15


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

PROCESS STATUS BAR

SYSTEM
WORKING AREA ICON
AREA

BUTTON BAR

STATUS BAR

NAVPAD AREA
MESSAGE AREA

Figure 1- 8. Touch Screen Layout

For a complete description of the Artis Dialysis System Touch Screen refer to the “Chapter 1: General
Description” of the Artis Operator’s Manual.

1.2.2 Hard Key Panel


The Hard Key Panel is located below the Touch Screen:

Or:

Figure 1- 9. Hard Key Panel

1-16 Code SM_9033239200_01 Rev. /


Chapter 1. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

Or:

It is made of the following keys and labels:

Table 7: Hard Key Panel


Keys

Low Power Key: Used to disable the “Low Power” and “Display
Off” modes.
It is green-lit when the Artis Dialysis System is in Low Power
mode.

Autostart Indicator: It is yellow-lit when any Disinfection/Rinse


program and/or function test has been scheduled to automatically start
at a predefined time.

or:

Main Switch On Indicator: It gives information about energizing state


of the machine: the led is green-lit when the Artis Dialysis System is
connected to the supply mains and the main switch button is ON.

Mute Key: it is used to mute an audible alarm. The key is green-lit


during the alarm. The light switches off when it is pressed.

or:

or:

Code SM_9033239200_01 Rev. / 1-17


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Table 7: Hard Key Panel


Blood Pump ON/OFF Key: used to manually start/stop the Arterial
and Venous Pumps.
This key is not available until the “Connect Patient” action button is
pressed and confirmed.

Blood Flow Increase Key: used to manually increase the Arterial


Pump speed:
• If it is pressed with a single press the speed increases of 10 ml/min;
• If it is pressed continuously the pump speed increases continuously.
The Blood Flow Increase Key is not available until the "Connect
patient" button is pressed and confirmed.
or

Blood Flow Decrease Key: used to manually decrease the Arterial


Pump speed:
• If it is pressed with a single press the speed decreases of 10 ml/min;
• If it is pressed continuously the pump speed decreases continuously.
The Blood Flow Decrease Key is not available until the "Connect
patient" button is pressed and confirmed.
or:

Labels

Follow instruction for use

Type B Equipment.
It provides an adequate degree of protection against electric
shock, particularly regarding allowable LEAKAGE CURRENTS
and reliability of the protective EARTH connection.

1-18 Code SM_9033239200_01 Rev. /


Chapter 1. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

1.2.3 Heparin Delivery System


To prevent coagulation or clotting of the blood during the dialysis treatment, the Artis Dialysis System is
provided with a Heparin Delivery System.
The Heparin Delivery System consists in a Heparin Pump assembly that includes the following
components (see the figure 1-10 provided below):
1. Heparin Panel;
2. Heparin Syringe Holder;
3. Heparin Syringe Plunger (refer to the "Table 1: Blood Module Components" of this chapter for the
description of this component);
4. Heparin Syringe Plunger Lock (refer to the "Table 1: Blood Module Components" of this chapter for
the description of this component);
5. Heparin Pump (located inside the machine), (for a detailed description of this component refer to
the "3.17 Heparin Pump" section of this Service Manual).

2 2

5 3

Figure 1- 10. Heparin Pump Assembly

The Artis Dialysis System is compatible with two types of Heparin Pump assemblies:
• A Heparin Pump assembly with Heparin Syringe Holder for 30 ml syringe;
• A Heparin Pump assembly with Heparin Syringe Holder for 10 ml syringe.

1.2.3.1 Heparin Panel


The Heparin Panel is located above the Heparin Syringe Holder (see "Figure 1- 10. Heparin Pump
Assembly").
3
2 1

Code SM_9033239200_01 Rev. / 1-19


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Figure 1- 11. Heparin Panel

Table 8: Heparin Panel


COMPONENTS DESCRIPTION

1. Heparin Syringe Positioning Key used to move up the Heparin Syringe Plunger.
Key: Arrow Up Button

2. Heparin Syringe Positioning Key used to move down the Heparin Syringe Plunger.
Key: Arrow Down Button

3. Heparin indicator Indicator that becomes green-lit when the heparin delivery
function is activated.

NOTE
An audible signal can be triggered following the selection of a key when:
• The machine has not been temporarily able to detect correctly the key previously selected; in
this case, wait at least 5 seconds before pressing the key again to let the machine recognize
the selection;
• A superimposed window is present on the Touch Screen and the selection of that key is not
requested by the superimposed window;
• The Blood Flow Increase or Decrease key is pressed but a manual increment/decrement of
Arterial Pump speed is not allowed during the current machine phase.

1.2.3.2 Heparin Syringe Holder


The Heparin Syringe Holder is located below the Heparin Panel (see "Figure 1- 10. Heparin Pump
Assembly").

NOTE
The Heparin Delivery System with Heparin Syringe Holder for 10 ml syringe is designed to fit
exclusively with 10 ml syringe.

! WARNING
The default heparin syringe volume configured in the Preset menu is 30 ml and it requires that a
Heparin Pump assembly compatible to 30 ml volume is installed.
In case the Heparin Pump assembly compatible to 10 ml volume (or 30 ml volume in case of
restore to the original configuration) is installed, ensure that the proper heparin syringe volume
and type are selected in the Preset menu.
If the heparin syringe volume and type selected in Preset menu do not match with the Heparin
Pump assembly, inadequate anticoagulant dose may be delivered by the machine, resulting
either in excessive or insufficient heparin amount administrated during the treatment.

1-20 Code SM_9033239200_01 Rev. /


Chapter 1. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

1.2.4 Operating Modes


When the Artis Dialysis System is switched on (the main switch on indicator is green-lit), the machine
starts loading the software program and begins the function check sequence. A progress bar and the
software revision are displayed on the Touch Screen.
Further details about the function check sequence are only available in a specific Service page.
As soon as a certain number of function checks have been performed, the machine displays the
following Overview screen:

Figure 1- 12. Overview screen - Startup Mode

All the parameter values and functions pre-set during machine configuration and available Action/
Function buttons are displayed in the working area.
The operator can select which procedure to perform as described in the Operator’s Manual. The specific
function of each Action/Function button is explained as well as the operations to be carried out.
To switch from a screen to another one, press the corresponding NavPad button on the NavPad Area
(refer to the "1.2.5 NavPad Area" section of this chapter).

Code SM_9033239200_01 Rev. / 1-21


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

1.2.5 NavPad Area


The cruciform NavPad Area contains five NavPad buttons:

Figure 1- 13. NavPad Area

NOTE
In this manual, the screen figures may contain minor differences in terms of date and time
position. These differences are irrelevant for the correctness of the information provided to the
operator: .

OR

Figure 1- 14.

Each screen is associated with a colour and an icon reproduced on the related button:

Table 9: NavPad Buttons


NavPad Buttons

The Overview NavPad button opens the Overview screen


(refer to the “Overview screen” section of the Artis Operator’s
Manual for further details).
The screen is associated with the blue colour.

1-22 Code SM_9033239200_01 Rev. /


Chapter 1. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

Table 9: NavPad Buttons

The Prescription NavPad button opens the Prescription


screen (refer to the “Prescription Screen” section of the Artis
Operator’s Manual for further details).
The screen is associated with the light blue colour.

The Fluid NavPad button opens the Fluid screen (refer to the
“Fluid Screen” section of the Artis Operator’s Manual for further
details).
The screen is associated with the green colour.

NavPad Buttons

The Report NavPad button opens the Report screen (refer to


the “‘Report screen” section of the Artis Operator’s Manual for
further details).
The screen is associated with the yellow colour.

The Blood NavPad button opens the Blood screen (refer to


the “Blood Screen” section of the Artis Operator’s Manual for
further details).
The screen is associated with the red colour.

The frame of each screen has the same colour of the corresponding NavPad button.
When a screen is OPEN, the corresponding NavPad button is highlighted.

NOTE
When the Function sub-screens are OPEN the NavPad buttons are disabled.

1.2.6 Parameter Modification


The Artis Dialysis System user interface provides several button types:
• Set button: used for setting/change parameter values

Code SM_9033239200_01 Rev. / 1-23


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

• Value box: it displays the parameter values


• Action button: used for activating a function
• Function button: used for opening a function sub-screen
• Command button: used for starting the next function
To set or change a parameter value, press the corresponding set button on the Touch Screen: according
to the parameter type, the proper pop-up window will open.
The following windows are available:
• Numeric Keypad: it opens each time a set button related to a numeric value is pressed.
• Time Keypad: it opens each time a set button related to a time value is pressed.
• Selectpad: it opens each time it is possible to set the parameter value only selecting a predefined
option from a list.

NOTE
The pop-up windows will allow to insert only values included in the valid range established for
the selected parameter.

1.3 Service menu: access view

NOTE
The Artis Dialysis System provides two Service menu levels: ‘’SERVICE 1’’ and ‘’SERVICE 2’’.

NOTE
To avoid unauthorized entry into the service screens by users not trained on the service
procedures, the correct password must be entered before to access the SERVICE screens
pages.

NOTE
• The SERVICE modes are accessible only during the Preparation mode.
• SERVICE 1 mode allows performing basic operations.
• SERVICE 2 mode allows to configure the machine’s Preset, to calibrate sensors and to
enter the machine Serial Number.

The access to the Service menu is available under the Report screen by pressing the Service button. A
numerical keypad appears requesting the password (see figure 1-14). After the confirmation of the proper
password, the Service menu becomes the main menu.

1-24 Code SM_9033239200_01 Rev. /


Chapter 1. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

Figure 1- 15. Password screen

Figure 1 - 16.a Overview Service 1 screen Figure 1- 15.b Overview Service 2 screen

To switch from a screen to another, to show the available technical views press the corresponding
NavPad button on the NavPad Service Area.

Code SM_9033239200_01 Rev. / 1-25


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

1.3.1 NavPad Service Area


The cruciform NavPad Service Area contains five NavPad buttons:

Figure 1 - 17. NavPad Service Area

Each screen is associated with a colour and an icon reproduced on the related button:

Table 10. NavPad Buttons


NavPad Buttons

The Overview NavPad button opens the Overview Service


screen. The screen is associated with the blue color.

The Preset NavPad button opens the Preset screen.


The screen is associated with the light blue colour.

The Fluid NavPad button opens the Fluid screen.


The screen is associated with the green colour.

1-26 Code SM_9033239200_01 Rev. /


Chapter 1. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

Table 10. NavPad Buttons


NavPad Buttons

The Report NavPad button opens the Report screen.


The screen is associated with the yellow colour.

The Blood NavPad button opens the Blood screen. The


screen is associated with the red colour.

The frame of each screen has the same colour of the corresponding NavPad button.
When a screen is OPEN, the corresponding NavPad button is highlighted.

NOTE
When the Function sub-screens are OPEN the NavPad buttons are disabled.

Code SM_9033239200_01 Rev. / 1-27


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

The Service 2 menu allows operation as:

• Calibration of components:

1-28 Code SM_9033239200_01 Rev. /


Chapter 1. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

• Serial Number entering:

Code SM_9033239200_01 Rev. / 1-29


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

• Change of machine configuration:

See more information in the “Artis Preset Service Manual”.

NOTE
Do not insert/remove the “Service USB Key” into/from the USB port on the Artis Connectivity Panel
while the patient is connected to the machine.

1-30 Code SM_9033239200_01 Rev. /


Chapter 1. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

• Language Installer

See more information in the “Artis Preset Service Manual”.


• Customize the Service 2 level password:

See more information in the “Artis Preset Service Manual”.

Code SM_9033239200_01 Rev. / 1-31


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

• Black box download:

1-32 Code SM_9033239200_01 Rev. /


Chapter 1. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

1.3.2 Black Box


Black Box is the device that holds trace of all the actions done by the operator on the Artis Dialysis
System (asynchronous events) and to sample a preset number of significant parameters with a certain
frequency (synchronous events).
The Black Box does not keep trace of not standard events, like log messages or not formatted binary
information.
It is always active when the Artis Dialysis System is running.

NOTE
After a new configuration of the Black Box it is mandatory to restart the machine.

Black Box primary goals

• to save asynchronous events (operator actions, alarm activations);


• to save synchronous events during treatments and processes (triggered by a timer);
• for each event to create a record containing an event description and a subset of machine parameters;
• for each Dialysis session to create a binary file containing the correspondent records;
• give the possibility to an external tool to retrieve the saved sessions;
• set some internal parameters by reading a configuration file.
Events are organized in sessions, one session corresponds to one file. A session is intended to start
when a Dialysis treatment begins and to stop with the start of the next one. The recordings correspondent
to each session are stored in a binary file.
Black Box Session File

The Black Box session files are created and stored in the Compact Flash folder “C:\blackbox” with a
name created according to the following format:

BBnn(IBBox)_ddmmyy_hhmm_BBoxRecorderId_SerialNumber.dat
• BB normal session starting with a dialysis treatment
• nn progressive ID of the session (it recycles from 1 to 24)
• IBBox session started at the startup if no old session was found or in case of manually
closure of a session
• ddmmyy date (day, month, year)
• hhmm time of the session start (hour, minute)
• BBoxRecorderId a unique number that identifies the created session
• SerialNumber serial number of the machine

The session files can be transferred to the external tool using a FTP connection or a USB device.

The maximum number of the sessions is 24, because the maximum capacity of the Black Box is of 24
MB, the sessions number and size combinations can be configurate as follows:
• 24 sessions of max 1 MB
• 12 sessions of max 2 MB
• 8 sessions of max 3 MB
• 6 sessions of max 4 MB
• 4 sessions of max 6 MB
• 3 sessions of max 8 MB
• 2 sessions of max 12 MB

Code SM_9033239200_01 Rev. / 1-33


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

NOTE
The total size of the sessions cannot be over 24 MB.

The access to the Black Box screen is available under the Report Screen.

It allows performing operations as:


• close the current session
• save all the closed sessions on the USB device
• upload of a new configuration from the USB device, only if the configuration was prepared by the same
software version

1-34 Code SM_9033239200_01 Rev. /


Chapter 1. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

NOTE
Black Box manager is the only way to interface with the Black Box of the machine.

NOTE
Each time the machine is switched OFF and then switched ON again, the BlackBox recorder
automatically restart. In case of a Power Failure with battery backup not charged, the BlackBox
recorder could not be able to keep track of the data occurred within the last ten minutes.

NOTE
In case the maximum session size is reached, the system starts to overwrite the previous sessions
and the information will be lost.

NOTE
It is recommended to download the Black Box sessions from the machine using FTP or USB device.

Code SM_9033239200_01 Rev. / 1-35


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

1.4 Software Download procedure


Used when a software version has to be installed on the Artis Dialysis System.

NOTE
For step-by-step instructions of the software download procedure refer to the related Instruction
Sheet. It contains important information concerning the software installation/reinstallation, machine
upgrade and PC Board/Slave Board replacement.

NOTE
For any problem during the software download procedure refer to the troubleshooting section of the
Software Download Instruction Sheet.

1.4.1 Prerequisites
1. Before proceeding with the software download procedure, it is necessary to be sure that the calibra-
tions coefficients are properly aligned between the Main Board and the Slave Boards.
2. Verify that the boards configuration is compatible with the software version to be installed.
3. Verify that the dip switches configuration is compatible with the software version to be installed.
4. Verify Exalis compatibility with the software version to be installed.
5. Verify Hardware compatibility with the software version to be installed.
6. Perform BIOS updating if required (only if PCM9371 is installed).
7. Before the SW Upgrade procedure, it is possible to save the current parameters configuration export-
ing the parameters configuration.

1.4.2 Software Download procedure


1. Switch OFF the machine.
2. Unplug the J70 connector from the Motherboard to avoid noise due to non-significant alarms during
SW upgrade.
3. Unplug the Ethernet cable from the machine, if any is connected.
4. Remove the USB cap from the machine USB port, using the tool Key for USB Port Lock. The USB port
is located on the Connectivity Panel on the back of the machine.
5. Insert the “UPG.USB KEY FROM SW80610” already upgraded with the appropriate software version
to be downloaded in the USB Port.

NOTE
Use only the “UPG.USB KEY FROM SW80610” for the Software Download procedure. The use of a
different USB Key might cause a machine malfunction.

6. Switch ON the machine.


7. The software download automatically starts.
8. Wait until the machine displays the upgrade screen, then press the MUTE Key on the Hard Key Panel.
9. When the software download is complete remove the SW Upgrading USB key and then switch the
machine OFF.
10. Install the USB port lock on the USB port of the machine, using the tool Key for USB Port Lock.

1-36 Code SM_9033239200_01 Rev. /


Chapter 1. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

! WARNING
Ensure to properly reinstall USB port lock every time the port lock is removed. A USB port not
protected could increase the risk of electric shock in case the USB port is touched.

11. Connect the Ethernet cable to the machine.


12. Switch the machine ON.
13. If the machine starts the upgrade of the FPGA, allow its completion.
14. If during the software download procedure, the machine displays alarm messages or it detects an error
condition, refer to the Software Download Instruction Sheet for a proper management of the alarms.

1.4.3 Calibrations and Calibration Coefficient Restoring


1. Perform the calibration coefficients restoring if required.
2. Allow the completion of the rinse process if required by the machine.

1.4.4 CRCs Check


Check the CRC values in the 4th Service Data page.

NOTE
If the CRC values don't match, verify that the “UPG.USB KEY FROM SW80610” contains the
correct SW version and then repeat the software download procedure.

NOTE
After the software update is complete switch the machine OFF and then ON again before
proceeding with a new dialysis treatment.

1.4.5 Configuration of the machine


After the SW Upgrade procedure, any new parameter is set to its default value. The configuration of
these parameters must be manually preset to apply to the clinic requirements.
After the SW Upgrade procedure, it is possible to import the parameter configuration following the
corresponding procedure in the "Parameters Configuration" chapter of the Artis Preset Service Manual.
The SW download, installs only the language previously set, together with the English language.
Before importing the configuration preset, ensure that the desired language is already installed in the
machine (refer to the Preset Service Manual on how to install additional languages), otherwise, English is
set.

! WARNING
The default heparin syringe volume configured in the Preset menu is 30ml and it requires that a
Heparin Pump assembly compatible to 30ml volume is installed.
In case the Heparin Pump assembly compatible to 10ml volume (or 30ml volume in case of
restore to the original configuration) is installed, ensure that the proper Heparin syringe volume
and type are selected in the Preset menu.
If the heparin syringe type and volume selected in Preset menu do not match with the Heparin
Pump assembly, inadequate anticoagulant dose may be delivered by the machine, resulting
either in excessive or insufficient heparin amount administrated during the treatment.

Code SM_9033239200_01 Rev. / 1-37


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

1.5 Blood Circuit Description


The machine blood system includes the following components:
• Pressure Transducers
• Cassette presence sensors
• Arterial and Venous Pumps
• Arterial and Venous pump covers
• Air Detector
• Blood Sensor
• Line Presence Sensors
• Hemoscan Sensor
• Arterial and Venous Line Clamps
• Arterial and Venous Line Clamps sensors
• Heparin Pump

1.5.1 Pressure transducers


Pressure Transducers are bridge sensors that measure the pressure in the cassette chambers.
There are three different Pressure Transducers:
• Blue and red sensors read the arterial and venous pressure in the cassette chambers.
• White: reads the SN pressure in the Post-Dialyzer Expansion Chamber in the SN cassette.
The arterial pressure sensor monitors pressure conditions in the blood line, drawing blood from the
patient. It is on the inlet side of the arterial pump and normally monitors the suction pressure generated by
the arterial pump. Typically, this pressure is negative during the treatment.
The venous pressure sensor monitors the blood line returning blood to the patient. It is on the outlet
side of the dialyzer and normally monitors the blood pressure in the blood cassette that goes back to the
patient after its transfer through the dialyzer. This pressure is positive during the treatment and is
determined by the vascular access, the needle size, and the blood pump speed.
The SN pressure sensor, during a Single-Needle Double Pump treatment, it monitors the Post-Dialyzer
pressure, before the Venous Pump. It is therefore used to activate the Venous Pump to return the blood to
the patient when the measured pressure reaches the value set by the operator as “Max SN Pressure”.

1.5.2 Arterial and Venous Pumps


The arterial pump is a peristaltic pump that pumps the patient’s blood from the arterial line to the dialyzer.
The venous pump is a peristaltic pump that pumps blood from the dialyzer to the venous line to the
patient during HD-SN treatment.
The blood pumps have the encoders that give feedback of the motor’s speed and to the blood slave
board. Due to this feedback no blood pump rate calibration is required.

1.5.3 Arterial and Venous pump covers


The Arterial and Venous Covers protect the Users form the Arterial and Venous Rotors when the
machine is operating.
On the bottom outside corner of the Covers, there is a magnet which is attracted by another magnet
positioned behind the Front Panel. Their purpose is to hold the Covers in the close position.
On the Arterial and Venous Covers, there is a magnet that is detected by a Hall sensor positioned
directly behind the Front Panel. This sensor will immediately inform the operator if the covers are not
securely closed and the venous and arterial pump will not run. With the arterial and venous pump covers
closed, the Hall sensor device reads magnetic flux of the magnet in the door and will allow the arterial and
venous pumps to run.
The Arterial and Venous Cover Position sensors are connected to the board which detects the Magnets
of the Pumps Rotor. The signals are then transferred to the Blood Pump Board and then to the

1-38 Code SM_9033239200_01 Rev. /


Chapter 1. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

motherboard.
The system generates a “BLOOD PUMP COVER OPEN #8” alarm message whenever the arterial and
venous covers are open. If the covers are OPEN while the arterial and venous pumps are running the
pumps will stop and all arterial and venous pump controls will be disabled. The arterial and venous covers
must be closed to re-enable pumps functions.
The status of the Arterial and Venous Covers signals can be seen on the Service Screen Pages
indicating when the arterial and venous covers are sensed open or closed. The voltage output of the Hall
sensor is approximately 5 volts when the covers are open and approximately 0 volts when the covers are
closed.

1.5.4 Air detector


The housing that holds the air detector assembly also holds the Blood Sensor and the line presence
sensor. The air detector is managed by the PIB Board and the protective module, is an ultrasonic device
that detects macro and micro air in fluid/blood within the venous line. It can detect if there is a bubble that is
20 microlitres or larger. If a bubble of this size passes the receiver signal will drop which results in an “AIR
IN VENOUS LINE” #4 alarm. When the arterial pump is on and air is detected, the arterial pump stops and
the venous line clamp immediately closes. This component is used to protect the patient from an air
embolism.

1.5.5 Blood Sensor


The Blood Sensor is also located in the air detector compartment. The Blood Sensor is an infrared
device that is used to detect the presence/absence of tubing, priming solution and blood in the venous
patient line. Once blood has been detected the protective system goes in full operation because it
considers that a patient is connected to the machine.

1.5.6 Line presence sensors


Sensors located in the sensor bar. Used to detect the presence of the arterial and venous patient lines.
If the sensors does not detect the presence of lines, the machine will not continue with the T1 tests and
dialysis fluid preparation sequence.

1.5.7 Hemoscan sensor


Sensor located in the sensor bar. Sensor that continuously measures the changes in the patients blood
volume, calculating the relative change in the patient’s blood volume during dialysis treatments.

1.5.8 Arterial and Venous line clamps


Automatic occlusive clamps that close the arterial/ venous patient line when needed.
In HD-SN treatment, arterial line clamp opens during the arterial phase to allow blood enter into the
extracorporeal circuit while it is closed during the venous phase to prevent treated blood to flow back into
the arterial blood line.
Venous line clamp protects the patient against an air embolism if an air bubble is detected. Once this
condition occurs, tha clamp closes thereby isolating the patient from the machine.
The clamps are closed when the machine is off.

1.5.9 Heparin pump


The heparin pump is used to infuse heparin into the blood to prevent coagulation or clotting of the blood
during the dialysis process when prescribed. There are optical sensors that sense when the syringe is
empty, and an operator message is also generated ‘’Heparin infusion complete’’ (# 58). The operator will
install a syringe into the pump and set the parameters that are appropriate on the heparin screen. The
heparin pump will begin to infuse heparin once the Blood Sensor detects blood and the machine is in the
dialysis mode.

Code SM_9033239200_01 Rev. / 1-39


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

1.5.10 Blood cassette


1.5.10.1 Blood circuit: front view

1
2

6
7

8
9 1 2

1. Venous Infusion line 6. Heparin pump (inside the machine)

2. Arterial Infusion lines 7. Arterial Patient line

3. Pressure Pods 8. Venous Patient line

4. Arterial chamber 9. Dialyzer

5. Venous chamber

1-40 Code SM_9033239200_01 Rev. /


Chapter 1. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

1.5.10.2 Cassette

7 6 5 4
8
3

10 11 12 1 2

1. Arterial Patient Inlet Line 7. Venous Infusion Line

2. Arterial Pump Inlet 8. Dialyzer Inlet

3. Arterial Pump Outlet 9. Reference Set UP

4. Heparin Inlet 10. Dialyzer Outlet

5. Arterial Infusion Line 11. Venous Patient Line

6. Arterial Infusion Line 12. Filter

Code SM_9033239200_01 Rev. / 1-41


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

1.6 Priming
When the new extracorporeal circuit has been successfully installed, the following Overview screen is
displayed:

The operator presses the ‘’Auto-Prime’’ action button and the complete autopriming process is
controlled by the machine.
(Refer to the Artis Operator’s Manual for a complete description of the priming procedure).

1.7 Ultrafiltration Control System


During treatments the UF Rate is always calculated according to the following formula:
UF Volume
UF Rate =
Treatment Time

where UF Volume means:


1. the total patient weight loss during treatment and UF Rate means patient weight loss per time unit
before treatment starts;
2. the remaining patient weight loss during treatment.
Treatment time and UF Volume can be set by the operator within predefined limits and the UF Rate is
automatically calculated each time these two parameters are changed during a treatment.
The Artis Dialysis System Control System controls the UF Rate in order to reach the UF volume set by
the operator.
If the Artis Dialysis System is not able to achieve the set UF volume within the remaining time, an
attention alarm is triggered. For the troubleshooting of this alarm, refer to the related section in the
‘’Chapter 9. Service Screen, Alarms, Information Signals And Troubleshooting’’ of this service manual.
In HDF/HF treatments in Volume Control mode, the UF Rate is controlled by the machine in order to
reach the set UF Volume in the set Treatment Time while the On-line Substitution Rate is controlled on the
operator set value.

1-42 Code SM_9033239200_01 Rev. /


Chapter 1. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

In HDF Post treatments in Pressure Control mode, the UF Rate is controlled by the machine in order to
reach the set UF Volume in the set Treatment Time while the TMP is controlled on the operator set value
with the exception of the Ultra Control mode where is controlled by the machine in order to optimize the
substitution process.

1.7.1 Protective System for Ultrafiltration


The protective system for ultrafiltration, also called the UF Supervision system, measures the
accumulated ultrafiltration volume during a treatment independently by the control system mentioned in the
section above.
Throughout the treatment, the actual accumulated UF Volume estimated by the Protective system will
be compared with the expected patient weight loss set by the operator. If the difference between these two
values exceeds a predefined limit, an alarm is triggered. For further information, refer to the related section
in the " Chapter 13. SPECIFICATIONS" of this service manual.
For a complete list of all the alarms related to the UF Supervision system and their troubleshootings,
refer to the " Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND
TROUBLESHOOTING" of this service manual.

1.8 Temperature Control and Monitoring


The heater (FLICK) heats the incoming water. The heater assembly consists of a three heating
elements and a temperature probe (STH), which monitors the temperature of the water as it leaves the
heater. Water enters through the bottom of the heater assembly and flows up around the heater element.
The heater power will be regulated to achieve the commanded temperature at TP (during heat process)
and TcA (during dialysis process).
The control PT100 temperature sensor (TP) measures the temperature of the water leaving the heater
assembly.
The heater assembly is protected from overheating in three ways:
• flow through flow switch (LFP) is lower than 200 ml/min;
• incoming water pressure switch (SWP) on R1 senses low pressure.
• STH - a thermal sensor that is implemented in the heater element to disable the heater if the tempera-
ture exceeds a maximum threshold.
If either of these conditions exist, power to the heater element is disconnected to prevent heater
damage.

1.9 Conductivity Control and Monitoring


Heated, deaerated water is mixed with bicarbonate and acid concentrates until the desired dialysis fluid
conductivity is reached. The Artis Dialysis System supports several types of concentrate sources, including
BiCart Cartridge. Concentrate proportioning is controlled by pumps and conductivity sensors. If conductivity
exceeds the normal range for the dialysis fluid, the appropriate alarm will display

1.9.1 Bicarbonate Concentrate Preparation


Bicarbonate concentrate (B) is supplied to the Artis Dialysis System through the BiCart Cartridge.

1.9.2 Bicarbonate Concentrate Mixing


The bicarbonate pump (PB) proportions in the bicarbonate concentrate with the heated and deaerated
water. The pump speed is regulated, based on the conductivity value measured at the bicarbonate
conductivity control sensor (ΓcB). As the pump speed increases, more concentrate is drawn in and the
bicarbonate conductivity increases. The machine monitors the pump speed with an optical encoder on the
pump motor shaft. If the pump speed is out of range for the concentrate being used, an alarm occurs.

1.9.3 Bicarbonate Conductivity Control


A bicarbonate conductivity control sensor (ΓcB) measures the bicarbonate conductivity for the
bicarbonate conductivity control system. The measurement at this sensor determines the bicarbonate

Code SM_9033239200_01 Rev. / 1-43


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

concentrate pump speed.

1.9.4 Bicarbonate Temperature Control


The temperature of the bicarbonate solution is measured by the bicarbonate temperature control sensor
(TcB). Since the actual bicarbonate conductivity is affected by the temperature of the solution, the
information from the temperature sensor (thermistor) is used for the temperature compensation of the
conductivity.

1.9.5 BiCart Option


BiCart Cartridge is a plastic column that contains sodium bicarbonate powder that may be used instead
of containers of liquid bicarbonate concentrate. When the BiCart option is used and the column is
connected to the Artis Dialysis System, the BiCart Cartridge holder switch (SWBK) signals the machine that
BiCart Cartridge will be used. Heated, deaerated water is drawn by the Pb pump from the main circuit
trough the EVPRIM valve and introduced in the column, which produces a saturated bicarbonate solution.
The solution is then proportioned by the bicarbonate mixing system.

1.9.6 SelectBag Concentrate Preparation


If the Select option is used, the bicarbonate and water solution is mixed with the ACID concentrate from
the SelectBag. The SelectBag concentrate mixing is controlled with a volumetric mixing through PSe pump
and based on the current dialysis flow.

1.9.7 SelectBag Concentrate Mixing


When the Select system is used and a SelectBag is connected to the Artis Dialysis System, the
SelectBag holder switches (SWSEK1, SWSEK2) signal the Artis Dialysis System that SelectBag will be
used. The ACID concentrate from the bag is then proportioned by the SelectBag mixing system.
The SelectBag mixing control system regulates the PSe pump speed in order to obtain a volumetric
mixing and the protective system checks for the conductivity. The pump encoder is acquired both from
protective and hydraulic in order to check and control the concentrate dosing.

1.9.8 SelectBag Conductivity Protective


The SelectBag conductivity protective sensor (ΓpSe) measures the conductivity for the SelectBag
conductivity Protective system. The reading at this sensor triggers an alarm if the conductivity is outside of
the normal range. In addition this sensor helps in detecting the bicarbonate conductivity cell failure
providing a redundant check on the current bicarbonate value. For this reason the select conductivity cell is
installed also on machines that do not support the Select System.

1.9.9 SelectBag Temperature Protective


The temperature for the acid/bicarb/water mixture is measured by the SelectBag temperature protective
sensor (Tp). The conductivity is affected by the temperature of the solution. The information from the
temperature sensors (thermistors) is used for the temperature compensation of the conductivity.

1.9.10 Acid Concentrate Preparation


The bicarbonate and water solution is now mixed with the acid concentrate until the desired conductivity
is achieved. Acid concentrate is supplied through the red colored acid connector. The Artis Dialysis System
is capable of proportioning several different types of acid concentrate.

1.9.11 Acid Concentrate Mixing


Acid concentrate (A) is drawn in through the male acid concentrate connector, and mixing is controlled
by the acid pump (PA). The pump speed is regulated based on the conductivity value measured at the acid
conductivity control sensor (ΓcA). The acid pump (PA) is a ceramic pump that is used to draw in the acid
concentrate from the acid concentrate container. As the pump speed increases, more concentrate is drawn
in and the dialysis fluid conductivity increases. If the pump speed is out of range for the concentrate being
used, an alarm occurs. The pump encoder is acquired both from protective and hydraulic in order to check
and control the concentrate dosing.

1-44 Code SM_9033239200_01 Rev. /


Chapter 1. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

1.9.12 Acid Conductivity Control


The acid conductivity control sensor (ΓcA) measures the acid conductivity for the acid conductivity
control system. The conductivity at this sensor will be used to determine the acid concentrate pump speed.

1.9.13 Acid Temperature Control


The temperature for the acid/bicarb/water mixture is measured by the acid temperature control sensor
(TcA). Since the actual conductivity is affected by the temperature of the solution, the information from the
temperature sensor (thermistor) is used for the temperature compensation of the conductivity.

1.9.14 SelectCart Option


The SelectCart is a plastic column that contains sodium chloride powder. In combination with the other
part of the SelectBag, can replace containers of liquid acid concentrate. When the Select option is selected
and the SelectCart column is connected to the Artis Dialysis System, a SelectCart holder switch (SWAK)
signals the Artis Dialysis System that SelectCart will be used. Heated, deaerated water is drawn by the PA
pump from the main flow trough the EVPRIM valve and introduced in the column, which produces a
saturated sodium chloride solution. The solution is then proportioned by the acid (A) mixing system as
described above.

1.9.15 Disinfection and Cleaning


The Artis Dialysis System can accommodate chemical disinfection as frequently as between each
treatment or daily. As a minimum, a daily disinfection (chemical, heat or heat with CleanCart Cartridge) is
recommended.
Heat disinfection is also an option, and in addition a deproteinization procedure (for example: bleach)
should be done at least two times per week if heat/heat with CleanCart Cartridge disinfection is the primary
(between each patient treatment or daily minimum) disinfection method. This is to ensure that any
accumulated organic material is periodically removed from the hydraulic circuit. Such material can
potentially reduce the effectiveness of a disinfection process.
The Artis Dialysis System offers a unique method to protect the hydraulic circuit from microbial
contamination with the preparation of a bacteriostatic level of disinfectant. This can be useful for overnight
or weekend storage, and in an acute setting where the time between uses is variable.
CHEMICAL DISINFECTIONS
A. Chemical disinfection. The disinfectant solution is uptaken from a chemical canister
connected to the Yellow or Clear connector on the rear of the machine. The disinfection cycle
includes all the hydraulic circuit.
B. Bacteriostatic. The machine is left filled with a very low concentration of chemical disinfectant
for a maximum dwell time of one week. The uptake of disinfectant is the same described for the
Chemical Disinfection. This disinfection process involves all the hydraulic circuit.
HEAT DISINFECTIONS
C. Heat disinfection. This process is performed circulating hot water through the hydraulic
circuit.
D. Heat disinfection with CleanCart C Cartridge. This process is performed flushing dissolved
CleanCart C powder and hot water in the hydraulic circuit.
E. Heat disinfection with CleanCart A Cartridge. This process is performed flushing dissolved
CleanCart A powder and hot water in the hydraulic circuit.
RINSE
F. Rinse. Fresh water flushes the hydraulic circuit.

Code SM_9033239200_01 Rev. / 1-45


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

DESCALING PROCEDURE

A Descaling procedure is a procedure able to remove mineral deposits from the hydraulic circuit.
The following procedures have to be intended as Descaling procedure: Heat + CleanCartC, Peracetic,
Low Peracetic, Bacteriostatic Peracetic, Bacteriostatic Low Peracetic.
Refer to the Artis Operator’s Manual for a complete description of the Disinfection and Rinse
procedures.

1-46 Code SM_9033239200_01 Rev. /


Chapter 2. HYDRAULIC DESCRIPTION

Chapter 2. HYDRAULIC DESCRIPTION


2.1 Hydraulic Circuit Description
The Hydraulic Circuit of the Artis dialysis system reduces and controls the pressure of the pre-treated
incoming water through the Fluid Feeding module, then the Heating and Degassing module heats and
deaerates water before reaching the Dosing Mixing Concentrates module where the concentrate fluids
are mixed with the heated and degassed water in order to get the Dialyzer with a controlled solutes
composition. After the dialysis fluid is properly prepared, the Artis dialysis system monitors and controls
through the Fluid Delivery and Weight Loss Control module the dialysis fluid flow to the dialyzer and
from the dialyzer. Then the Clearance module monitors the conductivity of the dialysis fluid before it
drained by the Waste Fluid module.
The Dosing and Mixing Disinfectants module performs the intake and dosing of the disinfectants used
to disinfect the hydraulic circuit.
The EvaClean module drains the saline solution used during the priming of the blood compartment of
the Dialyzer.
To disinfect the part of the circuit upstream the heater, the Artis dialysis system uses The Recirculation
module that allows the flow going backward to the Fluid Feeding module.
Pumps with flushing are installed on the Artis dialysis system. The piston pump technology requires a
flushing circuit to avoid sticking and bicarbonate leaking. The flushing fluid is pure water at low pressure
conditions (see “Figure 2-1 Artis Hydraulic circuit block diagram” for the related circuit).
PS flushing circuit

Recirculation

Water
Inlet Drain
Heating Fluid Delivery
Fluid Dosing Mixing Concentrates and Clearance
Feeding Degassing
WL Control

Dosing PB, PSe, PA flushing circuit


Mixing
Disinfectants Dialyzer
EvaClean

BiCart Select Acid


Bag Concentrate
Disinfectants Select Cart

Figure 2 - 1. Artis Hydraulic circuit block diagram

Code SM_9033239200_02 Rev. / 2-1


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

2.2 Fluid Feeding module

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR

EVFLUSH EVA

CDF1
SWUFCOV-L
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B
SWDUMMY1
SWLOWUF1

WATER
IN EVH2O
SWP R1 To heating and
Water Inlet FH2O OWH2O degassing module

EVS

Figure 2 - 2. Fluid feeding module

2.2.1 Water Inlet


Treated water is required for supply to the Artis dialysis system. The inlet filter FH2O prevents large
particles from entering the hydraulic circuit.
The inlet pressure switch (SWP) registers water pressure at the system inlet, and turns off the Artis
dialysis system water heater if the pressure falls below a minimum acceptable value which allows the
machine to work properly. A no water alarm is also generated.
Water passes through the inlet pressure regulator (R1) which controls the downstream pressure by
restricting the flow.
The pressure regulator is manually adjusted for an outlet relative pressure of 460 mmHg at sea level;
this set is changed when the atmospheric pressure is lower than the one at sea level. This change
increases the relative pressure at the inlet in order to keep the boiling temperature of the water at about
100 °C and to keep the efficiency of thermal disinfection process.
A pressure chart for adjusting R1 is located in the ‘’Calibration’’ section of this manual. SWP is built into
the R1 pressure regulator housing.
The inlet valve (EVH2O) is normally closed and opens to allow water into the hydraulic circuit. The inlet
valve is OPEN (energized) during the operations and closes whenever the hydraulic circuit does not require
water supply.
OWH2O is a non return valve, prevents any contamination from the machine to the water system in
case of the failure condition.
EVA valve is before the inlet of the Heating and Degassing module, in order to allow the inlet of air
during the emptying operations.
OWAIR is a one-way valve used to avoid external leakages of water during anomalous working
condition.
CDF1 - inlet ultrafilter prevents bacteria or endotoxin entering downstream the circuit since the machine
supports Online Options.
The inlet side of the ultrafilter can be disinfected through the disinfectant fluid coming directly from the
Ps pump. During heat disinfection it is disinfected by hot water recirculating through (EVS) valve. The water
recirculation will produce an increase of the pressure in the whole recirculation loop.
The hydraulic circuit of the Artis dialysis system has a dedicated flushing line - for a better washing of
the ultrafilter. The solenoid valve (EVFLUSH) opens the line and the orifice (ORFlush) limits the amount of
water flushed toward the drain.
At the outlet of the water inlet module, the water is sent to the heating and degassing module.

2-2 Code SM_9033239200_02 Rev. /


Chapter 2. HYDRAULIC DESCRIPTION

2.3 Heating and Degassing module


This hydraulic module heates and degasses the incoming water.
To drain
EVP

BTP
LP

ORDEG PC
TP

PDG
FLICK

EVDEG
STH

LFP
Q Q
From fluid feeding OWDGL To dosing and mixing
module R2
concentrates module
HE1 HE2

Figure 2 - 3. Heating and Degassing module

2.3.1 Heat Exchanger


Two heat exchangers in series (HE1 and HE2) are devices used to transfer heat from the effluent side
of the hydraulic system to the incoming water. The effluent side of the heat exchanger is physically
separated from the incoming water by a thermally conductive stainless steel membrane. The cold incoming
water flows through the outer channel of the heat exchanger.

2.3.2 Heater (FLICK), Thermistor (STH)


The heater (FLICK) heats the incoming water. The heater assembly consists of a heating element and a
temperature probe (TP), which monitors the temperature of the water as it leaves the heater. Water enters
through the bottom of the heater assembly and flows up around the heater element. The heater power will
be regulated to achieve the commanded temperature at (TP).
The heater assembly is protected from overheating in three ways: if flow through flow switch (LFP) is
lower than 200 ml/min or, if the incoming water pressure switch (SWP) on R1 senses low pressure, power
to the heater element is disconnected to prevent heater damage.
(STH) is a thermal sensor that is implemented in the heater element that disables the heater if the
temperature exceeds a maximum threshold (115 °C). This component is a PT1000.

2.3.2.1 Heater Temperature Sensor (TP)


(TP) is a PT100, a temperature sensor that operates at the wider temperature range used for heat
disinfection (approximately 100 °C). The temperature sensor (TP) measures the temperature of the water
leaving the heater assembly, by increasing its resistance, and controls the heater to ensure that the:
• Temperature is within operating range;

• Maximum temperature deviation is within acceptable range;

• Response time is within acceptable range.

2.3.3 Restrictor and Bypass Valve


The bypass valve (EVDEG) is closed (de-energized) throughout the dialysis treatment. The valve opens
during the Artis dialysis system heat disinfection cycle. This will bypass the degassing restrictor (ORDEG)
and prevent the water from boiling as it is pulled through the degassing circuit during the heat disinfection
cycle.

Code SM_9033239200_02 Rev. / 2-3


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

2.3.4 Degassing loop check valve


The degassing loop check valve (OWDGL) prevents water from going straightly from the heat
exchangers to the Dosing Mixing Concentrate module.

2.3.5 Deaeration
As water enters the heater, it may contain air bubbles and dissolved air. To reduce air in the system, a
deaeration restrictor (ORDEG) is used and is located downstream from the heater. The deaeration pump
(PC) is a gear pump. The pump speed is controlled in closed loop on the degassing loop pressure
transducer (PDG). PDG is an absolute pressure sensor, as opposed to the relative pressure sensors used
elsewhere in the machine. The deaeration pump controls the degassing pressure to a constant absolute
pressure (100 mmHg) set to achieve the degassing requirements. The deaeration restrictor is designed to
give a flow rate of approx. 1500 ml/min in the deaeration loop when the deaeration pump is working in
closed loop on PDG with a set point of 100 mmHg (abs).
Air that is removed from the water is collected and periodically vented to the drain line by the deaeration
bubble trap (BTP). The water level in the deaeration bubble trap is monitored by the infrared level sensor
(LP). When the level sensor detects air in the bubble trap, the deaeration valve (EVP) opens (energizes) to
vent accumulated air. The valve closes when the level sensor detects water again.

2.3.6 Degassing Restrictor ORD


The restrictor ORD next to the drain limits the flow when EVP, EVD1 and EVD2 are open so that the
majority of the fluid still goes through the main portion of the circuit (see Figure 2-8 Dosing and Mixing
Disinfectant module).
The one way valve OWD prevents fluid from back-flowing into the bubble trap flushing lines (see Figure
2-7 Waste Fluid module).

2.3.7 Pressure regulator (R2)


After the degassing chamber (BTP) the degassed water flows in two directions. The water required for
the preparation of the dialysis fluid passes through the pressure regulator (R2). It is important to set its
value in order to avoid too low negative pressures before the P1 pump that may cause the formation of
gas bubbles: set value of 180 mmHg at 500 ml/min.
The R2 is kept outside degassing loop in order to reduce pressure spikes from BTP evacuation.
The excess flow returns to the degassing circuit for recirculation.

2.4 Dosing and Mixing Concentrate module


This hydraulic module adds and proportions concentrates fluids to the heated and degassed water in
order to achieve a dialysis fluid with a controlled solutes composition.
Heated, deaerated water is mixed with bicarbonate and acid concentrates until the desired dialysis fluid
conductivity is reached.
The Artis dialysis system supports several types of concentrate sources:
• liquid concentrates from tanks;

• BiCart;

• BiCart Select;

• A central delivery system.

Concentrate proportioning is controlled by pumps and conductivity sensors. If conductivity exceeds the
normal range for the dialysis fluid, an alarm condition is generated.
The BiCart Select system is a concept for preparing the A- and B- concentrate in bicarbonate dialysis
treatments. The bicarbonate concentrate is prepared from the dry bicarbonate powder contained in the
BiCart. The liquid A concentrate jug is replaced with acid concentrate from the SelectBag containing the
small electrolytes in a highly concentrated solution, and a dry sodium chloride cartridge, the SelectCart,

2-4 Code SM_9033239200_02 Rev. /


Chapter 2. HYDRAULIC DESCRIPTION

which is used to produce a saturated solution of sodium chloride in the final mixing step.
The BiCart Select system allows to individualized sodium and bicarbonate concentrations independently
from the prescribed concentrations of the small electrolytes and to improve transportation, storage and
handling efficiency.
The use of the BiCart Select system in Artis dialysis system is equal to standard treatments using liquid
concentrates.
Bicarbonate concentrate (B) is supplied to the Artis dialysis system through the BiCart.
Acid concentrate (A) is supplied to the Artis dialysis system through the acid connector (CA). When the
male connector is properly placed in the acid port, the acid port switches (SWA and SWA2) sense the
connection.
When the BiCart Select option is used, acid concentrate (Se) is supplied from the SelectBag. In this
case, sodium chloride concentrate is supplied through the SelectCart via the A mixing step.
The mixing order is B, Se, and A. This order minimizes the risk for precipitate formation and to get good
accuracy in the bicarbonate mixing.
Mixing chambers (MCB, MCS and MCA) are installed at the point where each concentrate line meets
the main flow path to produce a homogeneous solution as quickly as possible.
The Select conductivity cell performs the protective check on conductivity. The Artis dialysis system
concentrate mixing system uses ceramic concentrate pumps.
The piston pump technology requires a flushing circuit (the blue line) to avoid sticking and concentrate
leaking. The flushing fluid is pure water with low pressure conditions. The component design assures a low
pressure drop in the flushing circuit to avoid the risk of P1 cavitations during disinfection program.

From heating To fluid delivery


and degassing and WL control
module module

Figure 2 - 4. Dosing and Mixing Concentrates module

2.4.1 Bicarbonate Concentrate Mixing


The bicarbonate pump (PB) is a ceramic pump that draws in the bicarbonate concentrate. The pump
speed is regulated, based on the conductivity value measured at the bicarbonate conductivity control
sensor (ΓcB). As the pump speed increases, more concentrate is drawn in and the bicarbonate
conductivity increases. If the pump speed is out of range for the concentrate being used, an alarm occurs.
The pump encoder must be acquired from protective in order to check the concentrate dosing.

2.4.1.1 Bicarbonate Temperature Control Sensor (TcB)


Since the actual bicarbonate conductivity is affected by the temperature, the temperature of the
bicarbonate solution is measured by the bicarbonate temperature control sensor (TcB). The information
from the temperature sensor (thermistor) is used for the temperature compensation of the conductivity.

2.4.1.2 Bicarbonate Conductivity Control Sensor (ΓcB)


A bicarbonate conductivity control sensor (ΓcB) measures the conductivity for the bicarbonate

Code SM_9033239200_02 Rev. / 2-5


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

conductivity control system. The measurement at this sensor determines the bicarbonate concentrate
pump speed.

2.4.1.3 BiCart Mode


BiCart is a plastic column that contains sodium bicarbonate powder that is used instead of containers of
liquid bicarbonate concentrate. When the BiCart option is used and the column is connected to the Artis
dialysis system, a BiCart holder switch (SWBK) signals that BiCart will be used. Heated, deaerated water is
drawn by the Pb pump from the main circuit trough the EVPRIM valve and introduced in the column, which
produces a saturated bicarbonate solution. The solution is then proportioned by the bicarbonate mixing
system.

2.4.2 SelectBag Concentrate Preparation


If the BiCart Select option is used, the bicarbonate and water solution is mixed with the acid concentrate
from the SelectBag.
The SelectBag concentrate mixing is controlled with a volumetric mixing.

NOTE
If the BiCart Select option has not been selected, this mixing step is not used. The mixing with acid
(A) concentrate is then controlled and monitored by the A concentrate components.

2.4.2.1 SelectBag Concentrate Mixing


When the BiCart Select system is used and a SelectBag is connected to the Artis dialysis system, the
SelectBag holder switches (SWSEK1, SWSEK2) signal the Artis dialysis system that SelectBag will be
used. The acid concentrate from the bag is then proportioned by the SelectBag mixing system.
The SelectBag mixing control system regulates the pump speed in order to obtain a volumetric mixing
and the protective system checks for the conductivity. The pump encoder must be acquired from protective
in order to check the concentrate dosing.

2.4.2.2 SelectBag Temperature Protective Sensor


The temperature for the acid/bicarb/water mixture is measured by the SelectBag temperature protective
sensor (TpSe). The conductivity is affected by the temperature of the solution. The information from the
temperature sensors (thermistors) is used for the temperature compensation of the conductivity.

2.4.2.3 SelectBag Conductivity Protective Sensor


The SelectBag conductivity protective sensor (Γ pSe) measures the conductivity for the SelectBag
conductivity Protective system. The reading at this sensor triggers an alarm if the conductivity is outside of
the normal range. In addition this sensor helps in detecting the bicarbonate conductivity cell failure and
detects if the select bag installed is different from the select bag configured in the machine. In fact if the
Bicarbonate conductivity cell fails in measuring the bicarbonate contribution and the mixing control of
acetate is able of compensate it, the only way to detect the failure is to keep the Select conductivity cell on
its place. For this reason the select conductivity cell must be acquired also on machines that do not use the
BiCart Select System.

2-6 Code SM_9033239200_02 Rev. /


Chapter 2. HYDRAULIC DESCRIPTION

2.4.3 Acid Concentrate Preparation


The bicarbonate and water solution is now mixed with the acid concentrate until the desired conductivity
is achieved. Acid concentrate is supplied through the red colored acid connector. The Artis dialysis system
is capable of proportioning several different types of acid concentrate.

NOTE
If the BiCart Select option has been selected, the mixing with acid concentrate is controlled by the
SelectBag mixing step. The acid (A) mixing step is then only used for the proportioning of sodium
chloride concentrate from the SelectCart (see SelectCart Option below).

2.4.3.1 Acid Concentrate Mixing


Acid concentrate (A) is drawn in through the male acid concentrate connector, and mixing is controlled
by the acid pump (PA). The pump speed is regulated based on the conductivity value measured at the acid
conductivity control sensor (ΓcA). The acid pump (PA) is a ceramic pump that is used to draw in the acid
concentrate from the acid concentrate container. As the pump speed increases, more concentrate is drawn
in and the dialysis fluid conductivity increases. If the pump speed is out of range for the concentrate being
used, an alarm occurs. The pump encoder must be acquired from protective in order to check the
concentrate dosing.

2.4.3.2 Acid Temperature Control


The temperature for the acid/bicarb/water mixture is measured by the temperature control sensor (TcA).
Since the actual conductivity is affected by the temperature of the solution, the information from the
temperature sensor (thermistor) are used for the temperature compensation of the conductivity.

2.4.3.3 Acid Conductivity Control


The acid conductivity control sensor (ΓcA) measures the acid conductivity for the acid conductivity
control system. The conductivity at this sensor will be used to determine the acid concentrate pump speed.

2.4.3.4 SelectCart Option


The SelectCart is a plastic column that contains sodium chloride powder. In combination with the other
part of the BiCart Select system, the SelectBag, it can replace containers of liquid acid concentrate. When
the BicartSelect option is selected and the SelectCart column is connected to the Artis dialysis system, a
SelectCart holder switch (SWAK) signals the Artis dialysis system that SelectCart will be used. Heated,
deaerated water is drawn by the Pa pump from the main flow trough the (EVPRIM) valve and introduced in
the column, which produces a saturated sodium chloride solution. The solution is then proportioned by the
acid (A) mixing system as described above.

2.4.4 BiCart and SelectCart Priming


Both the BiCart and SelectCart cartridges are primed by forcing the main flow through the mixing lines
as consequence of closing the valve (EVPrim1). During normal operation, this valve is OPEN.
During Priming the EVPrim1 valve allow creating a low pressure at the concentrate mixing points for air
evacuation and priming and forces the main flow through mixing lines.
The priming sequence is started with an air evacuation phase, where the priming valve (EVprim) and
the priming 1 valve (EVprim1) are both closed and the concentrate pump bypass valves (EVpb and EVpa)
are open to let the air in the cartridges be quickly drawn out by the low pressure in the fluid path
downstream of the Evprim1.
After the air has been evacuated, each cartridge is primed by opening the priming valve EVprim to let
water in at the top of the cartridge. When the priming is completed, the concentrate pump bypass valves
(EVPb, EVPa) are closed and the system returns to normal feedback control of conductivity by modulating
the concentrate pump speeds.

Code SM_9033239200_02 Rev. / 2-7


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

If the BiCart Select system is not used the priming sequence involves just the part of the mixing related
to the BiCart (Pb, EVPb).

2.5 Fluid Delivery and Weight Loss Control


This hydraulic module controls the dialysis fluid flow upstream and downstream the dialyzer.
The distribution of infusion fluid through the online port in the case of online option is managed by this
module.
Drain Drain

EVD 1 EVD2

EVBP2

CDF2
SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF2A

SWUPUF2B

SWDUMMY 2

SWLOWUF2

From dosing
BT1 BT2
LD1 LD2
Tp
To Clearance
and mixing
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2
D1c D2c
Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD
module
module PO

PRV EVDS2
Safety Volume EV2
PI F4
CO
EM

SWPOL

SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT

LFD

EVW1

Extracorporeal Flowpath

Figure 2 - 5. Fluid Delivery and Weight Loss Control

2.5.1 Dialysis Fluid Flow Control


The fluid from upstream hydraulic module enters in the P1 pump which is regulated to achieve the set
flow rate in the range 300 - 800 ml/min. The flow regulation is performed using the electromagnetic flow
sensor D1c in a closed-loop feedback.
Flow meter (D1P) provides a redundant flow measurement for protective function. The filter (F3) is
placed after pH probe to protect downstream path from glass particles in case of sensor break (if installed).

2.5.2 Final Air Evacuation


Final air evacuation prevents air suspensions reaching the pH sensor (PH) (if installed), the flow sensor
(D1C) and the dialyzer. The bubble trap level sensor (LD1) indicates the presence of air in the bubble trap
(BT1). When the sensor detects air, EVD1 opens to vent the air. When the sensor detects fluid again, EVD1
closes.
The degassing restrictor placed next to the drain (ORD) limits the flow when EVD1 is open so that the
majority of the fluid still goes through the main portion of the circuit. The one way valve OWD prevents fluid
from back-flowing into the bubble trap flushing lines.

2.5.3 Conductivity protection


The dialysis fluid conductivity is checked by a conductivity protective sensor placed after the BT1 bubble
trap. Since the conductivity is affected by the temperature, the dialysis fluid temperature is also measured
by the temperature transducer and it is used to compensate the conductivity measurement.

2.5.4 Final Temperature Monitoring


Protective conductivity cell will be used by the Protective system, as final temperature monitor sensor.

2-8 Code SM_9033239200_02 Rev. /


Chapter 2. HYDRAULIC DESCRIPTION

2.5.5 pH Monitoring (if available)


The pH sensor if installed measures the amount of free hydrogen in the dialysis fluid solution to
determine the acidity or alkalinity of a solution. Monitoring the pH helps to detect if incorrect concentrate
types are connected.

2.5.6 Bypass of the Dialyzer and Second Ultrafilter


The EVDS1 in combination with EV2 is used to bypass the dialyzer and the second ultrafilter. This is
done typically in case of bad dialysis fluid detected by the upstream sensors. In this case the EVDS2 valve
shall be switched off to provide redundancy.

2.5.7 Safety Volume


The Safety Volume evidences a portion of the circuit between the outlet of the Γp and the bypass valve
EVDS1. This volume is linked to the minimum response time of the protective when a conductivity alarm is
present. In fact the protective must be able of activate the bypass of the second ultrafilter before the 'bad'
dialysis fluid reaches the ultrafilter itself. The worst case condition is represented by the maximum flow (i.e.
800 ml/min).

2.5.8 Ultrafilter before Dialyzer


An ultrafilter is foreseen to precede the dialyzer in all the configurations.
When the EVBP2 is closed, the dialysis is forced through the ultrafilter membrane. Purified dialysis fluid
comes out of the ultrafilter, goes through EVDS2. The ultrafilter trans-membrane pressure is monitored
using the sensors PFS and PO in order to check the status of the ultrafilter, when the PRV is acting the PO
will be substituted in the calculation of trans-membrane pressure by the value assured by the pressure
regulator itself.
The ultrafilter flush valve EVBP2 opens during the flush cycle to flush/rinse the ultrafilter.

2.5.9 On - Line and dialyzer monitoring


Down stream the second ultrafilter the online connector (CO) let to spill the substitution fluid as a quote
of the main dialysis flow. The pressure regulator (PRV) is used to guarantee a positive pressure at the
online connector ( ≥ 20 mmHg) when it is crossed by the flow.
The EVDS2 three ways valve is used to configure an HF or HDF Post Treatments.
The pressure sensor PO and PI are used, in combination with the venous pressure from the blood
panel, to calculate the dialyzer transmembrane pressure.

2.5.10 Dialyzer pressures


Pressures are monitored on the inlet and outlet side of the dialyzer with the pre/post dialyzer pressure
sensors (Pi) and (Po).
The Pi and Po sensors are also used to check the integrity of the hydraulic circuit in the zone delimited
by valves EVDS1, EVD2, EVR1 and EVDRAIN.

2.5.11 Exhaust dialysis flow control and ultrafiltration


The effluent flow from the dialyzer is filtered by F4 (to prevent particles from dialyzer) and controlled with
P2 pump which is regulated to achieve the dialysis flow rate + the ultrafiltration quote. The flow regulation
is performed using the electromagnetic flow sensor D2c in a closed-loop feedback.
A redundant flow measurement used for protective purpose is implemented by mean of the flow meter D2P.
To prevent air suspensions reaching the flow sensor D2c an air evacuation has been placed downstream
P2 pump. The bubble trap level sensor (LD2) indicates the presence of air in the bubble trap (BT2). When
the sensor detects air, EVD2 opens to vent the air. When the sensor detects fluid again, EVD2 closes.
The restrictor placed next to the drain (ORD) limits the flow when EVD2 is open. The one way valve
OWD prevents fluid from back-flowing into the bubble trap flushing lines.

Code SM_9033239200_02 Rev. / 2-9


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

2.5.12 Blood Leak Monitor


The effluent exhaust dialysis fluid is finally pumped through the Blood Leak Detector (BLD) to monitor
for a rupture of the dialyzer membrane.

2.5.13 Water Stop Sensor


Detects any water leakage coming from the circuit.

2.6 Clearance module


The Clearance monitoring module is a conductivity probe inserted in the hydraulic circuit after the BLD
(Blood Leak Detector), provided of its temperature sensor.
The conductivity probe is a dedicated conductivity cell (ΓcD) used to monitor the conductivity of the
exhaust dialysis fluid in order to give an estimation of the clearance of the dialyzer.
Since the conductivity is affected by the temperature of the solution, the information from the
temperature sensors (thermistors) are used for the temperature compensation of the conductivity.

From Fluid Delivery and Weight


To Waste Fluid
Loss Control module

Figure 2 - 6. Clearance module

The readings of these two sensors are acquired by the Hydraulic board that defines the dialysis fluid
conductivity.

2.7 Waste Fluid module


This module is deputed to interface with the clinic waste fluid draining system.

OWD

Q Q
TcD

From Clearance PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN

module Γ cD PD SWP Drain


EVBHE 1

Figure 2 - 7. Waste Fluid module

Effluent produced during Artis dialysis system operation is pumped from the flow path to the drain. The
waste fluid module uses the waste handling option (PWHO) pump in order to realize a stable pressure
(about 0 mmHg) in correspondence to the injection point of the venting lines. The stable pressure is created
by the PWHO pump working on pressure feedback on the Pd pressure transducer. This configuration has
the advantage of uncoupling the working point of the hydraulic circuit (upstream the WHO pump) from the
discharging conditions that depends strongly from the clinic.
The one way valve (OWD) prevents flow going backward to the bubble trap flushing lines.
The (EVDRAIN) in combination with (EVBHE) are used, to by-pass the Heater Hexchanger when
needed in order to speed up the cooling of the hydraulic circuit.
The (EVDRAIN) and (EVBHE) are used to test the absence of leakages in the fluid delivery and WL
control before each treatment session.

2-10 Code SM_9033239200_02 Rev. /


Chapter 2. HYDRAULIC DESCRIPTION

(SWP1) detects high pressure at the drain. When this pressure is higher than a threshold the machine
goes into bypass and all Hydraulic Module pumps are stopped.

2.8 Dosing and Mixing Disinfectant module


The Dosing and Mixing Disinfectant module is deputed to intake disinfectants solutions and to mix/
proportions them in the hydraulic circuit during specific disinfections procedures.
The disinfectant concentrates solution used for chemical disinfection can be drawn alternatively from:
• the permanent connected jug C through the connector CC (yellow connector);

• the permanent connected jug D through the connector CD (clear connector).

The chemical will be diluted into pure water coming from the inlet section and it is distributed in all
branches of the circuit.
The filters F5 and F6 prevent the intake of particulate in the pump.
A flushing circuit for the PS pump is required (see Figure 2-8 Dosing and Mixing Disinfectant module) for
the related circuit.
The flushing line of the PS pump connects the deaeration lines coming from BTP and BT1. This circuit
branch assures a low pressure condition on the piston pump seal area.
The one way valve OWEVD1 avoids that some residual of disinfectant (leaked from main circuit of PS
pump to flushing circuit) could be introduced in the mixing area (in case of negative pressure downstream
the one way valve).
ORD

EVP
OWEVD1
EVD1 EVD2
BTP
LP

LD1 BT1
LD2 BT2

EVS

fPS PS

F9 EV1S

EVC EVD
F5 F6

CC CD

C D

Figure 2 - 8. Dosing and Mixing Disinfectant module

2.8.1 Disinfectants intake, mixing and proportioning


The two permanent disinfection containers can be connected at the back of the Artis dialysis system.
One container is connected to the CC connector (yellow) and the other is connected to the CD connector
(clear).
When a permanent disinfectant container is in use, it is accessed through the EVD or EVC valve when
the disinfectant pump pulls in the disinfectant into the circuit.
During the suction of the sterilant, the correct dilution will be obtained by mixing the chemical to the inlet
water and flushed through the different branches of the circuit.

Code SM_9033239200_02 Rev. / 2-11


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

2.9 EvaClean module


The EvaClean module is used to conveniently dispose of waste fluid produced during Artis cassette
priming. The two ports are colour coded.

SWCON1 SWCON2
DWHO
LFD

RED LINE

EVW 1
BLUE LINE

OWWHO1 OWWHO2

EVR1 EVW 2 OWWHO3

Figure 2 - 9. EvaClean module

2.9.1 Waste handling


A special priming connector is attached to the cassette and then connected to the EvaClean drain port
where the waste fluids are routed to the drain via the PWHO pump.
The EvaClean doors switches (SWCON1, SWCON2) are used to indicate if the waste handling feature
door is open or closed.
The patient lines of the cassette are then placed into the drain ports and the blood pump will push the
saline into the drain ports. PWHO pump will be regulated in order to maintain constant the Pd pressure.

2.9.2 EvaClean Rinse/disinfection


When the EvaClean1 is not in use, the EvaClean1 (color code blue) door is closed which allows water
to rinse through the drain port by opening (EVW1). When the EvaClean2 is not in use, the EvaClean2
(color code red) door is closed which allows water to rinse through the drain port by opening (EVW2).
The waste check valves (OWWHO1, OWWHO2 and OWWHO3) are used to prevent backflow of fluids
from the effluent flowpath.
During a dialysis treatment or a heat disinfection mode, if one of the EvaClean doors is OPEN, the
system will issue an alarm and will close automatically EVW1 and EVW2 valves.

2-12 Code SM_9033239200_02 Rev. /


Chapter 2. HYDRAULIC DESCRIPTION

2.10 Recirculation module


The Recirculation module allows the flow going backward to the Fluid Feeding module, this is used in
order to disinfect the part of the circuit upstream the heater.
EVS

EVR 1 EVW 2

Figure 2 - 10. Recirculation module

EVS valve allows the recirculation during disinfection processes. The fluid is pumped through the
dialyzer bypass in the recirculation loop by the P1 pump. The EVW1 and EVW2 valves allow to isolate the
EvaClean module during recirculation.

2.11 Artis Hydraulic Circuit


See Figure 2-11 for the Hydraulic Circuit diagram.

Code SM_9033239200_02 Rev. / 2-13


This page is left intentionally blank

2-14 Code SM_9033239200_02 Rev. /


Chapter 2. HYDRAULIC DESCRIPTION

Chapter 2. HYDRAULIC DESCRIPTION

ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
OPTIONAL SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
OPTIONAL F2
F1 F8 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

OPTIONAL

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

Figure 2 - 11. Hydraulic Circuit diagram

Code SM_9033239200_02 Rev. / 2-15


This page is left intentionally blank

2-16 Code SM_9033239200_02 Rev. /


Chapter 2. HYDRAULIC DESCRIPTION

Chapter 2. HYDRAULIC DESCRIPTION


2.12 Component legend
NAME DESCRIPTION OPERATION INFORMATION
BLD Blood Leak Detector Infrared light detector on the hemodialysis machine that
detects breaks or ruptures in the dialysing membrane and
the consequent leaking of blood into the dialysis fluid.
Bubble Traps:
BT1 BT1 Deaerating Chamber To waste air bubbles, eventually present in the hydraulic
circuit pre dialyser.
BT2 BT2 Deaerating Chamber To waste air bubbles, eventually present in the hydraulic
circuit post dialyser
BTP BTP Deaerating Chamber To waste air bubbles, eventually present in the Degassing
module of the hydraulic circuit.
Connectors:
CA Acid Connector Acid Connector, connects the acid canister.
CC Disinfectant Connector Rear yellow Disinfectant Connector, connects the sterilant
solution.
CD Disinfectant Connector Rear clear Disinfectant Connector, connects the sterilant
solution.
Ultrafilters:
CDF1 Water Ultrafilter, U9000 Ultrafilter: purifies the incoming water preventing the
entering of bacteria or endotoxin in the hydraulic circuit.
CDF2 Dialysis Fluid Ultrafilter U 9000 Ultrafilter: purifies the dialysis fluid before the dialyzer.

pH pH Probe If activated the pH sensor is used to measure the level of


acidity or alkalinity of a solution (to control the Dialysis Fluid
pH grade)
Flowmeters:
D1c Electromagnetic flowmeter Pre dialyzer Control Flowmeter: measures the dialysis fluid
flow before the dialyser. It is acquired by the Control
system.
D2c Electromagnetic flowmeter Post dialyzer Control Flowmeter: measures the dialysis fluid
flow post the dialyser. It is acquired by the Control system.
D1P Electromagnetic flowmeter Pre dialyzer Protective Flowmeter: measures the dialysis
fluid flow before the dialyser. It is acquired by the Protective
system.
D2P Electromagnetic flowmeter Post dialyzer Protective Flowmeter: measures the dialysis
fluid flow post the dialyser. It is acquired by the Protective
system.
PRV Pressure Regulator To regulate a positive pressure at the online connector
Solenoid Valves:
EVH2O Two way Valve- normally closed To open the inlet water line.
EVFLUSH Two way Valve - normally closed It opens the line to waste the air from Water Ultrafilter CDF1
EVA Two way Valve - normally closed Allows the inlet of air during the empting oprations
EVDEG Two way Valve - normally closed To by-pass the restrictor during heat disinfections
EVP Two way Valve - normally closed Opens the line to waste the air from BTP Deaerating
Chamber

Code SM_9033239200_02 Rev. / 2-17


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

NAME DESCRIPTION OPERATION INFORMATION


EVPRIM1 Two way Valve - normally closed Opens to let water into the main flow path
EVPRIM Two way Valve - normally closed Opens the line that Pa and Pb pumps can suck heated
water from the main flow
EVPB Two way Valve - normally closed To manage the disinfections, rinsing and priming of the
BiCart
EVPA Two way Valve - normally closed To manage the disinfections, rinsing and priming of the
SelectCart
EVD1 Two way Valve - normally closed Opens the line to waste the air from BT1 Deaerating
Chamber
EVBP2 Two way Valve - normally closed It opens the line to waste the air from ultrafilter CDF2
EVC Two way Valve - normally closed Solenoid valve used during chemical disinfections.
EVD Two way Valve - normally closed Solenoid valve used during chemical disinfections.
EVD2 Two way Valve - normally closed Opens the line to waste the air from BT2 Deaerating
Chamber
EV2 Two way Valve - normally closed To open the line of the dialyser outlet
EV1S Two way Valve - normally closed To manage the sterilant tank and relative pump
EVR1 Two way Valve - normally closed To disinfect the hydraulic circuit before the dialyzer
EVW1 Two way Valve - normally closed To disinfect and rinse the blue EvaClean connector
EVW2 Two way Valve - normally closed To disinfect and rinse the red EvaClean connector
EVS Two way Valve - normally closed To disinfect the hydraulic circuit before the dialyser
EVDRAIN Two way Valve - normally closed To test the absence of leakages in the fluid delivery
EVBHE Two way Valve - normally closed Used to by-pass the heat exchangers
EVDS1 Three way Valve Used to bypass the dialyzer and the second Ultrafilter.
EVDS2 Three way Valve Is used to configure an HF or HDF Post Treatments
Filters:
F1 Mechanical filter It filters the bicarbonate concentrate drawn in the hydraulic
circuit.
F2 Mechanical filter It filters the acid concentrate drawn in the hydraulic circuit.
F3 Mechanical filter It filters the dialysis fluid before D1p.
F4 Mechanical filter It filters the dialysis fluid after the dialyzer.
F5 Mechanical filter It filters the disinfectant concentrate drawn into the hydraulic
circuit.
F6 Mechanical filter It filters the disinfectant concentrate drawn into the hydraulic
circuit.
F7 Mechanical filter It filters the bicarbonate concentrate drawn in the hydraulic
circuit.
F8 Mechanical filter It filters the acid concentrate drawn in the hydraulic circuit.
F9 Mechanical filter Prevents the intake of particulate in the pump.
FAir Mechanical filter It filters air entering the hydraulic circuit when draining the
machine.
FH2O Mechanical filter It filters the incoming water used in the fluid feeding module.

2-18 Code SM_9033239200_02 Rev. /


Chapter 2. HYDRAULIC DESCRIPTION

NAME DESCRIPTION OPERATION INFORMATION


FLICK Heater element To heat the water during the treatment and the disinfection
processes.
STH Heater temperature sensor To measure the Heater temperature.
Conductivity Cells:
ΓcA Acid Conductivity Cell To control the infusion of the Acid Solution in the Dialysis
Fluid.
ΓcB Bicarbonate Conductivity Cell To control the infusion of the Bicarbonate Solution in the
Dialysis Fluid.
ΓcSe SelectBag Conductivity Cell To control the infusion of the Select Bag in the Dialysis
Fluid.
CO Ultra Port Let to spill the substitution fluid as a quote of the main
dialysis fluid flow.
Flow switches:
LFD Optical Flow Switch Detects the presence of flow in the dialysis fluid connectors
bypass. It contains a float that moves upwards to detect the
presence of flow.
LFP Optical Flow Switch Detects the presence of flow in the Degassing module. It
contains a float that moves upwards to detect the presence
of flow.
Orifices:
ORFLUSH Restriction Restriction used to limit the amount of water flushing to the
drain when the Water Ultrafilter CDF1 is flushed .
ORD Reduction Used to limit purged air and/or water flushing to the drain.
ORDEG Restriction Restriction used to generate a negative pressure in the
Degassing module.
One way Valves:
OWH2O Check valve, one-way Valve Prevents any contamination from the machine to the water
system supply.
OWD Check valve, one-way Valve Prevents fluid from back-flowing into the deaerating
chamber flushing lines.
OWAIR Check valve, one-way Valve Prevents leakages through the EVA.
OWWHO1 Check valve, one-way Valve Check valve, prevents back-flow of fluids from the drain to
the EvaClean module.
OWWHO2 Check valve, one-way Valve Check valve, prevents back-flow of fluids from the drain to
the EvaClean module.
OWWHO3 Check valve, one-way Valve Check valve, prevents back-flow of fluids from the drain to
the EvaClean module.
OWEVD1 Check valve, one-way Valve Prevents fluid from back-flowing into the mixing area.
OWDGL Check valve, one-way Valve Prevents water from going straightly from the heat
exchangers to the Dosing Mixing Concentrate Module.
Pumps:
Pc Gear pump Gear Pump on the Degassing module to create a negative
pressure.
P1 Gear pump Gear Pump on the Dialysis Fluid Inlet Line.
P2 Gear pump Gear Pump on the Dialysis Fluid Outlet Line.
PWHO Gear pump To maintain constant the pressure at the drain.

Code SM_9033239200_02 Rev. / 2-19


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

NAME DESCRIPTION OPERATION INFORMATION


PA Ceramic pump Ceramic Pump to infuse the Acid Concentrate and the
SelCart System.
PB Ceramic pump Ceramic Pump to infuse the BiCart System.
Pse Ceramic pump Ceramic Pump to infuse the SelBag System.
Ps Ceramic pump Ceramic Pump used to infuse the disinfectants solutions.
Pressure Sensors:
PDG Absolute pressure Sensor Measures the pressure in the Degassing module.
PD Relative Pressure Sensor Measures the pressure at the drain.
PFS Relative Pressure Sensor Measures the Clean Dialysis Fluid Filter inlet pressure.
PI Relative Pressure Sensor To measure the Dialyzer Inlet Pressure
PO Relative Pressure Sensor To measure the Dialyzer Outlet Pressure
R1 Pressure reducer R1 Pressure Reducer to reduce the pressure of the Inlet water.
R2 Pressure reducer R2 To reduce the water pressure at the machine working value.
Switches:
SWP Inlet Pressure Switch Registers water pressure at the system inlet, and turns off
the Artis dialysis system water heater if the pressure falls
below a minimum acceptable value which allows the
machine to work properly.
SWUFCOV-L Switch Cover Switch Left
SWLOWUF1 Switch First Ultrafilter lower connector Switch.
SWUPUF1A Switch First Ultrafilter upper A connector Switch.
SWUPUF1B Switch First Ultrafilter upper B connector Switch.
SWDUMMY1 Switch First Ultrafilter Dummy Switch
SWBK Bicarbonate Cart Switch To detect the position of the Bicart Holder Arms
SWSEK1 Select Bag Switch Signal that SelectBag will be used
SWSEK2 Select Bag Switch Signal that SelectBag will be used
SWAK Select Cart Switch To detect the position of the SelectCart Holder Arms
SWA Acetate Connector Switch To detect the position of the Acetate Connector
SWUFCOV-R Switch Cover Switch Right
SWLOWUF2 Switch Second Ultrafilter lower connector Switch
SWUPUF2A Switch Second Ultrafilter upper A connector Switch
SWUPUF2B Switch Second Ultrafilter upper B connector Switch
SWDUMMY2 Switch Second Ultrafilter Dummy Switch
SWDCSIN Switch Indicates if the Blue Dialysis Fluid Tube is connected to the
machine
SWDCSOUT Switch Indicates if the Red Dialysis Fluid Tube is connected to the
machine
SWP1 Drain Pressure Switch Detects high pressure at the drain (if the line is free or
obstructed).
SWCON1 EvaClean1 connector Door Indicates if the waste handling feature (EvaClean1) door is
Switch open or closed.
SWCON2 EvaClean2 connector Door Indicates if the waste handling feature (EvaClean2) door is
Switch open or closed.

2-20 Code SM_9033239200_02 Rev. /


Chapter 2. HYDRAULIC DESCRIPTION

NAME DESCRIPTION OPERATION INFORMATION


SWPOL Switch Ultra door Port Switch
SWLEAKAGE Level Sensor Detects the water inside the water presence tank
UPLC Level Sensor Ultra Port Leakage Collector - Optical level sensor that
detects the leakages from the Ultra port
Temperature Sensors:
TP Temperature Sensor Detects the temperature of the water after the heater
Tp Protective Temperature Signal by Detects the temperature of the dialysis fluid (Protective
Conductivity cell System).
TcA Control Temperature Signal by Detects the temperature of the dialysis fluid (Control
Conductivity cell System)
EvaClean1 Waste handling outlet 1 To dispose of waste fluid produced during blood tubing set
priming

EvaClean2 Waste handling outlet 2 To dispose of waste fluid produced during blood tubing set
priming
Mixing Chambers:
MCB Bicarbonate Mixing Chamber Mixing chamber used to mix the bicarbonate concentrate
with heated, deaerated water.
MCA Acetate Mixing Chamber Mixing chamber used to mix the acid concentrate with
heated, deaerated water.
MCS Select Bag Mixing Chamber Mixing chamber used to mix the SelectBag concentrate with
heated, deaerated water.
Heat Exchangers:
HE1 Heat Exchanger First element of the heat exchanger, transfers heat from the
dialysis fluid to the incoming water (before HE2)
HE2 Heat Exchanger Second element of the heat exchanger, transfers heat from
the dialysis fluid to the incoming water (following HE1).

2.13 Artis pressure map


(Not currently available)

2.14 Hydraulic location


(Not currently available)

Code SM_9033239200_02 Rev. / 2-21


This page is left intentionally blank

2-22 Code SM_9033239200_02 Rev. /


Chapter 3. BLOOD CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

Chapter 3. BLOOD CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION


3.1 Introduction
In this sections are described the front panel components of the Blood Module that interact with the
Artiset Blood Tubing System (see fig. 3-1).
1. Pressure Transducers
2. Arterial Pump
3. Arterial Pump Rotor with Crank
4. Arterial pump cover
5. Line presence sensors
6. Hemoscan Sensor
7. Air detector
8. Blood Sensor
9. Heparin Pump
10. Arterial line clamp
11. Venous line clamp
12. Cassette Holders
13. Venous pump cover
14. Venous Pump Rotor with Crank
15. Venous Pump
16. Cassette sensors
17. Infusion Clamp (used in OL HD-DN, OL HD-DNDP and OL HD-SN treatments when using the
ULTRA Prime feature and in HDF and HF treatments)
18. Ultra prime line holder
12
16 1
2
15 16
3
14 12
4
13 5
6
12
7
8
18

17

11 10
Figure 3-1. Blood circuit - front panel components
This chapter describes also the BPM system.

Code SM_9033239200_03 Rev. / 3-1


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

3.1.1 Ultra prime Line


Ultra Prime Line is an accessory that, used in combination with the Blood Cassette or to the SN
Cassette, allows to perform on-line Priming, Bolus and Rinseback in HD-DN, HD-DNDP or HD-SN
treatments .

3 2

Figure 3-2. Ultra prime line


1. Ultra prime filter
2. Ultra line (to be connected to the Ultra Port)
3. Ultra connector (to be connected to the Venous Connector)
4. Rinseback connector (to be connected to the Arterial Patient Line for the Rinseback operations)

3-2 Code SM_9033239200_03 Rev. /


Chapter 3. BLOOD CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

3.1.2 Ultra HDF Line


Ultra HDF Line is an accessory that, used in combination with the ArtiSet PrePost Cassette, allows to
perform on-line Priming, Bolus and Rinseback in HDF Post, HDF Pre or HF Pre treatments or, used in
combination with the ArtiSet HD DNL HC Cassette, allows to perform on-line Priming, Bolus and Rinseback
only in HDF Post treatment. .

3
4

Figure 3-3. Ultra HDF Line

1. Ultra connector - to be connected to the Venous Connector (HDF Post treatment) or to the Arterial
Connector (HDF Pre and HF Pre treatments)
2. Ultrafilter
3. Ultrafilter degassing line
4. Venous pump segment
5. Ultra line ( to be connected to the Ultra Port)
6. Rinseback connector (to be connected to the Arterial Patient Line for the Rinseback operations)
The Ultra HDF Line is held in place by the holders of the Cassette Panel and by the Venous Pump
cover.

Code SM_9033239200_03 Rev. / 3-3


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

3.1.3 Ultra HDF Post Line


Ultra HDF Post Line is an accessory that, used in combination with the ArtiSet PrePost cassette or ArtiSet
HD DNL HC cassette, allows to perform on-line Priming, Bolus and Rinseback only in HDF Post treatment..

Figure 3-4. Ultra HDF Post Line

1. Ultra connector
2. Ultra line
3. Holder for Filter and Tubings
4. Filter
5. Venous pump segment
6. Rinseback connector (to be connected to the Arterial Patient Line for the Rinseback operations)
The Ultra HDF Post Line is not equipped with the Ultrafilter Degassing Line, that is present in the Ultra HDF
Line.

3-4 Code SM_9033239200_03 Rev. /


Chapter 3. BLOOD CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

3.2 Blood Tubing System


3.2.1 Blood Cassette
The Blood Cassette is a clear plastic dual compartment cassette made up of the following components:
• Arterial and Venous Patient lines

• Heparin line

• Two chambers: one for the venous blood (left) and the other one for the arterial blood (right). The
venous chamber has a mesh filter to prevent any particles from entering the Venous Patient Line.

• Pressure Pods: one for the venous pressure transducer (left) and the other one for the arterial pres-
sure transducer (right)

• Self contained arterial pump segment

• Arterial and Venous Dialyzer lines

• Venous Injection Port

• Arterial injection Port

• Two Arterial Infusion lines on the Arterial chamber

• One venous Infusion line on the Venous chamber

• Arterial Infusion line clamps

• Venous Infusion line clamp

• Venous Connector (used in OL HD-DN, OL HD-DNDP, OL HD-SN and HDF Post treatments and
used in HDF Pre and HF Pre only for Prime)

The Blood Cassette is held in place by the Cassette Loading Hooks of the Cassette Panel and by the
Arterial Pump cover.
Blood Cassette used in combination with the Ultra HDF Line accessory or with the Ultra HDF Post Line
allows to perform on-line Priming, Bolus and Rinseback only in HDF Post treatments.

Code SM_9033239200_03 Rev. / 3-5


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

3.2.2 Blood Module: HD-DN Treatment


The patient’s blood, through the arterial patient line is routed in the arterial chamber of the blood
cassette and then in the dialyzer by means of the arterial pump.
The blood coming out from the dialyzer, through the venous patient line is returned to the patient after it
has passed through the venous chamber of the blood cassette.

14 7 6

4 5

11
8
9

3
2

15 12
18
19
1
10

13
17 16

Patient

Figure 3-5. BLOOD MODULE: HD-DN Treatment

1. Arterial Patient line 11. Dialyzer Filter


2. Pump Segment 12. Venous Injection Port
3. Arterial Chamber 13. Arterial Injection Port
4. Arterial Pressure Pod 14. Arterial Dialyzer Line
5. Heparin Line 15. Venous Dialyzer Line
6. Arterial Infusion lines 16. Arterial Clamp

3-6 Code SM_9033239200_03 Rev. /


Chapter 3. BLOOD CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

7. Venous Infusion line 17. Venous Clamp


8. Venous Pressure Pod 18. Venous Connector
9. Venous Chamber 19. Clamp on the Venous Connector
10. Venous Patient Line

3.2.3 Blood Circuit Diagram: HD-DN Treatment

OVL LOWL
ANTMS FANT
ANT

VBP ABP

APCP

F APPDIR 2

AP M AF

APPDIR

AD

LPS LPS

BS HS

SBDS

VLCP ALCP

VLC ALC

VLCS ALCS

1. ABP Arterial blood pressure transducer


2. AD Air detector
3. AF Arterial pump motor encoder frequency
4. ALC Arterial line clamp
5. ALCP Arterial line clamp presence sensor
6. ALCS Arterial line clamp state sensor
7. ANT Heparin pump
8. ANTMS Heparin pump motor stepper
9. AP Arterial pump

Code SM_9033239200_03 Rev. / 3-7


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

10. APCP Arterial pump cover position sensor


11. APPDIR Arterial pump position, direction sensor
12. APPDIR2 Arterial pump position, direction sensor 2
13. BS Blood Sensor
14. F Filter
15. FANT Heparin pump motor encoder frequency
16. HS Hemoscan sensor
17. LOWL Heparin Low level: Course end for max extension
18. LPS Line presence sensor
19. M Arterial pump motor
20. OVL Heparin overload sensor
21. SBDS Sensor bar door sensor
22. VBP Venous blood pressure transducer
23. VLC Venous line clamp
24. VLCP Venous line clamp presence sensor
25. VLCS Venous line clamp state sensor

3-8 Code SM_9033239200_03 Rev. /


Chapter 3. BLOOD CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

3.2.4 Blood Module: OL HD-DN Treatment


The OL HD-DN treatment is performed using the Ultra prime line accessory in combination with the
Blood Cassete.
For the description of the treatment and of the Blood Cassete refer to the section above “3.2.2 Blood
Module: HD-DN Treatment”.
See below the BLOOD MODULE: OL HD-DN treatment figure and the related diagram.
1

Patient

Figure 3-6. BLOOD MODULE: OL HD-DN Treatment

1. Blood Cassette
2. Ultra Prime Line accessory

Code SM_9033239200_03 Rev. / 3-9


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

3.2.5 Blood Circuit Diagram: OL HD-DN Treatment


OVL LOWL
ANTMS FANT
ANT

VBP ABP

APCP

F APPDIR 2

AP M AF

APPDIR

UPF AD

LPS LPS

ICP BS HS

IC
SBDS
ICS

VLCP ALCP
UP
VLC ALC

VLCS ALCS

1 IC Infusion clamp
2. ICP Infusion clamp presence sensor
3. ICS Infusion clamp state sensor
4. UP Ultra Port
5. UPF Ultra prime filter

3-10 Code SM_9033239200_03 Rev. /


Chapter 3. BLOOD CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

3.2.6 ArtiSet PrePost Cassette


The ArtiSet PrePost Cassette is identical with the Blood Cassette except for the Arterial Connector
component which is specific only to the ArtiSet PrePost Cassette. The Arterial Connector is used in HDF
Pre and HF Pre treatments.
For the cassette components refer to the section above “3.2.1 Blood Cassette”.
ArtiSet PrePost Cassette used in combination with the Ultra HDF Line accessory, allows to perform on-
line Priming, Bolus and Rinseback in HDF Post, HDF Pre or HF Pre treatments.
ArtiSet PrePost Cassette used in combination with the Ultra HDF Post Line allows to perform on-line
Priming, Bolus and Rinseback only in HDF Post treatments.

3.2.7 Blood Module: HDF Post, HDF Pre and HF Pre Treatments
For HDF Post, HDF Pre and HF Pre Treatments, the Artis Dialysis System prepares substitution fluid
on-line from ultrafiltered dialysis fluid, which in turn is made of ultrafiltered water and concentrates.
The Venous pump operates as substitution pump, taking dialysis fluid from the Ultra Port, pumping it
through an ultrafilter into either the venous dialyzer line (post-dilution) or the arterial dialyzer line (pre-
dilution) and through the arterial patient line during the blood restitution procedure.

1
2

Patient

Figure 3-7. BLOOD MODULE: HDF Post, HDF Pre and HF Pre Treatments

Code SM_9033239200_03 Rev. / 3-11


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

1. ArtiSet PrePost Cassette


2. Arterial Connector
3. Ultra HDF Line

3.2.8 Blood Circuit Diagram: HDF Post, HDF Pre and HF Pre Treatments
OVL LOWL
ANTMS FANT
ANT

UC
VBP ABP
UP

VPCP APCP

F VPPDIR 2 APPDIR 2
F1

VF M VP AP M AF

VPPDIR APPDIR

UC
AD

LPS LPS

BS HS

UDS SBDS

VLCP ALCP

VLC ALC

VLCS ALCS

1. ABP Arterial blood pressure transducer


2. AD Air detector
3. AF Arterial pump motor encoder frequency
4. ALC Arterial line clamp
5. ALCP Arterial line clamp presence sensor
6. ALCS Arterial line clamp state sensor
7. ANT Heparin pump
8. ANTMS Heparin pump motor stepper
9. AP Arterial pump
10. APCP Arterial pump cover position sensor
11. APPDIR Arterial pump position, direction sensor

3-12 Code SM_9033239200_03 Rev. /


Chapter 3. BLOOD CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

12. APPDIR2 Arterial pump position, direction sensor 2


13. BS Blood Sensor
14. F Filter
15. F1 Ultra Filter
16. FANT Heparin pump motor encoder frequency
17. HS Hemoscan sensor
18. LOWL Heparin Low level: Course end for max extension
19. LPS Line presence sensor
20. M Arterial and Venous pump motor
21. OVL Heparin overload sensor
22. SBDS Sensor bar door sensor
23. UDS Ultra door sensor
24. UC Ultra Connector (to be connected to the Venous or Arterial connector)
25. UP Ultra port
26. VBP Venous blood pressure transducer
27. VF Venous pump motor encoder frequency
28. VLC Venous line clamp
29. VLCP Venous line clamp presence sensor
30. VLCS Venous line clamp state sensor
31. VP Venous Pump
32. VPCP Venous pump cover position sensor
33. VPPDIR Venous pump position, direction sensor
34. VPPDIR2 Venous pump position, direction sensor 2

3.2.9 SN Cassette
The SN Cassette is a clear plastic dual cassette made up of the following components:
• Blood cassette

• SN Cassette:

• Post-dialyzer Expansion Chamber for the venous blood (left)

• Pre-dialyzer Expansion Chamber for the arterial blood (right).

• Pressure Pod: for the venous pressure transducer (left)

• Self contained venous pump segment

• Arterial and Venous Dialyzer lines

• Venous Injection Port

• One SN Service Line on the Pre-dialyzer Expansion Chamber

• One SN Service Line on the Post-dialyzer Expansion Chamber

• Venous Connector

The SN Cassette is held in place by the Cassette Loading Hooks of the Cassette Panel and by the
Venous Pump cover.

Code SM_9033239200_03 Rev. / 3-13


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

3.2.10 Blood Module: HD-DNDP and HD-SN Treatments


When the Artis Dialysis System is used for HD-DNDP and HD-SN Treatments, both blood pumps are
used. Note that the pumps are running in the same directions.
The treatment is controlled by a predefined stroke volume and by the mean blood flow. The required
mean blood flow and stroke volume is determined by the operator. When the mean blood flow is affected,
the venous and arterial blood pump will change its speed. The venous pump is volume controlled. The
mean blood flow is set in the same way as the required blood flow in the HD-DN Treatment. When the
pump button is pressed, the arterial blood pump will start and will run until the pre and post dialyzer
expansion chambers are filled up (detected by the high limit on the system pressure transducer).
The venous blood pump then will start, and will run until the predefined stroke volume has been returned
to the patient. This is monitored by the low limit on the post dialyzer pressure transducer after the filter. The
process is repeated throughout treatment.
3
4

2
8 1

5
9

10

7
6 11
12

Patient

Figure 3-8. BLOOD MODULE: HD-DNDP and HD-SN Treatments

3-14 Code SM_9033239200_03 Rev. /


Chapter 3. BLOOD CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

1. Blood Cassette
2. Pre-dialyzer Expansion Chamber
3. SN Service Lines
4. Arterial Dialyzer Line
5. Dialyzer Filter
6. Venous Dialyzer Line
7. Venous Injection Port
8. Post-dialyzer Pressure Pod
9. Venous Pump Segment
10. Post-dialyzer Expansion Chamber
11. Venous Connector
12. Venous Clamp on the Venous Connector

3.2.11 Blood Circuit Diagram: HD-DNDP and HD-SN Treatments


OVL LOWL
ANTMS FANT
ANT

PDP VBP ABP

VPCP APCP

F VPPDIR 2 APPDIR 2

VF M VP AP M AF

VPPDIR APPDIR

AD

LPS LPS

BS HS

SBDS

VLCP ALCP

VLC ALC

VLCS ALCS

1. ABP Arterial blood pressure transducer


2. AD Air detector

Code SM_9033239200_03 Rev. / 3-15


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

3. AF Arterial pump motor encoder frequency


4. ALC Arterial line clamp
5. ALCP Arterial line clamp presence sensor
6. ALCS Arterial line clamp state sensor
7. ANT Heparin pump
8. ANTMS Heparin pump motor stepper
9. AP Arterial pump
10. APCP Arterial pump cover position sensor
11. APPDIR Arterial pump position, direction sensor
12. APPDIR2 Arterial pump position, direction sensor 2
13. BS Blood Sensor
14. F Filter
15. FANT Heparin pump motor encoder frequency
16. HS Hemoscan sensor
17. LOWL Heparin Low level: Course end for max extension
18. LPS Line presence sensor
19. M Pump motor
20. OVL Heparin overload sensor
21. PDP Post-dialyzer pressure transducer
22. SBDS Sensor bar door sensor
23. VBP Venous blood pressure transducer
24. VF Venous pump motor encoder frequency
25. VLC Venous line clamp
26. VLCP Venous line clamp presence sensor
27. VLCS Venous line clamp state sensor
28. VP Venous pump
29. VPCP Venous pump cover position sensor
30. VPPDIR Venous pump position, direction sensor
31. VPPDIR2 Venous pump position, direction sensor 2

3-16 Code SM_9033239200_03 Rev. /


Chapter 3. BLOOD CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

3.2.12 Blood Module: OL HD-DNDP and OL HD-SN Treatments


The OL HD-DNDP and OL HD-SN treatments are performed using the Ultra prime line accessory in
combination with the SN Cassette, allowing to perform on-line Priming, Bolus and Rinseback.
For the description of the treatment refer to the section “3.2.10 Blood Module: HD-DNDP and HD-SN
Treatments”, for the description of the SN Cassete refer to the section “3.2.9 SN Cassette” and for the
description of the Ultra Prime line accessory refer to the the section “3.1.1 Ultra prime Line”.
See below the BLOOD MODULE: OL HD-DNDP and OL HD-SN treatments figure and the related
diagram.

Patient

Figure 3-9. BLOOD MODULE: OL HD-DNDP and OL HD-SN Treatment

1. SN Cassette
2. Ultra Prime Line accessory

Code SM_9033239200_03 Rev. / 3-17


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

3.2.13 Blood Circuit Diagram: OL HD-DNDP and OL HD-SN Treatment


OVL LOWL
ANTMS FANT
ANT

PDP VBP ABP

VPCP APCP

F VPPDIR 2 APPDIR 2

VF M VP AP M AF

VPPDIR APPDIR

UPF AD

LPS LPS

ICP BS HS

IC
SBDS
ICS

VLCP ALCP
UP
VLC ALC

VLCS ALCS

1. IC Infusion clamp
2. ICP Infusion clamp presence sensor
3. ICS Infusion clamp state sensor
4. UP Ultra Port
5. UPF Ultra prime filter

3-18 Code SM_9033239200_03 Rev. /


Chapter 3. BLOOD CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

3.2.14 Cassette sensors


Sensors that detect the presence of the blood cassette on the cassette panel.

3.2.15 Dialyzer & Connections


The dialyzer is connected to the Blood Cassette through two lines coming from the Cassette. The hose
connected to the arterial end of the dialyzer is the arterial dialyzer line (the supply line), and the tube
connected to the venous end of the dialyzer is the venous dialyzer line (the return line). Both tubes are
connected to the dialyzer with twist-lock connectors. Fluids in the dialyzer flow counter-current for
maximum exchange of electrolytes and the removal of waste products.
During basic dialysis, electrolytes are exchanged across the membrane of the dialyzer through the
process of diffusion. During ultrafiltration, fluid from the blood side of the dialyzer passes through the
dialyzer membrane into the dialysis fluid flow path. The fluid transfer is caused by the pressure difference in
the ultrafiltration system by running the P2 Pump.
The dialyzer holder built into the left side panel of the Artis Dialysis System is intended for hollow-fiber
dialyzers. It secures the dialyzer in place with a dialyzer holder pincer arm that holds the dialyzer during
treatment. The two dialyzer lines that connect to the dialyzer are color coded (blue for venous, red for
arterial). The dialyzer connectors must be connected to the bypass ports correctly when are not in use as
there is a flow sensor to indicated proper flow plus hall effect sensors to sense that the proper connector is
connected to the correct port. The hall effect sensors are mounted in the dialyzer bypass ports. The
magnets are mounted in the dialyzer connectors. The magnets are installed such that the poles are
opposite each other so that the machine can sense if the connectors are mounted incorrectly.

3.2.16 Arterial Injection Port


The red arterial injection port provides a convenient access point for taking arterial blood samples with a
syringe and needle. It is located in the arterial patient line of the Blood Cassette. The sample port has a
self-sealing rubber membrane.

3.2.17 Venous Injection Port


The blue venous injection port provides a convenient access point for taking venous blood samples with
a syringe and needle before returning the blood to the patient or for the injections of medicines. It is located
in the venous dialyzer line just prior to the venous chamber. The sample port has a self-sealing rubber
membrane.

3.3 Pressure transducers


Sensors that read the arterial and venous pressure inside the Blood Cassette chambers. There are
three different Pressure Transducers:
• Blue and red sensors read the arterial and venous pressure in the cassette chambers.

• White: reads the SN pressure in the Post-Dialyzer Expansion Chamber in the SN cassette.

The arterial pressure sensor (the red sensor) monitors pressure conditions in the blood line, drawing
blood from the patient. It is on the inlet side of the arterial pump and normally monitors the suction pressure
generated by the arterial pump. Typically, this pressure is negative during the treatment.
The venous pressure sensor (the blu sensor) monitors the blood line returning blood to the patient. It is
on the outlet side of the dialyzer and normally monitors the blood pressure in the blood cassette that goes
back to the patient after its transfer through the dialyzer. Typically, this pressure is positive during the
treatment and is determined by the vascular access, the needle size, and the blood pump speed.
The SN pressure sensor, during a Single-Needle Double Pump treatment, monitors the Post-Dialyzer
pressure, before the Venous Pump. It is therefore used to activate the Venous Pump to return the blood to
the patient when the measured pressure reaches the value set by the operator as “Max SN Pressure”.
The sensors are identical strain gauge type sensors that act as a full-bridge with differential outputs.
Each is driven by a +5 Vdc excitation voltage and has an output scale factor of 24 micro-volts/mmHg. At 0
mmHg, the sensor output is 0 volts.

Code SM_9033239200_03 Rev. / 3-19


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

The sensors are acquired by the PIB board which amplifies and transfers the signals to the Blood,
Protective and Hydraulic boards.
The venous and the arterial sensor outputs are displayed on the Overview screen view.
The venous and the SN pressure are used for the Transmembrane Pressure (TM Pressure in the status
screens) calculations.
• The machine will monitor for extreme minimum or maximum pressure conditions. In this case the
blood pump will stop and the operator intervention may be required to restart the machine.

The pressure transducers are tested during the T1Test sequence, to verify that the acquisition system is
working properly.

3.4 Arterial Pump


The arterial pump is a self occluding peristaltic pump that pumps the blood from the patient to the
extracorporeal circuit. The arterial pump provides a cover to avoid injuries to the user when the pump rotor
spins.
The rotor of the pump is removable so that the removal and the insertion of the pump segment can be
easier and without the need to push the segment in the gap between the roll of the rotor and the surface of
the stator.
The machine performs the “Arterial Pump Segment Test” to check that the pump segment has been
properly loaded. If the test fails, the “Arterial Pump Segment not Correctly Loaded (#586)” alarm will be
triggered.
A sensor detects when the cover is open and the pump is not running.
The mechanism that activates the arterial pump is composed of:
• a DC motor

• a control board

• a rotor.

The 24V DC pump motor can be operated in either the forward (counter-clockwise) or reverse
(clockwise) directions. During dialysis, the pump moves in the forward direction. During prime, the pump
moves in the reverse direction. The arterial pump has an encoder that gives feedback of the speed of the
motor to the Blood Pump Motor board and ultimately the Blood Slave board. No blood pump rate calibration
is required due to this feedback.
The arterial pump operates between 10 and 500 ml/minute in increments of 10 ml/minute. In normal
operation, the pump speed starts at the machine-set flow rate stored in the configuration parameters. The
default value for this speed is 100 ml/minute. For each of the machine phases (Prime, Patient connection,
Dialysis, Rinseback, Recirculation) the pump speed starts to the machine-set flow rate stored in the
configuration parameters. While during Priming the machine takes full control of the pump speed and
direction, during the other phases, the pump speed can be modified using the Plus and Minus Keys.
The machine will generate a ‘’BLOOD PUMP SPEED ERROR #12’’ alarm if it detects that the pump is
not running when it is commanded to run.
The system looks at the encoder to check the proper operation of the pump.
If the pump rotor is locked up because of an arterial pump tubing miss placement or a defective motor
reducer, the machine will also generate a ‘’BLOOD PUMP SPEED ERROR #12’’.

3.5 Arterial Pump cover


The Arterial Pump Cover protects the Users form the Arterial Rotors when the machine is operating.
On the bottom outside corner of the Cover, there is a magnet which is attracted by another magnet
positioned behind the Front Panel. Their purpose is to hold the Cover in the close position.
On the Cover, there is another magnet that is detected by a Hall sensor positioned directly behind the
Front Panel. This sensor will immediately inform the operator if the cover is not securely closed and the

3-20 Code SM_9033239200_03 Rev. /


Chapter 3. BLOOD CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

arterial pump will not run. With the arterial pump cover closed, the Hall sensor device reads magnetic flux of
the magnet in the door and will allow the blood pump to run.
The Arterial Cover Position sensor is connected to the board which detects the Magnets of the Pump
Rotor. The signals are then transferred to the Blood Pump Board and then to the motherboard.
The system generates a “BLOOD PUMP COVER OPEN #8” alarm message whenever the cover is
open. If the cover is OPEN while the blood pump is running the pump will stop and all blood pump controls
will be disabled. The cover must be closed to re-enable pump functions.
The status of the Arterial Pump Cover signal can be seen on the Service Screen Pages indicating when
the arterial pump cover is sensed open or closed. The voltage output of the Hall sensor is approximately 5
volts when the cover is open and approximately 0 volts when the cover is closed.

3.6 Arterial Pump rotor with crank


The Arterial Pump rotor is a spring-loaded dual-roller assembly that is mounted to the shaft of the blood
pump motor. It has two hinged self-occluding roller arms that are used to press the blood pump segment
against the raceway and provide the occlusion pressure necessary to move fluid through the Blood
Cassette. The rollers are factory set at their occlusion setting.
The rotor assembly also has two magnets mounted on the back. Just above of the arterial pump motor
shaft, mounted between the motor and the front panel, there is a board which holds two hall-effect sensors
used to monitor the rotor magnets. The sensors are used to position the rollers in the horizontal position,
and also are used to verify direction control.
The protective module generates a ‘’SAFE STATE ACTIVATED’’ alarm if, during dialysis, the arterial
pump is not turning in the correct direction for the current machine operating phase.

3.7 Venous Pump


The venous pump is a peristaltic pump that pumps blood from the dialyzer to the venous line to the
patient during HD-SN treatment and HD-DNDP treatment and is used for administering substitution fluid
during HDF Post, HDF Pre and HF Pre Treatments.
The venous pump have the encoder that give feedback of the motor’s speed to the PIB board and to the
blood slave board. Due to this feedback no blood pump rate calibration is required.
The venous pump provides a cover to avoid injuries to the user when the pump rotor spins.
The rotor of the pump is removable so that the removal and the insertion of the pump segment can be
easier and without the need to push the segment in the gap between the roll of the rotor and the surface of
the stator.
A sensor detects when the cover is open and the pump is not running.
The mechanism that activates the venous pump is composed of:
• a DC motor

• a control board

• a rotor.

The 24V DC pump motor can be operated in either the forward (counter-clockwise) or reverse
(clockwise) directions. During dialysis, the pump moves in the forward direction. During prime, the pump
moves in the reverse direction.
In Volume Control mode treatments the operator sets the Venous Pump speed between 20 and 450 ml/
minute in increments of 5 ml/minute.
In Pressure Control mode treatments the operator sets the TMP and the Venous Pump speed will vary
between 0 and 450 ml/minute.
The machine will generate a “VENOUS PUMP SPEED ERROR #157” alarm if it detects that the pump is
not running when it is commanded to run.

Code SM_9033239200_03 Rev. / 3-21


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

NOTE
The Venous Pump Motor reducer is equal, compatible and interchangeable with the Arterial
Pump Motor reducer.

3.8 Venous Pump cover


The Venous Pump Cover protects the Users form the Venous Rotors when the machine is operating.
On the bottom outside corner of the Cover, there is a magnet which is attracted by another magnet
positioned behind the Front Panel. Their purpose is to hold the Cover in the close position.
On the Cover, there is another magnet that is detected by a Hall sensor positioned directly behind the
Front Panel. This sensor will immediately inform the operator if the cover is not securely closed and the
venous pump will not run. With the venous pump cover closed, the Hall sensor device reads magnetic flux
of the magnet in the door and will allow the venous pump to run.
The Venous Cover Position sensor is connected to the board which detects the Magnets of the Pump
Rotor. The signals are then transferred to the Blood Pump Board and then to the motherboard.
The system generates a “VENOUS PUMP COVER IS OPEN #149” alarm message whenever the cover
is open. If the cover is OPEN while the blood pump is running the pump will stop and all blood pump
controls will be disabled. The cover must be closed to re-enable pump functions.
The status of the Venous Pump Cover signal can be seen on the Service Screen Pages indicating when
the blood pump cover is sensed open or closed. The voltage output of the Hall sensor is approximately 5
volts when the cover is open and approximately 0 volts when the cover is closed.

3.9 Venous Pump rotor with crank


The Venous Pump rotor is a spring-loaded dual-roller assembly that is mounted to the shaft of the blood
pump motor. It has two hinged self-occluding roller arms that are used to press the blood pump segment
against the raceway and provide the occlusion pressure necessary to move fluid through the Ultra
Cassette. The rollers are factory set at their occlusion setting.
The rotor assembly also has two magnets mounted on the back. Just above of the venous pump motor
shaft, mounted between the motor and the front panel, there is a board which holds two hall-effect sensors
used to monitor the rotor magnets. The sensors are used to position the rollers in the horizontal position,
and also are used to verify direction control.
The system looks at the encoder to verify operation. It will also generate this alarm
The protective module generates a ‘’SAFE STATE ACTIVATED’’ alarm if the pump rotor is locked up
because of venous pump tubing or a defective motor reducer.

NOTE
The Venous Pump Rotor is equal, compatible and interchangeable with the Arterial Pump
Rotor.

3.10 Blood Sensor


The Blood Sensor is located in the sensor bar. The Blood Sensor is an optical device composed of an
infrared transmitter LED and an infrared receiver LED and is used to detect four separate conditions:
• absence of tubing

• presence of tubing

• presence of tubing with saline

3-22 Code SM_9033239200_03 Rev. /


Chapter 3. BLOOD CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

• presence of blood in the tubing

Prior to blood detection by the Blood Sensor, certain alarms are in an automatic software pause
condition such as:
• Air and Bubble detection

• Venous pressure (not the maximum pressure level)

• Alarms that are triggered during treatment

Once blood has been detected, the Protective system is put into full activity assuming that there is a
patient connected to the machine. During normal operation, as long as the machine is in the dialysis
treatment, and blood was sensed, the Blood Sensor essentially is turned off indicating that there is blood
for the remainder of the treatment.

3.11 Air Detector


The air detector located also in the sensor bar.
The air detector, monitored by the protective module, is an ultrasonic air bubble detector that senses air
in the blood or saline. It can detect if there is a bubble that is 20 microlitres or larger. If a bubble of this size
passes between the transmitter and receiver, the receiver signal will drop due to the bubble absorbing a
portion of the signal which results in an “AIR IN VENOUS LINE #4” alarm. When the blood pump is on and
air is detected, the blood pump stops and the venous line clamp immediately closes. This prevents any air
being returned to the patient.
The Ultrasonic Transmitter and the Ultrasonic Receiver are located in the sensor bar and the PIB Board
has the purpose to manage the signals to and from the Air Detector sensor.
A signal of 2.45 MHz, 15 volt peak to peak, provides the power to drive the transmitter ultrasonic
transducer.
The signal from the receiver transducer is amplified by the receiver amplifier. The signal is then
converted into a dc voltage and then filtered.
Automatic gain control (AGC) is used to maintain a constant average ultrasonic signal level by providing
feedback to the transducer drive circuitry. If the signal from the receiver transducer is less than the
reference voltage, the output of the AGC increases. If the receiver signal voltage is greater than the
reference voltage, the AGC circuit output decreases. The automatic gain control though must not be so fast
to mask the output of the circuit when a bubble passes through the transducer. For this reason a very slow
low pass filter is in place so that it is possible to detect the changes in signal due to a bubble passage.
There is a threshold that the receiver signal is checked against. When this threshold is reached, an air
bubble of 20 microlitres in size or larger is detected.
The Air Detector sensitivity is pre-calibrated and it does not require any further calibration.
The Air Detector must continuously detect fluid in the tubing during the treatment or after blood has
been detected otherwise the system generates an alarm ‘’AIR IN VENOUS LINE #4’’, stops the blood
pump, and clamps the venous patient line.
Once the alarm has been triggered, the air detector condition needs to be cleared to continue.

3.12 Line presence sensors


The line presence sensor switches are optical switches located in the sensor bar that detect the
presence of the venous and arterial patient lines.

Code SM_9033239200_03 Rev. / 3-23


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

3.13 Hemoscan sensor


The hemoscan sensor is an optical device located in the sensor bar.

3.14 Venous line clamp


The Venous line clamp Is located between the sensors bar and the end of the venous patient line where
the needle is connected. Its primary purpose is to prevent unsafe blood from flowing to the patient if an
alarm condition exists. When the venous line clamp is closed the blood pump is stopped and there will be
no flow through the blood lines.
The venous line clamp closes during the following conditions:
• Air is detected in the venous patient line

• Blood is detected in the dialysis fluid

• Power to the machine is lost

• Venous pressure alarm occurs

The voltage to the clamp driver circuit is 0 Vdc when the machine is in an alarm mode and about +24
Vdc when it is safe to move blood to and from the patient. If power fails, the venous line clamp is closed by
the high-force expansion spring. A signal from an optical sensor in the clamp assembly indicates whether
the clamp is open or closed. This signal is monitored by both the Blood Slave control and the Protective
system.

3.15 Arterial line clamp


The arterial line clamp is an occlusive clamp similar to the venous line clamp. Is located between the
sensors bar and the end of the arterial patient line. Closes the arterial patient line during some self-tests,
and when power is off.
The arterial line clamp is used for single needle dialysis.
When operated in a single needle procedure the venous line clamp is closed during the arterial phase.
This prevents blood from returning to the patient or from being shunted back into the arterial blood line.
During the arterial phase, the arterial line clamp is open to draw blood into arterial chamber. During the
venous phase the clamps reverse, and the venous line opens, allowing blood to return to the patient.

3.16 Infusion Clamp


The infusion clamp is an occlusive clamp similar to the venous and arterial line clamps.
Is located between the ultra prime filter and the end of the ultra connector in OL HD-DN, OL HD-DNDP
and OL HD-SN treatments and between the Ultrafilter and the end of the ultra connector in HDF/HF
treatments.
Automatic closure is applied when required by an alarm as part of a specific safety state.
The infusion clamp is used in OL HD-DN, OL HD-DNDP and OL HD-SN treatments when using the
ULTRA Prime feature. Is always closed except during Priming, Bolus and Rinseback.

3.17 Heparin Pump


The heparin pump is used to infuse heparin into the blood circuit just before the blood enters the dialyzer
to prevent coagulation or clotting of the blood during the dialysis process. The heparin pump will begin to
infuse heparin as soon as blood has been detected or after 30 ml of blood have been accumulated since
Patient Connection start, whichever condition comes first.
The syringe plunger lock holds the syringe plunger and the heparin syringe plunger is driven upwards by
the heparin pump stepper motor and worm gear mechanism, to push heparin into the blood circuit at the
specified rate. The stepper motor will move the plunger down until it reaches the end of its travel to allow
heparin syringe installation.

3-24 Code SM_9033239200_03 Rev. /


Chapter 3. BLOOD CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

There are three optical sensors in the Heparin pump assembly that monitor the following:
• heparin syringe end-of-travel (upper side)

• heparin syringe end-of-travel (lower side)

• heparin pump motor encoder.

Heparin syringe end-of-travel (upper side): the motor continues to push on the plunger until a spring
loaded plate interrupts the end of travel infrared optical signal. When the processor detects the end-of-
travel the pump motor is stopped. The system will generate an “HEPARIN PUMP OVERLOAD #55” when
the end of travel limit is detected.
The voltage across the optical sensor output on the P2 connector pin 1 with respect to pin 9 (heparin
board) is about 5 Vdc during normal operation and about +0 Vdc when the end-of -travel limit has been
reached. The signal is monitored by the blood slave control.
Heparin syringe end-of-travel (lower side): the heparin pump optical switch is used to stop the motor
when the operator has OPEN the pump carriage to the maximum distance. The voltage across the optical
sensor output on the P2 connector pin 2 with respect to pin 10 (heparin board) is about 5 Vdc during normal
operation and about +0 Vdc when the maximum distance the carriage can be OPEN has been reached.
There are no alarms associated with this optical sensor.
The heparin pump encoder sends a signal to the Blood slave board relating to the speed of the heparin
motor. The voltage across the optical sensor output on the P2 connector pin 11 with respect to pin 12
(heparin board) is toggle between about 5 Vdc and about +0 Vdc when the heparin pump is running.

Code SM_9033239200_03 Rev. / 3-25


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

3.18 Additional Blood Circuit Information


3.18.1 Hard Key Panel
Panel located under the Touch Screen whose keys are used to control the machine/ blood pump
functions and to mute the alarms.

The buttons on this panel include the folowing:

Blood Pump ON/OFF Key: used to manually start/stop the


Blood Pumps.
This key is not available until the “Connect Patient” action
button is pressed and confirmed.

Blood Flow Increase Key: used to manually increase the


Blood Pump speed:
• If it is pressed with a single press the speed increases of 10 ml/min;
• If it is pressed continuously the pump speed increases continuously.
The Blood Flow Increase Key is not available until the
"Connect patient" button is pressed and confirmed.

or

Blood Flow Decrease Key: used to manually decrease the


Blood Pump speed:
• If it is pressed with a single press the speed decreases of 10 ml/
min;
• If it is pressed continuously the pump speed decreases
continuously.
The Blood Flow Decrease Key is not available until the
or "Connect patient" button is pressed and confirmed.

3-26 Code SM_9033239200_03 Rev. /


Chapter 3. BLOOD CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

3.19 Blood Pressure Monitor (BPM)


3.19.1 General
The Blood Pressure Monitor (BPM) is intended to be used during a dialysis treatment, to measure
arterial blood pressure, using an inflatable pressure cuff.
The BPM measure alone is not intended to be a diagnostic source: the information originating
from the BPM CAN NOT be used as a unique source of information to induce any therapeutic or
pharmacological actions.
The BPM connects to the Blood Slave board through a RS232 serial port. A port on the rear panel
connects to the patient blood pressure cuff.
The BPM circuit board is located in the Connectivity Panel on the rear side of the machine.

ETHERNET

3 3
USB 4 2
1 1
max 24V 1A max 24V 1A

BPM

The BPM can trigger an alarm if the device fails taking a measurement or the measurement values are
outside a range preset by the operator. The alarm will not interfere in any case with the ongoing treatment.
To accomplish the measurement, the BPM uses the Oscilometric method.

3.19.2 Oscilometric Blood Pressure Measurement Method


The BPM uses a blood pressure cuff to apply pressure to the artery.
The arterial pressure pulses are coupled in the cuff and result in pulses (oscillations) modulating the cuff
pressure. The maximum amplitude of these oscillometric pulses occurs at mean blood pressure.
The BPM plots the amplitude of the oscillometric pulses against the cuff pressure and then interpolates
the systolic and diastolic blood pressures from the plot.

3.19.3 Accuracy
Blood pressure (systolic and diastolic) accuracy:
1. Maximum mean error of measurement: ± 5 mmHg
2. Maximum standard deviation of error: 8 mmHg
The BPM was clinically investigated according to:
• ANSI/AAMI standard SP10
not applicable to Artis Dialysis System in Physio II configuration
• EN 1060-3/4
• ISO 81060-2:2013
applicable only to Artis Dialysis System in Physio II configuration

Code SM_9033239200_03 Rev. / 3-27


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

3.19.4 Measurement ranges


The following measurement ranges are applied:

HDBPM NiBPM
• Systolic: +60 to +255 mmHg • Systolic: +40 to +260 mmHg
• Diastolic: +30 to +195 mmHg • Diastolic: +20 to +200 mmHg
• Pulse rate: 30 to 200 beats per minute • Pulse rate: 30 to 220 beats per minute

3.19.5 Cycle time


The typical measurement cycle time is approximately 35 s.
Anyway, the maximum cycle time will not be greater than 160 s.
3.19.6 Zero setting
The BPM is able to automatically set the pressure transducer channel to zero, at appropriate intervals at
last staring after switching on the BPM system.
3.19.7 Composition
HDBPM
The inflation bags and the tube in the BPM cuff are made of a latex-free material.
The external materials of the inflation bags that are in contact with the patient are made of Dupont
Dacron Polyester with the hook and loop closures made of Dupont Nylon.
These materials have been tested by NAMSA (North American Science Associates) and are in
compliance with bio-compatibility standards for irritation and skin sensitivity.
NiBPM
The cuff bladder and the cuff shell are made of nylon. The cuff hose is made of silicon.
All cuffs are latex and PVC free and have been tested for bio-compatibility.
3.19.8 Cuff cleaning
HDBPM
Small soiled or stained areas may be cleaned by gentle scrubbing with a sponge or cloth soaked in mild
soap or water solution.
NiBPM
The cuff may be cleaned with a mild disinfectant spray, rinsed with distilled water, and line dry. Ensure
that no liquid enters the bladder tubing.
Or:
Remove bladder to machine wash the cuff shell. Machine wash warm with a mild detergent (50 - 130 °F,
10 - 54 °C) and line dry.

3.19.9 Cuff pressure


The maximum cuff pressure is 300 mmHg.
An adult cuff will inflate from 50 to 250 mmHg in a maximum time of 10 s (at sea level, with a cuff for 24/
32 cm arm circumference of 120 ml volume).
In the event of a total or partial power failure, the cuff automatically deflates to less than 15 mmHg within 30 s.

3-28 Code SM_9033239200_03 Rev. /


Chapter 3. BLOOD CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

! WARNING
Only use the BPM on adult and children patients with a body weight greater than 25 Kg, using
a Blood Pressure Cuff of the appropriate size. The BPM must not be used with neonatal and
pregnant patients (including pre-eclamptic).

3.19.10 Cuff Selection


The cuff and the cuff hose are available in different sizes that can be ordered from your Gambro
representative.
For the Cuff sizes and for more information about the BPM see the related chapter in the Artis
Operator’s Manual.

Code SM_9033239200_03 Rev. / 3-29


This page is left intentionally blank

3-30 Code SM_9033239200_03 Rev. /


Chapter 4. ELECTRONIC DESCRIPTION

Chapter 4. ELECTRONIC DESCRIPTION


The Artis Dialysis System has five main circuit boards located in a card cage connected to the mother
board. They are the Main, Hydraulic slave, Blood slave, Bio slave and Protective slave boards.
Communication between the Main board and the slave boards is through a Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI)
bus connected to the card cage back plane (Mother board). Several smaller boards are located elsewhere
in the machine. Machine components and sensors connect to and from the slave boards using point to
point connections that attach to the Mother board. Figure 4-1 shows the system architecture.
Main Board
(PC 104 + Carrier boards) Control
Hydraulic Board
Blood Board

Protective Board Protection

Bioslave Board Biosensors

Figure 4-1. System Architecture

4.1 Main Board


The Main board assembly includes two boards: a PC 104 and a Carrier board.
The Artis Dialysis System is compatible with two types of PC 104 boards:
• 6987838 PENTIUM BOARD AE (identified by a label reporting the code PCM9371).
This board is a PC/104 CELERON based single board computer with SVGA/LCD interface, Ethernet
and USB interfaces. The CELERON Board is a 3.5" form factor compatible industrial computer with
an embedded CELERON ULV (Ultra Low Voltage) 400 MHz processor. The board is equipped with a
256 MB SODDIM 144-pin SDRAM and a 256 MB Compact Flash. Other features include two RS232
serial ports and a PS/2 keyboard interface. The PC104 board is plugged onto the "Carrier board"
(double Euro card size).

• 6997167 PENTIUM BOARD PCM9375 AE (identified by a label reporting the code PCM9375).
This PC 104 board is compatible with the machine starting from the SW 8.06.10.
This board is a PC/104 AMD based single board computer with SVGA/LCD interface, Ethernet and
USB interfaces. The AMD Board is a 3.5" form factor compatible industrial computer with an embed-
ded GeodeTM LX800, 500 MHz processor. The board is equipped with a 256 MB or 512 MB SODDIM
200-pin Double Data Rate SDRAM and a 256 MB or 512 MB Compact Flash. Other features include
two RS232 serial ports and a PS/2 keyboard interface. The PC104 board is plugged onto the "Carrier
board" (double Euro card size).

To identify the PC 104 board currently in use by the machine, refer to the paragraph “9.5.2.1 Vismode
HEXADEC”, section “Main OS Conf and Main LD Conf” of this Service Manual.
The Artis Dialysis System is compatible with two types of Carrier boards:
• Carrier board code number 9032299300: includes a CPU 68HC11 like channel processor for the SPI
connection to the slave boards, two RS232 serial communication ports and the PCMCIA controller for

Code SM_9033239200_04 Rev. / 4-1


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

an optional memory card to be inserted into a PCMCIA docking device. The PCMCIA interfaces with
the PC104 expansion bus.

• Carrier board code number 9032415400, 9032415401 or 9032993100: includes a CPU 68HC11 like
channel processor for the SPI connection to the slave boards and two RS232 serial communication
ports.

On the PC104 board, only one serial port is used by the LCD touch screen controller while the other is
available for future use. The PS/2 keyboard interface on the PC104 board is used by the user interface
keyboard buttons located below the LCD display. The LCD and the PC104 board are directly connected by
a LVDS channel; the LCD is powered directly by the PC104 board.
Tables 4.1 and 4.2 show the Main slave board Mother board connections.

4.1.1 Flash Memory


On the PC board, program and data are stored in a industrial 256 MB Compact Flash or 512 MB
Compact Flash (only for PCM9375). Compact Flash memory re-programming is possible only through the
USB port on the back panel of the machine.

4.1.2 Liquid Crystal Display and Touch Screen


A 15 inch (31 cm) TFT-LCD and Touch Screen are used for the operator interface. The module contains
driver IC's, control circuits and the back-lighting power supply. It uses 18 bit data signals (6bit/color), four
timing signals, and 3.3 Vdc supply voltage. Color Graphics and text can be displayed on the 1024 x 768
pixel panel. The display has a wide viewing angle.
A touch screen controller board is mounted on the rear of the LCD module and is used to convert the
five-wire resistive X-Y coordinate analog touch inputs to serial RS232 levels. The touch screen controller
output is connected to the COM1 port on the PC board.
The touch screen glass panel has a coating of uniform resistivity and is formed to fit the shape of the
LCD display. A polyester cover sheet is tightly suspended over the top of the glass, separated from it by
small, transparent insulating dots. The cover sheet has a hard durable coating on the outer side and a
conductive coating on the inner side. With a light touch, the conductive coating makes electrical contact
with the coating on the glass. An audio circuit provides tactile feedback whenever the screen is touched.
The controller circuit applies a voltage gradient across the resistive surface of the glass. The voltages at
the point of contact are the analog representation of the position touched and will be between 0 and 5 vdc.
The controller digitizes these voltages and sends them to the PC board for processing.

4.1.3 Card Reader


The contactless Card Reader allows transferring and downloading the patient prescription data into the
machine by flipping the Patient Card in front of the contactless reader; it is connected to the Carrier board
via a TTL serial bus.

4-2 Code SM_9033239200_04 Rev. /


Chapter 4. ELECTRONIC DESCRIPTION

4.1.4 USB port


USB port allows to connect detachable memory to the machine, USB key can be used to store
information related to calibration data, help screen advice, technical information or for software updates. It
is connected to the PC board.

NOTE
After the software update is complete switch the machine OFF and then ON again before
proceeding with a new dialysis treatment. (For more information see the paragraph “1.4 Software
Download procedure” of this service manual.)

4.1.5 RS232 board


It is connected to the PC board bus and is used for communication with the external device.

4.1.6 Smart Keyboard board assy


It is used as the interface between the hardkey keyboard located on the front panal below the
touchscreen and the PC board.

4.1.7 Ethernet connection


The Ethernet connection can be used for data collection system communications with Exalis, Foxalis
software packages, for service purposes like black box data downloading or for a connection to a LAN.
The Ethernet connection also allows external software applications to acquire clinical information from
the Artis Dialysis System according to the Health Level 7 standard, version 2.5, encoded in XML syntax.
To activate/deactivate the HL7 communication channel, enable/disable the “Backend conn.” in the
“Installed Features” list of the Service 2 menu, as described in the Preset Service Manual.
The Ethernet connector is mounted on the rear panel and is connected to the PC board.

NOTE
The Artis Dialysis System has the following configuration:
• 100 Mbps,

• Autonegotiation enabled.

When connecting an external device to the machine through the Ethernet connection, ensure that its
configuration is not in conflict with the Artis Dialysis System configuration above listed to avoid
network failures.

4.1.7.1 Ethernet switch board


It allows the machine to be connected to external device or to a LAN by a cable communication protocol.

4.1.8 BPM module


The Blood Pressure Monitor (BPM) connects to the Blood slave board through an RS232 serial port. A
port on the rear Connectivity Panel of the Artis Dialysis System connects to the patient blood pressure cuff.

Code SM_9033239200_04 Rev. / 4-3


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Table 4.1: J02 - P1 Connector for Main Board


Pin
Row Signal Name Description Type
Number
1 A 0VD Digital Power Supply Power Supply
B
C
9 A +5VD +5V Digital Power Supply Power Supply
B
C
10 A +5VD +5V Digital Power Supply Power Supply
B
C
11 A 0VD 0V Digital Power Supply Power Supply
B
C
12 A +5VD +5V Digital Power Supply Power Supply
B
C
13 A +5VD +5V Digital Power Supply Power Supply
13 C TXD5VM SER. 1 TTL Main Logic TTL
14 C RXD5VM SER. 1 TTL Main Logic TTL
15 C CTS5VM SER. 1 TTL Main Logic TTL
16 A 0VD 0V Digital Power Supply Power Supply
16 C RTS5VM SER. 1 TTL Main Logic TTL
17 A AUDIO OUT R+ Right Channel Out from PC104 pcb Audio Signal Analog
17 C ALMLEDR Red Alarm Led Open Collector
18 A AUDIO OUT L+ Left Channel Out from PC104 pcb Audio Signal Analog
19 A AUDIO OUT L/R- Audio Signal Out from PC104 pcb Reference Analog
19 C ALMLEDY Yellow Alarm Led Open Collector
20 A AUDIO IN L/R- Audio Signal IN to PC104 pcb Reference Analog
20 C SRESET SYSTEM RESET SIGNAL Logic TTL
21 A AUDIO IN R+ Rigth Channel IN to PC104 pcb Audio signal Analog
21 C PWFAIL Power Fail Signal Logic TTL
22 A AUDIO IN L+ Left Channel IN to PC104 pcb Audio signal Analog
23 A 0VD 0V Digital Power Supply Power Supply
B
C
24 A MIC+ Microphone signal IN to PC104 pcb Analog
24 B RI COM1 COM1 PC104 pcb Logic TTL
25 A MIC- Reference Signal Microphone Analog
25 B DTR COM1 COM1 PC104 pcb Logic TTL
26 B CTS COM1 COM1 PC104 pcb Logic TTL
27 B TXD COM1 COM1 PC104 pcb Logic TTL
27 C ATX_STB Ps. On Signal On Pc104 Reset Logic TTL
28 A MISO SPI Master IN Slave OUT Logic TTL

4-4 Code SM_9033239200_04 Rev. /


Chapter 4. ELECTRONIC DESCRIPTION

Table 4.1: J02 - P1 Connector for Main Board


Pin
Row Signal Name Description Type
Number
28 B RTS COM1 COM1 PC104 pcb Logic TTL
28 C MOSI SPI Master OUT Slave IN Logic TTL
29 A SCK SPI Clock Logic TTL
29 B RXD COM1 COM1 PC104 pcb Logic TTL
29 C SS0 SPI Slave 0 Select Logic TTL
30 A SS1 SPI Slave 1 Select Logic TTL
30 B DSR COM1 COM1 PC104 pcb Logic TTL
30 C SS2 SPI Slave 2 Select Logic TTL
31 A SS3 SPI Slave 3 Select Logic TTL
31 B DCD COM1 COM1 PC104 pcb Logic TTL
32 A 0VD 0V Digital Power Supply Power Supply
B
C

Table 4.2: J01 - P2 Connector for Main Board


Pin
Row Signal Name Description Type
Number
1 A 0VD 0V Digital Power Supply Power Supply
B
C
2 A DCD3 SER 3 Logic TTL
3 A RX3 SER 3 Logic TTL
3 C RTS3 SER 3 Logic TTL
4 A TX3 SER 3 Logic TTL
5 A DTR3 SER 3 Logic TTL
5 C DSR3 SER 3 Logic TTL
6 C CTS3 SER 3 Logic TTL
7 C RI3 SER 3 Logic TTL
10 A 0VD 0V Digital Power Supply Power Supply
B
C
11 A DCD4 SER 4 Logic TTL
11 C DSR4 SER 4 Logic TTL
12 A RX4 SER 4 Logic TTL
12 C RTS4 SER 4 Logic TTL
13 A TX4 SER 4 Logic TTL
13 C CTS4 SER 4 Logic TTL
14 C DTR4 SER 4 Logic TTL
15 A RI4 SER 4 Logic TTL
15 C UPS_ON Active Battery Backup Logic TTL

Code SM_9033239200_04 Rev. / 4-5


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Table 4.2: J01 - P2 Connector for Main Board


Pin
Row Signal Name Description Type
Number
19 A 0VD 0V Digital Power Supply Power Supply
B
C
20 A 0VD 0V Digital Power Supply Power Supply
B
C
21 C +5VSB +5Volt Power from Hour Meter pcb Power Supply
22 C PS.ON Wake Up On Lan Signal Logic TTL
23 B RI COM2 5COM2 PC104 pcb Logic TTL
24 B DTR COM2 5COM2 PC104 pcb Logic TTL
25 A +5VUSBA +5V USB Driven Channel “A” Power Supply
25 B CTS COM2 COM2 PC104 pcb Logic TTL
26 A DA+ USB Channel “A” High Signal Frequency
26 B TXD COM2 COM2 PC104 pcb Logic TTL
26 C RESH Digital Potentiometer Brightness Display High Analog
Side
27 A DA- USB Channel “A” Low Signal Frequency
27 B RTS COM2 COM2 PC104 pcb Logic TTL
27 C RESW Digital Potentiometer Brightness Display Wipe Analog
Side
28 A +5VUSBB +5V USB Driven Channel “B” Power Supply
28 B RXD COM2 COM2 PC104 pcb Logic TTL
28 C RESL Digital Potentiometer Brightness Display Low Analog
Side
29 A DB+ USB Channel “B” High Signal Frequency
29 B DSR COM2 COM2 PC104 pcb Logic TTL
30 A DB- USB Channel “B” Low Signal Frequency
30 B DCD COM2 COM2 PC104 pcb Logic TTL
30 C DISPOFF Display OFF Logic TTL
31 A 0VD 0V Digital Power Supply Power Supply
B
C
32 A 0VD 0V Digital Power Supply Power Supply
B
C

4-6 Code SM_9033239200_04 Rev. /


Chapter 4. ELECTRONIC DESCRIPTION

4.2 Control/Protective Systems


Each of the four slave boards uses a control system for the functions related to that board. A Protective
slave system is connected with the Hydraulic slave, Bio slave and Blood slave boards and provides
redundancy and overall control of the safety systems. In general, each slave uses its control system to
drive components, for example motors and valves, while the Protective system monitors or controls some
of those same components as well as other sensors and switches. The Protective system also controls
certain components that directly affect patient safety such as the 24V relay, venous line clamp, alarm
lamps, and audio alarms. The Protective system also initiates and controls the T1 Test each time the
machine is turned on.

4.2.1 SPI Communication Bus


The Main board acts as the master controller for communicating through the SPI bus with the four slave
boards using a dual port RAM and 68HC11 processor on the Main board as the communications processor.
Each of the four slave boards have a processor acting as a slave to the master controller. All signals
between a slave board and the Main board, whether digital or analog signals, are exchanged through the
SPI bus. Figure 4-2 shows the system block diagram.

Code SM_9033239200_04 Rev. / 4-7


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Figure 4-2. System Block Diagram

* (only if pH probe is installed on the Artis Dialysis System)


** (only if the RS232 Accessory is installed on the Artis Dialysis System)

4-8 Code SM_9033239200_04 Rev. /


Chapter 4. ELECTRONIC DESCRIPTION

4.3 Blood Slave Board


This board is responsible for blood module functions. Figure 4-3 shows the components that connect to
the Blood slave board. Tables 4.3 and 4.4 show the Blood slave board Mother board connections.

4.3.1 SPI Communication Bus


The Main board acts as the master controller for communicating through the SPI bus with the Blood
slave board using a dual port RAM and 68HC11 processor on the Main board as the communications
processor. Another 68HC11 processor on the Blood slave board acts as a slave to the master controller. All
signals between the slave board and the Main board, whether digital or analog signals, are connected to
the SPI bus through the mother board.

4.3.2 Arterial Pump and Venous Pump


The blood pump motor (ARTPUMP and VENPUMP) is a 24 Volt DC permanent magnet brushless motor
driven from the Blood Pump Motor board located on the blood pump motor assembly. The board
interconnects with both the Blood slave and Protective slave boards. Up/down keys on the Hard Key panel
allow the operator to set the blood pump speed.
Arterial pump speed (ARTPUMP) and direction (ARTPUMPDIR) 5 volt logic commands are sent from
the Blood slave board to the blood pump driver board.
Venous pump speed (VENPUMP) and direction (VENPUMPPDIR) 5 volt logic commands are sent from
the Blood slave board to the blood pump driver board.

4.3.3 Arterial Pump Encoder and Venous Pump Encoder


A motor speed feedback signal from an optical encoder is mounted onto the blood pump motor shaft. It
gives 32 pulses per rotation of the motor shaft. The inputs (respectively AF and VENF) to the Blood slave
board is from the Blood Pump Motor board and are 5 volt pulses. The encoder pulses are also sent to the
Protective slave board.

4.3.4 Arterial and Venous Pump Cover Sensors


Opening the blood pump cover (ARTC and VENC) prevents the blood pump (ARTPUMP and
VENPUMP) from running. A Hall sensor is used to sense the blood pump cover position. A small magnet
mounted in the door is detected by the Hall sensor when the cover is closed causing the signal level to
change from about 5 Vdc (cover open) to about 0 vdc (cover closed). The input (CAP) to the Blood slave
board is 5 a volt logic signal.

4.3.5 Arterial and Venous Pump Rotors and Direction Hall Sensors
Two Hall sensors are mounted close together behind the front panel and on the pump housing AP and
VenP). They are use to sense the pump rotor position (APP and VenPP) and the direction of pump rotation
(APP2 and VenPP2). The rotor position signal is used to stop the pump rotor in a position that makes it
easy to install the blood cassette pump header. Rotor direction is determined by whether the APP (VenPP)
signal or APP2 (VenPP2) occurs first. Only the rotor position Hall sensor is connected to the Blood slave
board while both signals connect to the to the Protective slave board. These 4 signals are 5 volt logic
signals that are about 0 volts when a Hall sensor detects the rotor magnet.

4.3.6 Cassette sensors


Two small switches have been placed in the right and left sides of the cassette panel. The switches
detect whether the Blood Cassette is correctly positioned after loading or unloading or if the right type of
Cassette has been installed on the machine after the loading phase according to the treatment selected.
The switches are connected to the Blood slave board through the Main board. When the Blood Cassette
push the switches, they are closed and connect the +5 Vdc to the Blood slave.

Code SM_9033239200_04 Rev. / 4-9


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

4.3.7 Venous Line Clamp


The venous line clamp is driven by the AVI Clamps board mounted on the front panel on the venous line
clamp assembly. A clamp enable signal (VC) from the Blood slave board to the AVI Clamps board enables
the venous line clamp to open. This signal is also sent to the Venous line clamp from the Protective slave
board (The two signals are connected in wired AND mode, so if at least one of the two boards commands
the clamp closure, it will be closed).
An optical sensor on the venous line clamp assembly senses the clamp position and connects that
signal (VCP) to both the Blood slave and Protective slave boards. Both VC and VCP signals are 5 volt
logic. A switch also detects whether the venous patient line has been properly placed in the clamp holder.
The switch output (LVCS) is a 5 volt logic signal that connects to the Protective slave board.

4.3.8 Arterial Line Clamp


The arterial line clamp is driven by the AVI Clamps board mounted on the front panel on the arterial line
clamp assembly. A clamp enable signal (AC) from the Blood slave board to the AVI Clamps board enables
the arterial line clamp to open. This signal is also sent to the Arterial line clamp from the Protective slave
board (The two signals are connected in wired AND mode, so if at least one of the two boards commands
the clamp closure, it will be closed).
An optical sensor on the arterial line clamp assembly senses the clamp position and connects that
signal (ACP) to both the Blood slave and Protective slave boards. Both AC and ACP signals are 5 volt
logic. A switch also detects whether the arterial patient line has been properly placed in the clamp holder.
The switch output (LACS) is a 5 volt logic signal that connects to the Protective slave board.

4.3.9 Infusion Clamp


The infusion clamp is driven by the AVI Clamps board mounted on the front panel on the Infusion clamp
assembly. A clamp enable signal (PINCHRLY) from the Blood slave board to the AVI Clamps board enables
the Infusion clamp to open. This signal is also sent to the Infusion Clamp from the Protective slave board
(The two signals are connected in wired AND mode, so if at least one of the two boards commands the
clamp closure, it will be closed).
An optical sensor on the Infusion clamp assembly senses the clamp position and connects that signal
(SW1PINCH) to both the Blood slave and Protective slave boards. Both PINCHRLY and SW1PINCH
signals are 5 volt logic. A switch also detects whether the Ultra connector has been properly placed in the
clamp holder. The switch output (SW2PINCH) is a 5 volt logic signal that connects to the Protective slave
board.

4.3.10 Arterial, Venous and SN Pressure Transducers


The arterial, venous and SN pressure transducers are four-wire strain gauge transducers with 5 Vdc
excitation. The transducer outputs are connected to the PIB board. Two signals connect the differential
analog voltages (ABP- and ABP+ for arterial pressure; VBP- and VBP+ for venous pressure; SystP- and
SystP+ for SN pressure) from the PIB board to the Blood slave and Protective slave boards. Hydraulic
Venous and SN pressure values are used by the algorithm that calculates the dialyzer transmembrane
pressure (TMP).

4.3.11 Heparin Pump


The heparin pump motor is a 24 volt four-phase stepper motor. Motor control and drive circuitry are
located on a front panel circuit board that is mounted to the heparin motor assembly. The increase/
decrease switches of the heparin panel are used by the operator to position the heparin syringe. Speed
control (HEP) and direction (DHEP) are 5 volt logic signals from the Blood slave board to the Heparin Driver
board. An LED on the heparin panel is controlled by a 5 volt logic signal (LEDH) from the Blood slave board
and is lit when the heparin pump is turned on.

4.3.12 Heparin Pump Encoder


An optical encoder mounted to the motor shaft provides feedback pulses to monitor the heparin delivery
rate. The input (FHEP) to the Blood slave board from the Heparin Driver board is 5 volt pulses. The

4-10 Code SM_9033239200_04 Rev. /


Chapter 4. ELECTRONIC DESCRIPTION

encoder pulses are also sent to the Protective slave board but not used at this time.

4.3.13 Heparin Pump Limit Switches


Two optical switches are used to detect extreme heparin travel. The low limit switch (LOWL) is acquired
from Blood slave and it stops the heparin motor while the upper limit switch (OVL) causes the blood slave to
stop the motor and activates an alarm that the heparin syringe is empty. This could be due to over pressure
inside the heparin syringe or a mechanical problem. Both signals are 5 volt logic inputs to the Blood slave
board.

4.3.14 Blood Pressure Monitor (BPM)


The Blood Pressure Monitor circuit board is on the rear Connectivity panel. An RS232 serial connection
(RXD232B/TXD232B) is used for communication between the Blood Pressure Monitor board and the Blood
slave board. BPM control is through the Touch Screen or control panel.
Artis Dialysis System is compatible with two types of BPM board assy:
• HDBPM board assy

• NiBPM board assy

The installation on the Artis Dialysis System of these 2 types of BPM boards assy generates two
different calibration behaviours:
If on the Artis Dialysis System, HDBPM board assy is installed, BOTH “BPM Pressure Sensor” and
“BPM Safety Switch” calibration procedures must be performed (for more information see the paragraph
“7.4 Calibration Procedures” of this service manual).
• If on the Artis Dialysis System, NiBPM board assy is installed, ONLY “BPM Pressure Sensor” calibra-
tion procedure must be performed. In this case the “BPM SAFETY SWITCH” button from the CALIB
HOME screen becomes unavailable (for more information see the paragraph “7.4 Calibration Proce-
dures”“of this service manual).

4.3.15 Cassette loader assy


Include travel limit switches to detect extrem loader travel, a 3 electrovalves unit allowing the loading/
unloading of the 3 types of cassettes (EVDR, EVDN, EVSN) and a air compressor controlled by the Blood
slave board which are fixed on the Cassette loader panel.

4.3.15.1 Compressor
It compress air, flowing either through EVDR or EVDN or EVSN, used to make move the cassette
loading hooks so as to load/unload the Blood Cassette. It is controlled by the Blood slave board and fixed
on the rear of the Cassette panel.

4.3.16 Sensor bar assy


Sub assembly fixed on the front panel including the different devices and sensors:

4.3.16.1 Air detector assy


Include ultrasonic air detector, optical Blood Sensor, venous line presence sensor.

4.3.16.2 Hemoscan assy


Include Hemoscan Sensor - optical device sensor, arterial line presence sensor.
The Hemoscan system is based on the measurement of the variation of the blood Hemoglobin
concentration (Hgb) during the dialysis treatment. The methodology used for the measurement of the
hemoglobin concentration is based on the evaluation of the optical absorbance of the blood that flows into
the arterial line.
The optical sensor (composed by one transmitter led (TX) and one receiver photodiode (RX) is directly
clipped on the blood line, which output signal is acquired and handled by the HDF Post Treatment or
BIOSLAVE software in order to compute the Hgb value.

Code SM_9033239200_04 Rev. / 4-11


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

4.3.16.3 Ultra port


The Ultra port is used in HD and HDF/HF Treatments. This port allows the passage of on-line prepared
substitution and infusion fluid into the Ultra line. In HDF/HF Treatments, it can deliver fluid used as
substitution fluid either in Pre or Post dilution.

4.3.16.4 Sensor Bar Door and Ultra Door Sensors


There are two doors to secure the blood lines in place, one for the Hemoscan and AD assemblies; one
door only for the Ultra Port. The Hall effect sensors are located inside the sensor bar door Ultra door. The
output is 5 volt pulse which is connected to the Blood slave board.
Figure 4-3. Blood Module

(Not currently available)

Table 4.3: J10 - P1 Connector for Blood Slave Board


Pin Signal
Row Description Type
Number Name
1 A 0VA 0v Analog Power Supply Power supply
B
C
2 A VrefB Blood Pressure Sensor Vref Reference
B
C
3 A ABP- Arterial Blood Pressure Sensor - Analog
3 C ABP+ Arterial Blood Pressure Sensor + Analog
4 A VBP- Venous Blood Pressure Sensor - Analog
4 C VBP+ Venous Blood Pressure Sensor + Analog
6 A SP- / /
6 C SP+ / /
7 C PDP Prefilter single ended pressure sensor Analog
8 A PPA Arterial Pump/ Keyboard signal Analog
8 C Vref0B Blood Pressure Sensors 0Vref Reference
9 A 0VA 0v Analog Power Supply Power Supply
B
C
10 A -15V -15V Analog Power Supply Power Supply
B
C
11 A +15V +15V Analog Power Supply Power Supply
B
C
12 A RXD232B BPM RX RS232 Logic TTL
12 C TXD232B BPM TX RS232 Logic TTL
14 A +5VD Power Supply +5V Digital Power Supply
B
C
15 A +5VD Power Supply +5V Digital Power Supply
16 A APLOCK Arterial Pump Lock Logic TTL
16 C DHEP Direction Heparin Control Logic TTL

4-12 Code SM_9033239200_04 Rev. /


Chapter 4. ELECTRONIC DESCRIPTION

Table 4.3: J10 - P1 Connector for Blood Slave Board


Pin Signal
Row Description Type
Number Name
17 A VPLOCK Venous Pump Lock Logic TTL
17 C LEDH Heparin Run Led Logic TTL
19 A VPBLOOD Venous Pump Speed Control From Blood Frequency
19 C HEP Heparin Speed Control Frequency
20 C AP Speed Control Arterial Pump Frequency
21 B SW3PINCH / /
25 A AF Arterial Pump Encoder Frequency
25 C VF Venous Pump Encoder Frequency
26 A 0VD 0V Digital Power Supply Power Supply
B
C
27 A PWFAIL Power Fail Signal Logic TTL
27 C SRESET System Reset Signal Logic TTL
28 A MISO SPI Master IN Slave OUT Logic TTL
28 C MOSI SPI Master OUT Slave IN Logic TTL
29 A SCK SPI Clock Logic TTL
29 C SS0 SPI Slave Select 0 Logic TTL
30 A SS1 SPI Slave Select 1 Logic TTL
30 C SS2 SPI Slave Select 2 Logic TTL
31 A SS3 SPI Slave Select 3 Logic TTL
32 A 0VD 0V Digital Power Supply Power Supply
B
C

Table 4.4: J09 - P2 Connector for Blood Slave Board


Pin
Row Signal Name Description Type
Number
1 A 0VD 0V Digital Power Supply Power Supply
B
C
2 A APDIR Arterial Pump Direction Logic TTL
2 C DFHEP Heparin Direction Logic TTL
3 C FHEP Heparin Pump Encoder Frequency
5 C SWDNCASS DN Cassette Position Sensor Logic TTL
6 C APP Arterial Pump Position 1 Logic TTL
7 C VPP Venous Pump Position 1 Logic TTL
8 C ACP Arterial Line Clamp Position Logic TTL
9 C VCP Venous Line Clamp Position Logic TTL
10 C LOWL Heparin Low Course End Logic TTL
11 B I2C-SDAB I2C Data Signal Blood PCB Logic TTL

Code SM_9033239200_04 Rev. / 4-13


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Table 4.4: J09 - P2 Connector for Blood Slave Board


Pin
Row Signal Name Description Type
Number
11 C SWSNCASS SN Cassette Position Sensor Logic TTL
12 B I2C-SCLB I2C Clock Signal Blood PCB Logic TTL
12 C OVL Heparin Overload Alarm Signal Logic TTL
13 A SW1PINCH Infusion Clamp Position Logic TTL
13 C CAP Arterial Pump Cover Logic TTL
14 A SWCOMPSS Compressor Pressure Switch Logic TTL
14 C CVP Venous Pump Cover Logic TTL
15 A SW2PINCH Infusion Clamp Line Presence Sensor Logic TTL
15 C SWBVS Sensor Bar Door Sensor Logic TTL
16 C SWPOL Ultra Door Sensor Logic TTL
17 A UPB.0 Heparin Up Push-button Logic TTL
17 C DNB.0 Heparin Down Push-button Logic TTL
18 A EVSNLOADER El. valve SN Cassette Loader Open Collector
18 C ARLY-EN Relay Enable Arterial Pump Driver Open Collector
19 C VRLY-EN Relay Enable Venous Pump Driver Open Collector
20 A EVB4 Electrovalve Driver (not used) Open Collector
21 A VPDIR Venous Pump Direction Logic TTL
21 C PINCH / /
22 A BUZZ- Buzzer Level Open Collector
22 C PINCHRLY Infusion Clamp Open Collector
23 A COMPSS Compressor Motor Driver Open Collector
24 A EVDNLOADER EL. Valve DN Cassette Loader Open Collector
24 C AC Enable Arterial Line Clamp Open Collector
25 A VC Enable Venous Line Clamp Open Collector
26 C LEDVP- Venous Pump LED Open Collector
27 A LEDAP- Arterial Pump LED Open Collector
27 B UPS_ON Battery Backup Active Logic TTL
27 C APBK Arterial Pump Brake Open Collector
28 A VPBK Venous Pump Brake Open Collector
29 A +24VP Power Supply 24 Volt Protective Enable Power Supply
B
C
30 A +24VP Power Supply 24 Volt Protective Enable Power Supply
B
C
31 A 0V24 0V Power Power Supply
B
C
32 A 0V24 0V Power Power Supply
B
C

4-14 Code SM_9033239200_04 Rev. /


Chapter 4. ELECTRONIC DESCRIPTION

4.4 Hydraulic Slave Board


This board is responsible for hydraulic module functions. Figures 4-4, 4-5 and 4-6 show the components
that connect to the Hydraulic slave board. Tables 4.5 and 4.6 show the Hydraulic slave board Mother board
connections.

4.4.1 SPI Communication Bus


The Main board acts as the master controller for communicating through the SPI bus with the Hydraulic
slave board using a dual port RAM and 68HC11 processor on the Main board as the communications
processor. The processor on the Hydraulic slave board acts as a slave to the master controller. All signals
between the slave board and the Main board, whether digital or analog signals, are connected to the SPI
bus through the mother board.

4.4.2 Dialysis Fluid connector sensors (SWDCSIN and SWDCSOUT)


Two hall sensors placed in the dialysis fluid connector pipes allow to detect whether the inlet and outlet
dialyate connectors are connected to the machine or not.
When dialysis fluid connector is on the machine, the sensor connects 5 Vdc to the Hydraulic slave board.

4.4.3 Water Inlet Pressure Switch (SWP)


SWP is part of the R1 pressure regulator assembly. The water inlet pressure switch can turn off all the
actuators, particularly the heater. Signal SWP is a 5 volt logic input to the Hydraulic slave board.

4.4.4 Hydraulic Solenoid Valves 2 and 3 ways


A 2 way Valve it’s a valve with two ports valves. Operating positions for these valves can be:
• closed-no flow at all goes through it

• open - for maximum flow

A 3 way Valve it’s a valve with three ports valves. Operating positions for these valves can be:
- the flow coming in at one port can be directed:
• to the second port in one position

• to the third port in another position

Inlet water valve EVH2O opens to allow water into the hydraulic flow path. It is a normally closed 24
Vdc solenoid-operated valve. A FET transistor on the Hydraulic slave board provides the output drive
voltage to EVH2O.

4.4.5 Heater Flow Switch (LFP)


The heater optical flow sensor (LFP) is located at the heater inlet to monitor flow into the heater
chamber. If flow is not present, the flow sensor will turn off the heater. The flow sensor has an LED that
transmits an infrared light beam to the base of a photo transistor when water is flowing through the flow
sensor. A PLASTIC FLOAT in the flow sensor interrupts the beam when there is no flow. The flow sensor
output is taken from the photo transistor collector and goes low (below +0.8 Vdc) when the beam is not
interrupted and goes lhigh (above +3.0 Vdc) when the beam is interrupted. The LFP signal output is
connected to the Hydraulic slave board.

4.4.6 Dialysis Fluid Flow Switch (LFD)


The dialysis fluid flow sensor verifies that there is flow through the bypass block and that it is in the right
direction; i.e., that the To Dialyzer (blue connector) and From Dialyzer (red connector) lines are connected
to the correct ports on the bypass block. The flow sensor has an LED that transmits an infrared beam to the
base of a photo transistor when there is flow and it is in the right direction. A float inside a flow tube
interrupts the beam when flow is in the wrong direction. The flow sensor output is taken from the transistor
collector and goes low (below +0.8 Vdc) when flow is detected and goes high (above +3.0 Vdc) when flow

Code SM_9033239200_04 Rev. / 4-15


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

is not detected. The LFD signal connects to the Hydraulic slave board.

4.4.7 Drain Pressure Switch (SWP1)


The drain pressure switch monitors pressure in the drain line and activates a drain pressure high alarm.
The signal is a 5 Vdc logic input to the Hydraulic slave board.

4.4.8 Degassing Pump (PC)


The Hydraulic slave board controls the PC degassing pump speed and insure the degassing of the
water used for the dialysis fluid preparation. The Hydraulic slave provides the PC frequency modulated 5
Vdc logic signal to control the pump speed. A DC driver board attached to the PC pump assembly provides
the voltage to the DC motor that drives the gear pump. The PC speed command from the Hydraulic slave to
the DC pump driver board is a frequency modulated 5 Vdc logic signal.

4.4.9 Flow Pump (P1)


The Hydraulic slave board controls and regulates the P1 flow pump to a flowrate set by the operator
(350-800 ml/min). A DC driver board attached to the P1 pump assembly provides the voltage to the DC
motor that drives the gear pump. During Dialysis the Flowmeter D1c adjusts the speed of P1. The P1 speed
command from the Hydraulic slave to the DC pump driver board is a frequency modulated 5 Vdc logic
signal.

4.4.10 Flow Pump (P2)


The Hydraulic slave board controls and regulates the P2 flow pump to the same flow rate as the D1
flowmeter flow plus the patient UF flow rate that has been set by the operator. A DC driver board attached
to the P2 pump assembly provides the drive voltage to the DC motor that drives the gear pump. During
Dialysis the Flowmeter D2c adjusts the speed of P2. The P2 speed command from the Hydraulic slave to
the pump driver board is a frequency modulated 5 Vdc logic signal.

4.4.11 WHO pump (PWHO)


The Hydraulic slave board controls and regulates the PWHO flow pump. During the priming and
emptiying phases Pdrain sensor is used in the control loop of PWHO. A DC driver board attached to the
PWHO pump assembly provides the drive voltage to the DC motor that drives the gear pump and feedback
pulses (FPWHO) to the Hydraulic slave board to monitor the pump speed. WHO pump speed is controlled
by PD pressure sensor. The PWHO speed command from the Hydraulic slave to the pump driver board is a
frequency modulated 5 Vdc logic signal.

4.4.12 D1c and D2c Control Flowmeters


Two electromagnetic flowmeters are used to ensure the correct function of the flow rate measurement;
they send to the Hydraulic Slave Board and to the Protective Slave Board via 5 Vdc logic signal frequencies
which are porportional to the flow rate.

4.4.12.1 D1c Flowmeter


Flowmeter D1c monitors the fluid flow rate pre-dialyzer and sends flow pulses to the Hydraulic slave
board. The FD1c 5 Vdc logic signal frequency is proportional to the flow rate. D1c and D2c signals are also
used during the flowmeter taration procedure (hydraulic phase n.31) to control and monitor the equality of
flow from D1c and D2c. During this phase also low drift error are compensated updating a correction K
factor by software since this error would have an implication on the ultrafiltration rate accuracy.

4.4.12.2 D2c Flowmeter


Flowmeter D2c monitors the fluid flow rate post-dialyzer and sends flow pulses to the Hydraulic slave
board. The FD2c 5 Vdc logic signal frequency is proportional to the flow rate. The P1 pump speed is
controlled so that it is equal to the set value of the dialysis fluid flowrate. The P2 pump speed is controlled
so that D2c flow is equal to the D1c flow plus WLR (this also means that P2 flow is equal to D1c flow plus
the patient UF). During the dialysis treatment WLR equals to D2c minus D1c and to D2p minus K*D1p.

4-16 Code SM_9033239200_04 Rev. /


Chapter 4. ELECTRONIC DESCRIPTION

4.4.13 PDR Drain Pressure Sensor


The drain pressure sensor monitors the pressure of the effluent going to the drain. During the priming
and emptying phases PDR sensor is used in the control loop of PWHO pump. Fluid flowing through the PD
sensor is P2 flow. The PD+ and PD- differential analog output is sent to both the Hydraulic and Protective
slave boards for A/D converter processing.

4.4.14 PDG Degassing Pressure Sensor


The degassing pressure sensor measures the pressure during the degassing stage of the water used
for the dialysis fluid preparation. PDG sensor signal is used in the control loop of the degassing pump PC.
The PDG+ and PDG- differential analog output is sent to both the Hydraulic and Protective slave boards
for A/D converter processing.

4.4.15 PO Pressure Sensor


The PO pressure sensor monitors the pressure post-dialyzer when the machine is not in bypass and is
used to detect over depression condition in the dialyser. Some alarms and cautions related to the pressure
monitoring in the dialyzer are triggered by PO sensor. PO value is also used by the algorithm that
calculates the dialyzer transmembrane pressure (TMP). The PO+ and PO- differential analog output is sent
to both the Hydraulic and Protective slave boards for A/D converter processing.

4.4.16 PI Pressure Sensor


The PI pressure sensor monitors the pre-dialyzer fluid pressure and is used to detect over-pressure
condition in the dialyzer. Some alarms and cautions related to the pressure monitoring in the dialyzer are
triggered by PI sensor. The Pi pressure value is also used by the algorithm that calculates the dialyzer
transmembrane pressure (TMP). The PI+ and PI- differential analog output is sent to both the Hydraulic
and Protective slave boards for A/D converter processing.

4.4.17 PFS Pressure Sensor


The PFS pressure sensor monitors the pressure before the ultrafilter and is used to detect a clogged
ultrafiler. The PFS+ and PFS- differential analog output is sent to the Hydraulic board for A/D converter
processing.

4.4.18 Concentrate Pumps (PA, PB and PSe)


During treatment PA, PB and PSe pumps are used to add the liquid concentrates to prepare the dialysis
fluid. These pumps are ceramic type pumps; they consist of a very accurate dosage pumps because of a
known and constant displacement of the piston. The volume of concentrate which is introduced through
inlet is thus very accurately determined by the number of revolutions of the dosage pump.

4.4.18.1 PA pump
Concentrate pump PA is monitored and controlled by the control conductivity cell ΓcA in a control loop.
The concentrate motor driver board attached to the PA pump assembly provides the command to drive the
pump. The speed commands are 5 Vdc frequency modulated pulses from the Hydraulics slave board; the
direction commands and the initial motor boost commands are 5 Vdc logic signals which are sent by the
Hydraulic slave board. A sample of the pulse frequency (FPA) is sent to the Protective slave board.

4.4.18.2 PB pump
Concentrate pump PB is monitored and controlled by the control conductivity cell ΓcB in a control loop.
The concentrate motor driver board attached to the PB pump assembly provides the command to drive the
pump. The speed commands are 5 Vdc frequency modulated pulses from the Hydraulics slave board; the
direction commands and the initial motor boost commands are 5 Vdc logic signals which are sent by the
Hydraulic slave board. A sample of the pulse frequency (FPB) is sent to the Protective slave board.

Code SM_9033239200_04 Rev. / 4-17


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

4.4.18.3 PSe pump


Concentrate pump PSe is monitored and controlled by Hydraulic slave board. The concentrate motor
driver board attached to the PSe pump assembly provides the command to drive the pump. The speed
commands are 5 Vdc frequency modulated pulses from the Hydraulics slave board; the direction
commands and the initial motor boost commands are 5 Vdc logic signals which are sent by the Hydraulic
slave board. A sample of the pulse frequency (FPSe) is sent to the Protective slave board.

4.4.19 Disinfection pump (PS)


During disinfection programs, PS pump continously delivers the proper dose of disinfectant into the
hydraulic flowpath. This pump is ceramic type pump; it consist of a very accurate dosage pump because of
a known and constant displacement of the piston. The volume of concentrate which is introduced through
inlet is thus very accurately determined by the number of revolutions of the dosage pump.
Disinfection pump PS is monitored and controlled by Hydraulic slave board. The concentrate motor
driver board attached to the PS pump assembly provides the command to drive the pump. The speed
commands are 5 Vdc frequency modulated pulses from the Hydraulics slave board; the direction
commands and the initial motor boost commands are 5 Vdc logic signals which are sent by the Hydraulic
slave board.

4.4.20 Conductivity Cells Assemblies (ΓcA, ΓcB, ΓcD)


The 3 conductivity cells assemblies consist of a Conductivity Cell and an Electronic Board each. They
provide information concerning current conductivity and temperature values to the hydraulic I2C board.
They provide also an output from each cell that is proportional to dialysis fluid conductivity.

4.4.20.1 For the dialysis fluid preparation (ΓcA, ΓcB)


Used to control the dialysis fluid conductivity while the dialysis fluid is prepared and before it is
delivered. The desired conductivity is achieved by the conductivity cells comparing the measured value of
conductivity with the desired or set point conductivity value. If different, then the concentrate pump's speed
will be adjusted (increased or decreased) until the measured value of conductivity is equal to the set point
value. Temperature compensation is provided by thermistors TcA and TcB located on the conductivity cell
assemblies and is connected to the conductivity cell board. The analog signals of the thermistors are
connected to the conductivity cell board; the conductivity cell and temperature values are connected to the
Hydraulics slave board via I2C.

4.4.20.2 For the Diascan (ΓD)


ΓD is used to measure the conductivity of the fluid flowing out from the dialysis fluid outlet of the filter.
This cell conductivity is located downstream the BLD. Temperature compensation is provided by the
thermistor TcD located on the conductivity cell assemblies and is applied at the conductivity cell board. The
analog signals of the thermistor is connected to the conductivity cell board; the conductivity signal is
connected to the Hydraulic slave board via I2C. From the conductivity measures the dialysance of ionised
substances and the plasma conductivity of the patient are calculed; these measures are used in the
Diacontrol biofeedback mode.

4.4.21 Level Sensors (LP, LD1, LD2)


These optical level sensors are located near the top of the BTP, BT1, and BT2 bubble traps and are
used to sense air or water in order to remove the air that accumulates in these chambers. Each optical
level sensor assembly contains an infrared LED and photo transistor that sends a logic signal to the
Hydraulic slave board (air=3.5 to 5 Vdc, fluid = < 0.8 Vdc).

4.4.22 Heater (FLICK) Temperature Sensors (TP, TpA), (STH)


4.4.22.1 FLICK
The heater (FLICK) heats the incoming water. The heater body consists of either 1400 watt heating
device for 115Vac/16A machines or a 1750 watt one for 230Vac/10A machines, a temperature sensor
(STH) connected to the OVTemp3 board.

4-18 Code SM_9033239200_04 Rev. /


Chapter 4. ELECTRONIC DESCRIPTION

4.4.22.2 Temperature sensor STH


Temperature sensor STH is a PT 1000 located outside of the heater body. STH sensor is directly
connected to the OVTemp3 board and can disable the heater to prevent over temperature of the core of the
heater.

4.4.22.3 Temperature sensor TP


TP sensor is located between the pump PC and the outlet of the heater. It is a Pt100 temperature
sensor. During the treatment the heater is enabled and controlled in a control loop by the the sensor TP
through the Hydraulic slave board so that temperature measured by temperature sensor TP equals the set
value by the operator (usually around 37 °C).
During the heat/heat with CleanCart Cartridge disinfection program the water temperature is
automatically controlled in a control loop by TP sensor at fixed (unsetteable) temperature command values.
TP sensor is connected to the Hydraulic slave board and controls the heater.

4.4.22.4 Temperature sensor TcA


TcA sensor is located in the conductivity cell ΓcA. It is a Thermistor temperature sensor. During the
treatment TcA monitors the temperature of the dialysis fluid. During the heat/heat with CleanCart Cartridge
disinfection the water temperature is automatically controlled in a control loop by TP sensor at fixed
(unsetteable) temperature command values. TcA sensor is connected to Hydraulic slave board through the
protective I2C board and can triggered alarms.

4.4.22.5 Relais, OptoTriac and Over temperature board: OVTemp3 board


The Over Temperature board is located in the power supply rack and fixed on the rear rotable panel of
the power supply rack. It receives the control signals from the Hydraulic slave board and delivers the
signals to a solid state relay (Optotriac) and a mechanical relay to activate or deactiactive the heater; a red
led on the OverTemp3 board indicates if the board functions properly. In case of alarm or error, the control
signals transmission is interrupted and consequently the heater is stopped.
Both the solid state relay and the mechanical relay are located between the main power and the heater.
The mechanical relay changes state from open to close when heater has to be switched on. The solid state
relay controls the heater by a duty cycle control technique under a closed loop-control including TP sensor
so as to the temperature measured by TP sensor reaches the command value.
Figure 4-4. Flow Control

(Not currently available)


Figure 4-5. Conductivity Control

(Not currently available)


Figure 4-6. Temperature Control

(Not currently available)

Code SM_9033239200_04 Rev. / 4-19


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Table 4.5: J06 - P1 Connector for Hydraulic Slave Board


Pin
Row Signal Name Description Type
Number
1 A 0VA 0V ANALOG Power Supply Power Supply
B
C
2 A VrefH Hydraulic Pressure Sensors Vref Reference
B
C
3 A PI- Inlet Dialysis Fluid Pressure Signal- Analog
3 B PDG- Degassing Loop Pressure Sensor - Analog
3 C PI+ Inlet Dialysis Fluid Pressure Signal + Analog
4 A PO- Outlet Dialysis Fluid Pressure Signal - Analog
4 B TP.1 Temperature Probe PT100 Analog
4 C PO+ Outlet Dialysis Fluid Pressure Signal + Analog
5 A TP.1 Temperature Probe PT 100 Analog
5 B TP. 2 Temperature Probe PT 100 Analog
5 C TP. 2 Temperature Probe PT 100 Analog
6 A PFS- Pressure Filter Signal - Analog
6 B PDG+ Degassing Loop Pressure Sensor + Analog
6 C PFS+ Pressure Filter Signal + Analog
7 A DP- Drain Pressure Signal - Analog
7 C DP+ Drain Pressure Signal + Analog
8 A EVDRAIN Drain Solenoid Valve Open Collector
8 B DPWOUT2H EVBHE - Heat exchanger Bypass Valve Open Collector
8 C Vref0H Hydraulic Pressure Sensors 0VREF Reference
9 A 0VA 0V Analog Power Supply Power Supply
B
C
10 A -15V -15V Analog Power Supply Power Supply
B
C
11 A +15V +15V Analog Power Supply Power Supply
B
C
12 A SWDCS-OUT Dialysis Fluid OUT Connector Switch Logic TTL
12 B DPWOUT3H Infusion Clamp Command Open Collector
12 C P1BK P1 Pump Break Logic TTL
13 A SWDCSIN Dialysis Fluid IN Connector Switch Logic TTL
13 B DP1 Pump P1 Direction Logic TTL
13 C P2BK P2 Pump Break Logic TTL
14 A +5VD Power Supply +5V DIGITAL Power Supply
B
C
15 A +5VD Power Supply +5V DIGITAL Power Supply

4-20 Code SM_9033239200_04 Rev. /


Chapter 4. ELECTRONIC DESCRIPTION

Table 4.5: J06 - P1 Connector for Hydraulic Slave Board


Pin
Row Signal Name Description Type
Number
15 B VBP+ Venous Blood Pressure Sensor + Analog
15 C DPS Direction Control Sterilant Pump Logic TTL
16 A H1F / /
16 B DP2 Pump P2 Direction Logic TTL
16 C DPB Bicarbonate Pump Control Direction Logic TTL
17 A TSTOHT Over Temperature Enable Test Logic TTL
17 B DPSEL Select Pump Direction Logic TTL
17 C DPA Acetate Pump Control Direction Logic TTL
18 A COFF Enable Main Switch Off Logic TTL
18 B VBP- Venous Blood Pressure Sensor - Analog
18 C HBST Peristaltic Pumps Boost Logic TTL
19 A P1 P1 Pump Control Frequency
19 B DPC PC Pump Direction Logic TTL
19 C H2F Ultra Port Test Leakage Sensor Open Collector
20 A PA PA Pump Control Frequency
20 B PWHO WHO Pump Speed Control Frequency
20 C P2 P2 Pump Speed Control Frequency
21 A PSEL Select Pump Speed Control Frequency
21 B VPBLOOD Venous Pump Speed Control from Blood Frequency
21 C PB Bicarbonate Pump Speed Control Frequency
22 A PC PC Pump Speed Control Frequency
22 C PS Sterilant Pump Speed Control Frequency
23 A VF Venous Pump Encoder Frequency
23 C SWCON2 EvaClean Connector 2 Switch Logic TTL
24 A FPA Acetate Pump Encoder Frequency
24 C FPB Bicarbonate Pump Encoder Frequency
25 A FD1C Flowmeter D1C Frequency
25 C FD2C Flowmeter D2C Frequency
26 A 0VD 0V Digital Power Supply Power Supply
B
C
27 A PWFAIL Power Fail Signal Logic TTL
27 C SRESET System Reset Signal Logic TTL
28 A MISO SPI Master IN Slave OUT Logic TTL
28 B FPS Encoder Pump Sterilant Frequency
28 C MOSI SPI Master OUT Slave IN Logic TTL
29 A SCK SPI Clock Logic TTL
29 B FPSEL PSel Pump Speed Encoder Frequency

Code SM_9033239200_04 Rev. / 4-21


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Table 4.5: J06 - P1 Connector for Hydraulic Slave Board


Pin
Row Signal Name Description Type
Number
29 C SS0 SPI Slave Select 0 Logic TTL
30 A SS1 SPI Slave Select 1 Logic TTL
30 B LP Bubble Trap BTP Level Sensor Logic TTL
30 C SS2 SPI Slave Select 2 Logic TTL
31 A SS3 SPI Slave Select 3 Logic TTL
31 B LD1 Bubble Trap BT1 Level Sensor Logic TTL
31 C LD2 Bubble Trap BT2 Level Sensor Logic TTL
32 A 0VD 0V DIGITAL Power Supply Power Supply
B
C

Table 4.6: J05 - P2 Connector for Hydraulic Slave Board


Pin Signal
Row Description Type
Number Name
1 A 0VD 0V DIGITAL Power Supply Power Supply
B
C
2 A LP.A Bubble Trap BTP Level Sensor Led Supply Analog
2 B SWPOL Ultra Port Door Sensor Logic TTL
3 A LD1.A Bubble Trap BT1 Level Sensor Led Supply Analog
3 B SWAK Acid Cart Connector Switch Logic TTL
4 A LD2.A Bubble Trap BT2 Level Sensor Led Supply Analog
4 B H3F / /
5 A LFD.A Low Flow Dialysis Fluid Sensor Led Anode Analog
5 B SWLOWUF2 Ultrafilter Arm Sensor 2 Logic TTL
5 C LFD Low Flow Dialysis Fluid Sensor Logic TTL
6 B SP+ / /
6 C PBK- Pressure BiCart Branch - Analog
7 B SP- / /
8 B PCBK PC Pump Brake Logic TTL
8 C PBK+ Pressure BiCart Branch + Analog
9 A LFP1.A LFP1 Flow Sensor Led Anode Analog
9 B DIGOUT19H Digital Output 19 Hydr Free /
9 C LFP1 Low Flow Sensor Heater Outlet Logic TTL
10 A LFP.A Low Flow Heater Inlet Led Anode Analog
10 C LFP Low Flow Sensor Heater Inlet Logic TTL
11 A LFS.A Ultra Port Led Anode Analog
11 B I2C-SDAH I2C Data Signal Hydraulic PCB Logic TTL

4-22 Code SM_9033239200_04 Rev. /


Chapter 4. ELECTRONIC DESCRIPTION

Table 4.6: J05 - P2 Connector for Hydraulic Slave Board


Pin Signal
Row Description Type
Number Name
11 C SWP1 Drain Line Pressure Switch Logic TTL
12 A SWLEAK.A Wet Sensor Led Anode Analog
12 B I2C-SCLH I2c Clock Signal Hydraulic PCB Logic TTL
12 C SWCON EvaClean Connector Switch Logic TTL
13 A SWA Acetate Tank Connector Switch Sensor Logic TTL
13 B SWSEK1 Select Bag Switch SW1 Logic TTL
13 C SWB Bicarbonate Tank Connector Switch Logic TTL
14 A SWAFB AFB Connector Switch Logic TTL
14 B SWA1C Central Concentrate Acid Switch 1 Logic TTL
14 C OHT Heater Over Temperature Alarm Logic TTL
15 A SWP Water Inlet Pressure Sensor Logic TTL
15 B SWA2C Central Concentrate Acid Switch 2 Logic TTL
15 C LFS Ultra Port leakage sensor output Logic TTL
16 C SWSEK3 Single wire Bus between Protective and Logic TTL
Hydraulic
17 A SWLOWUF1 Ultrafilter Arm Sensor 1 Logic TTL
17 B UPS_ON Battery Backup Active Logic TTL
17 C SWBK Bicart Switch Connector Logic TTL
18 A EVW2 EvaClean Connector Cleaning Solenoid Valve 2 Open Collector
18 B EVPRIM Prime Solenoid Valve Open Collector
18 C EV1S Sterilant Solenoid Valve Open Collector
19 A EV2 Hemodialyser Outlet Solenoid Valve Open Collector
19 B EVPRIM1 Prime Solenoid Valve 1 Open Collector
19 C EVHE Heater Exchange Solenoid Valve Open Collector
20 A EVC Internal Steril tank Solenoid Valve Open Collector
20 B EVA Air Valve Cart Empting Valve Open Collector
20 C EVDS2 By-pass 1 Solenoid Valve Open Collector
21 A EVDS1 Flowmeter Calibration By-Pass Solenoid Valve Open Collector
21 B VP Venous Pump Speed Control Frequency
21 C EVDEG Degassing Solenoid Valve Open Collector
22 A EVW1 EvaClean Connector Cleaning Solenoid Valve Open Collector
22 B SWUFCOVL Left Ultrafilter Cover Sensor Logic TTL
22 C EVH2O Water Supply Solenoid Valve Open Collector
23 A EVR1 Recirculation Solenoid Valve Open Collector
23 B SWUFCOVR Right Ultrafilter Cover Sensor Logic TTL
23 C EVPB Bicarbonate Solenoid Valve Open Collector
24 A EVPA Acetate Solenoid Valve Open Collector
24 B ABP+ Arterial Blood Pressure Sensor + Analog

Code SM_9033239200_04 Rev. / 4-23


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Table 4.6: J05 - P2 Connector for Hydraulic Slave Board


Pin Signal
Row Description Type
Number Name
24 C EVD1 BT1 Air Bubble Trap Outlet Solenoid Valve Open Collector
25 A EVD2 BT2 Air Bubble Trap Outlet Solenoid Valve Open Collector
25 B ABP- Arterial Blood Pressure Sensor - Analog
25 C EVP BTP Air Bubble Trap Outlet Solenoid Valve Open Collector
26 A RCH Enable Heater Relay Open Collector
26 C EVFLUSH Clean Dialysis Fluid Filter 1 Flushing Valve Open Collector
27 A EVBP2 By-Pass 2 Solenoid Valve Open Collector
27 B SWSEK2 Select Bag Switch SW2 Logic TTL
27 C EVD Internal Sterilant Tank Solenoid Valve Open Collector
28 A WATVAL External Water Valve Driver Open Collector
28 C EVS Sterilant Tank Solenoid Valve Open Collector
29 B +24VP Power Supply 24 Volt Protective Enable Power Supply
30 B +24VP Power Supply 24 Volt Protective Enable Power Supply
31 A 0V24 0V Power Power Supply
B
C
32 A 0V24 0V Power Power Supply
B
C

4.5 Protective Slave Board


This board is responsible for all safety and protection functions. Figures 4-2 through 4-6 show the
components that connect to the Protective slave board. Tables 4.7 and 4.8 show the Protective board
Mother board connections.

4.5.1 Air Detector


Circuitry for the air detector is located on the PIB board. The air detector circuit uses an ultrasonic
technique. The detector assembly consists of two piezoelectric ultrasound transducers. Ultrasound emitted
by one transducer is sent through the plastic tubing that is part of the disposable blood tubing set used on
the machine and is detected by the second transducer. When an air bubble passes through the detection
area, some of the sound is absorbed and causes a reduction in the level of sound detected by the
ultrasound receiver transducer. The bubble signals produced are proportional to the bubble diameter and
cause signal reductions that range from about 5%, for very small bubbles, to almost 100% for much larger
bubbles. Bubbles larger than about 20 microlitres in volume (approximately 3.4 mm diameter) block most of
the ultrasound from reaching the ultrasound receiver. Bubbles larger then 20 microlitres will produce an air
bubble detector alarm condition. Bubbles smaller then 4 microlitres will be ignored (no alarm will be
produced). Bubbles between 4 and 20 microlitres will have 0 to 100% respectively of probability to generate
an alarm condition. When no tubing is in place, or when the tubing is not filled with fluid, virtually no
ultrasound is received. After the UAD signal has been processed by the ultrasound receiver, it is sent to
several voltage comparators. Under normal bubble-free conditions the input signal level to the voltage
comparator circuits is nominally 2.5 Vdc. Whenever a bubble passes through the AD sensor, this normal
voltage drops below 2.5 Vdc. The resulting 5 Vdc logic signals are sent from the PIB board to the Protective
slave board.

4-24 Code SM_9033239200_04 Rev. /


Chapter 4. ELECTRONIC DESCRIPTION

4.5.2 Venous Line Clamp Sensor


A small switch in the venous line clamp senses whether the venous tubing has been placed in the
holder. The switch connects to the AVI Clamps board and is then sent to the Protective slave board. With
tubing inside the holder and the switch closed, the switch connects +5 Vdc to the Protective slave.

4.5.3 Arterial Line Clamp Sensor


A small switch in the arterial line clamp senses whether the arterial tubing has been placed in the holder.
The switch connects to the AVI Clamps Clamp board and is then sent to the Protective slave board. With
tubing inside the holder and the switch closed, the switch connects +5 Vdc to the Protective slave.

4.5.4 Infusion Clamp Sensor


A small switch in the infusion clamp senses whether the ultra connector has been placed in the holder.
The switch connects to the AVI Clamps board and is then sent to the Protective slave board. With tubing
inside the holder and the switch closed, the switch connects +5 Vdc to the Protective slave.

4.5.5 Venous Patient Line Presence Sensor


A small sensor inside the air detector housing senses whether the venous tubing has been placed
inside the air detector. The sensor is sent to the Protective slave board.

4.5.6 Arterial Patient Line Presence Sensor


A small sensor inside the Hemoscan housing senses whether the Hemoscan Couvette has been
placed inside the air detector.

4.5.7 Blood Leak Detector


The blood leak detector uses an LED to transmit an infrared signal through the dialysis fluid effluent
where it is detected by a photo diode. Blood leaking into the dialysis fluid effluent then causes a reduction
of the signal received by the photo diode and a blood leak alarm occurs. Before each patient treatment, the
ability to detect an alarm is verified by momentarily inserting a solenoid operated filter into the detector to
reduce the signal level and simulate a blood leak.The blood leak detector is also automatically calibrated
each time the machine is used. The service status screen can be used to view the output of the detector. A
normal value will be about 190. The blood leak detector is connected directly to the Protective slave board
where the analog signals are converted to digital.

4.5.8 pH Probe and pH Board (if available)


An optional pH probe is used to continuously monitor the dialysis fluid pH to prevent wrong of
concentrates are connected to the machine.The pH probe is fixed on the Main Hydraulic Compartment. It
also can be used to monitor the pH of disinfection chemicals that are used when this feature is selected
through a machine configuration setting.
The analog output of the pH probe connects to a circuit board located on the external surface of
connectivity panel of the machine where amplification and signal conditioning occur. The output of the pH
board is 5 volt pulses that connect to the Protective slave board.

4.5.9 Blood Sensor


The Blood Sensor is located inside the Sensor Bar Door - AD/BS housing and uses an infrared LED and
photo diode to sense whether blood or saline is in the venous blood line. When it senses blood the machine
activates the Protective Board in the full activity mode. When it senses saline, the machine allows the prime
process to be activated and a wider less restrictive alarm window for the arterial and venous pressures.
The Blood Path on the left side of the Flow Path Diagram takes different colours when the sensor detects
blood or saline solution:
• it becomes red when the sensor detects blood

• it becomes blue when the sensor detects saline solution.

Code SM_9033239200_04 Rev. / 4-25


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

4.5.10 Wet sensor assy


The wet Sensor is located under the Base Compartment of the machine. It allows the detection of water
leakage from the hydraulic circuit.

4.5.11 Ultrafilter holder sensors


The ultrafilter rear panel and ultrafilter holders are equipped with 8 sensors (4 per ultrafilter). They are
used to check the correct installation either of the ultrafilter or of the ultrafilter bypass device.

4.5.11.1 Ultrafilter A
• SWFS1A, SWFS2A: linked with SWOSSO-A signal allow to detect if the ultrafilter A is correctly
installed in the housing. With ultrafilter mounted, these reed switchs connect the +5 Vdc to the Pro-
tective slave board

• SWOSSO-A: allow to distinguish wether the ultrafilter A or the bypass ultrafilter are installed. With
ultrafilter mounted, this reed switch connects the +5 Vdc to the Protective slave board

• SWARMUF-A: allow to detect the position of the arm supporting the bottom part of the ultrafilter A.
This optical switch which is located on the buttom of the ultrafilter panel connects the +5 Vdc to the
Hydraulic slave board

4.5.11.2 Ultrafilter B
• SWFS1B, SWFS2B: linked with SWOSSO-B allow to detect if the ultrafilter B is correctly installed in
the housing. With ultrafilter mounted, these reed switchs connect the +5 Vdc to the Protective slave
board

• SWOSSO-B: allow to distinguish wether the ultrafilter A or the bypass ultrafilter are installed. With
ultrafilter mounted, this reed switch connects the +5 Vdc to the Protective slave board

• SWARMUF-B: allow to detect the position of the arm supporting the bottom part of the ultrafilter B.
Arm in the horizontal position, this optical switch which is located on the buttom of the ultrafilter panel
connects +5 Vdc to the Hydraulic slave board.

4.5.12 Ultrafilter Cover sensors


The ultrafilter rear panel is equipped with 2 small optical swithes located on its border. They are used to
check the correct installation of the cover so as to prevent any heat loss during heat disinfection program
and any damages due to water splash in case of tubing disconnection.
• SWUFCOV-L and SWUFCOV-R allow the detection of the cover of the ultrafilter housing. When cover
is in place, these optical swithes connect the + 5 Vdc to the Hydraulic slave board.

4.5.13 Remote Alarm


(Not currently available)

4.5.14 Red and Yellow lights


On the Artis Dialysis System there are two kinds of alarm lights: red and yellow. The red and yellow
lamps are mounted on each side of the Machine top panel and they are monitored by the same single light
sensor. Used to generate a visual advise when an alarm is generated.
The Potective Subsystem drives the alarm lights in order to advise the operator about a specific alarm
activation: in function of the alarm type received from the System Processing Software (Caution or
Warning), lights shall be driven with a period of 1 second and in a correspondent way as described below:
Caution: the Red light shall be on for 4/8 second and shall be off for 4/8 second;
Warning: the Yellow light shall be on for 1/8 second and shall be off for 7/8 second.

4-26 Code SM_9033239200_04 Rev. /


Chapter 4. ELECTRONIC DESCRIPTION

4.5.15 Buzzer and Speaker


Hardware devices, used to generate an audible advise when an alarm is generated. The Speaker is
controlled by the SPS (System Processing Software) and the Buzzer is controlled by the Protective
Subsystem. Only one of these two devices will be used.
At Power ON the Protective Subsystem performs two T1 test (T1 Test Buzzer and T1 Test Speaker) to
check the correct behaviour of the speaker and of the buzzer.
The speaker is the component normally used to generate audible advises, the buzzer is the component
that is used only in case of malfunction on the speaker.
The Protective Subsystem actuates a General Safe State when both the "Speaker T1 Test" and
"BuzzerT1 Test" fail.

4.5.16 D1p and D2p flowmeters


Two electromagnetic flowmeters used to ensure the protective function of the flow rate measurement;
connected to 2 EM interface board they send to the Protective slave 5 Vdc logic signal frequencies which
are porportional to the flow rate.

4.5.16.1 D1p Flowmeter


Flowmeter D1p monitors the fluid flow rate pre-dialyzer and sends flow pulses to the Protective slave
board. The FD1p 5 Vdc logic signal frequency is proportional to the flow rate. D1p and D2p signals are also
used during the calibration procedure (hydraulic phase n. 31) to control and monitor the equality of flow of
D1p and D2p. Flow rate difference between D1p and D2p is compensated by the calculation of a correction
K factor during the calibration phase which equals to the ratio of D1p and D2p signals.

4.5.16.2 D2p Flowmeter


Flowmeter D2p monitors the fluid flow rate post-dialyzer and sends flow pulses to the Protective slave
board. The FD2 5 Vdc logic signal frequency is proportional to the flow rate. D1p and D2p signals are used
by Protective System during a calibration procedure since accurate control of the UF rate is dependent on
the D2 flowmeter precisely measuring flow during a dialysis treatment (hydraulic phase n. 23). Flow rate
difference between D1p and D2p is compensated by the calculation of a correction K factor during the
calibration phase which equals to the ratio of D1p and D2p signals. During the dialysis treatment WLR
equals to D1p minus K*D2p.

4.5.17 Conductivity Cells (ΓpSe,Γp)


4.5.17.1 For the dialysis fluid preparation ( ΓSe, Γp)
Γp (for dialysis fluid fluid/acid) and ΓpSe (for SelectCart) signals are acquired by the Protective Slave
Board through the Prot IC2 board; they are used to monitor the dialysis fluid conductivity for the proper
proportioning rate and will trigger alarms if the conductivity is outside the desired value.
Temperature compensation is provided by TPA and TPSe located on the conductivity cell assemblies
and is applied at the conductivity cell board. The thermistors analog signals connect to the conductivity cell
board and the conductivity signals are connected to the Protective slave board via I2C.

NOTE
TPA sensor is also used in the control of the temperature of heated fluids (water or dialysis fluid),
please see section heater in the Hydraulic bord slave description.

The Hyd. I2C Board can identify the Conductivity Protective signal of the conductivity cells and, if the
duty cycle or the frequency of this signal is abnormal, it switches off the Protective signal; following that a
conductivity alarm triggers.

Code SM_9033239200_04 Rev. / 4-27


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Table 4.7: J08 - P1 Connector for Protective Slave Board


Pin
Row Signal Name Description Type
Number
2 B VREFH Hydraulic Pressure Sensors VRef Reference
3 B SENSDISPL ABD Receiver conditioned output Analog
4 A VBP- Venous Blood Pressure Sensor - Analog
4 B SWAFB2 AFB Connector Switch 2 Logic TTL
4 C VBP+ Venous Blood Pressure Sensor + Analog
5 A PI- Dialysis Fluid Inlet Pressure Signal - Analog
5 B SWBK BiCart Connector switch Logic TTL
5 C PI+ Dialysis Fluid Inlet Pressure Signal + Analog
6 A PO- Dialysis Fluid Outlet Pressure Signal - Analog
6 B SWAK Acid Cart Connector Switch Logic TTL
6 C PO+ Dialysis Fluid Outlet Pressure Signal + Analog
7 A DP- Drain Pressure Signal - Analog
7 B SWA Acetate Tank Connector Switch Sensor Logic TTL
7 C DP+ Drain Pressure Signal + Analog
8 A ALARMLSENS_LE Alarm Light Left Emitter Sensor /
8 B SWB Bicarbonate Tank Connector Switch Logic TTL
8 C +12V Power Supply 12 Volt Power Supply
9 A 0VA 0V Analog Power Supply Power Supply
B
C
10 A -15V -15V Analog Power Supply Power Supply
B
C
11 A +15V +15V Analog Power Supply Power Supply
B
C
12 A PTS Venous Patient Line Blood Sensor Analog
12 B ABP- Arterial Blood Pressure Sensor - Analog
12 C SWB2 Bicarbonate Tank Connector 2 Switch Logic TTL
13 A SWSEK1 Select Bag Switch SW1 Logic TTL
13 B SP- / /
13 C MIC AMP Microphone signal amplified Analog
14 A +5VP +5V Protective Power Supply
B
C
15 A +24V 24V Power Supply Power Supply
15 B MW2 Mass Weight Channel 2 Analog
15 C +5VD Power Supply +5V Digital Power Supply
16 A ALARMLSENS_RE Alarm Light Right Emitter Sensor /
16 B PDG+ Degassing Loop Pressure Sensor + Analog

4-28 Code SM_9033239200_04 Rev. /


Chapter 4. ELECTRONIC DESCRIPTION

Table 4.7: J08 - P1 Connector for Protective Slave Board


Pin
Row Signal Name Description Type
Number
16 C SWA2C Central Concentrate Acid Switch 2 Logic TTL
17 A BLDR.K Blood Leakage Detector Receiver Diode Analog
Cathode
17 B PDG- Degassing Loop Pressure Sensor - Analog
17 C BLDR.A Blood Leakage Detector Receiver Diode Reference
Anode
18 A BLDT.A Blod Leakage Detector Transmitter Diode Analog
Anode
18 B MW1 Mass Weight Channel 1 Analog
18 C BLDT.K Blood Leakage Detector Transmitter Diode Reference
Cathode
19 A ANACNF0 Venous Line Blood Sensor,HW Path Test Logic TTL
19 B SWDUMMY2 Presence Dummy Ultrafilter 2 Sensor Logic TTL
19 C ANACNF1 Venous Patient Line Blood Sensor TX level Logic TTL
70%
20 A ANACNF2 Venous Patient line Blood Sensor TX off Logic TTL
20 B SP+ / /
20 C TEST-ART Full Range Test Arterial Pressure Logic TTL
21 A ABD-TEST Air Detector Test Logic TTL
21 B ABP+ Arterial Blood Pressure Sensor + Analog
21 C STBYOVR Override Standby Signal Logic TTL
22 A ABD-RSTA Air Detector Alarm Reset A Logic TTL
22 B EVW2 Evaclean Connector Cleaning Solenoid Open Collector
Valve 2
22 C TEST-VEN Full Range Test Venous Pressure Logic TTL
23 A ABDA-ALM Air Detector Alarm Logic TTL
23 B EVDRAIN DRAIN Solenoid Valve Open Collector
23 C SERCKP PIB SPI Clock Logic TTL
24 A PSTOP Arterial/Venous Pump Stop Logic TTL
24 B SW1PINCH Infusion Clamp Position Logic TTL
24 C SWA1C Central Concentrate Acid Switch 1 Logic TTL
25 A SEROUTP PIB SPI Data Output Logic TTL
25 B ABD-ALARM-PRE AD PRE-FLIP FLOP Logic TTL
25 C EVD2 BT2 Air Bubble Trap Outlet Solenoid Valve Open Collector
27 B EVS Sterilant Tank Solenoid Valve Open Collector
27 C SERBIDP PIB SPI Data Input Logic TTL
28 A MISO SPI Master In Slave Out Logic TTL
28 B TRBL-ALM Air And Foam Detector Hw Fault Logic TTL
28 C MOSI SPI Master Out Slave In Logic TTL
29 A SCK SPI Clock Logic TTL

Code SM_9033239200_04 Rev. / 4-29


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Table 4.7: J08 - P1 Connector for Protective Slave Board


Pin
Row Signal Name Description Type
Number
29 B ANANCNF7 Arterial Line Blood Sensor Hw Path Test Logic TTL
29 C SS0 SPI Slave Select 0 Logic TTL
30 A SS1 SPI Slave Select 1 Logic TTL
30 B ANANCNF8 Arterial line Blood Sensor TX Off Logic TTL
30 C SS2 SPI Slave Select 2 Logic TTL
31 A SS3 SPI Slave Select 3 Logic TTL
31 B ANANCNF9 Arterial line Blood Sensor TX level 70% Logic TTL
32 A 0VD 0V Digital Power Supply Power Supply
B
C

Table 4.8: J07- P2 Connector for Protective Slave Board


Pin
Row Signal Name Description Type
Number
1 A 0VD 0V Digital Power Supply Power Supply
B
C
2 A VCP Venous Line Clamp Position Logic TTL
2 C SWCON2 EvaClean Connector 2 Switch Logic TTL
3 A SWLEAKAGE Leakage Water Sensor /
3 C EVDS2 By-pass 1 Solenoid Valve Open Collector
4 A EV2 Hemodialyser Outlet Solenoid Valve Open Collector
4 B PFS- Pressure Filter Signal - Analog
4 C EVBP2 By-pass 2 Solenoid Valve Open Collector
5 A EVA Air Valve Cart Empting Valve Open Collector
5 B PFS+ Pressure Filter Signal + Analog
5 C EVDS1 Flowmeter Calibration By-pass Solenoid Valve Open Collector
6 A EVR1 Recirculation Solenoid Valve Open Collector
6 B +15VS +15V Cond. Probes Power Supply Power Supply
6 C AP-RESUM Arterial Pump Resume Hard Key Logic TTL
7 A EVD Internal Sterilant Tank Solenoid Valve Open Collector
7 B -15VS -15V Cond. Probes Power Supply Power Supply
8 A EVC Internal Sterilant Tank Solenoid Valve Open Collector
8 B AL-VNM VNM Alarm Input Logic TTL
8 C APP Arterial Pump Position 1 Logic TTL
9 A VPP Venous Pump Position 1 Logic TTL
9 B CUTOFF VNM Disabling Command Logic TTL
9 C SWCON EvaClean Connector Switch Logic TTL

4-30 Code SM_9033239200_04 Rev. /


Chapter 4. ELECTRONIC DESCRIPTION

Table 4.8: J07- P2 Connector for Protective Slave Board


Pin
Row Signal Name Description Type
Number
10 A LPS Venous Patient Line Presence Sensor Logic TTL
10 B 0VS 0V Cond. Probes Power Supply Power Supply
10 C SWFSA Clean Dialysis Fluid Filter Switch Chain “A” Logic TTL
11 A PWFAIL Power Fail Signal Logic TTL
11 B I2C-SDAP I2C Data Signal Protective PCB Logic TTL
11 C SRESET System Reset Signal Logic TTL
12 A TSTBAT Battery Test Result Logic TTL
12 B I2C-SCLP I2C Clock Signal Protective PCB Logic TTL
12 C APP2 Arterial Pump Position 2 Logic TTL
13 A DFHEP Heparin Pump Direction Logic TTL
13 B VREFB Blood Pressure Sensors VREF Reference
13 C SWFSB Clean Dialysis Fluid Filter Switch Chain “B” Logic TTL
14 A LVCS Venous Line Clamp Sensor Logic TTL
14 B DISD1P Single wire Bus between Protective and Logic TTL
Hydraulic
14 C ABD-RSTB Air Detector Alarm Reset B Logic TTL
15 A EVW1 EvaClean Connector Cleaning Solenoid Valve Open Collector
15 B DISD2P / /
15 C SWDUMMY1 Presence Dummy Ultrafilter 1 Sensor Logic TTL
16 A FPA Acetate Pump Encoder Frequency
16 B VPP2 Venous Pump Position 2 Logic TTL
16 C FPB Bicarbonate Pump Encoder Frequency
17 A FD1C D1C Flowmeter Frequency
17 B TEST-SP Pre Dialyzer Sensor Test Logic TTL
17 C FD2C D2C Flowmeter Frequency
18 A FP1 P1 Pump Encoder Frequency
18 B EV1S Sterilant Solenoid Valve Open Collector
18 C FP2 P2 Pump Encoder Frequency
19 A AF Arterial Pump Encoder Frequency
19 B EVH2O Water Supply Solenoid Valve Open Collector
19 C VF Venous Pump Encoder Frequency
20 A SWLEAK.A Wet Sensor Led Anode Analog
20 C FD1P D1P Protective Flowmeter Frequency
21 A FPH Frequency pH Meter Frequency
21 B SW2PINCH Infusion Clamp Line Presence Sensor Logic TTL
21 C FHEP Heparin Pump Encoder Frequency
22 A SW3PINCH / /
22 B FD2P D2P Protective Flowmeter Frequency

Code SM_9033239200_04 Rev. / 4-31


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Table 4.8: J07- P2 Connector for Protective Slave Board


Pin
Row Signal Name Description Type
Number
22 C FPSEL PSel Pump Speed Encoder Frequency
23 A ALMLEDY Yellow Alarm LED Open Collector
23 B SWSEK2 Select Bag SW2 Switch Logic TTL
23 C REMAL Remote Alarm Driver Open Collector
24 A EVFLUSH Clean Dialysis Fluid Filter 1 Flushing Valve Open Collector
24 C COFF Enable Main Switch Off Logic TTL
25 A VC Enable Venous Line Clamp Open Collector
25 B LACS Arterial Line Clamp Sensor Logic TTL
25 C REL24 24VP Enable Open Collector
26 A BUZZ- Buzzer level Open Collector
26 B ACP Arterial Line Clamp Position Logic TTL
26 C ALMLEDR Red Alarm LED Open Collector
27 A BLDTST Blood Leak Detector Test Enable Open Collector
27 B UPS_ON Battery Backup Active Logic TTL
27 C MSWOFF Main Switch Off Driver Open Collector
28 A SWA2 Acetate Tank Connector Switch 2 Sensor Logic TTL
28 B FPS Sterilant Pump Encoder Frequency
28 C ENTSTBAT Enable Test Battery Open Collector
29 C +24VP +24Volt Power Supply Protective Enable Power Supply
30 C +24VP +24Volt Power Supply Protective Enable Power Supply
31 C 0V24 0V Power Power Supply
32 B SWLEAK2.A Wet Sensor Led Anode Analog
32 C 0V24 0V Power Power Supply

4-32 Code SM_9033239200_04 Rev. /


Chapter 4. ELECTRONIC DESCRIPTION

4.6 Bioslave Board


The Bioslave board acquires the hemoscan sensor.
The Artis Dialysis System is compatible with two types of Bioslave boards:
• “BIOSLAVE2” board code 9032432700;

• “BIOSLAVE2 AFB” board code 9032643900 or 9032643901.

Table 4.9 shows the Bioslave board Mother board connections.


The connections shown in the table 4.9 “P1 Connector for Bioslave Board” are available for both
“BIOSLAVE2” and “BIOSLAVE2 AFB” boards.

Table 4.9: P1 Connector for Bioslave Board


Pin Signal
Row Description Type
Number Name
1 A 0VA 0V ANALOG POWER SUPPLY Power Supply
B
C
2 C AD-REF SCALE SUPPLY MONITORING (only if Analog
BIOSLAVE2 AFB is installed)
3 A 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power Supply
4 A AF ENCODER ARTERIAL PUMP Frequency
4 B 0V-MW1 NOT USED /
4 C MW1 MASS WEIGHT CHANNEL 1 (only if BIOSLAVE2 Analog
AFB is installed)
5 B 0V-MW2 NOT USED /
5 C MW2 MASS WEIGHT CHANNEL 2 (only if BIOSLAVE2 Analog
AFB is installed)
6 C PTBVS.1 HEMOSCAN TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 Analog
7 C PTBVS.2 HEMOSCAN TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 Analog
8 C NUADI.3 NOT USED /
9 A 0VA 0V ANALOG POWER SUPPLY Power Supply
B
C
10 A -15V -15V ANALOG POWER SUPPLY Power Supply
B
C
11 A +15V +15V ANALOG POWER SUPPLY Power Supply
B
C
12 A NUDIGHG NOT USED /
13 A NUDIGUR NOT USED /
13 C FBESCAL NOT USED /
14 A +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power Supply
14 C 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power Supply
15 A NUADI.1 NOT USED /
15 C NUDIG1 NOT USED /

Code SM_9033239200_04 Rev. / 4-33


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Table 4.9: P1 Connector for Bioslave Board


Pin Signal
Row Description Type
Number Name
16 A NUADI.2 NOT USED /
16 C NUDIG2 NOT USED /
17 A 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power Supply
17 C NUDIG3 NOT USED /
18 A +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power Supply
B
C
19 A SW-BVS SENSOR BAR DOOR SENSOR Logic TTL
20 A CHST.A HGB SENSOR TRASM. LED ANODE Analog
21 A CHST.K HGB SENSOR TRASM. LED CATHODE Analog
21 C I2C-SDABS I2C DATA SIGNAL BIO-SLAVE PCB Logic TTL
22 A CHSR.A HGB SENSOR RECIVER ANODE Analog
22 C I2C-SCLBS I2C CLOCK SIGNAL BIO-SLAVE PCB Logic TTL
23 A CHSR.K HGB SENSOR RECIVER CATHODE Analog
23 C +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power Supply
24 A APBK/ ARTERIAL PUMP BRAKE Open Collector
24 C HGPT.K NOT USED /
25 A SW-BVSL HEMOSCAN LINE PRESENCE SENSOR Logic TTL
25 C HGPT.A NOT USED /
26 A 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power Supply
B
C
27 A PWFAIL/ POWER FAIL SIGNAL Logic TTL
27 C SRESET/ SYSTEM RESET SIGNAL Logic TTL
28 A MISO/ SPI MASTER IN SLAVE OUT Logic TTL
28 C MOSI/ SPI MASTER OUT SLAVE IN Logic TTL
29 A SCK/ SPI CLOCK Logic TTL
29 C SS0/ SPI SLAVE 0 SELECT Logic TTL
30 A SS1/ SPI SLAVE 1 SELECT Logic TTL
30 C SS2/ SPI SLAVE 2 SELECT Logic TTL
31 A SS3/ SPI SLAVE 3 SELECT Logic TTL
31 C APP ARTERIAL PUMP POSITION 1 Logic TTL
32 A 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power Supply
B
C

4-34 Code SM_9033239200_04 Rev. /


Chapter 4. ELECTRONIC DESCRIPTION

The connections shown in the tables 4.10 “P4 Connector BVS Sensor” and 4.11 “P5 Connector BVS
Switch” are available for both “BIOSLAVE2” and “BIOSLAVE2 AFB” boards.

Table 4.10: P4 Connector BVS Sensor


Pin Signal
Description Type
Number Name
1 CHST.A Transmitter LED output (anode) Current / Voltage
controlled analog
output
2 PTBVS.1 PT1000 current output and voltage input Current output /
Voltage analog
input
3 CHST.K Transmitter LED output (cathode) Current / Voltage
controlled analog
output
4 PTBVS.2 PT1000 current input Current / Voltage
controlled analog
output
5 CHSR.A Receiver Diode input (anode) Analog input, very
high impedance
6 Power: 0VA 0Volt reference for +15V and -15V power Power Supply
7 CHSR.K Receiver Diode input (cathode), connected to 0V on Analog input, 0
the board Ohm impedance
8 Power: 0VA 0Volt reference for +15V and -15V power Power Supply

Table 4.11: P5 Connector BVS Switch


Pin Signal
Description Type
Number Name
1 Power: +5 VD +5 Volt for Digital devices Power Supply
2 N.C. / /
3 Power: 0VA 0Volt reference for +15V and -15V power Power Supply
4 SW-BVSL BVS Cuvette position LOW = inserted CMOS Input
10 kOhm pullup

The connections shown in the table 4.12 “RS-232 Interface Connector J3” are available olny for the
“BIOSLAVE2 AFB” board.

Table 4.12: RS-232 Interface Connector J3 - for diagnostic use (only if


BIOSLAVE2 AFB is installed)
Pin Signal
Description Type
Number Name
1 Power: +5 VD +5 Volt for Digital devices Power Supply
2 RXD232 RS-232 Rx Data Digital Input / RS-
232 levels
3 TXD232 RS-232 Tx Data Digital Output /
RS-232 levels
4 Power: 0VD 0Volt reference for +5VD power Power Supply

Code SM_9033239200_04 Rev. / 4-35


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

4.7 Arterial Pump Board and Venous Pump Board


The Arterial pump and Venous Pump Boards are located on the front blood compartment next to the
proper blood pump 24 vdc motor. Signals each board connect to the Blood and Protective slave boards
through the Mother board.The following signals are controlled by this board.
Motor speed command (input): TTL frequency modulated square wave.The frequency range is 0 - 20
kHz signal that corresponds to the range of no speed - full speed
Motor speed feedback (output): Signal from optical encoder mounted onto the blood pump motor shaft.
It gives 32 pulses per rotation of the motor shaft.
Motor direction command (input): TTL signal that is logical high for clockwise direction and logical low
for counter-clockwise direction.
Motor stop command (input): TTL signal, active low to stop the motor.
Motor supply enable digital (input): 24V digital signal, active high to energize the pump. This signal is
normally driven high. It is driven low (inactive) to allow manual operation by the external blood pump crank.
Break command (input): TTL signal, active high, signal switches in a circuit that short circuits the motor
winding to stop the motor quickly when the speed command is stopped.
Rotor position signal 1 (output) and Rotor position signal 2 (output): are Hall effect sensor that senses
the position and the direction of the pump rotor.
Cover position sensor (output): Hall effect sensor that senses the open or closed position of the pump
cover.

4.8 PIB Board


See Figure 4-7 for PIB board functions.The PIB board has analog and conditioning circuitry for the
arterial, pre-dialyzer and venous pressure transducers, UAD (ultrasonic air detector), Blood Sensor and
Blood Sensor trimpot located inside the UAD housing. Outputs from this board connect to the Blood slave
and Protective slave boards through a communications bus that connects between the three boards,
similar to the SPI bus that connects between the Main board and the slave boards.

4.9 Isolated Ethernet and Switch Board


The Isolated Ethernet and Switch Board is intended to implement an Isolation Barrier between the
external Ethernet LAN and the internal Ethernet Port.
The Isolated Ethernet and Switch Board share the internal Ethernet Port of the Main Board between the
Ethernet LAN (coming through the Isolation Barrier) and the WI-FI module (that has an Ethernet Bridge).
On the Isolated Ethernet and Switch Board shall be present a Digital Input intended to switch the
Ethernet Port of the Main Unit between the LAN and the WI-FI.
The Isolated Ethernet and Switch Board shall have the following configuration:
• two Ethernet Source Port: External LAN Port and Wireless Module Port,(the External LAN Port shall
be connected to the board through an Isolation Barrier)

• one Ethernet Destination Port: MAIN UNIT Port

• one Digital Input intended to select which Input Port has to be connected to the Output Port: Ethernet
Selection Input.

The Ethernet Switch Board shall be capable to connect one of the two Ethernet Source Port to the
Ethernet Destination Port.
Figure 4-7. PIB Board

(Not currently available)

4-36 Code SM_9033239200_04 Rev. /


Chapter 4. ELECTRONIC DESCRIPTION

4.10 Hour Meter Board


The main purpose of the Hour Meter Board is to manage the machine's Electromechanical Hour
Counter and the Low Power mode.
The main functions of this board are summarized as follows:
• It is powered by the 5VD and uses the V_BATTERY when the 5VD is not present, in order to work
even if the power supply unit is in Stand-By Mode.

• Counts the Working Time of the machine and controls the electromechanical counter that shows the
Working Time.

• Counts the Low Power Mode Time of the machine (available only for the Main Board of the machine).

• Provides an internal Software Event Timer: it is preloaded by the Main Board through the Hydraulic
System’s I2C bus. After preloading it is decremented, also in the Low Power mode. When the Event
Timer underflows the Hour Meter generates the STAND_BY_ON_OFF signal to exit the power supply
unit from Stand-By mode.

• The board generates the +5VSB from the V_BATTERY to power up the Ethernet Switch Board.

• Controls an ON Board Buzzer.

• Generates the following safe signals:

- STAND_BY_ON_OFF signal to put/resume the power supply unit to/from the Stand-By Mode;
- MAIN_SWITCH_OFF signal to turn the Main Switch OFF.
• Reads the On/Off Key (on the keyboard), in order to exit from the Low Power Mode when this Key is
pressed.

• Drives the STB1 and the STB2 LEDs (on the keyboard) with different modality.

• Acquires some of the Battery’s parameters in order to check the Battery status and evaluate the resid-
ual Battery Time (not currently available).

• Generates a BATTERY_CHARGER_ON Signal in order to recharge the Battery when in Low Power
Mode.
If the “6987721 HOUR METER BOARD AE” Rev. B3 is installed, the following note is available:

NOTE
The scheduled Disinfection/Rinse program starts only if its start is provided within 48 hours since
the machine enters the Low Power mode.

• Provides an I2C Bus Interface (Slave Mode).

• Allows the micro controller firmware (FW) to be updated through the I2C Bus.

Code SM_9033239200_04 Rev. / 4-37


This page is left intentionally blank

4-38 Code SM_9033239200_04 Rev. /


Chapter 5. SIGNALS & CONNECTIONS DESCRIPTION

Chapter 5. SIGNALS & CONNECTIONS


DESCRIPTION
5.1 MOTHER BOARD LAY OUT REV. B0
(See fig. 5.1 and 5.2)

Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. / 5-1


This page is left intentionally blank

5-2 Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. /


Chapter.5 SIGNALS & CONNECTIONS DESCRIPTION

Chapter.5 SIGNALS & CONNECTIONS DESCRIPTION

Figure 5.1 Mother Board Lay Out PCB Side

Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. / 5-3


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Figure 5.2 Mother Board Lay Out Wire Conn. Side

5-4 Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. /


Chapter.5 SIGNALS & CONNECTIONS DESCRIPTION

5.2 MOTHER BOARD SIGNAL LIST REV. B0


5.2.1 Rev. B0
The following section contains the signals list table of the Mother Board from Rev. B0.

Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. / 5-5


This page is left intentionally blank

5-6 Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. /


Chapter.5 SIGNALS & CONNECTIONS DESCRIPTION

SER4 READ-C-LESS

POWER ALTERN.3

POWER ALTERN.2
POWER ALTERN.3
SENS-DISP-LIGHT
BUBBLE-BT1-BT2
SWCONCENTRAL

BVS LINE SENS.


C-LESS POWER

EVCENTRAL-R
EVCENTRAL-L

HOUR METER

ALIM COND B

ALIM COND A
STERIL-SENS

BVS SENSOR
UFT SENSOR

WETSENSOR
BUBBLE BTP

P-DEG. LOOP
VOLT-TEST-1

VOLT-TEST-2

COM2 RS232

COM1 RS232
AUDIO BUZZ
REM ALARM
AP-RESUME

ALARM-LED
COVER-UFT

HPRES-CTL

PUMP-P1P2
VOLT-TEST

H-BOTTOM
WATVALVE

SWDOORS

PUMP-SCT
KEYB PCB
P2 BLOOD

P1 BLOOD

DIA-CONN

BALANCE

CORIOLIS

P SUPPLY
EV RIGHT
I2C-H-P-B

PUMP-AB
LFP-LFP1

PUMP-PS
P2 BIOSL
P1 BIOSL

ARM-UFT

SWCONC
I2C-M-BS

HEPARIN
P2 HYDR
P1 HYDR
P2 PROT
P1 PROT

SWW 1-2

CLAMPS

OVTEMP
LOADER

SER2-5V
EV LEFT

BRTLCD
P2 MAIN
P1 MAIN

SWBICK
ALIM-J6

PIB-P9

PIB-P7

PWHO
PINCH

USB B
USB A

SER3
FD2P

LFP1

VNM

BPM
BLD
FPH

AP

PC
VP

TP
SIGNAL J1 J2 J3 J4 J5 J6 J7 J8 J9 J10 J11 J12 J13 J14 J15 J16 J17 J18 J19 J20 J21 J22 J23 J25 J25A J26 J27 J28 J29 J30 J31 J32 J34 J35 J36 J37 J38 J39 J40 J41 J42 J43 J44 J45 J46 J47 J48 J49 J50 J51 J52 J53 J53A J54 J55 J56 J57 J58 J60 J61 J62 J62 AJ63 J64 J65 J66 J67 J68 J69 J70 J70 AJ70 BJ71 J72 J73J73 A J74 J75 J76 J77 J78 J79 J80 J81 J82 J83

+12V C8 6 22 5 2 8 12 16 4 8 12 17 5 16 16 1 1

+15V A11 A11 A11 A11 5 20 5 1 5 1 6 8 2

+15V B11 B11 B11 B11

+15V C11 C11 C11 C11

+15VS B6 7 4 3 3

+24V A15 16 3 2 3 2 2 10 18 15 6 6

+24V 7

+24V 11

+24VBAT 16 21

+24VBAT 23

+24VP A29 B29 C29 A29 18 11 12 1 3 2 4 9 12 15 3 6 7 8 7 12 7 8 15 3 12 2 2

+24VP A30 B30 C30 A30 2 3 5 6 16 5 13 16 14 3 3

+24VP B29 B29 6 5 11 10 17 11

+24VP B30 B30 8 7 13 14 18 13

+24VP C29 C29 9 18 19

+24VP C30 C30 11 19 21

+24VP 13 27

+24VP 15 29

+24VP 35

+5VD A12 A14 A14 C15 A14 4 4 14 9 4 4 2 16 23 2 1 4 5 3 1 1 17 1 4 2 11 10 5 2 7 16 7 3 3 4 3 13 4 4 4 7 4 1 6 11 2 12 11 16 1 6 3 3 4 10 5 5 3 1 10

+5VD A13 A18 A15 A15 10 10 10 7 2 6 4 8 12 8 4 6 4 15 14 8 12 8 12 4 2 11

+5VD B9 B18 B14 B14 11 14 8 12 9 5

+5VD B10 C18 C14 C14 20 14

+5VD B12 C23 24 17

+5VD C9 30

+5VD C10

+5VD C12

+5VD A9

+5VD A10

+5VP A14 7 39 12 1 2 4 13

+5VP B14 40 2

+5VP C14 7

+5VP 8

+5VSB C21 18

+5VUSBA A25 5

+5VUSBB A28 5

0V24 A31 A31 C31 C31 12 11 4 16 2 10 11 11 4 5 6 10 6 7 13 4 4

Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. / 5-7


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

SER4 READ-C-LESS

POWER ALTERN.3

POWER ALTERN.2
POWER ALTERN.3
SENS-DISP-LIGHT
BUBBLE-BT1-BT2
SWCONCENTRAL

BVS LINE SENS.


C-LESS POWER

EVCENTRAL-R
EVCENTRAL-L

HOUR METER

ALIM COND B

ALIM COND A
STERIL-SENS

BVS SENSOR
UFT SENSOR

WETSENSOR
BUBBLE BTP

P-DEG. LOOP
VOLT-TEST-1

VOLT-TEST-2

COM2 RS232

COM1 RS232
AUDIO BUZZ
REM ALARM
AP-RESUME

ALARM-LED
COVER-UFT

HPRES-CTL

PUMP-P1P2
VOLT-TEST

H-BOTTOM
WATVALVE

SWDOORS

PUMP-SCT
KEYB PCB
P2 BLOOD

P1 BLOOD

DIA-CONN

BALANCE

CORIOLIS

P SUPPLY
EV RIGHT
I2C-H-P-B

PUMP-AB
LFP-LFP1

PUMP-PS
P2 BIOSL
P1 BIOSL

ARM-UFT

SWCONC
I2C-M-BS

HEPARIN
P2 HYDR
P1 HYDR
P2 PROT
P1 PROT

SWW 1-2

CLAMPS

OVTEMP
LOADER

SER2-5V
EV LEFT

BRTLCD
P2 MAIN
P1 MAIN

SWBICK
ALIM-J6

PIB-P9

PIB-P7

PWHO
PINCH

USB B
USB A

SER3
FD2P

LFP1

VNM

BPM
BLD
FPH

AP

PC
VP

TP
SIGNAL J1 J2 J3 J4 J5 J6 J7 J8 J9 J10 J11 J12 J13 J14 J15 J16 J17 J18 J19 J20 J21 J22 J23 J25 J25A J26 J27 J28 J29 J30 J31 J32 J34 J35 J36 J37 J38 J39 J40 J41 J42 J43 J44 J45 J46 J47 J48 J49 J50 J51 J52 J53 J53A J54 J55 J56 J57 J58 J60 J61 J62 J62 AJ63 J64 J65 J66 J67 J68 J69 J70 J70 AJ70 BJ71 J72 J73J73 A J74 J75 J76 J77 J78 J79 J80 J81 J82 J83

0V24 A32 A32 C32 C32 6 12 6 11 14 5 5

0V24 B31 C31 A31 12 13 12

0V24 B32 C32 A32 14 14 14

0V24 C31 B31 B31 20 20

0V24 C32 B32 B32 22

0V24 28

0V24 30

0V24 36

0VA A1 A1 A9 A1 6 25 10 5 5 9 3 3 10 8 4 2 12 9 3

0VA A8 A9 B9 A9 26 6 10 4 7

0VA A9 B1 C9 B1 14 12

0VA B1 B9 B9

0VA B9 C1 C1

0VA C1 C9 C9

0VA C9

0VD A1 A16 A1 A3 A1 A26 A1 A32 A1 A26 2 2 4 8 2 1 3 7 13 24 17 5 3 3 3 2 4 4 15 19 5 6 1 5 9 4 1 3 8 13 9 2 9 4 2 2 3 5 6 2 2 9 5 2 5 9 5 11 4 9 5 13 3 5 2 2 3 9 4 4 11 1 1 3 12

0VD A10 A23 B1 A17 B1 A32 B1 B32 B1 A32 5 5 11 10 3 1 15 6 4 7 4 5 6 6 20 6 8 10 11 3 4 15 10 5 8 5 4 12 16 10 10 10 14 9 4 7 11 6 12 2 5 14

0VD A19 A32 C1 A26 C1 B26 C1 C32 C1 B26 6 6 12 3 11 15 27 9 10 7 5 11 6 15 8

0VD A20 B1 A32 B32 B32 8 8 5 12 29 16 6 11

0VD A31 B11 B26 C26 C26 13 12 18 11

0VD A32 B23 B32 C32 C32 15 15

0VD B1 B32 C14 16

0VD B10 C1 C26 18

0VD B19 C11 C32 22

0VD B20 C23 25

0VD B31 C32 26

0VD B32 A1 28

0VD C1 A11

0VD C10

0VD C19

0VD C20

0VD C31

0VD C32

0VS B10 8 1 1 1

0VS 10 2

-15V A10 A10 A10 A10 4 21 6 2 6 3 10 7 1

-15V B10 B10 B10 B10

-15V C10 C10 C10 C10

5-8 Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. /


Chapter.5 SIGNALS & CONNECTIONS DESCRIPTION

SER4 READ-C-LESS

POWER ALTERN.3

POWER ALTERN.2
POWER ALTERN.3
SENS-DISP-LIGHT
BUBBLE-BT1-BT2
SWCONCENTRAL

BVS LINE SENS.


C-LESS POWER

EVCENTRAL-R
EVCENTRAL-L

HOUR METER

ALIM COND B

ALIM COND A
STERIL-SENS

BVS SENSOR
UFT SENSOR

WETSENSOR
BUBBLE BTP

P-DEG. LOOP
VOLT-TEST-1

VOLT-TEST-2

COM2 RS232

COM1 RS232
AUDIO BUZZ
REM ALARM
AP-RESUME

ALARM-LED
COVER-UFT

HPRES-CTL

PUMP-P1P2
VOLT-TEST

H-BOTTOM
WATVALVE

SWDOORS

PUMP-SCT
KEYB PCB
P2 BLOOD

P1 BLOOD

DIA-CONN

BALANCE

CORIOLIS

P SUPPLY
EV RIGHT
I2C-H-P-B

PUMP-AB
LFP-LFP1

PUMP-PS
P2 BIOSL
P1 BIOSL

ARM-UFT

SWCONC
I2C-M-BS

HEPARIN
P2 HYDR
P1 HYDR
P2 PROT
P1 PROT

SWW 1-2

CLAMPS

OVTEMP
LOADER

SER2-5V
EV LEFT

BRTLCD
P2 MAIN
P1 MAIN

SWBICK
ALIM-J6

PIB-P9

PIB-P7

PWHO
PINCH

USB B
USB A

SER3
FD2P

LFP1

VNM

BPM
BLD
FPH

AP

PC
VP

TP
SIGNAL J1 J2 J3 J4 J5 J6 J7 J8 J9 J10 J11 J12 J13 J14 J15 J16 J17 J18 J19 J20 J21 J22 J23 J25 J25A J26 J27 J28 J29 J30 J31 J32 J34 J35 J36 J37 J38 J39 J40 J41 J42 J43 J44 J45 J46 J47 J48 J49 J50 J51 J52 J53 J53A J54 J55 J56 J57 J58 J60 J61 J62 J62 AJ63 J64 J65 J66 J67 J68 J69 J70 J70 AJ70 BJ71 J72 J73J73 A J74 J75 J76 J77 J78 J79 J80 J81 J82 J83

-15VS B7 9 3 2 2

ABDA-ALM A23 30

ABD-ALARM- B25 36
PRE

ABD-RSTA A22 37

ABD-RSTB C14 1

ABD-TEST A21 35

ABP- B25 B12 A3 2

ABP+ B24 B21 C3 4

AC C24 2

ACP B26 C8 4

AD-REF C2 7

AF C2 A4 A19 A25 3

ALARMLSENS_LE A8 9

ALARMLSENS_RE A16 10

ALMLEDR C17 C26 3

ALMLEDR 4

ALMLEDY C19 A23 5

ALMLEDY 6

AL-VNM B8 11

ANACNF0 A19 31

ANACNF1 C19 32

ANACNF2 A20 33

ANANCNF7 B29 19

ANANCNF8 B30 2

ANANCNF9 B31 42

AP C20 5

APBK A24 C27 1

APDIR A2 14

APLOCK A16 10

APP C31 C8 C6 6

APP2 C12 8

AP-RESUM C6 12

ARLY-EN C18 9

ATX-STB C27 2

AUDIO IN L/R- A20 4

AUDIO IN L+ A22 6

AUDIO IN R+ A21 5

AUDIO OUT L/R- A19 3

Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. / 5-9


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

SER4 READ-C-LESS

POWER ALTERN.3

POWER ALTERN.2
POWER ALTERN.3
SENS-DISP-LIGHT
BUBBLE-BT1-BT2
SWCONCENTRAL

BVS LINE SENS.


C-LESS POWER

EVCENTRAL-R
EVCENTRAL-L

HOUR METER

ALIM COND B

ALIM COND A
STERIL-SENS

BVS SENSOR
UFT SENSOR

WETSENSOR
BUBBLE BTP

P-DEG. LOOP
VOLT-TEST-1

VOLT-TEST-2

COM2 RS232

COM1 RS232
AUDIO BUZZ
REM ALARM
AP-RESUME

ALARM-LED
COVER-UFT

HPRES-CTL

PUMP-P1P2
VOLT-TEST

H-BOTTOM
WATVALVE

SWDOORS

PUMP-SCT
KEYB PCB
P2 BLOOD

P1 BLOOD

DIA-CONN

BALANCE

CORIOLIS

P SUPPLY
EV RIGHT
I2C-H-P-B

PUMP-AB
LFP-LFP1

PUMP-PS
P2 BIOSL
P1 BIOSL

ARM-UFT

SWCONC
I2C-M-BS

HEPARIN
P2 HYDR
P1 HYDR
P2 PROT
P1 PROT

SWW 1-2

CLAMPS

OVTEMP
LOADER

SER2-5V
EV LEFT

BRTLCD
P2 MAIN
P1 MAIN

SWBICK
ALIM-J6

PIB-P9

PIB-P7

PWHO
PINCH

USB B
USB A

SER3
FD2P

LFP1

VNM

BPM
BLD
FPH

AP

PC
VP

TP
SIGNAL J1 J2 J3 J4 J5 J6 J7 J8 J9 J10 J11 J12 J13 J14 J15 J16 J17 J18 J19 J20 J21 J22 J23 J25 J25A J26 J27 J28 J29 J30 J31 J32 J34 J35 J36 J37 J38 J39 J40 J41 J42 J43 J44 J45 J46 J47 J48 J49 J50 J51 J52 J53 J53A J54 J55 J56 J57 J58 J60 J61 J62 J62 AJ63 J64 J65 J66 J67 J68 J69 J70 J70 AJ70 BJ71 J72 J73J73 A J74 J75 J76 J77 J78 J79 J80 J81 J82 J83

AUDIO OUT L+ A18 2

AUDIO OUT R+ A17 1

BLDR.A C17 3

BLDR.K A17 4

BLDT.A A18 2

BLDT.K C18 1

BLDTST A27 7

BUZZ- A26 A22 11

CAP C13 4

CHBATON 13 9

CHSR.A A22 5

CHSR.K A23 7

CHST.A A20 1

CHST.K A21 3

COFF A18 C24

COMPSS A23 1

CTS COM1 B26 8

CTS COM2 B25 8

CTS3 C6 6

CTS4 C13 6

CTS5VM C15 4

CUTOFF B9 12

CVP C14 4

DA- A27 2

DA+ A26 3

DB- A30 2

DB+ A29 3

DCD COM1 B31 1

DCD COM2 B30 1

DCD3 A2 1

DCD4 A11 1

DFHEP A13 C2 6

DHEP C16 5

DIGOUT19H B9 6

DISD1P B14 6

DISPOFF C30 5

DNB.O C17 12

DP- A7 A7 4

5-10 Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. /


Chapter.5 SIGNALS & CONNECTIONS DESCRIPTION

SER4 READ-C-LESS

POWER ALTERN.3

POWER ALTERN.2
POWER ALTERN.3
SENS-DISP-LIGHT
BUBBLE-BT1-BT2
SWCONCENTRAL

BVS LINE SENS.


C-LESS POWER

EVCENTRAL-R
EVCENTRAL-L

HOUR METER

ALIM COND B

ALIM COND A
STERIL-SENS

BVS SENSOR
UFT SENSOR

WETSENSOR
BUBBLE BTP

P-DEG. LOOP
VOLT-TEST-1

VOLT-TEST-2

COM2 RS232

COM1 RS232
AUDIO BUZZ
REM ALARM
AP-RESUME

ALARM-LED
COVER-UFT

HPRES-CTL

PUMP-P1P2
VOLT-TEST

H-BOTTOM
WATVALVE

SWDOORS

PUMP-SCT
KEYB PCB
P2 BLOOD

P1 BLOOD

DIA-CONN

BALANCE

CORIOLIS

P SUPPLY
EV RIGHT
I2C-H-P-B

PUMP-AB
LFP-LFP1

PUMP-PS
P2 BIOSL
P1 BIOSL

ARM-UFT

SWCONC
I2C-M-BS

HEPARIN
P2 HYDR
P1 HYDR
P2 PROT
P1 PROT

SWW 1-2

CLAMPS

OVTEMP
LOADER

SER2-5V
EV LEFT

BRTLCD
P2 MAIN
P1 MAIN

SWBICK
ALIM-J6

PIB-P9

PIB-P7

PWHO
PINCH

USB B
USB A

SER3
FD2P

LFP1

VNM

BPM
BLD
FPH

AP

PC
VP

TP
SIGNAL J1 J2 J3 J4 J5 J6 J7 J8 J9 J10 J11 J12 J13 J14 J15 J16 J17 J18 J19 J20 J21 J22 J23 J25 J25A J26 J27 J28 J29 J30 J31 J32 J34 J35 J36 J37 J38 J39 J40 J41 J42 J43 J44 J45 J46 J47 J48 J49 J50 J51 J52 J53 J53A J54 J55 J56 J57 J58 J60 J61 J62 J62 AJ63 J64 J65 J66 J67 J68 J69 J70 J70 AJ70 BJ71 J72 J73J73 A J74 J75 J76 J77 J78 J79 J80 J81 J82 J83

DP+ C7 C7 2

DP1 B13 5

DP2 B16 6

DPA C17 1

DPB C16 2

DPC B19 3

DPS C15 1

DPSEL B17 1

DPWOUT2H B8 14

DPWOUT3H B12 17

DSR COM1 B30 6

DSR COM2 B29 6

DSR3 C5 2

DSR4 C11 2

DTR COM1 B25 4

DTR COM2 B24 4

DTR3 A5 7

DTR4 C14 7

ENTSTBAT C28 5 1

EV1S C18 B18 9

EV2 A19 A4 10

EVA B20 A5 31

EVB4 A20 17

EVBP2 A27 C4 6

EVC A20 A8 7

EVD C27 A7 1

EVD1 C24 2

EVD2 A25 C25 12

EVDEG C21 5

EVDNLOADER A24 5

EVDRAIN A8 B23 13

EVDS1 A21 C5 4 9

EVDS2 C20 C3 8

EVFLUSH C26 A24 23

EVH2O C22 B19 11

EVHE C19 9

EVP C25 1

EVPA A24 1

Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. / 5-11


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

SER4 READ-C-LESS

POWER ALTERN.3

POWER ALTERN.2
POWER ALTERN.3
SENS-DISP-LIGHT
BUBBLE-BT1-BT2
SWCONCENTRAL

BVS LINE SENS.


C-LESS POWER

EVCENTRAL-R
EVCENTRAL-L

HOUR METER

ALIM COND B

ALIM COND A
STERIL-SENS

BVS SENSOR
UFT SENSOR

WETSENSOR
BUBBLE BTP

P-DEG. LOOP
VOLT-TEST-1

VOLT-TEST-2

COM2 RS232

COM1 RS232
AUDIO BUZZ
REM ALARM
AP-RESUME

ALARM-LED
COVER-UFT

HPRES-CTL

PUMP-P1P2
VOLT-TEST

H-BOTTOM
WATVALVE

SWDOORS

PUMP-SCT
KEYB PCB
P2 BLOOD

P1 BLOOD

DIA-CONN

BALANCE

CORIOLIS

P SUPPLY
EV RIGHT
I2C-H-P-B

PUMP-AB
LFP-LFP1

PUMP-PS
P2 BIOSL
P1 BIOSL

ARM-UFT

SWCONC
I2C-M-BS

HEPARIN
P2 HYDR
P1 HYDR
P2 PROT
P1 PROT

SWW 1-2

CLAMPS

OVTEMP
LOADER

SER2-5V
EV LEFT

BRTLCD
P2 MAIN
P1 MAIN

SWBICK
ALIM-J6

PIB-P9

PIB-P7

PWHO
PINCH

USB B
USB A

SER3
FD2P

LFP1

VNM

BPM
BLD
FPH

AP

PC
VP

TP
SIGNAL J1 J2 J3 J4 J5 J6 J7 J8 J9 J10 J11 J12 J13 J14 J15 J16 J17 J18 J19 J20 J21 J22 J23 J25 J25A J26 J27 J28 J29 J30 J31 J32 J34 J35 J36 J37 J38 J39 J40 J41 J42 J43 J44 J45 J46 J47 J48 J49 J50 J51 J52 J53 J53A J54 J55 J56 J57 J58 J60 J61 J62 J62 AJ63 J64 J65 J66 J67 J68 J69 J70 J70 AJ70 BJ71 J72 J73J73 A J74 J75 J76 J77 J78 J79 J80 J81 J82 J83

EVPB C23 7

EVPRIM B18 9

EVPRIM1 B19 15

EVR1 A23 A6 15

EVS C28 B27 17

EVSNLOADER A18 7

EVW1 A22 A15 25

EVW2 A18 B22 33

FD1C A25 A17 1

FD1P C20 5

FD2C C25 C17 10

FD2P B22 3

FHEP C21 C3 3

FP1 A18 1

FP2 C18 2

FPA A24 A16 3

FPB C24 C16 4

FPH A21 1

FPS B28 B28 2

FPSEL B29 C22 2

H1F A16 7

H2F C19 9

H3F B4 10

HBST C18 8 14 8

HBST 15

HEP C19 1

I2C-SCLB B12 21

I2C-SCLB 27

I2C-SCLBS B22 C22 14

I2C-SCLH B12 1

I2C-SCLH 7

I2C-SCLM 1

I2C-SCLM 7

I2C-SCLP B12 11

I2C-SCLP 17

I2C-SDAB B11 23

I2C-SDAB 29

I2C-SDABS B24 C21 12

5-12 Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. /


Chapter.5 SIGNALS & CONNECTIONS DESCRIPTION

SER4 READ-C-LESS

POWER ALTERN.3

POWER ALTERN.2
POWER ALTERN.3
SENS-DISP-LIGHT
BUBBLE-BT1-BT2
SWCONCENTRAL

BVS LINE SENS.


C-LESS POWER

EVCENTRAL-R
EVCENTRAL-L

HOUR METER

ALIM COND B

ALIM COND A
STERIL-SENS

BVS SENSOR
UFT SENSOR

WETSENSOR
BUBBLE BTP

P-DEG. LOOP
VOLT-TEST-1

VOLT-TEST-2

COM2 RS232

COM1 RS232
AUDIO BUZZ
REM ALARM
AP-RESUME

ALARM-LED
COVER-UFT

HPRES-CTL

PUMP-P1P2
VOLT-TEST

H-BOTTOM
WATVALVE

SWDOORS

PUMP-SCT
KEYB PCB
P2 BLOOD

P1 BLOOD

DIA-CONN

BALANCE

CORIOLIS

P SUPPLY
EV RIGHT
I2C-H-P-B

PUMP-AB
LFP-LFP1

PUMP-PS
P2 BIOSL
P1 BIOSL

ARM-UFT

SWCONC
I2C-M-BS

HEPARIN
P2 HYDR
P1 HYDR
P2 PROT
P1 PROT

SWW 1-2

CLAMPS

OVTEMP
LOADER

SER2-5V
EV LEFT

BRTLCD
P2 MAIN
P1 MAIN

SWBICK
ALIM-J6

PIB-P9

PIB-P7

PWHO
PINCH

USB B
USB A

SER3
FD2P

LFP1

VNM

BPM
BLD
FPH

AP

PC
VP

TP
SIGNAL J1 J2 J3 J4 J5 J6 J7 J8 J9 J10 J11 J12 J13 J14 J15 J16 J17 J18 J19 J20 J21 J22 J23 J25 J25A J26 J27 J28 J29 J30 J31 J32 J34 J35 J36 J37 J38 J39 J40 J41 J42 J43 J44 J45 J46 J47 J48 J49 J50 J51 J52 J53 J53A J54 J55 J56 J57 J58 J60 J61 J62 J62 AJ63 J64 J65 J66 J67 J68 J69 J70 J70 AJ70 BJ71 J72 J73J73 A J74 J75 J76 J77 J78 J79 J80 J81 J82 J83

I2C-SDAH B11 3

I2C-SDAH 9

I2C-SDAM 3

I2C-SDAM 9

I2C-SDAP B11 13

I2C-SDAP 19

KEY11 12 1

LACS B25 6

LD1 B31 1

LD1.A A3 3

LD2 C31 11

LD2.A A4 13

LEDAP- A27 2

LEDH C17 13

LEDVP- C26 2

LFD C5 9

LFD.A A5 10

LFP C10 7 1

LFP.A A10 5

LFP1 C9 8 8

LFP1.A A9 6 2

LFS C15 3

LFS.A A11 4

LOWL C10 2

LP B30 1

LP.A A2 3

LPS A10 10

LVCS A14 5

MIC- A25 8

MIC AMP C13 9

MIC+ A24 7

MISO A28 A28 A28 A28 A28

MOSI C28 C28 C28 C28 C28

MPGOOD 11 3

MSWOFF C27 6 11

MW1 C4 B18 5

MW2 C5 B15 6

OHT C14 4

Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. / 5-13


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

SER4 READ-C-LESS

POWER ALTERN.3

POWER ALTERN.2
POWER ALTERN.3
SENS-DISP-LIGHT
BUBBLE-BT1-BT2
SWCONCENTRAL

BVS LINE SENS.


C-LESS POWER

EVCENTRAL-R
EVCENTRAL-L

HOUR METER

ALIM COND B

ALIM COND A
STERIL-SENS

BVS SENSOR
UFT SENSOR

WETSENSOR
BUBBLE BTP

P-DEG. LOOP
VOLT-TEST-1

VOLT-TEST-2

COM2 RS232

COM1 RS232
AUDIO BUZZ
REM ALARM
AP-RESUME

ALARM-LED
COVER-UFT

HPRES-CTL

PUMP-P1P2
VOLT-TEST

H-BOTTOM
WATVALVE

SWDOORS

PUMP-SCT
KEYB PCB
P2 BLOOD

P1 BLOOD

DIA-CONN

BALANCE

CORIOLIS

P SUPPLY
EV RIGHT
I2C-H-P-B

PUMP-AB
LFP-LFP1

PUMP-PS
P2 BIOSL
P1 BIOSL

ARM-UFT

SWCONC
I2C-M-BS

HEPARIN
P2 HYDR
P1 HYDR
P2 PROT
P1 PROT

SWW 1-2

CLAMPS

OVTEMP
LOADER

SER2-5V
EV LEFT

BRTLCD
P2 MAIN
P1 MAIN

SWBICK
ALIM-J6

PIB-P9

PIB-P7

PWHO
PINCH

USB B
USB A

SER3
FD2P

LFP1

VNM

BPM
BLD
FPH

AP

PC
VP

TP
SIGNAL J1 J2 J3 J4 J5 J6 J7 J8 J9 J10 J11 J12 J13 J14 J15 J16 J17 J18 J19 J20 J21 J22 J23 J25 J25A J26 J27 J28 J29 J30 J31 J32 J34 J35 J36 J37 J38 J39 J40 J41 J42 J43 J44 J45 J46 J47 J48 J49 J50 J51 J52 J53 J53A J54 J55 J56 J57 J58 J60 J61 J62 J62 AJ63 J64 J65 J66 J67 J68 J69 J70 J70 AJ70 BJ71 J72 J73J73 A J74 J75 J76 J77 J78 J79 J80 J81 J82 J83

OVL C12 4

P1 A19 3

P1BK C12 7

P2 C20 4

P2BK C13 8

PA A20 5

PB C21 6

PB-APRESUM 1 17

PBK- C6 14

PBK+ C8 13

PC A22 2

PCBK B8 4

PDG- B3 B17 3

PDG+ B6 B16 1

PDP C7 6

PFS- A6 B4 16

PFS+ C6 B5 15

PI- A3 A5 2

PI+ C3 C5 1

PINCH C21 1

PINCHRLY C22 3

PO- A4 A6 8

PO+ C4 C6 7

PPA A8 8

PS C22 3

PS.ON C22 6

PSEL A21 3

PSTOP A24 7 7

PTBVS.1 C6 2

PTBVS.2 C7 4

PTS A12 22

PWFAIL C21 A27 A27 A11 A27 1 4

PWHO B20 1

RCH A26 1

REL24 C25 3

REMAL C23 1

RESH C26 3

RESL C28 1

5-14 Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. /


Chapter.5 SIGNALS & CONNECTIONS DESCRIPTION

SER4 READ-C-LESS

POWER ALTERN.3

POWER ALTERN.2
POWER ALTERN.3
SENS-DISP-LIGHT
BUBBLE-BT1-BT2
SWCONCENTRAL

BVS LINE SENS.


C-LESS POWER

EVCENTRAL-R
EVCENTRAL-L

HOUR METER

ALIM COND B

ALIM COND A
STERIL-SENS

BVS SENSOR
UFT SENSOR

WETSENSOR
BUBBLE BTP

P-DEG. LOOP
VOLT-TEST-1

VOLT-TEST-2

COM2 RS232

COM1 RS232
AUDIO BUZZ
REM ALARM
AP-RESUME

ALARM-LED
COVER-UFT

HPRES-CTL

PUMP-P1P2
VOLT-TEST

H-BOTTOM
WATVALVE

SWDOORS

PUMP-SCT
KEYB PCB
P2 BLOOD

P1 BLOOD

DIA-CONN

BALANCE

CORIOLIS

P SUPPLY
EV RIGHT
I2C-H-P-B

PUMP-AB
LFP-LFP1

PUMP-PS
P2 BIOSL
P1 BIOSL

ARM-UFT

SWCONC
I2C-M-BS

HEPARIN
P2 HYDR
P1 HYDR
P2 PROT
P1 PROT

SWW 1-2

CLAMPS

OVTEMP
LOADER

SER2-5V
EV LEFT

BRTLCD
P2 MAIN
P1 MAIN

SWBICK
ALIM-J6

PIB-P9

PIB-P7

PWHO
PINCH

USB B
USB A

SER3
FD2P

LFP1

VNM

BPM
BLD
FPH

AP

PC
VP

TP
SIGNAL J1 J2 J3 J4 J5 J6 J7 J8 J9 J10 J11 J12 J13 J14 J15 J16 J17 J18 J19 J20 J21 J22 J23 J25 J25A J26 J27 J28 J29 J30 J31 J32 J34 J35 J36 J37 J38 J39 J40 J41 J42 J43 J44 J45 J46 J47 J48 J49 J50 J51 J52 J53 J53A J54 J55 J56 J57 J58 J60 J61 J62 J62 AJ63 J64 J65 J66 J67 J68 J69 J70 J70 AJ70 BJ71 J72 J73J73 A J74 J75 J76 J77 J78 J79 J80 J81 J82 J83

RESW C27 7

RI COM1 B24 9

RI COM2 B23 9

RI3 C7 8

RI4 A15 8

RTS COM1 B28 7

RTS COM2 B27 7

RTS3 C3 4

RTS4 C12 4

RTS5VM C16 2

RX3 A3 3

RX4 A12 3

RXD COM1 B29 2

RXD COM2 B28 2

RXD232B A12 15

RXD5VM C14 3

SCK A29 A29 A29 A29 A29

SENSDISPL B3 3

SERBIDP C27 43

SERCKP C23 28

SEROUTP A25 44

SP- B7 B13 A6 13

SP+ B6 B20 C6 15

SRESET C20 C27 C27 C11 C27 2 5

SS0 C29 C29 C29 C29 C29

SS1 A30 A30 A30 A30 A30

SS2 C30 C30 C30 C30 C30

SS3 A31 A31 A31 A31 A31

STB1 13 2

STB2 14 3

STBYONOFF 12 10

STBYOVR C21 8

SW1PINCH B24 A13 5

SW2PINCH B21 A15 2

SW3PINCH A22 B21 4

SWA A13 B7 1

SWA1C B14 C24 15 1

SWA2 A28 3

Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. / 5-15


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

SER4 READ-C-LESS

POWER ALTERN.3

POWER ALTERN.2
POWER ALTERN.3
SENS-DISP-LIGHT
BUBBLE-BT1-BT2
SWCONCENTRAL

BVS LINE SENS.


C-LESS POWER

EVCENTRAL-R
EVCENTRAL-L

HOUR METER

ALIM COND B

ALIM COND A
STERIL-SENS

BVS SENSOR
UFT SENSOR

WETSENSOR
BUBBLE BTP

P-DEG. LOOP
VOLT-TEST-1

VOLT-TEST-2

COM2 RS232

COM1 RS232
AUDIO BUZZ
REM ALARM
AP-RESUME

ALARM-LED
COVER-UFT

HPRES-CTL

PUMP-P1P2
VOLT-TEST

H-BOTTOM
WATVALVE

SWDOORS

PUMP-SCT
KEYB PCB
P2 BLOOD

P1 BLOOD

DIA-CONN

BALANCE

CORIOLIS

P SUPPLY
EV RIGHT
I2C-H-P-B

PUMP-AB
LFP-LFP1

PUMP-PS
P2 BIOSL
P1 BIOSL

ARM-UFT

SWCONC
I2C-M-BS

HEPARIN
P2 HYDR
P1 HYDR
P2 PROT
P1 PROT

SWW 1-2

CLAMPS

OVTEMP
LOADER

SER2-5V
EV LEFT

BRTLCD
P2 MAIN
P1 MAIN

SWBICK
ALIM-J6

PIB-P9

PIB-P7

PWHO
PINCH

USB B
USB A

SER3
FD2P

LFP1

VNM

BPM
BLD
FPH

AP

PC
VP

TP
SIGNAL J1 J2 J3 J4 J5 J6 J7 J8 J9 J10 J11 J12 J13 J14 J15 J16 J17 J18 J19 J20 J21 J22 J23 J25 J25A J26 J27 J28 J29 J30 J31 J32 J34 J35 J36 J37 J38 J39 J40 J41 J42 J43 J44 J45 J46 J47 J48 J49 J50 J51 J52 J53 J53A J54 J55 J56 J57 J58 J60 J61 J62 J62 AJ63 J64 J65 J66 J67 J68 J69 J70 J70 AJ70 BJ71 J72 J73J73 A J74 J75 J76 J77 J78 J79 J80 J81 J82 J83

SWA2C B15 C16 13 6

SWAFB A14 9

SWAFB2 B4 11

SWAK B3 B6 7

SWB C13 B8 5

SWB2 C12 7

SWBK C17 B5 1

SWBVS A19 C15 1

SWBVSL A25 4

SWCOMPSS A14 3

SWCON C12 C9 1

SWCON2 C23 C2 2

SWDCSIN A13 1

SWDCSOUT A12 6

SWDNCASS C5 9

SWDUMMY1 C15 2

SWDUMMY2 B19 4

SWFSA C10 6

SWFSB C13 8

SWLEAK.A A12 A20 7 2

SWLEAK2.A B32 1

SWLEAKAGE A3 13 8

SWLOWUF1 A17 3

SWLOWUF2 B5 4

SWP A15 1

SWP1 C11 18

SWPOL B2 C16 6

SWSEK1 B13 A13 2

SWSEK2 B27 B23 10

SWSEK3 C16 8

SWSNCASS C11 13

SWUFCOVL B22 3

SWUFCOVR B23 4

TEST-ART C20 34

TEST-SP B17 8

TEST-VEN C22 38

TP.1 A5 1

TP.1 B4

5-16 Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. /


Chapter.5 SIGNALS & CONNECTIONS DESCRIPTION

SER4 READ-C-LESS

POWER ALTERN.3

POWER ALTERN.2
POWER ALTERN.3
SENS-DISP-LIGHT
BUBBLE-BT1-BT2
SWCONCENTRAL

BVS LINE SENS.


C-LESS POWER

EVCENTRAL-R
EVCENTRAL-L

HOUR METER

ALIM COND B

ALIM COND A
STERIL-SENS

BVS SENSOR
UFT SENSOR

WETSENSOR
BUBBLE BTP

P-DEG. LOOP
VOLT-TEST-1

VOLT-TEST-2

COM2 RS232

COM1 RS232
AUDIO BUZZ
REM ALARM
AP-RESUME

ALARM-LED
COVER-UFT

HPRES-CTL

PUMP-P1P2
VOLT-TEST

H-BOTTOM
WATVALVE

SWDOORS

PUMP-SCT
KEYB PCB
P2 BLOOD

P1 BLOOD

DIA-CONN

BALANCE

CORIOLIS

P SUPPLY
EV RIGHT
I2C-H-P-B

PUMP-AB
LFP-LFP1

PUMP-PS
P2 BIOSL
P1 BIOSL

ARM-UFT

SWCONC
I2C-M-BS

HEPARIN
P2 HYDR
P1 HYDR
P2 PROT
P1 PROT

SWW 1-2

CLAMPS

OVTEMP
LOADER

SER2-5V
EV LEFT

BRTLCD
P2 MAIN
P1 MAIN

SWBICK
ALIM-J6

PIB-P9

PIB-P7

PWHO
PINCH

USB B
USB A

SER3
FD2P

LFP1

VNM

BPM
BLD
FPH

AP

PC
VP

TP
SIGNAL J1 J2 J3 J4 J5 J6 J7 J8 J9 J10 J11 J12 J13 J14 J15 J16 J17 J18 J19 J20 J21 J22 J23 J25 J25A J26 J27 J28 J29 J30 J31 J32 J34 J35 J36 J37 J38 J39 J40 J41 J42 J43 J44 J45 J46 J47 J48 J49 J50 J51 J52 J53 J53A J54 J55 J56 J57 J58 J60 J61 J62 J62 AJ63 J64 J65 J66 J67 J68 J69 J70 J70 AJ70 BJ71 J72 J73J73 A J74 J75 J76 J77 J78 J79 J80 J81 J82 J83

TP.2 B5 2

TP.2 C5

TRBL-ALM B28 23

TSTBAT A12 4

TSTOHT A17 6

TX3 A4 5

TX4 A13 5

TXD COM1 B27 3

TXD COM2 B26 3

TXD232B C12 14

TXD5VM C13 1

UPB.0 A17 11

UPS_ON C15 B17 B27 B27 14 7

VBP- B18 A4 A4 1

VBP+ B15 C4 C4 3

VC A25 A25 1 10

VCP A2 C9 3

VF A23 C19 C25 3

VP B21 5

VPBK A28 1

VPBLOOD B21 A19

VPDIR A21 14

VPLOCK A17 10

VPP A9 C7 6

VPP2 B16 8

VREF0B C8 16

VREF0B 18

VREF0H C8 4 8

VREF0H 10 16

VREF0H 18 7

VREFB B13 A2 12

VREFB B2 14

VREFB C2

VREFH A2 B2 3 15

VREFH B2 9 5

VREFH C2 17 6

VRLY-EN C19 9

WATVAL A28 1

Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. / 5-17


This page is left intentionally blank

5-18 Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. /


Chapter.5 SIGNALS & CONNECTIONS DESCRIPTION

Chapter.5
DESCRIPTION SIGNALS & CONNECTIONS
5.3 Signals Description
SIGNAL DESCRIPTION TYPE VOLTAGE
+12V POWER SUPPLY 12 VOLT Power Supply 12
+15V +15V ANALOG POWER SUPPLY Power Supply 15
+15VS +15V COND PROBES POWER SUPPLY Power Supply 15
+24V 24V POWER SUPPLY Power Supply 24
+24VBAT BATTERY VOLTAGE Power Supply 27
+24VP POWER SUPPLY 24 VOLT PROTECTIVE ENABLE Power Supply 24
+5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power Supply 5
+5VP +5V PROTECTIVE Power Supply 5
+5VSB +5Volt POWER FROM HOUR METER PCB Power Supply 5
+5VUSBA +5V USB DRIVEN CHANNEL "A" Power Supply 5
+5VUSBB +5V USB DRIVEN CHANNEL "B" Power Supply 5
0V24 0V POWER Power Supply 0
0VA 0V ANALOG POWER SUPPLY Power Supply 0
0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power Supply 0
0VS 0V COND. PROBES POWER SUPPLY Power Supply 0
-15V -15V ANALOG POWER SUPPLY Power Supply -15
-15VS -15V COND. PROBES POWER SUPPLY Power Supply -15
ABDA-ALM AIR DETECTOR ALARM TTL Logic state 5
ABD-ALARM-PRE AD PRE-FLIP FLOP TTL Logic state 5
ABD-RSTA AIR DETECTOR ALARM RESET A TTL Logic state 5
ABD-RSTB AIR DETECTOR ALARM RESET B TTL Logic state 5
ABD-TEST AIR DETECTOR TEST TTL Logic state 5
ABP- ARTERIAL BLOOD PRESSURE SENSOR - Analog 5
ABP+ ARTERIAL BLOOD PRESSURE SENSOR + Analog 5
AC ARTERIAL LINE CLAMP ENABLE Open Collector 24
ACP ARTERIAL LINE CLAMP POSITION TTL Logic state 5
AD-REF SCALE SUPPLY MONITORING Analog 5
AF ENCODER ARTERIAL PUMP Frequency 5
ALARMLSENS_LE SENSOR ALARM LIGTH LEFT EMITTER / /
ALARMLSENS_RE SENSOR ALARM LIGTH RIGHT EMITTER / /
ALMLEDR RED ALARM LED Open Collector 5
ALMLEDY YELLOW ALARM LED Open Collector 5
AL-VNM VNM ALARM INPUT TTL Logic state 5
ANACNF0 VENOUS PATIENT LINE BLOOD SENSOR HW PATH TTL Logic state 5
TEST
ANACNF1 VENOUS PATIENT LINE BLOOD SENSOR TX LEVEL 70% TTL Logic state 5
ANACNF2 VENOUS PATIENT LINE BLOOD SENSOR TX OFF TTL Logic state 5

Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. / 5-19


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

SIGNAL DESCRIPTION TYPE VOLTAGE


ANANCNF7 ARTERIAL PATIENT LINE BLOOD SENSOR HW TTL Logic state 5
PATH TEST
ANANCNF8 ARTERIAL PATIENT LINE BLOOD SENSOR TX OFF TTL Logic state 5
ANANCNF9 ARTERIAL LINE BLOOD SENSOR TX LEVEL 70% TTL Logic state 5
AP SPEED CONTROL ARTERIAL PUMP Frequency 5
APBK ARTERIAL PUMP BRAKE Open Collector 5
APDIR ARTERIAL PUMP DIRECTION TTL Logic state 5
APLOCK ARTERIAL PUMP LOCK TTL Logic state 5
APP ARTERIAL PUMP POSITION 1 TTL Logic state 5
APP2 ARTERIAL PUMP POSITION 2 TTL Logic state 5
AP-RESUM ARTERIAL PUMP - BLOOD PUMP ON/OFF HARD KEY TTL Logic state 5
ARLY-EN RELAY ENABLE ARTERIAL PUMP DRIVER Open Collector 24
ATX_STB RESET PS.ON SIGNAL ON PC104 TTL Logic state 5
AUDIO IN L/R- REFERENCE AUDIO SIGNAL IN TO PC104 PCB Analog 0
AUDIO IN L+ AUDIO SIGNAL LEFT CHANNEL IN TO PC104 PCB Analog 5
AUDIO IN R+ AUDIO SIGNAL RIGTH CHANNEL IN TO PC104 PCB Analog 5
AUDIO OUT L/R- REFERENCE AUDIO SIGNAL OUT FROM PC104 PCB Analog 0
AUDIO OUT L+ AUDIO SIGNAL LEFT CHANNEL OUT FROM Analog 5
PC104 PCB
AUDIO OUT R+ AUDIO SIGNAL RIGTH CHANNEL OUT FROM Analog 5
PC104 PCB
BLDR.A BLOOD LEAKAGE DETECTOR RECEIVER DIODE Reference 0VA
ANODE
BLDR.K BLOOD LEAKAGE DETECTOR RECEIVER DIODE Analog <1 mV
CATODE
BLDT.A BLOOD LEAKAGE DETECTOR TRANSMITTER Analog 5
DIODE ANODE
BLDT.K BLOOD LEAKAGE DETECTOR TRANSMITTER Reference 0VD
DIODE CATODE
BLDTST BLD TEST ENABLED Open Collector 24
BUZZ- BUZZER LEVEL Open Collector 24-mag
CAP ARTERIAL PUMP COVER TTL Logic state 5
CHBATON CHARGE BATTERY ENABLE TTL Logic state 5
CHSR.A HGB SENSOR RECIVER ANODE Analog 5
CHSR.K HGB SENSOR RECIVER CATHODE Analog 5
CHST.A HGB SENSOR TRASM. LED ANODE Analog 5
CHST.K HGB SENSOR TRASM. LED CATHODE Analog 5
COFF ENABLE MAIN SWITCH OFF TTL Logic state 5
COMPSS COMPRESSOR MOTOR DRIVER Open Collector 24
CTS COM1 COM1 PC104 pcb. TTL Logic state /
CTS COM2 COM2 PC104 pcb. TTL Logic state 5
CTS3 SER 3 TTL Logic state 5

5-20 Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. /


Chapter.5 SIGNALS & CONNECTIONS DESCRIPTION

SIGNAL DESCRIPTION TYPE VOLTAGE


CTS4 SER 4 TTL Logic state 5
CTS5VM SER. 1 TTL MAIN TTL Logic state /
CUTOFF VNM DISABLING COMMAND TTL Logic state 5
CVP VENOUS PUMP COVER TTL Logic state 5
DA- USB CHANNEL "A" LOW SIGNAL Frequency 5
DA+ USB CHANNEL "A" HIGH SIGNAL Frequency 5
DB- USB CHANNEL "B" LOW SIGNAL Frequency 5
DB+ USB CHANNEL "B" HIGH SIGNAL Frequency 5
DCD COM1 COM1 PC104 pcb. TTL Logic state /
DCD COM2 COM2 PC104 pcb. TTL Logic state 5
DCD3 SER 3 TTL Logic state 5
DCD4 SER 4 TTL Logic state 5
DFHEP HEPARIN DIRECTION TTL Logic state 5
DHEP DIRECTION HEPARIN CONTROL TTL Logic state 5
DIGOUT19H DIGITAL OUTPUT 19 HYDR FREE / /
DISD1P SINGLE WIRE BUS BETWEEN PROTECTIVE AND TTL Logic state 5
HYDRAULIC
DISPOFF DISPLAY OFF TTL Logic state 5
DNB.0 HEPARIN DOWN PUSH-BUTTON TTL Logic state 5
DP- DRAIN PRESSURE SIGNAL - Analog 5
DP+ DRAIN PRESSURE SIGNAL + Analog 5
DP1 PUMP P1 DIRECTION TTL Logic state 5
DP2 PUMP P2 DIRECTION TTL Logic state 5
DPA DIRECTION CONTROL ACETATE PUMP TTL Logic state 5
DPB DIRECTION CONTROL BICARBONATE PUMP TTL Logic state 5
DPC PUMP PC DIRECTION TTL Logic state 5
DPS DIRECTION CONTROL STERILANT PUMP TTL Logic state 5
DPSEL DIRECTION SELECT PUMP TTL Logic state 5
DPWOUT2H EVBHE - HEAT EXCHANGER BYPASS VALVE Open Collector 24
DPWOUT3H INFUSION CLAMP COMMAND Open Collector 24
DSR COM1 COM1 PC104 pcb. TTL Logic state /
DSR COM2 COM2 PC104 pcb. TTL Logic state 5
DSR3 SER 3 TTL Logic state 5
DSR4 SER 4 TTL Logic state 5
DTR COM1 COM1 PC104 pcb. TTL Logic state /
DTR COM2 COM2 PC104 pcb. TTL Logic state 5
DTR3 SER 3 TTL Logic state 5
DTR4 SER 4 TTL Logic state 5
ENTSTBAT ENABLE TEST BATTERY Open Collector 5
EV1S STERILANT SOLENOID VALVE Open Collector 24

Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. / 5-21


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

SIGNAL DESCRIPTION TYPE VOLTAGE


EV2 HEMODIALYSER OUTLET SOLENOID VALVE Open Collector 24
EVA AIR VALVE CART EMPTING VALVE Open Collector 24
EVB4 ELECTROVALVE DRIVER (NOT USED) Open Collector 24
EVBP2 BY-PASS 2 SOLENOID VALVE Open Collector 24
EVC INTERNAL STERILANT TANK SOLENOID VALVE Open Collector 24
EVD INTERNAL STERILANT TANK SOLENOID VALVE Open Collector 24
EVD1 BT1 AIR BUBBLE TRAP OUTLET SOLENOID VALVE Open Collector 24
EVD2 BT2 AIR BUBBLE TRAP OUTLET SOLENOID VALVE Open Collector 24
EVDEG DEGASSING SOLENOID VALVE Open Collector 24
EVDNLOADER EL. VALVE DN CASSETTE LOADER Open Collector 24
EVDRAIN DRAIN SOLENOID VALVE Open Collector 24
EVDS1 FLOWMETER CALIBRATION BY-PASS SOLENOID Open Collector 24
VALVE
EVDS2 BY-PASS 1 SOLENOID VALVE Open Collector 24
EVFLUSH CLEAN DYALISATE FILTER 1 FLUSHING VALVE Open Collector 24
EVH2O WATER SUPPLY SOLENOID VALVE Power supply 24V
EVHE HEATER EXCHANGER SOLENOID VALVE Open Collector 24
EVP BTP AIR BUBBLE TRAP OUTLET SOLENOID VALVE Open Collector 24
EVPA ACETATE SOLENOID VALVE Open Collector 24
EVPB BICARBONATE SOLENOID VALVE Open Collector 24
EVPRIM PRIME SOLENOID VALVE Open Collector 24
EVPRIM1 PRIME SOLENOID VALVE 1 Open Collector 24
EVR1 RECIRCULATION SOLENOID VALVE Open Collector 24
EVS STERILANT TANK SOLENOID VALVE Open Collector 24
EVSNLOADER EL. VALVE SN CASSETTE LOADER Open Collector 24
EVW1 EVACLEAN CONNECTOR CLEANING SOLENOID Open Collector 24
VALVE
EVW2 EVACLEAN CONNECTOR CLEANING SOLENOID Open Collector 24
VALVE 2
FD1C CONTROL FLOWMETER D1C Frequency 5
FD1P PROTECTIVE FLOWMETER D1P Frequency 5
FD2C CONTROL FLOWMETER D2C Frequency 5
FD2P PROTECTIVE FLOWMETER D2P Frequency 5
FHEP HEPARIN PUMP ENCODER Frequency 5
FP1 P1 PUMP ENCODER Frequency 5
FP2 P2 PUMP ENCODER Frequency 5
FPA ACETATE PUMP ENCODER Frequency 5
FPB BICARBONATE PUMP ENCODER Frequency 5
FPH FREQUENCY pH METER Frequency 5
FPS ENCODER PUMP STERILANT Logic state /
FPSEL PSE PUMP SPEED ENCODER Frequency 5

5-22 Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. /


Chapter.5 SIGNALS & CONNECTIONS DESCRIPTION

SIGNAL DESCRIPTION TYPE VOLTAGE


H1F / / /
H2F ULTRA PORT TEST LEAKAGE SENSOR Open Collector /
H3F / / /
HBST PERISTALTIC PUMPS BOOST TTL Logic state 5
HEP HEPARIN SPEED CONTROL Frequency 5
I2C-SCLB I2C CLOCK SIGNAL BLOOD PCB TTL Logic state 5
I2C-SCLBS I2C CLOCK SIGNAL BIO-SLAVE PCB TTL Logic state /
I2C-SCLH I2C CLOCK SIGNAL HYDRAULIC PCB TTL Logic state 5
I2C-SCLM I2C CLOCK SIGNAL MAIN PCB TTL Logic state /
I2C-SCLP I2C CLOCK SIGNAL PROTECTIVE PCB TTL Logic state 5
I2C-SDAB I2C DATA SIGNAL BLOOD PCB TTL Logic state 5
I2C-SDABS I2C DATA SIGNAL BIO-SLAVE PCB TTL Logic state /
I2C-SDAH I2C DATA SIGNAL HYDRAULIC PCB TTL Logic state 5
I2C-SDAM I2C DATA SIGNAL MAIN PCB TTL Logic state /
I2C-SDAP I2C DATA SIGNAL PROTECTIVE PCB TTL Logic state 5
KEY11 HARD KEY PANEL- ON/OFF KEY TTL Logic state 5
LACS ARTERIAL LINE CLAMP SENSOR TTL Logic state 5
LD1 BUBBLE TRAP BT1 LEVEL SENSOR TTL Logic state 5
LD1.A BUBBLE TRAP BT1 LEVEL SENSOR LED SUPPLY Analog /
LD2 BUBBLE TRAP BT2 LEVEL SENSOR TTL Logic state 5
LD2.A BUBBLE TRAP BT2 LEVEL SENSOR LED SUPPLY Analog /
LEDAP- LED ARTERIAL PUMP Open Collector 5
LEDH HEPARIN RUN LED TTL Logic state 5
LEDVP- VENOUS PUMP LED Open Collector 5
LFD LOW FLOW DIALYSIS FLUID SENSOR TTL Logic state 5
LFD.A LOW FLOW DIALYSIS FLUID SENSOR LED ANODE Analog /
LFP LOW FLOW SENSOR HEATER INLET TTL Logic state 5
LFP.A LOW FLOW HEATER INLET LED ANODE Analog /
LFP1 LOW FLOW SENSOR OUT HEATER TTL Logic state 5
LFP1.A LFP1 FLOW SENSOR LED ANODE Analog 5
LFS ULTRA PORT LEAKAGE SENSOR OUTPUT TTL Logic state 5
LFS.A ULTRA PORT LED ANODE Analog /
LOWL HEPARIN LOW COURSE END TTL Logic state 5
LP BUBBLE TRAP BTP LEVEL SENSOR TTL Logic state 5
LP.A BUBBLE TRAP BTP LEVEL SENSOR LED SUPPLY Analog /
LPS VENOUS PATIENT LINE PRESENCE SENSOR TTL Logic state 5
LVCS VENOUS LINE CLAMP SENSOR TTL Logic state 5
MIC- REFERENCE SIGNAL MICROPHONE Analog 0
MIC AMP MICROPHONE SIGNAL AMPLIFIED Analog 5
MIC+ MICROPHONE SIGNAL IN TO PC104 pcb Analog 1

Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. / 5-23


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

SIGNAL DESCRIPTION TYPE VOLTAGE


MISO SPI MASTER IN SLAVE OUT TTL Logic state 5
MOSI SPI MASTER OUT SLAVE IN TTL Logic state 5
MPGOOD AC MAINS POWER GOOD Logic state 5
MSWOFF MAIN SWITCH OFF DRIVER Open Collector 24
MW1 MASS WEIGHT CHANNEL 1 Analog 5
MW2 MASS WEIGHT CHANNEL 2 Analog 5
OHT HEATER OVER-TEMPERATURE ALARM TTL Logic state 5
OVL HEPARIN OVERLOAD ALARM SIGNAL TTL Logic state 5
P1 P1 PUMP CONTROL Frequency 5
P1BK P1 PUMP BREAK TTL Logic state 5
P2 SPEED CONTROL PUMP P2 Frequency 5
P2BK P2 PUMP BREAK TTL Logic state 5
PA PA PUMP CONTROL Frequency 5
PB SPEED CONTROL PUMP BICARBONATE Frequency 5
PB-APRESUM BLOOD PUMP ON/OFF KEY TTL Logic state 5
PBK- PRESSURE BICART BRANCH - Analog 2,5
PBK+ PRESSURE BICART BRANCH + Analog 2,5
PC PC PUMP SPEED CONTROL Frequency 5
PCBK BRAKE PC PUMP TTL Logic state 5
PDG- DEGASSING LOOP PRESSURE SENSOR - Analog 5
PDG+ DEGASSING LOOP PRESSURE SENSOR + Analog 5
PDP PREFILTER SINGLE ENDED PRESSURE SENSOR Analog 5
PFS- PRESSURE FILTER SIGNAL - Analog 5
PFS+ PRESSURE FILTER SIGNAL + Analog 5
PI- INLET DIALYSIS FLUID PRESSURE SIGNAL - Analog 5
PI+ INLET DIALYSIS FLUID PRESSURE SIGNAL + Analog 5
PINCH / / /
PINCHRLY INFUSION CLAMP Open Collector 24
PO- OUTLET DIALYSIS FLUID PRESSURE SIGNAL - Analog 5
PO+ OUTLET DIALYSIS FLUID PRESSURE SIGNAL + Analog 5
PPA ARTERIAL PUMP / KEYBOARD SIGNAL Analog 5
PS SPEED CONTROL PUMP STERILANT Frequency 5
PS.ON WAKE UP ON LAN SIGNAL TTL Logic state 5
PSEL SPEED CONTROL SELECT PUMP Frequency 5
PSTOP BLOOD PUMP ON/OFF KEY TTL Logic state 5
PTBVS.1 HEMOSCAN TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 Analog /
PTBVS.2 HEMOSCAN TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 Analog /
PTS VENOUS PATIENT LINE BLOOD SENSOR Analog 5
PWFAIL POWER FAIL SIGNAL TTL Logic state 5
PWHO SPEED CONTROL PUMP WHO Frequency 5

5-24 Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. /


Chapter.5 SIGNALS & CONNECTIONS DESCRIPTION

SIGNAL DESCRIPTION TYPE VOLTAGE


RCH ENABLE HEATER RELAY Open Collector 24
REL24 24 VP ENABLE Open Collector 5
REMAL REMOTE ALARM DRIVER Open Collector 24
RESH DIGITAL POTENTIOMETER BRIGHTNESS DISPLAY Analog /
HIGH SIDE
RESL DIGITAL POTENTIOMETER BRIGHTNESS DISPLAY Analog /
LOW SIDE
RESW DIGITAL POTENTIOMETER BRIGHTNESS DISPLAY Analog /
WIPE SIDE
RI COM1 COM1 PC104 pcb. TTL Logic state /
RI COM2 COM2 PC104 pcb. TTL Logic state 5
RI3 SER 3 TTL Logic state 5
RI4 SER 4 TTL Logic state 5
RTS COM1 COM1 PC104 pcb. TTL Logic state /
RTS COM2 COM2 PC104 pcb. TTL Logic state 5
RTS3 SER 3 TTL Logic state 5
RTS4 SER 4 TTL Logic state 5
RTS5VM SER. 1 TTL MAIN TTL Logic state /
RX3 SER 3 TTL Logic state 5
RX4 SER 4 TTL Logic state 5
RXD COM1 COM1 PC104 pcb. TTL Logic state /
RXD COM2 COM2 PC104 pcb. TTL Logic state 5
RXD232B BPM RX RS232 TTL Logic state 5
RXD5VM SER. 1 TTL MAIN TTL Logic state /
SCK SPI CLOCK TTL Logic state 5
SENSDISPL ABD RECEIVER CONDITIONED OUTPUT Analog 5
SERBIDP PIB SPI DATA INPUT TTL Logic state 5
SERCKP PIB SPI CLOCK TTL Logic state 5
SEROUTP PIB SPI DATA OUTPUT TTL Logic state 5
SP- / / /
SP+ / / /
SRESET SYSTEM RESET SIGNAL TTL Logic state 5
SS0 SPI SLAVE 0 SELECT TTL Logic state 5
SS1 SPI SLAVE 1 SELECT TTL Logic state 5
SS2 SPI SLAVE 2 SELECT TTL Logic state 5
SS3 SPI SLAVE 3 SELECT TTL Logic state 5
STB1 STANDBY LED ON KEYBOARD Power supply 5
STB2 KEYBOARD EVENT LED Power supply 5
STBYONOFF ENABLE / DISABLE STANB-BY STATE TTL Logic state 5
STBYOVR OVERRIDE STAND-BY SIGNAL TTL Logic state 5
SW1PINCH INFUSION CLAMP POSITION TTL Logic state 5

Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. / 5-25


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

SIGNAL DESCRIPTION TYPE VOLTAGE


SW2PINCH INFUSION CLAMP LINE PRESENCE SENSOR TTL Logic state 5
SW3PINCH / / /
SWA SENSOR ACETATE TANK CONNECTOR SWITCH TTL Logic state 5
SWA1C CENTRAL CONCENTRATE ACID SWITCH 1 TTL Logic state 5
SWA2 SENSOR ACETATE TANK CONNECTOR SWITCH 2 TTL Logic state 5
SWA2C CENTRAL CONCENTRATE ACID SWITCH 2 TTL Logic state 5
SWAFB AFB CONNECTOR SWITCH TTL Logic state 5
SWAFB2 AFB CONNECTOR SWITCH 2 TTL Logic state 5
SWAK ACID CART CONNECTOR SWITCH TTL Logic state 5
SWB BICARBONATE TANK CONNECTOR SWITCH TTL Logic state 5
SWB2 BICARBONATE TANK CONNECTOR 2 SWITCH TTL Logic state 5
SWBK BICART CONNECTOR SWITCH TTL Logic state 5
SWBVS HEMOSCAN DOOR SENSOR TTL Logic state 5
SWBVSL HEMOSCAN LINE PRESENCE SENSOR TTL Logic state 5
SWCOMPSS COMPRESSOR PRESSURE SWITCH TTL Logic state 5
SWCON EVACLEAN CONNECTOR SWITCH TTL Logic state 5
SWCON2 EVACLEAN CONNECTOR 2 SWITCH TTL Logic state 5
SWDCSIN DIALYSIS FLUID IN CONNECTOR SWITCH TTL Logic state 5
SWDCSOUT DIALYSIS FLUID OUT CONNECTOR SWITCH TTL Logic state 5
SWDNCASS DN CASSETTE POSITION SENSOR TTL Logic state 5
SWDUMMY1 SENSOR PRESENCE DUMMY ULTRAFILTER "1" TTL Logic state 5
SWDUMMY2 SENSOR PRESENCE DUMMY ULTRAFILTER "2" TTL Logic state 5
SWFSA CLEAN DYALISATE FILTER SWITCH CHAIN "A" TTL Logic state 5
SWFSB CLEAN DYALISATE FILTER SWITCH CHAIN "B" TTL Logic state 5
SWLEAK.A WET SENSOR LED ANODE (HY-PR.-B0) Analog 5
SWLEAK2.A WET SENSOR LED ANODE (PROT.C0) Analog 5
SWLEAKAGE LEAKAGE WATER SENSOR / /
SWLOWUF1 ULTRAFILTER ARM SENSOR 1 TTL Logic state 5
SWLOWUF2 ULTRAFILTER ARM SENSOR 2 TTL Logic state 5
SWP WATER INLET PRESSURE SENSOR TTL Logic state 5
SWP1 DRAIN LINE PRESSURE SWITCH TTL Logic state 5
SWPOL PORT ON-LINE DOOR SENSOR TTL Logic state 5
SWSEK1 SWITCH SELECT BAG SW1 TTL Logic state 5
SWSEK2 SWITCH SELECT BAG SW2 TTL Logic state 5
SWSEK3 SINGLE WIRE BUS BETWEEN PROTECTIVE AND TTL Logic state /
HYDRAULIC
SWSNCASS SN CASSETTE POSITION SENSOR TTL Logic state 5
SWUFCOVL ULTRAFILTER COVER LEFT SENSOR TTL Logic state 5
SWUFCOVR ULTRAFILTER COVER RIGHT SENSOR TTL Logic state 5
TEST-ART ARTERIAL PRESSURE FULL RANGE TEST TTL Logic state 5

5-26 Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. /


Chapter.5 SIGNALS & CONNECTIONS DESCRIPTION

SIGNAL DESCRIPTION TYPE VOLTAGE


TEST-SP TEST SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR TTL Logic state 5
TEST-VEN VENOUS PRESSURE FULL RANGE TEST TTL Logic state 5
TP.1 TEMPERATURE PROBE PT100 Analog 5
TP.2 TEMPERATURE PROBE PT100 Analog 5
TRBL-ALM AIR AND FOAM DETECTOR HW FAULT TTL Logic state 5
TSTBAT BATTERY TEST RESULT TTL Logic state 5
TSTOHT OVER-TEMPERATURE ENABLE TEST TTL Logic state 5
TX3 SER 3 TTL Logic state 5
TX4 SER 4 TTL Logic state 5
TXD COM1 COM1 PC104 pcb. TTL Logic state /
TXD COM2 COM2 PC104 pcb. TTL Logic state 5
TXD232B BPM TX RS232 TTL Logic state 5
TXD5VM SER. 1 TTL MAIN TTL Logic state /
UPB.0 HEPARIN UP PUSH-BUTTON TTL Logic state 5
UPS_ON BATTERY BACKUP ACTIVE TTL Logic state 5
VBP- VENOUS BLOOD PRESSURE SENSOR - Analog 5
VBP+ VENOUS BLOOD PRESSURE SENSOR + Analog 5
VC ENABLE VENOUS LINE CLAMP Open Collector 24
VCP VENOUS LINE CLAMP POSITION TTL Logic state 5
VF VENOUS PUMP ENCODER Frequency 5
VP SPEED CONTROL VENOUS PUMP Frequency 5
VPBK VENOUS PUMP BRAKE Open Collector 5
VPBLOOD VENOUS PUMP SPEED CONTROL FROM BLOOD Frequency 5
VPDIR VENOUS PUMP DIRECTION TTL Logic state 5
VPLOCK VENOUS PUMP LOCK TTL Logic state 5
VPP VENOUS PUMP POSITION 1 TTL Logic state 5
VPP2 VENOUS PUMP POSITION 2 TTL Logic state 5
VREF0B BLOOD PRESSURE SENSORS 0VREF Reference 0Vref
VREF0H HYDRAULIC PRESSURE SENSORS 0VREF Reference 0Vref
VREFB BLOOD PRESSURE SENSORS VREF Reference +5Vref
VREFH HYDRAULIC PRESSURE SENSORS VREF Reference +5Vref
VRLY-EN RELAY ENABLE VENOUS PUMP DRIVER Open Collector 24
WATVAL EXTERNAL WATER VALVE DRIVER Open Collector 24

Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. / 5-27


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

5.4 Mother Board Connections


Table 5.1: J11 (I2C-M-BS)
Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
1 I2C-SCLM I2C CLOCK SIGNAL MAIN PCB Logic TTL
2 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
3 I2C-SDAM I2C DATA SIGNAL MAIN PCB Logic TTL
4 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
5 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
6 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
7 I2C-SCLM I2C CLOCK SIGNAL MAIN PCB Logic TTL
8 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
9 I2C-SDAM I2C DATA SIGNAL MAIN PCB Logic TTL
10 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
11 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
12 I2C-SDABS I2C DATA SIGNAL BIO-SLAVE PCB Logic TTL
13 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
14 I2C-SCLBS I2C CLOCK SIGNAL BIO-SLAVE PCB Logic TTL
15 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power

Table 5.2: J12 (I2C-H-P-B)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
1 I2C-SCLH I2C CLOCK SIGNAL HYDRAULIC PCB Logic TTL
2 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
3 I2C-SDAH I2C DATA SIGNAL HYDRAULIC PCB Logic TTL
4 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
5 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
6 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
7 I2C-SCLH I2C CLOCK SIGNAL HYDRAULIC PCB Logic TTL
8 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
9 I2C-SDAH I2C DATA SIGNAL HYDRAULIC PCB Logic TTL
10 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
11 I2C-SCLP I2C CLOCK SIGNAL PROTECTIVE PCB Logic TTL
12 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
13 I2C-SDAP I2C DATA SIGNAL PROTECTIVE PCB Logic TTL
14 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
15 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
16 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
17 I2C-SCLP I2C CLOCK SIGNAL PROTECTIVE PCB Logic TTL

5-28 Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. /


Chapter.5 SIGNALS & CONNECTIONS DESCRIPTION

Table 5.2: J12 (I2C-H-P-B)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
18 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
19 I2C-SDAP I2C DATA SIGNAL PROTECTIVE PCB Logic TTL
20 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
21 I2C-SCLB I2C CLOCK SIGNAL BLOOD PCB Logic TTL
22 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
23 I2C-SDAB I2C DATA SIGNAL BLOOD PCB Logic TTL
24 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
25 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
26 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
27 I2C-SCLB I2C CLOCK SIGNAL BLOOD PCB Logic TTL
28 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
29 I2C-SDAB I2C DATA SIGNAL BLOOD PCB Logic TTL
30 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power

Table 5.3: J13 (Loader)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
1 COMPSS COMPRESSOR MOTOR DRIVER Open Collector
2 +24VP POWER SUPPLY 24 VOLT PROTECTIVE ENABLE Power
3 SWCOMPSS COMPRESSOR PRESSURE SWITCH Logic TTL
4 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
5 EVDNLOADER EL. VALVE DN CASSETTE LOADER Open Collector
6 +24VP POWER SUPPLY 24 VOLT PROTECTIVE ENABLE Power
7 EVSNLOADER EL. VALVE SN CASSETTE LOADER Open Collector
8 +24VP POWER SUPPLY 24 VOLT PROTECTIVE ENABLE Power
9 SWDNCASS DN CASSETTE POSITION SENSOR Logic TTL
10 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
11 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
12 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
13 SWSNCASS SN CASSETTE POSITION SENSOR Logic TTL
14 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
15 / / /
16 +24V 24V POWER SUPPLY Power
17 EVB4 ELECTROVALVE DRIVER (NOT USED) Open Collector
18 +24VP POWER SUPPLY 24 VOLT PROTECTIVE ENABLE Power

Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. / 5-29


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Table 5.4: J14 (Pinch)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
1 PINCH / /
2 SW2PINCH INFUSION CLAMP LINE PRESENCE SENSOR Logic TTL
3 PINCHRLY INFUSION CLAMP Open Collector
4 SW3PINCH / /
5 SW1PINCH INFUSION CLAMP POSITION Logic TTL
6 / / /
7 / / /
8 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
9 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
10 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
11 +24VP POWER SUPPLY 24 VOLT PROTECTIVE ENABLE Power
12 0V24 0V POWER Power
13 / / /
14 / / /
15 / / /
16 / / /

Table 5.5: J15 (AP Resume)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
1 PB-APRESUM PUSH BUTTON AP-RESUME Logic TTL
2 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
3 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
4 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power

Table 5.6: J16 (FD2P)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
1 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
2 / / /
3 FD2P PROTECTIVE FLOWMETER D2P Frequency
4 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power

Table 5.7: J17 (FPH)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
1 FPH FREQUENCY pH METER Frequency
2 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power

5-30 Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. /


Chapter.5 SIGNALS & CONNECTIONS DESCRIPTION

Table 5.7: J17 (FPH)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
3 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
4 / / /
5 / / /
6 +12V POWER SUPPLY 12 VOLT Power

Table 5.8: J18 (UFT SENSOR)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
1 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
2 SWDUMMY1 SENSOR PRESENCE DUMMY ULTRAFILTER "1" Logic TTL
3 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
4 SWDUMMY2 SENSOR PRESENCE DUMMY ULTRAFILTER "2" Logic TTL
5 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
6 SWFSA CLEAN DYALISATE FILTER SWITCH CHAIN "A" Logic TTL
7 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
8 SWFSB CLEAN DYALISATE FILTER SWITCH CHAIN "B" Logic TTL

Table 5.9: J19 (AP)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
1 APBK ARTERIAL PUMP BRAKE Open Collector
2 LEDAP- LED ARTERIAL PUMP Open Collector
3 AF ENCODER ARTERIAL PUMP Frequency
4 CAP ARTERIAL PUMP COVER Logic TTL
5 AP SPEED CONTROL ARTERIAL PUMP Frequency
6 APP ARTERIAL PUMP POSITION 1 Logic TTL
7 PSTOP PUMP AP/VP STOP Logic TTL
8 APP2 ARTERIAL PUMP POSITION 2 Logic TTL
9 ARLY-EN RELAY ENABLE ARTERIAL PUMP DRIVER Open Collector
10 APLOCK ARTERIAL PUMP LOCK Logic TTL
11 0V24 0V POWER Power
12 +24VP POWER SUPPLY 24 VOLT PROTECTIVE ENABLE Power
13 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
14 APDIR ARTERIAL PUMP DIRECTION Logic TTL
15 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
16 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power

Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. / 5-31


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Table 5.10: J20 (EVCENTRAL-L)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
1 +24VP POWER SUPPLY 24 VOLT PROTECTIVE ENABLE Power
2 EVD1 BT1 AIR BUBBLE TRAP. OUTLET SOLENOID VALVE Open Collector
3 +24VP POWER SUPPLY 24 VOLT PROTECTIVE ENABLE Power
4 EVDS1 FLOWMETER CALIBRATION BY-PASS SOLENOID VALVE Open Collector
5 +24VP POWER SUPPLY 24 VOLT PROTECTIVE ENABLE Power
6 EVBP2 BY-PASS 2 SOLENOID VALVE Open Collector
7 +24VP POWER SUPPLY 24 VOLT PROTECTIVE ENABLE Power
8 EVDS2 BY-PASS 1 SOLENOID VALVE Open Collector
9 +24VP POWER SUPPLY 24 VOLT PROTECTIVE ENABLE Power
10 EV2 HEMODIALYSER OUTLET SOLENOID VALVE Open Collector
11 +24VP POWER SUPPLY 24 VOLT PROTECTIVE ENABLE Power
12 EVD2 BT2 AIR BUBBLE TRAP OUTLET SOLENOID VALVE Open Collector
13 +24VP POWER SUPPLY 24 VOLT PROTECTIVE ENABLE Power
14 DPWOUT2H EVBHE - HEAT EXCHANGER BYPASS VALVE Open Collector
15 +24VP POWER SUPPLY 24 VOLT PROTECTIVE ENABLE Power
16 / / /

Table 5.11: J21 (EV LEFT)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
1 EVPA ACETATE SOLENOID VALVE Open Collector
2 / / /
3 +24VP POWER SUPPLY 24 VOLT PROTECTIVE ENABLE Power
4 0V24 0V POWER Power
5 +24VP POWER SUPPLY 24 VOLT PROTECTIVE ENABLE Power
6 0V24 0V POWER Power
7 EVPB BICARBONATE SOLENOID VALVE Open Collector
8 / / /
9 EVPRIM PRIME SOLENOID VALVE Open Collector
10 / / /
11 +24VP POWER SUPPLY 24 VOLT PROTECTIVE ENABLE Power
12 0V24 0V POWER Power
13 +24VP POWER SUPPLY 24 VOLT PROTECTIVE ENABLE Power
14 0V24 0V POWER Power
15 EVPRIM1 PRIME SOLENOID VALVE 1 Open Collector
16 / / /
17 DPWOUT3H INFUSION CLAMP COMMAND Open Collector

5-32 Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. /


Chapter.5 SIGNALS & CONNECTIONS DESCRIPTION

Table 5.11: J21 (EV LEFT)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
18 +24VP POWER SUPPLY 24 VOLT PROTECTIVE ENABLE Power
19 +24VP POWER SUPPLY 24 VOLT PROTECTIVE ENABLE Power
20 0V24 0V POWER Power
21 / / /
22 +12V POWER SUPPLY 12 VOLT Power
23 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
24 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power

Table 5.12: J22 (EV RIGHT)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
1 EVP BTP AIR BUBBLE TRAP. OUTLET SOLENOID VALVE Open Collector
2 +24VP POWER SUPPLY 24 VOLT PROTECTIVE ENABLE Power
3 +24V 24V POWER SUPPLY Power
4 / / /
5 EVDEG DEGASSING SOLENOID VALVE Open Collector
6 +24VP POWER SUPPLY 24 VOLT PROTECTIVE ENABLE Power
7 +24V 24V POWER SUPPLY Power
8 / / /
9 EVHE HEATER EXCHANGER SOLENOID VALVE Open Collector
10 +24VP POWER SUPPLY 24 VOLT PROTECTIVE ENABLE Power
11 +24V 24V POWER SUPPLY Power
12 / / /
13 EVDRAIN DRAIN SOLENOID VALVE Open Collector
14 +24VP POWER SUPPLY 24 VOLT PROTECTIVE ENABLE Power
15 / / /
16 0V24 0V POWER Power
17 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
18 SWP1 DRAIN LINE PRESSURE SWITCH Logic TTL

Table 5.13: J23 (ARM UFT)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
1 / / /
2 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
3 SWLOWUF1 ULTRAFILTER ARM SENSOR 1 Logic TTL
4 SWLOWUF2 ULTRAFILTER ARM SENSOR 2 Logic TTL
5 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power

Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. / 5-33


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Table 5.13: J23 (ARM UFT)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
6 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
7 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
8 / / /

Table 5.14: J25 (LFP-LFP1)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
1 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
2 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
3 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
4 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
5 LFP.A LOW FLOW HEATER INLET LED ANODE Analog
6 LFP1.A LFP1 FLOW SENSOR LED ANODE Analog
7 LFP LOW FLOW SENSOR HEATER INLET Logic TTL
8 LFP1 LOW FLOW SENSOR OUT HEATER Logic TTL

Table 5.15: J25A (LFP1)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
1 LFP LOW FLOW SENSOR HEATER INLET Logic TTL
2 LFP1.A LFP1 FLOW SENSOR LED ANODE Analog
3 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
4 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
5 +12V POWER SUPPLY 12 VOLT Power
6 DIGOUT19H DIGITAL OUTPUT 19 HYDR FREE
7 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
8 LFP1 LOW FLOW SENSOR OUT HEATER Logic TTL

Table 5.16: J26 (SWW 1-2)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
1 SWCON EVACLEAN CONNECTOR SWITCH Logic TTL
2 SWCON2 EVACLEAN CONNECTOR 2 SWITCH Logic TTL
3 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
4 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
5 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
6 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
7 / / /
8 / / /

5-34 Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. /


Chapter.5 SIGNALS & CONNECTIONS DESCRIPTION

Table 5.17: J27 (DIA-CONN)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
1 SWDCSIN DIALYSIS FLUID IN CONNECTOR SWITCH Logic TTL
2 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
3 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
4 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
5 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
6 SWDCSOUT DIALYSIS FLUID OUT CONNECTOR SWITCH Logic TTL
7 / / /
8 / / /
9 LFD LOW FLOW DIALYSIS FLUID SENSOR Logic TTL
10 LFD.A LOW FLOW DYALISATE SENSOR LED ANODE Analog
11 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
12 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power

Table 5.18: J28 (USB B)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
1 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
2 DB- USB Channel "B" Low signal Frequency
3 DB+ USB Channel "B" High signal Frequency
4 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
5 +5VUSBB +5V USB DRIVEN CHANNEL "B" Power
6 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power

Table 5.19: J29 (USB A)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
1 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
2 DA- USB Channel "A" Low signal Frequency
3 DA+ USB Channel "A" High signal Frequency
4 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
5 +5VUSBA +5V USB DRIVEN CHANNEL "A" Power
6 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power

Table 5.20: J30 (ALIM-J6 )


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
1 PWFAIL POWER FAIL SIGNAL Logic TTL
2 SRESET SYSTEM RESET SIGNAL Logic TTL

Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. / 5-35


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Table 5.20: J30 (ALIM-J6 )


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
3 REL24 24 VP ENABLE Open Collector
4 TSTBAT BATTERY TEST RESULT Logic TTL
5 ENTSTBAT ENABLE TEST BATTERY Open Collector
6 MSWOFF MAIN SWITCH OFF DRIVER Open Collector
7 +15VS +15V COND PROBES POWER SUPPLY Power
8 0VS 0V COND. PROBES POWER SUPPLY Power
9 -15VS -15V COND. PROBES POWER SUPPLY Power
10 0VS 0V COND. PROBES POWER SUPPLY Power
11 MPGOOD AC MAINS POWER GOOD Logic
12 STBYONOFF ENABLE / DISABLE STANB-BY STATE Logic TTL
13 CHBATON CHARGE BATTERY ENABLE Logic TTL
14 UPS_ON BATTERY BACKUP ACTIVE Logic TTL
15 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
16 +24VBAT BATTERY VOLTAGE Power
17 / / /
18 / / /

Table 5.21: J31 (HOUR METER )


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
1 ENTSTBAT ENABLE TEST BATTERY Open Collector
2 ATX_STB RESET PS.ON SIGNAL ON PC104 Logic TTL
3 MPGOOD AC MAINS POWER GOOD Logic
4 PWFAIL POWER FAIL SIGNAL Logic TTL
5 SRESET SYSTEM RESET SIGNAL Logic TTL
6 PS.ON WAKE UP ON LAN SIGNAL Logic TTL
7 UPS_ON BATTERY BACKUP ACTIVE Logic TTL
8 STBYOVR OVERRIDE STAND-BY SIGNAL Logic TTL
9 CHBATON CHARGE BATTERY ENABLE Logic TTL
10 STBYONOFF ENABLE / DISABLE STANB-BY STATE Logic TTL
11 MSWOFF MAIN SWITCH OFF DRIVER Open Collector
12 KEY11 KEYBOARD PUSH BUTTON STANDBY ON/OFF Logic TTL
13 STB1 STANDBY LED ON KEYBOARD Power
14 STB2 KEYBOARD EVENT LED Power
15 / / /
16 / / /
17 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
18 +5VSB +5Volt POWER FROM HOUR METER PCB Power

5-36 Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. /


Chapter.5 SIGNALS & CONNECTIONS DESCRIPTION

Table 5.21: J31 (HOUR METER )


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
19 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
20 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
21 +24VBAT BATTERY VOLTAGE Power
22 / / /
23 +24VBAT BATTERY VOLTAGE Power
24 / / /

Table 5.22: J32 (KEYB PCB )


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
1 KEY11 KEYBOARD PUSH BUTTON STANDBY ON/OFF Logic TTL
2 STB1 STANDBY LED ON KEYBOARD Power
3 STB2 KEYBOARD EVENT LED Power
4 / / /

Table 5.23: J34 (COVER-UFT )


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
1 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
2 / / /
3 SWUFCOVL ULTRAFILTER COVER LEFT SENSOR Logic TTL
4 SWUFCOVR ULTRAFILTER COVER RIGHT SENSOR Logic TTL
5 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
6 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
7 / / /
8 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power

Table 5.24: J35 (VOLT-TEST-1 )


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
1 0VS 0V COND. PROBES POWER SUPPLY Power
2 0VS 0V COND. PROBES POWER SUPPLY Power
3 -15VS -15V COND. PROBES POWER SUPPLY Power
4 +15VS +15V COND PROBES POWER SUPPLY Power

Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. / 5-37


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Table 5.25: J36 (WATVALVE )


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
1 WATVAL EXTERNAL WATER VALVE DRIVER Open Collector
2 +24V 24V POWER SUPPLY Power

Table 5.26: J37 (VOLT-TEST-2)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
1 / / /

2 0V24 0V POWER Power


3 +24V 24V POWER SUPPLY Power
4 +24VP POWER SUPPLY 24 VOLT PROTECTIVE Power
ENABLE

Table 5.27: J38 (REM ALARM)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
1 REMAL REMOTE ALARM DRIVER Open Collector
2 +24V 24V POWER SUPPLY Power

Table 5.28: J39 (BRTLCD)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
1 RESL DIGITAL POTENTIOMETER BRIGHTNESS Analog
DISPLAY LOW SIDE
2 +12V POWER SUPPLY 12 VOLT Power
3 RESH DIGITAL POTENTIOMETER BRIGHTNESS Analog
DISPLAY HIGH SIDE
4 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
5 DISPOFF DISPLAY OFF Logic TTL
6 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
7 RESW DIGITAL POTENTIOMETER BRIGHTNESS Analog
DISPLAY WIPE SIDE
8 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power

Table 5.29: J40 (VOLT TEST)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
1 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
2 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
3 / / /
4 -15V -15V ANALOG POWER SUPPLY Power

5-38 Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. /


Chapter.5 SIGNALS & CONNECTIONS DESCRIPTION

Table 5.29: J40 (VOLT TEST)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
5 +15V +15V ANALOG POWER SUPPLY Power
6 0VA 0V ANALOG POWER SUPPLY Power
7 +5VP +5V PROTECTIVE Power
8 +12V POWER SUPPLY 12 VOLT Power

Table 5.30: J41 (COM2 RS232)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
1 DCD COM2 COM2 PC104 pcb. Logic TTL
2 RXD COM2 COM2 PC104 pcb. Logic TTL
3 TXD COM2 COM2 PC104 pcb. Logic TTL
4 DTR COM2 COM2 PC104 pcb. Logic TTL
5 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
6 DSR COM2 COM2 PC104 pcb. Logic TTL
7 RTS COM2 COM2 PC104 pcb. Logic TTL
8 CTS COM2 COM2 PC104 pcb. Logic TTL
9 RI COM2 COM2 PC104 pcb. Logic TTL
10 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
11 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
12 +12V POWER SUPPLY 12 VOLT Power

Table 5.31: J42 (SER3)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
1 DCD3 SER 3 Logic TTL
2 DSR3 SER 3 Logic TTL
3 RX3 SER 3 Logic TTL
4 RTS3 SER 3 Logic TTL
5 TX3 SER 3 Logic TTL
6 CTS3 SER 3 Logic TTL
7 DTR3 SER 3 Logic TTL
8 RI3 SER 3 Logic TTL
9 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
10 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
11 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
12 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
13 / / /

Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. / 5-39


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Table 5.31: J42 (SER3)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
14 / / /
15 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
16 +12V POWER SUPPLY 12 VOLT Power

Table 5.32: J43 (HYDR. MOD. ALIM)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
1 0VS 0V COND. PROBES POWER SUPPLY Power
2 -15VS -15V COND. PROBES POWER SUPPLY Power
3 +15VS +15V COND PROBES POWER SUPPLY Power
4 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
5 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
6 / / /

Table 5.33: J44 (C-LESS POWER)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
1 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
2 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
3 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
4 +12V POWER SUPPLY 12 VOLT Power

Table 5.34: J45 (PIB-P9)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
1 ABD-RSTB AIR DETECTOR ALARM RESET B Logic TTL
2 ANANCNF8 ARTERIAL PATIENT LINE BLOOD SENSOR TX Logic TTL
OFF
3 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
4 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
5 / / /
6 / / /
7 / / /
8 TEST-SP TEST SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR Logic TTL
9 / / /
10 / / /
11 / / /
12 AP-RESUM ARTERIAL PUMP RESUME HARD KEY Logic TTL

5-40 Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. /


Chapter.5 SIGNALS & CONNECTIONS DESCRIPTION

Table 5.34: J45 (PIB-P9)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
13 / / /
14 / / /
15 / / /
16 / / /
17 PB-APRESUM PUSH BUTTON AP-RESUME Logic TTL
18 / / /
19 ANANCNF7 ARTERIAL PATIENT LINE BLOOD SENSOR HW Logic TTL
PATH TEST
20 +15V +15V ANALOG POWER SUPPLY Power
21 -15V -15V ANALOG POWER SUPPLY Power
22 PTS VENOUS PATIENT LINE BLOOD SENSOR Analog
23 TRBL-ALM AIR AND FOAM DETECTOR HW FAULT Logic TTL
24 / / /
25 0VA 0V ANALOG POWER SUPPLY Power
26 0VA 0V ANALOG POWER SUPPLY Power
27 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
28 SERCKP PIB SPI CLOCK Logic TTL
29 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
30 ABDA-ALM AIR DETECTOR ALARM Logic TTL
31 ANACNF0 VENOUS PATIENT LINE BLOOD SENSOR HW Logic TTL
PATH TEST
32 ANACNF1 VENOUS PATIENT LINE BLOOD SENSOR TX Logic TTL
LEVEL 70%
33 ANACNF2 VENOUS PATIENT LINE BLOOD SENSOR TX OFF Logic TTL
34 TEST-ART ARTERIAL PRESSURE FULL RANGE TEST Logic TTL
35 ABD-TEST AIR DETECTOR TEST Logic TTL
36 ABD-ALARM-PRE AD PRE-FLIP FLOP Logic TTL
37 ABD-RSTA AIR DETECTOR ALARM RESET A Logic TTL
38 TEST-VEN VENOUS PRESSURE FULL RANGE TEST Logic TTL
39 +5VP +5V PROTECTIVE Power
40 +5VP +5V PROTECTIVE Power
41 / / /
42 ANANCNF9 ARTERIAL LINE BLOOD SENSOR TX LEVEL Logic TTL
70%
43 SERBIDP PIB SPI DATA INPUT Logic TTL
44 SEROUTP PIB SPI DATA OUTPUT Logic TTL

Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. / 5-41


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Table 5.35: J46 (HEPARIN)


Pin Row/ Signal
Description Signal Type
Number Name
1 HEP HEPARIN SPEED CONTROL Frequency
2 LOWL HEPARIN LOW COURSE END Logic TTL
3 FHEP HEPARIN PUMP ENCODER Frequency
4 OVL HEPARIN OVERLOAD ALARM SIGNAL Logic TTL
5 DHEP DIRECTION HEPARIN CONTROL Logic TTL
6 DFHEP HEPARIN DIRECTION Logic TTL
7 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
8 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
9 +24VP POWER SUPPLY 24 VOLT PROTECTIVE ENABLE Power
10 0V24 0V POWER Power
11 UPB.0 HEPARIN UP PUSH-BUTTON Logic TTL
12 DNB.0 HEPARIN DOWN PUSH-BUTTON Logic TTL
13 LEDH HEPARIN RUN LED Logic TTL
14 / / /
15 / / /
16 / / /

Table 5.36: J47 (VP)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
1 VPBK VENOUS PUMP BRAKE Open Collector
2 LEDVP- VENOUS PUMP LED Open Collector
3 VF VENOUS PUMP ENCODER Frequency
4 CVP VENOUS PUMP COVER Logic TTL
5 VP SPEED CONTROL VENOUS PUMP Frequency
6 VPP VENOUS PUMP POSITION 1 Logic TTL
7 PSTOP PUMP AP/VP STOP Logic TTL
8 VPP2 VENOUS PUMP POSITION 2 Logic TTL
9 VRLY-EN RELAY ENABLE VENOUS PUMP DRIVER Open Collector
10 VPLOCK VENOUS PUMP LOCK Logic TTL
11 0V24 0V POWER Power
12 +24VP POWER SUPPLY 24 VOLT PROTECTIVE Power
ENABLE
13 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
14 VPDIR VENOUS PUMP DIRECTION Logic TTL
15 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
16 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power

5-42 Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. /


Chapter.5 SIGNALS & CONNECTIONS DESCRIPTION

Table 5.37: J48 (CLAMPS)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
1 VC ENABLE VENOUS LINE CLAMP Open Collector
2 AC ARTERIAL LINE CLAMP ENABLE Open Collector
3 VCP VENOUS LINE CLAMP POSITION Logic TTL
4 ACP ARTERIAL LINE CLAMP POSITION Logic TTL
5 LVCS VENOUS LINE CLAMP LINE SENSOR Logic TTL
6 LACS ARTERIAL LINE CLAMP LINE SENSOR Logic TTL
7 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
8 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
9 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
10 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
11 0V24 0V POWER Power
12 0V24 0V POWER Power
13 0V24 0V POWER Power
14 0V24 0V POWER Power
15 +24VP POWER SUPPLY 24 VOLT PROTECTIVE Power
ENABLE
16 +24VP POWER SUPPLY 24 VOLT PROTECTIVE Power
ENABLE
17 +24VP POWER SUPPLY 24 VOLT PROTECTIVE Power
ENABLE
18 +24VP POWER SUPPLY 24 VOLT PROTECTIVE Power
ENABLE

Table 5.38: J49 (SWDOORS)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
1 SWBVS HEMOSCAN DOOR SENSOR Logic TTL
2 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
3 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
4 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
5 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
6 SWPOL ULTRA PORT DOOR SENSOR Logic TTL
7 / / /
8 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
9 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
10 LPS VENOUS PATIENT LINE PRESENCE SENSOR Logic TTL

Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. / 5-43


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Table 5.39: J50 (PIB-P7)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
1 VBP- VENOUS BLOOD PRESSURE SENSOR - Analog
2 ABP- ARTERIAL BLOOD PRESSURE SENSOR - Analog
3 VBP+ VENOUS BLOOD PRESSURE SENSOR + Analog
4 ABP+ ARTERIAL BLOOD PRESSURE SENSOR + Analog
5 / / /
6 PDP PREFILTER SINGLE ENDED PRESSURE Analog
SENSOR
7 / / /
8 PPA ARTERIAL PUMP / KEYBOARD SIGNAL Analog
9 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
10 0VA 0V ANALOG POWER SUPPLY Power
11 / / /
12 VREFB BLOOD PRESSURE SENSORS VREF Reference
13 SP- / /
14 VREFB BLOOD PRESSURE SENSORS VREF Reference
15 SP+ / /
16 VREF0B BLOOD PRESSURE SENSORS 0VREF Reference
17 / / /
18 VREF0B BLOOD PRESSURE SENSORS 0VREF Reference

Table 5.40: J51 (EVCENTRAL-R)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
1 EVD INTERNAL STERILANT TANK SOLENOID VALVE Open Collector
2 / / /
3 +24VP POWER SUPPLY 24 VOLT PROTECTIVE ENABLE Power
4 0V24 0V POWER Power
5 +24VP POWER SUPPLY 24 VOLT PROTECTIVE ENABLE Power
6 0V24 0V POWER Power
7 EVC INTERNAL STERIL TANK SOLENOID VALVE Open Collector
8 / / /
9 EV1S STERILANT SOLENOID VALVE Open Collector
10 / / /
11 +24VP POWER SUPPLY 24 VOLT PROTECTIVE ENABLE Power
12 0V24 0V POWER Power
13 +24VP POWER SUPPLY 24 VOLT PROTECTIVE ENABLE Power
14 0V24 0V POWER Power
15 EVR1 RECIRCULATION SOLENOID VALVE Open Collector

5-44 Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. /


Chapter.5 SIGNALS & CONNECTIONS DESCRIPTION

Table 5.40: J51 (EVCENTRAL-R)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
16 / / /
17 EVS STERILANT TANK SOLENOID VALVE Open Collector
18 / / /
19 +24VP POWER SUPPLY 24 VOLT PROTECTIVE ENABLE Power
20 0V24 0V POWER Power
21 +24VP POWER SUPPLY 24 VOLT PROTECTIVE ENABLE Power
22 0V24 0V POWER Power
23 EVFLUSH CLEAN DYALISATE FILTER 1 FLUSHING VALVE Open Collector
24 / / /
25 EVW1 EVACLEAN CONNECTOR CLEANING SOLENOID Open Collector
VALVE
26 / / /
27 +24VP POWER SUPPLY 24 VOLT PROTECTIVE ENABLE Power
28 0V24 0V POWER Power
29 +24VP POWER SUPPLY 24 VOLT PROTECTIVE ENABLE Power
30 0V24 0V POWER Power
31 EVA AIR VALVE CART EMPTING VALVE Open Collector
32 / / /
33 EVW2 EVACLEAN CONNECTOR CLEANING SOLENOID Open Collector
VALVE 2
34 / / /
35 +24VP POWER SUPPLY 24 VOLT PROTECTIVE ENABLE Power
36 0V24 0V POWER Power

Table 5.41: J52 (PWHO)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
1 PWHO SPEED CONTROL WHO PUMP Frequency
2 +24V 24V POWER SUPPLY Power
3 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
4 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
5 0V24 0V POWER Power
6 +24VP POWER SUPPLY 24 VOLT PROTECTIVE Power
ENABLE

Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. / 5-45


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Table 5.42: J53 (SWCONC)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
1 SWA SENSOR ACETATE TANK CONNECTOR Logic TTL
SWITCH
2 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
3 SWA2 SENSOR ACETATE TANK CONNECTOR Logic TTL
SWITCH 2
4 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
5 SWB SWITCH BICARBONATE TANK CONNECTOR Logic TTL
6 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
7 SWB2 SWITCH BICARBONATE TANK CONNECTOR 2 Logic TTL
8 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
9 SWAFB AFB CONNECTOR SWITCH Logic TTL
10 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
11 SWAFB2 AFB CONNECTOR SWITCH 2 Logic TTL
12 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
13 SWA2C CENTRAL CONCENTRATE ACID SWITCH 2 Logic TTL
14 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
15 SWA1C CENTRAL CONCENTRATE ACID SWITCH 1 Logic TTL
16 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
17 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
18 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power

Table 5.43: J53A (SWCONCENTRAL)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
1 SWA1C CENTRAL CONCENTRATE ACID SWITCH 1 Logic TTL
2 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
3 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
4 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
5 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
6 SWA2C CENTRAL CONCENTRATE ACID SWITCH 2 Logic TTL
7 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
8 / / /
9 / / /

Table 5.44: J54 (SWBICK)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
1 SWBK SWITCH BICART CONNECTOR Logic TTL
2 SWSEK1 SWITCH SELECT BAG SW1 Logic TTL

5-46 Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. /


Chapter.5 SIGNALS & CONNECTIONS DESCRIPTION

Table 5.44: J54 (SWBICK)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
3 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
4 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
5 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
6 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
7 SWAK ACID CART CONNECTOR SWITCH Logic TTL
8 SWSEK3 SINGLE WIRE BUS BETWEEN PROTECTIVE Logic TTL
AND HYDRAULIC
9 / / /
10 SWSEK2 SWITCH SELECT BAG SW2 Logic TTL
11 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
12 / / /
13 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
14 / / /
15 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
16 / / /

Table 5.45: J55 (PUMP-SCT)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
1 DPSEL DIRECTION SELECT PUMP Logic TTL
2 FPSEL PSE PUMP SPEED ENCODER Frequency
3 PSEL SPEED CONTROL SELECT PUMP Frequency
4 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
5 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
6 0V24 0V POWER Power
7 +24VP POWER SUPPLY 24 VOLT PROTECTIVE Power
ENABLE
8 HBST PERISTALTIC PUMPS BOOST Logic TTL

Table 5.46: J56 (BLD)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
1 BLDT.K BLOOD LEAKAGE DETECTOR Reference
TRANSMITTER DIODE CATODE
2 BLDT.A BLOOD LEAKAGE DETECTOR Analog
TRANSMITTER DIODE ANODE
3 BLDR.A BLOOD LEAKAGE DETECTOR RECEIVER Reference
DIODE ANODE

Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. / 5-47


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Table 5.46: J56 (BLD)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
4 BLDR.K BLOOD LEAKAGE DETECTOR RECEIVER Analog
DIODE CATODE
5 0VA 0V ANALOG POWER SUPPLY Power
6 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
7 BLDTST BLD TEST ENABLED Open Collector
8 +24VP POWER SUPPLY 24 VOLT PROTECTIVE Power
ENABLE

Table 5.47: J57 (HPRES-CTL)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
1 PI+ INLET DIALYSIS FLUID PRESSURE SIGNAL + Analog
2 PI- INLET DIALYSIS FLUID PRESSURE SIGNAL - Analog
3 VREFH HYDRAULIC PRESSURE SENSORS VREF Reference
4 VREF0H HYDRAULIC PRESSURE SENSORS 0VREF Reference
5 0VA 0V ANALOG POWER SUPPLY Power
6 0VA 0V ANALOG POWER SUPPLY Power
7 PO+ OUTLET DIALYSIS FLUID PRESSURE SIGNAL + Analog
8 PO- OUTLET DIALYSIS FLUID PRESSURE SIGNAL - Analog
9 VREFH HYDRAULIC PRESSURE SENSORS VREF Reference
10 VREF0H HYDRAULIC PRESSURE SENSORS 0VREF Reference
11 / / /
12 / / /
13 / / /
14 0VA 0V ANALOG POWER SUPPLY Power
15 PFS+ PRESSURE FILTER SIGNAL + Analog
16 PFS- PRESSURE FILTER SIGNAL - Analog
17 VREFH HYDRAULIC PRESSURE SENSORS VREF Reference
18 VREF0H HYDRAULIC PRESSURE SENSORS 0VREF Reference

Table 5.48: J58 (BUBBLE BTP)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
1 LP BUBBLE TRAP BTP LEVEL SENSOR Logic TTL
2 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
3 LP.A BUBBLE TRAP BTP LEVEL SENSOR LED Analog
SUPPLY
4 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
5 / / /

5-48 Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. /


Chapter.5 SIGNALS & CONNECTIONS DESCRIPTION

Table 5.48: J58 (BUBBLE BTP)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
6 / / /
7 +24VP POWER SUPPLY 24 VOLT PROTECTIVE Power
ENABLE
8 / / /

Table 5.49: J60 (BUBBLE BT1-BT2)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
1 LD1 BUBBLE TRAP BT1 LEVEL SENSOR Logic TTL
2 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
3 LD1.A BUBBLE TRAP BT1 LEVEL SENSOR LED Analog
SUPPLY
4 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
5 +15V +15V ANALOG POWER SUPPLY Power
6 -15V -15V ANALOG POWER SUPPLY Power
7 / / /
8 / / /
9 / / /
10 / / /
11 LD2 BUBBLE TRAP BT2 LEVEL SENSOR Logic TTL
12 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
13 LD2.A BUBBLE TRAP BT2 LEVEL SENSOR LED Analog
SUPPLY
14 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
15 / / /
16 / / /
17 / / /
18 / / /

Table 5.50: J61 (PUMP-AB)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
1 DPA ACID PUMP CONTROL DIRECTION Logic TTL
2 DPB BICARBONATE PUMP CONTROL Logic TTL
DIRECTION
3 FPA ACID PUMP ENCODER Frequency
4 FPB BICARBONATE PUMP ENCODER Frequency
5 PA PA PUMP CONTROL Frequency
6 PB SPEED CONTROL PUMP BICARBONATE Frequency

Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. / 5-49


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Table 5.50: J61 (PUMP-AB)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
7 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
8 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
9 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
10 0V24 0V POWER Power
11 0V24 0V POWER Power
12 +24VP POWER SUPPLY 24 VOLT PROTECTIVE Power
ENABLE
13 +24VP POWER SUPPLY 24 VOLT PROTECTIVE Power
ENABLE
14 HBST PERISTALTIC PUMPS BOOST Logic TTL
15 HBST PERISTALTIC PUMPS BOOST Logic TTL
16 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power

Table 5.51: J62 (PUMP-PS)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
1 DPS DISINFECTION PUMP CONTROL DIRECTION Logic TTL
2 FPS DISINFECTION PUMP ENCODER Logic
3 PS DISINFECTION PUMP SPEED CONTROL Frequency
4 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
5 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
6 0V24 0V POWER Power
7 +24VP POWER SUPPLY 24 VOLT PROTECTIVE Power
ENABLE
8 HBST PERISTALTIC PUMPS BOOST Logic TTL

Table 5.52: J62A (STERIL-SENS)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
1 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
2 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
3 LFS ULTRA PORT LEAKAGE SENSOR OUTPUT Logic TTL
4 LFS.A ULTRA PORT LED ANODE Analog
5 / / /
6 / / /

5-50 Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. /


Chapter.5 SIGNALS & CONNECTIONS DESCRIPTION

Table 5.53: J63 (PC)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
1 / / /
2 PC PC PUMP SPEED CONTROL Frequency
3 DPC PUMP PC DIRECTION Logic TTL
4 PCBK BRAKE PC PUMP Logic TTL
5 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
6 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
7 0V24 0V POWER Power
8 +24VP POWER SUPPLY 24 VOLT PROTECTIVE Power
ENABLE
9 / / /
10 +24V 24V POWER SUPPLY Power
11 / / /
12 / / /

Table 5.54: J64 (PUMP P1-P2)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
1 FP1 P1 PUMP ENCODER Frequency
2 FP2 P2 PUMP ENCODER Frequency
3 P1 P1 PUMP CONTROL Frequency
4 P2 P2 PUMP SPEED CONTROL Frequency
5 DP1 PUMP P1 DIRECTION Logic TTL
6 DP2 PUMP P2 DIRECTION Logic TTL
7 P1BK P1 PUMP BREAK Logic TTL
8 P2BK P2 PUMP BREAK Logic TTL
9 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
10 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
11 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
12 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
13 0V24 0V POWER Power
14 0V24 0V POWER Power
15 +24VP POWER SUPPLY 24 VOLT PROTECTIVE Power
ENABLE
16 +24VP POWER SUPPLY 24 VOLT PROTECTIVE Power
ENABLE

Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. / 5-51


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Table 5.55: J65 (OVTEMP)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
1 RCH ENABLE HEATER RELAY Open Collector
2 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
3 +24VP POWER SUPPLY 24 VOLT PROTECTIVE ENABLE Power
4 OHT HEATER OVER-TEMPERATURE ALARM Logic TTL
5 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
6 TSTOHT OVER-TEMPERATURE ENABLE TEST Logic TTL
7 H1F / /
8 +12V POWER SUPPLY 12 VOLT Power
9 H2F ULTRA PORT TEST LEAKAGE SENSOR Open Collector
10 H3F / /

Table 5.56: J66 (P-DEG. LOOP)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
1 PDG+ DEGASSING LOOP PRESSURE SENSOR + Analog
2 DP+ DRAIN PRESSURE SIGNAL + Analog
3 PDG- DEGASSING LOOP PRESSURE SENSOR - Analog
4 DP- DRAIN PRESSURE SIGNAL - Analog
5 VREFH HYDRAULIC PRESSURE SENSORS VREF Reference
6 VREFH HYDRAULIC PRESSURE SENSORS VREF Reference
7 VREF0H HYDRAULIC PRESSURE SENSORS 0VREF Reference
8 VREF0H HYDRAULIC PRESSURE SENSORS 0VREF Reference
9 0VA 0V ANALOG POWER SUPPLY Power
10 0VA 0V ANALOG POWER SUPPLY Power
11 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
12 0VA 0V ANALOG POWER SUPPLY Power
13 PBK+ PRESSURE BICART BRANCH + Analog
14 PBK- PRESSURE BICART BRANCH - Analog
15 VREFH HYDRAULIC PRESSURE SENSORS VREF Reference
16 VREF0H HYDRAULIC PRESSURE SENSORS 0VREF Reference

Table 5.57: J67 (TP)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
1 TP.1 TEMPERATURE PROBE PT100 Analog
2 TP.2 TEMPERATURE PROBE PT100 Analog
3 0VA 0V ANALOG POWER SUPPLY Power
4 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power

5-52 Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. /


Chapter.5 SIGNALS & CONNECTIONS DESCRIPTION

Table 5.58: J68 (BALANCE)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
1 +15V +15V ANALOG POWER SUPPLY Power
2 -15V -15V ANALOG POWER SUPPLY Power
3 0VA 0V ANALOG POWER SUPPLY Power
4 0VA 0V ANALOG POWER SUPPLY Power
5 MW1 MASS WEIGHT CHANNEL 1 Analog
6 MW2 MASS WEIGHT CHANNEL 2 Analog
7 AD-REF SCALE SUPPLY MONITORING Analog
8 / / /
9 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
10 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
11 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
12 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
13 / / /
14 / / /
15 / / /
16 / / /

Table 5.59: J69 (COM1 RS232)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
1 DCD COM1 COM1 PC104 pcb. Logic TTL
2 RXD COM1 COM1 PC104 pcb. Logic TTL
3 TXD COM1 COM1 PC104 pcb. Logic TTL
4 DTR COM1 COM1 PC104 pcb. Logic TTL
5 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
6 DSR COM1 COM1 PC104 pcb. Logic TTL
7 RTS COM1 COM1 PC104 pcb. Logic TTL
8 CTS COM1 COM1 PC104 pcb. Logic TTL
9 RI COM1 COM1 PC104 pcb. Logic TTL
10 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
11 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
12 +12V POWER SUPPLY 12 VOLT Power

Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. / 5-53


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Table 5.60: J70 (AUDIO BUZZ)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
1 AUDIO OUT R+ AUDIO SIGNAL RIGTH CHANNEL OUT FROM Analog
PC104 PCB
2 AUDIO OUT L+ AUDIO SIGNAL LEFT CHANNEL OUT FROM Analog
PC104 PCB
3 AUDIO OUT L/R- REFERENCE AUDIO SIGNAL OUT FROM Analog
PC104 PCB
4 AUDIO IN L/R- REFERENCE AUDIO SIGNAL IN TO PC104 PCB Analog
5 AUDIO IN R+ AUDIO SIGNAL RIGTH CHANNEL IN TO Analog
PC104 PCB
6 AUDIO IN L+ AUDIO SIGNAL LEFT CHANNEL IN TO PC104 Analog
PCB
7 MIC+ MICROPHONE SIGNAL IN TO PC104 PCB. Analog
8 MIC- REFERENCE SIGNAL MICROPHONE. Analog
9 MIC AMP MICROPHONE SIGNAL AMPLIFIED Analog
10 0VA 0V ANALOG POWER SUPPLY Power
11 BUZZ- BUZZER LEVEL Open Collector
12 +5VP +5V PROTECTIVE Power
13 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
14 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
15 / / /
16 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
17 +12V POWER SUPPLY 12 VOLT Power
18 +24V 24V POWER SUPPLY Power

Table 5.61: J70A (HEMOSCAN SENSOR)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
1 CHST.A HGB SENSOR TRASM. LED ANODE Analog
2 PTBVS.1 HEMOSCAN TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 Analog
3 CHST.K HGB SENSOR TRASM. LED CATHODE Analog
4 PTBVS.2 HEMOSCAN TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 Analog
5 CHSR.A HGB SENSOR RECIVER ANODE Analog
6 / / /
7 CHSR.K HGB SENSOR RECIVER CATHODE Analog
8 0VA 0V ANALOG POWER SUPPLY Power

5-54 Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. /


Chapter.5 SIGNALS & CONNECTIONS DESCRIPTION

Table 5.62: J70B (HEMOSCAN LINE SENSOR)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
1 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
2 / / /
3 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
4 SWBVSL HEMOSCAN LINE PRESENCE SENSOR Logic TTL

Table 5.63: J71 (SER2-5V)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
1 TXD5VM SER. 1 TTL MAIN Logic TTL
2 RTS5VM SER. 1 TTL MAIN Logic TTL
3 RXD5VM SER. 1 TTL MAIN Logic TTL
4 CTS5VM SER. 1 TTL MAIN Logic TTL
5 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
6 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power

Table 5.64: J72 (CORIOLIS)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
1 FD1C CORIOLIS FLOWMETER D1C Frequency
2 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
3 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
4 0VA 0V ANALOG POWER SUPPLY Power
5 +15V +15V ANALOG POWER SUPPLY Power
6 -15V -15V ANALOG POWER SUPPLY Power
7 0VA 0V ANALOG POWER SUPPLY Power
8 / / /
9 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
10 FD2C CORIOLIS FLOWMETER D2C Frequency

Table 5.65: J73 (H-BOTTOM)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
1 SWP WATER INLET PRESSURE SENSOR Logic TTL
2 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
3 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
4 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
5 FD1P PROTECTIVE FLOWMETER D1P Frequency
6 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power

Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. / 5-55


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Table 5.65: J73 (H-BOTTOM)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
7 SWLEAK.A WET SENSOR LED ANODE Analog
8 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
9 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
10 / / /
11 EVH2O WATER SUPPLY SOLENOID VALVE Power
12 +24VP POWER SUPPLY 24 VOLT PROTECTIVE Power
ENABLE
13 SWLEAKAGE LEAKAGE WATER SENSOR
14 +24VP POWER SUPPLY 24 VOLT PROTECTIVE Power
ENABLE
15 +24V 24V POWER SUPPLY Power
16 / / /

Table 5.66: J73A (WET SENSOR)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
1 SWLEAK2.A WET SENSOR LED ANODE (PROT.C0) Analog
2 SWLEAK.A WET SENSOR LED ANODE Analog
3 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
4 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
5 +12V POWER SUPPLY 12 VOLT Power
6 DISD1P SINGLE WIRE BUS BETWEEN Logic TTL
PROTECTIVE AND HYDRAULIC
7 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
8 SWLEAKAGE LEAKAGE WATER SENSOR

Table 5.67: J74 (SER4 READ-C- LESS)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
1 DCD4 SER 4 Logic TTL
2 DSR4 SER 4 Logic TTL
3 RX4 SER 4 Logic TTL
4 RTS4 SER 4 Logic TTL
5 TX4 SER 4 Logic TTL
6 CTS4 SER 4 Logic TTL
7 DTR4 SER 4 Logic TTL
8 RI4 SER 4 Logic TTL
9 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
10 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power

5-56 Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. /


Chapter.5 SIGNALS & CONNECTIONS DESCRIPTION

Table 5.67: J74 (SER4 READ-C- LESS)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
11 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
12 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
13 / / /
14 / / /
15 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
16 +12V POWER SUPPLY 12 VOLT Power

Table 5.68: J75 (ALIM COND A)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
1 0VS 0V COND. PROBES POWER SUPPLY Power
2 -15VS -15V COND. PROBES POWER SUPPLY Power
3 +15VS +15V COND PROBES POWER SUPPLY Power
4 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
5 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
6 / / /

Table 5.69: J76 (VNM)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
1 +15V +15V ANALOG POWER SUPPLY Power
2 0VA 0V ANALOG POWER SUPPLY Power
3 -15V -15V ANALOG POWER SUPPLY Power
4 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
5 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
6 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
7 / / /
8 / / /
9 EVDS1 FLOWMETER CALIBRATION BY-PASS Open Collector
SOLENOID VALVE
10 VC ENABLE VENOUS CLAMP Open Collector
11 AL-VNM VNM ALARM INPUT Logic TTL
12 CUTOFF VNM DISABLING COMMAND Logic TTL

Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. / 5-57


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Table 5.70: J77 (ALARM-LED)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
1 +5VP +5V PROTECTIVE Power
2 +5VP +5V PROTECTIVE Power
3 ALMLEDR RED ALARM LED Open Collector
4 ALMLEDR RED ALARM LED Open Collector
5 ALMLEDY YELLOW ALARM LED Open Collector
6 ALMLEDY YELLOW ALARM LED Open Collector
7 +5VP +5V PROTECTIVE Power
8 +5VP +5V PROTECTIVE Power
9 ALARMLSENS_LE SENSOR ALARM LIGTH LEFT EMITTER /

10 ALARMLSENS_RE SENSOR ALARM LIGTH RIGHT EMITTER /

11 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power


12 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
13 / / /
14 / / /
15 / / /
16 / / /

Table 5.71: J78 (SENS-DISP-LIGHT)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
1 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
2 +5VP +5V PROTECTIVE Power
3 SENSDISPL ABD RECEIVER CONDITIONED OUTPUT Analog
4 / / /

Table 5.72: J79 (BPM)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
1 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
2 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
3 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
4 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
5 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
6 +15V +15V ANALOG POWER SUPPLY Power
7 / / /
8 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
9 / / /
10 -15V -15V ANALOG POWER SUPPLY Power

5-58 Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. /


Chapter.5 SIGNALS & CONNECTIONS DESCRIPTION

Table 5.72: J79 (BPM)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
11 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
12 0VA 0V ANALOG POWER SUPPLY Power
13 / / /
14 TXD232B BPM TX RS232 Logic TTL
15 RXD232B BPM RX RS232 Logic TTL
16 +12V POWER SUPPLY 12 VOLT Power

Table 5.73: J80 (POWER ALTERN.3)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
1 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
2 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
3 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
4 +5VP +5V PROTECTIVE Power
5 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power

Table 5.74: J81 (P SUPPLY)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
1 +12V POWER SUPPLY 12 VOLT Power
2 +24VP POWER SUPPLY 24 VOLT PROTECTIVE Power
ENABLE
3 +24VP POWER SUPPLY 24 VOLT PROTECTIVE Power
ENABLE
4 0V24 0V POWER Power
5 0V24 0V POWER Power
6 +24V 24V POWER SUPPLY Power
7 -15V -15V ANALOG POWER SUPPLY Power
8 +15V +15V ANALOG POWER SUPPLY Power
9 0VA 0V ANALOG POWER SUPPLY Power
10 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
11 +5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power
12 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power
13 +5VP +5V PROTECTIVE Power
14 0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power

Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. / 5-59


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Table 5.75: J82 (POWER ALTERN.2)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
1 -15V -15V ANALOG POWER SUPPLY Power
2 +15V +15V ANALOG POWER SUPPLY Power
3 0VA 0V ANALOG POWER SUPPLY Power
4 / / /

Table 5.76: J83 (POWER ALTERN.1)


Pin Row/
Signal Name Description Signal Type
Number
1 +12V POWER SUPPLY 12 VOLT Power
2 +24VP POWER SUPPLY 24 VOLT PROTECTIVE Power
ENABLE
3 +24VP POWER SUPPLY 24 VOLT PROTECTIVE Power
ENABLE
4 0V24 0V POWER Power
5 0V24 0V POWER Power
6 +24V 24V POWER SUPPLY Power

5.5 Circuit Boards Description


5.5.1 Dip Switch Configuration
The Dip Switches Configuration refers to the physical dip switches on the Hydraulic,
Protective, Blood, Bioslave and Carrier boards.
The dip switches are used to enable/disable features that have been implemented along the
development of the machine and that depend on the current machine configuration.

5.5.1.1 Protective Board Dip Switch Configuration

Table 5.77: Protective Dip Switch Configuration


Dip switch Configuration Feature

ON Not used
1
OFF Default position

ON Not used
2
OFF Default position

ON Default position
3
OFF Not used

ON Not used
4
OFF Default position

5-60 Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. /


Chapter.5 SIGNALS & CONNECTIONS DESCRIPTION

Table 5.77: Protective Dip Switch Configuration


Dip switch Configuration Feature

ON Must be set to ON for machine not in AFB K configuration


5
OFF Must be set to OFF for machine in AFB K configuration

ON Default position
6
OFF Not used

ON Not used
7
OFF Default position

ON Default position
8
OFF Not used

5.5.1.2 Hydraulic Board Dip Switch Configuration


Table 5.78: Hydraulic Dip Switch Configuration
Dip switch Configuration Feature

ON Must be set to ON for machine not in AFB K configuration


1
OFF Must be set to OFF for machine in AFB K configuration

ON Must be set to ON for machine not in AFB K configuration


2
OFF Must be set to OFF for machine in AFB K configuration

ON Default position
3
OFF Not used

ON Not used
4
OFF Default position

ON Not used
5
OFF Default position

ON Default position
6
OFF Not used

ON Default position
7
OFF Not used

ON Default position
8
OFF Not used

Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. / 5-61


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

5.5.1.3 Blood Board Dip Switch Configuration


Table 5.79: Blood Dip Switch Configuration
Dip switch Configuration Feature

ON Default position
1
OFF Not Used

ON Not Used
2
OFF Default position

ON Not Used
3
OFF Default position

ON Not Used
4
OFF Default position

5.5.1.4 Bioslave2/Bioslave2 AFB Board Dip Switch Configuration


Table 5.80: Bioslave2/Bioslave2 AFB Dip Switch Configuration
Dip switch Configuration Feature

ON Not Used
1
OFF Default position

ON Not Used
2
OFF Default position

ON Default position
3
OFF Not used

ON Default position
4
OFF Not used

ON Must be set to ON if the mains frequency used is 50 Hz


5
OFF Must be set to OFF if the mains frequency used is 60 Hz

ON Must be set to ON before the Hemoscan Calibration, then restored


6 to OFF.

OFF Default position

ON Not used
7
OFF Default position

ON Default position
8
OFF Not used

5-62 Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. /


Chapter.5 SIGNALS & CONNECTIONS DESCRIPTION

5.5.2 Carrier Board Dip Switch Configuration


Table 5.81: Carrier Dip Switch Configuration
Dip switch Configuration Feature

ON When it is necessary to calibrate the Touch Screen move the Dip


1 1to the ON position. Before to move it, switch OFF the machine.

OFF Default position

ON Set the Splash Screen on Evosys dialysis system


2
OFF Set the Splash Screen (booting up screen) on Artis dialysis system

ON Not used
3
OFF Default position

ON Not used
4
OFF Default position

ON Not used
5
OFF Default position

ON Not used
6
OFF Default position

ON Not used
7
OFF Default position

ON Not used
8
OFF Default position

Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. / 5-63


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

5.6 Mother Board Connectors Description


5.6.1 Connector J12 Mother Board

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


I2C-SCLH J12 (I2C-H-P-B) 1 J2-ISOL-HY (J2 I2) 4 GREEN

0VD J12 (I2C-H-P-B) 2 J2-ISOL-HY (J2 I2) 3 WHITE

I2C-SDAH J12 (I2C-H-P-B) 3 J2-ISOL-HY (J2 I2) 1 YELLOW

+5VD J12 (I2C-H-P-B) 4 J2-ISOL-HY (J2 I2) 2 BROWN

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


I2C-SCLP J12 (I2C-H-P-B) 11 J2-ISOL-PR (J2 I2) 4 GREEN

0VD J12 (I2C-H-P-B) 12 J2-ISOL-PR (J2 I2) 3 WHITE

I2C-SDAP J12 (I2C-H-P-B) 13 J2-ISOL-PR (J2 I2) 1 YELLOW

+5VD J12 (I2C-H-P-B) 14 J2-ISOL-PR (J2 I2) 2 BROWN

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


I2C-SCLH J12 (I2C-H-P-B) 7 J2-HRM 4 GREEN

0VD J12 (I2C-H-P-B) 8 J2-HRM 3 WHITE

I2C-SDAH J12 (I2C-H-P-B) 9 J2-HRM 1 YELLOW

+5VD J12 (I2C-H-P-B) 10 J2-HRM 2 BROWN

5.6.2 Connector J13 Mother Board

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


COMPSS J13 (LOADER) 1 JCOMPRS-2 1 WHITE/BLACK

+24VP J13 (LOADER) 2 JCOMPRS-1 1 ORANGE


SWCOMPSS J13 (LOADER) 3 JSWCOMPR-1 (SWCOM) 1 WHITE/VIOLET

0VD J13 (LOADER) 4 JSWCOMPR-2 (SWCOM) 1 WHITE

EVDNLOADER J13 (LOADER) 5 JEVDN-1 (EVDNLOAD) 1 GREEN


+24VP J13 (LOADER) 6 JEVDN-2 (EVDNLOAD) 1 ORANGE

EVSNLOADER J13 (LOADER) 7 JEVSN-1(EVSNLOAD) 1 BLUE

+24VP J13 (LOADER) 8 JEVSN-2 (EVSNLOAD) 1 ORANGE


SWDNCASS J13 (LOADER) 9 JSWCASS-DN (SWDNC) 3 GRAY

+5VD J13 (LOADER) 10 JSWCASS-DN (SWDNC) 1 RED

0VD J13 (LOADER) 11 JSWCASS-DN (SWDNC) 4 WHITE


0VD J13 (LOADER) 12 JSWCASS-SN (SWSNC) 4 WHITE

SWSNCASS J13 (LOADER) 13 JSWCASS-SN (SWSNC) 3 YELLOW

+5VD J13 (LOADER) 14 JSWCASS-SN (SWSNC) 1 RED


EVDRLOADER J13 (LOADER) 17 JEVDR-1 (EVDRLOAD) 1 WHITE/GREY

+24VP J13 (LOADER) 18 JEVDR-2 (EVDRLOAD) 1 ORANGE

5-64 Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. /


Chapter.5 SIGNALS & CONNECTIONS DESCRIPTION

5.6.3 Connector J14 Mother Board

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


SW2PINCH J14 (PINCH) 2 JINF-CLAMP (AVI-J7) 16 BLUE

PINCHRLY J14 (PINCH) 3 JINF-CLAMP (AVI-J7) 12 GRAY

SW1PINCH J14 (PINCH) 5 JINF-CLAMP (AVI-J7) 14 WHITE/PINK

0VD J14 (PINCH) 8 JINF-CLAMP (AVI-J7) 7 WHITE

+5VD J14 (PINCH) 9 JINF-CLAMP (AVI-J7) 9 RED

0VD J14 (PINCH) 10 JINF-CLAMP (AVI-J7) 8 WHITE

5.6.4 Connector J16 Mother Board

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


0VD J16 (FD2P) 1 JFD2 (FD2) 4 WHITE

FD2P J16 (FD2P) 3 JFD2 (FD2) 2 YELLOW

+5VD J16 (FD2P) 4 JFD2 (FD2) 1 RED

5.6.5 Connector J18 Mother Board

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


0VD J18 (UFT SENSOR) 1 JUFT-DUMMY (UFT-D) 1 WHITE

SWDUMMY1 J18 (UFT SENSOR) 2 JUFT-DUMMY (UFT-D) 2 PINK

0VD J18 (UFT SENSOR) 3 JUFT-DUMMY (UFT-D) 5 WHITE

SWDUMMY2 J18 (UFT SENSOR) 4 JUFT-DUMMY (UFT-D) 6 YELLOW

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


0VD J18 (UFT SENSOR) 5 JSWFS-A (UFT-UP-A) 1 WHITE

SWFSA J18 (UFT SENSOR) 6 JSWFS-A (UFT-UP-A) 4 GRAY

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


0VD J18 (UFT SENSOR) 7 JSWFS-B (UFT-UP-B) 1 WHITE

SWFSB J18 (UFT SENSOR) 8 JSWFS-B (UFT-UP-B) 4 BROWN

Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. / 5-65


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

5.6.6 Connector J19 Mother Board

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


APBK J19 (AP) 1 JA-PUMP (AP-PUMP) 1 WHITE/BLACK

AF J19 (AP) 3 JA-PUMP (AP-PUMP) 3 WHITE/ORANGE

CAP J19 (AP) 4 JA-PUMP (AP-PUMP) 4 BLACK/BLUE

AP J19 (AP) 5 JA-PUMP (AP-PUMP) 5 BLACK/ORANGE

APP J19 (AP) 6 JA-PUMP (AP-PUMP) 6 WHITE/GRAY

PSTOP J19 (AP) 7 JA-PUMP (AP-PUMP) 7 WHITE/GREEN

APP2 J19 (AP) 8 JA-PUMP (AP-PUMP) 8 PINK

ARLY-EN J19 (AP) 9 JA-PUMP (AP-PUMP) 9 WHITE/BLUE


0V24 J19 (AP) 11 JA-PUMP (AP-PUMP) 11 BLACK

+24VP J19 (AP) 12 JA-PUMP (AP-PUMP) 12 ORANGE

0VD J19 (AP) 13 JA-PUMP (AP-PUMP) 13 WHITE


APDIR J19 (AP) 14 JA-PUMP (AP-PUMP) 14 BLACK/YELLOW

0VD J19 (AP) 15 JA-PUMP (AP-PUMP) 15 WHITE

+5VD J19 (AP) 16 JA-PUMP (AP-PUMP) 16 RED

5.6.7 Connector J20 Mother Board

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


+24VP J20 (EVCENTRAL-L) 1 JEVD1-2 (EVD1-2) 1 ORANGE

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


EVD1 J20 (EVCENTRAL-L) 2 JEVD1-1 (EVD1-1) 1 RED/BLUE

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


+24VP J20 (EVCENTRAL-L) 3 JEVDS1-2 (EVDS1-2) 1 ORANGE

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


EVDS1 J20 (EVCENTRAL-L) 4 JEVDS1-1 (EVDS1-1) 1 WHITE/GREEN

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


+24VP J20 (EVCENTRAL-L) 5 JEVBP2-2 (EVBP2-2) 1 ORANGE

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


EVBP2 J20 (EVCENTRAL-L) 6 JEVBP2-1 (EVBP2-1) 1 BLACK/YELLOW

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


+24VP J20 (EVCENTRAL-L) 7 JEVDS2-2 (EVDS2-2) 1 ORANGE

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


EVDS2 J20 (EVCENTRAL-L) 8 JEVDS2-1 (EVDS2-1) 1 GRAY

5-66 Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. /


Chapter.5 SIGNALS & CONNECTIONS DESCRIPTION

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


+24VP J20 (EVCENTRAL-L) 9 JEV2-2 (EV2-2) 1 ORANGE

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


EV2 J20 (EVCENTRAL-L) 10 JEV2-1 (EV2-1) 1 RED/GRAY

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


+24VP J20 (EVCENTRAL-L) 11 JEVD2-2 (EVD2-2) 1 ORANGE

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


EVD2 J20 (EVCENTRAL-L) 12 JEVD2-1 (EVD2-1) 1 BLUE

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


+24VP J20 (EVCENTRAL-L) 13 JEVBHE-2 (EVBHE-2) 1 ORANGE

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


EVBHE J20 (EVCENTRAL-L) 14 JEVBHE-1 (EVBHE-1) 1 RED/GREEN

5.6.8 Connector J21 Mother Board

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


EVPA J21 (EV LEFT) 1 JEVPA-1 (EVPA-1) 1 RED/BLUE

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


+24VP J21 (EV LEFT) 3 JEVPA-2 (EVPA-2) 1 ORANGE

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


+24VP J21 (EV LEFT) 5 JEVPB-2 (EVPB-2) 1 ORANGE

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


EVPB J21 (EV LEFT) 7 JEVPB-1 (EVPB-1) 1 WHITE/BLACK

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


EVPRIM J21 (EV LEFT) 9 JEVPRIM-1 1 WHITE/VIOLET

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


+24VP J21 (EV LEFT) 11 JEVPRIM-2 1 ORANGE

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


+24VP J21 (EV LEFT) 13 JEVPRIM1-2 1 ORANGE

Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. / 5-67


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


EVPRIM1 J21 (EV LEFT) 15 JEVPRIM1-1 1 RED/YELLOW

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


0V24 J21 (EV LEFT) 14 JINF-CLAMP (AVI-J7) 4 BLACK

DPWOUT3H J21 (EV LEFT) 17 JINF-CLAMP (AVI-J7) 11 GRAY

+24VP J21 (EV LEFT) 18 JINF-CLAMP (AVI-J7) 2 ORANGE

+24VP J21 (EV LEFT) 19 JINF-CLAMP (AVI-J7) 1 ORANGE

0V24 J21 (EV LEFT) 20 JINF-CLAMP (AVI-J7) 3 BLACK

5.6.9 Connector J22 Mother Board

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


EVP J22 (EV RIGHT) 1 JEVP-1 (EVP-1) 1 RED/GREEN

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


+24VP J22 (EV RIGHT) 2 JEVP-2 (EVP-2) 1 ORANGE

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


EVDEG J22 (EV RIGHT) 5 JEVDEG-1 (EVDEG-1) 1 WHITE/BLACK

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


+24VP J22 (EV RIGHT) 6 JEVDEG-2 (EVDEG-2) 1 ORANGE

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


HYFAN J22 (EV RIGHT) 9 JHYFAN (HYD FAN) 2 BLUE

+24VP J22 (EV RIGHT) 10 JHYFAN (HYD FAN) 1 ORANGE

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


EVDRAIN J22 (EV RIGHT) 13 JEVDRAIN-1 1 BROWN

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


+24VP J22 (EV RIGHT) 14 JEVDRAIN-2 1 ORANGE

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


0VD J22 (EV RIGHT) 17 JSWP1-2 (SWP1-2) 1 WHITE

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


SWP1 J22 (EV RIGHT) 18 JSWP1-1 (SWP1-1) 1 WHITE/VIOLET

5-68 Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. /


Chapter.5 SIGNALS & CONNECTIONS DESCRIPTION

5.6.10 Connector J23 Mother Board

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


+5VD J23 (ARM UFT) 2 JUFT-SWLOW2 1 RED

SWLOWUF2 J23 (ARM UFT) 4 JUFT-SWLOW2 3 BLACK/BLUE

0VD J23 (ARM UFT) 6 JUFT-SWLOW2 4 WHITE

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


SWLOWUF1 J23 (ARM UFT) 3 JUFT-SWLOW1 3 YELLOW

0VD J23 (ARM UFT) 5 JUFT-SWLOW1 4 WHITE

+5VD J23 (ARM UFT) 7 JUFT-SWLOW1 1 RED

5.6.11 Connector J25 Mother Board

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


0VD J25 (LFP-LFP1) 3 JLFP (LFP) 2 WHITE

0VD J25 (LFP-LFP1) 4 JLFP (LFP) 3 WHITE

LFP.A J25 (LFP-LFP1) 5 JLFP (LFP) 1 RED/BLUE

LFP J25 (LFP-LFP1) 7 JLFP (LFP) 4 BLUE/GRAY

5.6.12 Connector J25A Mother Board

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


LFP J25A (LFP1) 1 J25A 8 BLUE

5.6.13 Connector J26 Mother Board

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


SWCON J26 (SWW1-2) 1 JWCON1 (WCON SW1) 3 RED/BLUE
0VD J26 (SWW1-2) 3 JWCON1 (WCON SW1) 2 WHITE

+5VD J26 (SWW1-2) 5 JWCON1 (WCON SW1) 1 RED

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


SWCON2 J26 (SWW1-2) 2 JWCON2 (WCON SW2) 3 BLACK/YELLOW

0VD J26 (SWW1-2) 4 JWCON2 (WCON SW2) 2 WHITE

+5VD J26 (SWW1-2) 6 JWCON2 (WCON SW2) 1 RED

5.6.14 Connector J27 Mother Board

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


SWDCSIN J27 (DIA CONN) 1 JDCS-IN (DCS-IN) 3 RED/BLUE
+5VD J27 (DIA CONN) 3 JDCS-IN (DCS-IN) 1 RED

0VD J27 (DIA CONN) 5 JDCS-IN (DCS-IN) 2 WHITE

Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. / 5-69


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


0VD J27 (DIA CONN) 2 JDCS-OUT (DCS-OUT) 2 WHITE

+5VD J27 (DIA CONN) 4 JDCS-OUT (DCS-OUT) 1 RED

SWDCSOUT J27 (DIA CONN) 6 JDCS-OUT (DCS-OUT) 3 BLUE/GRAY

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


LFD J27 (DIA CONN) 9 JLFD (LFD) 4 GRAY

LFD.A J27 (DIA CONN) 10 JLFD (LFD) 1 WHITE/GREEN

0VD J27 (DIA CONN) 11 JLFD (LFD) 2 WHITE

0VD J27 (DIA CONN) 12 JLFD (LFD) 3 WHITE

5.6.15 Connector J29 Mother Board

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


+5VD J29 (USB) 1 USB 1 RED

DA- J29 (USB) 2 USB 2 WHITE

DA+ J29 (USB) 3 USB 3 GREEN

0VD J29 (USB) 4 USB 4 BLACK

/ / / USB 5 SHIELD

5.6.16 Connector J30 Mother Board

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


PWFAIL J30 (ALIM J6) 1 JALIM-J6 (ALIM-J6) 1 BLACK/ORANGE

SRESET J30 (ALIM J6) 2 JALIM-J6 (ALIM-J6) 2 WHITE/YELLOW

REL 24 J30 (ALIM J6) 3 JALIM-J6 (ALIM-J6) 3 BLACK/BLUE

TSTBAT J30 (ALIM J6) 4 JALIM-J6 (ALIM-J6) 4 BLUE


ENTSTBAT J30 (ALIM J6) 5 JALIM-J6 (ALIM-J6) 5 WHITE/GREEN

MSWOFF J30 (ALIM J6) 6 JALIM-J6 (ALIM-J6) 6 RED/BLUE

MPGOOD J30 (ALIM J6) 11 JALIM-J6 (ALIM-J6) 11 GRAY


STBYONOFF J30 (ALIM J6) 12 JALIM-J6 (ALIM-J6) 12 WHITE/ORANGE

CHBATON J30 (ALIM J6) 13 JALIM-J6 (ALIM-J6) 13 GREEN

UPS_ON J30 (ALIM J6) 14 JALIM-J6 (ALIM-J6) 14 WHITE/RED


+24VBAT J30 (ALIM J6) 16 JALIM-J6 (ALIM-J6) 16 BLACK/YELLOW

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


+15VS J30 (ALIM J6) 7 JALIM-J11 (ALIM-J11) 1 RED/GREY

0VS J30 (ALIM J6) 8 JALIM-J11 (ALIM-J11) 3 WHITE/BLACK

-15VS J30 (ALIM J6) 9 JALIM-J11 (ALIM-J6) 2 YELLOW


0VS J30 (ALIM J6) 10 JALIM-J11 (ALIM-J11) 4 WHITE/BLACK

5-70 Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. /


Chapter.5 SIGNALS & CONNECTIONS DESCRIPTION

5.6.17 Connector J31 Mother Board

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


ENTSTBAT J31 (HOUR METER) 1 P1 1 BLUE

MPGOOD J31 (HOUR METER) 3 P1 3 YELLOW

PWFAIL J31 (HOUR METER) 4 P1 4 BLACK

SRESET J31 (HOUR METER) 5 P1 5 WHITE/YELLOW

UPS_ON J31 (HOUR METER) 7 P1 7 VIOLET

STBYOVR J31 (HOUR METER) 8 P1 8 PINK

CHBATON J31 (HOUR METER) 9 P1 9 GREEN

STBYONOFF J31 (HOUR METER) 10 P1 10 WHITE/GREEN

MSWOFF J31 (HOUR METER) 11 P1 11 RED/BLUE

KEY11 J31 (HOUR METER) 12 P1 12 GRAY/PINK

STB1 J31 (HOUR METER) 13 P1 13 BROWN/GREEN


STB2 J31 (HOUR METER) 14 P1 14 YELLOW/BROWN

+24VBAT J31 (HOUR METER) 23 P4 5 RED

ENTSTBAT T1 1 P1 2 BROWN

ENTSTBAT T2 1 P1 6 GRAY

+5VD J31 (HOUR METER) 17 P1 17 BROWN

0VD J31 (HOUR METER) 19 P1 19 WHITE

OVD J31 (HOUR METER) 20 P1 20 GRAY

+24VBAT J31 (HOUR METER) 21 P1 21 YELLOW

ENTSTBAT T3 1 P1 18 GREEN

5.6.18 Connector J32 Mother Board

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


KEY11 J32 (KEYB-P8) 1 P8 1 WHITE

STB1 J32 (KEYB-P8) 2 P8 2 BROWN

STB2 J32 (KEYB-P8) 3 P8 3 GREEN

5.6.19 Connector J34 Mother Board

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


+5VD J34 (COVER-UFT) 1 JUFT-COV-L (UFT-C) 1 RED
SWUFCOVL J34 (COVER-UFT) 3 JUFT-COV-L (UFT-C) 3 GRAY

0VD J34 (COVER-UFT) 5 JUFT-COV-L (UFT-C) 4 WHITE

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


SWUFCOVR J34 (COVER-UFT) 4 JUFT-COV-R (UFT-C) 3 PINK

0VD J34 (COVER-UFT) 6 JUFT-COV-R (UFT-C) 4 WHITE


+5VD J34 (COVER-UFT) 8 JUFT-COV-R (UFT-C) 1 RED

Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. / 5-71


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

5.6.20 Connector J43 Mother Board

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


0VS J43 (ALIM COND P) 1 JCONDP-J6 6 WHITE/BLACK

-15VS J43 (ALIM COND P) 2 JCONDP-J6 10 BLUE/GRAY

+15VS J43 (ALIM COND P) 3 JCONDP-J6 8 RED/GRAY

0VD J43 (ALIM COND P) 4 JCONDP-J6 2 WHITE

+5VD J43 (ALIM COND P) 5 JCONDP-J6 4 RED

5.6.21 Connector J45 Mother Board

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


ABD-RSTB J45 (PIBP9) 1 JPIBP9 (PIB-P9) 1 WHITE

T1-TEST J45 (PIBP9) 8 JPIBP9 (PIB-P9) 8 WHITE/BROWN

AP-RESUM J45 (PIBP9) 12 JPIBP9 (PIB-P9) 12 BROWN


ABD-PRE J45 (PIBP9) 23 JPIBP9 (PIB-P9) 36 GREEN

+15V J45 (PIBP9) 20 JPIBP9 (PIB-P9) 20 YELLOW

-15V J45 (PIBP9) 21 JPIBP9 (PIB-P9) 21 VIOLET

PTS J45 (PIBP9) 22 JPIBP9 (PIB-P9) 22 WHITE/ORANGE

0VA J45 (PIBP9) 25 JPIBP9 (PIB-P9) 25 GRAY

0VD J45 (PIBP9) 27 JPIBP9 (PIB-P9) 27 WHITE

SERCKP J45 (PIBP9) 28 JPIBP9 (PIB-P9) 28 BLACK/YELLOW

0VD J45 (PIBP9) 29 JPIBP9 (PIB-P9) 29 WHITE

ABDA-ALM J45 (PIBP9) 30 JPIBP9 (PIB-P9) 30 BROWN

ANACNF0 J45 (PIBP9) 31 JPIBP9 (PIB-P9) 31 WHITE/PINK

ANACNF1 J45 (PIBP9) 32 JPIBP9 (PIB-P9) 32 WHITE/BLUE

ANACNF2 J45 (PIBP9) 33 JPIBP9 (PIB-P9) 33 WHITE/VIOLET


TEST-ART J45 (PIBP9) 34 JPIBP9 (PIB-P9) 34 BLACK/BLUE

ABD-TEST J45 (PIBP9) 35 JPIBP9 (PIB-P9) 35 RED

ABD-RSTA J45 (PIBP9) 37 JPIBP9 (PIB-P9) 37 BLUE


TEST-VEN J45 (PIBP9) 38 JPIBP9 (PIB-P9) 38 BLACK/ORANGE

+5VP J45 (PIBP9) 39 JPIBP9 (PIB-P9) 39 RED

+5VP J45 (PIBP9) 40 JPIBP9 (PIB-P9) 40 RED


SERBIDP J45 (PIBP9) 43 JPIBP9 (PIB-P9) 43 WHITE/BLACK

SEROUTP J45 (PIBP9) 44 JPIBP9 (PIB-P9) 44 PINK

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


PB-APRESUM J45 (PIBP9) 17 JPIB-P1 (PIB-P1) 4 WHITE

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


ANANCNF9 J45 (PIBP9) 42 JINF-CLAMP (AVI-J7) 13 BLACK/GREEN

5-72 Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. /


Chapter.5 SIGNALS & CONNECTIONS DESCRIPTION

5.6.22 Connector J46 Mother Board

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


HEP J46 (HEPARIN) 1 JHEP (HEPARIN) 1 WHITE/BROWN

LOWL J46 (HEPARIN) 2 JHEP (HEPARIN) 2 BLACK/ORANGE

FHEP J46 (HEPARIN) 3 JHEP (HEPARIN) 3 RED/BLUE

OVL J46 (HEPARIN) 4 JHEP (HEPARIN) 4 BLACK/BLUE

DHEP J46 (HEPARIN) 5 JHEP (HEPARIN) 5 BLUE/GRAY

DFHEP J46 (HEPARIN) 6 JHEP (HEPARIN) 6 WHITE/BLUE

+5VD J46 (HEPARIN) 7 JHEP (HEPARIN) 7 RED

0VD J46 (HEPARIN) 8 JHEP (HEPARIN) 8 WHITE


+24VP J46 (HEPARIN) 9 JHEP (HEPARIN) 9 ORANGE

0V24 J46 (HEPARIN) 10 JHEP (HEPARIN) 10 BLACK

UPB.0 J46 (HEPARIN) 11 JHEP (HEPARIN) 11 WHITE/YELLOW


DNB.0 J46 (HEPARIN) 12 JHEP (HEPARIN) 12 BROWN

LEDH J46 (HEPARIN) 13 JHEP (HEPARIN) 13 WHITE/VIOLET

5.6.23 Connector J47 Mother Board

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


VPBK J47 (VP) 1 JV-PUMP (VEN-PUMP) 1 WHITE/BLACK

VF J47 (VP) 3 JV-PUMP (VEN-PUMP) 3 BLACK/YELLOW

CVP J47 (VP) 4 JV-PUMP (VEN-PUMP) 4 BLACK/BLUE

VP J47 (VP) 5 JV-PUMP (VEN-PUMP) 5 BLACK/ORANGE

VPP J47 (VP) 6 JV-PUMP (VEN-PUMP) 6 WHITE/GRAY

PSTOP J47 (VP) 7 JV-PUMP (VEN-PUMP) 7 GREEN

VPP2 J47 (VP) 8 JV-PUMP (VEN-PUMP) 8 WHITE/PINK

VRLY-EN J47 (VP) 9 JV-PUMP (VEN-PUMP) 9 WHITE/BLUE

0V24 J47 (VP) 11 JV-PUMP (VEN-PUMP) 11 BLACK

+24VP J47 (VP) 12 JV-PUMP (VEN-PUMP) 12 ORANGE

0VD J47 (VP) 13 JV-PUMP (VEN-PUMP) 13 WHITE

VPDIR J47 (VP) 14 JV-PUMP (VEN-PUMP) 14 GRAY

0VD J47 (VP) 15 JV-PUMP (VEN-PUMP) 15 WHITE

+5VD J47 (VP) 16 JV-PUMP (VEN-PUMP) 16 RED

5.6.24 Connector J48 Mother Board

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


VC J48 (CLAMPS) 1 JV-CLAMP 12 BROWN

VCP J48 (CLAMPS) 3 JV-CLAMP 14 GREEN

LVCS J48 (CLAMPS) 5 JV-CLAMP 16 BLUE


+5VD J48 (CLAMPS) 7 JV-CLAMP 9 RED

0VD J48 (CLAMPS) 9 JV-CLAMP 7 WHITE

0V24 J48 (CLAMPS) 11 JV-CLAMP 3 BLACK

Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. / 5-73


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


0V24 J48 (CLAMPS) 13 JV-CLAMP 4 BLACK

+24VP J48 (CLAMPS) 15 JV-CLAMP 1 ORANGE

+24VP J48 (CLAMPS) 17 JV-CLAMP 2 ORANGE

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


AC J48 (CLAMPS) 2 JA-CLAMP (A-CLAMP) 12 WHITE/BROWN

ACP J48 (CLAMPS) 4 JA-CLAMP (A-CLAMP) 14 WHITE/GREEN

LACS J48 (CLAMPS) 6 JA-CLAMP (A-CLAMP) 16 WHITE/BLUE

+5VD J48 (CLAMPS) 8 JA-CLAMP (A-CLAMP) 9 RED

0VD J48 (CLAMPS) 10 JA-CLAMP (A-CLAMP) 7 WHITE

0V24 J48 (CLAMPS) 12 JA-CLAMP (A-CLAMP) 3 BLACK

0V24 J48 (CLAMPS) 14 JA-CLAMP (A-CLAMP) 4 BLACK

+24VP J48 (CLAMPS) 16 JA-CLAMP (A-CLAMP) 1 ORANGE


+24VP J48 (CLAMPS) 18 JA-CLAMP (A-CLAMP) 2 ORANGE

5.6.25 Connector J49 Mother Board

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


SWBVS J49 (SWDOORS) 1 JDOORSEN (BVS-POL) 2 WHITE/BROWN

+5VD J49 (SWDOORS) 3 JDOORSEN (BVS-POL) 1 RED

0VD J49 (SWDOORS) 5 JDOORSEN (BVS-POL) 4 WHITE

SWPOL J49 (SWDOORS) 6 JDOORSEN (BVS-POL) 3 BLUE

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


+5VD J49 (SWDOORS) 8 JLPS (LPS) 1 RED

0VD J49 (SWDOORS) 9 JLPS (LPS) 4 WHITE

LPS J49 (SWDOORS) 10 JLPS (LPS) 3 PINK

5-74 Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. /


Chapter.5 SIGNALS & CONNECTIONS DESCRIPTION

5.6.26 Connector J50 Mother Board

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


VBP- J50 (PIB P7) 1 JPIB-P7 (PIB-P7) 1 WHITE

ABP- J50 (PIB P7) 2 JPIB-P7 (PIB-P7) 2 BROWN

VBP+ J50 (PIB P7) 3 JPIB-P7 (PIB-P7) 3 GREEN

ABP+ J50 (PIB P7) 4 JPIB-P7 (PIB-P7) 4 YELLOW

PDP J50 (PIB P7) 6 JPIB-P7 (PIB-P7) 6 PINK

PPA J50 (PIB P7) 8 JPIB-P7 (PIB-P7) 8 RED

VREFB J50 (PIB P7) 12 JPIB-P7 (PIB-P7) 12 BLACK

SP- J50 (PIB P7) 13 JPIB-P7 (PIB-P7) 5 GRAY


VREFB J50 (PIB P7) 14 JPIB-P7 (PIB-P7) 14 GREEN/BLACK

SP+ J50 (PIB P7) 15 JPIB-P7 (PIB-P7) 7 BLUE

VREF0B J50 (PIB P7) 16 JPIB-P7 (PIB-P7) 16 BLACK/GRAY


VREF0B J50 (PIB P7) 18 JPIB-P7 (PIB-P7) 18 BLACK/PINK

5.6.27 Connector J51 Mother Board

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


EVD J51 (EV CENTR-R) 1 JEVD-1 (EVD-1) 1 RED/YELLOW

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


+24VP J51 (EV CENTR-R) 3 JEVD-2 (EVD-2) 1 ORANGE

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


+24VP J51 (EV CENTR-R) 5 JEVC-2 (EVC-2) 1 ORANGE

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


EVC J51 (EV CENTR-R) 7 JEVC-1 (EVC-1) 1 BLACK/YELLOW

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


EV1S J51 (EV CENTR-R) 9 JEV1S-1 (EV1S-1) 1 RED/GREEN

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


+24VP J51 (EV CENTR-R) 11 JEV1S-2 (EV1S-2) 1 ORANGE

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


+24VP J51 (EV CENTR-R) 13 JEVR1-2 (EVR1-2) 1 ORANGE

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


EVR1 J51 (EV CENTR-R) 15 JEVR1-1 (EVR1-1) 1 GRAY

Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. / 5-75


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


EVS J51 (EV CENTR-R) 17 JEVS-1 (EVS-1) 1 BROWN

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


+24VP J51 (EV CENTR-R) 19 JEVS-2 (EVS-2) 1 ORANGE

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


+24VP J51 (EV CENTR-R) 21 JEVFLUSH-2 1 ORANGE

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


EVFLUSH J51 (EV CENTR-R) 23 JEVFLUSH-1 1 WHITE/GREEN

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


EVW1 J51 (EV CENTR-R) 25 JEVW1-1 (EVW1-1) 1 WHITE/VIOLET

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


+24VP J51 (EV CENTR-R) 27 JEVW1-2 (EVW1-2) 1 ORANGE

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


+24VP J51 (EV CENTR-R) 29 JEVA-2 (EVA-2) 1 ORANGE

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


EVA J51 (EV CENTR-R) 31 JEVA-1 (EVA-1) 1 BLUE

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


EVW2 J51 (EV CENTR-R) 33 JEVW2-1 (EVW2-1) 1 YELLOW

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


+24VP J51 (EV CENTR-R) 35 JEVW2-2 (EVW2-2) 1 ORANGE

5-76 Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. /


Chapter.5 SIGNALS & CONNECTIONS DESCRIPTION

5.6.28 Connector J52 Mother Board

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


PWHO J52 (PWHO) 1 JPWHO (PUMP WHO) 2 BLACK/YELLOW

+5VD J52 (PWHO) 3 JPWHO (PUMP WHO) 3 RED

0VD J52 (PWHO) 4 JPWHO (PUMP WHO) 4 WHITE

0V24 J52 (PWHO) 5 JPWHO (PUMP WHO) 5 BLACK

+24VP J52 (PWHO) 6 JPWHO (PUMP WHO) 6 ORANGE

5.6.29 Connector J53 Mother Board

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


SWA J53 (SWCONC) 1 JSWCON-A 4 BLACK/BLUE

0VD J53 (SWCONC) 2 JSWCON-A 3 WHITE

SWA2 J53 (SWCONC) 3 JSWCON-A 2 BLUE

+5VD J53 (SWCONC) 4 JSWCON-A 1 RED

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


SWA2C J53 (SWCONC) 13 JSWCON-AC2 2 YELLOW

+5VD J53 (SWCONC) 14 JSWCON-AC2 1 RED

0VD J53 (SWCONC) 16 JSWCON-AC2 3 WHITE

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


SWA1C J53 (SWCONC) 15 JSWCON-AC1 2 BROWN

+5VD J53 (SWCONC) 17 JSWCON-AC1 1 RED

0VD J53 (SWCONC) 18 JSWCON-AC1 3 WHITE

(only if BIOSLAVE2 AFB is installed)

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


SWB J53 (SWCONC) 5 JSWCON-B 4 GRAY

+5VD J53 (SWCONC) 6 JSWCON-B 1 RED

SWB2 J53 (SWCONC) 7 JSWCON-B 2 WHITE/GRAY

0VD J53 (SWCONC) 8 JSWCON-B 3 WHITE

(only if BIOSLAVE2 AFB is installed)

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


SWAFB J53 (SWCONC) 9 JSWCON-F 4 GREEN

0VD J53 (SWCONC) 10 JSWCON-F 3 WHITE

SWAFB2 J53 (SWCONC) 11 JSWCON-F 2 WHITE/BLACK

+5VD J53 (SWCONC) 12 JSWCON-F 1 RED

Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. / 5-77


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

5.6.30 Connector J54 Mother Board

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


SWBK J54 (SW BICK) 1 JSWBK (SWBIC-CARD) 1 GRAY

0VD J54 (SW BICK) 3 JSWBK (SWBIC-CARD) 2 WHITE

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


SWSEK1 J54 (SW BICK) 2 JSWSEL-B (SEL-BAG) 1 BLACK/BLUE

0VD J54 (SW BICK) 4 JSWSEL-B (SEL-BAG) 2 WHITE

0VD J54 (SW BICK) 6 JSWSEL-B (SEL-BAG) 3 WHITE

SWSEK2 J54 (SW BICK) 10 JSWSEL-B (SEL-BAG) 4 GREEN

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


0VD J54 (SW BICK) 5 JSWSEL-C (SEL-CARD) 2 WHITE
SWAK J54 (SW BICK) 7 JSWSEL-C (SEL-CARD) 1 BROWN

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


SWSEK3 J54 (SW BICK) 8 J73A (WET SENSOR) 6 VIOLET

5.6.31 Connector J55 Mother Board

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


DPSEL J55 (PUMP SEL) 1 JPSE (PUMP-SEL) 1 WHITE/VIOLET

FPSEL J55 (PUMP SEL) 2 JPSE (PUMP-SEL) 2 WHITE/RED

PSEL J55 (PUMP SEL) 3 JPSE (PUMP-SEL) 3 WHITE/GREEN

+5VD J55 (PUMP SEL) 4 JPSE (PUMP-SEL) 4 RED

0VD J55 (PUMP SEL) 5 JPSE (PUMP-SEL) 5 WHITE

0V24 J55 (PUMP SEL) 6 JPSE (PUMP-SEL) 6 BLACK

+24VP J55 (PUMP SEL) 7 JPSE (PUMP-SEL) 7 ORANGE

HBST J55 (PUMP SEL) 8 JPSE (PUMP-SEL) 8 YELLOW

5-78 Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. /


Chapter.5 SIGNALS & CONNECTIONS DESCRIPTION

5.6.32 Connector J56 Mother Board

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


BLDT.K J56 (BLD) 1 JBLD (BLD-SENS) 1 RED

BLDT.A J56 (BLD) 2 JBLD (BLD-SENS) 2 WHITE

BLDR.A J56 (BLD) 3 JBLD (BLD-SENS) 3 BROWN

BLDR.K J56 (BLD) 4 JBLD (BLD-SENS) 4 BLUE

0VA J56 (BLD) 5 JBLD (BLD-SENS) 1 SHIELD

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


BLDTST J56 (BLD) 7 JTS-BLD (BLD-TEST) 2 GREEN

+24VP J56 (BLD) 8 JTS-BLD (BLD-TEST) 1 ORANGE

5.6.33 Connector J57 Mother Board

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


PI+ J57 (HPRES-CTR) 1 JPI (PI-SENS) 3 BLUE

VREFH J57 (HPRES-CTR) 3 JPI (PI-SENS) 4 BROWN

VREF0H J57 (HPRES-CTR) 4 JPI (PI-SENS) 1 WHITE

0VA J57 (HPRES-CTR) 5 JPI (PI-SENS) / SHIELD

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


PO+ J57 (HPRES-CTR) 7 JPO (PO-SENS) 3 BLUE

VREFH J57 (HPRES-CTR) 9 JPO (PO-SENS) 4 BROWN


VREF0H J57 (HPRES-CTR) 10 JPO (PO-SENS) 1 WHITE

0VA J57 (HPRES-CTR) 6 JPO (PO-SENS) / SHIELD

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


PO+ J57 (HPRES-CTR) 7 JPO (PO-SENS) 3 BLUE

VREFH J57 (HPRES-CTR) 9 JPO (PO-SENS) 4 BROWN

VREF0H J57 (HPRES-CTR) 10 JPO (PO-SENS) 1 WHITE


0VA J57 (HPRES-CTR) 6 JPO (PO-SENS) / SHIELD

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


PFS+ J57 (HPRES-CTR) 15 JPFS (PFS-SENS) 3 BLUE
VREFH J57 (HPRES-CTR) 17 JPFS (PFS-SENS) 4 BROWN

VREF0H J57 (HPRES-CTR) 18 JPFS (PFS-SENS) 1 WHITE

0VA J57 (HPRES-CTR) 14 JPFS (PFS-SENS) / SHIELD

Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. / 5-79


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

5.6.34 Connector J58 Mother Board

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


FLP J58 (BUBBLE BTP) 1 JBTP-H (BTP HOLD) 2 BLUE

0VD J58 (BUBBLE BTP) 2 JBTP-H (BTP HOLD) 1 WHITE

LP.A J58 (BUBBLE BTP) 3 JBTP-H (BTP HOLD) 4 WHITE/GRAY

+5VD J58 (BUBBLE BTP) 4 JBTP-H (BTP HOLD) 3 RED

5.6.35 Connector J60 Mother Board

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


FLD1 J60 (BUBBLE BT1 BT2) 1 JBT1-H (BT1 HOLD) 2 BROWN

0VD J60 (BUBBLE BT1 BT2) 2 JBT1-H (BT1 HOLD) 1 WHITE

LD1.A J60 (BUBBLE BT1 BT2) 3 JBT1-H (BT1 HOLD) 4 WHITE/RED

+5VD J60 (BUBBLE BT1 BT2) 4 JBT1-H (BT1 HOLD) 3 RED

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR

FLD2 J60 (BUBBLE BT1 BT2) 11 JBT2-H (BT2 HOLD) 2 GREEN

0VD J60 (BUBBLE BT1 BT2) 12 JBT2-H (BT2 HOLD) 1 WHITE

LD2.A J60 (BUBBLE BT1 BT2) 13 JBT2-H (BT2 HOLD) 4 WHITE/VIOLET

+5VD J60 (BUBBLE BT1 BT2) 14 JBT2-H (BT2 HOLD) 3 RED

5.6.36 Connector J61 Mother Board

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


DPA J61 (PUMP A-B) 1 JPA (PUMP-PA) 1 BROWN

FPA J61 (PUMP A-B) 3 JPA (PUMP-PA) 2 WHITE/ORANGE


PA J61 (PUMP A-B) 5 JPA (PUMP-PA) 3 RED/BLUE

+5VD J61 (PUMP A-B) 7 JPA (PUMP-PA) 4 RED

0VD J61 (PUMP A-B) 9 JPA (PUMP-PA) 5 WHITE

0V24 J61 (PUMP A-B) 11 JPA (PUMP-PA) 6 BLACK

+24VP J61 (PUMP A-B) 13 JPA (PUMP-PA) 7 ORANGE

HBST J61 (PUMP A-B) 15 JPA (PUMP-PA) 8 WHITE/YELLOW

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


DPB J61 (PUMP A-B) 2 JPB (PUMP-PB) 1 BLACK/YELLOW

FPB J61 (PUMP A-B) 4 JPB (PUMP-PB) 2 WHITE/BLUE

PB J61 (PUMP A-B) 6 JPB (PUMP-PB) 3 BLUE/GRAY

+5VD J61 (PUMP A-B) 8 JPB (PUMP-PB) 4 RED

0V24 J61 (PUMP A-B) 10 JPB (PUMP-PB) 6 BLACK

+24VP J61 (PUMP A-B) 12 JPB (PUMP-PB) 7 ORANGE

HBST J61 (PUMP A-B) 14 JPB (PUMP-PB) 8 WHITE/PINK

0VD J61 (PUMP A-B) 16 JPB (PUMP-PB) 5 WHITE

5-80 Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. /


Chapter.5 SIGNALS & CONNECTIONS DESCRIPTION

5.6.37 Connector J62 Mother Board

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


DPS J62 (PUMP PS) 1 JPS (PUMP-PS) 1 BLACK/ORANGE

FPS J62 (PUMP PS) 2 JPS (PUMP-PS) 2 RED/BLUE

PS J62 (PUMP PS) 3 JPS (PUMP-PS) 3 WHITE/PINK

+5VD J62 (PUMP PS) 4 JPS (PUMP-PS) 4 RED

0VD J62 (PUMP PS) 5 JPS (PUMP-PS) 5 WHITE

0V24 J62 (PUMP PS) 6 JPS (PUMP-PS) 6 BLACK

+24VP J62 (PUMP PS) 7 JPS (PUMP-PS) 7 ORANGE

HBST J62 (PUMP PS) 8 JPS (PUMP-PS) 8 PINK

5.6.38 Connector J62A Mother Board

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


+5VD J62A (C.O-SENS) 1 JOSLA (JOSLA-2) 1 RED

0VD J62A (C.O-SENS) 2 JOSLA (JOSLA-1) 1 BROWN

LFS J62A (C.O-SENS) 3 JOSLA (JOSLA-1) 2 ORANGE

5.6.39 Connector J63 Mother Board

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


FPC J63 (PUMP PC) 1 JPC (PUMP-PC) 1 BLACK/YELLOW

PC J63 (PUMP PC) 2 JPC (PUMP-PC) 2 WHITE/BLACK

DPC J63 (PUMP PC) 3 JPC (PUMP-PC) 7 BLUE

PCBK J63 (PUMP PC) 4 JPC (PUMP-PC) 8 WHITE/RED


0VD J63 (PUMP PC) 5 JPC (PUMP-PC) 4 WHITE

+5VD J63 (PUMP PC) 6 JPC (PUMP-PC) 3 RED

0V24 J63 (PUMP PC) 7 JPC (PUMP-PC) 5 BLACK


+24VP J63 (PUMP PC) 8 JPC (PUMP-PC) 6 ORANGE

5.6.40 Connector J64 Mother Board

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


FP1 J64 (PUMP P1-P2) 1 JP1 (PUMP-P1) 1 WHITE/BLACK

P1 J64 (PUMP P1-P2) 3 JP1 (PUMP-P1) 2 WHITE/YELLOW

DP1 J64 (PUMP P1-P2) 5 JP1 (PUMP-P1) 7 WHITE/BLUE

P1BK J64 (PUMP P1-P2) 7 JP1 (PUMP-P1) 8 WHITE/RED

0VD J64 (PUMP P1-P2) 9 JP1 (PUMP-P1) 4 WHITE

+5VD J64 (PUMP P1-P2) 11 JP1 (PUMP-P1) 3 RED

0V24 J64 (PUMP P1-P2) 13 JP1 (PUMP-P1) 5 BLACK

+24VP J64 (PUMP P1-P2) 15 JP1 (PUMP-P1) 6 ORANGE

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


FP2 J64 (PUMP P1-P2) 2 JP2 (PUMP-P2) 1 BLACK/GREEN

Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. / 5-81


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


P2 J64 (PUMP P1-P2) 4 JP2 (PUMP-P2) 2 BLUE/GRAY

DP2 J64 (PUMP P1-P2) 6 JP2 (PUMP-P2) 7 BLUE/YELLOW

P2BK J64 (PUMP P1-P2) 8 JP2 (PUMP-P2) 8 RED/YELLOW

0VD J64 (PUMP P1-P2) 10 JP2 (PUMP-P2) 4 WHITE

+5VD J64 (PUMP P1-P2) 12 JP2 (PUMP-P2) 3 RED

0V24 J64 (PUMP P1-P2) 14 JP2 (PUMP-P2) 5 BLACK

+24VP J64 (PUMP P1-P2) 16 JP2 (PUMP-P2) 6 ORANGE

5.6.41 Connector J65 Mother Board

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


RCH J65 (OVTEMP) 1 JOVTEMP (J4-OVTEMP) 1 GREEN

+5VD J65 (OVTEMP) 2 JOVTEMP (J4-OVTEMP) 2 RED


+24VP J65 (OVTEMP) 3 JOVTEMP (J4-OVTEMP) 3 ORANGE

OHT J65 (OVTEMP) 4 JOVTEMP (J4-OVTEMP) 4 YELLOW

0VD J65 (OVTEMP) 5 JOVTEMP (J4-OVTEMP) 5 WHITE

TSTOHT J65 (OVTEMP) 6 JOVTEMP (J4-OVTEMP) 6 BLUE

H1F J65 (OVTEMP) 7 JOVTEMP (J4-OVTEMP) 7 GRAY

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


H2F J65 (OVTEMP) 9 JOSLA (JOSLA-2) 2 BLACK

5.6.42 Connector J66 Mother Board

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


PDG+ J66 (P-DEG-LOOP) 1 JPDG-LOOP (PS-LOOP) 3 BLUE

VREFH J66 (P-DEG-LOOP) 5 JPDG-LOOP (PS-LOOP) 4 BROWN

VREF0H J66 (P-DEG-LOOP) 7 JPDG-LOOP (PS-LOOP) 1 WHITE

0VA J66 (P-DEG-LOOP) 9 / / SHIELD

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


DP+ J66 (P-DEG-LOOP) 2 JDP-SENS (DP-SENS) 3 BLUE

VREFH J66 (P-DEG-LOOP) 6 JDP-SENS (DP-SENS) 4 BROWN

VREF0H J66 (P-DEG-LOOP) 8 JDP-SENS (DP-SENS) 1 WHITE

0VA J66 (P-DEG-LOOP) 10 / / SHIELD

5-82 Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. /


Chapter.5 SIGNALS & CONNECTIONS DESCRIPTION

5.6.43 Connector J68 Mother Board (only if BIOSLAVE2 AFB is


installed)

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR

+15VA J68 (BALANCE) 1 JP3 (SCALE) 14 BROWN

-15VA J68 (BALANCE) 2 JP3 (SCALE) 10 WHITE

0VA J68 (BALANCE) 3 JP3 (SCALE) SHIELD WHITE/GREEN

0VA J68 (BALANCE) 4 JP3 (SCALE) 1 PINK

MW1 J68 (BALANCE) 5 JP3 (SCALE) 2 YELLOW

MW2 J68 (BALANCE) 6 JP3 (SCALE) 5 GRAY

AD-REF J68 (BALANCE) 7 JP3 (SCALE) 3 GREEN

5.6.44 ConnectorJ70 Mother Board

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


AUDIO OUT R+ J70 AUDIO BUZZ 1 JSPEAKER 1 RED

AUDIO OUT L+ J70 AUDIO BUZZ 2 JSPEAKER 2 BLACK

MIC AMP J70 AUDIO BUZZ 9 JSPEAKER 9 GREEN

BUZZ- J70 AUDIO BUZZ 11 JSPEAKER 11 GREEN

+5VP J70 AUDIO BUZZ 12 JSPEAKER 12 BROWN

0VD J70 AUDIO BUZZ 13 JSPEAKER 13 WHITE

0VD J70 AUDIO BUZZ 14 JSPEAKER 14 WHITE

+12V J70 AUDIO BUZZ 17 JSPEAKER 17 YELLOW

+24V J70 AUDIO BUZZ 18 JSPEAKER 18 GRAY

AUDIO OUT L/R- J70 AUDIO BUZZ 3 / / SHIELD

5.6.45 Connector J72 Mother Board

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


FD1C J72 (CORIOLIS) 1 JFD1C 2 WHITE/YELLOW
0VD J72 (CORIOLIS) 2 JFD1C 4 WHITE

+5VD J72 (CORIOLIS) 3 JFD1C 1 RED

0VD J72 (CORIOLIS) 9 JFD2C 4 WHITE

FD2C J72 (CORIOLIS) 10 JFD2C 2 BLACK/YELLOW

Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. / 5-83


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

5.6.46 Connector J73 Mother Board

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


SWP J73 (H-BOTTOM) 1 JSWP-1 (SWP-1) 1 BLUE/GRAY

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


0VD J73 (H-BOTTOM) 2 JSWP-2 (SWP-2) 1 WHITE

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


FD1P J73 (H-BOTTOM) 5 JFD1 (FD1) 2 BLACK/ORANGE

0VD J73 (H-BOTTOM) 6 JFD1 (FD1) 4 WHITE

+5VD J73 (H-BOTTOM) 8 JFD1 (FD1) 1 RED

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


EVH2O J73 (H-BOTTOM) 11 JEVH2O-1 (EVH2O-1) 1 GRAY

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


+24VP J73 (H-BOTTOM) 12 JEVH2O-2 (EVH2O-2) 1 ORANGE

5.6.47 Connector J73A Mother Board

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


SWLEAK.A J73A (J-WET-SEN) 2 J-WET-SEN (WET SEN) 4 GREEN

0VD J73A (J-WET-SEN) 3 J-WET-SEN (WET SEN) 1 WHITE


+5VD J73A (J-WET-SEN) 4 J-WET-SEN (WET SEN) 3 BROWN

SWLEAKAGE J73A (J-WET-SEN) 8 J-WET-SEN (WET SEN) 2 YELLOW

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


DISD1P J73A (J-WET-SEN) 6 J54 (SW BICK) 8 WHITE/VIOLET

5.6.48 Connector J74 Mother Board

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


RX4 J74 (SER4 READ-C-LESS) 3 JSERIAL_P4 2 YELLOW

TX4 J74 (SER4 READ-C-LESS) 5 JSERIAL_P4 3 GREEN

0VD J74 (SER4 READ-C-LESS) 15 / / WHITE

+12V J74 (SER4 READ-C-LESS) 16 / / BROWN

5-84 Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. /


Chapter.5 SIGNALS & CONNECTIONS DESCRIPTION

5.6.49 Connector J75 Mother Board

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


0VS J75 (ALIM COND H) 1 JCONDH-J6 5 WHITE/BLACK

-15VS J75 (ALIM COND H) 2 JCONDH-J6 9 BLUE/GRAY

+15VS J75 (ALIM COND H) 3 JCONDH-J6 7 RED/GRAY

0VD J75 (ALIM COND H) 4 JCONDH-J6 1 WHITE

+5VD J75 (ALIM COND H) 5 JCONDH-J6 3 RED

5.6.50 Connector J77 Mother Board

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


+5VP J77 (ALARM-LED) 1 LED_SX 1 BROWN

ALMLEDR J77 (ALARM-LED) 3 LED_SX 2 GRAY

ALMLEDY J77 (ALARM-LED) 5 LED_SX 3 YELLOW

+5VP J77 (ALARM-LED) 7 LED_SX 5 GREEN

ALARMLSENS J77 (ALARM-LED) 9 LED_SX 6 WHITE


_LE

+5VP J77 (ALARM-LED) 2 LED_DX 1 BROWN

ALMLEDR J77 (ALARM-LED) 4 LED_DX 2 GRAY

ALMLEDY J77 (ALARM-LED) 6 LED_DX 3 YELLOW

+5VP J77 (ALARM-LED) 8 LED_DX 5 GREEN

ALARMLSENS J77 (ALARM-LED) 10 LED_DX 6 WHITE


_RE

5.6.51 Connector J78 Mother Board

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


+5VP J78 (SENS-DISP- 2 JFD2C 1 RED
LIGHT)

SENSDISPL J78 (SENS-DISP- 3 JPIBP9 (PIB-P9) 9 BLACK/BLUE


LIGHT)

5.6.52 Connector J79 Mother Board

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


0VD J79 (BPM) 1 BPM-J2 1 WHITE

0VD J79 (BPM) 2 BPM-J2 9 GRAY

+5VD J79 (BPM) 3 BPM-J2 3 RED


+5VD J79 (BPM) 4 BPM-J2 2 BROWN

+15V J79 (BPM) 6 BPM-J2 11 YELLOW

0VD J79 (BPM) 11 BPM-J2 12 PINK

TXD232B J79 (BPM)) 14 BPM-J2 15 BLUE

RXD232B J79 (BPM) 15 BPM-J2 8 GREEN

Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. / 5-85


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

5.7 Other Connectors Wiring


5.7.1 J3-ISOL-HY - JP3DIASC

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


I2C-SDAH J3-ISOL-HY 1 JP3DIASC 1 GRAY/BLUE

0VS J3-ISOL-HY 2 JP3DIASC 2 WHITE/BLACK

+15VS J3-ISOL-HY 3 JP3DIASC 3 RED/VIOLET

-15VS J3-ISOL-HY 4 JP3DIASC 4 YELLOW

0VS J3-ISOL-HY 5 JP3DIASC 5 WHITE/BLACK

I2C-SCLH J3-ISOL-HY 6 JP3DIASC 6 WHITE/YELLOW

5.7.2 J4-ISOL-HY - JP3BIC (P3 PROBE)

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


I2C-SDAH J4-ISOL-HY 1 JP3BIC 1 GRAY/BLUE

0VS J4-ISOL-HY 2 JP3BIC 2 WHITE/BLACK

+15VS J4-ISOL-HY 3 JP3BIC 3 RED/VIOLET

-15VS J4-ISOL-HY 4 JP3BIC 4 YELLOW

0VS J4-ISOL-HY 5 JP3BIC 5 WHITE/BLACK

I2C-SCLH J4-ISOL-HY 6 JP3BIC 6 WHITE/YELLOW

5.7.3 J4-ISOL-PR - JP3SEL (P3 PROBE)

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


I2C-SDAP J4-ISOL-PR 1 JP3SEL 1 GRAY/BLUE

0VS J4-ISOL-PR 2 JP3SEL 2 WHITE/BLACK


+15VS J4-ISOL-PR 3 JP3SEL 3 RED/VIOLET

-15VS J4-ISOL-PR 4 JP3SEL 4 YELLOW

0VS J4-ISOL-PR 5 JP3SEL 5 WHITE/BLACK


I2C-SCLP J4-ISOL-PR 6 JP3SEL 6 WHITE/YELLOW

5-86 Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. /


Chapter.5 SIGNALS & CONNECTIONS DESCRIPTION

5.7.4 J5-ISOL-HY - JP3ACE (P3 PROBE)

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


I2C-SDAH J5-ISOL-HY 1 JP3ACE 1 GRAY/BLUE

0VS J5-ISOL-HY 2 JP3ACE 2 WHITE/BLACK

+15VS J5-ISOL-HY 3 JP3ACE 3 RED/VIOLET

-15VS J5-ISOL-HY 4 JP3ACE 4 YELLOW

0VS J5-ISOL-HY 5 JP3ACE 5 WHITE/BLACK

I2C-SCLH J5-ISOL-HY 6 JP3ACE 6 WHITE/YELLOW

5.7.5 J5-ISOL-PR - JP3PROT (P3 PROBE)

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


I2C-SDAP J5-ISOL-PR 1 JP3PROT 1 GRAY/BLUE

0VS J5-ISOL-PR 2 JP3PROT 2 WHITE/BLACK

+15VS J5-ISOL-PR 3 JP3PROT 3 RED/VIOLET

-15VS J5-ISOL-PR 4 JP3PROT 4 YELLOW

0VS J5-ISOL-PR 5 JP3PROT 5 WHITE/BLACK

I2C-SCLP J5-ISOL-PR 6 JP3PROT 6 WHITE/YELLOW

5.7.6 JBAT-J9 (J9 PWSUPPLY) - JBAT2 (BAT-)

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


BAT- JBAT-J9 (J9 PWSUPPLY) 2 JBAT2 (BAT-) 1 BLACK

5.7.7 JBAT-J9 (J9 PWSUPPLY) - JBAT1 (BAT+)

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


BAT+ JBAT-J9 (J9 PWSUPPLY) 3 JBAT1 (BAT+) 1 RED

5.7.8 JACLAMPSENS-1 - JACLAMPSENS-2

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


+5VD JACLAMPSENS-1 1 JACLAMPSENS-2 1 BLACK

/ JACLAMPSENS-1 2 JACLAMPSENS-2 2 BLACK

/ JACLAMPSENS-1 3 JACLAMPSENS-2 3 BLACK

0VD JACLAMPSENS-1 4 JACLAMPSENS-2 4 BLACK

5.7.9 JGND-COMM-1 - JGND-COMM-2

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


GND JGND-COMM-1 1 JGND-COMM-2 1 GREEN/YELLOW

Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. / 5-87


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

5.7.10 JGND-HEP-1 - JGND-HEP-2

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


GND JGND-HEP-1 1 JGND-HEP-2 1 GREEN/YELLOW

5.7.11 JGND-P-ART-1 - JGND-P-ART-2

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


GND JGND-P-ART-1 1 JGND-P-ART-2 1 GREEN/YELLOW

5.7.12 JGND-PRES-LOAD-1 - JGND-PRES-LOAD-2

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


GND JGND-PRES-LOAD-1 1 JGND-PRES-LOAD-2 1 GREEN/YELLOW

5.7.13 JGND-P-VEN-1 - JGND-P-VEN-2

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


GND JGND-P-VEN-1 1 JGND-P-VEN-2 1 GREEN/YELLOW

5-88 Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. /


Chapter.5 SIGNALS & CONNECTIONS DESCRIPTION

5.8 Power Supply Wiring


5.8.1 CONN. HEATER - HEATER RELAY

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


Common CONN. HEATER 1 HEATER RELAY 8 WHITE

5.8.2 CONN. HEATER - OPTOTRIAC

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


3° RES. CONN. HEATER 2 OPTOTRIAC A2 BLACK

2° RES. CONN. HEATER 3 OPTOTRIAC B2 BLACK

1° RES. CONN. HEATER 4 OPTOTRIAC D2 BLACK

5.8.3 J8 ALIM. - AUXIL. INTERR.

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


/ J8 ALIM. 1 AUXIL. INTERR. T,C1 BLUE

/ J8 ALIM. 3 AUXIL. INTERR. T,C1 GREEN

/ J8 ALIM. 5 AUXIL. INTERR. S,C2 ORANGE

/ J8 ALIM. 6 AUXIL. INTERR. S,C2 YELLOW

5.8.4 POWER RELE - TERMINAL BLOCK

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


/ RELE 4 TERM. BLOCK 11 BLACK

/ RELE 6 TERM. BLOCK 10 WHITE


/ RELE 2 TERM. BLOCK 2 BLACK

5.8.5 TERMINAL BLOCK -OPTOTRIAC

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


/ TERM. BLOCK 1 OPTOTRIAC A1 BLACK

/ TERM. BLOCK 7 OPTOTRIAC B1 BLACK

/ TERM. BLOCK 8 OPTOTRIAC D1 BLACK

5.8.6 J1 ALIM. - MORSET

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


/ J1 ALIM 4 MORSET. 6 BLACK

/ J1 ALIM 3 MORSET. 3 WHITE

5.8.7 J1 ALIM. - GND MULTIPOINT

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


/ J1 ALIM 1 GND MULTIPOINT S,C3 YELLOW/GREEN

Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. / 5-89


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

5.8.8 J1 OVT.3 -CONN. OPTOTR.

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


/ J1 OVT.3 1 CONN. OPTOTR. 3 RED

/ J1 OVT.3 2 CONN. OPTOTR. 5 GREEN

/ J1 OVT.3 3 CONN. OPTOTR. 4 WHITE

/ J1 OVT.3 4 CONN. OPTOTR. 2 BROWN

5.8.9 J2 OVTEMP 3 -CONN. RELE

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


/ J2 OVT. 3 1 BOBINA RELE 1 RED

/ J2 OVT. 3 2 BOBINA RELE 0 BLACK

5.8.10 PLUG MAINS POWER INPUT - MAINS SWITCH

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


/ INPUT PLUG L MAINS SWITCH P1 BLACK

/ INPUT PLUG N MAINS SWITCH P2 WHITE

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


/ INPUT PLUG PE GND. COMM. COMM YELLOW/GREEN

5.8.11 J6 POWER SUPPLY- J30 MOTHER BOARD

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


PWFAIL J6 P.SUPPLY 1 J30 MOTHER BOARD 1 BLACK/ORANGE

SRESET J6 P.SUPPLY 2 J30 MOTHER BOARD 2 WHITE/YELLOW

REL24 J6 P.SUPPLY 3 J30 MOTHER BOARD 3 BLACK/BLUE

TSTBAT J6 P.SUPPLY 4 J30 MOTHER BOARD 4 BLUE

ENTSTBAT J6 P.SUPPLY 5 J30 MOTHER BOARD 5 WHITE/GREEN

MSWOFF J6 P.SUPPLY 6 J30 MOTHER BOARD 6 RED/BLUE


MPGOOD J6 P.SUPPLY 11 J30 MOTHER BOARD 11 GRAY

STBYONOFF J6 P.SUPPLY 12 J30 MOTHER BOARD 12 WHITE/ORANGE

CHBATON J6 P.SUPPLY 13 J30 MOTHER BOARD 13 GREEN


UPS_ON J6 P.SUPPLY 14 J30 MOTHER BOARD 14 WHITE/RED

+24VBAT J6 P.SUPPLY 16 J30 MOTHER BOARD 16 BLACK/YELLOW

5.8.12 J11 POWER SUPPLY - J30 MOTHER BOARD

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


+15VS J11 P.SUPPLY 1 J30 MOTHER BOARD 7 RED/GRAY

-15VS J11 P.SUPPLY 2 J30 MOTHER BOARD 9 YELLOW

0VS J11 P.SUPPLY 3 J30 MOTHER BOARD 8 WHITE/BLACK

0VS J11 P.SUPPLY 4 J30 MOTHER BOARD 10 WHITE/BLACK

5-90 Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. /


Chapter.5 SIGNALS & CONNECTIONS DESCRIPTION

5.8.13 J16 POWER SUPPLY - J80 MOTHER BOARD

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


+5VD J16 P.SUPPLY 1 J80 MOTHER BOARD 1 GREEN

+5VD J16 P.SUPPLY 2 J80 MOTHER BOARD 2 GREEN

0VD J16 P.SUPPLY 3 J80 MOTHER BOARD 3 WHITE

5.8.14 J15 POWER SUPPLY - J82 MOTHER BOARD

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


-15V J15 P.SUPPLY 1 J82 MOTHER BOARD 1 VIOLET

+15V J15 P.SUPPLY 2 J82 MOTHER BOARD 2 YELLOW

0VA J15 P.SUPPLY 3 J82 MOTHER BOARD 3 GRAY

5.8.15 J15 POWER SUPPLY - J80 MOTHER BOARD

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


0VD J15 P.SUPPLY 4 J80 MOTHER BOARD 5 WHITE

+5VP J15 P.SUPPLY 5 J80 MOTHER BOARD 4 BLUE

5.8.16 J14 POWER SUPPLY - J83 MOTHER BOARD

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


+12V J14 P.SUPPLY 1 J83 MOTHER BOARD 1 WHITE/YELLOW

+24VP J14 P.SUPPLY 2 J83 MOTHER BOARD 2 ORANGE

+24VP J14 P.SUPPLY 3 J83 MOTHER BOARD 3 ORANGE

0V24 J14 P.SUPPLY 4 J83 MOTHER BOARD 4 BLACK

0V24 J14 P.SUPPLY 5 J83 MOTHER BOARD 5 BLACK

+24V J14 P.SUPPLY 6 J83 MOTHER BOARD 6 BROWN

5.8.17 GND MULTIPOINT - GND MAIN SWITCH

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


/ GND. MULTIPOINT / MAINS SWITCH / YELLOW/GREEN

5.8.18 J4 TOUCHSCREEN - DB9

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


/ J4 TOUCHSCREEN 2 DB9 6 /

/ J4 TOUCHSCREEN 3 DB9 2 /

/ J4 TOUCHSCREEN 4 DB9 7 /

/ J4 TOUCHSCREEN 5 DB9 3 /

/ J4 TOUCHSCREEN 6 DB9 8 /

/ J4 TOUCHSCREEN 7 DB9 4 /

/ J4 TOUCHSCREEN 8 DB9 9 /

Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. / 5-91


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


/ J4 TOUCHSCREEN 9 DB9 5 /

5.8.19 J15 POW TOUCHSCREEN - P6/J3

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


/ J15POW. TOUCHSCREEN 1 P6 4 BROWN

/ J15POW . TOUCHSCREEN 2 P6 5 WHITE

/ J15POW. TOUCHSCREEN 3 J3 2 BLACK

/ J15POW. TOUCHSCREEN 4 J3 1 RED

5.8.20 J39 INVERTER - JIVTR

SIGNAL FROM PIN TO PIN COLOUR


/ J39 INVERTER 1 JIVTR 1 WHITE

/ J39 INVERTER 2 JIVTR 2 BROWN

/ J39 INVERTER 3 JIVTR 3 GREEN

/ J39 INVERTER 4 JIVTR 4 YELLOW

/ J39 INVERTER 5 JIVTR 5 GRAY

/ J39 INVERTER 6 JIVTR 6 PINK

/ J39 INVERTER 7 JIVTR 7 BLUE

/ J39 INVERTER 8 JIVTR 8 RED

5.9 Power Rack Cabling


(See fig. 5.3 Power Rack Cabling)

5-92 Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. /


Chapter.5 SIGNALS & CONNECTIONS DESCRIPTION

Chapter.5 SIGNALS & CONNECTIONS DESCRIPTION

TERMINAL
MAIN SWITCH BLOCK L 4 2 Black
EMI
MAGN.-THERM. CAPACITOR 1 7
N 6 8 White White
OVERLOAD 1 uF
275Vac X3 2 8
P1-IN 1
Black L P1-OUT
PE 3 9
0 A1
P2-IN P2-OUT White N 10 White A
4
White N HEATER RELAY A2 Black
LINE LOAD EMI Black L 11
CHOKE 5 Black
C 1 B1
AUXILIARY 6 12 -C B
Green/Yellow -A
CONTACTS NC +
-B B2 Black
NO -D
5
P3-IN C1 NC
C

Coil SWITCH OFF P3-OUT OVTEMP3 PCB C2 NC

D1
1 J4 D

1
2

1
2
3
4
5
6
MAINS GND 2
3 J2 J1 D2 Black
From mother board 4
5 J3 2
6
7 1
8 J13

1
2
QUAD OPTO SOLID-STATE RELAY
Green/Yellow

PE N L
4 1
J6
SWITCHING 1 2
1
2
3
4

J1 POWER SUPPLY 3 4
5 6
7 8
9 10 GND
11 12
13 14
F5 15 16

1 2 PT1000
3 4
J11
J8 J16 4
3 To mother board
1 F4 5 2
2 4 1
3 3
4 J15 2
1 HEATER 3 x
5
6
6 6
5 5 Green/Yellow
+ 4 4
3 3
2 2
1
2
3
4

J9 1 1
J17 J14

12V 12V
+
SEALED LEAD BATTERY 3

Figure 5.3 Power Rack Cabling

Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. / 5-93


This page is left intentionally blank

5-94 Code SM_9033239200_05 Rev. /


Chapter 6. SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION

Chapter 6. SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION


6.1 Architecture overview
(Not currently available)

6.2 T1 Test
The T1 test is designed to verify that the machine is operating correctly and that it can monitor the
specific functions. The T1 tests are checks performed on sensors, before the connection of the patient, in
order to verify their functionality.
Through the T1 tests the Protective and the Hydraulic Systems check the correct functionality of safety
relevant sensors before the patient connection to prevent later alarms generation and it check the devices
that during the treatment, in failure condition, can damage the patient without visible side effects.
The most of the T1 tests are performed each time the ARTIS Dialysis System is switched ON, before the
patient connection phase.
If the machine is properly configured, the “Temperature” and “Conductivity Cell sensors” T1 tests can be
performed before the first treatment of the day and skipped for the following three treatments in the same
day, thus reducing the dialysis fluid preparation time. The skipped T1 tests do not affect in any way the
safety of the Artis Dialysis System. However, a complete sequence of all the T1 tests will be always
performed:
• At least once a day;

• After the “Temperature” and “Conductivity Cell sensors” T1 tests have been skipped for three
consecutive Patient Connections;

• If a “Wrong Date/Time or wrong Date of Installation of U9000 ultrafilters” (#630)” alarm is trig-
gered.

• Each time the Service Menu is accessed.

The “Conductivity Cell sensors” T1 test will be always performed if the type of concentrate used is
different from the one used for the previous treatment. In particular, the check is performed if, for example,
the current treatment uses a BiCart/BiCart Select concentrate while the previous treatment used AFB/AFB
K concentrates or viceversa.
When the T1 tests are in progress, the “Function Check in progress...” operator message is displayed.
The T1 tests are interrupted and restarted when:
• an alarm is triggered by the machine;

• the operator loads/unloads a Blood Tubing System;

• a special procedure is performed.

To avoid interrupting the T1 tests execution, do not operate the machine when the “Function Check in
progress...” operator message is displayed.

For the major part of these devices the correct test result is mandatory to go on with the treatment. The
Protective System also checks devices that have a very low failure probability during a treatment and that,
in case of failure, aren't dangerous for the health of the patient and that allow in any case the end of the
treatment (for example a failure on the alarm lights).

Code SM_9033239200_06 Rev. / 6-1


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

There are three separate failure results that the operator will see if a portion of the T1 test
fails:

1. Warning: the operator is noticed that a test is failed; if there is a "CONFIRM" prompt the operator can
reset the alarm by pushing that button on the Screen. Otherwise he can reset the alarm through some
actions performed on the machine.
2. Repeat: the operator is noticed that a test is failed; there is "CONFIRM" prompt and the operator can
reset the alarm and he can automatically repeat the test by pushing that button on the Screen.
3. STOP: the Protective System generates the General Safe State or an alarm that doesn't allow proceed-
ing with the treatment.

The T1 Test messages are displayed in the Service Data page 2 and contain the following information.
• the advancement state and the mode of each T1 Test;

• additional information for the SPS (System Processing Software, optional, depending on the
kind of test)

Additional Info (4 bits) MODE (4 bits) STATE (8 bits)

• a reference to sensors or other hardware components that have to be driven (optional, depend-
ing on the kind of test);

• the setpoint that has to be reached for that hardware component (optional, depending on the
kind of test);

The mode describes what the T1 test is doing and provides significant information of what is happening.
T1 Test to be started (0)
T1 Test in progress (function checks) (1)
T1 Test terminated with positive result (2)
T1 Test terminated with negative result (test failed) (3)
Every T1 test is structured as a state machine: every state is related to a progressive number, starting
from 0. The advancement of the state numbers means that the T1 test is in progress.
In case of positive result of the test the last state is set to FEhex in order to easily recognize the end of
the test.
If the test fails the last state of the T1 test corresponds to the last state of the T1 test that was executed
with a positive result. If this information is not available the state is set to FFhex that is the default value for
the T1 test failure.
The figure 6-1, lists the tests as they are displayed on the status pages of the machine. When reviewing
the status pages, page 2 displays the T1 test progression and result information.

6-2 Code SM_9033239200_06 Rev. /


Chapter 6. SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION

Figure 6- 1. Service data - page 2

Example:
• Starts the test:

0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1

1 0 1 1
(first check (second check
running) to be started)

Additional information MODE (running) STATE (1st)

• Test procedure

1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0

2 1 1 2
(first check (second check
terminated) running)

Additional information MODE (running) STATE (2nd)

Code SM_9033239200_06 Rev. / 6-3


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

• End of the test

1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0

2 2 2 FE
(first check (second check
terminated) terminated)

Additional information MODE (terminated STATE (final with


with positive result) positive result)

During these tests the Protective System tests the following sensors:
• the sensors that, in case of malfunction, impose a disconnection of the patient from the
machine with a consequent loss of blood of the patient (for example the incorrect behaviour of
the pressures);

• the sensors that can be tested before patient connection, because the test conditions cannot
be replicated in a second moment (for example the “Venous Line Clamp Test”);

• the sensors that have a very low failure probability during a treatment and that, in case of fail-
ure, don’t be dangerous for the health of the patient and that allow in any case the end of the
treatment (for example a failure on the alarm lights).

The T1 Tests can be divided into two groups:


• T1 tests that are independent from each other and are performed at the boot up.

• T1 tests that can be executed only in a particular moment that depends on the status of the
Artis Dialysis System and the particular phase of the dialysis process that has been reached.

The independent T1 tests are the following:

1. CPU Test;
2. EEPROM Test;
3. RAM Test;
4. FPGA Test;
5. Battery Test;
6. Acoustical (buzzer) Test;
7. Visible Test;
8. Cut 24 volt Test;
9. Venous Line Clamp Test;
10.Water Presence T1 Test.
The T1 Test that respects a defined sequence are the following:

11. Venous Pressure Sensor Test;


12.Arterial Pressure Sensor Test;
13.SN Pressure Sensor Test;
14.Valves Command Test;
15.PIPO Pressure Sensors Test;
16.Temperature Test;
17.Conductivity Cell SensorsTest;
18.Blood Leak Detector (BLD) Test;
19.Pumps/ Air Detector (AD) sensor Test;
20.Flow Meter Test;
21.Switch Sensors Test;
22.Sharp Temperature T1 Test;
23.Acoustical (speaker) Test;
24.Infusion Switch Sensor test;

6-4 Code SM_9033239200_06 Rev. /


Chapter 6. SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION

25.Infusion Clamp T1 Test.

NOTE
It is important that all T1 tests have been completed successfully before the connection of the
patient. Otherwise an error condition will be generated by the Protective System (General Safe
State, Malfunction 64).

Test Timeout Trigger Description Failure Results


1 CPU Not Power ON Test the CPU proper The machine stops.
Applicable working conditions.
2 EEPROM Not Power ON Test the microcontroller The machine stops.
Applicable flash memory proper
working conditions (test
the congruency of CRC
values).
3 RAM Not Power ON Tests the RAM proper The machine stops.
Applicable working conditions.
4 Battery 6.0 s ± 0.5 Power ON Tests the battery charge An alarm is triggered.
level.
5 Acoustical 10.0 s ± Power ON Tests the Acoustic buzzer An alarm is triggered.
(buzzer) 0.5 proper functioning. (See
WARNING 1 below)
6 Acoustical Not Power ON Tests the Acoustic An alarm is triggered.
(speaker) Applicable speaker proper
functioning. (See
WARNING 1 below)
7 Visible 9.0 s ± Power ON Tests the status lights None
0.5 proper functioning.
(See WARNING 2 below)
8 Cut 24 Volt 16.0 s ± Power ON The protective tests its The machine stops.
0.5 capability to switch the 24 General Safe State
volt supply OFF.
9 Venous Line 5.0 s ± 0.5 Power ON Test the Venous Line The machine stops.
Clamp Clamp closing/opening General Safe State
proper management.
10 Valves 40.0 s ± Preparation Tests the capability to The machine stops.
Command 0.5 read the status of the General Safe State
Hydraulic valves, which
in case of failure are able
to damage the health of
the patient: EV2, EVBP2,
EVDS2, EVDS1.
11 PIPO 25 s Preparation Test the proper The machine stops.
Pressure functioning of the PI General Safe State
Sensors and PO sensors

Code SM_9033239200_06 Rev. / 6-5


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Test Timeout Trigger Description Failure Results


12 Temperature 900 s Preparation Tests the temperature The machine repeats
sensors. the test after the alarm
has been confirmed by
the operator.
13 Conductivity 1500 s (if Preparation Tests the right functioning The machine repeats
Cell sensors Select of the conductivity cell the test after the alarm
(ΓcA, Γ cB, mode) sensors. has been confirmed by
ΓpSel, Γp) 1200.0 s ± the operator.
0.5 (if
Bicarbonat
e mode)
14 Blood Leak 60 s Preparation Imitate the presence of The machine stops.
Detector blood, to check its
(BLD) functionality.
15 Venous After the Preparation Tests the proper The machine repeats
pressure load of the functioning of the sensor the test after the alarm
sensor cassette that measures the has been confirmed by
within 5.0 Venous Pressure. the operator and the
s ± 0.5. cassette has been
unloaded and then
loaded again.
16 Arterial After the Preparation Tests the proper The machine repeats
pressure load of the functioning of the sensor the test after the alarm
sensor cassette that measures the has been confirmed by
within 5.0 Arterial Pressure. the operator and the
s ± 0.5. cassette has been
unloaded and then
loaded again.
17 SN pressure After the Preparation Tests the proper The machine repeats
sensor load of the functioning of the sensor the test after the alarm
cassette that measures the SN has been confirmed by
within 5.0 Pressure. the operator and the
s ± 0.5. cassette has been
unloaded and then
loaded again.
18 Arterial Pump/ Not End of Tests the proper The machine repeats
Air Detector Applicable Priming functioning of the Arterial the test after the alarm
(AD) Sensor Pump and of the Air has been confirmed by
Detector. the operator and an
extra prime has been
performed.

6-6 Code SM_9033239200_06 Rev. /


Chapter 6. SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION

Test Timeout Trigger Description Failure Results


19 Switch Before the End of Tests the proper The machine prevents
Sensors start the preparation functioning of the line to proceed with
Hydr. presence sensors located Dialysis Fluid
Phase in the Venous and Arterial preparation phase until
END_PRE Line clamps and in the the test has been
P Sensor Bar. successfully
accomplished.
The operator will be
forced to unload the
cassette and then load
it again.
20 Flowmeters 105.0 s Preparation Tests the Flowmeters The machine stops if
Test proper functioning. the control flowmeters
Checks that the following test fails or repeats the
rules are satisfied at the test after the operator
same time: confirmation if the
[(KD1D2C-1)*Qref]*60<864 ml electromagnetic
[(KD1D2P-1)*Qref]*60<864 ml flowmeter test fails or
Perform a consistency the consistency check
check on the flowmeters on the flowmeters fails.
in order to detect an
exchange between
protection and control
flowmeters.
21 FPGA Test Not Power ON Tests that the FPGA is The machine stops.
applicable properly working.
22 Sharp End of Preparation Tests the Dialysis Fluid The machine repeats
Temperature priming /Priming Temperature. the test after the alarm
process. has been confirmed by
the operator.
23 Water Not Power ON Tests the proper The machine stops.
presence applicable functioning of the sensor
that detects the presence
of excessive water (Wet
Sensor).
24 Infusion Before the Power ON Tests the proper The machine prevents
Switch Sensor start of the functioning of the line to proceed with the
priming presence sensor located priming preparation
process. in the Infusion clamp. phase until the test has
been successfully
accomplished.
25 Infusion within 2.0 Preparation Test the proper The machine stops.
Clamp s from the functioning of the Infusion
start of the clamp.
test.

Code SM_9033239200_06 Rev. / 6-7


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

! WARNING 1
If both the Acustical Buzzer T1 Test and the Acustical Speaker T1 Test fail (both the auditory
signal sources are malfunctioning), a malfunction occurs so that it is not possible to use the Artis
Dialysis System. In this case, call for Service Technician.
If only one of the T1 Tests fails (only one of the auditory signal source is malfunctioning), it is the
operator’s responsibility to decide whether to proceed with the current treatment after having
checked that the machine is able to sound proprerly. Also in this case, call for Service Technician
to troubleshoot the problem as soon as possible.

! WARNING 2
During the Visible T1 Test, check that a brief visual signal is triggered by the machine (Status
Lights at the top of the machine lighten with red and yellow lights).
If the visual signal is not triggered, the signalling device (Status Lights) is malfunctioning. In this
case, call for Service Technician.
DO NOT use the Artis Dialysis System in the absence of the visual alarm signal.

6.2.1 Protective T1 Test Description


6.2.1.1 Test Number 1: The CPU Test
The CPU portion of the T1 test, verifies that the Protective System CPU is operating correctly. The test
verifies that data can be written in the registers in the microprocessor.
If the test fails, the T1 Test is terminated with negative result and the machine stops all its further actions
execution.

6.2.1.2 Test Number 2: The EEPROM Test


The purpose of this test is to verify that the EEPROM data is correct and to verify that the Protective
System is able to calculate the CRC. The Protective System calculates the internal CRC of the protective
EEPROM. It then compares the new calculation with the CRC that was stored on the EEPROM during the
original data storage.
If the two numbers are not equal, the T1 Test fails and the machine stops all its further actions
execution.

6.2.1.3 Test Number 3: The RAM Test


The Protective System tests its ability to address data to the protective RAM. It will also verify that data
can be read from the RAM.
If the test fails, the T1 Test is terminated with negative result and the machine stops all its further actions
execution.

6.2.1.4 Test Number 4: The Battery Test


The Protective System tests the Batteries in order to check that they are charged. The test is performed
at power up.
If one or both batteries are defective, or cannot hold a charge, or there are problems in the battery
wiring, the test fails and the machine generates a warning message issued with a required confirmation
from the operator to continue. Generates the alarm‘’ (183) Backup Battery Failure’’.

6.2.1.5 Test Number 5: The Acoustical Alarm (buzzer) Test


The purpose of this test is to verify that the Acoustic Alarm (buzzer) works correctly.

6-8 Code SM_9033239200_06 Rev. /


Chapter 6. SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION

At the begining of the test the Protective System activates the Buzzer and reads the buzzer level. After
2 seconds deactivates the Buzzer and reads the buzzer level.
The Protective System compares the two acquired buzzer levels to verify the correctly buzzer
activation/deactivation and sends data in order to confirm that the buzzer is correctly working.
If the test fails, the machine will generate a Warning alarm issued with a required confirmation from the
operator to continue.

6.2.1.6 Test Number 6: The Acoustical Alarm (speaker) Test


The purpose of this test is to verify that the Acoustic Alarm (speaker) works correctly. The speaker level
has to be listened through a microphone.
At the begining of the test the Protective System activates the Speaker and after 4 seconds reads the
microphone level.
After that it deactivates the Speaker and it reads the microphone level after 10 seconds.
The Protective System compares the two acquired speaker levels in order to verify the correctly speaker
activation/deactivation and sends data in order to confirm that the speaker is correctly working.
If the test fails, the T1 Test is terminated with negative result and the machine will generate an alarm
issued with a required confirmation from the operator to continue: “(451) T1 Test Acoustic Speaker’’.

6.2.1.7 Test Number 7: Visible Alarm Test


During the Visible T1 Test, the operator should check that a brief visual signal is triggered by the
machine (Status Lights at the top of the machine lighten with red and yellow lights).
If the visual signal is not triggered, the signalling device (Status Lights) is malfunctioning. In this case,
call for Service Technician.
DO NOT use the Artis Dialysis System in the absence of the visual alarm signal.
There are no automatic machine actions that take place with this test.

6.2.1.8 Test Number 8: The 24 Volt Test


This test verifies the ability of the Protective System to turn off the 24 Vp in the power supply that feeds
24 volts to all of the pumps and valves. This action is necessary as if there are certain machine faults, the
Protective System must be able to generate a GENERAL SAFE STATE.
At the begining of the test the Protective System opens the venous clamp. Then Protective System
checks, through the venous clamp position sensor, that the clamp position is open. Then Protective System
switch off the 24 Volts power supply and it checks that the clamp position is closed and that the 24 Vp is
lower than 6 Volts. Then the Protective System switches on the 24 Volts power supply and checks that the
clamp position is open and that the 24 Vp is greater than 22 Volts.
If the test fails, the machine will generate a GENERAL SAFE STATE: ‘’Safe State Activated. Cause:
24 Volt self-test failure ’’.

6.2.1.9 Test Number 9: The Venous Line Clamp Test


During the venous line clamp test, the Protective System activates the venous clamp to both open and
close the clamp. This test is used to verify that the Protective System checks its capability to close the
Venous Line Clamp.
At the begining of the test, the Protective System opens the Venous Line Clamp and checks through the
venous line clamp position sensor that the clamp position is open. The Protective System closes the
Venous Line Clamp and checks through the sensor that the clamp position is closed. The Test completes
when the Protective System opens the Venous Line Clamp and verifies if the clamp correctly opens again.
If the test fails, the T1 Test is terminated with negative result and the machine will generate a GENERAL
SAFE STATE : ‘’Safe State Activated. Cause: Venous Clamp self-test failure ’’.

6.2.1.10 Test Number 10: The Valves Command Test


The valve command test is used to verify that the Protective System can detect the valve actuation
commands.

Code SM_9033239200_06 Rev. / 6-9


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

The Protective System commands to the Control System to turn on all the safety valves. The Protective
System must be able to detect all of the actuation signals. After this complete, the Protective System
commands to the Control System to turn off all the safety valves. Again the Protective System must check
that the valve command signals are turned off. The following valve command signals are detected: EV2,
EVBP2, EVDS2, EVDS1.
If any of the signals are not detected correctly, the T1 Test is terminated with negative result and the
machine will generate a GENERAL SAFE STATE: ‘’Safe State Activated. Cause:Valve self-test failure’’.

6.2.1.11 Test Number 11: PIPO Pressure SensorsTest


This test is performed during every dialysate preparation, and is used to verify the correct functioning of
the PI and PO pressure sensors in order to be used to detect failures on EVDS1/EVDS2 valve.
At the begining of the test, during PRE_CHECK phase (no.1) when all the electrovalves monitored by
the Protective System are open, NO FLOW is present and PI and PO sensors value is corresponding to
the ambient pressure 0 mmHg. The Protective System verifies that the acquired PO pressure value is < 50
mmHg and that absolute value |PI - PO| < 32 mmHg. If the 2 conditions above are passed the test close
with positive results and continues.
If one of the two checks fails the process continues but a new phases T1T_PIPO_LOW (no.7) will be
reserved for a further check of the sensors .
At the end of the FILL_UP_2 phase (no.3), if the LFD test passes with positive results the machine goes
to the T1T_PIPO_HIGH phase (no.6) and EVDS1 and EVDS2 electrovalves are closed, a flow arround of
500 ml/min is set and PO sensors set point is set to 300 mmHg.
The Protective System verifies that the acquired PO pressure value is > 250 mmHg and that absolute
value |PI - PO| < 32 mmHg.
If the 2 conditions above are passed before a timeout of 25 s are elapsed, the machine complete the
test if no phase (no.7) was reserved or goes to the reserved phase (no.7) for a last check where the PI and
PO sensors, with a PO set point set to 0 mmHg.
The Protective System verifies that the acquired PO pressure value is < 50 mmHg and that absolute
value |PI - PO| < 32 mmHg. If the two conditions are checked within a timeout of 25 s the check is passed
and the test closes with possitive results.

If the test fails, the machine will generate: (MALFUNCTION 672) ‘’Hydraulic Pressure Alignment
Failure’’.

6.2.1.12 Test Number 12: Temperature Test


The Protective System verifies if the temperature sensors ΤCA and Τp are able to measure temperature
values higher than 42 °C and lower than 38 °C, in order to ensure that a wrong temperature of the dialysis
fluid is recognized in case of fEVDailure.
First the Protective System sends a command to the Control System in order to warm up the dialysis
fluid. The Protective System verifies, at the same time, that the temperature measured by ΤCA sensor and
Τp sensor is greater than 42 °C for more than 2 seconds within 8 minutes from the start of the test.
In the second step of the test, the Protective System sends a command to the control system in order to
decrease the dialysis fluid temperature. The Protective System verifies, at the same time, that the
temperature measured by ΤCA sensor and Τp sensor is lower than 38 °C for more than 2 seconds within 15
minutes from the start of the second check.
If either of these tests fail, the machine will generate a Warning alarm issued with a required
confirmation from the operator to continue. Generates the alarm ‘’(444) T1 Test Temperature Failed’’.

6-10 Code SM_9033239200_06 Rev. /


Chapter 6. SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION

6.2.1.13 Test Number 13: Conductivity Cell sensors (A, B, Sel, P) Test
This test is used to verify the correct functionality of the A, B, Sel, P conductivity cells and the pumps in
the mixing module.
During this test, the Protective System Performs also an alignment on the ΓPSel and ΓP conductivity
cells from mesurements based on the same dialysis liquid.
During the first portion of the test, the Protective System commands the control system to have the
Bicarbonate set point to 2 mS/cm and the Final Conductivity (acetate) set point to 12 mS/cm. The main flow
of 500 ml/min.
The Protective System waits until the following conditions are verified for 5 seconds consecutively:
• ΓCB= 2 mS/cm ± 0.14 mS/cm
• ΓPSel= 2 mS/cm ± 0.16 mS/cm
• ΓCA= 12 mS/cm ± 0.36 mS/cm
• ΓP= 12 mS/cm ± 0.48 mS/cm
Then the Protective System calculates the average measured by Γ CB, ΓPSel, ΓCA and ΓP in 15 seconds
and checks that the mean values of :
• ΓCB and ΓPSel and are not different for more than ± 0.10 mS/cm;

• Γ CA adn ΓP are not different for more than ± 0.24 mS/cm;

At the next step the Protective System notifies to the SPS that the first step of the Conductivity Cells T1 test
has been correctly performed.
Then the Protective System waits from SPS a notification that Conductivity Cells T1 test can proceed (action
done in order to take in account DIASCAN autocalibration process).
During the second portion of the test, the Protective System commands the control system to have the
Bicarbonate set point to 5 mS/cm and the Final Conductivity set point to 17 mS/cm. The main flow of 500 ml/
min.
The Protective System waits until the following conditions are verified for 5 second consecutively:
• ΓCB= 5 mS/cm ± 0.15 mS/cm
• ΓPSel= 5 mS/cm ± 0.20 mS/cm
• ΓCA= 17 mS/cm ± 0.51 mS/cm
• ΓP= 17 mS/cm ± 0.68 mS/cm
Then the Protective System calculates the average measured by Γ CB, ΓPSel, ΓCA and ΓP in 15 seconds
and checks that the mean values of :
• the values ΓCB and ΓPSel are not different for more than ± 0.10 mS/cm;

• the values ΓCA and ΓP are not different for more than ± 0.34 mS/cm;

Then the Protective System sends to the SPS (System Processing Software) the notification that all the
checks have been performed, then waits the notification that the Diascan has been completed its activities.
Then (if in Select mode) the Protective System stops to require to Control System to have Γ CB and
ΓCA values different from the conductivity values set by the user and it waits until it receives the FLUID
TESTABLE equal to FALSE;
Then the Protective System checks that all following conditions are verified for 20 seconds
consecutively (steady state condition):
• FLUID TESTABLE is equal to TRUE;

• the conductivity measured by ΓCB is equal to bicarbonate conductivity value calculated through
the stoichiometric FORMULA, basing on the ions prescription selected by the user with a range
of 0.5 mS/cm;

Code SM_9033239200_06 Rev. / 6-11


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

• the conductivity measured by ΓPSel is equal to bicarbonate or select conductivity value, if in


Select Treatments, calculated through the stoichiometric FORMULA, basing on the ions pre-
scription selected by the user with a range of 0.5 mS/cm;

• the conductivity measured by Γ CA is equal to final conductivity value calculated through the
stoichiometric FORMULA, basing on the ions prescription selected by the user with a range of
0.5 mS/cm;

• the conductivity measured by ΓP is equal to final conductivity value calculated through the sto-
ichiometric FORMULA, basing on the ions prescription selected by the user with a range of 0.5
mS/cm.

If all checks are correctly satisfied, the Protective System performs a compensation of the ΓPSel and ΓP
conductivity cells based on the values aquired during the tests.
If the test fails, the T1 Test is terminated with negative result and the machine will generate a Warning
alarm issued with a required confirmation from the operator to repeat. Generates the alarm ‘’(445) T1 Test
Conductivity Cells Failed’’.

6.2.1.14 Test Number 14: Blood Leak Detector (BLD) Test


The blood leak detector test uses an optical filter that is in the blood leak detector assembly to cause a
blood leak condition, in order to check its functionality through a specific measurement taken from a
dedicated optical sensor.
At the begining of the test the Protective System checks the absence of the blood on the BLD and then
the Protective System activates the magnet to insert the optical filter in between the blood leak detector and
the infrared detector. The Protective System then looks for a reduction in the signal indicating that the blood
leak detector and the protective system are working properly. The Protective System deactivates the
magnet to remove the optical filter from the BLD.
At the end checks the absence of the blood from the BLD.
If the test fails, the machine will generate: (MALFUNCTION 434) ‘’T1 Test BLD’’.

6.2.1.15 Test Number 15: Venous Pressure Sensor Test


This test verifies that the venous pressure sensor is working properly.
At the first part of the test the Protective System unbalances the variable resistor bridge sensor by an
external resistor and a mosfet. This operation is performed only if the blood cassette is not mounted on the
Artis Dialysis System. The consequence is that the Venous pressure is driven to 300 mmHg.
At the next step the Protective System verifies that the acquired pressure is 300 mmHg ± 40 mmHg.
Then the Protective System waits until the blood cassette is loaded and then the Protective System
verifies the pressure value that has to be in range 0+/- 8 mmHg (zero pressure test).
If the test fails, the T1 Test is terminated with negative result and the machine will generate a Warning
alarm issued with a required confirmation from the operator to continue. Generates the alarm ‘’(446) T1
Test Venous Pressure’’.

6.2.1.16 Test Number 16: Arterial Pressure Sensor Test


This test verifies that the arterial pressure sensor is working properly in order to be sure about the real
status of the patient.
At the first part of the test the Protective System unbalances the variable resistor bridge sensor by an
external resistor and a mosfet. This operation is performed only if the blood cassette is not mounted on the
Artis Dialysis System. The consequence is that the Arterial pressure is driven to -200 mmHg.
At the next step the Protective System verifies that the acquired pressure is -200 mmHg ± 40 mmHg.
Then the Protective System waits until the blood cassette is loaded and then the Protective System
verifies the pressure value that has to be in range 0+/- 8 mmHg (zero pressure test).
If the test fails, the T1 Test is terminated with negative result and the machine will generate a Warning
alarm issued with a required confirmation from the operator to continue. Generates the alarm ‘’(447) T1
Test Arterial Pressure’’.

6-12 Code SM_9033239200_06 Rev. /


Chapter 6. SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION

6.2.1.17 Test Number 17: SN Pressure Sensor Test


This test verifies that the SN pressure sensor is working properly in order to be sure about the real
status of the system.
At the first part of the test the Protective System unbalances the resistor bridge sensor by an external
resistor and a mosfet. This operation is performed only if the blood cassette is not mounted on the Artis
Dialysis System. The consequence is that the SN pressure is driven to 300 mmHg.
At the next step the Protective System verifies that the acquired pressure is 300 mmHg ± 40 mmHg.
Then the Protective System waits until the blood cassette is loaded and then the Protective System
verifies the pressure value that has to be in range 0+/- 8 mmHg (zero pressure test).
If the test fails, the T1 Test is terminated with negative result and the machine will generate a Warning
alarm issued with a required confirmation from the operator to continue. Generates the alarm ‘’(418) T1
Test SN Pressure’’.

6.2.1.18 Test Number 18: Pumps/Air Detector (AD) Sensor Test


The pump portion of the T1 test performs the following functions:
• Verifies that the blood/venous pump rotates in the right direction when commanded.

• Verifies that the speed of the blood/venous pump is correct.

• Verifies that the blood/venous pump will stop when there is an air in blood signal.

At the first step of the test, the Protective System requires to the control system to have:
• Blood Flow set of 100 ml/min;

• Venous Line Clamp closed;

• Arterial Line Clamp open;

• Venous flow set of 100 ml/min, if in HDF, HF, AFBK or HD-SN saline treatment.

Then the Protective System checks that within a time interval of 15 seconds, both the following
conditions are verified for a time interval of 2 seconds:
• the acquired blood flow value of the pump is in the range ±8% respect to the blood flow set
command;

• the direction of the blood pump is clockwise;

• the acquired venous flow value of the pump is in the range ±8% respect to the venous flow set
command, if in HDF, HF, AFBK or HD-SN saline treatment.;

• the direction of the venous pump is counterclockwise, if in HDF, HF, AFBK Treatment or clock-
wise if in HD-SN saline Treatment.

The speed is detected through detecting the rotor position sensors.


At the next step of the test the Protective System switches off the AD transmitter driving low the digital
output AD-TEST ( to force the air detection).
Then the Protective System checks that within a time interval of 15 seconds, both the following
conditions are verified for a time interval of 2 seconds:
• the acquired blood flow value of the pump is in the range ±8% respect to the blood flow set
command;

• the direction of the blood pump is clockwise;

• the acquired venous flow value of the pump is in the range ±8% respect to the venous flow set
command, if in HDF, HF, AFBK or HD-SN saline treatment;

Code SM_9033239200_06 Rev. / 6-13


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

• the direction of the venous pump is counterclockwise, if in HDF, HF, AFBK treatment or clock-
wise if in HD-SN saline Treatment;

• if the air presence signal is to the level LOW.

At the next step the Protective System masks the air detection sensor pause and after 5 seconds
checks that:
• the AP STOP signal is to level HIGH;

• the blood flow is lower than 10 ml/min (blood pump is stopped);

• the venous flow is lower than 10 ml/min (venous pump is stopped) only in HDF, HF, AFBK or
HD-SN saline treatment.

Then the Protective System restores the override of the air detection.
The Protective System checks that within a time interval of 15 seconds, both the following conditions are
verified for a time interval of 2 seconds:
• the acquired blood flow value of the pump is in the range ±8% respect to the blood flow set
command;

• the direction of the blood pump is clockwise;

• the acquired venous flow value of the pump is in the range ±8% respect to the venous flow set
command, if in HDF, HF, AFBK or HD-SN saline treatment;

• the direction of the venous pump is counterclockwise, if in HDF, HF, AFBK treatment or clock-
wise if in HD-SN saline Treatment.

If the test fails, the T1 Test is terminated with negative result and the machine will generate a Warning
alarm issued with a required confirmation from the operator to continue.
Generates the alarm ‘’(419) T1 Test Arterial Pump/ABD’’.

If in HD-SN Ultra treatment, perform the test as follows:

At the first step of the test, the Protective System requires to the control system to have:
• Venous Line Clamp opened;

• Arterial Line Clamp closed;

• Venous flow set of 100 ml/min.

Then the Protective System checks that within a time interval of 15 seconds, both the following
conditions are verified for a time interval of 2 seconds:
• the acquired venous flow value is in the range ±8% respect to the set point;

• the direction of the venous pump is counterclockwise;

At the next step of the test the Protective System switches off the AD transmitter driving low the digital
output AD-TEST ( to force the air detection).
Then the Protective System checks that within a time interval of 15 seconds, both the following
conditions are verified for a time interval of 2 seconds:
• the acquired venous flow value is in the range ±8% respect to the set point;

• the direction of the venous pump is counterclockwise.

At the next step the Protective System masks the air detection sensor pause and after 5 seconds
checks that:
• the AP STOP signal is to level HIGH;

6-14 Code SM_9033239200_06 Rev. /


Chapter 6. SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION

• the blood flow is lower than 10 ml/min (blood pump is stopped);

• the venous flow is lower than 10 ml/min (venous pump is stopped).

Then the Protective System restores the override of the air detection.
The Protective System checks that within a time interval of 15 seconds, both the following conditions are
verified for a time interval of 2 seconds:
• the direction of the venous pump is counterclockwise;

• the acquired venous flow value is in the range ±8% respect to the set point.

At the next step of the test, the Protective System requires to the control system to have:
• Venous Line Clamp closed;

• Arterial Line Clamp open;

• blood flow set of 100 ml/min.

Then the Protective System checks that within a time interval of 15 seconds, both the following
conditions are verified for a time interval of 2 seconds:
• the acquired blood flow value is in the range ±8% respect to the set point;

• the direction of the blood pump is clockwise;

At the next step of the test the Protective System switches off the AD transmitter driving low the digital
output AD-TEST ( to force the air detection).
Then the Protective System checks that within a time interval of 15 seconds, both the following
conditions are verified for a time interval of 2 seconds:
• the acquired blood flow value is in the range ±8% respect to the set point;

• the direction of the blood pump is clockwise.

At the next step the Protective System masks the air detection sensor override and after 5 seconds
checks that:
• the AP STOP signal is to level HIGH;

• the blood flow is lower than 10 ml/min (blood pump is stopped);

• the venous flow is lower than 10 ml/min (venous pump is stopped).

Then the Protective System restores the override of the air detection.
The Protective System checks that within a time interval of 15 seconds, both the following conditions are
verified for a time interval of 2 seconds:
• the direction of the blood pump is clockwise;

• the acquired blood flow value is in the range ±8% respect to the set point.

If the test fails, the T1 Test is terminated with negative result and the machine will generate a Warning
alarm issued with a required confirmation from the operator to continue.
Generates the alarm ‘’(419) T1 Test Arterial Pump/ABD’’.

6.2.1.19 Test Number 19: The Switch Sensors Test


This test verifies during the preparation process, that the status of the venous clamp line presence
switch, arterial clamp line presence switch and Air Detector (AD) line presence switch, has changed.
At the begining of the preparation, the Protective System acquires the status of the AD line presence
switch, venous clamp line presence switch and arterial clamp line presence switch.
At the next step of the test, when the Blood Cassette has been loaded, until the end of preparation, the
Protective System checks that at least one status transition on the AD, venous clamp and arterial clamp

Code SM_9033239200_06 Rev. / 6-15


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

line presence switch, has been detected.


If the test fails, the T1 Test is terminated with negative result and the machine will generate an operator
message (“Cassette load failed”), allowing to proceed with the dialysis process only if all the checks are
verified.

6.2.1.20 Test Number 20: The Flow Meter Test


The flow meter test is performed in order to check the following points:
• detects the presence of an offset between the Control Flowmeters greater than a safety thresh-
old. The KD1D2C coefficient is calculated and the control drift shall not be higher than 864 ml in
60 minutes.

• detects the presence of an offset between the Protective Flowmeters greater than a safety
threshold. The KD1D2P coefficient is calculated and the protective drift shall not be higher than
864 ml in 60 minutes.

• detects the presence of a fluid leakage in the hydraulic flow circuit.

• detects an exchange between control and protective flowmeters.

It means that the error due to a “deviation” of the KD1D2C and KD1D2P variables, in a 60 minutes
treatment shall be lower than 864 (ml) for the Control and Protective flowmeters.
• the test is also necessary in order to have an alignment between the Protective Flowmeters
through the calculation of the KD1D2P factor.

If the flowmeter test on the electromagnetic flowmeter fails or an exchange between Control and
Protective flowmeters is detected, the machine will generate a Warning alarm issued with a required
confirmation from the operator to repeat the test. Generates the alarm ‘’ (422) T1 Test Flow Meters’’.
If the test flowmeters on the Control flowmeters fails for three times the Protective System generates the
alarm: ‘’(497) MALFUNCTION: Control Flowmeters Test Failed’’.

6.2.1.21 Test Number 21: FPGA Test


This test verifies that the FPGA TEST INPUT signal, at the inlet of the protective microprocessor, is put
at HIGH level by the FPGA software. This means that the FPGA software is started correctly at the Boot-
up.
If the test fails, the T1 Test is terminated with negative result and the machine stops all its further actions
execution.
If the test FPGA fails the Protective System generates the alarm: ‘’(485) T1 Test FPGA Failed’’.

6.2.1.22 Test Number 22: Sharp Temperature T1 Test


The Protective System verifies if the temperature sensors ΤCA and ΤP are aligned respect to the
setpoint selected by the user and received by the SPS (System Processing Software).
The Protective System verifies that following checks are satisfied at the same time for 30 seconds:
• the temperature of the dialysis fluid measured by the Control System through the ΤCA sensor is
in range ±0.5 °C respect to the temperature setpoint;

• the temperature of the dialysis fluid measured by Protective system through the ΤP sensor is in
range ±0.5 °C respect to the ΤCA temperature.

The Sharp Temperature T1 Test is allowed to occur after the end of the T1 Test Temperature and T1
Test Conductivity.
If the test fails, the T1 Test is terminated with negative result and the machine will generate a Warning
alarm issued with a required confirmation from the operator to continue. Generates the alarm ‘’(444) T1
Test Temperature Failed’’.

6.2.1.23 Test Number 23: Water Presence T1 Test


At the begining of the test the Protective System acquires the level of the digital input WET SENSOR

6-16 Code SM_9033239200_06 Rev. /


Chapter 6. SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION

and checks that the level is LOW.


Then set the power output WET SENSOR TEST to the HIGH level, in order to simulate the water
presence. It waits for 2 seconds and then checks that the level of the digital input WET SENSOR is HIGH.
At the next step of the test the Protective System set the power output WET SENSOR TEST to the LOW
level and It waits for 2 seconds and then checks that the level of the digital input WET SENSOR is LOW.
If the test fails, the T1 Test is terminated with negative result and the machine will generate a General
Safe State:‘’Safe State Activated. Cause: Wet Sensor self-test failure ’’.

6.2.1.24 Test Number 24: Infusion Switch Sensor T1 Test


This test verifies that the status of the Infusion clamp line switch is changed (transition from LOW to
HIGH state) in On-line and Ultra treatments.
At the beginig of the test the Protective System acquires the status of the Infusion clamp line presence
switch.
Then the Protective System checks that at least one transition on the Infusion clamp line presence
switch has been detected.
If the test fails, the T1 Test is terminated with negative result and the Protective System notifies to SPS
the status of the test.

6.2.1.25 Test Number 25: Infusion Clamp T1 Test


This test is used in On-line and Ultra treatments during cassette loading procedure, when the SPS
requires it.
The SPS sends the T1 test activation message when all the following conditions are verified:
• Infusion line under infusion clamp;
• T1 test infusion switch correctly terminated;
• Dressing popup is acknowledged.
At the beginig of the test the Protective System check that the clamp position is open for at least 0.5
second consecutively and then close the clamp.
At the next step of the test the Protective System check that the clamp position is closed for at least 0.5
second consecutively. The check fails if this step is not completed within 2 seconds.
Then the Protective System removes the clamp clossing command.
If the test fails, the T1 Test is terminated with negative result and the machine will generate a General
Safe State:‘’Safe State Activated. Cause: Infusion clamp T1 Test failure ’’.

Code SM_9033239200_06 Rev. / 6-17


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

6.2.2 Hydraulic T1 Test


6.2.2.1 Bubble Trap T1 Test
The Bubble trap T1 test is performed to control the correct functionality of the optical level sensors LP, LD1
and LD2 that are inside the bubble traps BTP, BT1 and BT2 for correct reading of AIR and WATER levels.
At the power on, the hydraulic circuit of the machine should be empty and in this moment the test can be
performed.
When the test starts, the machine checks the status of all optical level sensors and according to the
result of this check there are two execution methods:
1st case: if the air is detected in all the bubble traps, the machine continues with the hydraulic circuit fill
up. When the procedure of fill up is performed, all the optical level sensors have to detect water.
2nd case: if the air was not detected on at least one bubble trap, the machine performs the emptying of
the Degassing subunit, EVD2 line and the main flow circuit, in order to have all three optical level sensors
detecting air. Then the machine proceeds with the hydraulic fill up. When the procedure of fill up is
performed, all the optical levels have to detect water.
If the test fails, the machine generates an alarm message: Malfunction “(493) Bubble Trap T1 Test” and
the user must switch off the machine.

6.2.2.2 EVDS1, EVDS2 T1 Test


This test verifies during the preparation process, the correct functionality of the EVDS1 and EVDS2
electro valves when commanded.
At the beginning of the preparation, during the FILL_UP1 phase, the machine verifies that the optical
flow switch LFD detects the presence of NO flow:
• If the LFD switch sees continuously flow for 3 seconds, at the end of the phase the machine
generates an alarm message: Malfunction "(668) EVDS1 EVDS2 T1 test failed" and the user must switch
off the machine.
• If the LFD switch does not detect flow, the machine continues with the next step of the test.
At the next step of the test, during the FILL_UP2 phase, the machine verifies that the optical flow switch
LFD detects the presence of flow and that EVDS1 and EVDS2 valves are correctly open:
• If the LFD switch does not detect continuously flow for at least 3 seconds until the end of the
phase, the machine extend the phase duration from 20 to 60 seconds. If at the end of the 60 seconds the
machine does not detects continuously flow for at least 3 seconds, the machine generates an alarm
message: Malfunction "(668) EVDS1 EVDS2 T1 test failed" and the user must switch off the machine.
• If the LFD switch sees continuously flow for at least 3 seconds until the end of the phase
(maximum 60 seconds) the test ends with positive result.

If the test fails, the T1 Test is terminated with negative result and the machine generates an alarm
message: Malfunction "(668) EVDS1 EVDS2 T1 test failed" and the user must switch off the machine.

6.2.2.3 Leakage T1 test


The Leakage T1 Test is performed in order to assure that the hydraulic circuit has no fluid leakages, and
that the electro valves work correctly when commanded.
The measurements are performed over all pressure sensors available (PDG, PFS, PI, PO, PD, PV and
PFP). Set of sub phases are executed with the goal to pressurize the hydraulic circuit. The analysis of
those pressure, gives feedback about presence of hydraulic leakages.
The test is executed during preparation and it is divided in 13 sub-phases.
The portions of hydraulic circuit involved by positive pressure are highlighted in blue, while the portions
in negative pressure are highlighted in green.
The following table lists the sub-phases involved in the checks, the related data acquisition and the sub-

6-18 Code SM_9033239200_06 Rev. /


Chapter 6. SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION

phase used as trigger to perform the tests:

Data Evaluation:
Data Acquisition:
Acquired data Sub-phase and
Sub-phase
tests
Sub-phase 5 - first s PDG 5,1 PD5,1 PFS5,1 PO 5,1 PI5,1 Sub-phase 6
Tests A, B, C
Sub-phase 5 - last s PDG 5,2 PD5,2 PFS5,2 PO 5,2 PI5,2

Sub-phase 9 - first s PDG 9,1 PD9,1 PFS9,1 PO 9,1 PI9,1 PV9,1 PFP9,1 Sub-phase 10
Tests D, E, F, G
Sub-phase 9 - last s PDG 9,2 PD9,2 PFS9,2 PO 9,2 PI9,2

Sub-phase 13-first s PDG13,1 PD13,1 PFS13,1 PO13,1 PI13,1 PV13,1 PFP13,1 Sub-phase 14
Tests H, I
Sub-phase13 -last s PDG13,2 PD13,2 PFS13,2 PO13,2 PI13,2

Where:
- PV is the Venous Pressure.
- PFP is the SN Pressure.
As sub-phases 5, 9 and 13 lasts 10 s, between the first and the last acquisition a time of 10 s occurs.
As PD Pressure Sensor is placed 27mm over PO and PFS, the PD Pressure can be estimated as 20
mmHg lower than PO and PFS pressures, due to the hydrostatic pressure acting on PO and PFS.
The following tests list the out of range conditions (i.e. the conditions that shall be satisfied to declare
the test failure and trigger the alarm): the mentioned pressure gap has been referred as ∆ PD.
Sub-Phase 1; 2; 3: The machine perform the flushing of:
• EVH2O, EVDRAIN and EVD2 (5 seconds)

• EVD1 (5 seconds)

• EVP (5 seconds)

Sub-Phase 4: EVH2O is on and the EVDRAIN is turned off. The hydraulic circuit is pressurized.
Execution time 10 seconds.
Sub-Phase 5: The EVH2O is turned off and starts the functional checks for the Test A, B and C.
Execution time 10 seconds.
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP PDG CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B SWUPUF2A
FLICK
EVDEG SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 LD1 BT2
SWLOWUF2 LD2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
CO
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 SWPOL
EVPA EM
fPS PS EVPB F7
SWSEK1
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SelCart
SelBag

SWAK
BiCart

SWBK LFD DWHO


CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A Extracorporeal Flowpath OWWHO1 OWWHO2


CC CD

C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

Code SM_9033239200_06 Rev. / 6-19


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Figure 6- 2. Sub-Phase 5 configuration

Test A

- Pressure Sensors tested: PD, PFS, PO.


- Test purpose: Calibration of the pressure sensors.
- Performed: First Second of sub phase number 5.
- Failure condition:
abs(max{PFS5,1, PO5,1, PD5,1- ∆ PD}-min{PFS5,1, PO5,1, PD5,1- ∆ PD }) > 50 mmHg
Where:
• max{PFS5,1, PO5,1, PD5,1- ∆ PD} is the maximum between PFS5,1, PO5,1 and PD5,1- ∆ PD.

• min{PFS5,1, PO5,1, PD5,1- ∆ PD} is the minimum between PFS5,1, PO5,1 and PD5,1- ∆ PD.

- Alarm Text: Leakages Test (A) Failure.


Test B

- Pressure Sensors tested: PD, PFS, PO.


- Test purpose: R1 calibration.
- Performed: First Second of sub phase number 5.
- Failure condition:
mean{PFS5,1, PO5,1, PD5,1- ∆ PD } < 490 mmHg + ∆ P0
or
mean{PFS5,1, PO5,1, PD5,1- ∆ PD } > 690 mmHg + ∆ P0
Where:
• ∆ P0 = DELTA_ATMOSPHERIC_PRESS

• mean{PFS5,1, PO5,1, PD5,1- ∆ PD } = ((PFS5,1) + (PO5,1) + (PD5,1- ∆ PD))/3.

- Alarm Text: Leakages Test (B) Failure.


Test C

- Pressure Sensors tested: PD, PFS, PO, PDG.


- Test Purpose: Main Flow connections or external valves (EVDS1, EVA, EVH2O, EVDRAIN).
- Performed: First second vs last second of sub phase number 5.
- Failure condition:
abs(PFS5,1 - PFS5,2) > 50 mmHg
or
abs(PO 5,1 - PO 5,2) > 50 mmHg
or
abs(PD5,1 - PD 5,2) > 50 mmHg
or
abs(PDG5,1 - PDG5,2) > 50 mmHg
- Alarm Text: Leakages Test (C) Failure.
Sub-Phase 6: The EVPRIM is turned on, in order to include a portion of the hydraulic circuit. The
EVDRAIN is turned on and the PWHO pump is switched on in control loop on PD to -500 mmHg for a time
of 15 seconds to perform a negative pressure in a portion of the hydraulic circuit. EVH2O is stil off.
Sub-Phase 7: The EVPRIM is turned off and the PWHO pump is proceeding in control loop on PD to -
500 mmHg for a time of 5 seconds to perform a negative pressure in a portion of the hydraulic circuit.
Sub-Phase 8: The EVDRAIN is turned off and the PWHO is switched off. Hydraulic circuit closed on

6-20 Code SM_9033239200_06 Rev. /


Chapter 6. SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION

depressurization. Execution time 15 seconds.


Sub-Phase 9: EVH2O and the EVDRAIN are off. The machine continues the functional checks for the
test D, E, F, G. Execution time 10 seconds.

ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP PDG CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B SWUPUF2A
FLICK
EVDEG SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 LD1 BT2
SWLOWUF2 LD2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
CO
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 SWPOL
EVPA EM
fPS PS EVPB F7
SWSEK1
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2

SelCart
SelBag
SWAK
BiCart

SWBK LFD DWHO


CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A Extracorporeal Flowpath OWWHO1 OWWHO2


CC CD

C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

Figure 6- 3. Sub-Phase 9 configuration

Test D

- Pressure Sensors tested: PD, PFS, PO.


- Test purpose: Negative Calibration of the sensors.
- Performed: First Second of sub phase number 9.
- Failure condition:
abs(max{PFS9,1, PO9,1, PD9,1- ∆ PD}-min{PFS9,1, PO9,1, PD9,1- ∆ PD}) > 50 mmHg
Where:
• max{PFS9,1, PO9,1, PD9,1- ∆ PD} is the maximum between PFS9,1, PO9,1 and PD9,1- ∆ PD.

• min{PFS9,1, PO9,1, PD9,1- ∆ PD} is the minimum between PFS9,1, PO9,1 and PD9,1- ∆ PD.

- Alarm Text: Leakages Test (D) Failure.

Test E

- Pressure Sensors tested: PD, PFS, PO.


- Test Purpose: Negative value and PWHO failures.
- Performed: First Second of sub phase number 9.
- Failure condition:
mean{PFS9,1, PO9,1, PD9,1- ∆ PD} < -600 mmHg
or
mean{PFS9,1, PO9,1, PD9,1- ∆ PD} > -200 mmHg
Where:
• mean{PFS9,1, PO9,1, PD9,1- ∆ PD} = ((PFS9,1) + (PO9,1) + (PD9,1- ∆ PD))/3.

- Alarm Text: Leakages Test (E) Failure.

Code SM_9033239200_06 Rev. / 6-21


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Test F

- Pressure Sensors tested: PI.


- Test purpose: Weight loss control valves correctly working (EVDS1, EV2, EVBP2, EVDS2).
- Performed: First Second of sub phase number 9.
- Failure condition:
abs(PI9,1 - PI5,1) > 100 mmHg
Alarm Text: Leakages Test (F) Failure .

Test G

- Pressure Sensors tested: PD, PO, PFS, PDG.


- Test Purpose: Main Flow connections or external valves (EVA, EVH2O, EVDRAIN, EVAClean in case
of cassette loaded).
- Performed: First second vs last second of sub phase number 9.
- Failure condition:
abs(PFS9,1 - PFS9,2) > 50 mmHg
or
abs(PO 9,1 - PO9,2) > 50 mmHg
or
abs(PD9,1 - PD 9,2) > 50 mmHg
or
abs(PDG9,1 - PDG9,2) > 50 mmHg
- Alarm Text: Leakages Test (G) Failure.

Sub-Phase 10: EVDRAIN, EVPRIM, EVDS1, EVBP2 is turned on, EVDS2 is turned off and PWHO is
switched on in control loop on PD of -500 mmHg for a time of 15 seconds to perform a negative pressure in
a portion of the hydraulic circuit. EVH2O is off.
Sub-Phase 11: The EVPRIM is turned off and the PWHO pump is proceeding in control loop on PD to -
500 mmHg for a time of 5 seconds to perform a negative pressure in a portion of the hydraulic circuit.
Sub-Phase 12: The EVDRAIN is turned off and the PWHO is switched off and the pressure in the
hydraulic circuit is stabilized for a time of 5 seconds.
Sub-Phase 13: EVH2O, EVDRAIN and PWO are off. The machine continues the functional checks for

6-22 Code SM_9033239200_06 Rev. /


Chapter 6. SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION

the test H and I. Execution time 10 seconds.


ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP PDG CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B SWUPUF2A
FLICK
EVDEG SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 LD1 BT2
SWLOWUF2 LD2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
CO
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 SWPOL
EVPA EM
fPS PS EVPB F7
SWSEK1
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2

SelCart
SelBag
SWAK

BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A Extracorporeal Flowpath OWWHO1 OWWHO2


CC CD

C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

Figure 6- 4. Sub-Phase 13 configuration

Test H

- Pressure Sensor: PD, PO, PFS.


- Test purpose: Internal Bypass circuit connections.
- Performed: First Second of sub phase number 13.
- Failure condition:
mean{PFS13,1, PO13,1} < -600 mmHg
or
mean{PFS13,1, PO13,1} > -200 mmHg
or
abs(PO13,2 - PO13,1) > 100 mmHg
or
abs(PD13,2 - PD13,1) > 100 mmHg
Where:
• mean{PFS13,1, PO13,1} = ((PFS13,1) + (PO13,1))/2.

- Alarm Text: Leakages Test (H) Failure.

Test I

- Pressure Sensors tested: PI, PV ( also PFP if the selected treatment is HDF Post).
- Test Purpose: EVDS2 working conditions.
- Performed : First second of sub phase 13.
- Failure condition:
1. if the selected treatment is HD:
abs(mean{PV13,1, PI13,1} - mean{ PV9,1, PI9,1}) > 50 mmHg
Where:
• mean{PV13,1, PI13,1} = ((PV13,1) + (PI13,1))/2

Code SM_9033239200_06 Rev. / 6-23


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

• mean{PV9,1, PI9,1} = ((PV9,1) + (PI9,1))/2

2. if the selected treatment is HDF Post:


abs(mean{PV13,1, PI13,1, PFP13,1} - mean{ PV9,1, PI9,1, PFP9,1}) > 50 mmHg
Where:
• mean{PV13,1, PI13,1, PFP13,1} = ((PV13,1) + (PI13,1) + (PFP13,1))/3

• mean{PV9,1, PI9,1, PFP9,1} = ((PV9,1) + (PI9,1) + (PFP9,1))/3

- Alarm Text: Leakages Test (I) Failure.

6-24 Code SM_9033239200_06 Rev. /


Chapter 7. CALIBRATIONS

Chapter 7. CALIBRATIONS
7.1 Calibration Introduction

! WARNING
If during a Calibration procedure the “MALFUNCTION 320” alarm occurs this could result into
missed saving of Calibration data. Switch the machine OFF and then ON again and repeat the
Calibration procedure. If the Calibration procedure is not repeated, this could lead to a potential
injury to the patient.

Most of the calibrations for the electrical and hydraulic components in the Artis Dialysis System are
software calibrations. The software calibrations monitor signals from the various components and transform
them through software algorithms to achieve the desired output or input signals. During the calibration
procedure, these algorithms calculate the coefficients that are used to adjust or calibrate the signals for the
components in the machine. These calibration coefficients are then stored in EEPROMs or flash chips on
the slave boards and in the Main Compact Flash on the Main board.

Required Tools and Test Equipment:


• Conductivity/ Temperature/ Pressure Meter • ART. and VEN. Pressure Calibration Tool
• Hydraulic pressure sensor, R1, R2 and PRV tool • Pre-dialyzer Pressure Calibration Tool
• Bypass Shunt • 15 cm (6”) Length of Venous Blood Line
• 1000 ml Graduated Cylinder • Digital multimeter
• 4.0 and 8.0 pH Solutions • BPM Calibration Tool
• 20 ml Syringe or larger

NOTE
Verify the Power Supply Voltages before starting the software calibrations.

The CALIBRATION MENU (CALIBHOME screen) allows access to screens for calibrating or testing the
following components:
1. R1 Pressure Regulator 14. T1T SN Pressure
2. R2 Pressure Regulator 15. Hemoscan Sensor
3. PRV Pressure Regulator 16. Blood Sensor Trimpot
4. PI Pressure Sensor 17. Blood Sensor
5. PO Pressure Sensor 18. pH Probe (only if installed)
6. PFS Pressure Sensor 19. Temperature
7. PDR Pressure Sensor 20. Conductivity
8. PDG Pressure Sensor 21. BPM Pressure Sensor
9. Arterial Pressure Sensor 22. BPM Safety Switch (only if on the machine
10. Venous Pressure Sensor HDBPM is installed)
11. SN Pressure Sensor 23. Stroke Volume
12. T1T Venous Pressure 24. Touch screen

Code SM_9033239200_07 Rev. / 7-1


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

13. T1T Arterial Pressure 25. Flowmeters

Other Processes:
1. Drain
2. Fill up Ultra Filter
3. Coeff. Management

7.2 Software Calibration: General Description

NOTE
The Artis Dialysis System provides two Service menu levels: ‘’SERVICE 1’’ and ‘’SERVICE 2’’.
Calibrations are allowed only into the ‘’SERVICE 2’’ menu.

Calibration access is only possible when the machine is in the preparation mode (see Fig.7-1). From the
Overview screen, select the Report NavPad button to access the Report screen (see Fig.7-2), then select
the Service button to access the Service screens.

Figure 7-1. Overview screen - Preparation mode

7-2 Code SM_9033239200_07 Rev. /


Chapter 7. CALIBRATIONS

Figure 7-2. Report screen

NOTE
A password is required to access the ‘’SERVICE 2’’ screens.

7.2.1 Password
To avoid unauthorized entry into the service screens by users not trained on the service procedures, the
correct password must be entered before to access the SERVICE screen pages. Only trained service
technicians are allowed to calibrate the machine.

Figure 7-3. Password screen

Code SM_9033239200_07 Rev. / 7-3


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

7.2.2 How to Insert the Password


To enter the proper password:
1. Press the SERVICE button from the Report screen (see fig. 7-2).
2. A superimposed window appears requesting the password (see fig. 7-3).
3. Insert the password number.
4. Confirm the proper password by pressing the CONFIRM button.
After the password for the “SERVICE 2” menu has been inserted select the CALIBRATION button from
the SERVICE HOME screen to access the CALIB HOME screen (see Fig.7-5).

Figure 7-4. Service Home screen

When the calibration menu is accessed, it becomes the main menu (CALIB HOME). From here, a
technician may move through the calibration screens until the proper screen is reached.
The CALIB HOME screen displays a menu used to select the machine sensors/actuators to calibrate or
test.

7-4 Code SM_9033239200_07 Rev. /


Chapter 7. CALIBRATIONS

Figure 7-5. CALIB HOME screen

If the sensors/actuators buttons are indicated with the blue-light colour it means that the sensors/
actuators have been calibrated and that the machine has registered the calculated calibration coefficients
values.
If the sensors/actuators buttons are indicated with the gray colour it means that the sensors/actuators
have not been calibrated yet and that the machine has registered the default calibration coefficients values.

NOTE
Only in case of the machine upgrade with a new board, the sensors/actuators buttons are indicated
with the gray colour even the sensors/actuators have been calibrated and the machine has
registered the calculated calibration coefficients values.

• The pH probe button can be dimmed if the pH Probe parameter is set to “No” in the “Installed
Features” check-list of the Preset environment.

• The BPM Safety Switch button can be dimmed if the NiBPM board is installed.

The CLOSE button allows the technician to exit from the CALIB HOME screen.

NOTE
After exiting the SERVICE HOME screen (see fig. 7-4) a superimposed window appears requesting
to switch OFF the machine. Switch the machine OFF and then ON again before proceeding with a
new dialysis treatment.

Code SM_9033239200_07 Rev. / 7-5


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

7.2.3 “Status Info.” Button


The STATUS INFO. button also becomes accessible after the password is entered and a particular
sensor/actuator has been selected from the CALIB HOME screen. Selecting any actuator/sensor and then
selecting the STATUS INFO. button yields the view displayed below.

CALIBRATION
SENSOR
NAME AREA

Status
Info. INSTALLATION DATE:
CALIBRATION DATE:
Coeff. STATUS:
Info.

Slave
Info.

CALIBRATION Diagram

DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DATA CLOSE

SERVICE

MESSAGE AREA NAVPAD

12:30

Figure 7-6. Status Info. screen

Description of fields:
1. INSTALLATION DATE: Date of the component installation.
2. CALIBRATION DATE: Date of the last calibration.
3. STATUS: State of the calibration coefficients: default or OK (calculated).

7-6 Code SM_9033239200_07 Rev. /


Chapter 7. CALIBRATIONS

7.2.4 “Coeff Info.” Button


The COEFF. INFO. button also becomes accessible after the password is entered and a particular
sensor/actuator has been selected from the CALIB HOME screen. Selecting any actuator/sensor and then
selecting the COEFF. INFO. button yields the view displayed below.

CALIBRATION
SENSOR
NAME AREA NUMERIC FORMAT
Hydraulic First Value Area
Status Hydraulic Second Value Area
Info. Blood First Value Area
Blood Second Value Area
Coeff. Protect First Value Area
Info. Protect Second Value Area

Slave MACHINE FORMAT


Info. Hydraulic First Value Area
Hydraulic Second Value Area
Blood First Value Area
CALIBRATION Diagram
Blood Second Value Area
Protect First Value Area
Protect Second Value Area

DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DATA CLOSE

SERVICE

MESSAGE AREA NAVPAD

12:30

Figure 7-7. Calibration coefficients screen

Description of fields:

1. NUMERIC FORMAT: 1st Calibration Coefficient, in numerical format.


2nd Calibration Coefficient, in numerical format.

2. MACHINE FORMAT: 1st Calibration Coefficient, in native format.


2nd Calibration Coefficient, in native format.

Code SM_9033239200_07 Rev. / 7-7


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

7.2.5 “Slave Info.” Button


The SLAVE INFO. button also becomes accessible after the password is entered and a particular
sensor/actuator has been selected from the CALIB HOME screen. Selecting any actuator/sensor and then
selecting the CALIBRATION or DIAGNOSTIC button the SLAVE INFO. button becomes accessible and
yields the view displayed below.
CALIBRATION
SENSOR
NAME AREA
HYDRAULIC SLAVE BLOOD SLAVE
Status
Info.

Coeff.
Info. PROTECTIVE SLAVE BIO SLAVE

Slave
Info.

CALIBRATION Diagram

STABILITY FIELD AREA

DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DATA CLOSE

SERVICE

MESSAGE AREA NAVPAD

12:30

Figure 7-8. Slave Info. screen

Description of fields:
1. HYDRAULIC SLAVE: This area shows the HYDRAULIC SLAVE’s current value for the parameter
that is being calibrated/tested, if this value is used by the calibration/test.
2. BLOOD SLAVE: This area shows the BLOOD SLAVE’s current value for the parameter that is being
calibrated/tested, if this value is used by the calibration/test.
3. PROTECTIVE SLAVE: This area shows the PROTECTIVE SLAVE’s current value for the parameter
that is being calibrated/tested, if this value is used by the calibration/test.
4. BIO SLAVE: This area shows the BIO SLAVE’s current value for the parameter that is being
calibrated/tested, if this value is used by the calibration/test.
5. STABILITY FIELD: This area shows a progress bar graph that gives an indication of the stability of
the current parameter under calibration/test. This will assist the technician to understand when the
value is stable and when it is appropriate to accept the calibration/test value in progress.

7.2.6 “Diagram” Button


The DIAGRAM button is not available.

Diagram

7-8 Code SM_9033239200_07 Rev. /


Chapter 7. CALIBRATIONS

7.2.7 “DIAGNOSTIC” Button


The DIAGNOSTIC button also becomes accessible after the password is entered and a particular
sensor/actuator has been selected from the CALIB HOME screen. Selecting any actuator/sensor and then
selecting the DIAGNOSTIC button yields the view displayed below and the proper Test procedure starts.

CALIBRATION
SENSOR
NAME AREA
1st SET VALUE 1st REF. VALUE HYDRAULIC SLAVE BLOOD SLAVE
Status
Info.

2nd SET VALUE 2nd REF. VALUE Coeff.


Info. PROTECTIVE SLAVE BIO SLAVE

Slave
Info.
3rd SET VALUE 3rd REF. VALUE

Diagram

STABILITY FIELD AREA

DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DATA CLOSE

SERVICE

MESSAGE AREA NAVPAD

12:30

Figure 7-9. Diagnostic screen

Description of fields:
1. SENSOR NAME AREA: This area shows the sensor name that has been selected.
2. 1st SET VALUE: This area is not a touch sensitive area in which the technician can see the 1st set
value for the test currently in progress.
3. 2nd SET VALUE: This area is not a touch sensitive area in which the technician can see the 2nd set
value for the test currently in progress.

4. 3rd SET VALUE: This area is not a touch sensitive area in which the technician can see the 3rd set
value for the test currently in progress.

5. 1st REFERENCE VALUE: This area is a touch sensitive area in which the technician can insert the
1st set point for the test by touching it to select it, modify the value if necessary by using the /
buttons, then confirm it by pressing the CONFIRM button.

6. 2nd REFERENCE VALUE: This area is a touch sensitive area in which the technician can insert the
2nd set point for the test by touching it to select it, modify the value if necessary by using the /
buttons, then confirm it by pressing the CONFIRM button.

7. 3rd REFERENCE VALUE: This area is a touch sensitive area in which the technician can insert the
3rd set point for the test by touching it to select it, modify the value if necessary by using the /
buttons, then confirm it by pressing the CONFIRM button.

Code SM_9033239200_07 Rev. / 7-9


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

The test procedure is stopped by selecting the DIAGNOSTIC button and then the CONFIRM button.
The machine then returns to the Sensor Home screen. If the operator selects the CANCEL button, the
machine will continue the test function.
The machine returns to the CALIB HOME screen by selecting the CLOSE button from the Sensor Home
screen.

NOTE
Different colours are used to identify the status of the fields:
• Gray: field not selected;
• Green: field selected.

7.2.8 “CALIBRATION” Button


This button becomes accessible after the password has been entered and a particular sensor/actuator
has been selected from the CALIB HOME screen. Selecting any actuator/sensor and then selecting the
CALIBRATION button yields the view displayed below.

CALIBRATION
SENSOR
NAME AREA
1st SET VALUE 1st REF. VALUE HYDRAULIC SLAVE BLOOD SLAVE
Status
Info.

2nd SET VALUE 2nd REF. VALUE Coeff.


Info. PROTECTIVE SLAVE BIO SLAVE

Slave
Info.

CALIBRATION Diagram

STABILITY FIELD AREA

STORE COEFF

SYSTEM DATA CLOSE

SERVICE

MESSAGE AREA NAVPAD

12:30

Figure 7-10. Calibration screen

Description of fields:
1. SENSOR NAME AREA: This area shows the sensor name that has been selected.

2. 1st SET VALUE: This area is not a touch sensitive area in which the technician can see the 1st set
value for the calibration currently in progress.
3. 2nd SET VALUE: This area is not a touch sensitive area in which the technician can see the 2nd set
value for the calibration currently in progress.

7-10 Code SM_9033239200_07 Rev. /


Chapter 7. CALIBRATIONS

4. 1st REFERENCE VALUE: This area is a touch sensitive area in which the technician can insert the
1st set point for the calibration by touching it to select it, modify the value if necessary by using the
/ buttons, then confirm it by pressing the CONFIRM button.

5. 2nd REFERENCE VALUE: This area is a touch sensitive area in which the technician can insert the
2nd set point for the calibration by touching it to select it, modify the value if necessary by using the
/ buttons, then confirm it by pressing the CONFIRM button.
Calibration data are stored by pressing the STORE COEFF button and then CONFIRM.
When the STORE COEFF button and CONFIRM button are pressed, the calibration procedure is
complete.
The calibration procedure is stopped by selecting the CALIBRATION button and then the CONFIRM
button. The machine then returns to the Sensor Home screen. If the operator selects the CANCEL button,
the machine will continue the calibration function.
The machine returns to the CALIB HOME screen by selecting the CLOSE button from the Sensor Home
screen.

NOTE
Different colours are used to identify the status of the fields:
• Gray: field not selected;
• Green: field selected.

Code SM_9033239200_07 Rev. / 7-11


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

7.2.9 “Autocalibration” Menu


This button becomes accessible after the password has been entered and a particular sensor/actuator,
which can be self-calibrated, has been selected from the CALIB HOME screen. Selecting any actuator/
sensor and then selecting the CALIBRATION button yields the view displayed below and the proper
Autocalibration procedure starts.

CALIBRATION
SENSOR
NAME AREA

Status
Info.

Coeff.
PROTECTIVE SLAVE
Info.

Slave
Info.

CALIBRATION Diagram

SYSTEM DATA CLOSE

SERVICE

MESSAGE AREA NAVPAD

12:30

Figure 7-11. Autocalibration screen

Description of fields:
1. SENSOR NAME AREA: This area shows the sensor name that has been selected.
2. SET VALUE: This area is not a touch sensitive area in which the technician can see the value for the
auto-calibration currently in progress, if this value is used by the auto-calibration.
Calibration data are stored automatically only when the calibration coefficients have been calculated
correctly.
At the end of the autocalibration procedure the machine returns to the Sensor Home screen.

NOTE
To avoid a failure in the calibration coefficients storage, after starting an autocalibration it is possible
to switch OFF the machine only 5 seconds after the machine has returned to the CALIB HOME
screen.

7-12 Code SM_9033239200_07 Rev. /


Chapter 7. CALIBRATIONS

7.2.10 “COEFF MANAGEMENT” Button


The calibration coefficients are managed selecting the COEFF MANAGEMENT button from the CALIB
HOME screen. After the button is pressed yields the view displayed below:

In this screen there are three columns. They are as follows:


• SLAVE TO COMPACT FLASH
• COMPACT FLASH TO SLAVE
• RESTORE DEFAULT VALUES

1. SLAVE TO COMPACT FLASH: enables the system to send the calibration coefficients of the All
Slave boards to the Compact Flash of the MAIN Board (this procedure is necessary if the Compact
Flash has been changed in order to restore the coefficients of the last calibration).
in this column the user can press:
• ALL: when the operator selects this button a superimposed window appears requesting to confirm
the transfer, press CONFIRM, then the system sends the calibration coefficients from ALL slaves to
the Compact Flash.

2. COMPACT FLASH TO SLAVE: enables the system to send the calibration coefficients from the
Compact Flash to the selected slave board (this procedure is necessary if one or more slaves have
been changed in order to restore the coefficients of the last calibration).
in this column the user can press:
• BLOOD: when the operator selects this button a superimposed window appears requesting to
confirm the transfer, press CONFIRM, then system sends the calibration coefficients from the
Compact Flash to the BLOOD slave board.

• HYDRAULIC: when the operator selects this button a superimposed window appears requesting to
confirm the transfer, press CONFIRM, the system sends the calibration coefficients from the
Compact Flash to the HYDRAULIC slave board.

Code SM_9033239200_07 Rev. / 7-13


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

• PROTECTIVE: when the operator selects this button a superimposed window appears requesting to
confirm the transfer, press CONFIRM, the system sends the calibration coefficients from the
Compact Flash to the PROTECTIVE slave board.

• BIO: when the operator selects this button a superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the
transfer, press CONFIRM, the system sends the calibration coefficients from the Compact Flash to
the BIO slave board.

3. RESTORE DEFAULT VALUES: enable the system to send the default coefficients to the selected
slave board. The same default coefficients are sent to the Compact Flash.
in this column the user can press:
• BLOOD: when the operator selects this button a superimposed window appears requesting to
confirm the transfer, press CONFIRM, the system sends the default coefficients from MAIN Board
to the BLOOD slave board.

• HYDRAULIC: when the operator selects this button a superimposed window appears requesting to
confirm the transfer, press CONFIRM, the system sends the default coefficients from MAIN Board
to the HYDRAULIC slave board.

• PROTECTIVE: when the operator selects this button a superimposed window appears requesting to
confirm the transfer, press CONFIRM, the system sends the default coefficients from MAIN Board
to the PROTECTIVE slave board.

• BIO: when the operator selects this button a superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the
transfer, press CONFIRM, the system sends the default coefficients from MAIN Board to the BIO
slave board.

NOTE
Once the “Restore Def. Values” is performed on a slave board, all sensors acquired by the board
must be recalibrated.

7-14 Code SM_9033239200_07 Rev. /


Chapter 7. CALIBRATIONS

7.3 Power Supply Verifications


Verify the voltages on Mother Board connector J35, J37 and J40.
• Use 0VS (pin 1, pin2) on J35 as voltage reference (see fig. 7.10).

J35 Pin Voltage Range

3 -15VS -14.85 ÷ -15.1 V

4 +15VS +14.85 ÷ +15.1 V

• Use 0V24 (pin 2) on J37 as voltage reference (see fig. 7.10).

J37 Pin Voltage Range

3 +24V 22.7 ÷ 25.0 V

4 +24VP 22.7 ÷ 25.0 V

• Use 0VD (pin 1) on J40 as voltage reference (see fig. 7.10).

J40 Pin Voltage Range

2 +5VD 5.0 ÷ 5.3 V

7 +5VP 5.0 ÷ 5.3 V

• Use 0VA (pin 6) on J40 as voltage reference (see fig.7.10).

J40 Pin Voltage Range

4 -15V -14.8 ÷ -15.3 V

5 +15V 14.8 ÷ 15.3 V

• Use 0VD (pin 1) on J40 as voltage reference (see fig. 7.10).

J40 Pin Voltage Range

8 +12V 11.8 ÷ 12.3 V

Proceed as described in the “Power Supply Verification Result” table below:

The voltage on
Mother Board is Replace the power supply
higher than the
max. value listed

The voltage on Test the voltage on the power a) If the measurement is not in the
Mother Board is supply output connector and range specified in the table, replace
lower than the Compare the measurement with the power supply.
min. value listed the following “PS Output
connector” table. b) If the measurement is in the range
specified in the table, verify the
cabling and the connections between
the power supply and the Mother
board.

Code SM_9033239200_07 Rev. / 7-15


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

PS Output connector table:

Outputs Value Range Volts Outputs Value Range Volts

+5VD +5V 5.1÷5.3 -15VS -15V -14.9÷-15.1

+5VP +5V 5.1÷5.3 +24V +24V 22.8÷25.2

+12V +12V 11.9÷12.3 +24VP +24V 22.8÷25.2

+15V +15V 14.9÷15.3

-15V +15V -14.9÷-15.3

+15VS +15V 14.9÷15.1

Figure 7-12. Mother Board connectors used for Power Supply verifications

7-16 Code SM_9033239200_07 Rev. /


Chapter 7. CALIBRATIONS

7.4 Calibration Procedures

! WARNING
Any time the hydraulic circuit is OPEN, a disinfection procedure is required before the machine is
returned back into service.

! WARNING
If the Calibration procedures described below are not properly performed, this could lead to a
potential injury to the patient.

NOTE
Before starting any on board calibration, check that the date and time are correct as the calibration
coefficients are date stamped.

7.4.1 R1 and R2 Pressure Regulators Calibration

NOTE
The pressures to which R1 and R2 are calibrated are dependent on the altitude of the site where the
machine is installed.
The table 7.1 shows some correspondences between altitude, absolute pressure and R1,R2
regulators.

7.4.1.1 R1 Pressure Regulator Calibration

Equipment needed:
“Hydraulic pressure sensor, R1, R2 and PRV” tool. Reference pressure meter.

Purpose of the calibration:


To calibrate the outlet pressure R1.

Preliminary Operations:
1. Set the machine to the CALIB HOME screen.
2. Select the PDG PRESSURE SENSOR and then the MACHINE ALTITUDE button. A superimposed
window appears requesting to insert the altitude value.
3. Insert the altitude and then CONFIRM the value.
4. Press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.
5. Verify that the dialyzer connectors are connected to the bypass ports and that the acid connector is in
its rinse ports and the cartridge holder is closed.

Calibration:
1. Select the R1 PRESSURE REGULATOR.
2. Check the Machine Altitude value for the current machine's installation: if the values do not
correspond, recalibrate the Altitude.

Code SM_9033239200_07 Rev. / 7-17


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

3. Otherwise select the CALIBRATION button.


4. A superimposed window appears requesting to install the calibration tool and then to confirm.
5. Install the calibration tool to the EVA valve. Remove the OWAIR and FAIR assembly and the silicon
connector “L” from the EVA valve and insert the tool.
6. Connect the tool to the external pressure meter and clamp all the other accesses.
7. After the installation is complete press the CONFIRM button.
8. Wait for the pressure value on the D1 FLOW METER field to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a
pressure stability reference. Verify that the value displayed is 500 ±75 ml/min.
9. Pull up the black locking ring on the top of pressure regulator R1. Adjust R1 so that the pressure at
the port corresponds to the R1 pressure shown on the 1st Set Value field with a tollerance of ±10.
Clockwise adjustment increases the pressure.
10. After adjustment is complete push down on the black locking ring until it clicks.

11. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the calibration point (see table 7.1). A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.

12. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the
Reference Value field.
13. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the calibration value.
14. Select the STORE COEFF button to store the R1 calibration value (see the note below) which is used
for internal processes. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm. Press CONFIRM,
then press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.

Test:
1. Select the R1 PRESSURE REGULATOR and then the CALIBRATION button.
2. A superimposed window appears requesting to install the calibration tool and then to CONFIRM.
3. Install the calibration tool to the EVA valve. Remove the OWAIR and FAIR assembly and the silicon
connector “L”from the EVA valve and insert the tool.
4. Connect the tool to the external pressure meter and clamp all the other accesses.
5. After the installation is complete press the CONFIRM button.
6. Wait for the pressure value on the D1 FLOW METER field to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a
pressure stability reference. Verify that the value displayed is 500 ±75 ml/min.

7. Check that the pressure at the port corresponds to the R1 pressure shown on the 1st Set Value field
with a tollerance of ±10.

NOTE
If the R1 pressure tollerance is not within the allowed limit, perform the R1 calibration procedure.

8. Select the CALIBRATION button to stop the test. A superimposed window appears requesting to
confirm. Press CONFIRM, then press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.

Restore the standard configuration:


1. Remove the calibration tool and restore the hydraulic tubing connections to their original positions.

7-18 Code SM_9033239200_07 Rev. /


Chapter 7. CALIBRATIONS

NOTE
The R1 calibration value is stored to calculate the Delta P Altitude compensation value, used by the
machine to compensate the absolute pressure variation due to the change of the altitude on the sea
level. (Delta P Altitude = Absolute pressure at sea level - Absolute pressure in altitude).

7.4.1.2 R2 Pressure Regulator Calibration

Equipment needed:
“Hydraulic pressure sensor, R1, R2 and PRV” tool. Reference pressure meter.

Purpose of the calibration:


To calibrate the outlet pressure R2.

Preliminary Operations:
1. Set the machine to the CALIB HOME screen.
2. Select the PDG PRESSURE SENSOR and then the MACHINE ALTITUDE button. A superimposed
window appears requesting to insert the altitude value.
3. Insert the altitude and then CONFIRM the value.
4. Press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.
5. Verify that the dialyzer connectors are connected to the bypass ports and that all concentrate
connectors are in their rinse ports.

Calibration:
1. Select R2 PRESSURE REGULATOR.
2. Check the Machine Altitude value for the current machine's installation: if the values do not
correspond, recalibrate the Altitude.
3. Otherwise select the CALIBRATION button.
4. A superimposed window appears requesting to install the calibration tool and then to CONFIRM.
5. Install the calibration tool to the acid connector.
6. Connect the tool to the external pressure meter.
7. After the installation is complete press the CONFIRM button.
8. Wait for the pressure value on the D1 FLOW METER field to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a
pressure stability reference. Verify that the value displayed is 500 ±75 ml/min.
9. Pull up the black locking ring on the top of pressure regulator R2. Adjust R2 so that the pressure at
the port corresponds to the R2 pressure shown on the 1st Set Value field with a tollerance of ±10.
Clockwise adjustment increases the pressure.
10. After adjustment is complete push down on the black locking ring until it clicks.

11. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the calibration point (see table 7.1). A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.
12. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the
Reference Value field.
13. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the calibration value.
14. Select the STORE COEFF button. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm. Press
CONFIRM, then press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.

Code SM_9033239200_07 Rev. / 7-19


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Test:
1. Select R2 PRESSURE REGULATOR and then the CALIBRATION button.
2. A superimposed window appears requesting to install the calibration tool and then to confirm.
3. Install the calibration tool to the acid connector.
4. Connect the tool to the external pressure meter.
5. After the installation is complete press the CONFIRM button.
6. Wait for the pressure value on the D1 FLOW METER field to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a
pressure stability reference. Verify that the value displayed is 500 ±75 ml/min.

7. Check that the pressure at the port corresponds to the R2 pressure shown on the 1st Set Value field
with a tollerance of ±10.

NOTE
If the R2 pressure tollerance is not within the allowed limit, perform the R2 calibration procedure.

8. Select the CALIBRATION button to stop the test. A superimposed window appears requesting to
confirm. Press CONFIRM, then press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.

Restore the standard configuration:


Remove the calibration tool and restore the hydraulic tubing connections to their original positions.

Table 7-1: Pressure/Altitude Reference

Altitude Atmospheric
R1 pressure R2 pressure
in pressure
[mmHg] [mmHg]
Meters [mmHg]

0 760 460±10 110±10

100 751 469±10 119±10

200 742 478±10 128±10

300 733 487±10 137±10

400 725 495±10 145±10

500 716 504±10 154±10

600 707 513±10 163±10

700 699 521±10 171±10

800 691 529±10 179±10

900 682 538±10 188±10

1000 674 546±10 196±10

1100 666 554±10 204±10

1200 658 562±10 212±10

1300 650 570±10 220±10

1400 642 578±10 228±10

7-20 Code SM_9033239200_07 Rev. /


Chapter 7. CALIBRATIONS

Altitude Atmospheric
R1 pressure R2 pressure
in pressure
[mmHg] [mmHg]
Meters [mmHg]

1500 634 586±10 236±10

1600 626 594±10 236±10

1700 619 601±10 236±10

1800 611 609±10 236±10

1900 604 616±10 236±10

2000 596 624±10 236±10

Code SM_9033239200_07 Rev. / 7-21


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

7.4.2 PRV Pressure Regulator Test


Equipment needed:
“Hydraulic Pressure Sensor, R1, R2 and PRV” Tool. Pressure meter.

Purpose of the test:


To verify the inlet pressure PRV.

Preliminary Operations:
1. Set the machine to the CALIB HOME screen.
2. Verify that the dialyzer connectors are connected to the bypass ports and that all concentrate
connectors are in their rinse ports.

Test:
1. Select PRV PRESSURE REGULATOR and then the CALIBRATION button.
2. A superimposed window appears requesting to install the calibration tool and then to confirm.
3. Install the calibration Tool to the ultra port and to the external pressure meter.
4. After the installation is complete press the CONFIRM button.
5. Wait for the pressure value on the D1 FLOW METER field to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a
pressure stability reference.

6. Check that the value measured by the external pressure meter is within the 1st Set Value field (20
mmHg and +100 mmHg).
7. Select the STORE COEFF button. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm. Press
CONFIRM, then press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.

Restore the standard configuration:


1. Remove the calibration tool and restore the hydraulic tubing connections to their original positions.

NOTE
If during the test process the pressure doesn’t reach a value between 20 mmHg and +100 mmHg
the component must be replaced.

7-22 Code SM_9033239200_07 Rev. /


Chapter 7. CALIBRATIONS

7.4.3 PI Pressure Sensor


Equipment needed:
Pressure meter; 20 ml Syringe or larger; “Hydraulic Pressure Sensor, R1, R2 and PRV” Tool.

Purpose of the calibration:


To match the reading of PI (Inlet Dialysis Fluid Pressure Sensor) with a pressure reference instrument.

Preliminary Operations:
1. Set the machine to the CALIB HOME screen.
2. Verify that the dialyzer connectors are connected to the bypass ports and that all concentrate
connectors are in their rinse ports.
3. Disconnect the PI Pressure Sensor from the hydraulic circuit.
4. Connect the PI Pressure Sensor to the Calibration Tool and close the other side with a cap.
5. Connect a Pressure Meter and syringe to the Calibration Tool.

Calibration:
1. Select PI PRESSURE SENSOR and then the CALIBRATION button.
2. Use the syringe to apply -300 ±8 mmHg pressure to the PI pressure sensor.
3. Wait for the pressure values on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields to stabilize.
Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.

4. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the first calibration point of -300 mmHg. A superimposed
window appears requesting to confirm the value.

5. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 1st
Reference Value field.

6. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 1st calibration value.


7. Apply atmospheric pressure (0 mmHg) to the PI sensor.
8. Use the syringe to apply +300 ±8 mmHg pressure to the PI sensor.
9. Wait for the pressure values on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields to stabilize.
Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.

10. Select the 2nd Reference Value field for the second calibration point of +300 mmHg. A superimposed
window appears requesting to confirm the value.

11. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 2nd
Reference Value field.

12. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 2nd calibration value.
13. Select the STORE COEFF button to store the calibration coefficients. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm, press CONFIRM.
14. The machine starts automatically the test.
15. Use the syringe to apply -400 ±8 mmHg to the PI sensor.
16. Wait for the pressure values on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields to stabilize.
Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
17. Verify that the value displayed on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields is the
value read by the external Pressure meter ±8 mmHg.

18. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the first test point of -400 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.

Code SM_9033239200_07 Rev. / 7-23


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

19. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 1st
Reference Value field.
20. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 1st test value.
21. Apply atmospheric pressure (0 mmHg) to the PI sensor and wait for stable values on the HYDRAULIC
SLAVE and PROTECTION SLAVE fields. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
22. Verify that the value displayed on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields is the
value read by the external Pressure meter ±8 mmHg.

23. Select the 2nd Reference Value field for the second test point of 0 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.

24. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 2nd
Reference Value field.

25. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 2nd test value.
26. Use the syringe to apply +400 ±8 mmHg to the PI sensor and wait for stable values on the
HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability
reference.
27. Verify that the value displayed on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields is the
value read by the external Pressure meter ±8 mmHg.

28. Select the 3rd Reference Value field for the third test point of +400 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.

29. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 3rd
Reference Value field.

30. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 3rd test value.
31. Press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.

Test:
1. Select PI PRESSURE SENSOR and then the DIAGNOSTIC button.
2. Use the syringe to apply -400 ±8 mmHg to the PI sensor and wait for stable values on the
HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability
reference.
3. Verify that the value displayed on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields is the
value read by the external Pressure meter ±8 mmHg.

4. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the first test point of -400 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.

5. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 1st
Reference Value field.
6. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 1st test value.
7. Apply atmospheric pressure (0 mmHg) to the PI sensor and wait for stable values on the HYDRAULIC
SLAVE and PROTECTION SLAVE fields. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
8. Verify that the value displayed on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields is the
value read by the external Pressure meter ±8 mmHg.
9. Select the 2nd Reference Value field for the second test point of 0 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.

10. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 2nd
Reference Value field.
11. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 2nd test value.

7-24 Code SM_9033239200_07 Rev. /


Chapter 7. CALIBRATIONS

12. Use the syringe to apply +400 ±8 mmHg to the PI sensor and wait for stable values on the
HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability
reference.
13. Verify that the value displayed on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields is the
value read by the external Pressure meter ±8 mmHg.

14. Select the 3rd Reference Value field for the third test point of +400 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.

15. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 3rd
Reference Value field.

16. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 3rd test value.
17. Press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.

Restore the standard configuration:


1. Disconnect the “Hydraulic Pressure Sensor, R1, R2 and PRV” Tool and the external reference
instrument.
2. Reconnect the PI Pressure Sensor to its original hydraulic tubing connections.

Code SM_9033239200_07 Rev. / 7-25


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

7.4.4 PO Pressure Sensor


Equipment needed:
Pressure meter; 20 ml Syringe or larger; “Hydraulic Pressure Sensor, R1, R2 and PRV” Tool.

Purpose of the calibration:


To match the reading of PO (Outlet Dialysis Fluid Pressure Sensor) with a pressure reference
instrument.

Preliminary Operations:
1. Set the machine to the CALIB HOME screen.
2. Verify that the dialyzer connectors are connected to the bypass ports and that all concentrate
connectors are in their rinse ports.
3. Disconnect the PO Pressure Sensor from the hydraulic circuit.
4. Connect the PO Pressure Sensor to the Calibration Tool and close the other side with a cap.
5. Connect a Pressure Meter and syringe to the Calibration Tool.

Calibration:
1. Select PO PRESSURE SENSOR and then the CALIBRATION button.
2. Use the syringe to apply -300 ±8 mmHg pressure to the PO sensor.
3. Wait for the pressure values on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields to stabilize.
Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
4. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the first calibration point of -300 mmHg. A superimposed
window appears requesting to confirm the value.

5. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 1st
Reference Value field.

6. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 1st calibration value.


7. Apply atmospheric pressure (0 mmHg) to the PO sensor.
8. Use the syringe to apply +300 ±8 mmHg pressure to the PO sensor.
9. Wait for the pressure values on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields to stabilize.
Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.

10. Select the 2nd Reference Value field for the second calibration point of +300 mmHg. A superimposed
window appears requesting to confirm the value.

11. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 2nd
Reference Value field.

12. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 2nd calibration value.
13. Select the STORE COEFF button to store the calibration coefficients. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm, press CONFIRM button.
14. The machine starts automatically the test.
15. Use the syringe to apply -400 ±8 mmHg to the PO sensor.
16. Wait for the pressure values on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields to stabilize.
Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
17. Verify that the value displayed on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields is the
value read by the external Pressure meter ±8 mmHg.

18. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the first test point of -400 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.

7-26 Code SM_9033239200_07 Rev. /


Chapter 7. CALIBRATIONS

19. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 1st
Reference Value field.
20. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 1st test value.
21. Apply atmospheric pressure (0 mmHg) to the PO sensor and wait for stable values on the
HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTION SLAVE fields. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability
reference.
22. Verify that the value displayed on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields is the
value read by the external Pressure meter ±8 mmHg.

23. Select the 2nd Reference Value field for the second test point of 0 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.

24. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 2nd
Reference Value field.

25. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 2nd test value.
26. Use the syringe to apply +400 ±8 mmHg to the PO sensor and wait for stable values on the
HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability
reference.
27. Verify that the value displayed on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields is the
value read by the external Pressure meter ±8 mmHg.

28. Select the 3rd Reference Value field for the third test point of +400 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.

29. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 3rd
Reference Value field.

30. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 3rd test value.
31. Press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.

Test:
1. Select the PO PRESSURE SENSOR and then the DIAGNOSTIC button.
2. Use the syringe to apply -400 ±8 mmHg to the PO sensor and wait for stable values on the
HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability
reference.
3. Verify that the value displayed on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields is the
value read by the external Pressure meter ±8 mmHg.

4. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the first test point of -400 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.

5. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 1st
Reference Value field.

6. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 1st test value.


7. Apply atmospheric pressure (0 mmHg) to the PO sensor and wait for stable values on the
HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTION SLAVE fields. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability
reference.
8. Verify that the value displayed on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields is the
value read by the external Pressure meter ±8 mmHg.
9. Select the 2nd Reference Value field for the second test point of 0 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.

10. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 2nd
Reference Value field.

Code SM_9033239200_07 Rev. / 7-27


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

11. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 2nd test value.
12. Use the syringe to apply +400 ±8 mmHg to the PO sensor and wait for stable values on the
HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability
reference.
13. Verify that the value displayed on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields is the
value read by the external Pressure meter ±8 mmHg.

14. Select the 3rd Reference Value field for the third test point of +400 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.

15. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 3rd
Reference Value field.

16. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 3rd test value.
17. Press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.

Restore the standard configuration:


1. Disconnect the “Hydraulic Pressure Sensor, R1, R2 and PRV” Tool and the external reference
instrument.
2. Reconnect the PO Pressure Sensor to its original hydraulic tubing connections.

7-28 Code SM_9033239200_07 Rev. /


Chapter 7. CALIBRATIONS

7.4.5 PFS Pressure Sensor


Equipment needed:
Pressure meter; 20 ml Syringe or larger; “Hydraulic Pressure Sensor, R1, R2 and PRV” Tool.

Purpose of the calibration:


To match the reading of PFS (pre ultrafilter pressure sensor) with a pressure reference instrument.

Preliminary Operations:
1. Set the machine to the CALIB HOME screen.
2. Verify that the dialyzer connectors are connected to the bypass ports and that all concentrate
connectors are in their rinse ports.
3. Disconnect the PFS Pressure Sensor from the hydraulic circuit.
4. Connect the PFS Pressure Sensor to the Calibration Tool and close the other side with a cap.
5. Connect a Pressure Meter and syringe to the Calibration Tool.

Calibration:
1. Select the PFS PRESSURE SENSOR and then the CALIBRATION button.
2. Use the syringe to apply -300 ±8 mmHg pressure to the PFS sensor.
3. Wait for the pressure values on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and the PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields to
stabilize. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.

4. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the first calibration point of -300 mmHg. A superimposed
window appears requesting to confirm the value.

5. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 1st
Reference Value field.

6. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 1st calibration value.


7. Apply atmospheric pressure (0 mmHg) to the PFS sensor.
8. Use the syringe to apply +300 ±8 mmHg pressure to the PFS sensor.
9. Wait for the pressure values on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and the PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields to
stabilize. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.

10. Select the 2nd Reference Value field for the second calibration point of +300 mmHg. A superimposed
window appears requesting to confirm the value.

11. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 2nd
Reference Value field.

12. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 2nd calibration value.
13. Select the STORE COEFF button to store the calibration coefficients. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm, press CONFIRM button.
14. The machine starts automatically the test.
15. Use the syringe to apply -400 ±8 mmHg to the PFS sensor.
16. Wait for the pressure values on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields to stabilize.
Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
17. Verify that the value displayed on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields is the
value read by the external Pressure meter ±8 mmHg.

18. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the first test point of -400 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.

Code SM_9033239200_07 Rev. / 7-29


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

19. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 1st
Reference Value field.
20. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 1st test value.
21. Apply atmospheric pressure (0 mmHg) to the PFS sensor and wait for stable values on the
HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTION SLAVE fields. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability
reference.
22. Verify that the value displayed on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields is the
value read by the external Pressure meter ±8 mmHg.

23. Select the 2nd Reference Value field for the second test point of 0 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.

24. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 2nd
Reference Value field.

25. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 2nd test value.
26. Use the syringe to apply +400 ±8 mmHg to the PFS sensor and wait for stable values on the
HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability
reference.
27. Verify that the value displayed on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields is the
value read by the external Pressure meter ±8 mmHg.

28. Select the 3rd Reference Value field for the third test point of +400 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.

29. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 3rd
Reference Value field.

30. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 3rd test value.
31. Press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.

Test:
1. Select the PFS PRESSURE SENSOR and then the DIAGNOSTIC button.
2. Use the syringe to apply -400 ±8 mmHg to the PFS sensor and wait for stable values on the
HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability
reference.
3. Verify that the value displayed on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields is the
value read by the external Pressure meter ±22 mmHg.

4. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the first test point of -400 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.

5. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 1st
Reference Value field.

6. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 1st test value.


7. Apply atmospheric pressure (0 mmHg) to the PFS sensor and wait for stable values on the
HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTION SLAVE fields. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability
reference.
8. Verify that the value displayed on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields is the
value read by the external Pressure meter ±22 mmHg.
9. Select the 2nd Reference Value field for the second test point of 0 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.

10. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 2nd
Reference Value field.

7-30 Code SM_9033239200_07 Rev. /


Chapter 7. CALIBRATIONS

11. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 2nd test value.
12. Use the syringe to apply +400 ±8 mmHg to the PFS sensor and wait for stable values on the
HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability
reference.
13. Verify that the value displayed on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields is the
value read by the external Pressure meter ±22 mmHg.

14. Select the 3rd Reference Value field for the third test point of +400 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.

15. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 3rd
Reference Value field.

16. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 3rd test value.
17. Press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.

Restore the standard configuration:


1. Disconnect the “Hydraulic Pressure Sensor, R1, R2 and PRV” Tool and the external reference
instrument.
2. Reconnect the PFS pressure sensor to its original tubing connections.

Code SM_9033239200_07 Rev. / 7-31


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

7.4.6 PDR Pressure Sensor


Equipment needed:
Pressure meter; 20 ml Syringe or larger; Hydraulic Pressure Sensor, R1, R2 and PRV Tool.

Purpose of the calibration:


To match the reading of PDR (pressure sensor at the drain of the machine) with a pressure reference
instrument.

Preliminary Operations:
1. Set the machine to the CALIB HOME screen.
2. Verify that the dialyzer connectors are connected to the bypass ports and that all concentrate
connectors are in their rinse ports.
3. Disconnect the PD Pressure Sensor from the hydraulic circuit.
4. Connect the PD Pressure Sensor to the Calibration Tool and close the other side with a cap.
5. Connect a pressure meter and syringe to the Calibration Tool.

Calibration:
1. Select PDR PRESSURE SENSOR and then the CALIBRATION button.
2. Use the syringe to apply -300 ±8 mmHg pressure to the PDR sensor.
3. Wait for the pressure values on the PROTECTIVE SLAVE and the HYDRAULIC SLAVE fields to
stabilize. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
4. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the first calibration point of -300 mmHg. A superimposed
window appears requesting to confirm the value.

5. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 1st
Reference Value field.

6. Press the CONFIRM button to confirm the 1st Calibration Value.


7. Apply atmospheric pressure (0 mmHg) to the PDR sensor.
8. Use the syringe to apply +300 ±8 mmHg pressure to the PDR sensor.
9. Wait for the pressure values on the PROTECTIVE SLAVE and the HYDRAULIC SLAVE fields to
stabilize. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.

10. Select the 2nd Reference Value for the second calibration point of +300 mmHg. A superimposed
window appears requesting to confirm the value.

11. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 2nd
Reference Value field.

12. Press the CONFIRM button to confirm the 2nd calibration value.
13. Select the STORE COEFF button to store the calibration coefficients. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm, press CONFIRM button.
14. The machine starts automatically the test.
15. Use the syringe to apply -400 ±8 mmHg to the PDR sensor.
16. Wait for the pressure values on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields to stabilize.
Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
17. Verify that the value displayed on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields is the
value read by the external Pressure meter ±8 mmHg.

18. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the first test point of -400 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.

7-32 Code SM_9033239200_07 Rev. /


Chapter 7. CALIBRATIONS

19. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 1st
Reference Value field.
20. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 1st test value.
21. Apply atmospheric pressure (0 mmHg) to the PDR sensor and wait for stable values on the
HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTION SLAVE fields. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability
reference.
22. Verify that the value displayed on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields is the
value read by the external Pressure meter ±8 mmHg.

23. Select the 2nd Reference Value field for the second test point of 0 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.

24. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 2nd
Reference Value field.

25. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 2nd test value.
26. Use the syringe to apply +400 ±8 mmHg to the PDR sensor and wait for stable values on the
HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability
reference.
27. Verify that the value displayed on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields is the
value read by the external Pressure meter ±8 mmHg.

28. Select the 3rd Reference Value field for the third test point of +400 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.

29. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 3rd
Reference Value field.

30. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 3rd test value.
31. Press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.

Test:
1. Select the PDR PRESSURE SENSOR and then the DIAGNOSTIC button.
2. Use the syringe to apply -400 ±8 mmHg to the PDR sensor and wait for stable values on the
HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability
reference.
3. Verify that the value displayed on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields is the
value read by the external Pressure meter ±22 mmHg.

4. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the first test point of -400 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.

5. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 1st
Reference Value field.

6. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 1st test value.


7. Apply atmospheric pressure (0 mmHg) to the PDR sensor and wait for stable values on the
HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTION SLAVE fields. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability
reference.
8. Verify that the value displayed on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields is the
value read by the external Pressure meter ±22 mmHg.
9. Select the 2nd Reference Value field for the second test point of 0 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.

10. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 2nd
Reference Value field.

Code SM_9033239200_07 Rev. / 7-33


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

11. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 2nd test value.
12. Use the syringe to apply +400 ±8 mmHg to the PDR sensor and wait for stable values on the
HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability
reference.
13. Verify that the value displayed on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields is the
value read by the external Pressure meter ±22 mmHg.

14. Select the 3rd Reference Value field for the third test point of +400 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.

15. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 3rd
Reference Value field.

16. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 3rd test value.
17. Press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.

Restore the standard configuration:


1. Disconnect the “Hydraulic Pressure Sensor, R1, R2 and PRV” Tool and the external reference
instrument.
2. Reconnect the PDR pressure sensor to its original tubing connections.

7-34 Code SM_9033239200_07 Rev. /


Chapter 7. CALIBRATIONS

7.4.7 PDG Pressure Sensor


Equipment needed:
Relative Pressure meter; Hydraulic Pressure Sensor, R1, R2 and PRV Tool; 20 ml Syringe or larger.

Purpose of the calibration:


To match the reading of PDG (Degassing Pressure Sensor) with a pressure reference instrument.

Preliminary Operations:
1. Set the machine to the CALIB HOME screen.
2. Verify that the dialyzer connectors are connected to the bypass ports and that all concentrate
connectors are in their rinse ports.
3. Disconnect the heating assembly from the “L” connector. Keep the “L” connector connected to the TP.
4. Connect the Calibration Tool provided of the “Interface for PDG calibration with rigid connector” to the
“L” connector.
5. Clamp the silicone tube between the PC pump and the BTP bubble trap.
6. Connect the Relative Pressure Meter and syringe to the Calibration Tool.

Calibration:
1. Select the PDG PRESSURE SENSOR and then the MACHINE ALTITUDE button. A superimposed
window appears requesting to insert the altitude value.
2. Insert the altitude and then confirm the value.
3. Select the CALIBRATION button.

4. Use the syringe to apply the pressure of the 1st Set Value field ±8 mmHg to the PDG sensor.
5. Wait for the pressure values on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields to stabilize.
Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.

6. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the first calibration point. A superimposed window appears
requesting to confirm the value.

7. Use the / buttons to insert the relative value measured from the external pressure meter in the
1st Reference Value field.

8. Press the CONFIRM button to confirm the 1st calibration value.

9. Use the syringe to apply the pressure of the 2nd Set Value field ±8 mmHg to the PDG sensor.
10. Wait for the pressure values on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields to stabilize.
Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.

11. Select the 2nd Reference Value field for the second calibration point. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.

12. Use the / buttons to insert the relative value measured from the external pressure meter in the
nd
2 Reference Value field.
13. Press the CONFIRM button to confirm the 2nd calibration value.
14. Select the STORE COEFF button to store the calibration coefficients. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm, press CONFIRM button.
15. The machine starts automatically the test.
16. Use the syringe to apply the pressure of the 1st Set Value field ±8 mmHg to the PDG sensor.
17. Wait for the pressure values on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields to stabilize.
Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.

Code SM_9033239200_07 Rev. / 7-35


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

18. Verify that the value displayed on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields is:
[(Value read by the external meter - 1st Set Value) +200] ±8 mmHg.
19. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the first calibration point. A superimposed window appears
requesting to confirm the value.

20. Use the / buttons to insert the relative value measured from the external pressure meter in the
st
1 Reference Value field.

21. Press the CONFIRM button to confirm the 1st test value.
22. Use the syringe to apply the pressure of the 2nd Set Value field ±8 mmHg to the PDG sensor.
23. Wait for the pressure values on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields to stabilize.
Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
24. Verify that the value displayed on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields is:
[(Value read by the external meter - 2nd Set Value) +100] ±8 mmHg.

25. Select the 2nd Reference Value field for the second calibration point. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.

26. Use the / buttons to insert the relative value measured from the external pressure meter in the
nd
2 Reference Value field.
27. Press the CONFIRM button to confirm the second test value.

28. Use the syringe to apply the pressure of the 3rd Set Value field ±8 mmHg to the PDG sensor.
29. Wait for the pressure values on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields to stabilize.
Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
30. Verify that the value displayed on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and the PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields is:
[(Value read by the external meter - 3rd Set Value) +500] ±8 mmHg.

31. Select the 3rd Reference Value field for the third test point. A superimposed window appears
requesting to confirm the value.

32. Use the / buttons to insert the relative value measured from the external pressure meter in the
rd
3 Reference Value field.
33. Press the CONFIRM button to confirm the third test value.
34. Press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.

Test:
1. Select the PDG PRESSURE SENSOR and then the DIAGNOSTIC button.

2. Use the syringe to apply the pressure of the 1st Set Value field ±8 mmHg to the PDG sensor.
3. Wait for the pressure values on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields to stabilize.
Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
4. Verify that the value displayed on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields is:
[(Value read by the external meter - 1st Set Value) +200] ±22 mmHg.
5. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the first test point. A superimposed window appears
requesting to confirm the value.

6. Use the / buttons to insert the relative value measured from the external pressure meter in the
st
1 Reference Value field.
7. Press the CONFIRM button to confirm the 1st test value.

8. Use the syringe to apply the pressure of the 2nd Set Value field ±8 mmHg to the PDG sensor.

7-36 Code SM_9033239200_07 Rev. /


Chapter 7. CALIBRATIONS

9. Wait for the pressure values on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields to stabilize.
Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
10. Verify that the value displayed on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields is:
[(Value read by the external meter - 2nd Set Value) +100] ±22 mmHg.

11. Select the 2nd Reference Value field for the second test point. A superimposed window appears
requesting to confirm the value.

12. Use the / buttons to insert the relative value measured from the external pressure meter in the
2nd Reference Value field.
13. Press the CONFIRM button to confirm the second test value.

14. Use the syringe to apply the pressure of the 3rd Set Value field ±8 mmHg to the PDG sensor.
15. Wait for the pressure values on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields to stabilize.
Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
16. Verify that the value displayed on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and the PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields is:
[(Value read by the external meter - 3rd Set Value) +500] ±22 mmHg.
17. Select the 3rd Reference Value field for the third test point. A superimposed window appears
requesting to confirm the value.

18. Use the / buttons to insert the relative value measured from the external pressure meter in the
3rd Reference Value field.
19. Press the CONFIRM button to confirm the third test value.
20. Press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.

Restore the standard configuration:


1. Disconnect the calibration tool and restore the original configuration.

Code SM_9033239200_07 Rev. / 7-37


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

7.4.8 Venous Pressure Sensor


Equipment needed:
Pressure meter, 20 ml Syringe or larger, ART. and VEN. Calibration Tool.

Purpose of the calibration:


To match the reading of the venous pressure sensor with a pressure reference instrument.

Preliminary Operations:

NOTE
Install the ART./VEN. Calibration Tool when the machine is in preparation mode.

1. Open the sensor bar door.


2. Open the arterial pump cover, install the ART/VEN Calibration Tool and close the arterial pump cover.
3. Verify that no line is inserted in the AD holder and in the Venous and Arterial Line Clamps.
4. Close the sensor bar door.
5. Verify that the dialyzer connectors are connected to the bypass ports.
6. Enter the Service 2 mode and set the machine to the CALIB HOME screen.
7. Connect a pressure meter and syringe to the Venous access line.

Calibration:
1. Select VENOUS PRESSURE SENSOR and then the CALIBRATION button.
2. Apply atmospheric pressure (0±8 mmHg) to the venous pressure sensor.
3. Wait for the pressure values on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC SLAVE
fields to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.

4. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the first calibration point of 0 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.

5. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 1st
Reference Value field.

6. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 1st calibration value (0 mmHg).
7. Use the syringe to apply +400 ±8 mmHg pressure to the venous pressure sensor.
8. Wait for the pressure values on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC SLAVE
fields to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
9. Select the 2nd Reference Value field for the second calibration point of +400 mmHg. A superimposed
window appears requesting to confirm the value.

10. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 2nd
Reference Value field.

11. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 2nd calibration value.
12. Select the STORE COEFF button to store the calibration coefficients. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm, press CONFIRM button.
13. The machine starts automatically the test.
14. Use the syringe to apply +400 ±8 mmHg to the venous pressure sensor.

7-38 Code SM_9033239200_07 Rev. /


Chapter 7. CALIBRATIONS

15. Wait for the pressure values on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC SLAVE
fields to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
16. Verify that the value displayed on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC
SLAVE fields is the value read by the external Pressure meter ±8 mmHg.

17. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the first test point of +400 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.

18. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 1st
Reference Value field.

19. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 1st test value.
20. Use the syringe to apply +200 ±8 mmHg to the venous pressure sensor.
21. Wait for the pressure values on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC SLAVE
fields to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
22. Verify that the value displayed on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC
SLAVE fields is the value read by the external Pressure meter ±8 mmHg.

23. Select the 2nd Reference Value field for the second test point of +200 mmHg. A superimposed
window appears requesting to confirm the value.

24. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 2nd
Reference Value field.

25. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 2nd test value.
26. Apply atmospheric pressure (0±8 mmHg) to the venous pressure sensor.
27. Wait for the pressure values on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC SLAVE
fields to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
28. Verify that the values displayed on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC
SLAVE fields are 0 ±8 mmHg.

29. Select the 3rd Reference Value field for the third test point of 0 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.

30. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 3rd
Reference Value field.

31. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 3rd test value.
32. Press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.

Test:
1. Select the VENOUS PRESSURE SENSOR and then the DIAGNOSTIC button.
2. Use the syringe to apply +400 ±8 mmHg to the venous pressure sensor.
3. Wait for the pressure values on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC SLAVE
fields to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
4. Verify that the value displayed on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC
SLAVE fields is the value read by the external Pressure meter ±37 mmHg.

5. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the first test point of +400 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.

6. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 1st
Reference Value field.
7. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 1st test value.
8. Use the syringe to apply +200 ±8 mmHg to the venous pressure sensor.

Code SM_9033239200_07 Rev. / 7-39


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

9. Wait for the pressure values on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC SLAVE
fields to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
10. Verify that the value displayed on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC
SLAVE fields is the value read by the external Pressure meter ±17 mmHg.

11. Select the 2nd Reference Value field for the second test point of +200 mmHg. A superimposed
window appears requesting to confirm the value.

12. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 2nd
Reference Value field.

13. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 2nd test value.
14. Apply atmospheric pressure (0±8 mmHg) to the venous pressure sensor.
15. Wait for the pressure values on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC SLAVE
fields to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
16. Verify that the values displayed on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC
SLAVE fields are 0 ±7 mmHg.

17. Select the 3rd Reference Value field for the third test point of 0 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.

18. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 3rd
Reference Value field.

19. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 3rd test value.
20. Press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.

Restore the standard configuration


1. Switch the machine OFF and then switch it ON again.
2. Select the SPECIAL PROCEDURES button, then press and confirm the UNLOAD CASSETTE
button.
3. Open the sensor bar door and then the arterial pump cover.
4. Remove the ART. and VEN. Calibration Tool, pressure meter, and syringe.
5. Close the arterial pump cover.
6. Close the sensor bar door.

NOTE
After calibrating the Venous pressure sensor, the T1T Venous pressure sensor must also be
calibrated.

7-40 Code SM_9033239200_07 Rev. /


Chapter 7. CALIBRATIONS

7.4.9 T1T Venous Pressure

NOTE
The T1T VENOUS PRESSURE sensor must always be calibrated after the VENOUS PRESSURE
SENSOR is calibrated.

Purpose of the calibration:


An electrical signal enables the digital trimmer cursor of a TRIMPOT on the PIB Board which
unbalances the venous pressure sensor while it is reading 0 mmHg. The value entered will be sent to the
Protective System and will be compared each time the T1 Test of this sensor is run.

Preliminary operations:
1. Remove the Blood Cassette and any other tubing in the AD holder and in the Venous and Arterial Line
Clamps if present and close the arterial pump cover.
2. Close the sensor bar door.
3. Verify that the dialyzer connectors are connected to the bypass ports.
4. Set the machine to the CALIB HOME screen.

Calibration:
1. Select T1T VENOUS PRESSURE and then the CALIBRATION button.
2. The machine starts automatically the T1T VENOUS PRESSURE calibration. During the process the
machine waits for the stability of the value displayed on the PROTECTIVE SLAVE field and then
automatically confirms.
3. The machine starts automatically the test.
4. The goal is to obtain a value on the PROTECTIVE SLAVE field of +300 ±12.
5. Wait until the value on the PROTECTIVE SLAVE field is stable.
6. Press the TEST button to confirm the value. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm.
7. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the value.
8. Press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.

NOTE
The Test is a dedicated procedure, it cannot be integrated in the Calibration procedure.

Test:
1. Select T1T VENOUS PRESSURE and then the DIAGNOSTIC button.
2. Verify that the value displayed on the PROTECTIVE SLAVE field is +300 ±40.
3. Select the DIAGNOSTIC button to stop the test. A superimposed window appears requesting to
confirm. Press CONFIRM and then press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.

Restore the standard configuration:


No action is required.

Code SM_9033239200_07 Rev. / 7-41


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

7.4.10 Arterial Pressure Sensor


Equipment needed:
Pressure meter; 20 ml Syringe or larger; ART/VEN Calibration Tool.

Purpose of the calibration:


To match the reading of the arterial pressure sensor with a pressure reference instrument.

Preliminary Operations:

NOTE
Install the ART/VEN Calibration Tool when the machine is in preparation mode.

1. Open sensor bar door.


2. Open the arterial pump cover, install the ART/VEN Calibration Tool and close the arterial pump cover.
3. Verify that no line is inserted in the AD holder and in the Venous and Arterial Line Clamps.
4. Close the sensor bar door.
5. Verify that the dialyzer connectors are connected to the bypass ports.
6. Enter the service 2 mode and set the machine to the CALIB HOME screen.
7. Connect a pressure meter and syringe to the ART/VEN Calibration Tool.

Calibration:
1. Select ARTERIAL PRESSURE SENSOR and then the CALIBRATION button.
2. Use the syringe to apply -350 ±8 mmHg pressure to the arterial pressure sensor.
3. Wait for the values on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC SLAVE fields to
stabilize. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.

4. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the first calibration point of -350 mmHg. A superimposed
window appears requesting to confirm the value.

5. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 1st
Reference Value field.

6. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 1st calibration value.


7. Apply atmospheric pressure (0±8 mmHg) to the arterial pressure sensor.
8. Wait for the pressure values on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC SLAVE
fields to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
9. Select the 2nd Press Meter Value field for the second calibration point of 0 mmHg. A superimposed
window appears requesting to confirm the value.

10. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 2nd
Reference Value field.

11. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 2nd calibration value.
12. Select the STORE COEFF button to store the calibration coefficients. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm, press CONFIRM button.
13. The machine starts automatically the test.
14. Apply atmospheric pressure (0±8 mmHg) to the arterial pressure sensor.

7-42 Code SM_9033239200_07 Rev. /


Chapter 7. CALIBRATIONS

15. Wait for the pressure values on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC SLAVE
fields to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
16. Verify that the values displayed on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC
SLAVE fields are 0±8 mmHg.

17. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the first test point of 0 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.

18. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 1st
Reference Value field.

19. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 1st test value.
20. Use the syringe to apply -250 ±8 mmHg to the arterial pressure sensor.
21. Wait for the pressure values on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC SLAVE
fields to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
22. Verify that the value displayed on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC
SLAVE fields is the value read by the external Pressure meter ±8 mmHg.

23. Select the 2nd Reference Value field for the second test point of -250 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.

24. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 2nd
Reference Value field.

25. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 2nd test value.
26. Use the syringe to apply -350 ±8 mmHg to the arterial pressure sensor.
27. Wait for the pressure values on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC SLAVE
fields to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
28. Verify that the value displayed on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC
SLAVE fields is the value read by the external Pressure meter ±8 mmHg.

29. Select the 3rd Reference Value field for the third test point of -350 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.

30. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 3rd
Reference Value field.

31. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 3rd test value.
32. Press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.

Test:
1. Select the ARTERIAL PRESSURE SENSOR and then the DIAGNOSTIC button.
2. Apply atmospheric pressure (0±8 mmHg) to the arterial pressure sensor.
3. Wait for the pressure values on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC SLAVE
fields to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
4. Verify that the values displayed on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC
SLAVE fields are 0±7 mmHg.

5. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the first test point of 0 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.

6. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 1st
Reference Value field.
7. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 1st test value.
8. Use the syringe to apply -250 ±8 mmHg to the arterial pressure sensor.

Code SM_9033239200_07 Rev. / 7-43


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

9. Wait for the pressure values on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC SLAVE
fields to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
10. Verify that the value displayed on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC
SLAVE fields is the value read by the external Pressure meter ±22 mmHg.

11. Select the 2nd Reference Value field for the second test point of -250 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.

12. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 2nd
Reference Value field.

13. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 2nd test value.
14. Use the syringe to apply -350 ±8 mmHg to the arterial pressure sensor.
15. Wait for the pressure values on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC SLAVE
fields to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
16. Verify that the value displayed on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC
SLAVE fields is the value read by the external Pressure meter ±32 mmHg.

17. Select the 3rd Reference Value field for the third test point of -350 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.

18. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 3rd
Reference Value field.

19. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 3rd test value.
20. Press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.

Restore the standard configuration:


1. Switch the machine OFF and then switch it ON again.
2. Select the SPECIAL PROCEDURES button, then press and confirm the UNLOAD CASSETTE
button.
3. Open the sensor bar door and then the arterial pump cover.
4. Remove the ART. and VEN. Calibration Tool, pressure meter, and syringe.
5. Close the arterial pump cover.
6. Close the sensor bar door.

NOTE
After calibrating the Arterial pressure sensor, the T1T arterial pressure sensor must also be
calibrated .

7-44 Code SM_9033239200_07 Rev. /


Chapter 7. CALIBRATIONS

7.4.11 T1T Arterial Pressure

NOTE
The T1T ARTERIAL PRESSURE sensor must always be calibrated after the ARTERIAL
PRESSURE SENSOR is calibrated.

Purpose of the calibration:


An electrical signal enables the digital trimmer cursor of a TRIMPOT on the PIB Board which
unbalances the arterial pressure sensor while it is reading 0 mmHg. The value entered will be sent to the
Protective System and will be compared each time the T1 Test of this sensor is run.

Preliminary Operations:
1. Remove the Blood Cassette and any other tubing in the AD holder and in the Venous and Arterial Line
Clamps if present and close the arterial pump cover.
2. Close the sensor bar door.
3. Verify that the dialyzer connectors are connected to the bypass ports.
4. Set the machine to the CALIB HOME screen.

Calibration:
1. Select T1T ARTERIAL PRESSURE and then the CALIBRATION button.
2. The machine starts automatically the T1T ARTERIAL PRESSURE calibration. During the process the
machine waits for the stability of the values displayed on the PROTECTIVE SLAVE field and then
automatically confirms.
3. The machine starts automatically the test.
4. The goal is to obtain a value on the PROTECTIVE SLAVE field of –200 ±12.
5. Wait until the value on the PROTECTIVE SLAVE field is stable.
6. Press the TEST button to confirm the value. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm.
7. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the value.
8. Press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.

NOTE
The Test is a dedicated procedure, it cannot be integrated in the Calibration procedure.

Test:
1. Select T1T ARTERIAL PRESSURE and then the DIAGNOSTIC button.
2. Verify that the value displayed on the PROTECTIVE SLAVE field is -200 ±40.
3. Select the DIAGNOSTIC button to stop the test. A superimposed window appears requesting to
confirm. Press CONFIRM and then press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.

Restore the standard configuration


No action is required.

Code SM_9033239200_07 Rev. / 7-45


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

7.4.12 SN Pressure Sensor


Equipment needed:
Pressure meter, 20 ml Syringe or larger , Pre-Dialyzer Calibration Tool.

Purpose of the calibration:


To match the reading of the system pressure sensor with a pressure reference instrument.

Preliminary Operations:
1. Start the HD-SN, HDF or HF Treatment.
2. Open the sensor bar door.
3. Open the arterial and venous pump covers, install the Pre-Dialyzer Calibration Tool and close the
arterial and venous pump covers.
4. Verify that no line is inserted in the AD holder and in the Venous and Arterial Line Clamps.
5. Close the sensor bar door.
6. Verify that the dialyzer connectors are connected to the bypass ports.
7. Enter the service 2 mode and set the machine to the CALIB HOME screen.
8. Connect a pressure meter and syringe to the Pre-Dialyzer Calibration Tool.

Calibration:
1. Select SN PRESSURE SENSOR and then the CALIBRATION button.
2. Apply atmospheric pressure (0±8 mmHg) to the SN pressure sensor.
3. Wait for the pressure values on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC SLAVE
fields to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.

4. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the first calibration point of 0 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.

5. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 1st
Reference Value field.

6. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 1st calibration value.


7. Use the syringe to apply +400 ±8 mmHg pressure to the SN pressure sensor.
8. Wait for the pressure values on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC SLAVE
fields to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
9. Select the 2nd Reference Value field for the second calibration point of +400 mmHg. A superimposed
window appears requesting to confirm the value.

10. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 2nd
Reference Value field.

11. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 2nd calibration value.
12. Select the STORE COEFF button to store the calibration coefficients. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm, press CONFIRM button.
13. The machine starts automatically the test.
14. Use the syringe to apply +400 ±8 mmHg to the SN pressure sensor.
15. Wait for the pressure values on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC SLAVE
fields to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
16. Verify that the value displayed on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC
SLAVE fields is the value read by the external Pressure meter ±8 mmHg.

7-46 Code SM_9033239200_07 Rev. /


Chapter 7. CALIBRATIONS

17. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the first test point of +400 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.

18. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 1st
Reference Value field.
19. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 1st test value.
20. Use the syringe to apply +200 ±8 mmHg to the SN pressure sensor.
21. Wait for the pressure values on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC SLAVE
fields to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
22. Verify that the value displayed on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC
SLAVE fields is the value read by the external Pressure meter ±8 mmHg.

23. Select the 2nd Reference Value field for the second test point of +200 mmHg. A superimposed
window appears requesting to confirm the value.

24. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 2nd
Reference Value field.

25. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 2nd test value.
26. Apply atmospheric pressure (0±8 mmHg) to the SN pressure sensor.
27. Wait for the pressure values on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC SLAVE
fields to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
28. Verify that the values displayed on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC
SLAVE fields are 0 ±8 mmHg.

29. Select the 3rd Reference Value field for the third test point of 0 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.

30. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 3rd
Reference Value field.

31. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 3rd test value.
32. Press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.

Test:
1. Select the SN PRESSURE SENSOR and then the DIAGNOSTIC button.
2. Use the syringe to apply +400 ±8 mmHg to the SN pressure sensor.
3. Wait for the pressure values on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC SLAVE
fields to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
4. Verify that the value displayed on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC
SLAVE fields is the value read by the external Pressure meter ±37 mmHg.
5. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the first test point of +400 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.

6. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 1st
Reference Value field.
7. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 1st test value.
8. Use the syringe to apply +200 ±8 mmHg to the SN pressure sensor.
9. Wait for the pressure values on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC SLAVE
fields to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
10. Verify that the value displayed on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC
SLAVE fields is the value read by the external Pressure meter ±17 mmHg.

Code SM_9033239200_07 Rev. / 7-47


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

11. Select the 2nd Reference Value field for the second test point of +200 mmHg. A superimposed
window appears requesting to confirm the value.

12. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 2nd
Reference Value field.
13. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 2nd test value.
14. Apply atmospheric pressure (0±8 mmHg) to the SN pressure sensor.
15. Wait for the pressure values on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC SLAVE
fields to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
16. Verify that the values displayed on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC
SLAVE fields are 0 ±7 mmHg.

17. Select the 3rd Reference Value field for the third test point of 0 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.

18. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 3rd
Reference Value field.

19. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 3rd test value.
20. Press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.

Restore the standard configuration


1. Switch the machine OFF and then switch it ON again.
2. Select the SPECIAL PROCEDURES button, then press and confirm the UNLOAD CASSETTE
button.
3. Open the sensor bar door and then the arterial and venous pump covers.
4. Remove the Pre-Dialyzer Calibration Tool, pressure meter and the syringe.
5. Close the arterial and venous pump covers.
6. Close the sensor bar door.

NOTE
After calibrating the SN Pressure sensor, the T1T SN Pressure sensor must also be calibrated.

7-48 Code SM_9033239200_07 Rev. /


Chapter 7. CALIBRATIONS

7.4.13 T1T SN Pressure

NOTE
The T1T SN PRESSURE sensor must always be calibrated after the SN PRESSURE SENSOR is
calibrated.

Purpose of the calibration:


An electrical signal enables the digital trimmer cursor of a TRIMPOT on the PIB Board which
unbalances the system pressure sensor while it is reading 0 mmHg. The value entered will be sent to the
Protective System and will be compared each time the T1 Test of this sensor is run.

Preliminary Operations:
1. Remove the Blood Cassettes and any other tubing in the AD holder and in the Venous and Arterial
Line Clamps if present and close the arterial and venous pump covers.
2. Close the sensor bar door.
3. Verify that the dialyzer connectors are connected to the bypass ports.
4. Set the machine to the CALIB HOME screen.

Calibration:
1. Select T1T SN PRESSURE and then the CALIBRATION button.
2. The machine starts automatically the T1T SN PRESSURE calibration. During the process the
machine waits for the stability of the values displayed on the PROTECTIVE SLAVE field and then
automatically confirms.
3. The machine starts automatically the test.
4. The goal is to obtain a value on the PROTECTIVE SLAVE field of +300 ±12.
5. Wait until the value on the PROTECTIVE SLAVE field is stable.
6. Press the TEST button to confirm the value. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm.
7. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the value.
8. Press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.

NOTE
The Test is a dedicated procedure, it cannot be integrated in the Calibration procedure.

Test:
1. Select T1T SN PRESSURE and then the DIAGNOSTIC button.
2. Verify that the value displayed on the PROTECTIVE SLAVE field is +300 ±40.
3. Select the DIAGNOSTIC button to stop the test. A superimposed window appears requesting to
confirm. Press CONFIRM and then press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.

Restore the standard configuration


No action is required.

Code SM_9033239200_07 Rev. / 7-49


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

7.4.14 Hemoscan Sensor


The HEMOSCAN system is based on the measurement of the variation of the blood Hemoglobin
concentration (Hgb) during the dialysis treatment. The methodology used for the measurement of the
hemoglobin concentration is based on the evaluation of the optical absorbance of the blood that flows into
the arterial line.
The optical sensor (composed by one transmitter led (TX) and one receiver photodiode (RX) is directly
clipped on the blood line, which output signal is acquired and handled by the HDF Post Treatment or
BIOSLAVE software in order to compute the Hgb value.

Purpose of the calibration:


To match the reading of Hemoscan Sensor with the reference value of 1.10 V (HgB=0).

Preliminary Operations:
1. Switch off the machine and unplug the power cord from the supply mains.
2. On the card rack, locate the position of the “BIOSLAVE2/BIOSLAVE2 AFB” board. Open both the top
and bottom card ejectors and slide the “BIOSLAVE2/BIOSLAVE2 AFB” board out from its bracket.
3. Locate the DIP switches and set the DIP 6 to the ON position.
4. Insert the “BIOSLAVE2/BIOSLAVE2 AFB” board on its bracket and then verify that P4 and P5
electrical connectors are fully seated onto their mating connections on the “BIOSLAVE2/BIOSLAVE2
AFB” board.
5. Plug the power cord into the supply mains and switch on the machine.
6. Open the sensor bar door.
7. Remove any line from the AD/Hemoscan sensor holder.
8. Close the sensor bar door.

Calibration:
1. Set the machine to the CALIB HOME screen.
2. Select HEMOSCAN SENSOR and then the CALIBRATION button.
3. Wait until the value on the BIO SLAVE field (voltage read by the Bio Subsystem) stabilizes to the 1.10 V.

4. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the first calibration point of 1.10 V (HgB=0). A superimposed
window appears requesting to confirm the value.
5. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the calibration value.
6. Select the STORE COEFF button to store the calibration coefficient. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm, press CONFIRM and then press the CLOSE button to return to the
CALIB HOME screen.

Restore the standard configuration:


1. Switch off the machine and unplug the power cord from the supply mains.
2. Locate the DIP switches on the “BIOSLAVE2/BIOSLAVE2 AFB” board and set the DIP 6 to the OFF
position.
3. Insert the “BIOSLAVE2/BIOSLAVE2 AFB” board ensuring that is well seated into the matching
connector on the Mother board. Verify that P4 and P5 electrical connectors are fully seated onto their
mating connections on the “BIOSLAVE2/BIOSLAVE2 AFB” board.
Verify the correct calibration coefficient storage of the Hemoscan sensor by performing the
autocalibration of the Hemoscan sensor in preparation, as described in the section “10.2.3 Autocalibration”
of the Artis Operator’s Manual.
Verify that none of following alarms is triggered during the autocalibration procedure: #223, #225, #226
and #473.
If one or more of the above alarms is triggered perform again the Hemoscan Sensor Calibration.

7-50 Code SM_9033239200_07 Rev. /


Chapter 7. CALIBRATIONS

7.4.15 Blood Sensor Trimpot

NOTE
Before starting the Blood Sensor Trimpot calibration ensure that the machine is warmed up.
To be sure that the machine is warmed up enough launch a Heat process.

Purpose of the calibration:


To set the default current level driving the Transmitter diode of the Blood Sensor when no blood line is
inserted.
Preliminary Operations:
1. Open the sensor bar door and the arterial pump cover.
2. Remove the Blood Cassette if present and any other tubing from the Blood Sensor (AD holder) and
close the arterial pump cover, then close the sensor bar door.
3. Verify that the dialyzer connectors are connected to the bypass ports and that all concentrate
connectors are in their rinse ports.
4. Set the machine to the CALIB HOME screen.
Calibration:
1. Select BLOOD SENSOR TRIMPOT and then the CALIBRATION button.
2. The machine starts automatically the Blood Sensor Trimpot calibration. During the process the
machine waits for the stability of the values displayed on the PROTECTIVE SLAVE field and then
automatically confirms.
3. The machine starts automatically the test.
4. The goal is to obtain a value on the PROTECTIVE SLAVE field of +180 ±3.
5. Wait until the value on the PROTECTIVE SLAVE field is stable.
6. Press the TEST button to confirm the value. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm.
7. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the value.
8. Press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.

NOTE
The Test is a dedicated procedure, it cannot be integrated in the Calibration procedure.

Test:
1. Select BLOOD SENSOR TRIMPOT and then the DIAGNOSTIC button.
2. Verify that the value displayed on the PROTECTIVE SLAVE field is +180 ±10.
3. Select the DIAGNOSTIC button to stop the test. A superimposed window appears requesting to
confirm. Press CONFIRM and then press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.
Restore the standard configuration
No action is required.

NOTE
After calibrating the Blood Sensor Trimpot, the Blood Sensor must also be calibrated.

Code SM_9033239200_07 Rev. / 7-51


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

7.4.16 Blood Sensor

NOTE
Before starting the Blood Sensor calibration ensure that the machine is warmed up.
To be sure that the machine is warmed up enough launch a Heat process.

Equipment needed:
15 cm Length of Venous Blood Line.

Purpose of the calibration:


To allow the Blood Sensor to recognize if the venous line is empty, filled with saline solution, or filled with
blood.

Preliminary Operations:
1. Open the sensor bar door and the arterial pump cover.
2. Remove the Blood Cassette if present and close the sensor bar door.
3. Verify that the dialyzer connectors are connected to the bypass ports.
4. Set the machine to the CALIB HOME screen.

Calibration:
1. Select BLOOD SENSOR and then the CALIBRATION button.
2. Remove any blood line from the Blood Sensor (AD holder) and close the sensor bar door.
3. Wait for the value on the PROTECTIVE SLAVE field to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a stability
reference.

4. Select the 1st Reference Value field, a value of 240 is displayed. A superimposed window appears.

5. Press the CONFIRM button to confirm the 1st calibration value.


6. Open the sensor bar door.
7. Insert a blood line filled with water into the Blood Sensor (AD holder) and close the sensor bar door.
8. Wait for the value on the PROTECTIVE SLAVE field to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a stability
reference.

9. Select the 2nd Reference Value field, a value of 42 is displayed. A superimposed window appears.

10. Press the CONFIRM button to confirm the 2nd calibration value.
11. Select the STORE COEFF button to store the calibration coefficients. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm, press CONFIRM.
12. The machine starts automatically the test.
13. Open the sensor bar door.
14. Remove any blood line from the Blood Sensor (AD holder) and close the sensor bar door.
15. Wait for the value on the PROTECTIVE SLAVE field to stabilize, verify that the value is between
240±4. Use the bar graph as a stability reference.

16. Select the 1st Reference Value field, a value of 240 is displayed. A superimposed window appears.
17. Press the CONFIRM button to confirm the 1st test value.
18. Open the Sensor Bar door and insert a blood line filled with fluid into the Blood Sensor (AD holder)
and close the Sensor Bar door.

7-52 Code SM_9033239200_07 Rev. /


Chapter 7. CALIBRATIONS

19. Wait for the value on the PROTECTIVE SLAVE field to stabilize, verify that the value is between 42±4.
Use the bar graph as a stability reference.
20. Select the 2nd Reference Value field, a value of 42 is displayed. A superimposed window appears.

21. Press the CONFIRM button to confirm the 2nd test value.
22. Press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.

Test:
1. Select BLOOD SENSOR and then the DIAGNOSTIC button.
2. Open the sensor bar door.
3. Remove any blood line from the Blood Sensor (AD holder) and close the sensor bar door.
4. Wait for the value on the PROTECTIVE SLAVE field to stabilize, and verify that the value displayed is
between 220 and 250 (240 is the optimal value) .Use the bar graph as a stability reference.
5. Select the 1st Reference Value field, a value of 240 is displayed. A superimposed window appears.
6. Press the CONFIRM button to confirm the 1st test value.
7. Open the Sensor Bar door and insert a blood line filled with fluid into the Blood Sensor (AD holder)
and close the Sensor Bar door.
8. Wait for the value on the PROTECTIVE SLAVE field to stabilize, and verify that the value displayed is
between 32 and 67 (42 is the optimal value) . Use the bar graph as a stability reference.

9. Select the 2nd Reference Value field, a value of 42 is displayed. A superimposed window appears.

10. Press the CONFIRM button to confirm the 2nd test value.
11. Press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.

Restore the standard configuration


1. Open the sensor bar door.
2. Remove the blood line from the Blood Sensor (AD holder) and close the sensor bar door.

Code SM_9033239200_07 Rev. / 7-53


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

7.4.17 pH Probe
(only if installed)

Equipment needed:
Cups or beakers with pH 8 and 4 buffer solutions.

Purpose of the calibration:


To calibrate the pH Sensor in order to accurately verify the pH of the dialysis fluid prepared by the
machine.

Preliminary Operations:
1. Make sure there is no flow or fluid in the Hydraulic circuit.
2. Verify that the dialyzer connectors are connected to the bypass ports and that all concentrate
connectors are in their rinse ports.
3. Locate the pH sensor in the Main hydraulic compartment of the machine. Unscrew the 2 screws that
hold the pH plastic cover and remove the plastic cover and the tie wrap that secures the upper portion
of the pH sensor.
4. Unscrew and remove the red cap that secures the pH sensor and gently slide the sensor out of the
holder: DO NOT touch the glass bulb (electrode tip).

NOTE
pH sensors are very fragile and can be affected by organic oils, like those found on human
hands.The pH sensor must not be allowed to dry out. Also, rubbing the glass can create static
chargeswhich slow the sensor response time.

5. Collect the following solutions in small containers (cups or beakers).


• Water (treated for Haemodialysis).
• 4.00 ± 0.03 pH standard solution.
• 8.00 ± 0.03 pH standard solution.

NOTE
The pH value may vary depending on the solution temperature. Refer to the pH standard solution
instructions to be sure of the correct pH value.

6. Rinse the pH sensor with the cup of water.


7. Set the machine to the CALIB HOME screen.

Calibration:
1. Select pH PROBE and then the CALIBRATION button.
2. Place the pH sensor in the 8.00 pH buffer solution which must cover the glass membrane and gently
agitate the sensor into the cup to remove any bubbles from the sensor surface, then wait at least 10
minutes the probe to stabilize in the solution.The level in the cup should be at least 30 mm from the
bottom. Use the bar graph as a pH stability reference.
3. Select the 1st Reference Value. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.

4. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 1st calibration value.


5. Remove the pH sensor from the 8.00 pH buffer solution and place it back into the water. Gently
agitate the sensor in the water to rinse it off thoroughly.

7-54 Code SM_9033239200_07 Rev. /


Chapter 7. CALIBRATIONS

6. Place the pH sensor in the 4.00 pH buffer solution which must cover the glass membrane and gently
agitate the sensor into the cup to remove any bubbles from the sensor surface, then wait at least 10
minutes the probe to stabilize in the solution. The level in the cup should be at least 30 mm from the
bottom. Use the bar graph as a pH stability reference.
7. Select the 2nd Reference Value. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.

8. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 2nd calibration value.


9. Select the STORE COEFF button to store the calibration coefficients. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm, press CONFIRM.
10. The machine starts automatically the test.
11. Place the pH sensor into the cup of water and agitate the sensor to rinse it.
12. Place the sensor into the 4.00 buffer solution and gently agitate the sensor into the cup to remove any
bubbles from the sensor surface, then wait at least 10 minutes the probe to stabilize in the solution.
Use the bar graph as a pH stability reference.
13. Verify that the PROTECTIVE SLAVE value is 4.00 ± 0.30 pH.
14. Remove the pH sensor from the 4.00 solution and rinse it into the cup of water.
15. Place the sensor into the 8.00 buffer solution and gently agitate the sensor into the cup to remove any
bubbles from the sensor surface, then wait at least 10 minutes the probe to stabilize in the solution.
Use the bar graph as a pH stability reference.
16. Verify that the PROTECTIVE SLAVE value is 8.00 ± 0.30 pH.
17. Select the TEST button to stop the test. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm.
Press CONFIRM and then press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.

NOTE
Use a new cup of water between calibration and test of the pH sensor.

Test:
1. Select pH PROBE and then the DIAGNOSTIC button.
2. Place the pH sensor into the cup of water and agitate the sensor to rinse it.
3. Place the sensor into the 4.00 buffer solution and gently agitate the sensor into the cup to remove any
bubbles from the sensor surface, then wait at least 10 minutes the probe to stabilize in the solution.
Use the bar graph as a pH stability reference.
4. Verify that the PROTECTIVE SLAVE value is 4.00 ± 0.30 pH.
5. Remove the pH sensor from the 4.00 solution and rinse it into the cup of water.
6. Place the sensor into the 8.00 buffer solution and gently agitate the sensor into the cup to remove any
bubbles from the sensor surface, then wait at least 10 minutes the probe to stabilize in the solution.
Use the bar graph as a pH stability reference.
7. Verify that the PROTECTIVE SLAVE value is 8.00 ± 0.30 pH.
8. Select the DIAGNOSTIC button to stop the test. A superimposed window appears requesting to
confirm. Press CONFIRM and then press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.

Restore the standard configuration:


1. Gently align the pH sensor above the pH holder and insert the sensor into the pH holder together with
its sealing cap.
2. Securely screw the red cap back on the sensor holder and secure the upper portion of the sensor with
a tie wrap. Mount the plastic cover.

Code SM_9033239200_07 Rev. / 7-55


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

7.4.18 Temperature
Equipment needed:
Temperature meter; Bypass shunt.

Purpose of the calibration:


To match the calibrated reading of TP with an external temperature reference instrument.

Preliminary Operations:
1. Open the Main Hydraulic Compartment of the machine before performing a temperature sensor
calibration.
2. Connect the bypass shunt to the TP and to the temperature meter.
• Split the bypass shunt in two parts.

• Disconnect the heating assembly from the “L” connector. Keep the “L” connector connected to the TP.

• Connect a part of the bypass shunt to the heating assembly.

• Connect the other part of the bypass shunt to the “L” connector.

• Connect the two unattached parts of the bypass shunt to the temperature meter.

3. Set the machine to the CALIB HOME screen.

Calibration:
1. Select the TEMPERATURE button then select the CALIBRATION button.
2. Wait for the temperature value displayed on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE field is stable: use the bar graph
as a temperature stability reference.
3. Wait until the temperature value displayed on the external temperature reference meter is stable.
Verify that the value displayed is 34±1.3 °C.

4. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the first calibration point of 34.0 °C. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.

5. Use the / buttons to insert the temperature value measured by the external temperature meter.

6. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 1st calibration value.


7. Wait for the temperature value displayed on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE field is stable: use the bar graph
as a temperature stability reference.
8. Wait until the temperature value displayed on the external temperature reference meter is stable.
Verify that the value displayed is 60±1.3 °C.

9. Select the 2nd Reference Value field for the second calibration point of 60.0 °C. A superimposed
window appears requesting to confirm the value.

10. Use the / buttons to insert the temperature value measured by the external temperature meter.

11. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 2nd calibration value.
12. Select the STORE COEFF button to store the calibration coefficients. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm, press CONFIRM.
13. The machine starts automatically the test.
14. Wait for the temperature value displayed on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE field is stable: use the bar graph
as a temperature stability reference.
15. Wait until the temperature value displayed on the external temperature reference meter is stable.

7-56 Code SM_9033239200_07 Rev. /


Chapter 7. CALIBRATIONS

16. Verify that the value displayed on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE is the value read by the external meter
±0.5 °C.
17. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the test point of 90.0 °C. A superimposed window appears
requesting to confirm the value.

18. Use the / buttons to insert the temperature value measured by the external temperature meter.
19. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the test value.
20. The COOLING button appears.
21. Wait for Cooling completed message.
22. Press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.

Test:
1. Select TEMPERATURE button and then the DIAGNOSTIC button.
2. Wait for the temperature value displayed on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE field is stable: use the bar graph
as a temperature stability reference.
3. Wait until the temperature value displayed on the external temperature reference meter is stable.
4. Verify that the value displayed on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE is the value read by the external meter
±1.0 °C.

5. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the test point of 90.0 °C. A superimposed window appears
requesting to confirm the value.

6. Use the / buttons to insert the temperature value measured by the external temperature meter.
7. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the test value.
8. The COOLING button appears.
9. Wait for Cooling completed message.
10. Press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.
11. Switch OFF the machine.

Restore the standard configuration:


1. Disconnect the bypass shunt and restore the original configuration.

Code SM_9033239200_07 Rev. / 7-57


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

7.4.19 Conductivity ΓcA, Γp and Temperature Sensors Test


Equipment needed:
Bypass shunt, Conductivity and Temperature meters.

Purpose of the test:


To verify that the conductivity cells and the TcA/Tp temperature sensors are correctly calibrated and
functionally.

Preliminary Operations:
1. Connect the bypass shunt to the blue dialysis fluid connector and the conductivity meter.
2. Connect the blue dialysis fluid tube to the conductivity meter.
3. Place a BiCart in the BiCart Cartridge Holder and attach the acetate connector to the central
distribution or tank.

Test:
1. Set the machine to the CALIB HOME screen.
2. Select CONDUCTIVITY and then the DIAGNOSTIC button.
3. Preparation in progress, wait until the message “Preparation complete” appears.
4. Wait for the conductivity values on the COND B and COND SEL fields to stabilize. Use the bar graph
as a conductivity stability reference.
5. Verify that the COND B and COND SEL are reading 2.0 ± 0.10 mS/cm. Verify that the COND B and
the external meter match each other ±0.10 mS/cm.
6. Select the COND B 1st Reference value field for the first test point of 2 ms/cm. A superimposed
window appears requesting to confirm the value.

7. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external conductivity meter in the
st
COND B 1 Reference value field.
8. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 1st test value.
9. Wait for the conductivity values on the COND B and COND SEL fields to stabilize. Use the bar graph
as a conductivity stability reference.
10. Verify that the COND B and COND SEL are reading 4.0 ± 0.10 mS/cm. Verify that the COND B and
the external meter match each other ±0.10 mS/cm.

11. Select the COND B 2nd Reference value field for the second test point of 4 mS/cm. A superimposed
window appears requesting to confirm the value.

12. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external conductivity meter in the
nd
COND B 2 Reference value field.
13. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 2nd test value.
14. Wait for the conductivity values on the COND A, COND P and COND D fields to stabilize. Use the bar
graph as a conductivity stability reference.
15. Verify that the COND A, COND P and COND D are reading 12.0 ± 0.20 mS/cm. Verify that the COND
A and the external meter match each other ± 0.20 mS/cm.

16. Select the COND A 1st Reference value field for the third test point of 12 mS/cm. A superimposed
window appears requesting to confirm the value.

17. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external conductivity meter in the
st
COND A 1 Reference value field.

7-58 Code SM_9033239200_07 Rev. /


Chapter 7. CALIBRATIONS

18. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 3rd test value.
19. Press the SYSTEM DATA button and enter in the first Service Data screen.

20. Verify that the TcA (Hyd) and Tp (Prot) values match each other ±0.5 °C.

NOTE
To perform the temperature test switch the tool to Temperature configuration.

21. Verify that the TcA (Hyd) and the external meter match each other +1.0 °C and -1.8 °C.
22. Press the CLOSE button to exit from the Service Data screen.
23. Wait for the conductivity values on the COND A, COND P and COND D fields to stabilize. Use the bar
graph as a conductivity stability reference.
24. Verify that the COND A, COND P and COND D are reading 16.0 ± 0.20 mS/cm. Verify that the COND
A and the external meter match each other ± 0.20 mS/cm.

25. Select the COND A 2nd Reference value field for the fourth test point of 16 mS/cm. A superimposed
window appears requesting to confirm the value.

26. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external conductivity meter in the
nd
COND A 2 Reference value field.

27. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 4th test value.
28. Select DIAGNOSTIC button, a superimposed window appers requesting to confirm, press CONFIRM
to exit the test and return to the CALIB HOME screen.

Code SM_9033239200_07 Rev. / 7-59


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

7.4.20 BPM Pressure Sensor

NOTE
Performance verification tests should be carried out on BPM assemblies on a regular basis (every
4000 hours) and immediately following any repair work.

The installation on the Artis Dialysis System of 2 different types of BPM boards assy generates two
different calibration behaviors.
Before proceeding with the calibration procedure, it is necessary to be sure of the BPM type installed.
Proceed as follows:
1. Access the Service Data pages under the Report screen by pressing the System Data button (see
figure below):

2. Access the Fourth Service Data page and verify the BPM Rel value (see figure below):
• If the “BPM Rel” value is 0504h: HDBPM board assy is installed.
BOTH “BPM Pressure Sensor” and “BPM Safety Switch” calibration procedures must be
performed (proceed with the calibration procedures provided in the “7.4.20.1 BPM Pressure
Sensor Calibration (HDBPM)” and “7.4.21 BPM Safety Switch” sections here below).

• If the “BPM Rel” value is 0704h or 0705h: NiBPM board assy is installed.
ONLY “BPM Pressure Sensor” calibration procedure must be performed. In this case the
“BPM SAFETY SWITCH” button from the CALIB HOME screen becomes unavailable
(proceed with the calibration procedure provided in the “7.4.20.2 BPM Pressure Sensor
Calibration (NiBPM)” section here below).

7-60 Code SM_9033239200_07 Rev. /


Chapter 7. CALIBRATIONS

Equipment needed:
BPM Calibration Tool, pressure meter, syringe.

Purpose of the calibration:


To match the reading of BPM Pressure Sensor with a pressure reference instrument.

7.4.20.1 BPM Pressure Sensor Calibration (HDBPM)

Preliminary Operations:
1. Switch OFF the machine and move the JM3 jumper of the HDBPM board to position 1-2 (i.e.
“calibration state”). Switch ON the machine.
2. Set the machine to the CALIB HOME screen.
3. Connect a pressure meter and a syringe to the BPM Pressure Sensor by using a tube with a “T”
connector: Connect an end of the tube to the pneumatic port of the BPM board (or to the male quick
connector on the rear panel of the machine); connect the other two ends of the tube to the pressure
meter and to the syringe respectively.

Calibration:
1. Select BPM PRESSURE SENSOR and then the CALIBRATION button.
2. Apply atmospheric pressure (0 mmHg) to the BPM pressure sensor.
3. Wait for the pressure value on the BLOOD SLAVE field to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a pressure
stability reference.

4. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the first calibration point of 0 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.

5. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 1st calibration value (0 mmHg).
6. Use the syringe to apply a pressure of +200 mmHg to the BPM pressure sensor.

Code SM_9033239200_07 Rev. / 7-61


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

7. Wait for the pressure value on the BLOOD SLAVE field to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a pressure
stability reference.
8. Select the 2nd Reference Value field for the second calibration point of +200 mmHg. A superimposed
window appears requesting to confirm the value.

9. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the second
Reference Value field.

10. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 2nd calibration value.
11. Select the STORE COEFF button to store the calibration coefficient. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm, press CONFIRM.
12. The machine starts automatically the test.
13. Use the syringe to apply a pressure of +100 mmHg to the BPM pressure sensor. Wait for the value to
stabilize on the BLOOD SLAVE field. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
14. Verify that the value displayed on the BLOOD SLAVE field is +100 ±3 mmHg.

15. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the first test point. A superimposed window appears
requesting to confirm the value.
16. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 1st test value.
17. Use the syringe to apply a pressure of +150 mmHg to the BPM pressure sensor and wait for the value
to stabilize on the BLOOD SLAVE field. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
18. Verify that the value displayed on the BLOOD SLAVE field is +150 ±3 mmHg.

19. Select the 2nd Reference Value field for the second test point. A superimposed window appears
requesting to confirm the value.

20. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 2nd test value.
21. Use the syringe to apply a pressure of +200 mmHg to the BPM pressure sensor and wait for the value
to stabilize on the BLOOD SLAVE field. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
22. Verify that the value displayed on the BLOOD SLAVE field is +200±3 mmHg.

23. Select the 3rd Reference Value field for the second test point. A superimposed window appears
requesting to confirm the value.

24. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 3rd test value.
25. Press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.

NOTE
If the pressure value of +200 mmHg doesn’t remain stable, as required to complete the calibration
procedure, proceed as follows:
• Check that there are no leaks in the tube with a “T” connector used to connect the pneumatic port
of the BPM board to the pressure meter and to the syringe; replace the tube if necessary.
• Check that there are no leaks in the pneumatic circuit of HDBPM board following the Leakeage
Test procedure.
• If it is still impossible to maintain a stable pressure value, replace the HDBPM board.

7-62 Code SM_9033239200_07 Rev. /


Chapter 7. CALIBRATIONS

Test:
1. Select BPM PRESSURE SENSOR and then the DIAGNOSTIC button.
2. Use the syringe to apply a pressure of +100 mmHg to the BPM pressure sensor. Wait for the value to
stabilize on the BLOOD SLAVE field. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
3. Verify that the value displayed on the BLOOD SLAVE field is +100 ±3 mmHg.

4. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the first test point. A superimposed window appears
requesting to confirm the value.

5. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 1st test value.


6. Use the syringe to apply a pressure of +150 mmHg to the BPM pressure sensor and wait for the value
to stabilize on the BLOOD SLAVE field. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
7. Verify that the value displayed on the BLOOD SLAVE field is +150 ±3 mmHg.

8. Select the 2nd Reference Value field for the second test point. A superimposed window appears
requesting to confirm the value.

9. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 2nd test value.


10. Use the syringe to apply a pressure of +200 mmHg to the BPM pressure sensor and wait for the value
to stabilize on the BLOOD SLAVE field. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
11. Verify that the value displayed on the BLOOD SLAVE field is +200±3 mmHg.

12. Select the 3rd Reference Value field for the second test point. A superimposed window appears
requesting to confirm the value.

13. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 3rd test value.
14. Press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.

Restore the standard configuration


1. Remove the pressure meter and the syringe.
2. Switch OFF the machine and move the JM3 jumper of the HDBPM board from position 1-2 to position
2-3 (i.e. “measurement state”).

7.4.20.2 BPM Pressure Sensor Calibration (NiBPM)

Preliminary Operations:
1. Switch OFF the machine and move the jumper of the NiBPM board from the position LK2 to position
LK1 (i.e. “calibration state”). Switch ON the machine.
2. Set the machine to the CALIB HOME screen.
3. Connect a pressure meter and a syringe to the BPM Pressure Sensor by using a tube with a “T”
connector: Connect an end of the tube to the pneumatic port of the BPM board (or to the male quick
connector on the rear panel of the machine); connect the other two ends of the tube to the pressure
meter and to the syringe respectively.

Calibration:
1. Select BPM PRESSURE SENSOR and then the CALIBRATION button.
2. Apply atmospheric pressure (0 mmHg) to the BPM pressure sensor.
3. Wait for the pressure value on the BLOOD SLAVE field to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a pressure
stability reference.
4. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the first calibration point of 0 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.

5. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 1st calibration value (0 mmHg).

Code SM_9033239200_07 Rev. / 7-63


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

6. Use the syringe to apply a pressure of +250 mmHg to the BPM pressure sensor.
7. Wait for the pressure value on the BLOOD SLAVE field to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a pressure
stability reference.

8. Select the 2nd Reference Value field for the second calibration point of +250 mmHg. A superimposed
window appears requesting to confirm the value.

9. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 2nd calibration value (+250 mmHg).
10. Select the STORE COEFF button to store the calibration coefficient. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm, press CONFIRM.
11. The machine starts automatically the test.
12. Use the syringe to apply a pressure of +100 mmHg to the BPM pressure sensor. Wait for the value to
stabilize on the BLOOD SLAVE field. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
13. Verify that the value displayed on the BLOOD SLAVE field is +100 ±3 mmHg.
14. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the first test point. A superimposed window appears
requesting to confirm the value.
15. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 1st test value.
16. Use the syringe to apply a pressure of +180 mmHg to the BPM pressure sensor and wait for the value
to stabilize on the BLOOD SLAVE field. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
17. Verify that the value displayed on the BLOOD SLAVE field is +180 ±3 mmHg.

18. Select the 2nd Reference Value field for the second test point. A superimposed window appears
requesting to confirm the value.

19. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 2nd test value.
20. Use the syringe to apply a pressure of +250 mmHg to the BPM pressure sensor and wait for the value
to stabilize on the BLOOD SLAVE field. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
21. Verify that the value displayed on the BLOOD SLAVE field is +250±3 mmHg.

22. Select the 3rd Reference Value field for the second test point. A superimposed window appears
requesting to confirm the value.

23. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 3rd test value.
24. Select the CLOSE button to stop the test. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm.
Press CONFIRM and then press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.

NOTE
If the pressure value of +250 mmHg doesn’t remain stable, as required to complete the calibration
procedure, proceed as follows:
• Check that there are no leaks in the tube with a “T” connector used to connect the pneumatic port
of the BPM board to the pressure meter and to the syringe; replace the tube if necessary.
• Check that there are no leaks in the pneumatic circuit of NiBPM board following the Leakeage Test
procedure.
• If it is still impossible to maintain a stable pressure value, replace the NiBPM board.

7-64 Code SM_9033239200_07 Rev. /


Chapter 7. CALIBRATIONS

Test:
1. Select BPM PRESSURE SENSOR and then the DIAGNOSTIC button.
2. Use the syringe to apply a pressure of +100 mmHg to the BPM pressure sensor. Wait for the value to
stabilize on the BLOOD SLAVE field. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
3. Verify that the value displayed on the BLOOD SLAVE field is +100 ±3 mmHg.

4. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the first test point. A superimposed window appears
requesting to confirm the value.

5. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 1st test value.


6. Use the syringe to apply a pressure of +180 mmHg to the BPM pressure sensor and wait for the value
to stabilize on the BLOOD SLAVE field. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
7. Verify that the value displayed on the BLOOD SLAVE field is +180±3 mmHg.

8. Select the 2nd Reference Value field for the second test point. A superimposed window appears
requesting to confirm the value.

9. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 2nd test value.


10. Use the syringe to apply a pressure of +250 mmHg to the BPM pressure sensor and wait for the value
to stabilize on the BLOOD SLAVE field. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
11. Verify that the value displayed on the BLOOD SLAVE field is +250±3 mmHg.

12. Select the 3rd Reference Value field for the second test point. A superimposed window appears
requesting to confirm the value.

13. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 3rd test value.
14. Press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.

Restore the standard configuration


1. Remove the pressure meter and the syringe.
2. Switch OFF the machine and move the jumper of the NiBPM board from position LK1 to the position
LK2 (i.e. “measurement state”).

Code SM_9033239200_07 Rev. / 7-65


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

7.4.21 BPM Safety Switch


(Only for the HDBPM)

Equipment needed:
BPM Calibration Tool, pressure meter, syringe.

Purpose of the calibration:


To match the reading of BPM Safety Switch with a pressure reference instrument.
Refer to the figure below for the components location:

trimmer

overpressure
switch
J2

JM3

JM1 JM2

U3
SRAM MICRO
PROCESSOR

U6 FLASH EPROM
pressure
transducer

Figure 7-13. BPM Safety Switch Calibration

NOTE
Performance verification tests should be carried out on HDBPM assemblies on a regular basis
(every 4000 hours) and immediately following any repair work.

Preliminary Operations:
1. Switch OFF the machine and move the JM3 jumper to position 1-2 (i.e. “calibration state”). Switch ON
the machine.
2. Set the machine to the CALIB HOME screen.
3. Connect a pressure meter and a syringe to the BPM Pressure Sensor by using a tube with a “T”
connector: Connect a end of the tube to the pneumatic port of the BPM board (or to the male quick
connector on the rear panel of the machine); connect the other two ends of the tube to the pressure
meter and to the syringe respectively.

7-66 Code SM_9033239200_07 Rev. /


Chapter 7. CALIBRATIONS

Calibration:
1. Select BPM SAFETY SWITCH and then the CALIBRATION button.
2. Use the syringe to apply a pressure of +315±1 mmHg to the BPM Pressure Sensor and verify that the
value displayed on the BLOOD SLAVE field is 0.
3. Turn the trimmer on the pressure switch (see figure 7-14) until the value displayed on the BLOOD
SLAVE field is 1 (over-pressure condition reached).
4. Select the STORE COEFF. button. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm. Press
CONFIRM and then press CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.

Test:
1. Select BPM SAFETY SWITCH and then the CALIBRATION button.
2. Use the syringe to increase the pressure from +305 to +325 mmHg and verify that the over-pressure
condition is reached (the value displayed on the BLOOD SLAVE field should change from 0 to 1).
3. Select the CLOSE button to stop the test.

Restore the standard configuration


1. Remove the pressure meter and the syringe.
2. Switch OFF the machine and move the JM3 jumper from position 1-2 to position 2-3 (i.e.
“measurement state”).

7.4.22 Stroke Volume


Stroke Volume: Pumps

NOTE
When one or more pumps need to be replaced perform the “Stroke Volume:Pumps” calibration
procedure only for the replaced pump(s).

1. Set the machine to the CALIB HOME screen.


2. Select STROKE VOLUME button and then the PB Checksum button.
3. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.
4. Use the buttons to insert the PB Checksum value printed on the PB Pump label.
5. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the PB Checksum value.
6. At this point the PB Pump Stroke button becomes available. Select the PB Pump Stroke button.
7. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.
8. Use the buttons to insert the PB Stroke Volume value printed on the PB Pump label.
9. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the PB Stroke Volume value.
10. Select the PSEL Checksum button.
11. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.
12. Use the buttons to insert the PSEL Checksum value printed on the PSEL Pump label.
13. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the PSEL Checksum value.
14. At this point the PSEL Pump Stroke button becomes available. Select the PSEL Pump Stroke
button.
15. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.
16. Use the buttons to insert the PSEL Stroke Volume value printed on the PSEL Pump label.

Code SM_9033239200_07 Rev. / 7-67


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

17. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the PSEL Stroke Volume value.
18. Select the PA Checksum button.
19. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.
20. Use the buttons to insert the PA Checksum value printed on the PA Pump label.
21. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the PA Checksum value.
22. At this point the PA Pump Stroke button becomes available. Select the PA Pump Stroke button.
23. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.
24. Use the buttons to insert the PA Stroke Volume value printed on the PA Pump label.
25. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the PA Stroke Volume value.
26. Select the PS Checksum button.
27. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.
28. Use the buttons to insert the PS Checksum value printed on the PS Pump label.
29. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the PS Checksum value.
30. At this point the PS Pump Stroke button becomes available. Select the PS Pump Stroke button.
31. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.
32. Use the buttons to insert the PS Stroke Volume value printed on the PS Pump label.
33. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the PS Stroke Volume value.
34. Press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.

NOTE
If during the calibration the “Calibration Error” pop-up appears, check and insert again if needed the
Stroke Volume and the Checksum Number values.

7-68 Code SM_9033239200_07 Rev. /


Chapter 7. CALIBRATIONS

7.4.23 Flowmeters
1. Set the machine to the CALIB HOME screen.
2. Select FLOWMETERS button and then D1 CONTROL 1 button.
3. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.

4. Use the / buttons to insert the D1 Control 1 calibration value printed of the flowmeter label.
5. Press the CONFIRM button to enter D1 Control 1 calibration value.
6. Select the D1 CONTROL 2 button.
7. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.

8. Use the / buttons to insert the D1 Control 2 calibration value printed of the flowmeter label.
9. Press the CONFIRM button to enter D1 Control 2 calibration value.
10. Select the D1 CONTROL 3 button.
11. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.

12. Use the / buttons to insert the D1 Control 3 calibration value printed of the flowmeter label.
13. Press the CONFIRM button to enter D1 Control 3 calibration value.
14. Select the D1 CONTROL 4 button.
15. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.

16. Use the / buttons to insert the D1 Control 4 calibration value printed of the flowmeter label.
17. Press the CONFIRM button to enter D1 Control 4 calibration value.
18. Select the D1 CONTROL 5 button.
19. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.

20. Use the / buttons to insert the D1 Control 5 calibration value printed of the flowmeter label.
21. Press the CONFIRM button to enter D1 Control 5 calibration value.
22. Select the D1 CONTROL 6 button.
23. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.

24. Use the / buttons to insert the D1 Control 6 calibration value printed of the flowmeter label.
25. Press the CONFIRM button to enter D1 Control 6 calibration value.
26. Select the D1 CONTROL 7 button.
27. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.

28. Use the / buttons to insert the D1 Control 7 calibration value printed of the flowmeter label.
29. Press the CONFIRM button to enter D1 Control 7 calibration value.
30. Select the Checksum button.
31. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.

32. Use the / buttons to insert the D1 Control Checksum value printed of the D1 Control flowmeter
label.
33. Press the CONFIRM button to enter D1 Control Checksum value.
34. Wait for the D1 CONTROL coefficients to be transferred within one minute.
35. Select the D2 CONTROL 1 button.
36. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.

37. Use the / buttons to insert the D2 Control 1 calibration value printed of the flowmeter label.

Code SM_9033239200_07 Rev. / 7-69


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

38. Press the CONFIRM button to enter D2 Control 1 calibration value.


39. Select the D2 CONTROL 2 button.
40. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.

41. Use the / buttons to insert the D2 Control 2 calibration value printed of the flowmeter label.
42. Press the CONFIRM button to enter D2 Control 2 calibration value.
43. Select the D2 CONTROL 3 button.
44. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.

45. Use the / buttons to insert the D2 Control 3 calibration value printed of the flowmeter label.
46. Press the CONFIRM button to enter D2 Control 3 calibration value.
47. Select the D2 CONTROL 4 button.
48. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.

49. Use the / buttons to insert the D2 Control 4 calibration value printed of the flowmeter label.
50. Press the CONFIRM button to enter D2 Control 4 calibration value.
51. Select the D2 CONTROL 5 button.
52. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.

53. Use the / buttons to insert the D2 Control 5 calibration value printed of the flowmeter label.
54. Press the CONFIRM button to enter D2 Control 5 calibration value.
55. Select the D2 CONTROL 6 button.
56. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.

57. Use the / buttons to insert the D2 Control 6 calibration value printed of the flowmeter label.
58. Press the CONFIRM button to enter D2 Control 6 calibration value.
59. Select the D2 CONTROL 7 button.
60. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.

61. Use the / buttons to insert the D2 Control 7 calibration value printed of the flowmeter label.
62. Press the CONFIRM button to enter D2 Control 7 calibration value.
63. Select the Checksum button.
64. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.

65. Use the / buttons to insert the D2 Control Checksum value printed of the D2 Control flowmeter
label.
66. Press the CONFIRM button to enter D2 Control Checksum value.
67. Wait for the D2 CONTROL coefficients to be transferred within one minute.
68. Select D1 PROTECTIVE 1 button.
69. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.

70. Use the / buttons to insert the D1 Protective 1 calibration value printed of the flowmeter label.
71. Press the CONFIRM button to enter D1 Protective 1 calibration value.
72. Select the D1 PROTECTIVE 2 button.
73. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.

74. Use the / buttons to insert the D1 Protective 2 calibration value printed of the flowmeter label.
75. Press the CONFIRM button to enter D1 Protective 2 calibration value.
76. Select the D1 PROTECTIVE 3 button.

7-70 Code SM_9033239200_07 Rev. /


Chapter 7. CALIBRATIONS

77. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.

78. Use the / buttons to insert the D1 Protective 3 calibration value printed of the flowmeter label.
79. Press the CONFIRM button to enter D1 Protective 3 calibration value.
80. Select the D1 PROTECTIVE 4 button.
81. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.

82. Use the / buttons to insert the D1 Protective 4 calibration value printed of the flowmeter label.
83. Press the CONFIRM button to enter D1 Protective 4 calibration value.
84. Select the D1 PROTECTIVE 5 button.
85. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.

86. Use the / buttons to insert the D1 Protective 5 calibration value printed of the flowmeter label.
87. Press the CONFIRM button to enter D1 Protective 5 calibration value.
88. Select the D1 PROTECTIVE 6 button.
89. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.

90. Use the / buttons to insert the D1 Protective 6 calibration value printed of the flowmeter label.
91. Press the CONFIRM button to enter D1 Protective 6 calibration value.
92. Select the D1 PROTECTIVE 7 button.
93. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.

94. Use the / buttons to insert the D1 Protective 7 calibration value printed of the flowmeter label.
95. Press the CONFIRM button to enter D1 Protective 7 calibration value.
96. Select the Checksum button.
97. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.

98. Use the / buttons to insert the D1 Protective Checksum value printed of the D1 Protective
flowmeter label.
99. Press the CONFIRM button to enter D1 Protective Checksum value.
100. Wait for the D1 PROTECTIVE coefficients to be transferred within one minute.
101. Select the D2 PROTECTIVE 1 button.
102. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.

103. Use the / buttons to insert the D2 Protective 1 calibration value printed of the flowmeter label.
104. Press the CONFIRM button to enter D2 Protective 1 calibration value.
105. Select the D2 PROTECTIVE 2 button.
106. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.

107. Use the / buttons to insert the D2 Protective 2 calibration value printed of the flowmeter label.
108. Press the CONFIRM button to enter D2 Protective 2 calibration value.
109. Select the D2 PROTECTIVE 3 button.
110. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.

111. Use the / buttons to insert the D2 Protective 3 calibration value printed of the flowmeter label.
112. Press the CONFIRM button to enter D2 Protective 3 calibration value.
113. Select the D2 PROTECTIVE 4 button.
114. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.

115. Use the / buttons to insert the D2 Protective 4 calibration value printed of the flowmeter label.

Code SM_9033239200_07 Rev. / 7-71


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

116. Press the CONFIRM button to enter D2 Protective 4 calibration value.


117. Select the D2 PROTECTIVE 5 button.
118. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.

119. Use the / buttons to insert the D2 Protective 5 calibration value printed of the flowmeter label.
120. Press the CONFIRM button to enter D2 Protective 5 calibration value.
121. Select the D2 PROTECTIVE 6 button.
122. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.

123. Use the / buttons to insert the D2 Protective 6 calibration value printed of the flowmeter label.
124. Press the CONFIRM button to enter D2 Protective 6 calibration value.
125. Select the D2 PROTECTIVE 7 button.
126. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.

127. Use the / buttons to insert the D2 Protective 7 calibration value printed of the flowmeter label.
128. Press the CONFIRM button to enter D2 Protective 7 calibration value.
129. Select the Checksum button.
130. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.

131. Use the / buttons to insert the D2 Protective Checksum value printed of the D2 Protective
flowmeter label.
132. Press the CONFIRM button to enter D2 Protective Checksum value.
133. Wait for the D2 PROTECTIVE coefficients to be transferred within one minute.
134. Press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.

7.4.24 Touch Screen


Purpose of the calibration:
To align the touch screen area with the machine operator’s touch.

Calibration:
1. Set the machine to the CALIB HOME screen.
2. Select TOUCH SCREEN and then the CALIBRATION button.
3. Select the 3 positions on the touch screen as requested by the machine. Immediately the machine will
perform the test.
4. Touch the screen in several places to verify that the operator’s touch matches the cross positions on
the screen.
5. Press MUTE key to complete calibration or another key to re-calibrate.
6. Switch OFF the machine.

Emergency Calibration:
1. Switch OFF the machine.
2. Set the DIP 1=ON in the Carrier Board.
3. Switch ON the machine; the TOUCH SCREEN calibration will start automatically.
4. Select the 3 positions on the touch screen as requested by the machine. Immediately the machine will
perform the test.

7-72 Code SM_9033239200_07 Rev. /


Chapter 7. CALIBRATIONS

5. Touch the screen in several places to verify that the operator’s touch matches the cross positions on
the screen.
6. Press MUTE key to complete calibration or another key to re-calibrate.
7. At the end of the TOUCH SCREEN calibration, switch OFF the machine and set the DIP 1=OFF in the
Carrier Board.
8. Switch ON the machine.

7.5 Other Procedures


7.5.1 Fill Up Ultra Filter
Purpose of the procedure:
To fill up the Water and Dialysis fluid ultrafilters of the machine.

Procedure:
1. Set the machine to the CALIB HOME screen.
2. Select FILL UP ULTRA FILTER button and then the PROCESS button to start the process sequence.
3. A message appears requesting to wait for Fill Up Ultra Filter process completed.
4. Wait until the “Fill up Ultra Filter process is completed” message appears.
5. Press CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.

7.5.2 Drain
Purpose of the procedure:
To empty the hydraulic circuit of the machine.

Preliminary Operations:
1. Turn OFF the water.
2. Disconnect the water inlet tube from the machine.

Calibration:
1. Set the machine to the CALIB HOME screen.
2. Select DRAIN and then the START PROCESS button. A superimposed window appears requesting
to remove the water tubes. Remove the tubes and then press the CONFIRM button.
3. Wait until an allarm appears requesting to open the Ultra door.
4. Open the Ultra Door and with a syringe apply pressure to the ultra port for 60 seconds. To see the
remaining time (phase time) press SYSTEM DATA and go to SERVICE DATA page 1.
5. Wait until an allarm appears requesting to correct the position of the Ultra door.
6. Close the Ultra Door.
7. Press CLOSE button to exit from SYSTEM DATA screens.
8. Wait until a superimposed window appears requesting to remove the ultrafilters (Refer to the Artis
Operator’s Manual to perform the procedure).
9. Remove the water and the dialysis fluid ultrafilters to empty them, then press CONFIRM.
10. Wait until an allarm appears requesting to open the EVACLEAN Doors. Open the EVACLEAN doors.
11. Wait until drain is complete.
12. Close the EvaClean doors.
13. Press CLOSE to return to the CALIB HOME screen.

Code SM_9033239200_07 Rev. / 7-73


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Restore the standard configuration


1. Switch OFF the machine.
2. Connect the water inlet tube to the machine.
3. Reposition the ultrafilters (Refer to the Artis Operator’s Manual to perform the procedure).
4. Turn ON the water if needed.

7-74 Code SM_9033239200_07 Rev. /


Chapter 8. MAINTENANCE

Chapter 8. MAINTENANCE
8.1 General
The Artis Dialysis System must be cleaned as often as required by operating conditions and the facility’s
protocol.
The Artis Dialysis System has been designed to function with a minimum of maintenance. The ambient
conditions, as well as frequency and duration of use determine the required cleaning frequency.

8.2 Machine’s Compartments


The Artis Dialysis System is divided in compartments that allow to maintain functionalities and modules
independent each other.
Below are shown the compartments and their main functions:

A Top Compartment:
• Video Display
• Led Display Driver Board
• Touch Screen Controller Board
• WIFI Board
• Keyboard Interface Board
• Electronic Rack Access to all Slave and A
Main PC Boards
• Visual Alarm Boards

B Front Blood Compartment:


• Arterial and Venous Blood Pumps and
Electronic Board
• Sensor bar
• Cassette release mechanism B
• Arterial and Venous Line Clamps
• Infusion Clamp
• EvaClean Connectors

C Left Side Compartment:


• BiCart Cartridge Holder assembly 2

C
1 2
1

• SelectCart Cartridge Holder assembly


• SelectBag Holder assembly
• Dialysis Fluid Tubes and connectors D
• Dialyzer Holder

D Base Compartment:
• Lead Batteries
• Wet Sensor

Code SM_9033239200_08 Rev. / 8-1


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

E Connectivity Panel:
• Ethernet Board
• Hour Meter Board
• BPM Board

F Power Supply Compartment:


• Power Supply
ETHERNET

3 3
USB 4 2
1 1
max 24V 1A max 24V 1A

• Opto Triac
BPM

• Main Switch
• Overtemperature Board E

G Main Hydraulic Compartment:


• Water Feeding
• Heating and Degassing
F
• Concentrates Control
• Fluid Delivery and Weight Loss Control
• Clearance
• Dosing Mixing Disinfectants
G
H Chemical Container Shelf:
(optional)
• The points marked as H show the arms
where the Chemical Container Shelf is
fixed.

H H

8-2 Code SM_9033239200_08 Rev. /


Chapter 8. MAINTENANCE

8.3 Artis Doors Opening/Closing Instructions


8.3.1 Top Compartment Opening/Closing Instructions
Opening
1. Switch off the machine and unplug the power cord from the supply mains.
2. Using a hex screwdriver, unlock (counterclockwise) the latch on the upper back side of the
machine (See the arrow in the Figure 8-1).

ET
ERN
ETH

1
3
2 1A
1 24V
3 max
4 1A
24V
max

USB

BPM

Figure 8 - 1

3. Using the same screwdriver, unlock (counterclockwise) the spring mechanism located on the right
side of the machine (See the arrow in the Figure 8-2).
4. Carefully pull up the Top Panel to lift it up.
5. When the Top Panel is completely lifted, it can be rotated in the left direction.

ET
ERN
ETH

3
1
2 1A
3 24V
max
1
4 1A
24V
max

USB

BPM

Figure 8 - 2

Code SM_9033239200_08 Rev. / 8-3


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Closing
1. Face the display on the front of the machine.
2. Pull the Top panel downwards (see fig. 8-3).

ET
ERN
ETH

3
1
2 1A
3 24V
max
1
4 1A
24V
max

USB

BPM

Figure 8 - 3

3. The spring locking mechanism located on the right side of the machine will secure as the Top
panel is lowered.
4. Ensure that the front Top panel is locked and then lock the latch on the upper back side in the
clockwise direction using a hex screwdriver (see fig. 8-4).

ET
ERN
ETH

1
3
2 1A
1 24V
3 max
4 1A
24V
max

USB

BPM

Figure 8 - 4

5. Plug the power cord to the supply mains and switch on the machine.

8-4 Code SM_9033239200_08 Rev. /


Chapter 8. MAINTENANCE

8.3.2 Front Blood Compartment Opening/Closing Instructions


Opening
1. Before opening the Front Blood panel it is necessary to open the Top panel (see “8.3.1 Top
Compartment Opening/Closing Instructions”).
2. Unlock (counterclockwise) the latch on the right side of the machine using a hex screwdriver (See
the arrow in the Figure 8-5).

ET
ERN
ETH

3
1
2 1A
3 24V
max
1
4 1A
24V
max

USB

BPM

Figure 8 - 5

3. Carefully swing open the Front Blood panel in the left direction (See the Figure 8-6).

Code SM_9033239200_08 Rev. / 8-5


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Figure 8 - 6

Closing
1. Close the Front Blood panel and ensure that is completely closed.
2. Lock the latch on the right side of the machine in the clockwise direction using a hex screwdriver.
3. Close the Top panel ( see “8.3.1 Top Compartment Opening/Closing Instructions”).

8.3.3 Connectivity Panel and Power Supply Compartments Opening/


Closing Instructions
Opening
1. Before opening the Upper Back panel it is necessary to open the Top panel ( see “8.3.1 Top
Compartment Opening/Closing Instructions”).
2. Using the hex screwdriver, unscrew the four screws that fix the Upper Back panel to the machine
(See the arrows in the Figure 8-7).

8-6 Code SM_9033239200_08 Rev. /


Chapter 8. MAINTENANCE

Must be up

USB
BPM
ETH
ERN
ET

4
max 1
24V 3
1A
2
max 1
24V 3
1A

Figure 8 - 7

3. Remove the Upper Back panel.


4. By opening the Upper Back panel the Connectivity panel and the Power Supply compartment are
accessible (See the arrows in the Figure 8-8).

CONNECTIVITY
PANEL

USB

POWER SUPPLY
BPM ETH
ERN
ET

4
ma 1

COMPARTMENT
x 24V 3
1A
2
ma 1
x 24V 3
1A

UPPER BACK
PANEL

Figure 8 - 8

Closing
1. Close the Upper Back panel of the machine, taking care of the rear jug silicone tubes that must be
routed in their panel slots.
2. Using the hex screwdriver, screw the four screws to fix the Upper Back panel to the machine (See
the arrows in the Figure 8-7).
3. Close the Top panel ( see “8.3.1 Top Compartment Opening/Closing Instructions”).

Code SM_9033239200_08 Rev. / 8-7


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

8.3.4 Main Hydraulic Compartment Opening/Closing Instructions


Opening
1. Before opening the Main Hydraulic compartment, it is necessary to open the Top panel (see
“8.3.1 Top Compartment Opening/Closing Instructions”) and the Upper Back panel (see “8.3.3
Connectivity Panel and Power Supply Compartments Opening/Closing Instructions”).
2. Using a flat screwdriver, unscrew (counterclockwise) the four hexagonal nuts that fix the Rear
panel to the machine (See the circles in the figure 8-9).
3. Remove the Rear panel

Figure 8 - 9

4. Using a screwdriver, unscrew (counterclockwise) the two screws that hold the Main Hydraulic
Compartment (See the circles in the figure8-10).

Figure 8 - 10

8-8 Code SM_9033239200_08 Rev. /


Chapter 8. MAINTENANCE

5. Pull backward the Main Hydraulic Compartment according to the arrow in the Figure 8-11.

Figure 8 - 11

6. On the left side of the Main Hydraulic Compartment, rotate the two pin-locks bringing them in the
horizontal position and then open the left door (See the circles and the detail in the Figure 8-12).

Figure 8 - 12

7. On the right side of the Main Hydraulic Compartment, rotate the two pin-locks bringing them in the
horizontal position and then open the right door (See the circles and the detail in Figure 8-13).

Code SM_9033239200_08 Rev. / 8-9


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Figure 8 - 13

8. Open completely the right and left doors of the Main Hydraulic Compartment (See the Figure 8-14).

Figure 8 - 14

Closing

NOTE
When closing the main hydraulic compartment and all the panels, ensure that the pH probe cable (if
installed), the Main Power cable and the Rear Disinfectant tubes are not damaged or squeezed
between the machine cabinet.

1. Close the right and left doors of the Main Hydraulic Compartment (See the Figure 8-14).
2. On the right side of the Main Hydraulic Compartment, rotate the two pin-locks bringing them in
vertical position. To lock the right door push the pin-locks until a click sound hears. (See the circles
and the detail in Figure 8-13).

8-10 Code SM_9033239200_08 Rev. /


Chapter 8. MAINTENANCE

3. On the left side of the Main Hydraulic Compartment, rotate the two pin-locks bringing them in
vertical position. To lock the left door push the pin-locks until a click sound hears. (See the circles
and the detail in the Figure 8-12).
4. Push forward the Main Hydraulic Compartment.

NOTE
During the insertion of the Main Hydraulic Compartment into the machine, ensure that the Acid pick-
up tube, located on the concentrate connectors panel, does not remain pinched between the
machine front bottom panel and the concentrate connectors panel.

5. Using a screwdriver, screw (clockwise) the two screws that hold the Main Hydraulic Compartment
(See the circles in the figure 8-10).
6. Fix the Rear panel.
7. Using a flat screwdriver, screw (clockwise) the four hexagonal nuts to fix the Rear panel to the
machine (See the circles in the figure 8-9).
8. Close the Top panel ( see “8.3.1 Top Compartment Opening/Closing Instructions”).

Code SM_9033239200_08 Rev. / 8-11


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

8.3.5 Left Side Compartment Opening/Closing Instructions


Opening
1. Press the Main Switch key to switch off the machine and unplug the power cord from the supply
mains.
2. Remove the dialyzer holder arm by pressing on the rubber garnish button, at the top of the dialyzer
holder and pulling outward the dialyzer holder pincer arm (See the Figure 8-15).

1 2
1 2

Figure 8 - 15

3. Before opening the Left Side compartment, it is necessary to open the Top panel (see “8.3.1 Top
Compartment Opening/Closing Instructions”) and the Upper Back panel (see “8.3.3 Connectivity
Panel and Power Supply Compartments Opening/Closing Instructions”).

NOTE
To access the interior side of the machine left panel, it is necessary to open the Top Panel, the
Connectivity Panel and Power Supply Compartment.

8-12 Code SM_9033239200_08 Rev. /


Chapter 8. MAINTENANCE

4. Using the screwdriver, unscrew (counterclockwise) the internal screw located behind the
Connectivity Panel and on the right of the Power Supply compartment (See the circle in the Figure
8-16).

Figure 8 - 16

5. From the front side of the machine, unscrew (counterclockwise) the internal screw that secures the
Left Panel, located just above the Cassette panel (See the circle in the Figure 8-17).

Figure 8 - 17

6. Using the screwdriver, unscrew (counterclockwise) the three external screws that secure the Left
panel, as indicated by the circles in the Figure 8-18.

Code SM_9033239200_08 Rev. / 8-13


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Figure 8 - 18

7. The Left panel can now be swing open, as indicated by the arrow in the Figure 8-19.

Figure 8 - 19

8-14 Code SM_9033239200_08 Rev. /


Chapter 8. MAINTENANCE

Closing
1. Close the Left panel.
2. Using the screwdriver, screw (clockwise) the three external screws to secure the Left panel, as
indicated by the circles in the Figure 8-18.
3. From the front side of the machine, screw (clockwise) the internal screw that secures the Left
Panel, located just above the Cassette panel (See the circle in the Figure 8-17).
4. Using the screwdriver, screw (clockwise) the internal screw located behind the Connectivity Panel
and on the right of the Power Supply compartment (See the circle in the Figure 8-16).
5. Close the Upper Back panel (see “8.3.3 Connectivity Panel and Power Supply Compartments
Opening/Closing Instructions”).
6. Close the Top panel ( see “8.3.1 Top Compartment Opening/Closing Instructions”).
7. Position the Dialyzer Holder back in place.

8.3.6 Base Compartment Opening/Closing Instructions


Opening
1. Remove the concentrate tray by pulling it upwards. The tray is kept in place by two magnets.
2. Remove the four screws which fix the Battery cover.

Closing
3. Fix the Battery cover with the four screws.
4. Position the concentrate tray in place and let it self adjusting.
5. Ensure that it is correctly retained by the magnets.

8.4 Tie wrap removal/installation procedures


8.4.1 Tie wrap removal procedure
• Using a pair of nippers, carefully remove the tie wrap from the connector (tube) by cutting the tie wrap
head (see Figure 8-20). When removing the tie wrap, ensure to not cut the tie wrap along the tie
wrap’s body, in order to avoid damaging the connector (tube).

Figure 8 - 20

Code SM_9033239200_08 Rev. / 8-15


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

NOTE
After the tie wrap removal procedure, the silicone connector has to be replaced with a new one in
order to prevent any fluid leakages in the hydraulic circuit.

8.4.2 Tie wrap installation procedure


• Choose the tie wrap installation tool suitable for the tie wrap that has to be installed (see Figure 8-21)
on the specific hydraulic connections on the Artis Dialysis System.

Figure 8 - 21

• Verify that the tie wrap installation tool is compatible with tie wrap gauge and it is set with the right ten-
sile value to fix the tie wrap (see Figure 8-22).

Figure 8 - 22

• Install the tie wrap and before applying the tie wrap installation tool, be sure that the tie wrap is prop-
erly closed (see Figure 8-23).

Figure 8 - 23

• Be sure that the tie wrap installation tool is perpendicular to the axis of the hydraullic connection
where the tie wrap has to be installed (see Figure 8-24).

8-16 Code SM_9033239200_08 Rev. /


Chapter 8. MAINTENANCE

Figure 8 - 24

NOTE
In all the positions that are less accessible for the tie wrap installation, it's suggested to position and
close the tie wrap first manually and then to straighten it by using the Tie wrap installation tool.

NOTE
To ensure the machine's reliability, it is highly recommended to use the Tie wrap installation tool to
close correctly the tie wraps.

Code SM_9033239200_08 Rev. / 8-17


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

8.5 Central Concentrate Supply System installation


procedure
8.5.1 Before Connecting a Central Concentrate Supply System
To use a Central Concentrate Supply system for delivering of A-concentrate with the Artis Dialysis
System, it is necessary that the machine is properly configured by a trained service technician,
according to the following:

• In the Service 2 menu, the "CCK Configuration" parameter must be set as follows:

1. "One Concentrate Connector" if the Front Central Concentrate Connector Port 1 must be used
2. "Two Concentrate Connector" if the Front Central Concentrate Connector Port 2 must be used

• In the Service 2 menu, the proper Acid solution formulas must be preset in order to make them avail-
able on the Fluid Settings sub-screen.
Two different Acid solution formulas can be delivered by the Central Concentrate Supply System.

8.5.2 Installation procedure


1. One end of a Central Concentrate tube, suitable for the Artis Dialysis System, must be connected
to the Front Central Concentrate Ports 1 or 2.
2. The other end of the Central Concentrate tube must be connected to the Rear Central
Concentrate Connector Port 1 or 2, according to the pre-set configuration.

NOTE
The two machine central concentrate tubes, i.e. tubes connecting the Rear Concentrate
Connector Ports 1 and 2 to the Front Central Concentrate Ports 1 and 2, are not included in any
Automatic Disinfection/Rinse process of the machine, except Rinse CCK, and they are an
integral part of the Central Concentrate Supply system. The manufacturer is not responsible for
the cleaning of those two tubes.

NOTE
In AFB K configuration, it is not possible to set the "Two Concentrate Connector" option in the
CCK Configuration selectpad since this central concentrate connector port is not available on
the AFB K Concentrate Connector Panel.

8-18 Code SM_9033239200_08 Rev. /


Chapter 8. MAINTENANCE

8.6 External Cleaning


Artis Dialysis System must be cleaned as often as required by operating conditions and the facility’s
protocol.
The machine has been designed to function with a minimum of maintenance. The ambient conditions,
as well as frequency and duration of use determine the required cleaning frequency.
The external surfaces of the machine to be cleaned are:
• Arterial and Venous pumps

• Arterial and Venous Line Clamps

• Infusion Clamp

• Sensor Bar

• Air detector

• Blood sensors

• Hemoscan sensor

• Heparin syringe holder

• Arterial and Venous pressure sensors

• SN pressure sensor

• BiCart cartridge, SelectCart cartridge, SelectBag holders

• Dialyzer holder

• EvaClean ports and doors

• Touch Screen

• Card reader

Particles and dust on the external surface of the machine can be removed with a soft cloth or brush.
All other deposits can be removed with a soft cloth dipped in the following detergent/disinfectant
solutions:
• Ethanol (60% or 70%).

• Isopropanol 60%.

• Liquid soap, except for the Touch Screen

• Sodium hypochlorite (NaCIO) of 1,5% available chlorine, except for the Touch Screen, Arterial
and Venous Pumps, Air Detector, Blood Sensor, Hemoscan Sensor, Arterial and Venous Line
Clamps and Infusion Clamp.

! WARNING
To clean the Touch Screen use ONLY the following disinfectants:
• Ethanol (60 or 70%).
• Isopropanol (60%).

Code SM_9033239200_08 Rev. / 8-19


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

! WARNING
To clean the external surface of the Artis Dialysis System, use only disinfectants/detergents
suggested in this Service Manual.
Use of other chemicals to clean the Artis Dialysis System might cause ineffective disinfection
or damage the plastic parts of the machine.
In particular, avoid chemicals containing benzene, toluene, xylene, acetone or similar solvents.

NOTE
Any liquid spilt on the machine must immediately be removed to prevent it from seeping into
the machine.

NOTE
DO NOT immerse the machine components listed in the table above in disinfectant solutions.

NOTE
In case salt deposits are present on the Sensor Bar, the machine could not be able to detect the
Sensor Bar door status (opened/closed).
To avoid this, carefully clean the Sensor Bar.

NOTE
If residual detergent/disinfectant remains on the surface of the machine after external cleaning,
it has to be removed with a soft cloth dipped in water to avoid damaging or discoloring the
plastic parts of the machine.
Detergents/disinfectants have to be removed from the external surface of the machine only
after the minimum dwell time for cleaning is elapsed (refer to the detergent/disinfectant
instructions for use for the minimum dwell time recommended to guarantee an effective
cleaning).

8.6.1 Arterial pump rotor cleaning


Rotor removal:
• Switch off the machine and unplug the power cord from the supply mains.

• Open the Arterial pump cover.

• Flip open the rotor crank and remove the arterial pump rotor by rotating the crank (counter clockwise)
and by pulling it outwards at the same time until the rotor completely slides out off the rotor shaft.

Clean the rotor with a spray cleaner or a wet lint-free cleaning cloth.

Rotor assembling:
Position the rotor on the shaft in the right position and press it to the machine and then close the crank
until a click sound hears.
Close the Arterial pump cover.

8-20 Code SM_9033239200_08 Rev. /


Chapter 8. MAINTENANCE

8.6.2 Venous pump rotor cleaning


Rotor removal:
• Switch off the machine and unplug the power cord from the supply mains.

• Open the Venous pump cover.

• Flip open the rotor crank and remove the venous pump rotor by rotating the crank (counter clockwise)
and by pulling it outwards at the same time until the rotor completely slides out off the rotor shaft.

Clean the rotor with a spray cleaner or a wet lint-free cleaning cloth.

Rotor assembling:
Position the rotor on the shaft in the right position and press it to the machine and then close the crank
until a click sound hears.
Close the Venous pump cover.

8.6.3 External components Cleaning


It is advisable to clean periodically the following external components of the machine, immersing them in
a disinfectant solution:
• Dialysis Fluid Connectors
• Concentrate Connectors
• Chemical Connectors
To clean these components proceed as follows:
1. Immerse them in a disinfectant solution;

NOTE
The length of the immersion depends on the disinfection solution used.

2. Thoroughly rinse them with treated water to remove all disinfectant residuals, prior to using them
during dialysis.
The frequency of this cleaning procedure depends on the use of the machine, on the operating
conditions and the ambient conditions.

! WARNING
To prevent cross-contamination problems caused, for example, by blood leakage from the
blood line or from the dialyzer, the following external components of the machine must be
cleaned:
• Dialysis Fluid Connectors;
• Concentrate Connectors.

Code SM_9033239200_08 Rev. / 8-21


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

! WARNING
To prevent damage to the components listed above, DO NOT leave them immersed in the
disinfectant solution for a prolonged period; the proper immersion time is related to the
disinfectant dilution used.
When the dilution is the same as that used in the machine during disinfection programs, follow
the same time limits:
• 4 hours for: Amuchina, Instrunet HD and Sodium Hypochlorite at Disinfectant strength
(1:25 dilution);
• 24 hours for: Dialox, Acetoper, Peresal, Actril and Renalin;
• One week for: Sodium Hypochlorite at Bacteriostatic strength (1:750 dilution).
(For further information refer to the “ Chapter 13. SPECIFICATIONS” of this service manual).

8.7 Screen Cleaning


A special feature is available on the Artis Dialysis System to allow the operator to clean the Touch
Screen also when the machine is switched on. It is possible to perform this procedure during every
machine status.
To clean the Artis Touch Screen when the machine is switched on, proceed as follows:
1. On the Report screen, press the “Screen Cleaning” button:
• A Confirm window opens
2. Press the CONFIRM button on the Confirm window. The following window is displayed:

• The Touch Screen is temporarily disabled (12 seconds) allowing the operator to clean it
3. Clean the Touch Screen with a soft cloth.
After 12 seconds have elapsed the Touch Screen is automatically enabled again.

8-22 Code SM_9033239200_08 Rev. /


Chapter 8. MAINTENANCE

8.8 Visual inspection


The machine must be periodically inspected (at least once a week) to check for:
• Broken or damaged switches
• Broken or twisted supply mains cables
• Cracks in the structure (including the External Parts of the enclosure)
• Corroded metal parts
• Unattached loose or missing hardware
• Blood pump rotor damage and that the rotor surface remains smooth

! WARNING
A damaged pump rotor will not work properly. This could result in patient serious injury. Visually
inspect the pump rotors each time you load any of Infusion, Ultra, SNDP or Blood Cassettes.
If the pump rotor is damaged, DO NOT use the machine for treatment, DO NOT repair and call
for service.

• Damage to the arterial and venous pressure transducers and that their surface is smooth.

NOTE
If any of the damage listed above is noted, DO NOT use the Artis Dialysis System, until the
damage has been repaired and the machine is in proper working condition

8.9 Cassette Panel O-Rings Inspection and Greasing


Inspection and greasing of the O-Rings of the Cassette Panel are required once a week or after the
“(#644) Pressure Transducer: Greasing Required“ alarm. Follow the steps below to proceed:
• Check the three O-Rings on the Cassette Panel pressure transducers for nicks, damage,
or wear and replace them if necessary;
• Grease the three O-Rings to improve the seal to the Cassette and reduce wear of O-Rings.
To inspect and grease the O-Rings proceed as follows:
1. Remove possible grease in excess using an alcool based solution (refer to the list of chemicals
for external cleaning suggested on this section);
2. Check, that the O-Ring surface and the metal stems are free from any extraneous particles and
check for nicks, damage or wear. Replace the O-Rings if necessary;
3. Apply a very thin coating of silicon grease (spare part code 6975395) all around the three O-
Rings. The silicon grease can be applied either manually or using a grease Dispenser. Refer to
the two procedures described below.

8.9.1 Manual Greasing procedure


To perform a manual greasing, proced as follows:
1. Place a small quantity of silicon grease on your finger and apply it uniformly all around the O-
Rings.
2. Pay careful attention to ensure that no grease enters inside the metal stems: grease in the stems
may result in false pressure readings.

Code SM_9033239200_08 Rev. / 8-23


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

8.9.2 Procedure with Grease Dispenser


To use a Grease Dispenser to perform the greasing procedure, proceed as follows:
1. Ensure that no grease is present on the Grease Dispenser (spare part code 6977854) around the
Grease Dispenser pin;
2. Screw the Grease Dispenser to the silicon grease tube and then insert the pin of the Grease
Dispenser in the pressure coupling hole;
3. Press firmly to fit the Grease Dispenser against the pressure coupling;
4. Press the silicon grease tube to allow a thin quantity of grease exits and rotate the tube twice;
5. Remove the Grease Dispenser;
6. Verify that a thin quantity of grease has been applied all around the O-Ring;
7. Check, that the front of the couplings and the holes in the metal steams are free from any
extraneous particles and exceeding grease.

8.10 Storage
When the machine is planned not to be in use for a long period of time, it must be kept in a safe place
such as a closet free from dust:
• Avoid storing in busy areas where the machine may be moved or knocked over.
• Avoid storing in conditions of high humidity.
If the machine will be stored for an extended period, it is suggested to carry out a chemical bacteriostatic
disinfection at least once per week. To perform chemical disinfection refer to “12.3.5 Bacteriostatic
Chemical Disinfection with Low Peracetic” paragraph of the Artis Operator’s manual.

! WARNING
Stagnant water may contaminate the machine. If machine is stored for more than 7 days, the
water line should be disinfected and rinsed.

! WARNING
After a prolonged period of storage, Service must be called to return the machine to proper
working order.
Storage at temperatures below 0 °C is allowed only if the hydraulic circuit has been completely
emptied.

8-24 Code SM_9033239200_08 Rev. /


Chapter 8. MAINTENANCE

8.11 Preventive maintenance


To keep the machine in good and safe working order, a periodical preventive maintenance of the Artis
Dialysis System must be performed both by the operator and by an authorized service technician.
The operator is responsible for a regular preventive maintenance of the solely machine external surface,
whereas the machine internal components preventive maintenance must be performed exclusively by
an authorized service technician.

8.11.1 Preventive Maintenance performed by the operator


Depending on the ambient conditions, the frequency and the average duration of daily use of the Artis
Dialysis System, the operator is required to perform periodical preventive maintenance procedures on
the machine external surface. In particular, the operator has to perform:
• External cleaning of the machine surface and outside components. Refer to the Section “External
Cleaning” of the Operator’s Manual for the procedures and agents to be used.
• External disinfection of the water inlet tube. Refer to the Section “Water Inlet Tube disinfection” of the
Operator’s Manual for the related procedure.
• External cleaning of the Touch Screen. Refer to the Section “Screen Cleaning” of the Operator’s
Manual for the related procedure.
• Visual Inspection of the machine. Refer to the Section “Visual Inspection” of the Operator’s Manual for
the related procedure.
• Cassette Panel O-Rings Inspection and Greasing. Refer to the Section “Cassette Panel O-Rings
Inspection and Greasing” of the Operator’s Manual for the related procedure.

! WARNING
No other maintenance procedures than those mentioned above will be performed by the
operator of the machine. The machine panels must ONLY be opened by a fully trained service
technician.

! WARNING
Stagnant water may contaminate the machine. If the machine is stored for more than 7 days, the
water tube should be disinfected and rinsed.

8.11.2 Preventive Maintenance performed by an authorized service


technician
The ambient conditions, the frequency and the average duration of daily use of the Artis Dialysis System
determine the maintenance frequency of the internal machine components; however when a maximum
of 4.000 working hours have elapsed (or at least once a year) a technical preventive maintenance is
required.
The components to be replaced and the calibrations and checks to be performed are specified in the
Preventive Maintenance Checklist. A copy of the most recent Preventive Maintenance Checklist is
included with every Preventive Maintenance kit. All the Preventive Maintenance programs have to be
performed in accordance with the list included in the Preventive Maintenance Checklist, with the
calibration/test procedures described in this Service Manual and with the Instruction sheets procedures
described in the Preventive Maintenance Booklet.

Code SM_9033239200_08 Rev. / 8-25


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

! WARNING
The manufacturer does not accept any responsibility for damages caused by any operation
carried out on the machine by unauthorized staff.

! WARNING
Before replacing or checking any component in the Hydraulic Circuit, a Descaling procedure (i.e.
a Heat with CleanCart-C disinfection) must be performed.

There are currently two Preventive Maintenance kits:


PM1: “MAINTENANCE KIT1 AE” code SP01328
PM2: “MAINTENANCE KIT2 AE” code SP01329

The two Preventive Maintenance programs must be performed alternatingly each 4.000 hours or once a
year, whichever comes first.
Follow the schedule in the table below for a correct maintenance of the Artis Dialysis System:

Preventive Maintenance PM1ST PM2ND PM3RD PM4TH


Period (4000 hours) (8000 hours) (12000 hours) (16000 hours)

PM1: “MAINTENANCE KIT1 AE” X X


PM2: “MAINTENANCE KIT2 AE” X X

NOTE
Each part present in the “Maintenance Kit1 AE” and “Maintenance Kit2 AE” is also available as
single spare part kit.

For the complete list of all the components that have to be checked and/or replaced and for the
complete description of the required test and calibration procedures, refer to the Preventive
Maintenance Checklist provided with each Preventive Maintenance Kit.
For detailed instructions of the replacement procedures of the single spare part kits, refer to the related
Instruction Sheet described in the Preventive Maintenance Booklet.

8-26 Code SM_9033239200_08 Rev. /


Chapter 8. MAINTENANCE

8.11.3 Periodic Electrical Safety Inspection


8.11.3.1 General
To ensure Electrical safety condition, a qualified service technician shall perform an Electrical Safety
Inspection (ESI) of the Artis dialysis system on regular basis:

• before putting into service (Installation)

• at regular intervals (Preventive Maintenance)

• after replacements of components (spare parts) and after installation of upgrading kit/accessories
where applicable (in order to identify which tests apply refer to the related Instruction for Use or to the
Illustrated spare part catalogue)

Additionally if the equipment has been exposed to unexpected electrical events on the main supply or
unintentional contact of electrical parts with fluid has occurred, a full Electrical Safety Inspection shall be
performed.

The information needed to perform ESI is provided in this paragraph.


The following steps are included in the ESI of the Artis dialysis system and shall be executed in the
specified order:
• Visual inspection

• PET - Protective earth test

• ELT - Earth leakage current test

• PLT - Patient leakage current test

• Functional check of the machine operation

If any of the steps fails, a technical intervention is needed in order to restore the safety condition of the
machine. After the technical intervention, the steps shall be repeated until the result of evaluation is
positive. If the technical intervention could impact any of the other ESI steps, these steps shall be
repeated.

To avoid premature aging of isolation material no insulation resistance test shall be performed during
ESI.

During the visual inspection of the equipment, the service technician shall check for potential faults
related to the electrical safety of the machine.
The purpose of the PET test is to verify that the protective earthed parts of the machine are properly
connected to protective earth, providing a safe low electrical potential on these parts in case of
insulation loss.
The purpose of the ELT/PLT tests is to verify that non-functional leakage currents to operator and
patient are within safe limits.
The purpose of the functional checks is to verify normal machine operation after the technical
intervention.

! WARNING
When performing the ESI, which requires access to the interior of the machine, the service
technician shall have proper electrostatic safety devices (i.e. wrist grounding straps or grounding
mats) in place to prevent damage to electrostatic sensitive components within the machine.

The results of the ESI steps shall be documented as per IEC 62353.

At the end of this section is present an example of record.

Code SM_9033239200_08 Rev. / 8-27


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

NOTE
Considering the dialysis system electrical architecture, the test methods of IEC 60601-11 for
leakage currents measurements are compliant and suitable also for the coverage of IEC 623532
requirements.
In particular:
earth leakage current and patient leakage current measurement methods as per IEC 60601-1 are
suitable for coverage of IEC 62353 equipment leakage current;
applied part leakage current measurement method as per IEC 62353 is not applicable due to the
electrical architecture of the dialysis system.

8.11.3.2 Visual inspection


The visual inspection is a procedure to make sure that the medical equipment in use still confirms the
specifications and has not suffered from any external damage and/or contamination.
The visual inspection includes following steps:
1. Exterior parts including covers removable without the use of a tool: check for major damages,
cracks etc.
2. Cabling: check for cuts, wrong connections etc.
3. Power cord: check for sign of mechanical wear or discolouration.
4. Markings and labelling: check the presence and the integrity.
5. Integrity of mechanical parts: e.g. check for any visible obstructions.
6. Contamination: check for residual of organic fluids (e.g. blood), chemical agents.
7. Check that the required documentation reflects the dialysis machine configuration (e.g. Operator’s
Manual) .

NOTE
In case of replacement or installation of a component, only steps potentially concerned by the
replacement or installation shall be performed. Refer to the technical document provided with
spare parts or upgrading kit /accessories.
Moreover, the visual inspection is extended to these parts, if other parts of the machine are
disconnected or removed to allow the replacement of the component.

1. IEC 60601-1: Medical electrical equipment - Part 1: General requirements for basic safety and essential
performance

2. IEC 62353: Medical electrical equipment - Recurrent test and test after repair of medical electrical equipment

8-28 Code SM_9033239200_08 Rev. /


Chapter 8. MAINTENANCE

8.11.3.3 PET - Protective Earth Test

NOTE
The machine shall not be connected to supply mains during testing.

Test equipment
According to IEC 62353 with alternate current

General Conditions for PET


During the measurement, the power supply cord shall be flexed along its length in order to detect
possible variations of resistance due to deterioration.

NOTE
To avoid electrical shock hazard the test shall be performed by a trained and qualified technician,
the instrument used for the test shall comply with the IEC 62353 and/or IEC 610103.

Check that the resistance between the protective earth connection of the mains plug and the following
points:

• the electric frame (Figure 1)


• the potential equalization connection (Figure 2)
• the electronic rack (Figure 3)
• the hydraulic rack (Figure 4)
• the heater element (Figure 5)
• the blood door (Figure 6)
• the dialysate ground (Figure 7)

does not exceed 300 mΩ (200 mΩ in the case if installation of the machine or replacement of the power
cord).

Compare the current value with the measured resistance value at the last4 ESI and evaluate if the
changes are acceptable or not for the next operational period of the machine.

NOTE
In case of replacement of a component that is protectively earthed, the test shall be performed
between the protective earth connection of the mains plug and the connection to earth of the
component.
Moreover, if other protectively earthed parts of the machine are disconnected or removed to allow
the substitution of the component, the protective earth connection of these parts shall be checked
through PET as well.

3. IEC 61010: Safety requirements for electrical equipment for measurement, control and laboratory use.

4. In case of ESI at installation of the machine or after replacement of power cord, the comparison with previous
readings is not necessary since the test limit is already lowered to 200 mΩ.

Code SM_9033239200_08 Rev. / 8-29


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Measurement point: Rear side, Power Supply Measurement point: Rear side, Connectivity
Compartment Panel, Potential Equalization Connector.

BPM

Figure 1 Figure 2

Measurement point: Rear side, boards area Measurement point: Rear side, Main Hydraulic
Compartment, hydraulic rack
Protective Board

Blood Board

Figure 3 Figure 4
Measurement point: Rear side, Main Hydraulic Measurement point: Front Blood Panel
Compartment, Heater element

Figure 5 Figure 6

8-30 Code SM_9033239200_08 Rev. /


Chapter 8. MAINTENANCE

Measurement point: Left Side Compartment,


Left Panel, Dialysate Ground

Figure 7

8.11.3.4 ELT / PLT

Test equipment
• A Safety Tester set to measure according to IEC 60601-1

• PLT access point

General conditions for ELT / PLT


1. The Artis dialysis system shall be connected to both feed water and drain.

NOTE
For the test purpose only, make sure that the drain tube is not connected to an earthed water system.
Connection to earth of drain tubes might affect leakage current readings.

2. Perform the test with all enclosure parts of the machine assembled.
3. Connect the Artis dialysis system to the outlet supply of the safety tester.

NOTE
To avoid electrical shock hazard the test shall be performed by a trained and qualified technician,
the instrument used for the test shall comply with the IEC 62353 and/or IEC 61010.

Code SM_9033239200_08 Rev. / 8-31


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Safety
Feed water tester
dialysis system
Supply
Drain mains

Mains voltage to
the dialysis system

4. Central concentrate delivery systems should not be used. Use either liquid or non-liquid concentrates.
5. No other external equipment than that specified in this instruction should be connected to the
machine.
6. The parts of the machine and the disposables must not be in contact with any external earth.

ELT - Earth Leakage Current Test


1. No Potential Equalization cable shall be connected during test.
2. Run a simulated treatment.
3. Measure the earth leakage current with the safety tester. Follow the safety tester users manual.
4. Measure both in N.C. (Normal Condition) and S.F.C. (Single Fault Condition - interruption of neutral).
5. Take the highest reading when the machine is running.
6. Invert the phases of the mains voltage. Wait for the restoration of the simulated treatment.
7. Measure both in N.C. (Normal Condition) and S.F.C. (Single Fault Condition – interruption of neutral
conductor).
8. Take the highest reading when the machine is running.
9. Check that the highest measured readings do not exceed the limit values in the table “Limit values for
earth leakage current (ELT)”.
Table 1: Limit values for earth leakage current (ELT)

Limit values for ELT5

Dialysis machine N.C. S.F.C.

ARTIS/EVOSYS 230/240 V Max 400 µA Max 800 µA

ARTIS 115 V Max 300 µA Max 300 µA

5. IEC 60601-1 limits are 500µA in N.C and 1000µA in SFC (300µA both in NC and SFC for 100/115 V according
to US National deviation).
The limits were reduced with respect to the values reported by the standard in order to allow detection of
deviations to the reference values (due to a process of deterioration) and to avoid the need of normalization
to mains nominal voltages.
The limits related to 100/115 V were not lowered since on the latest version of the standard there are no more
US National deviations related to earth leakage current limits.

8-32 Code SM_9033239200_08 Rev. /


Chapter 8. MAINTENANCE

PLT - Patient Leakage Current Test

NOTE
• Make sure that the machine does not perform a calibration (autocalibration) during the
measurements.

1. No Potential Equalization cable shall be connected during test.


2. Run a simulated treatment.
3. The safety couplings of the dialysis fluid tubes shall be connected to the safety tester via PLT access
point (see Figure 8-25). It is possible to connect the probe of the tester to the kit PLT box code
K40246001.

Patient
leakage
current Safety
Dialysis fluid tubes
tester
dialysis system
PLT Supply
Access- mains
point
Dialysis fluid tubes

Mains voltage to
the dialysis system

Figure 8 - 25

4. The PLT access point shall be connected to the Safety Tester.


5. There must be a fluid flow during this test. Make sure that the fluid is not in bypass.
6. Measure the patient leakage current with the safety tester. Follow the safety tester users manual.
7. Measure both in N.C. (Normal Condition) and S.F.C. (Single Fault Condition - interruption of earth
conductor).
8. Take the highest AC-reading when the machine is running.
9. Take the highest DC-reading when the machine is running.
10. Invert the phases of the mains voltage. Wait for the restoration of the simulated treatment.
11. Measure both in N.C. (Normal Condition) and S.F.C. (Single Fault Condition - interruption of earth
conductor).
12. Take the highest AC-reading when the machine is running.
13. Take the highest DC-reading when the machine is running.
14. Check that the highest measured readings do not exceed the limit values in the tables “Limits values
for patient leakage current (PLT)”:

Code SM_9033239200_08 Rev. / 8-33


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Table 2: Limits values for patient leakage current (PLT)

Limit values for PLT (No Central Venous Catheter)6

Dialysis machine N.C. S.F.C.

ARTIS/EVOSYS 230/240 V Max 10 µAa.c. Max 400 µAa.c.


Max 10 µAd.c. Max 40 µAd.c.

ARTIS 115 V Max 10 µAa.c. Max 400 µAa.c.


Max 10 µAd.c. Max 40 µAd.c.

In case central venous catheters (CVC) are applied to atrial location (only for Artis/Evosys with
equipotential kit):

15. Connect the Potential Equalization cable.


16. Repeat the PLT test with the limits below.

Table 3: Limits values for PLT (Central Venous Catheters)

Limit values for PLT (Central Venous Catheters)7

Dialysis machine N.C. S.F.C.

ARTIS/EVOSYS 230 V Max 10 µAa.c. Max 40 µAa.c.


Max 10 µAd.c. Max 40 µAd.c.

ARTIS 115 V Max 10 µAa.c. Max 40 µAa.c.


Max 10 µAd.c. Max 40 µAd.c.

6. IEC 60601-1 limits are 100µAa.c. and 10µAd.c. in N.C. and 500µAa.c. and 50µAd.c. in SFC.
The limits were reduced with respect to the values reported by the standard in order to allow detection of
deviations to the reference values (due to a process of deterioration) and to avoid the need of normalization to
mains nominal voltages.
The limits related to NC in d.c. were not lowered since the variation is negligible with regard to the typical
instruments accuracy.

7. IEC 60601-2-16* limits for CVC are 10µAa.c and 10µAd.c. and 50µAa.c. and 50µAd.c. in SFC. The limits were
reduced with respect to the values reported by the standard in order to allow detection of deviations to the
reference values (due to a process of deterioration) and to avoid the need of normalization to mains nominal
voltages.
The limits related to NC were not lowered since the variation is negligible with regard to the typical instruments
accuracy.
* IEC 60601-2-16: Medical electrical equipment - part 2-16: Particular requirements for basic safety and
essential performace of haemodialysis, haemodiafiltration and haemofiltration equipment.

8-34 Code SM_9033239200_08 Rev. /


Chapter 8. MAINTENANCE

8.11.4 Functional Check


Before releasing the dialysis machine for use, a functional check shall be performed.

In order to identify what functional checks apply (based on the kind of intervention) refer to the technical
documents provided respectively for:

a. Installation of the machine;

b. Preventive maintenance;

c. Spare parts replacement or upgrading kit / accessories

NOTE
Restore the condition for normal use after completion of the functional check (enclosure,
covers...).

Code SM_9033239200_08 Rev. / 8-35


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

8.11.5 ESI Record: example of record

Technical Intervention Type


INSTALLATION

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

REPLACEMENT OF COMPONENTS

INSTALLATION OF UPGRADING KIT/


ACCESSORIES

Machine type 100/115 Va.c. 220/230/240 Va.c.


Artis/Evosys

Machine identification
Product Code

Serial Number

Run Time (h)

Measuring Equipment Identification


Model

Serial Number

Calibration Expiry Date

8-36 Code SM_9033239200_08 Rev. /


Chapter 8. MAINTENANCE

Visual inspection
A visual inspection of the dialysis machine has been performed without any remarks, according to the
specified instruction in section "Visual inspection":

Description PASS FAIL


Check the exterior parts, including covers
removable for major damages, cracks

Check for cuts, wrong connections in the


cabling

Check for sign of mechanical wear or


discolouration of the power cord

Integrity of markings and labeling


(legibility, completeness)

Integrity of mechanical parts: e.g. check


for any visible obstructions

Check for residual of organic fluids (e.g.


blood), chemical agents

Check the presence of required


documentation and the correspondence
with the dialysis machine configuration

Remark:

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

Code SM_9033239200_08 Rev. / 8-37


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

PET for Artis/Evosys dialysis machines


Check that the resistance between the protective earth connection of the mains plug and the followings:

Check Measured Acceptance


Description PASS FAIL
# value Criteria
1 the electric frame ……….mΩ <=300mΩ
(<=200mΩ8)

2 the potential equalization ……….mΩ <=300mΩ


connection (<=200mΩ8)

3 the electronic rack ……….mΩ <=300mΩ


(<=200mΩ8)

4 the hydraulic rack ……….mΩ <=300mΩ


(<=200mΩ8)

5 the heater element ……….mΩ <=300mΩ


(<=200mΩ8)

6 the blood door ……….mΩ <=300mΩ


(<=200mΩ8)

7 the dialysate ground ……….mΩ <=300mΩ


(<=200mΩ8)

other the connection to earth of ……….mΩ <=300mΩ


the component (replaced (<=200mΩ8)
/ installed) and/or of the
parts involved in the
intervention
…………………………9

8. Acceptance criteria valid only for the installation of the machine or replacement of the power cord.

9. Fill with the component name.

8-38 Code SM_9033239200_08 Rev. /


Chapter 8. MAINTENANCE

ELT - Earth Leakage Current Test

Measured
Description Acceptance Criteria PASS FAIL
value
File the highest ……….µA ≤400µAa.c. (220/230/240 V)
measured earth
leakage current, ≤300µAa.c. (100/115 V)
normal condition
(N.C.) reading
according to section
ELT

File the highest ……….µA ≤800µAa.c. (220/230/240 V)?


measured earth
leakage current, ≤300µAa.c. (100/115 V)
single fault condition
(S.F.C.) reading
according to section
ELT

The measure with reverse polarity of the mains plug is not applicable for 100/115 V version.

Code SM_9033239200_08 Rev. / 8-39


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

PLT - Patient Leakage Current Test (No Central Venous Catheters)


File both the highest AC-reading and the highest DC-reading among normal and reverse polarity of the
mains plug when the machine is running according to the section PLT.

Measured Acceptance
Description PASS FAIL
value Criteria
File the highest measured ……….µAdc <=10µAd.c.
patient leakage current,
normal condition (N.C.) ……….µAac <=10µAa.c.
reading according to
section PLT

File the highest measured ……….µAdc <=40µAd.c.


patient leakage current,
single fault condition ……….µAac <=400µAa.c.
(S.F.C.) reading according
to section PLT

The measure with reverse polarity of the mains plug is not applicable for 100/115 V version.

8-40 Code SM_9033239200_08 Rev. /


Chapter 8. MAINTENANCE

PLT - Patient Leakage Current Test (Central Venous Catheters)


File both the highest AC-reading and the highest DC-reading among normal and reverse polarity of the
mains plug when the machine is running with CVC according to the section PLT -Patient Leakage
Current Test, in this chapter.

Measured Acceptance
Description PASS FAIL
value Criteria
File the highest measured ……….µAdc <=10µAd.c.
patient leakage current,
normal condition (N.C.) ……….µAac <=10µAa.c.
reading according to
section PLT

File the highest measured ……….µAdc <=40µAd.c.


patient leakage current,
single fault condition ……….µAac <=40µAa.c.
(S.F.C.) reading according
to section PLT

The measure with reverse polarity of the mains plug is not applicable for 100/115 V version.

Code SM_9033239200_08 Rev. / 8-41


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Functional check

Description PASS FAIL


Function check as per the technical documents related to
installation of the machine, preventive maintenance,
spare parts replacement installation of upgrading kit/
accessories

ESI RESULT PASS FAIL

The ESI is positive evaluated only if all the steps are PASS (Visual Inspection, PET, ELT, PLT tests and
Functional Check).

Write notes here:

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

Name of testing organization Date

Name of testing Service Technician Signature

This record is to be designed and filled by the Service Technician responsible for the electrical
safety inspection.

8-42 Code SM_9033239200_08 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS,


INFORMATION SIGNALS AND
TROUBLESHOOTING
9.1 Service data: access view
The Service Data pages give a detailed representation of the technical data coming from the slaves and
main program. Four service data pages are available and the user can navigate through them by using the
1,2,3,4 buttons.
The access to the SERVICE DATA pages is available by pressing the Report button of the Overview
screen-Machine Start-up to access the Report screen.
At this level by pressing the System Data button the access to the Service data pages is made directly,
without the insertion of a password.

Figure 9- 1. Overview screen - Machine Start-up

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-1


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Figure 9- 2. Report screen

Figure 9- 3. Service data - Page 1

9-2 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

Figure 9- 4. Service data - Page 2

Figure 9- 5. Service data - Page 3

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-3


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Figure 9- 6. Service data - Page 4

All the service data pages have the same number of rows, but different numbers of columns.
The number of rows and the number of columns of each page are the following:

Pages Page 1 Page 2 Page 3 Page 4

number of rows 34 34 34 34

number of columns 5 6 6 3

9-4 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

9.2 Status Screen: First Page

Figure 9- 7. Service data - first page parameters

9.2.1 First Page: Parameters description

Table 9.1 First Service Data page: parameters description

LOCAT.
PARAMETER DESCRIPTION UNIT
column-row

HYDRAULIC MODULE

1-01 Hyd Phase Hydraulic phase of Hydraulic Slave -

1-02 D1c flow Flow measured by D1c flowmeter - Actual flow ml/min

1-04 D2c flow Flow measured by D2C flowmeter - Actual flow ml/min

1-06 K x 10000 Protective K flow meters alignment Ratio

1-07 WLR actual Actual Weight Loss Rate ml/min

1-08 Total WL total weight loss g

1-09 PC Freq PC Encoder frequency value Hz

1-10 PC Activ PC bflag : -


00H OFF
01H ON open loop
02H ON closed loop on encoder
0AH ON closed loop on PDG sensor

1-11 P1 Freq P1 Encoder frequency value Hz

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-5


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Table 9.1 First Service Data page: parameters description


LOCAT.
PARAMETER DESCRIPTION UNIT
column-row

1-12 P1 Activ P1 Encoder frequency : -


00H OFF
01H ON open loop
03H ON closed loop on sensor (Flowmeter D1c)
07H ON closed loop on PFS sensor

1-13 P2 Freq P2 Frequency Set value Hz

1-14 P2 Activ P2 pump state activity : -


00H OFF
01H ON open loop
03H ON closed loop on sensor D2c
04H ON closed loop on PO sensor (set by master)
07H ON closed loop on PFS sensor
0CH ON closed loop on PFS sensor (set by slave)
0DH ON closed loop on TMP pressure

1-15 PWho Freq PWHO frequency set value Hz

1-16 PWho Activ Drain pump state activity : -


00H OFF
02H ON closed loop on PDRAIN
05H ON open loop

1-17 PA Freq Acetate Pump Set frequency value Hz

1-18 PA Activ PA bflag -


00H OFF
01H ON open loop
03H ON closed loop on GcA sensor
05H ON open loop forward rotation
06H ON open loop backward rotation
09H ON closed loop on Qd

1-20 PB Freq PB Pump Set frequency value Hz

1-21 PB Activ PB bflag -


00H OFF
01H ON open loop
03H ON closed loop on GcB sensor
05H ON open loop forward rotation
06H ON open loop backward rotation
09H ON closed loop on Qd

1-23 PSel Freq Select Pump Set frequency value Hz

1-24 PSel Activ PSE bflag : -


00H OFF
01H ON open loop
05H ON open loop forward rotation
06H ON open loop backward rotation
09H ON closed loop on Qd

1-25 PS Freq PS frequency - Set value Hz

1-26 PS Activ PS bflag: -


00H OFF
05H ON open loop in forward direction (DIALYSIS/RINSING/
DISINFECTION)
06H ON open loop in backward direction (DIALYSIS/
RINSING/DISINFECTION)

9-6 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

Table 9.1 First Service Data page: parameters description


LOCAT.
PARAMETER DESCRIPTION UNIT
column-row

1-27 Press PDG PDG absolute value mmHg

1-28 Press In PI relative pressure value mmHg

1-29 Press Out PO relative pressure value mmHg

1-30 Press PFS PFS relative pressure value mmHg

1-31 Press PDrain Pdrain relative pressure value mmHg

1-32 Art. Pressure Arterial Pressure value - read on sensor mmHg

1-33 Ven. Pressure Venous Pressure value - read on sensor mmHg

1-34 SN Pressure SN Pressure value- read on sensor mmHg

PROTECTIVE MODULE

1-02 D1c flow Actual flow value for D1C ml/min

1-03 D1P flow Flow measured by D1P flowmeter - Actual flow ml/min

1-04 D2c flow Actual flow value for D2C ml/min

1-05 D2P flow Flow measured by D2P flowmeter - Actual flow ml/min

1-06 K x 10000 Protective K flow meters alignment Ratio

1-07 WLR actual Weight Loss Rate Instant Value (D2P -D1P) ml/min

1-08 Total WL total weight loss g

1-17 PA Freq The value of Acetate pump encoder frequency measured by PR Hz


SS

1-19 PA Error Percentage error on PA pump (-100 .. +100) %

1-20 PB Freq The value of Bicarbonate pump frequency encoder measured Hz


by the PR SS.

1-22 PB Error Percentage error on PB pump (-100 .. +100) %

1-23 PSel Freq The value of Select pump frequency measured from the PR SS Hz

1-25 PS Freq Sterilant pump frequency measured by Protective SubSystem Hz

1-27 Press PDG PDG absolute value mmHg

1-28 Press In PI relative pressure value mmHg

1-29 Press Out PO relative pressure value mmHg

1-30 Press PFS PFS relative pressure value mmHg

1-31 Press PDrain Pdrain relative pressure value mmHg

1-32 Art. Pressure Arterial Pressure value - read on sensor mmHg

1-33 Ven. Pressure Venous Pressure actual value mmHg

1-34 SN Pressure SN Pressure value - read on sensor mmHg

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-7


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Table 9.1 First Service Data page: parameters description


LOCAT.
PARAMETER DESCRIPTION UNIT
column-row

HYDRAULIC MODULE

2-01 Cond B Bicarbonate conductivity mS/cm x


100

2-03 Cond A Acid conductivity mS/cm x


100

2-05 Cond D Conductivity diascan mS/cm x


100

2-06 TP Temperature measured by TP sensor °C x 10

2-07 TcB Temperature measured by TcB sensor on ΓcB Cell °C x 10

2-09 TcA Temperature measured by TcA sensor on ΓcA Cell °C x 10

2-11 TcD Temperature measured by TcD sensor on ΓcD Cell °C x 10

2-12 EVPRIM Electrovalve status ON/OFF

2-13 EVPRIM1 Electrovalve status ON/OFF

2-14 EVBP2 Electrovalve status ON/OFF

2-15 EVDRAIN Electrovalve status ON/OFF

2-16 EVFLUSH Electrovalve status ON/OFF

2-17 EVA Electrovalve status ON/OFF

2-18 EV2 Electrovalve status ON/OFF

2-19 EVPB Electrovalve status ON/OFF

2-20 EVDS1 Electrovalve status ON/OFF

2-21 EVR1 Electrovalve status ON/OFF

2-22 EVC Electrovalve status ON/OFF

2-23 EVD Electrovalve status ON/OFF

2-24 EVP Electrovalve status ON/OFF

2-25 EVPA Electrovalve status ON/OFF

2-26 EVD2 Electrovalve status ON/OFF

2-27 EV1S Electrovalve status ON/OFF

2-28 EVDEG Electrovalve status ON/OFF

2-29 EVD1 Electrovalve status ON/OFF

2-30 EVH2O Electrovalve status ON/OFF

2-31 EVS Electrovalve status ON/OFF

2-32 EVW1 Electrovalve status ON/OFF

2-33 EVDS2 Electrovalve status ON/OFF

2-34 EVW2 Electrovalve status ON/OFF

9-8 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

Table 9.1 First Service Data page: parameters description


LOCAT.
PARAMETER DESCRIPTION UNIT
column-row

PROTECTIVE MODULE

2-02 Cond Sel. Select Conductivity read on the PRSS sensor mS/cm x
100

2-04 Cond P Final Conductivity value mS/cm x


100

2-08 TpSel Temperature of the dialysate fluid measured by TpSel °C x 10

2-10 Tp Temperature value of the dialysis liquid just after the final °C x 10
"protective conductivity" probe

2-14 EVBP2 Electrovalve status ON/OFF

2-15 EVDRAIN Electrovalve status ON/OFF

2-17 EVA Electrovalve status ON/OFF

2-18 EV2 Electrovalve status ON/OFF

2-20 EVDS1 Electrovalve status ON/OFF

2-21 EVR1 Electrovalve status ON/OFF

2-22 EVC Electrovalve status ON/OFF

2-23 EVD Electrovalve status ON/OFF

2-26 EVD2 Electrovalve status ON/OFF

2-33 EVDS2 Electrovalve status ON/OFF

HYDRAULIC MODULE

3-01 LFP Sensor Flow Switch status ON/OFF

3-02 LFS Sensor Flow Switch status (not used) ON/OFF

3-03 LFD Sensor Flow Switch status ON/OFF

3-04 LP Sensor Level Sensor status Air/Water

3-05 LD1 Sensor Level Sensor status Air/Water

3-06 LD2 Sensor Level Sensor status Air/Water

3-07 SWP Inlet Pressure Switch status ON/OFF

3-08 SWP1 Drain Pressure Switch - status ON/OFF

3-09 SWAK Select Cart Switch - status Open/Closed

3-10 SWBK Bicarbonate Cart Switch - status Open/Closed

3-11 SWA Acetate Connector Switch - status Closed/Open

3-13 SWB Bicarbonate Connector Switch - status Closed/Open

3-15 SWAFB Acetate Free Bicarbonate Connector Switch - status Closed/Open

3-16 SWLOWUF1 First Ultrafilter Low connector Switch status Closed/Open

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-9


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Table 9.1 First Service Data page: parameters description


LOCAT.
PARAMETER DESCRIPTION UNIT
column-row

3-17 SWLOWUF2 Second Ultrafilter Low connector Switch status Closed/Open

3-18 SWDCSIN Dialyser inlet Switch status Closed/Open

3-19 SWDCSOUT Dialyser outlet Switch status Closed/Open

3-20 SWSeK1 Select Bag Switch status Closed/Open

3-21 SWSeK2 Select Bag Switch status Closed/Open

3-22 SWCON1 EvaClean connector Door Switch status Closed/Open

3-23 SWPOL Ultra Port Switch status Closed/Open

3-24 SWCOVUFL Left Cover Switch status Closed/Open

3-25 SWCOVUFR Right Cover Switch status Closed/Open

3-26 SWA1C Centralized Connector 1 Switch status Closed/Open

3-27 SWA2C Centralized Connector 2 Switch status Closed/Open

3-28 SWCON2 EvaClean connector Door Switch status Closed/Open

3-29 Total Inf Vol Total Infusion Deca


or gramme
for Total
infusion

Bolus Volume (if it is active the bolus automatism) gramme


for Bolus
Volume

3-30 TMP filt val Transmembrane Pressure mmHg

3-31 Inf rate sp Set Value Infusion Pump for blood slave ml/min

3-32 Inf ctrl bflag Infusion control bflag: -


00H OFF
01H ON open Loop
02H ON closed loop on treatment time
03H ON closed loop on set infusion volume

3-33 Phase Time Describes Time of phase -

3-34 Prime subph Describes the actual prime subphase phase

PROTECTIVE MODULE

3-11 SWA Acetate Connector Switch - status Closed/Open

3-12 SWA2 Acetate Connector Switch - status Closed/Open

3-13 SWB Bicarbonate Connector Switch - status Closed/Open

3-14 SWB2 Bicarbonate Connector Switch - status Closed/Open

3-26 SWA1C Centralized Connector 1 Switch status Closed/Open

3-27 SWA2C Centralized Connector 2 Switch status Closed/Open

9-10 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

Table 9.1 First Service Data page: parameters description


LOCAT.
PARAMETER DESCRIPTION UNIT
column-row

BLOOD MODULE

4-01 Blood Phase Running phases (same coding of W0 LSB process message): phase
0 idle
1 configuration status
2 priming / rinsing lines
3 wait for patient connection
4 patient connection
5 dialysis treatment
6 stand - by
7 restitution
8 error phase
10 priming / rinsing lines during change filter mode

4-02 Art. Pump Set Arterial pump set value received from Master ml/min

4-03 Art. Pump Flow Arterial pump flow ml/min

4-04 Art. Blo Acc. Arterial pump acceleration set value ml/(min *s)

4-05 Art. Pump Flag 15 Free -


14 Free
13 Slave Alarm stops pump:
0 normal operation
1 slave found an alarm condition
12 Free
11 Free
10 Master Alarm stops pump:
0 normal
1 stop blood pump on master alarms
9 Hard-key key status:
1 OFF, pump stops
0 RESUME, normal pump operation
8 Direction of the arterial pump:
0 counter-clockwise
1 clockwise

4-06 Art. Pump Sts. 7 - 3 Free -


2 Speed Ramp Enable:
0 enable speed ramp for the pump using the acceleration of W3
process message
1 disable speed ramp
1 - 0 00H OFF
02H ON pump enable

4-07 Ven. Pump Set Venous pump set value (expressed in ml/min) received from ml/min
Master

4-08 Ven. Pump Flow Actual flow of venous pump ml/min


Actual infusion flow value

4-09 Ven. Pump Acc. Venous pump acceleration set value [0 to 200 ml/(min*s), step ml/(min
10 ml/(min*s)]. *s)

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-11


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Table 9.1 First Service Data page: parameters description


LOCAT.
PARAMETER DESCRIPTION UNIT
column-row

4-10 Ven. Pump Flag 15 Free -


14 Free
13 Slave Alarm stops pump:
0 normal operation
1 slave found an alarm condition
12 Free
11 Free
10 Master Alarm stops pump:
0 normal
1 stop blood pump on master alarms
9 OFF/RESUME key selection:
1 OFF key selected, pump stops
0 RESUME key seleced, normal pump operation
8 Direction of the venous pump:
0 counter-clockwise
1 clockwise

4-11 Ven. Pump Sts. Venous Pump state: OFF -


Venous Pump state : ON pump enable ON/OFF

4-12 Art. Pressure Arterial pressure value mmHg

4-13 Ven. Pressure Venous pressure value mmHg

4-14 SN Pressure SN pressure value mmHg

4-15 Art. Offset Arterial pressure offset mmHg

4-16 Ven. Offset Venous pressure offset mmHg

4-17 SN Offset SN pressure offset mmHg

4-18 Ven Clamp Sts Venus line clamp position Open/Closed

4-19 Art. Clamp Sts Arterial line clamp position Open/Closed

4-20 Art. Pump Cover Cover of arterial pump Open/Closed

4-21 Ven. Pump Cover Cover of venous pump Open/Closed

4-22 Art. Line Pres. Status of arterial patient line under arterial line clamp Yes/No

4-23 Ven. Line Pres. Status of venous patient line under venous line clamp Yes/No

4-24 BPM Status Running Message: -


ON BPM active ON/OFF
OFF BPM not active

4-25 Systolic Press. Systolic pressure mmHg

4-26 Diastolic Press. Diastolic pressure mmHg

4-27 Heart Rate Heart rate pulse/min

4-28 BPM Pressure Mean pressure mmHg

9-12 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

Table 9.1 First Service Data page: parameters description


LOCAT.
PARAMETER DESCRIPTION UNIT
column-row

4-29 BPM Error 8000 CALIBRATION_ERROR -


4000 PRESSURE_TIME_ALERT
2000 COMMUNICATION_ERROR
0800 SAFETY_MOS_TEST_FAILED (HDBPM only)
SAFETY_TIMEOUT (NiBPM only)
0400 PNEUMATIC FAILURE
0200 SAFETY_CIRCUIT_ERROR (HDBPM only)
POWER_SUPPLY_OUT_OF_RANGE or
HW_PROBLEM (NiBPM only)
0100 AIR_LEAKAGE
0080 OVERPRESSURE
0040 MEASUREMENT_READING_ERROR
0020 DEFLATING_PHASE_TIMEOUT (HDBPM only)
EXCEEDED_MEASUREMENT_TIME_LIMIT (NiBPM
only)
0004 TRANSDUCER_OUT_OF_RANGE_CALIBRATION_
REQUIRED

PROTECTIVE MODULE

4-03 Art. Pump Flow Arterial blood flow value ml/min

4-08 Ven. Pump Flow infusion flow value ml/min

4-12 Art. Pressure Arterial pressure value mmHg

4-13 Ven. Pressure Venous pressure value mmHg

4-14 SN Pressure SN pressure value mmHg

4-15 Art. Offset Arterial pressure offset mmHg

4-16 Ven. Offset Venous pressure offset mmHg

4-17 SN Offset SN pressure offset mmHg

4-18 Ven Clamp Sts Venus line clamp position Open/Closed

4-19 Art. Clamp Sts Arterial line clamp position Open/Closed

4-22 Art. Line Pres. Status of arterial patient line under arterial line clamp Yes/No

4-23 Ven. Line Pres. Status of venous patient line under venous line clamp Yes/No

4-30 VLine ABD Status of Venous Patient Line inside AD Sensor No/Yes

4-31 Pat Sensor Read on the sensor (range 0 ÷ 255) ---


0 ÷ 21 presence of blood
22÷ 154 presence of tube
155÷ 179 error level
180÷255 absence of tube

4-32 Blood Pres Used to describe the Blood Sensor status: OFF/ON
ON -> Blood seen by the sensor (patient connect)
OFF -> Saline solution (patient not connect)

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-13


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Table 9.1 First Service Data page: parameters description


LOCAT.
PARAMETER DESCRIPTION UNIT
column-row

4-33 Safety Act Describe the Blood Sensor safety activation: OFF/ON
OFF - Safety not activated
ON - Safety activated
This parameter is relevant in accord to Blood Pres:
1. Blood Pres ON Safety Act ON - blood presence and
Patient connected
2. Blood Pres ON Safety Act OFF - blood presence detected
and Patient not connected
3. Blood Pres OFF Safety Act OFF - no blood presence
detected and no Patient connected
4. Blood Pres OFF Safety Act ON - no blood presence (water,
saline..) and Patient connected

HYDRAULIC MODULE

5-01 D1CTempCo D1C temperature compensation number

5-02 KD2CD1CtCo D2/D1 ratio with temperature compensation number

5-03 deltaPFSexp Max delta pressure expected mmHg

5-04 P1OLSetPnt P1 Freq percentage %

5-05 AptCoefP1500 P1 adaptive coefficent number

5-06 AptCoefP1NeP P1 adaptive coefficent number

5-07 AptCoefP2500 P2 adaptive coefficent number

5-08 stkD1CcmpFA D1C mass stroke calculated in the following condition: 37°C, g x 10000
C295 bag with Sodium set = 140 mmol and Bicarbonate set = 34
mmol.

5-09 stkD2CcmpFA D2C mass stroke calculated in the following condition: 37°C, g x 10000
C295 bag with Sodium set = 140 mmol and Bicarbonate set = 34
mmol.

5-18 BlindM P1 Blind Mode P1 No / Yes

5-19 BlindM P2 Blind Mode P2 No / Yes

5- 20 WLRComp WLR applied during compensation ml/min

5- 21 TComp Reserved for debug purpose S

5- 22 WLErrorHYD Weight loss error ml

5- 23 ISCcompActive Compensation status Bit

PROTECTIVE MODULE

5-08 stkD1CcmpFA D1C mass stroke calculated in the following condition: 37°C, g x 10000
C295 bag with Sodium set = 140 mmol and Bicarbonate set = 34
mmol.

5-09 stkD2CcmpFA D2C mass stroke calculated in the following condition: 37°C, g x 10000
C295 bag with Sodium set = 140 mmol and Bicarbonate set = 34
mmol.

9-14 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

Table 9.1 First Service Data page: parameters description


LOCAT.
PARAMETER DESCRIPTION UNIT
column-row

5-10 stkD1PcmpFA D1P mass stroke calculated in the following condition: 37°C, g x 10000
C295 bag with Sodium set = 140 mmol and Bicarbonate set = 34
mmol.

5-11 stkD2PcmpFA D2P mass stroke calculated in the following condition: 37°C, g x 10000
C295 bag with Sodium set = 140 mmol and Bicarbonate set = 34
mmol.

5-12 WLErrorKBased Weight Loss Error based on stroke drift g

5-13 MemWLErrK Weight Loss Error based on stroke drift loaded from EEPROM g

5-14 MaxLoad Max delta period of a Psysloop execution ms x 100

5-15 MeanLoad Mean delta period of a Psysloop execution ms x 100

5-16 Debug 4EM 1 Not currently used ---

5-17 MB ErrComp Weight Loss Error based on temperature compensation (only for g
debug use)

5-24 UFR High IE Protective weight loss integral error ml

5-25 PI-PO Filt PI filtered pressure - PO filtered pressure mmHg

9.3 Status Screen: Second Page

Figure 9- 8. Service data - second page parameters

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-15


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

9.3.1 Second Page: Parameters description

Table 9.2 Second Service Data page: parameters description


LOCAT.
PARAMETER DESCRIPTION UNIT
column-row

HYDRAULIC MODULE

1-01 Hyd Code Hydraulic slave identifier and active process : -


xx0x idle
xx1x Acetate Dialysis
xx2x Bicorbonate Dialysis
xx3x AFB / AFBK Dialysis
xx4x Rinsing
xx5x Heat Disinfection
xx6x Chemical Disinfection
xx7x Not Applicable
xx8x CleanCart Cartridge Disinfection
xx9x CCK Line Rinsing
xxAx CWP Integrated Chemical Disinfection
xxBx Descaling Rinsing

1-02 Hydr Phase Progressive number of process phase -

1-03 Hyd Num Mes message number -

1-07 End A Tank ACE ( ACETATE mode ) ON/OFF

1-08 End B Tank BCE (bicarbonate bag mode (SWB) ON/OFF

1-09 End Bicart BCTE ( BICART AND Select mode SWBK ) ON/OFF

1-10 End Select Cart Select Cart Empty ON/OFF

1-13 Auto TwlRes Accumulation Reset automatism state ON/OFF

1-14 Auto TwlEna TWL Accumulation Enable ON/OFF

1-15 Auto Vol2TMP AUTOM_VOL_TMP_TRANS_ENABLE ON/OFF

1-16 Auto Ultra EVBP2 on PFS ON/OFF

1-17 Auto Ultra R AUTO_ULTRA_SCAN_RUNNING ON/OFF

1-18 Auto Bolus Bolus ON/OFF

1-19 Auto TMP2 AUTO_TMP_TWO ON/OFF

1-20 Auto TMP3 AUTO_TMP_THREE ON/OFF

1-21 Auto TMP4 AUTO_TMP_FOUR ON/OFF

1-22 Auto EVH2O EVH2O on PFS ON/OFF

1-23 Auto EVF PFS EVFLUSH on PFS ON/OFF

1-24 Auto EVFLUSH EVFLUSH ON/OFF

1-25 Auto EVP EVP Autom. Hw ON/OFF

1-26 Auto EVD1 EVD1 Autom. Hw ON/OFF

1-27 Auto EVD2 EVD2 Autom. Hw ON/OFF

1-28 Auto ZeroAdj Zero Adj. Procedure ON/OFF

1-29 Auto Align Alignment Danfoss ON/OFF

9-16 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

Table 9.2 Second Service Data page: parameters description


LOCAT.
PARAMETER DESCRIPTION UNIT
column-row

1-30 Auto Not FCHK UPS ON ON/OFF

1-31 EVBHE EVBHE Hydraulic Valve Status ON/OFF

1-33 T1 POL leak Ultra Port leakage detector T1 test Status -

1-34 POL leak detect Ultra Port leakage detector Status Air/Water

HYDRAULIC MODULE

2-01 Caddy Bic The final prescribed bicarbonate concentration (bicarbonatemia) mmol/l*10
in the patient plasma

2-03 Sensor 1 ctrl Hydraulic slave sensors control flags word 1 bit

2-04 Sensor 2 ctrl Hydraulic slave sensors control flags word 2 bit

2-05 Sensor 3 ctrl Hydraulic slave sensors control flags word 3 bit

2-08 Error Eeprom Shall be implemented in future sofware release ON/OFF

2-09 Error W1 Error word 1 -

2-10 Error W2 Error word 2 -

2-11 Error W3 Error word 3 -

2-12 Error W4 Error word 4 -

2-16 Battery B Described UPS state On/Off NO/YES

2-18 Dbg TMP TMP mmHg

2-19 Dbg Ramp Venous pump ramp ml/min

2-21 Sensor1 Active sensor word 1 -

2-22 Sensor 2 Active sensor word 2 -

2-23 Sensor 3 Active sensor word 3 -

2-24 Valves1 Valves word 1 Dip switches state -

2-25 Valves2 Valves word 2 Dip switches state -

2-26 Autom W1 Automatism in execution word 1 -

2-27 Autom W2 Automatism in execution word 2 -

2-29 Heater Command Display heater command: -


00H OFF
03H ON closed loop on temperature sensor (treatment,
chemical)
0BH ON closed loop on temperature sensor (heat,heat with
CleanCart Cartridge)

2-30 Heater State Temperature Control Loop Output (0 - 100%): %


0 Heater Off
not zero Heater On

2-31 TeoInfVol [g] Teorical Infusion Volume g

2-32 RealInfVol [g] Real Infusion Volume by Scale g

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-17


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Table 9.2 Second Service Data page: parameters description


LOCAT.
PARAMETER DESCRIPTION UNIT
column-row

2-33 InfVolErr [g] Infusion Volume Error (Teo - Real) g

BLOOD MODULE

3-01 Blood Code Blood status message identifier -

3-02 Blood Phase Describe the current running phase: -


0 idle
1 configuration status
2 priming / rinsing lines
3 wait for patient connection
4 patient connection
5 dialysis treatment
6 stand - by
7 restitution
8 error phase
10 priming / rinsing lines during change filter mode

3-03 Blood Msg Num message progressive number: is the same of the last master -
message (idle, process, configuration)

3-04 Hardkey Count blood pump hard-key press counter, position of RESUME KEY -
PRESSED COUNTER

3-05 Blood Slave Info Blood Slave Info -

3-06 Automatism 1 Blood Slave Automatism -

3-07 Automatism 2 Blood Slave Automatism -

3-08 Sensor 1 Actual status of the devices supervised by the Blood Slave -

3-09 Sensor 2 Actual status of the devices supervised by the Blood Slave -

3-11 HD Cassette HD Cassette Load / Unload status -

3-12 HDF Cassette HDF Cassette Load / Unload status -

3-13 AC Status Heparin pump managed by master ON/OFF


(code is the same of W18 of process message):
00H OFF
01H ON

3-14 AC Mode heparin pump command mode in execution: -


00H stand-by, ready to receive a new mode
01H linear mode heparinization active
02H intermittent mode heparinization active
03H extra-bolus heparinization active
04H bolus infusion completed or interrupted by master
05H mode resetted by master, ready to receive a new mode

3-15 AC Lin. Speed Actual speed of the heparin pump during the linear mode[s/mm] 4xs/mm

3-16 AC Int. Speed Actual speed of heparin pump during the intermittent / extra- s/mm
bolus mode

3-17 AC Pump Pos. position of the heparin pump (hundredth of millimeter) 100xmm
0 no pump overload
1 pump overload

9-18 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

Table 9.2 Second Service Data page: parameters description


LOCAT.
PARAMETER DESCRIPTION UNIT
column-row

3-18 AC HW Limit heparin pump hardware limits ON/OFF


0 hardware limits not detected
1 lower hardware limit detected
2 upper hardware limit detected

3-19 SN Avg Flow Average Blood Flow [ml/min] computed in one complete cycle -
(Arterial + Venous) during HD-SN treatment. It is obtained using
the formula = Stroke Volume[ml] * 60 /
(Arterial_Time[s]+Venous_Time[s])

3-20 SN Stroke Vol Blood volume sampled from the patient during the arterial cycle -
in HD-SN treatment

3-21 Online Door ULTRA DOOR position: Open/


0 close Closed
1 open

3-22 ABD Door Position of SENSOR BAR door: Open/


0 close Closed
1 open

3-23 Ultra Clamp Sts Infusion Clamp position: closed, open Closed/
Open

3-24 Ultra Line Pres. Status of Ultra Connector under the Infusion Clamp: Yes/No
Ultra Connector not inserted under the Infusion Clamp
Ultra Connector inserted under the Infusion Clamp

3-25 Sensor 1 ctrl Blodd slave sensors control flags word 1 bit

3-26 Sensor 2 ctrl Blodd slave sensors control flags word 2 bit

3-27 Debug 1 Reserved for debug purporse -

3-28 Debug 2 Reserved for debug purporse -

3-29 Debug 3 Reserved for debug purporse -

3-30 Debug 4 Reserved for debug purporse -

3-31 Error 1 Error word 1 -

3-32 Error 2 Error word 2 -

3-33 Error 3 Error word 3 -

3-34 Error 4 Error word 4 -

PROTECTIVE MODULE

4-01 T1 msg num Protective message number -

4-02 T1 T group Describes the current group of T1 test in execution -

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-19


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Table 9.2 Second Service Data page: parameters description


LOCAT.
PARAMETER DESCRIPTION UNIT
column-row

4-03 T1 battery It is used to describe the state of the Battery T1 test: -


MSB:
0- Battery T1 test to be started
1 - Battery T1 test in progress
2 - Battery T1 test terminated OK
3 - Battery T1 test terminated KO
LSB:
Progressive number that indicates the current state of the
Battery T1 test. After that the T1 test is
terminated this field contains the last state that has been
successfully executed (last state successfully FE)

4-04 T1 buzzer It is used to describe the state of the Buzzer T1 test: -


MSB:
0 - Buzzer T1 test to be started
1 - Buzzer T1 test in progress
2 - Buzzer T1 test terminated OK
3 - Buzzer T1 test terminated KO
LSB:
Progressive number that indicates the current state of the
Buzzer T1 test.
After that the T1 test is terminated this field contains the last
state that has been successfully executed (last state succesfully
FE)

4-05 T1 speaker It is used to describe the state of the Speaker T1 test: -


MSB:
0 - Speaker T1 test to be started
1 - Speaker T1 test in progress
2 - Speaker T1 test terminated OK
3 - Speaker T1 test terminated KO
LSB:
Progressive number that indicates the current state of the
Speaker T1 test.
After that the T1 test is terminated this field contains the last
state that has been successfully executed (last state succesfully
FE)

4-06 T1 visib.al It is used to describe the state of the Visible Alarm T1 test: -
MSB:
0 - Visible Alarm T1 test to be started
1 - Visible Alarm T1 test in progress
2 - Visible Alarm T1 test terminated OK
3 - Visible Alarm T1 test terminated KO
LSB:
Progressive number that indicates the current state of the Visible
Alarm T1 test
After that the T1 test is terminated this field contains the last
state that has been successfully executed (last state succesfully
FE)

9-20 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

Table 9.2 Second Service Data page: parameters description


LOCAT.
PARAMETER DESCRIPTION UNIT
column-row

4-07 T1 cut 24V It is used to describe the state of the Cut 24 Volt T1 test: -
MSB:
0 - Cut 24 Volt T1 test to be started
1 - Cut 24 Volt T1 test in progress
2 - Cut 24 Volt T1 test terminated OK
3 - Cut 24 Volt T1 test terminated KO
LSB:
Progressive number that indicates the current state of the Cut 24
Volt T1 test.
After that the T1 test is terminated this field contains the last
state that has been successfully executed (last state succesfully
FE)

4-08 T1 VC It is used to describe the state of the Venous Line Clamp T1 -


test:
MSB:
0 - Venous Line Clamp T1 test to be started
1 - Venous Line Clamp T1 test in progress
2 - Venous Line Clamp T1 test terminated OK
3 - Venous Line Clamp T1 test terminated KO
LSB:
Progressive number that indicates the current state of the
Venous Line Clamp T1 test.
After that the T1 test is terminated this field contains the last
state that has been successfully executed (last state succesfully
FE)

4-09 T1 switches It is used to describe the state of the Switches T1 test: -


MSB:
0 - Switches T1 test to be started
1 - Switches T1 test in progress
2 - Switches T1 test terminated OK
3 - Switches T1 test terminated KO
LSB:
Progressive number that indicates the current state of the
Switches T1 test.
After that the T1 test is terminated this field contains the last
state that has been successfully executed (last state succesfully
FE)

4-10 T1 BLD It is used to describe the state of the BLD T1 test: -


MSB:
0 - BLD T1 test to be started
1 - BLD T1 test in progress
2 - BLD T1 test terminated OK
3 - BLD T1 test terminated KO
LSB:
Progressive number that indicates the current state of the BLD
T1 test
After that the T1 test is terminated this field contains the last
state that has been successfully executed (last state succesfully
FE)

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-21


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Table 9.2 Second Service Data page: parameters description


LOCAT.
PARAMETER DESCRIPTION UNIT
column-row

4-11 T1 ven. press It is used to describe the state of the Venous Pressure T1 test: -
MSB:
0 - Venous Pressure T1 test to be started
1 - Venous Pressure T1 test in progress
2 - Venous Pressure T1 test terminated OK
3 - Venous Pressure T1 test terminated KO
LSB:
Progressive number that indicates the current state of the
Venous Pressure T1 test.
After that the T1 test is terminated this field contains the last
state that has been successfully executed (last state succesfully
FE)

4-12 T1 art.press It is used to describe the state of the Arterial Pressure T1 test: -
MSB:
0 -> Arterial Pressure T1 test to be started
1 -> Arterial Pressure T1 test in progress
2 -> Arterial Pressure T1 test terminated OK
3 -> Arterial Pressure T1 test terminated KO
LSB:
Progressive number that indicates the current state of the
Arterial Pressure T1 test.
After that the T1 test is terminated this field contains
the last state that has been successfully executed (last state
succesfully FE)

4-13 T1 SN Pressure It is used to describe the state of the SN Pressure T1 test: -


MSB:
0 - SN Pressure T1 test to be started
1 - SN Pressure T1 test in progress
2 - SN Pressure T1 test terminated OK
3 - SN Pressure T1 test terminated KO
LSB:
Progressive number that indicates the current state of the SN
Pressure T1 test.
After that the T1 test is terminated this field contains the last
state that has been successfully executed (last state succesfully
FE)

4-14 T1 hep.pump It is used to describe the state of the Heparine Pump T1 test: -
MSB:
0 - Heparine Pump T1 test to be started
1 - Heparine Pump T1 test in progress
2 - Heparine Pump T1 test terminated OK
3 - Heparine Pump T1 test terminated KO
LSB:
Progressive number that indicates the current state of the
Heparine Pump T1 test.
After that the T1 test is terminated this field contains the last
state that has been successfully executed (last state succesfully
FE)

9-22 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

Table 9.2 Second Service Data page: parameters description


LOCAT.
PARAMETER DESCRIPTION UNIT
column-row

4-15 T1 Inf Switch It is used to describe the state of the Infusion switch sensor T1 -
test:
MSB:
0 - Infusion switch sensor T1 test to be started
1 - Infusion switch sensor T1 test in progress
2 - Infusion switch sensor T1 test terminated OK
3 - Infusion switch sensor T1 test terminated KO
LSB:
Progressive number that indicates the current state of the T1
Infusion switch sensor T1 test.
After T1 test is terminated this field contains the last state that
has been successfully executed (FE).

4-16 T1 Inf Clamp It is used to describe the state of the Infusion Clamp T1 test: -
MSB:
0 - Infusion Clamp T1 test to be started
1 - Infusion Clamp T1 test in progress
2 - Infusion Clamp T1 test terminated OK
3 - Infusion Clamp T1 test terminated KO
LSB:
Progressive number that indicates the current state of the
Infusion Clamp T1 test.
After T1 test is terminated this field contains the last state that
has been successfully executed (FE).

4-17 T1 conduct. It is used to describe the state of the Conductivity T1 test: -


MSB:
0 - Conductivity T1 test to be started
1 - Conductivity T1 test in progress
2 - Conductivity T1 test terminated OK
3 - Conductivity T1 test terminated KO
LSB:
Progressive number that indicates the current state of the
Conductivity T1 test.
After that the T1 test is terminated this field contains the last
state that has been successfully executed (last state succesfully
FE)

4-18 T1 temperat. It is used to describe the state of the Temperature T1 test: -


MSB:
0 - Temperature T1 test to be started
1 - Temperature T1 test in progress
2 - Temperature T1 test terminated OK
3 - Temperature T1 test terminated KO
LSB:
Progressive number that indicates the current state of the
Temperature T1 test.
After that the T1 test is terminated this field contains the last
state that has been successfully executed (last state succesfully
FE)

4-19 T1 temper.ctrl Kind of control on the dialysis fluid flow temperature that has to -
be forced by the Protective Subsystem
Temperature modality = 0 - Protective doesn't control the
temperature
Temperature modality = 1 - Protective requires to force the
temperature to the T1 setpoint (T1 test)

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-23


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Table 9.2 Second Service Data page: parameters description


LOCAT.
PARAMETER DESCRIPTION UNIT
column-row

4-20 T1 temper.set The temperature setpoint to be reached for the dialysis fluid flow °C x 10
Temperature regulated on TP sensor

4-21 T1 AP/ABD Kind of control on the dialysis fluid flow temperature that has to -
be forced by the Protective Subsystem
Temperature modality = 0 - Protective doesn't control the
temperature
Temperature modality = 1 - Protective requires to force the
temperature to the T1 setpoint (T1 test)

4-22 T1 EV It is used to describe the Mode of the Electro Valves T1 test and -
to communicate that a particular configuration for the Electro
Valves has been requested by the Protective Subsystem:
MSB MODE
0 -> Valves T1 test to be started
1 -> Valves T1 test in progress
2 -> Valves T1 test terminated OK
3 -> Valves T1 test terminated KO
LSB STATE
Progressive number that indicates the current state
of the Valves T1 test. After that a T1 test is terminated this field
contains the last state that has been successfully executed.

4-23 T1 Sharp PSEL PUMP FREQUENCY : is used to describe the frequency Hz


driver value (0-20 kHz) of Select pump frequency

4-24 T1 flowmeters It is used to describe the Mode of the Flow Meters T1 test: -
MSB MODE
0 - Flow Meters T1 test to be started
1 - Flow Meters T1 test in progress
2 - Flow Meters T1 test terminated OK
3 - Flow Meters T1 test terminated KO
LSB STATE
Progressive number that indicates the current state of the Flow
Meters T1 test.
After that a T1 test is terminated this field contains the last state
that has been successfully executed.

4-25 T1 P1 ctrl P1 modality: -


0 - P1 control free (default, no T1 test active)
1 - P1 control forced to open loop (T1 test)
3 - P1 control forced to closed loop on sensor D1P (T1 test)
7 -> P1 control forced to closed loop on PFS (T1 test)

4-26 T1 P1 set P1 PUMP T1 TEST SETPOINT: The value of the flow setpoint ml/min

4-27 T1 P2 ctrl P2 modality: -


0 - P2 control free (default, no T1 test active)
1 - P2 control forced to open loop (T1 test)
3 - P2 control forced to closed loop on sensor D2P (T1 test)
7 - P2 control forced to closed loop on PO (T1 test)

4-28 T1 P2 set P2 PUMP T1 TEST SETPOINT: The value of the flow setpoint ml/min

4-29 T1 VC ctrl Venous Line Clamp modality -


LSB
0 - Protective doesn't drive the clamp
1 - Protective requires to drive clamp basing on T1 setpoint (T1
test)

9-24 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

Table 9.2 Second Service Data page: parameters description


LOCAT.
PARAMETER DESCRIPTION UNIT
column-row

4-30 T1 VC set Venous Line Clamp T1 test Set Point (LSB) Open/
Closed

4-31 T1 PA ctrl PA PUMP T1 TEST MODALITY: -


0 - PA control free
1 - PA control forced to open loop (T1 test)
3 - PA control forced to closed loop on conductivity sensor (T1
test)
4 - N.A.

4-32 T1 PA set PA Setpoint: mS/cm x


conductivity if the control is forced to closed loop; 100
encoder frequency value is the control is forced to open loop.

4-33 T1 PB ctrl PB PUMP T1 TEST MODALITY: -


0 - PB control free
1 - PB control forced to open loop (T1 test)
3 - PB control forced to closed loop on conductivity sensor (T1
test)
4 - N.A.

4-34 T1 PB set PB Setpoint: mS/cm x


conductivity if the control is forced to closed loop; 100
encoder frequency value is the control is forced to open loop

PROTECTIVE MODULE

5-01 T1 PSEL ctrl PSE PUMP T1 TEST MODALITY: -

5-02 T1 PSEL set PSE pump set-point -

5-03 T1 APump ctrl PART modality = 0 - PART control free (default, no T1 test -
active)
PART modality = 1 - PART control forced to T1 Test Setpoint
(T1 test)

5-04 T1 APump set PART Setpoint: value used to drive the arterial pump during T1 -
test (ml/min)

5-05 T1 VPump ctrl PVEN PUMP T1 TEST MODALITY -

5-06 T1 VPump set PVEN PUMP T1 TEST SET POINT -

5-07 T1 EV ctrl T1 Control = 0 - The configuration of the EValves is free (i.e. it is -


not driven by the Protective)
T1 Control = 1 - The configuration of the EValves shall be the
one expressed in
ELECTRO-VALVES T1 TEST SETPOINT A
T1 Control = 2 - The configuration of the EValves shall be the
one expressed in
ELECTRO-VALVES T1 TEST SETPOINT B
T1 Control = 3 - The configuration of the EValves shall be the
one expressed in ELECTRO-VALVES T1 TEST SETPOINT A +
SETPOINT B

5-08 T1 EV set A ELECTRO-VALVES T1 TEST SET POINT A -

5-09 T1 EV set B ELECTRO-VALVES T1 TEST SET POINT B -

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-25


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Table 9.2 Second Service Data page: parameters description


LOCAT.
PARAMETER DESCRIPTION UNIT
column-row

5-10 T1 Skip Satus The skipping policy decided by the machine. The possible values -
are:
0x0: No skipping of T1 Tests is allowed
0x1: Skipping of T1 Temperature Test is allowed
0x3: Skipping of T1 Temperature Test and T1 Conductivity Test is
allowed.
Skipping of the T1 Temperature Test is decided before fluid
preparation begins. Skipping of the T1 Conductivity Test is decided
during fluid preparation.

5-11 T1Skip SFlags Provides diagnostic information about the decision to skip tests or -
not, using the following bits:
0x01: 0 for first treatment of day;
1 for second and subsequent treatments;
0x02: 0 if CMOS battery is known to have failed;
1 if battery (and date) is believed to be ok ;
0x04: 0 if concentrate combination inconsistent or not yet definitive;
1 if same as previous treatment
0x08: unused
0x10: 0 if T1 Skip feature is disabled in Preset;
1 if enabled

5-12 T1Skip PFlags Provides diagnostic information about the decision to skip tests or -
not, using the following bits:
0x01: 0 for first treatment of day;
1 for second and subsequent treatments
0x02: unused
0x04: 0 if concentrate combination inconsistent or not yet definitive;
1 if same as previous treatment
0x08: 0 for 1st and 5th treatment; 1 for 2nd, 3rd, 4th treatments
(PRT only)
0x10: unused.

5-13 T1 PIPO 0000h = test non executed -


0101h = only low point done in PRE_CHECK phase
0102h = only High point done
02FEh = test done

5-14 Scale weight Weight acquired by the external balance g

5-15 Cond p comp The conductivity acquired from Γp Sel by the Protective after a mS/cm x
compensation through the parameters calculated during the 100
Conductivity T1 test.

5-16 Cond Se comp The final conductivity acquired by the Protective after a mS/cm x
compensation through the parameters calculated during 100
Conductivity T1 test.

5-17 Delta conduct. Delta conductivity, used in conductivity safety criteria mS/cm x
100

5-18 PRSS status Protective SubSystem status: -


0- NO ACTIVITY
1- PRE_DIAL
2- PRE ACTIVITY
3- FULL ACTIVITY

5-19 Inf Weight Err Infusion Weight Error ml

9-26 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

Table 9.2 Second Service Data page: parameters description


LOCAT.
PARAMETER DESCRIPTION UNIT
column-row

5-20 bl.pump teeth The Arterial blood pump number of teeth value read from Arterial dec
blood pump teeth (number per turn)

5-21 BLD Value It describes the value acquired normalized to a byte by the Blood -
Leakage Detector
(128) min intensity for BLD LED
(224) max intensity for BLD LED
(208) warning level for BLD LED
(248) BLD receiver max value

5-22 Sensors 1/2 It describes the digital sensors value read on the Protective -
System digital sensors Distrib Central Bic, Distrib Central Acid1,
Distrib Central Acid2, Venous Clamp Position, EVR1, EVDS1,
EVD2, EVBP2, EV2, EVDrain, Air Presence, AP Stop, Venous
Line Switch

5-23 Sensors 2/2 It describes the digital sensors value read on the Protective -
System digital sensors Distrib Central Bic, Distrib Central Acid1,
Distrib Central Acid2, Venous Clamp Position, EVR1, EVDS1,
EVD2, EVBP2, EV2, EVDrain, Air Presence, AP Stop, Venous
Line Switch

5-24 pH Value It describes pH value of the dialysis fluid read on the sensor x 100

5-25 Debug W1 It is used to communicate various information of debug -

5-26 Debug W2 It is used to communicate various information of debug -

5-27 Debug W3 It is used to communicate various information of debug -

5-28 Debug W4 It is used to communicate various information of debug -

5-29 Debug W5 It is used to communicate various information of debug -

5-30 Debug W6 It is used to communicate various information of debug -

5-31 Debug W7 It is used to communicate various information of debug -

5-32 Debug W8 It is used to communicate various information of debug -

5-33 Debug W9 It is used to communicate various information of debug -

5-34 Debug W10 It is used to communicate various information of debug -

PROTECTIVE MODULE

6-01 Al.msg.numb. Alarm message number -

6-02 Alarm 0 Alarms code -

6-03 Alarm 1 Alarms code -

6-04 Alarm 2 Alarms code -

6-05 Alarm 3 Alarms code -

6-06 Alarm 4 Alarms code -

6-07 UF Dev Err Total UF Deviation Error ml

6-08 UFR High IE UF Rate High Internal error ml*10

6-09 UFR Low IE UF Rate Low integral error ml*10

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-27


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Table 9.2 Second Service Data page: parameters description


LOCAT.
PARAMETER DESCRIPTION UNIT
column-row

6-10 Warning 0 Warnings code -

6-11 Warning 1 Warnings code -

6-12 Warning 2 Warnings code -

6-13 Warning 3 Warnings code -

6-14 Warning 4 Warnings code -

6-15 AC Theo Vol Anticoagulant theoretical volume ml*10

6-16 AC Real Vol Anticoagulant real volume ml*10

6-17 SSS Req It is used to describe the Specific Safe State requested for the -
current alarm situation

6-18 SSS Unsat It is used to describe the Unsatisfied Specific Safe States for the -
current alarm situation

6-19 GSS Attrib2 It is used to describe the causes of General Safe State from the -
Protective System

6-20 GSS Attrib It is used to describe the causes of General Safe State from the -
Protective System

6-21 FOAMD POW Used for debug purpose -

6-23 Uns.UfOnly Unsatisfied Uf Only specific safe state request ON/OFF

6-24 Uns.UfMini Unsatisfied Uf Mini specific safe state request ON/OFF

6-25 Uns.UfStop Unsatisfied Uf Zero specific safe state request ON/OFF

6-26 Uns.ArtStop Unsatisfied blood pump stop specific safe state request ON/OFF

6-27 Uns.VenStop Unsatisfied infusion pump stop specific safe state request ON/OFF

6-28 Uns.Calibr Unsatisfied calibration specific safe state request ON/OFF

6-29 Uns.VCCls Unsatisfied Venous line clamp close specific safe state request ON/OFF

6-30 Uns.VCClsABD Unsatisfied Venous line clamp close by AD specific safe state ON/OFF
request

6-31 Uns.ArtStpABD Unsatisfied blood pump stop by AD specific safe state request ON/OFF

6-32 Uns.VenStpABD Unsatisfied infusion pump stop by AD specific safe state request ON/OFF

6-33 Uns.No Proceed Unsatisfied No proceed specific safe state request ON/OFF

6-34 Uns.Bypass Unsatisfied bypass specific safe state request ON/OFF

9-28 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

9.4 Status Screen: Third Page

Figure 9- 9. Service data - third page parameters

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-29


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

9.4.1 Third Page: Parameters description


Table 9.3 Third Service Data page: parameters description
LOCAT.
PARAMETER DESCRIPTION UNIT
column-row

BIO MODULE

1-01 Bio Code Bioslave status message identifier -

1-03 Bio Num Mes Progressive number handled by UI -

1-13 Hgb VoltCH2 Hgb: second channel voltage Volt

1-14 Hgb ValCH2 Hgb: second channel value -

1-20 Hgb Volt Hgb: first channel voltage Volt

1-21 Hgb Val Hgb: first channel value -

1-22 Hgb Aut Val Hgb: autocalibration voltage -

1-23 Hgb Gain Hgb: gain ratio acquisition channel -

1-24 Bvm Status Hgb: status bit 0-3: hgb acquisition channel status (echo) -
bit 4: on board calibration disk presence(echo)

1-25 Bvm Adc Hgb: analog to digital converter word -

1-26 Bvm Flags Hgb: bvm_flags: bit 1 - line in/out -


bit 2 - door status
bit 3 - gain status l/h
bit 4 - new holder ( from dip switch )
bit 5 - auto calibration L0 active

1-27 Bvm Alarms hgb: bvm_alarms bit 2 - dark alarm -


bit 3 - autocalibration voltage out of range alarm
bit 4 - test current alarm
bit 5 - gain ratio alarm

1-28 Scale Weight Scale weight value of the Bio slave Subsystem -

1-30 Debug W1 Voltage normalized value -

1-31 Debug W2 Debug information -

1-32 Debug W3 Debug information -

1-33 Debug W4 Debug information -

DIASCAN MODULE

2-01 Phase Diascan Internal State -

2-02 Calib Diascan Calibration Internal State -

2-03 Gain Autocalibration coefficient -

2-04 Const Autocalibration coefficient mS/cm

2-05 Flag Internal Diascan Flags -

2-06 Cond Y1 Measurement Intermediate Conductivity (*1000) mS/cm

2-07 Cond Y2 Measurement Intermediate Conductivity (*1000) mS/cm

2-08 Cond Y3 Measurement Intermediate Conductivity (*1000) mS/cm

9-30 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

Table 9.3 Third Service Data page: parameters description


LOCAT.
PARAMETER DESCRIPTION UNIT
column-row

2-09 R HYDT Rinsing hydraulic delay s

2-10 F HYDT Rinsing hydraulic delay s

2-11 Num Meas Failed/Total number of Diascan measurements -

2-12 Clearance Ionic Clearance [0÷600] ml/min

2-14 Dialysance Estimated Ionic Clearance [0÷600] -

2-15 Plasma Cond Estimated plasma conductivity [1300÷1600] -

2-16 Na Mass Bal. Estimated Ionic Mass Balance [-500÷800] -

2-17 KtV Estimated dialysis dose [0÷300] -

2-18 Kt Estimated depurated blood volume [0÷2000] -

2-19 Time Target KtV Time to target Kt/V [0÷480] -

2-20 Distrib. Vol. Distribution Volume [0÷2500] -

2-21 Date Cal. Last Successfull Autocalibration date (YY/MM/DD) -

2-22 Hour Cal. Last Successfull Autocalibration hour (format) -

2-30 Debug W1 / -

2-31 Debug W2 / -

2-32 Debug W3 / -

2-33 Debug W4 / -

HMCTRL

3-01 Treat. Time Hemocontrol: Treatment time of the last calculation min*10

3-02 Norm. Tr. Time Hemocontrol: Normalized Treatment time -

3-03 Norm Bv time Hemocontrol: Normalized BV time (*1000) -

3-04 Current Bv Hemocontrol: Current BV (*10) %

3-05 Desired Bv Hemocontrol: Desired BV (*10) %

3-06 Error on Bv Hemocontrol: Error on BV (*10) %

3-07 Rel er Bv Hemocontrol: Relative error on BV (*100) -

3-08 Current Twl Hemocontrol: Current TWL (*1000) l

3-09 Desired Twl Hemocontrol: desired Twl (*1000) l

3-10 Error on Twl Hemocontrol: Error on twl (*1000) l

3-11 Rel er Twl Hemocontrol: Relative error Twl (*100) -

3-12 Current Ne Hemocontrol: Current equivalent sodium concentration (*10) mEq/l

3-13 Desired Ne Hemocontrol: Desired equivalent sodium concentration (*10) mEq/l

3-14 Error on Ne Hemocontrol: Error on equivalent sodium concentration (*10) mEq/l

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-31


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Table 9.3 Third Service Data page: parameters description


LOCAT.
PARAMETER DESCRIPTION UNIT
column-row

3-15 Rel er Ne Hemocontrol: Relative error equivalent sodium concentration -


(*10)

3-16 Bv/Twl error n-1 Hemocontrol: BV - Twl error step n-1 (*100) -

3-17 Bv/Twl error n Hemocontrol: BV - Twl error step n (*100) -

3-18 Bv/Ne error n-1 Hemocontrol: BV - equivalent sodium concentration error step -
n-1 (*100)

3-19 Bv/Ne error n Hemocontrol: BV - equivalent sodium concentration error step n -


(*100)

3-20 Start treat. Ufr Hemocontrol: Start Treatment UF rate (*1000) litre/hour

3-21 Max Ufr Hemocontrol: Actual Maximum UF Rate (*1000) litre/hour

3-22 Min Ufr Hemocontrol: Actual Minimum UF Rate (*1000) litre/hour

3-23 Ufr step n-1 Hemocontrol: UF Rate step n - 1 (*1000) litre/hour

3-24 Ufr step n Hemocontrol: UF Rate step n (*1000) litre/hour

3-25 Ufr stop Hemocontrol: Recomended UF rate (*1000) litre/hour

3-26 Start treat. Na Hemocontrol: Start Treatment Sodium Concentration (*10) mEq/l

3-27 Max Na Hemocontrol: Actual Maximum Sodium Concentration (*10) mEq/l

3-28 Min Na Hemocontrol: Actual Minimum Sodium Concentration (*10) mEq/l

3-29 Na step n-1 Hemocontrol: Sodium Concentration step n - 1 (*10) mEq/l

3-30 Na step n Hemocontrol: Sodium Concentration step n (*10) mEq/l

3-31 Na stop Hemocontrol: Sodium Concentration recommended (*10) mEq/l

3-32 Flags 1 Hemocontrol status: -


bit 0 - Hemocontrol ON
bit 1 - not used
bit 2 - recommended set
bit 3 - calculated set
bit 4 - not used
bit 5 - checked tollerance
bit 6 - in treatment
bit 7 - not used
bit 8 - stand by
bit 9, 10 ,11 - not used
bit 12 - bv started
bit 13,14,15 - not used

9-32 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

Table 9.3 Third Service Data page: parameters description


LOCAT.
PARAMETER DESCRIPTION UNIT
column-row

3-33 Flags 2 Hemocontrol alarm: -


bit 0 - bv low
bit 1 - bv high
bit 2 - twl low
bit 3 - twl high
bit 4 - Ne low
bit 5 - Ne high
bit 6, 7 - not used
bit 8 - bv not available
bit 9 - not used
bit 10 - late on prescription alarm
bit 11 - early on prescription alarm
bit 12 - sodium low alarm
bit 13- sodium high alarm
bit 14,15 - not used

MISCELLANEOUS

4-01 TWL Error TWL= UF Vol. Set - acc.UF Vol. estimated at the end of Tx. ml

4-03 Flt P Art Filtered Arterial Pressure from protective slave -

4-04 Flt P Ven Filtered Venous Pressure from protective slave -

4-07 KPS CHE / -

4-08 KPS CITR / -

4-11 Tot Blood / -

4-12 Tot Hepar / -

4-13 Priming Vol / -

4-14 Tot Washb / -

4-15 BloSideFillVol HD-DN OLPR Blood side filling consumption in sub-phase 4 ml

4-17 H.DAF Real Hydraulic Task Dialysis Fluid ml/min

4-18 H.TAC Temperature compensated by Hydraulic Task °C*10

4-19 P.TAC Temperature compensated by Protective Task °C*10

4-20 RUF Alarm Cause of ultrafilter change alarm (EMC or PRT) -

4-23 Effective Time Effective treatment time s

4-24 Integ Time / -

4-25 Treatm Time / -

4-26 Diffus Time / -

4-27 Dialys Time / -

4-28 Disinf Time / -

4-29 Rinse Time / -

4-30 HepBol Time / -

4-31 Recirc Time / -

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-33


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Table 9.3 Third Service Data page: parameters description


LOCAT.
PARAMETER DESCRIPTION UNIT
column-row

4-32 Priming Time Describes the prime remaining time s

4-33 Phase Time Describes the subphases remaining time s

SOFTWARE

5-01 Prof TWL Error / -

5-02 UF Start / -

5-03 COND Start / -

5-04 Afbk Treat. time K Profiling treatment time -

5-05 Afbk K Current Current K profiling value calculated -

5-06 Afbk K Stop K suggested during deactivation of K profiling -

5-07 Afbk Flags K Profiling status: -


bit 0 - in treatment
bit 1 - is activated
bit 2 - alarm presence
bit 3 - confirmed alarm

5-20 HYD SSS Current Hydraulic Specific Safe State -

5-21 FM CALIB. Flowmeter alignment Status (Treatment) -

5-22 SW TP 3 / -

5-23 Cartr. Subph Describes the actual Cartridges priming/ Emptying subphase -
number

5-24 Leak. Subph Describes the actual Leakages subphase number -

5-25 Prime subph Describes the actual Prime subphase number -

5-26 Sterile Vol Sterile Volume [ml*10]

5-27 HYD ERROR Describes the hydraulic task status -

5-28 IUF state Describes the IUF state -

5-29 SW TP 10 / -

5-30 UC Aborted / -

5-31 UC Timer / -

5-32 SW TP 13 / -

5-33 SW TP 14 / -

COMM

6-02 CCM id Machine ID -

6-03 EX comm. External comunication connected ON/OFF

6-04 FO discov. msg Describes if the Foxalis discovery protocol is activated -

6-05 FO status msg Describes if the Foxalis status message protocol is activated ON/OFF

9-34 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

Table 9.3 Third Service Data page: parameters description


LOCAT.
PARAMETER DESCRIPTION UNIT
column-row

6-06 FO m/s comm. Describes if the Foxalis master slave protocol is activated ON/OFF

6-07 Bedscale comm. Describes if the machine communicates with the bed scale ON/OFF
device

9.5 Status Screen: Fourth Page

Figure 9- 10. Service data - fourth page parameters

9.5.1 Fourth Page: Parameters description

Table 9.4 Fourth Service Data page: parameters description

LOCAT.
PARAMETER DESCRIPTION UNIT
column-row

SW VER

1-01 Hyd SW Rel SW Release -

1-02 Hyd CRC CRC SW -

1-03 Hyd Boot Rel SW Booter Release -

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-35


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Table 9.4 Fourth Service Data page: parameters description

LOCAT.
PARAMETER DESCRIPTION UNIT
column-row

1-04 Hyd Boot CRC Valves status , 1 command open: -


0001H - EVD,
0002H - EVC ,
0004H - EVS,
0008H - EVPRIM,
0010H - EVPRIM1,
0020H - EVBP2,
0040H - EVW2,
0080H - EVDRAIN,
0100H - EVW1,
0200H - WATVAL.

1-05 Hyd FPGA Rel Hydraulic FPGA Release -

1-06 Hyd Hw Conf Hydraulic hardware configuration -

1-08 Blo Sw Rel REL. NUM -

1-09 Blo CRC CRC BLOOD -

1-10 Blo Boot Rel Machine Model 0x46, Artis -

1-11 Blo Hw Conf DIP SWITCH -

1-13 Pro Sw Rel Protective SW version MSW -

1-14 Pro CRC SW applic.CRC -

1-15 Pro Boot Rel Booter Release -

1-16 Pro Boot CRC Booter CRC -

1-17 Pro FPGA Rel FPGA SW rel. -

1-18 Pro Hw Conf Dip switches configuration -

1-20 Bio Sw Rel Bio sw revision -

1-21 Bio CRC CRC software bioslave-HDF Post Treatment application -

1-22 Bio Boot Rel Software revision booter -

1-24 PLD Rel PLD (Programmable Logic Device) revision number -

1-26 BPM Rel BPM software revision code -

1-28 Flowmeter Mode 4 electromagnetic flowmeters 4EM

VALUE

2-01 IP Address IP address selected by user or default ip address -

2-02 Mask Address Mask address of IP address -

2-04 Main OS Conf XX.YY.ZZZZ.QQQQ.0 where: -


XX: Operating System Major Release encoded in decimal
system;
YY: Operating System Buid Release encoded in decimal
system;
ZZZZ: Ram and Compact flash size in hexadecimal system;
QQQQ: Carrier DIP Switch Status, PC Board, and boot device
encoded in hexadecimal system.

9-36 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

Table 9.4 Fourth Service Data page: parameters description


LOCAT.
PARAMETER DESCRIPTION UNIT
column-row

2-05 Main LD Conf XX.YY.ZZZZ.QQQQ.0 where: -


XX: Bootrom Major Release encoded in decimal system;
YY: Bootrom Buid Release encoded in decimal system;
ZZZZ: Ram and Compact flash size in hexadecimal system;
QQQQ: Carrier DIP Switch Status, PC Board, and boot device
encoded in hexadecimal system.

2-06 Software version Application Software Version ( X.YY.ZZZ ) -

2-07 Software build Application Software Build Number -

2-08 Language Pack Language Pack version of the machine. -

2-09 BlackBox ID identifier Machine Mac Address -


Recorder ID

2-10 Eth Drv Status Ethernet Driver Status: -


0: Driver On
1: Driver Off
2: Negotiation Error

2-11 Max Int Rcv Maximum number of received (or sent) packets per tick -

2-12 Serial Number Machine Serial Number -

2-13 N. Trt 4EM Number of treatment in 4EM configuration -

2-14 Language Pack Language Pack Build Number -


build

2-20 CRC User Loader Calculated User Loader CRC -

2-21 CRC SysMtr Calculated System Monitoring CRC -

2-22 CRC GUI Lib Calculated GUI Library -

2-23 CRC SDatMgrInit Calculated Sdata Manager Initialization CRC -

2-24 CRC Control Calculated Control CRC -

2-25 CRC Calculated common UI CRC -


ComUiCruciform

2-26 CRC Process Calculated Process CRC -

2-27 CRC GUI Calculated GUI CRC -

2-28 CRC ClinicalSw Calculated Clinical Software CRC -

2-29 CRC VNCsrv Calculated VNC CRC -

2-30 CRC ExtComm Calculated Extern Comunication CRC -

2-31 CRC Protec Calculated Protective CRC -

2-32 CRC WEBsrv Calculated WEB Server CRC -

2-33 CRC vxWorks Calculated VxWorks CRC -

VALUE

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-37


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Table 9.4 Fourth Service Data page: parameters description


LOCAT.
PARAMETER DESCRIPTION UNIT
column-row

3-01 Alloc Mem Allocated Memory bytes


(bytes)

3-02 Free Mem (bytes) Free Memory bytes

3-03 CF Free Space CF free memory bytes

3-04 Cond A set.p. Set Point Acetate conductivity 10xmS/


cm

3-05 Cond B set.p. Set Point Bicarbonate conductivity 10xmS/


cm

3-06 Cond SE set p. Set Point Select conductivity 10xmS/


cm

3-07 Bedscale weight Current patient weight measured on BedScale -

3-08 Ctrl AV fork Control Arterial Venous fork -

3-09 Prot AV fork Protective Arterial Venous fork -

3-11 TMP Set value of transmembrane pressure mmHg

3-12 Treatment Time Treatment set value hour/


minute

3-13 Infusion Volume Infusion volume set value litre

3-14 UF Volume Ultra filtration volume set value litre

3-15 Patient Name Patient name -

3-16 Patient Surname Patient surname -

3-17 Patient ID Patient Identifier -

3-18 Barcode value Barcode value detected -

3-20 Delta P Altitude Calculated Atmospheric pressure altitude mmHg

3-21 Heat Heat and CleanCart temperature range selected in preset /


Temperature environment:
Heat A [95, 89, P1 pump frequency 300]

9-38 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

9.5.2 Status Screen: Coding Pages


9.5.2.1 Vismode HEXADEC
SSS Request
Is used to describe the Specific Safe State requested for the current alarm situation.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8

General by / Ven. Pump Arterial Pump Ven. Clamp Inf.Clamp Ven. Pump
safe state pass Stop (AD) Stop (AD) Closed (AD) Closed (AD) Stop

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Ven. Clamp Calibr. Req / Arterial / UF Zero UF Min UF Only


Closed Pump Stop

Requests: 0 Request not active


1 Request active
/ free
UNS. SSS Request
Is used to describe the Unsatisfied Specific Safe States for the current alarm situation

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8

/ by / Ven. Pump Arterial Pump Ven. Clamp Inf.Clamp Ven. Pump


pass Stop (AD) Stop (AD) Closed (AD) Closed (AD) Stop

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Ven. Clamp Calibr. Req / Arterial / UF Zero UF Min UF Only


Closed Pump Stop

States: 0 Satisfied
1 Unsatisfied
/ free
Sensor 1/2
Is used to describe the digital sensors value, read on the Protective System.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8

Distrib.Centr Distrib.Cent Distrib.Cen SWFS2 SWFS1 Ven. Clamp EVR1 EVDS1


al Bicarb. ral Acids tral Acids pos.
BC SWAC1 SWAC2

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

EVD2 EVBP2 EV2 EV EVDS2 AIR pres. AP STOP Ven. Clamp


DRAIN Line

Valves: 0 → Valve not activated


1 → Valve activated

Levels: 0 → Level: air


1 → Level: water

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-39


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Switch: 0 → switch pressed


1 → switch not pressed

/ → free
Sensor 2/2
Is used to describe the digital sensors value, read on the Protective System.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8

/ / Inf. Line SWB SWA SWB2 SWA2 OSSO2


Switch

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

OSSO1 EVS EVD EVC EVA PTS Venous Art. Clamp Art. Clamp
Line position Line

Valves: 0 → Valve not activated


1 → Valve activated

Levels: 0 → Level: air


1 → Level: water

Switch: 0 → switch pressed


1 → switch not pressed

/ → free
Sensor 1
Status of the sensors acquired by the Hydraulic System.

Bit Description

15 8000H - BCTE ( BICART and Select mode SWBK )


14 4000H - SWP1
13 2000H - AFBK (AFB mode)

12 1000H - LFD
11 0800H - SCTE (and select bag in Select Mode SWSeK)
10 0400H - AFB (AFB mode)
9 0200H - ACE ( Select Mode SWAK )
8 0100H - SWCON
7 0080H - CLDI
6 0040H - PFS
5 0020H - PO

4 0010H - PI
3 0008H - LD2
2 0004H - LD1

9-40 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

Bit Description

1 0002H - LP

0 0001H - BCE (bicarbonate bag mode)

Sensor 2
Status of the sensors acquired by the Hydraulic System.

Bit Description

15 8000H - ACE ( ACETATE mode )

14 4000H - SWDCSIN

13 2000H - PDG

12 1000H - SWSeK1

11 0800H - LFS ( AIR ON ps )

10 0400H - SWDCSOUT

9 0200H - SWSeK2

8 0100H - PDRAIN

7 0080H - SWLOWUF1

6 0040H - SWAK

5 0020H - SWB

4 0010H - SWA

3 0008H - SWLOWUF2

2 0004H - SWBK

1 0002H - LFP

0 0001H - SWP

Sensor 3
Status of the sensors acquired by the Hydraulic System.

Bit Description

15 8000H - SWPOL

14 4000H - SWAFB

13 2000H - SWBC

12 1000H - SWA1C

11 0800H - SWA2C

10 0400H - SWCON2

9 0200H - SWUFCOVL

8 0100H - SWUFCOVR

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-41


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Bit Description

7-0 00H - OFF


05H - ON open loop in forward direction (DIALISYS /
RINSING / DISINFECTION)
06H - ON open loop in backward direction (RINSING
/ DISINFECTION)

Valves 1
Status of the sensors acquired by the Hydraulic System.

Bit Description

15 Free

14 Free

13 Free

12 Free

11 Free

10 0400H - EVBHE

9 0200H - WATVAL

8 0100H - EVW1

7 0080H - EVDRAIN

6 0040H - EVW2

5 0020H - EVBP2

4 0010H - EVPRIM1

3 0008H - EVPRIM

2 0004H - EVS

1 0002H - EVC

0 0001H - EVD

9-42 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

Valves 2
Status of the sensors acquired by the Hydraulic System.

Bit Description

15 8000H - EVH20

14 4000H - EVHE

13 2000H - EVDS2

12 1000H - EVDEG

11 0800H - EV1S

10 0400H - EVP

9 0200H - EVD1

8 0100H - EVA

7 0080H - EVPB

6 0040H - EVPS

5 0020H - EVDS1

4 0010H - EVD2

3 0008H - EVPA

2 0004H - EVFLUSH

1 0002H - EV2

0 0001H - EVR1

Sensor 1
Status of the sensors acquired by the Blood Slave Board.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8

/ / / / / DRAIN_ / INF_CLAMP_
VALVE LUC

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

SN_VALVE ONLINE_ DN_VALVE HD_ AIR_COMPR PRESSURE_ ONLINE door BVS-AD door
SWITCH SWITCH ESSOR SWITCH

Bit Description

15 Free

14 Free

13 Free

12 Free

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-43


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Bit Description

11 Free

10 Drain Electro Valve status:


0: open (both the hooks are in)
1: close (at least one hooks is to be extracted)

9 Free

8 Infusion Line Under Clamp:


0: infusion line under clamp not present
1: infusion line under clamp present

7 SN electro valve status:


0: open, (needed to retract the hooks)
1: close (needed to extract the hooks)

6 ONLINE / SN Cassette presence switch:


0: cassette not present
1: cassette present

5 DN electro valve status:


0: open, (needed to retract the hooks)
1: close, (needed to extract the hooks)

4 HD Cassette presence switch:


0: cassette not present
1: cassette present

3 Cassette Loader Air Compressor:


0: compressor off
1: compressor on

2 Pressure Switch status:


0: pressure below the threshold
1: pressure above the threshold

1 ONLINE door position:


0: close
1: open

0 Position of BVS-AD door:


0: close
1: open

Sensor 2
Status of the sensors acquired by the Blood Slave Board.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8

/ / / / / / HEPARIN_ HEPARIN_
UP_LIMIT LOW_LIMIT

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

HEPARIN_ CVP VPP VCP INF_CLAMP CAP APP ACP


DIRECTION _POS

9-44 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

Bit Description

15 Free

14 Reserved

13 Reserved

12 Reserved

11 Reserved

10 Reserved

9 Anticoagulant pump upper hardware limit / overload:


0: hardware limit / overload not detected
1: hardware limit / overload detected

8 Anticoagulant pump lower hardware limit:


0: hardware limit not detected
1: hardware limit detected

7 Direction of Anticoagulant pump:


0: down
1: up

6 Cover of Venous pump:


0: close
1: open

5 Venous pump Hall sensor:


0: not detected
1: detected

4 Venus Clamp position:


0: close
1: open

3 Infusion Clamp position command:


0: close
1: open

2 Cover of Arterial pump:


0: close
1: open

1 Arterial pump Hall sensor:


0: not detected
1: detected

0 Arterial clamp position:


0: close
1: open

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-45


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Main OS Conf and Main LD Conf


Main OS Conf and Main LD Conf parameters will be displayed on the Service Data screen as a pair of
decimal and hexadecimal numbers:
XX.YY.ZZZZ.QQQQ.0

Hexadecimal numbers
Decimal numbers

XX and YY are used to communicate information about the Software and Bootrom version (Major and
Build identifiers)
ZZZZ: is used to communicate information about the machine hardware configuration (RAM and
Compact Flash size). Translate the hexadecimal read value into binary value.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

RAM Size CF Size

Bit Description

15-8 RAM Size in 10MB


7-0 Compact Flash Size in 10MB

QQQQ: is used to communicate information about the machine software configuration. Translate the
hexadecimal read value into binary value.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Carrier DIP SWITCH BOARD BOOT Not used

Bit Description

15-8 Carrier DIP SWITCH Status

7-6 Board Type:


00b: PCM9371 is installed
01b: PCM9375 is installed
10b: Not used
11b: Not used
5-4 Boot Device:
00b: Compact Flash
01b: USB
10b: Not used
11b: Not used
3-0 Free

9-46 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

9.6 Alarms and Signals


9.6.1 Alarm Management System
The Artis Dialysis System is provided with an Alarm Management System that allows the machine to
recognize and control various types of malfunctions and faults and to determine that a potential or actual
hazard exists.
Three types of indicators are available to point out an alarm condition to the operator:
• Auditory alarm signal issued by an internal acustic speaker;

• Visual alarm signal issued by the Status Lights at the top of the machine;

• Alarm Message displayed in the Alarm/Information Message Area.

Each alarm is referenced by a technical number and an alarm message.


For further details on the Alarm/Information Message Area, refer to the “Alarm/Information Messages Area”
section of the “Chapter 1. General Description” of the Operator’s Manual.

NOTE
If more than one alarm occurs at the same time, they are automatically prioritized by the system.
The machine will restart the interrupted action only after all the alarms have been solved.

Alarm Signals are triggered as soon as the alarm condition is detected by the Alarm Management
System.

! WARNING
If in your dialysis facility equipments with different alarm systems are installed, pay attention to the
potential hazards associated to a not correct evaluation of the alarms generated by the different
equipments.

9.6.2 Alarm Classification


9.6.2.1 Priority Levels
Artis alarms are categorized based on their priority, which indicates the importance of an alarm and the
urgency to address it.
In particular, the priority of each alarm has been assigned taking into account both the severity of the
potential consequences of operator’s failure to respond to the cause of the alarm and how fast these
consequences may start to happen.

There are three alarm messages priorities: High, Medium and Low.
Each alarm priority is represented by a set of specific properties which are:

HIGH PRIORITY

• Recurring high sound, 10 sound pulses repeated every 7 seconds;

• Red flashing light;

• Alarm message displayed with white text on red background.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-47


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

MEDIUM PRIORITY

• Recurring medium sound, 3 sound pulses repeated every 7 seconds;

• Yellow flashing light;

• Alarm message displayed with black text on yellow background.

LOW PRIORITY

• Recurring low sound, 2 sound pulses repeated every 17 seconds;

• Yellow constant light;

• Alarm message displayed with black text on yellow background.

Alarm Messages in the Alarm/Information Message Area


Below some examples of different priority alarm messages, as they are displayed in the Alarm/
Information Message Area.

High Priority Alarm Message

Medium and Low Priority Alarm Messages

In case that more alarms with different priorities are triggered at the same time, they are displayed in
two different tabs according to their priority:
• Red tab: displays alarms with high priority

• Yellow tab: displays alarms with medium and low priority. The alarms with medium priority are
displayed above the alarms with low priority

NOTE
In each tab, no more than three alarms at a time can be displayed. The Scroll Buttons can be
used to scroll the alarm list.

In this case, the Alarm Management System will automatically trigger the Auditory and Visual Alarm
signals and will show the Alarm Message tab related to the alarm(s) with higher priority.
The operator will be anyway able to:
• visualize all the alarms with the same priority using the scroll buttons;

9-48 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

• visualize all the alarms with different priorities using the two colour-coded tabs at the bottom of the
Alarm/Information Message Area.

Each time the Alarm/Information Message Area is displayed, if one of the tabs is empty it is grey-
coloured. Otherwise, if the tab contains at least one alarm/information message it is highlighted, according
to the specific colour related to the priority level.
For further details on the Alarm/Information Message Area refer to the “Alarm/Information Messages
Area” section of the Operator’s Manual.

9.6.2.2 Auditory Alarm Signal characteristics


The Auditory Alarm Signals have the characteristics listed in the table below:

Characteristics High Medium Low

Number of Pulses per Burst 10 3 2


Interburst Interval approx. 4 s approx. 6 s approx. 16 s
Volume approx.70 dB(A) approx.68 dB(A) approx.66 dB(A)

NOTE
The Volume measures have been performed in compliance with the IEC 60601-1-8
standard.

Burst graphical representation for High Priority alarms

Burst graphical representation for Medium Priority alarms

Burst graphical representation for Low Priority alarms

9.6.2.3 Intelligent Alarm System


The Artis Alarm Management System is able to recognize if two or more alarm conditions are triggered
related to the same cause.
In this case, the Alarm Management System distinguishes the alarms as follows:
• The Main Alarm

• The alarm(s) resulting from the Main Alarm

When alarms of this type occur the Alarm Management System only displays the Main Alarm(s) in the
Alarm/Information Message Area.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-49


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

The table below lists the Main Alarms managed by the Artis Alarm Management System:

MAIN ALARMS RESULTING ALARMS

BiCart cartridge empty (#21) • Incorrect conductivity measured (#375)


• Incorrect bicart/blue concentrate tube concentration
(#366)
• Dialysis fluid temp low (#377)
• Dialysis fluid flow low (#373)
• Conductivity too low (#462)
• A Concentrate Error (Acid/SelectCart/Safebag) (#369)
• B Concentrate Error (BiCart/Safebag K) (#370)
• Dialysis fluid temp too low (#461)
• Dialysate pH low (#368) (optional)
• Dialysate pH high (#40) (optional)
• Conductivity from Bicart/blue concentrate tube too
Low (#464)
• Incorrect fluid conductivity detected (#496)
• Select Concentrate Error (#590)

Acid/Acetate Concentrate Container • Incorrect conductivity measured (#375)


Empty (#1) • Incorrect bicart/blue concentrate tube concentration
(#366)
• Dialysis fluid temp low (#377)
• Dialysis fluid flow low (#373)
• Conductivity too low (#462)
• A Concentrate Error (Acid/SelectCart/Safebag) (#369)
• B Concentrate Error (BiCart/Safebag K) (#370)
• Dialysis fluid temp too low (#461)
• Dialysate pH low (#368) (optional)
• Dialysate pH high (#40) (optional)
• Conductivity from Bicart/blue concentrate tube too
Low (#464)
• Incorrect fluid conductivity detected (#496)

Incorrect Red Concentrate Connector • Incorrect conductivity measured (#375)


Position (#2) • Incorrect bicart/blue concentrate tube concentration
(#366)
• Dialysis fluid temp low (#377)
• Dialysis fluid flow low (#373)
• Conductivity too low (#462)
• A Concentrate Error (Acid/SelectCart/Safebag) (#369)
• B Concentrate Error (BiCart/Safebag K) (#370)
• Dialysis fluid temp too low (#461)
• Dialysate pH low (#368) (optional)
• Dialysate pH high (#40) (optional)
• Conductivity from Bicart/blue concentrate tube too
Low (#464)
• Incorrect fluid conductivity detected (#496)

9-50 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

MAIN ALARMS RESULTING ALARMS

Insufficient water supply (#100) • Incorrect conductivity measured (#375)


• Incorrect bicart/blue concentrate tube concentration
(#366)
• Dialysis fluid temp low (#377)
• Dialysis fluid flow low (#373)
• Conductivity too low (#462)
• A Concentrate Error (Acid/SelectCart/Safebag) (#369)
• B Concentrate Error (BiCart/Safebag K) (#370)
• Dialysis fluid temp too low (#461)
• Dialysate pH low (#368) (optional)
• Dialysate pH high (#40) (optional)
• Conductivity from Bicart/blue concentrate tube too
Low (#464)
• Incorrect fluid conductivity detected (#496)
• Select Concentrate Error (#590)

SelectCart cartridge Empty (#596) • Incorrect conductivity measured (#375)


• Incorrect bicart/blue concentrate tube concentration
(#366)
• Dialysis fluid temp low (#377)
• Dialysis fluid flow low (#373)
• Conductivity too low (#462)
• A Concentrate Error (Acid/SelectCart/Safebag) (#369)
• B Concentrate Error (BiCart/Safebag K) (#370)
• Dialysis fluid temp too low (#461)
• Dialysate pH low (#368) (optional)
• Dialysate pH high (#40) (optional)
• Conductivity from Bicart/blue concentrate tube too
Low (#464)
• Incorrect fluid conductivity detected (#496)
• Select Concentrate Error (#590)

SelectBag empty (#293) • Incorrect conductivity measured (#375)


• Incorrect bicart/blue concentrate tube concentration
(#366)
• Dialysis fluid temp low (#377)
• Dialysis fluid flow low (#373)
• Conductivity too low (#462)
• A Concentrate Error (Acid/SelectCart/Safebag) (#369)
• B Concentrate Error (BiCart/Safebag K) (#370)
• Dialysis fluid temp too low (#461)
• Dialysate pH low (#368) (optional)
• Dialysate pH high (#40) (optional)
• Conductivity from Bicart/blue concentrate tube too
Low (#464)
• Incorrect fluid conductivity detected (#496)
• Select Concentrate Error (#590)

Incorrect conductivity measured • Incorrect fluid conductivity detected (#496)


(#375)

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-51


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

MAIN ALARMS RESULTING ALARMS

Safebag - K Compartment Empty • Incorrect conductivity measured (#375)


(#610) • Incorrect bicart/blue concentrate tube concentration
(#366)
• Dialysis fluid temp low (#377)
• Dialysis fluid flow low (#373)
• Conductivity too low (#462)
• A Concentrate Error (Acid/SelectCart/Safebag) (#369)
• B Concentrate Error (BiCart/Safebag K) (#370)
• Dialysis fluid temp too low (#461)
• Dialysate pH low (#368) (optional)
• Dialysate pH high (#40) (optional)
• Conductivity from Bicart/blue concentrate tube too Low
(#464)
• Incorrect fluid conductivity detected (#496)
• Select Concentrate Error (#590)

Safebag - AFB Compartment Empty • Incorrect conductivity measured (#375)


(#611) • Incorrect bicart/blue concentrate tube concentration
(#366)
• Dialysis fluid temp low (#377)
• Dialysis fluid flow low (#373)
• Conductivity too low (#462)
• A Concentrate Error (Acid/SelectCart/Safebag) (#369)
• B Concentrate Error (BiCart/Safebag K) (#370)
• Dialysis fluid temp too low (#461)
• Dialysate pH low (#368) (optional)
• Dialysate pH high (#40) (optional)
• Conductivity from Bicart/blue concentrate tube too Low
(#464)
• Incorrect fluid conductivity detected (#496)
• Select Concentrate Error (#590)

Scale Measurement Error (#98) • Infusion Flow Rate Error (#99)

Arterial Chamber: Level Adjustment • Low Arterial Chamber Level (#643)


Required (#642)

9-52 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

9.6.3 Information Signals


Information Signals are triggered to give the operator advices or notices on some machine events.
Information Signals are divided into Notifications and Smartscan Messages; they are both displayed on
the Alarm/Information Messages Area together with a recurring notice sound.
• NOTIFICATIONS are usually related to customizable reminder events or machine events requiring
the operator’s attention in order to move forward in the treatment workflow;

• SMARTSCAN MESSAGES are triggered by Smartscan criteria enabled on the machine.

Information Signals are referenced by:


• A Message displayed in the Alarm/Information Message Area;

• An Auditory signal issued by an internal acustic speaker.

9.6.3.1 Information Signals in the Alarm/Information Message Area


Information Signals are blue colour-coded.
Below some examples of Information Signals, as they are displayed in the Alarm/Information Message
Area:

Notification

Smartscan Message
In case that Alarms and Information Signals are triggered at the same time, the Alarm Management
System will automatically trigger the Auditory and Visual Alarm signals and will show the Alarm Message
tab related to the alarm(s) with higher priority.
In this case, the operator will be anyway able to:
• visualize all the alarms with the same priority using the scroll buttons;

• visualize all the alarms with different priorities using the two colour-coded tabs at the bottom of the
Alarm/Information Message Area;

• visualize all the Information Signals using the blue colour-coded tab at the bottom of the Alarm/Infor-
mation Message Area.

If alarms are not present, the tabs are grey-coloured. Otherwise, they are highlighted, according to the
specific colour related to the priority level.
For further details on the Alarm/Information Message Area refer to the “Alarm/Information Messages
Area” section of the Operator’s Manual.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-53


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

9.6.3.2 Auditory Information Signals characteristics


The Information Signals are notified by specific melodies, different from the Auditory Alarm Signals, with
the following Volumes:
The Auditory Information Signals volume is configurable; two volume levels can be configured, the high
level volume is the default one:

Characteristic Notifications Smartscan Messages

Low Volume approx. 54 dB(A) approx. 55 dB(A)


High Volume approx. 70 dB(A) approx. 70 dB(A)

Configuration of the Auditory Information Signals volume has to be performed by a qualified Service
technician.
Each Auditory Information Signal is composed by a single tune issued every 90 seconds.

NOTE
The Volume measures have been performed in compliance with the IEC 60601-1-8 standard.

9.6.4 Levels of operator intervention


When an alarm condition occurs or an Information Signal is triggered, the operator may be able to
manually deal with the problem.
The specific actions to take are described for each individual alarm. Five types of intervention are
possible:
• MUTE

• CONFIRM

• OVERRIDE

• RESET

• ACKNOWLEDGED

9.6.4.1 Mute
It is possible to temporarily (for about 2 minutes) deactivate the Auditory Alarm Signal, by pressing the
MUTE key on the Hard Key Panel.
The temporary deactivation of the Auditory Alarm Signal is possible only for alarm condition present at
the moment of the operator action.
• It is important to consider that during the MUTE status:
• The LED on the MUTE key switches ON.
• The Auditory Alarm Signal is deactivated.
• The Visual Alarm Signal remains active.
• The Message remains displayed in the Alarm/Information Message Area.
It is possible to remove the MUTE status:
• Automatically: when the time has elapsed.
• Manually: pressing again the MUTE key.

9-54 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

NOTE
If a new alarm is triggered, different from the previous one, during a MUTE status, the MUTE status
will be automatically removed.

MUTE ICON

This icon appears on the Alarm/Information Message Area when the mute function is activated by the
operator pressing the related key on the Hard Key Panel:

At the top of this icon, a Progress Bar is displayed showing the remaining time of the mute function.

9.6.4.2 Confirm
The CONFIRM operation forces a removing of the Information Signal. It clears the Auditory Information
Signals.
After having looked over the Information Signal, the operator can confirm the Information Signal
pressing the CONFIRM button, displayed on the right top side of the Alarm/Information Message Area.
The CONFIRM button that appears in the Alarm/Information Message Area is referenced by the
following symbol:

9.6.4.3 Override
The Artis Dialysis System allows to Override only the alarm related to a Blood Leak Detection.
The Override of this alarm can be performed to give the possibility to ignore it and to continue the
treatment. It is useful every time a recovery of a dangerous situation requires the machine working, to
reactivate some functionality that was stopped due to the alarm presence.
To override the alarm, press the OVERRIDE button displayed in the Alarm/Information Message Area
when the Blood in Dialysis Fluid alarm is triggered.
It is important to consider that during an override period:
• Some of the safety mechanisms are disabled for a limited period of time (about 2 minutes);

• The Auditory and Visible Alarm Signals are maintained;

• The Alarm Message is still displayed in the Alarm/Information Message Area.

If one or more additional faults cause an alarm during the Override state, the description relative to
each fault is displayed in the Alarm/Information Message Area.

! WARNING
During an Override status, the operator is responsible for monitoring of the parameters that have
been overridden.

The Override function is not referenced by a specific symbol.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-55


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

9.6.4.4 Reset
Automatic Reset

Some alarms can be automatically RESET by the machine when there are no more failures.
The RESET operation consists of an automatic removing of the alarm after that the conditions that
generated the alarm are satisfied again for a specified time interval dependent on the alarm itself.
After an automatic reset, the Auditory and Visible Alarm Signals are cleared and the functionalities
previously stopped are restored again.
Manual Reset

Some alarms can be manually reset pressing the RESET button that appears in the Alarm/Information
Message Area.
This button is referenced by the following symbol:

! WARNING
Press the RESET button to clear the alarm only after having removed the causes of the alarm.
Refer to the related troubleshooting for a detailed description of how to remove the alarm cause.

9.6.5 Acknowledged
The ACKNOWLEDGED operation allows to remove the Auditory Alarm Signal, the 4 meter Visual Alarm
Signal and the alarm message displayed in the Alarm/Information Message Area of an alarm condition that
still exists. A specific icon representing the alarm condition remains visible on the System Icon Area from a
distance of 1 meter.
This operation can be performed to give the possibility to ignore the alarm condition and to continue the
treatment.
In the ARTIS Dialysis System only the following alarms can be ACKNOWLEDGED: “Backup battery
failure” (#183), “No Power - Using Battery Backup” (#415), “T1 Test Acoustical Buzzer Failed” (#438) and
“T1 Test Acoustic Speaker” (#451).
After the alarm has been triggered, the operator can perform the ACKNOWLEDGED operation pressing
the CONFIRM button, displayed on the right top side of the Alarm/Information Message Area
The CONFIRM button that appears in the Alarm/Information Message Area is referenced by the
following symbol

After the CONFIRM button has been pressed, the following icon will be displayed in the System Icon
Area for the rest of the teatment:

9-56 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

NOTE
If nothing is placed between the operator and the Status Lights the Visual Alarm and Information
Signals are visible from a distance of 4 meters.
If nothing is placed between the operator and the Artis Touch Screen, the messages displayed in
the Alarm/Information Message Area and the alarm icons displayed in the System Icon Area are
visible from a distance of 1 meter.

Guidelines to respond to an Alarm/Information Signal


In case of an Alarm/Information Signal condition, the operator should perform the following actions:
1. Press the MUTE key to silence the Auditory Signal, if desired.

2. Observe the message in the Alarm/Information Message Area on the left bottom of the Touch
Screen.

Figure 9- 11. Alarm/Information Message Area - Example


3. If more than three Alarm/Information Signals in the same list are triggered, it is possible to scroll
the list up and down using the Scroll Buttons.

4. If Alarm/Information Signals of different lists are triggered, it is possible to switch between the
three tabs displayed at the bottom of the Alarm/Information Messages Area.

5. Determine the cause of the Alarm/Information Signal. If uncertain about the cause or the appro-
priate response to the alarm, refer to the “9.6.7 Operator Alarm, Malfunction Alarm and Informa-
tion Signals Troubleshooting” section in this chapter for possible causes and solutions. If an
Alarm Information Area is available, the “HELP” button is displayed.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-57


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

6. Correct the cause of the alarm as described in "9.6.7 Operator Alarm, Malfunction Alarm and
Information Signals Troubleshooting".

7. If required press the RESET or the CONFIRM button.

NOTE
If nothing is placed between the operator and the Status Lights the Visual Alarm and Information
Signals are visible from a distance of 4 meters.
If nothing is placed between the operator and the Artis Touch Screen, the messages displayed in
the Alarm/Information Message Area are visible from a distance of 1 meter.

9.6.6 Alarms/Information Messages


Messages displayed on the Alarm/Information Message Area can be grouped into three categories:
• Operator Alarms requiring the operator’s intervention.

• Malfunction Alarms requiring the service technician’s intervention.

• Information Messages requiring the operator’s attention in order to move forward in the treatment
workflow.

For a detailed list of these alarms refer to the “9.6.6.2 Operator Alarms, Malfunctions and Information
Messages List” table.

9.6.6.1 Malfunction Alarms


When a malfunction alarm occurs the following message is displayed in the Alarm/Information Message
Area
MALFUNCTION
together with the technical code of the alarm.
When a Malfunction occurs:
• during the preparation process: switch the machine OFF, wait a few seconds and then switch the
machine back ON.
If the alarm persists, take note of the alarm code, switch the machine OFF and call for Service.

• during a treatment: perform a Fast Recovery procedure as described in the “Fast Recovery” section
of the Operator’s Manual.
If the alarm persists, take note of the alarm code, switch the machine OFF and perform a Manual
Rinseback procedure as described in the “Manual Rinseback procedure in HD-DN and HDF Post
Treatments” section of the Operator’s Manual, then call for Service.

• during a Disinfection/Rinse program: take note of the alarm code, switch the machine OFF and call
for Service.

9.6.6.2 Operator Alarms, Malfunctions and Information Messages List


The table below contains a list of all the Operator Alarms, Malfunctions and Information Messages in
numerical order, indicating:
• The message displayed on the Alarm/Information Message Area;

• The Technical Code;

• The Priority Level;

• The possibility or not to manually RESET the Operator Alarms or to CONFIRM the Information mes-
sages

9-58 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

• The type of message: Operator, Malfunction or Information

• The reference to the page of this chapter where it is possible to find the related troubleshooting.

NOTE
Alarms related to pH supervision are available only if pH probe is installed on your Artis Dialysis
System.

RESET/ TROUBLE-
ALARM MESSAGE CODE PRIORITY TYPE
CONFIRM SHOOTING

Acid/Acetate Concentrate 1 MEDIUM NO Operator Page 73


Container Empty

Incorrect Red Concentrate 2 LOW NO Operator Page 74


Connector Position

Incorrect SelectCart Holder Arms 3 LOW NO Operator Page 75


Position
Air in Venous Line 4 HIGH NO Operator Page 76

MALFUNCTION 6 HIGH / Malfunction Page 78

MALFUNCTION 7 HIGH / Malfunction Page 79

Blood pump cover open 8 HIGH NO Operator Page 79

Pump speed too high 10 HIGH YES Operator Page 80

Arterial pressure out of range 11 HIGH YES Operator Page 81

Blood pump speed error 12 HIGH YES Operator Page 82

Blood pump rotor error 13 HIGH YES Operator Page 83

Incorrect Blue Concentrate 18 LOW NO Operator Page 83


Connector Position

BiCart cartridge empty 21 MEDIUM NO Operator Page 84

Incorrect BiCart Holder Arms 22 LOW NO Operator Page 86


Position

Incorrect bicart/blue concentrate 23 LOW NO Operator Page 87


tube concentration

Blood in dialysate 28 HIGH NO Operator Page 88

BPM failure 30 MEDIUM YES Operator Page 89

BPM Measurement failure or Out 31 MEDIUM YES Operator Page 90


of Range

Air In Hydraulic Pathway (LD1) 33 LOW NO Operator Page 91

Hydraulic Sensor Dirty (LP) 34 LOW NO Operator Page 92

Air in Hydraulic Pathway (LD2) 35 LOW NO Operator Page 92

Dialysate pH high (optional) 40 LOW NO Operator Page 93


MALFUNCTION 43 MEDIUM / Malfunction Page 95

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-59


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

RESET/ TROUBLE-
ALARM MESSAGE CODE PRIORITY TYPE
CONFIRM SHOOTING

Dialysis fluid flow high 44 LOW NO Operator Page 96

BPM Diastolic pressure alarm 46 HIGH YES Operator Page 96

MALFUNCTION 48 MEDIUM / Malfunction Page 97

MALFUNCTION 49 MEDIUM / Malfunction Page 97

Treatment Time Complete 51 LOW YES Operator Page 98


Fluid Removal Complete 53 / YES Information Page 98

Heparin pump overload 55 MEDIUM NO Operator Page 98

Heparin infusion complete 58 / YES Information Page 99

MALFUNCTION 59 MEDIUM / Malfunction Page 100


(See NOTE1 below)
UF target will not be achieved 60 LOW YES Operator Page 100

CFD1 Ultrafilter Lower Switch 61 LOW NO Operator Page 101


Error

Incorrect conductivity measured 62 LOW NO Operator Page 102

MALFUNCTION 63 MEDIUM / Malfunction Page 103

Safe State Activated 64 HIGH / Malfunction Page 103


Cause:
(See NOTE2 and NOTE3 below)

BPM Heart rate alarm 66 HIGH YES Operator Page 106

MALFUNCTION 67 MEDIUM / Malfunction Page 107

TMP High 68 HIGH YES Operator Page 108

Heparin pump lower limit reached 69 / YES Information Page 109

Heparinization Not Initiated 71 LOW YES Operator Page 109

Infusion Settings Invalid 79 MEDIUM NO Operator Page 110


Prescription

Low Temperature 81 LOW NO Operator Page 110

MALFUNCTION 84 MEDIUM / Malfunction Page 111

Dialyzer Inlet Pressure High 87 HIGH YES Operator Page 112

Dialyzer Outlet Pressure High 88 HIGH YES Operator Page 114


MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE 90 MEDIUM NO Operator Page 115
LIMIT

Max Weight On The Scale 92 MEDIUM YES Operator Page 116


Dialyzer Inlet Pressure Low 94 HIGH YES Operator Page 117

Dialyzer Outlet Pressure Low 95 HIGH YES Operator Page 118


Infusion Flow Rate Error 99 LOW NO Operator Page 120

Insufficient water supply 100 MEDIUM NO Operator Page 121

9-60 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

RESET/ TROUBLE-
ALARM MESSAGE CODE PRIORITY TYPE
CONFIRM SHOOTING

Infusion Settings Outside 102 / YES Information Page 121


Prescription

MALFUNCTION 104 MEDIUM / Malfunction Page 122

MALFUNCTION 106 MEDIUM / Malfunction Page 123

MALFUNCTION 108 MEDIUM / Malfunction Page 124

MALFUNCTION 110 MEDIUM / Malfunction Page 125


MALFUNCTION 111 MEDIUM / Malfunction Page 126

MALFUNCTION 112 LOW / Malfunction Page 127


(optional)

MALFUNCTION 113 LOW / Malfunction Page 128


(optional)

Dialyzer Pressure Maximum 114 LOW YES Operator Page 128


Dialyzer Pressure Minimum 115 LOW YES Operator Page 130

MALFUNCTION 120 HIGH / Malfunction Page 132

MALFUNCTION 130 MEDIUM / Malfunction Page 132

MALFUNCTION 131 MEDIUM / Malfunction Page 133

BPM Systolic pressure alarm 132 HIGH YES Operator Page 133

Dialysis fluid temp high 134 LOW NO Operator Page 134

Ultrafilter TMP High 138 MEDIUM YES Operator Page 135

TMP Low 142 LOW YES Operator Page 136

UF rate higher than expected 145 LOW YES Operator Page 137

Dialysate Pressure High 146 LOW YES Operator Page 138

MALFUNCTION 148 HIGH / Malfunction Page 139

Venous pump cover is open 149 HIGH NO Operator Page 140

Venous pressure out of range 153 HIGH YES Operator Page 141

Venous pressure too high 154 HIGH YES Operator Page 143

Venous pressure high 155 HIGH YES Operator Page 145

Venous pump speed error 157 HIGH YES Operator Page 146

Venous pump rotor error 158 LOW YES Operator Page 146
MALFUNCTION 159 HIGH / Malfunction Page 147

Scale Measurement Error 161 MEDIUM NO Operator Page 148


MALFUNCTION 167 LOW / Malfunction Page 149

BLD Sensitivity Loss 170 MEDIUM YES Operator Page 149

MALFUNCTION 173 MEDIUM / Malfunction Page 150

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-61


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

RESET/ TROUBLE-
ALARM MESSAGE CODE PRIORITY TYPE
CONFIRM SHOOTING

MALFUNCTION 182 MEDIUM / Malfunction Page 150

Backup battery failure 183 LOW YES Operator Page 151

MALFUNCTION 185 MEDIUM / Malfunction Page 151

MALFUNCTION 190 MEDIUM / Malfunction Page 152

HEMOSCAN: Minimum Blood 191 HIGH NO Operator Page 152


Volume
Low blood pump speed 204 HIGH YES Operator Page 153

Incorrect venous or arterial line 205 HIGH NO Operator Page 153


position in clamp

Fluid path obstruction 206 MEDIUM YES Operator Page 154

HEMOSCAN: DARK Out of 223 LOW NO Operator Page 155


Range
HEMOSCAN: Communication 224 HIGH NO Operator Page 155
Error

HEMOSCAN: TEST Out of Range 225 LOW NO Operator Page 156

HEMOSCAN: L/H Out of Range 226 LOW NO Operator Page 156

Smartscan - Hemocontrol: High 231 / YES Information Page 157


Na Concentration

Smartscan - Hemocontrol: Low Na 232 / YES Information Page 157


Concentration

Hemocontrol: BV% not available 234 LOW YES Operator Page 157

AFBK: ByPass too Frequent 291 MEDIUM YES Operator Page 158

SelectBag empty 293 MEDIUM NO Operator Page 158


MALFUNCTION 295 MEDIUM / Malfunction Page 159

Bioslave Subsystem 296 MEDIUM NO Operator Page 159


Communication Error

BIO SLAVE ERROR 297 HIGH NO Operator Page 160

MALFUNCTION 300 MEDIUM / Malfunction Page 160

MALFUNCTION 301 MEDIUM / Malfunction Page 161


Still in bypass 302 MEDIUM YES Operator Page 162

MALFUNCTION 304 HIGH / Malfunction Page 163


ARTERIAL PRESSURE HIGH 305 HIGH YES Operator Page 163

Arterial Pressure Below Treatment 306 HIGH YES Operator Page 165
Min. Limit
Wrong A/V or SN Pressure Offset 319 LOW YES Operator Page 166

MALFUNCTION 320 HIGH / Malfunction Page 167

9-62 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

RESET/ TROUBLE-
ALARM MESSAGE CODE PRIORITY TYPE
CONFIRM SHOOTING

MALFUNCTION 327 MEDIUM / Malfunction Page 168

Reminder - Still In Pause Therapy 329 LOW YES Operator Page 168

Blue Dialysis Fluid Tube Incorrect 330 LOW NO Operator Page 169
Position

Red Dialysis Fluid Tube Incorrect 331 LOW NO Operator Page 169
Position

No power - Using battery backup 353 MEDIUM NO Operator Page 170


Blood Sensed in Venous Line 359 HIGH YES Operator Page 170

Pump speed too low 362 HIGH YES Operator Page 171

Blood Pump Rotor Error 363 HIGH YES Operator Page 171

Venous line not in patient sensor 364 HIGH NO Operator Page 172
Incorrect bicart/blue concentrate 366 LOW NO Operator Page 173
tube concentration

Dialysate pH low (optional) 368 LOW NO Operator Page 174

A Concentrate Error (Acid/ 369 LOW NO Operator Page 176


SelectCart/Safebag)

B Concentrate Error (BiCart/ 370 LOW NO Operator Page 178


Safebag K)

Dialysis fluid flow low 373 LOW NO Operator Page 179

Incorrect conductivity measured 375 LOW NO Operator Page 180

Dialysis fluid temp low 377 LOW NO Operator Page 181

UF rate lower than expected 379 LOW YES Operator Page 182

Venous pressure low 382 HIGH YES Operator Page 182

Arterial pressure low 384 HIGH YES Operator Page 184

Air In Blood T0 Failure 385 HIGH YES Operator Page 185

MALFUNCTION 395 MEDIUM / Malfunction Page 186

MALFUNCTION 396 MEDIUM / Malfunction Page 186

Na or Bic Settings result in 401 LOW NO Operator Page 187


conductivity out of range

Ultrafilter Replacement Reminder 402 / YES Information Page 187


Incorrect Green Concentrate 404 LOW NO Operator Page 188
Connector Position

MALFUNCTION 410 MEDIUM / Malfunction Page 189


Incorrect SelectBag Holder Arm 411 LOW NO Operator Page 190
Position

Venous Flow Minimum 412 HIGH YES Operator Page 190

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-63


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

RESET/ TROUBLE-
ALARM MESSAGE CODE PRIORITY TYPE
CONFIRM SHOOTING

Venous Flow Maximum 413 HIGH YES Operator Page 190

No Power - Using Battery Backup 415 MEDIUM YES Operator Page 191

Left Blue EvaClean door incorrect 416 HIGH NO Operator Page 191
position

Right Red EvaClean door 417 HIGH NO Operator Page 192


incorrect position

T1 Test SN Pressure 418 LOW YES Operator Page 193


T1 Test Arterial Pump/ABD 419 LOW YES Operator Page 193

T1 Test Flow Meters 422 LOW YES Operator Page 195

Ultra door incorrect position 423 LOW NO Operator Page 195

Sensor Bar Door Open 424 LOW NO Operator Page 196


Dialysis fluid flow too low 425 LOW YES Operator Page 197

MALFUNCTION 426 MEDIUM / Malfunction Page 197

MALFUNCTION 434 LOW / Malfunction Page 198

T1 Test Acoustical Buzzer Failed 438 LOW YES Operator Page 199

MALFUNCTION 440 HIGH / Malfunction Page 199

MALFUNCTION 441 HIGH / Malfunction Page 200

MALFUNCTION 442 HIGH / Malfunction Page 200

Ultrafiltration suspended 443 MEDIUM YES Operator Page 200

T1 Test Temperature Failed 444 LOW YES Operator Page 201

T1 Test Conductivity Cells Failed 445 LOW YES Operator Page 202
T1 Test Venous Pressure 446 LOW YES Operator Page 203

T1 Test Arterial Pressure 447 LOW YES Operator Page 204

Comunication Protective Cond. 449 LOW YES Operator Page 205


Cell Stopped

Comunication Select Cond. Cell 450 LOW YES Operator Page 205
Stopped

T1 Test Acoustic Speaker 451 HIGH YES Operator Page 206


PDr Pressure High 452 LOW YES Operator Page 206

PDr Pressure Low 453 LOW YES Operator Page 207


Insert the HEMOSCAN cuvette 454 / NO Information Page 208

Arterial pressure high 457 HIGH YES Operator Page 209


Venous Pressure Below 459 HIGH YES Operator Page 210
Treatment Min. Limit

Dialysis fluid temp too high 460 LOW NO Operator Page 211

9-64 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

RESET/ TROUBLE-
ALARM MESSAGE CODE PRIORITY TYPE
CONFIRM SHOOTING

Dialysis fluid temp too low 461 LOW NO Operator Page 212

Conductivity too low 462 LOW NO Operator Page 213

Conductivity too high 463 LOW NO Operator Page 215

Conductivity from Bicart/blue 464 LOW NO Operator Page 216


concentrate tube too Low

Conductivity from Bicart/blue 465 LOW NO Operator Page 217


concentrate tube too High
MALFUNCTION 466 HIGH / Malfunction Page 211

Leakages Test (A) Failure 467 LOW YES Operator Page 211

Leakages Test (B) Failure 468 LOW YES Operator Page 212

Leakages Test (C) Failure 469 LOW YES Operator Page 213
Leakages Test (D) Failure 470 LOW YES Operator Page 215

HEMOSCAN Autocalibration 473 LOW NO Operator Page 216


Failure

Preparation not Completed - 474 LOW YES Operator Page 217


Incorrect Condition on D1 Flow
Rate

Preparation not Completed - 475 LOW YES Operator Page 218


Incorrect Condition on TcA

Preparation not Completed - 476 LOW YES Operator Page 218


Incorrect Condition on Acid/AFB
Distribution

Preparation not Completed - 477 LOW YES Operator Page 219


Incorrect Condition on
Bicarbonate/AFB Distribution

Preparation not Completed - 478 HIGH YES Operator Page 220


Incorrect Condition on Select
Distribution

Reminder - Still In Isolated UF 479 MEDIUM YES Operator Page 221

MALFUNCTION 480 MEDIUM / Malfunction Page 221

MALFUNCTION 484 MEDIUM / Malfunction Page 222

MALFUNCTION 485 MEDIUM / Malfunction Page 223

MALFUNCTION 486 LOW / Malfunction Page 223

MALFUNCTION 493 MEDIUM / Malfunction Page 224


Incorrect fluid conductivity 496 LOW NO Operator Page 224
detected

MALFUNCTION 497 MEDIUM / Malfunction Page 226


Leakages Test (E) Failure 498 LOW YES Operator Page 226

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-65


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

RESET/ TROUBLE-
ALARM MESSAGE CODE PRIORITY TYPE
CONFIRM SHOOTING

Leakages Test (F) Failure 499 LOW YES Operator Page 228

Leakages Test (G) Failure 500 LOW YES Operator Page 229

Reminder - Wrong Dip Switches 502 HIGH YES Operator Page 230

Wrong Arterial and Venous 503 MEDIUM YES Operator Page 230
Treatment Limits

Low Disinfectant Level in last 504 LOW YES Operator Page 231
Clean Cart Process
UF Deviation 505 MEDIUM NO Operator Page 232

Flowmeter Alignment Failed 506 HIGH YES Operator Page 233

Blood Cassette presence required 507 HIGH NO Operator Page 234

Wrong disposable configuration 508 HIGH NO Operator Page 235


on Ultra Cassette holder
Blood Lines Clamped 509 HIGH YES Operator Page 236

MALFUNCTION 510 MEDIUM / Malfunction Page 236

MALFUNCTION 511 MEDIUM / Malfunction Page 237

Smartscan - Low QB 512 / YES Information Page 238

Smartscan: Low QD 513 / YES Information Page 238

Smartscan: High QD 514 / YES Information Page 238

Saline Bag Not Connected 515 LOW YES Operator Page 239

Venous Line Clamped or Saline 516 LOW YES Operator Page 239
Bag Empty

Arterial Line Clamped 517 LOW YES Operator Page 240

Line Not Connected in EvaClean 518 LOW YES Operator Page 241
Port or Access Line Open

Arterial Infusion lines open or 519 LOW YES Operator Page 242
Patient lines not connected to
EvaClean

Venous Pump Rotor Error 521 HIGH YES Operator Page 242

SN Pressure out of range 522 HIGH YES Operator Page 243


MALFUNCTION 523 HIGH / Malfunction Page 244

Hemoconcentration risk or 524 MEDIUM YES Operator Page 244


incorrect arterial connector
connection
Pressure Alarm Limits Still 525 LOW NO Operator Page 245
Expanded

Substitution suspended 526 MEDIUM YES Operator Page 246


TMP Upper Limit 527 HIGH NO Operator Page 246

9-66 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

RESET/ TROUBLE-
ALARM MESSAGE CODE PRIORITY TYPE
CONFIRM SHOOTING

Diascan: Autocalibration Failure 528 LOW NO Operator Page 247

Diascan: Measurement Failure 529 LOW YES Operator Page 248

Smartscan - Diascan: Low 530 / YES Information Page 248


Clearance

Smartscan - Diascan: Low KT/V 531 / YES Information Page 249

Time Out on Data Reception 532 LOW YES Operator Page 249
Chemical process not properly 533 LOW YES Operator Page 250
performed: disinfectant tank
empty

Disinfection not Properly 534 MEDIUM YES Operator Page 251


Performed

MALFUNCTION 535 MEDIUM / Malfunction Page 251

Diascan measurement error 536 LOW YES Operator Page 252


MALFUNCTION 537 HIGH NO Malfunction Page 252

MALFUNCTION 538 MEDIUM / Malfunction Page 253

Water Leakage 539 MEDIUM NO Operator Page 254

Dialysate Pressure Low 540 LOW YES Operator Page 255

Incorrect Cassette line 542 LOW YES Operator Page 256


connections or clamps status

Ultra Scan aborted 543 / YES Information Page 257

Ultra Scan completed 544 / YES Information Page 257

New Ultra Scan is suggested 545 / YES Information Page 257

On-Line Fluid Volume Exceeded 546 HIGH NO Operator Page 257


Maximum Limit

Patient Venous Line Incorrect 547 LOW YES Operator Page 258
Position

Leakages H 548 LOW YES Operator Page 259

Leakages I 549 LOW YES Operator Page 259

Power Failure: Check Power 550 MEDIUM YES Operator Page 260
Supply

90% Maximum On-line Volume 552 MEDIUM YES Operator Page 260
Reached
Maximum On-line Volume 553 MEDIUM YES Operator Page 260
Reached

Hemocontrol Error 554 MEDIUM YES Operator Page 261


Scale Stability not Reached 555 MEDIUM YES Operator Page 261

Reminder: 558 LOW YES Operator Page 261

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-67


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

RESET/ TROUBLE-
ALARM MESSAGE CODE PRIORITY TYPE
CONFIRM SHOOTING

Preparation Completed 559 / YES Information Page 262

Priming Completed 560 / YES Information Page 262

Autoscheduled Disinfection/Rinse 562 MEDIUM YES Operator Page 262


Program not Performed

CDF2 Ultrafilter Lower Switch 563 LOW NO Operator Page 263


error

Ultrafilter Cover Error 564 LOW NO Operator Page 263


Hydraulic Centralise Acetate 565 LOW NO Operator Page 264
Connector Type One

Hydraulic Centralise Acetate 566 LOW NO Operator Page 264


Connector Type Two

TMP Set too Low 567 LOW NO Operator Page 265

Wrong Check Red Concentrate 568 LOW NO Operator Page 266


Connector

Wrong Check Blue Concentrate 569 LOW NO Operator Page 266


Connector

Isolated UF Completed 570 LOW YES Operator Page 267

Treatment can not begin until the 571 LOW NO Operator Page 267
ultrafilters have been replaced

Low Heparinization 573 MEDIUM YES Operator Page 268

Wrong Single Needle Clamps 574 HIGH YES Operator Page 269
Position

MALFUNCTION 575 MEDIUM / Malfunction Page 270

Preparation can not proceed until 576 LOW YES Operator Page 270
dressing is complete

Smartscan - Low Real Qb 577 / YES Information Page 270

Wrong Disinfectant used in 578 MEDIUM YES Operator Page 271


Chemical Disinf.

On-line blood restitution: wrong 579 HIGH YES Operator Page 271
Cassette configuration

Incorrect configuration for Blood 580 LOW YES Operator Page 272
Tubing System or Ultra Accessory

Isolated UF target loss will not be 581 LOW YES Operator Page 272
achieved

Residual Check Reminder 582 / YES Information Page 273


Air detector cleaning required 583 HIGH YES Operator Page 273

Air detector inspection required 584 HIGH YES Operator Page 276
Saline Bag Empty 585 LOW YES Operator Page 277

9-68 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

RESET/ TROUBLE-
ALARM MESSAGE CODE PRIORITY TYPE
CONFIRM SHOOTING

Arterial Pump Segment Not 586 LOW YES Operator Page 278
Correctly loaded

Venous Infusion Line Open 587 HIGH YES Operator Page 279

Chemical Disinfection not Properly 588 MEDIUM YES Operator Page 279
Performed: wrong disinfectant
used

SN Pressure High 589 HIGH YES Operator Page 280

Select Concentrate Error 590 LOW NO Operator Page 281


MALFUNCTION 591 MEDIUM / Malfunction Page 281

SN: Pressure not increasing 592 HIGH YES Operator Page 282

SN: Pressure not decreasing 593 HIGH YES Operator Page 283

SN Service Line(s) on SN 594 LOW YES Operator Page 283


Cassette open
Maximum Blood Volume Reached 595 HIGH YES Operator Page 284

SelectCart cartridge Empty 596 MEDIUM NO Operator Page 285

End of Hospasol Bag 597 LOW YES Operator Page 285

Bicart Change Failed 598 MEDIUM YES Operator Page 286

SelectCart Change Failed 599 MEDIUM YES Operator Page 286

SelectBag Not Connected 600 LOW YES Operator Page 287

SelectBag Conductivity Check 601 MEDIUM NO Operator Page 287


Failure

Bicarbonate/Select Conductivity 602 LOW NO Operator Page 288


Set too Low
Bicarbonate/Select Conductivity 603 LOW NO Operator Page 289
Set too High

Smartscan - High Sodium setting 606 / YES Information Page 289

Scale Measurement Error 609 MEDIUM NO Operator Page 290

Safebag - K Compartment Empty 610 MEDIUM NO Operator Page 290

Safebag - AFB Compartment 611 MEDIUM NO Operator Page 291


Empty
Infusion Settings Still Outside 612 LOW YES Operator Page 292
Prescription

Infusion Settings Out of Range 613 MEDIUM NO Operator Page 293


Infusion Cassette not Connected 614 LOW YES Operator Page 294
to Blood Cassette

Hospasol Infusion Line Clamped 615 LOW YES Operator Page 295
Degassing Line on Infusion 616 LOW YES Operator Page 296
Cassette Clamped

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-69


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

RESET/ TROUBLE-
ALARM MESSAGE CODE PRIORITY TYPE
CONFIRM SHOOTING

EvaClean Doors Incorrect Position 617 LOW YES Operator Page 296

Scale Acquisition Failure 618 HIGH YES Operator Page 297

MALFUNCTION 619 MEDIUM / Malfunction Page 297

End of Hospasol Bag 620 LOW YES Operator Page 298

End of Hospasol Bag or Hospasol 621 LOW YES Operator Page 299
Infusion Line Clamped
Infusion Chamber Pressure too 622 LOW YES Operator Page 300
High

K Profile Error 623 MEDIUM YES Operator Page 300

No Hospasol Bag on Scale 624 LOW YES Operator Page 301

Hospasol Low Weight Limit 625 / YES Information Page 302


Reached
Infusion Volume Error 626 MEDIUM NO Operator Page 303

MALFUNCTION 627 HIGH / Malfunction Page 304


(See NOTE4 below)

Saline solution has entered in the 628 MEDIUM YES Operator Page 304
Hospasol bag

MALFUNCTION 629 MEDIUM / Malfunction Page 305

Wrong Date/Time or wrong Date 630 LOW YES Operator Page 311
of Installation of U9000 ultrafilters

Unreliable SN Pressure 631 HIGH YES Operator Page 307

Venous Flow Too High 632 HIGH YES Operator Page 307

Venous Flow Over Allowed Range 633 HIGH YES Operator Page 307
Venous Flow too Low: SN 634 HIGH YES Operator Page 308
Cassette Inspection Required

Hemocontrol: Refilling Rate Better 635 / YES Information Page 309


than Expected

Hemocontrol: Unusual Status 636 / YES Information Page 310

Hemocontrol: Refilling rate lower 637 / YES Information Page 311


than expected

Hemocontrol: UF Volume may not 638 / YES Information Page 311


be reached
Emptying cannot proceed: blue 639 / NO Information Page 312
dialysis fluid connector not
reconnected

Arterial Chamber: Level 642 HIGH YES Operator Page 313


Adjustment Required
Low Arterial Chamber Level 643 MEDIUM YES Operator Page 316

9-70 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

RESET/ TROUBLE-
ALARM MESSAGE CODE PRIORITY TYPE
CONFIRM SHOOTING

Pressure Transducer: Inspection 644 LOW YES Operator Page 317


and Greasing Required

MALFUNCTION 645 HIGH NO Malfunction Page 317

Smartscan: Low QDIFF 646 / YES Information Page 318

Low QI/QB% 647 MEDIUM YES Operator Page 318

High QI/QB% 648 MEDIUM YES Operator Page 318


On-line Bolus aborted: Incorrect 649 LOW YES Operator Page 319
clamp status

On-line Bolus aborted 650 LOW YES Operator Page 320

Ultra line or Arterial/Venous/Ultra 651 LOW YES Operator Page 321


connector Clamped

Incorrect Ultra Connector position 652 MEDIUM YES Operator Page 322
or prescription
T1 Test Ultra Port Sensor 653 LOW YES Operator Page 322

Ultra Port Leakage 654 LOW YES Operator Page 323

On-line rinseback: Arterial patient 655 HIGH YES Operator Page 323
line not properly connected

Ultra connector: line required in 656 HIGH NO Operator Page 324


Infusion clamp

Ultra line or Arterial/Venous/Ultra 657 MEDIUM NO Operator Page 325


connector Still Clamped

Reminder - Perform a Descaling 659 / YES Information Page 326


Procedure

MALFUNCTION 660 LOW NO Malfunction Page 326


Preparation can not start until a 662 LOW YES Operator Page 327
Descaling procedure has been
performed

MALFUNCTION 663 MEDIUM NO Malfunction Page 327

MALFUNCTION 664 MEDIUM NO Malfunction Page 328

Incorrect Conc. Connectors/ 665 MEDIUM YES Operator Page 328


Holders Arms /CleanCart Position
MALFUNCTION 668 MEDIUM NO Malfunction Page 330

Hydraulic Circuit Failure 669 MEDIUM NO Operator Page 330

Art. Level Low Or Repositioning 670 HIGH YES Operator Page 331
Required
Cassette Repositioning 671 HIGH NO Operator Page 333
Required

MALFUNCTION 672 MEDIUM NO Malfunction Page 333

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-71


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

NOTE1
If the alarm number code 59 occurs during treatment:
1. Switch the machine OFF;
2. Perform a Manual Rinseback procedure as described in the “8.2 Manual Rinseback procedure
in HD-DN and HDF Post Treatments” section of the Operator’s Manual.

NOTE2
Next to "Cause:" the explanation of the alarm causes is reported.

NOTE 3
During rinseback, if the alarm number code 64 occurs with the attribute “Cause: excessive
Rinseback Volume”:
1. Switch the machine OFF;
2. Disconnect the patient.

NOTE 4
If the malfunction number code 627 occurs at the end of the treatment:
1. Switch the machine OFF;
2. Switch the machine ON again.

9-72 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

9.6.7 Operator Alarm, Malfunction Alarm and Information Signals


Troubleshooting
The Alarm/Information Message Area gives all the necessary instructions to respond to most of the
alarm situations. Under certain circumstances, however, the Alarm Management System could not give
detailed information.
Therefore, additional information are provided in this section for each of the alarms listed in the previous
table.
The alarms below are listed according to their technical code number.

ACID/ACETATE CONCENTRATE CONTAINER EMPTY 1

Reason The Acid concentrate canister/bag is either empty or not properly connected; as a
result the Acid Pump cannot reach the set conductivity value.

Machine • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;


Actions • The concentrate pumps are stopped;
• The Infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Acid concentrate canister/bag is empty. 1. Press the “Special Procedures” button.
Select the “Change Acid” option to change
the Acid concentrate canister/bag.
Perform the “Change Acid” special
procedure as described in the “Change
Acid” section of the Operator’s Manual.

2. Massive air leak from the Acid concentrate 2. Check the Acid concentrate canister/bag.
canister/bag. Press the “Special Procedures” button.
Select the “Change Acid” option to change
the Acid concentrate canister/bag.
Perform the “Change Acid” special
procedure as described in the “Change
Acid” section of the Operator’s Manual.

3. The Acid pick-up tube connector is not 3. Check that the Acid pick-up tube connector
connected to the concentrate canister/bag. is properly connected to the concentrate
canister/bag.
Press the “Special Procedures” button.
Select the “Change Acid” option to change
the Acid concentrate canister/bag.
Perform the “Change Acid” special
procedure as described in the “Change
Acid” section of the Operator’s Manual.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the ΓcA 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
conductivity cell, Hydraulic I2C Board, replace as required.
Motherboard and Hydraulic slave board.

2. The acetate tube is kinked or has a leak. 2. Repair or replace as required.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-73


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Possible Cause (Service) (Continued) Suggested Action (Service) (Continued)

3. The PA pump is blocked or defective. 3. Verify the “PA Freq” encoder parameter
value displayed in the “Prot” column of the
Page 1 in the Service Data screen.
Repair or replace as required.

4. The ΓcA conductivity cell is not properly 4. Verify the “Cond A” in relation with the
calibrated or is defective. “Cond P” parameter values, displayed in
the Page 1 of the Service Data screen.
Replace as required.

5. The Hydraulic I2C board is defective. 5. Replace as required.

6. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 6. Replace as required.

NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Conductivity Technical Investigation Procedure“ of
the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.

INCORRECT RED CONCENTRATE CONNECTOR POSITION 2

Reason The Red Concentrate Connector is in the wrong position or is not fully inserted into
its Concentrate Connector Port.

Machine In DIALYSIS:
Actions • The phase currently running stops;
• The concentrate pumps are stopped;
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

In ADR:
• The phase currently running stops;
• All the pumps are stopped.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Red Concentrate Connector is in the 1. In Dialysis (BiCart treatments):


wrong position. Verify that the Red Concentrate Connector
is connected to the Acid concentrate
canister/bag.

2. The Red Concentrate Connector is not fully 2. In ADR, Select and AFB K Treatment:
inserted into its Concentrate Connector Verify that the Red Concentrate Connector
Port. is securely connected to its Concentrate
Connector Port.

9-74 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the SWA 1. Verify the “SWA” parameter value displayed
switch, Motherboard and Hydraulic slave in the Page 1 of the Service Data screen.
board. With the opening and closing of the Red
Concentrate Connector, the state of the
“SWA” value (Open/Closed) must change.
Clean, repair or replace as required.

2. The SWA microswitch is defective. 2. Replace as required.

3. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 3. Replace as required.

INCORRECT SELECTCART HOLDER ARMS POSITION 3

Reason The Select Cart Holder Arms are in the wrong position or not closed securely.

Machine • The phase currently running stops;


Actions • All the concentrate pumps are stopped;
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The Infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Select Cart Holder Arms are in the 1. Verify the correct position of the Select Cart
wrong position, or not closed securely. Holder Arms in relation to the machine
phase.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the SWAK 1. Verify the “SWAK” parameter value
switches, Motherboard and Hydraulic slave displayed in the Page 1 of the Service Data
board. screen.
With the opening and closing of the Select
Cart Holder Arms, the state of the “SWAK”
value (Open/Closed) must change.
Clean repair or replace as required.

2. The SWAK switch Hall sensor is defective. 2. Verify the “SWAK” parameter value
displayed in the Page 1 of the Service Data
screen.
With the opening and closing of the Select
Cart Holder Arms, the state of the “SWAK”
value (Open/Closed) must change.
Clean repair or replace as required.

3. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 3. Replace as required.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-75


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

AIR IN VENOUS LINE 4

Reason Air has been detected in the Venous Patient Line.

Machine • The Arterial and the Venous Pumps are stopped;


Actions • The Venous Line Clamp is closed;
• The UF Rate is automatically set to zero;
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The Infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

NOTE
To remove air from the Venous Patient Line, a negative pressure must be created into the Venous
chamber. Before troubleshooting the alarm, carefully read the following indications:
• The proper range (from -90 mmHg to -80 mmHg) will open the venous line clamp and
facilitate the removal of air from the venous line through the venous chamber;
• Position the manual clamps as described below in order to trap the air in the section of the
circuit between the two clamps;
• First remove the manual clamp on the Venous Patient line in order to maximize air removal
from the patient line;
During the negative venous pressure creation, do not decrease below -150 mmHg and do not
increase above + 40 mmHg in order to prevent any vascular complication or air injection in the
venous line respectively. If these pressures are reached the venous line clamp is closed again and
the procedure must be repeated.

NOTE
In case pressure alarms and “Air in Venous Line” (#4) alarm occur at the same time, pressure
alarms must be resolved first.
This is to ensure that the blood pump starts when the alarm #4 troubleshooting actions have been
completed.

9-76 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. Air in the Venous Patient Line. 1. Manually clamp the Venous Patient Line
under the Venous line clamp and below any
visible air.
2. Manually clamp the venous dialyzer line;
3. Attach a sterile luer-lock syringe to the
venous infusion line;
4. Open the clamp on the venous infusion line
and gradually create a negative venous
pressure (around -80 mmHg);
5. When the machine opens the Venous Line
Clamp and the pressure reaches the right
negative pressure, close the clamp on the
venous infusion line;
6. Remove the manual clamp from the Venous
Patient Line: air will be drawn into the
venous chamber;
7. If air is still present in the venous line,
repeat the procedure;
8. Start the Arterial pump by pressing the
“Blood Pump On/Off” key on the hard key
panel and immediately remove the manual
clamp from the venous dialyzer line;
9. If needed, adjust the chamber levels (See
NOTE 1)

NOTE 1
Refer to Chapter “Special Procedures” of the Operator’s Manual for better explanations on the
adjust chamber levels procedure.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the Air 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
Detector, PIB board, Motherboard and replace as required.
Protective slave board.

2. The Air Detector is defective. 2. Replace as required.

3. The PIB board is defective. 3. Replace as required.

4. The Protective slave board is defective. 4. Replace as required.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-77


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

ARTERIAL SENSOR ERROR 6

Reason The Control System has detected a large spike or a large rapid change while
monitoring the Arterial Pressure Sensor.

Machine • The Arterial and Venous Pumps are stopped;


Actions • The UF Rate is reduced to zero;
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The Infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. A malfunction occurred on the Arterial 1. Perform a Fast Recovery procedure as


Pressure Sensor. described in the “Fast Recovery” section of
the Operator’s Manual.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the Arterial 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
pressure sensor, PIB board, Motherboard replace as required.
and Blood slave board.

2. The Arterial pressure sensor is out of 2. Perform an Arterial pressure sensor


calibration. calibration as required.

3. The PIB board is defective. 3. Replace as required.

4. The Blood slave board is defective. 4. Replace as required.

NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Pressures Technical Investigation Procedure“ of
the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.

9-78 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

INCORRECT ARTERIAL CLAMP POSITION 7

Reason The Arterial Line Clamp is open when it should be closed, or it is closed when it
should be open.

Machine • The Arterial and Venous Pumps are stopped;


Actions • The UF Rate is reduced to zero;
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The Infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Arterial Line Clamp is obstructed. 1. Perform a Fast Recovery procedure as


described in the “Fast Recovery” section of
the Operator’s Manual.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the Arterial 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
line clamp, Arterial clamp board, replace as required.
Motherboard and Blood slave board.

2. The Arterial board is defective. 2. Replace as required.

3. The Arterial clamp board is defective. 3. Replace as required.

4. The Blood slave board is defective. 4. Replace as required.

NOTE
Verify that the actual position of the clamp and the “Art. Clamp Sts” parameter value, displayed in
the Page 1 of the Service Data screen are the same. Refer the Service Screen Section for further
information and a complete list of parameters.

BLOOD PUMP COVER OPEN 8

Reason The Arterial pump cover is open.

Machine • The Arterial and Venous Pumps are stopped;


Actions • The UF Rate is reduced to zero;
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The Infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Arterial pump cover is open. 1. Close the Arterial pump cover.
Be sure the Arterial pump cover is securely
latched.

2. The magnet is dirty. 2. Carefully clean the magnet placed behind


the Arterial pump cover with a cloth dipped
in a disinfectant solution.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-79


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the Hall 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
sensor board, Arterial pump board, replace as required.
Motherboard and the Blood slave board. Verify that the actual position of the Arterial
pump cover and the “Art Pump Cover”
parameter value, displayed in the Page 1 of
the Service Data screen are the same.

2. The Hall sensor board is defective. 2. Replace as required.

3. The Arterial pump cover is defective. 3. Replace as required.

4. The Arterial pump board is defective. 4. Replace as required.

5. The Blood slave board is defective. 5. Replace as required.

PUMP SPEED TOO HIGH 10

Reason The Blood flow is higher than the Arterial Pump speed set value or than the
maximum permitted value.

Machine • The Arterial and the Venous Pumps are stopped;


Actions • The Venous Line Clamp is closed;
• The UF Rate is automatically set to zero;
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The Infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Arterial Pump speed is different from 1. Press the RESET button to restart the
the set value. Arterial Pump.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the Blood 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
Hall sensor board, Blood pump board, replace as required.
Motherboard and Blood slave board.

2. The Blood pump encoder is defective. 2. Replace as required.

3. The Blood Hall sensor board is defective. 3. Replace as required.

4. The Blood pump rotor is defective. 4. Replace as required.

5. The Blood pump board is defective. 5. Replace as required.

6. The Blood slave board is defective. 6. Replace as required.

9-80 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

ARTERIAL PRESSURE OUT OF RANGE 11

Reason The arterial pressure is beyond the upper or lower limit of the sensor.

Machine In DIALYSIS:
Actions • The Arterial and Venous Pumps are stopped;
• The UF Rate is reduced to zero;
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The Infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.
In ADR:
• None

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. Restriction of blood flow from the Patient’s 1. Check for restriction of blood flow in the
Vascular Access or in the Arterial Patient Arterial Patient Line, i.e. kinks, clamps,
Line. clotted arterial needle, poor flow from the
Patient’s Vascular Access; The alarm
clears when the arterial pressure is in the
proper range.
When the pressure stabilizes, select the
alarm in the Alarm/Information Message
Area and press the RESET button to restart
the Arterial Pump.

2. Arterial pressure decreased somewhat 2. Attention should be given to revaluation of


during a treatment due to the needle size, the blood flow rate and the
hemoconcentration and/or inadequate heparin dosage;
heparin delivery to the patient and a When the pressure stabilizes, select the
resulting pressure drop increase for a given alarm in the Alarm/Information Message
needle at a fixed blood flow rate. Area and press the RESET button to restart
the Arterial Pump.

3. Arterial pressure out of range. 3. During Disinfection process:


Press the “Unload Cassette” button;
Press the CONFIRM button to start the
unloading procedure;
Unload the cassette;
Press the RESET button to clear the alarm.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the Arterial 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
pressure sensor, PIB board, Motherboard replace as required.
and Blood board.

2. The Arterial pressure sensor is out of 2. Perform an Arterial pressure sensor


calibration. calibration as required.

3. The Arterial pressure sensor is damaged. 3. Replace as required.

4. The Blood slave board is defective. 4. Replace as required.

5. The PIB board is defective. 5. Replace as required.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-81


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Pressures Technical Investigation Procedure“ of
the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.

BLOOD PUMP SPEED ERROR 12

Reason The Arterial Pump is not turning at the requested speed.

Machine • The Arterial and Venous Pumps are stopped;


Actions • The UF Rate is reduced to zero;
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The Infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The pump segment is jamming the rotor of 1. Verify the correct placement of the pump
the Arterial Pump. segment into the rotor.
Press the RESET button to restart the
Arterial Pump.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the Arterial 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
pump board, Motherboard and Blood slave replace as required.
board.

2. The Arterial pump board is defective. 2. Replace the Arterial pump board.

3. The Arterial pump rotor position sensor that 3. Replace as required.


detects half revolution of the rotor is
defective.

4. The Arterial pump is defective. 4. Replace as required.

5. The Arterial pump rotor is defective. 5. Replace as required.

6. The Blood slave board is defective. 6. Replace as required.

9-82 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

BLOOD PUMP ROTOR ERROR 13

Reason The arterial hall sensor is not detected properly.

Machine • The Arterial and Venous pumps are stopped;


Actions • The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Arterial pump segment is not correctly 1. Verify that the Arterial pump segment is
inserted into the rotor. correctly inserted into the rotor.
Press the RESET button.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the Hall 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
sensor board, Arterial Pump board, replace as required.
Motherboard and Blood slave board.

2. The Arterial pump board is defective. 2. Replace as required.

3. The Hall sensor board is defective. 3. Replace as required.

4. The Arterial pump is defective. 4. Replace as required.

5. The Arterial pump rotor is defective. 5. Replace as required.

6. The Blood slave board is defective. 6. Replace the Blood slave board.

INCORRECT BLUE CONCENTRATE CONNECTOR POSITION 18

Reason The Blue Concentrate Connector is in the wrong position or is not fully inserted
into its Concentrate Connector Port.

Machine In DIALYSIS:
Actions • The concentrate pumps (PA, PB, PSel) are stopped;
• The phase currently running stops;
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

In ADR:
• The phase currently running stops;
• All the pumps are stopped.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Blue Concentrate Connector is in the 1. In Dialysis (BiCart and BiCart Select
wrong position. treatments):
Verify that the Blue Concentrate Connector
is connected to its Concentrate Connector
Port.

2. The Blue Concentrate Connector is not 2. In AFB K Treatment:


connected to its Safebag Connector. Verify that the Blue Concentrate Connector
is connected to its Safebag Connector.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-83


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Possible Cause (Operator) (Continued) Suggested Action (Operator) (Continued)

3. The Blue Concentrate Connector is not fully 3. In ADR:


inserted into its Concentrate Connector Verify that the Blue Concentrate Connector
Port. is securely connected to its Concentrate
Connector Port.

NOTE
The use of liquid Bicarbonate concentrate is not currently available.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the SWB 1. Verify the “SWB” parameter value displayed
switch, Motherboard and Hydraulic slave in the Page 1 of the Service Data screen.
board. With the opening and closing of the Blue
Concentrate Connector, the state of the
“SWB” value (Open/Closed) must change.
Clean repair or replace as required.

2. The microswitch SWB is defective. 2. Replace as required.

3. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 3. Replace as required.

BICART CARTRIDGE EMPTY 21

Reason The BiCart Cartridge is either empty or not connected properly; as a result the
Bicarbonate Pump cannot reach the set conductivity value.

Machine • The concentrate pumps are stopped;


Actions • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The BiCart Cartridge is almost empty. 1. Press the “Special Procedures” button.
Select the “Change BiCart” option to
change the BiCart Cartridge.
Perform the Change BiCart procedure as
described in the “Change BiCart Cartridge”
section of the Operator’s Manual.

2. The Bicarbonate powder is not well 2. Tap the bottom of the BiCart Cartridge to
distributed in the BiCart Cartridge. evenly distribute the powder.
Press the “Special Procedures” button.
Select the “Change BiCart” option to
change the BiCart Cartridge.
Perform the Change BiCart procedure as
described in the “Change BiCart Cartridge”
section of the Operator’s Manual.

9-84 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

Possible Cause (Operator) (Continued) Suggested Action (Operator) (Continued)

3. The BiCart Cartridge is in the wrong 3. Check the correct position of the BiCart into
position. its holder.
Press the “Special Procedures” button.
Select the “Change BiCart” option to
change the BiCart Cartridge.
Perform the Change BiCart procedure as
described in the “Change BiCart Cartridge”
section of the Operator’s Manual.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between ΓcB 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or


conductivity cell, Hydraulic I2C board, replace as required.
Motherboard and Hydraulic slave board.

2. The Bicarbonate pick-up tube is kinked or 2. Repair or replace as required.


has a leak.

3. The PB pump is blocked or defective. 3. Verify the “PB Freq” encoder parameter
value displayed in the “Prot” column of the
Page 1 in the Service Data screen.
Repair or replace as required.

4. The Bicarbonate control conductivity cell 4. Verify the “Cond B” in relation with the
(ΓcB) is not properly calibrated or is “Cond Sel.” parameter values, displayed in
defective. the Page 1 of the Service Data screen.
Repair or replace as required.

5. The Hydraulic I2C board is defective. 5. Replace as required.

6. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 6. Replace as required.

NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Conductivity Technical Investigation Procedure“ of
the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-85


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

INCORRECT BICART HOLDER ARMS POSITION 22

Reason The BiCart Holder Arms are in the wrong position or not closed securely.

Machine In DIALYSIS:
Actions • The phase currently running stops;
• The concentrate pumps are stopped;
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The Infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

In ADR:
• The phase currently running stops;
• All the pumps are stopped.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The BiCart Holder Arms are in the wrong 1. Verify the correct position of the BiCart Holder
position, or not closed securely. Arms in relation to the machine phase.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the SWBK 1. Verify the “SWBK” parameter value
switches, Motherboard and Hydraulic slave displayed in the Page 1 of the Service Data
board. screen.
With the opening and closing of the BiCart
Cart Holder Arms, the state of the “SWBK”
value (Open/Closed) must change.
Clean repair or replace as required.

2. The Hall sensors SWBK are defective. 2. Verify the “SWBK” parameter value
displayed in the Page 1 of the Service Data
screen.
With the opening and closing of the BiCart
Cart Holder Arms, the state of the “SWBK”
value (Open/Closed) must change.
Clean repair or replace as required.

3. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 3. Replace as required.

9-86 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

INCORRECT BICART/BLUE CONCENTRATE TUBE CONCENTRATION 23

Reason The conductivity measured in the first stage of the dialysis fluid preparation is
above the permitted range.

Machine • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;


Actions • The infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Blue Concentrate Connector is not 1. Verify that the Blue Concentrate Connector
properly connected to its Safebag is properly connected to its Safebag
Connector. Connector.

2. Massive air leak from the Safebag KV 2. Replace the Safebag KV concentrate
concentrate solution. solution as described in the “Change
Safebag” section of the Artis AFB K
Treatment Operator’s Manual.

3. The BiCart Cartridge is not properly 3. Ensure the BiCart Cartridge is securely
positioned in its holder. placed in its holder.

NOTE
The use of liquid Bicarbonate concentrate is not currently available.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between ΓcB 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or


conductivity cell, Hydraulic I2C board, replace as required.
Motherboard and Hydraulic slave board.

2. Defective connection between ΓpSe 2. Verify the connections, clean, repair or


conductivity cell, Protective I2C board, replace as required.
Motherboard and Protective slave board.

3. The Control or Protective cell is out of 3. Perform a Control or Protective cell test as
calibration. required.
Replace the Protective or Control cells if
they are out of calibration.

4. The Control or Protective cells is defective. 4. Replace as required.

5. The Hydraulic or Protective slave board is 5. Repair or replace the board.


defective.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-87


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

BLOOD IN DIALYSATE 28
Reason Blood has been detected in the dialysis fluid by the Blood Leakage Detector.
Machine • The Arterial and the Venous Pumps are stopped;
Actions • The Venous Line Clamp and Infusion clamp are closed;
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)


1. A break in the dialyzer membrane caused a 1. Press the OVERRIDE button. Some of the
blood leakage into the hydraulic circuit. safety mechanisms shall be disabled for the
subsequent 2 minutes.
Visually check the dialysis fluid for blood
presence.
If the results are positive, replace the
dialyzer and the Blood Cassette. Follow the
correct procedure to replace the
extracorporeal circuit.
2. The blood leak sensor is dirty. 2. Press the OVERRIDE button. Some of the
safety mechanisms shall be disabled for the
subsequent 2 minutes.
Visually check the dialysis fluid for blood
presence.
If the results are negative and the alarm
persists, stop the treatment.
As soon as possible perform a chemical
disinfection to clean the blood leak sensor.
3. Massive air leak from the Red/Blue dialysis 3. Press the OVERRIDE button. Some of the
fluid tube connectors, as the BLD sensor safety mechanisms shall be disabled for the
could confuse air with blood. subsequent 2 minutes.
Deactivate the dialysis fluid flow by
pressing the “Dialysis fluid” action button.
• the dialysis fluid goes into bypass;
• the “Dialysis fluid” action indicator
switches to grey.
Verify that the Red/Blue dialysis fluid tube
connectors do not leak and are securely
fitted to the dialyzer.
Activate again the dialysis fluid flow by
pressing the deactivated “Dialysis fluid”
action button.
• the “Dialysis fluid” action indicator
switches to green.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. The blood leak detector is dirty. 1. Clean, repair or replace as required.


2. Defective connection between the BLD 2. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
sensor, Motherboard and Protective slave replace as required.
board.

3. The blood leak detector is defective. 3. Replace as required.

9-88 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

Possible Cause (Service) (Continued) Suggested Action (Service) (Continued)

4. The Protective slave board is defected. 4. Replace as required.

BPM FAILURE 30

Reason The BPM System was calibrated incorrectly, is malfunctioning or is disconnected.

Machine • The Blood Pressure Monitoring system is stopped and the measurement is not
Actions available.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. Temporary blockage of the device. 1. Press the RESET button to remove the
alarm.
Do not perform any other Blood Pressure
measurements. If the BPM Mode
parameter is set to Auto, set it to Manual. At
the end of the treatment:
• switch the machine OFF, wait a few
seconds and then switch the machine
back ON;
• take a Blood Pressure to verify if the BPM
device is functioning correctly: if the result
is negative, a service technician
assistance is required.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. The BPM cuff tube is kinked, disconnected 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
or broken. replace as required.

2. Defective connection between BPM board, 2. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
Motherboard and Blood slave board. replace as required.

3. The BPM board is not calibrated. 3. Perform a BPM board calibration as


required.

4. The BPM board is defective. 4. Replace as required.

NOTE
Do not perform any other Blood Pressure measurements. If the BPM Mode parameter is set to
Auto, set it to Manual.

NOTE
At the end of the treatment switch the machine off and after five seconds turn it on again.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-89


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

BPM MEASUREMENT FAILURE OR OUT OF RANGE 31

Reason • The BPM System may have been unable to record a blood pressure
measurement because of patient and/or Cuff conditions;
• The BPM Tubing may be kinked or disconnected;
• The BPM System may be leaking;
• There may be a Hardware/Communication failure on the BPM System.
• The measure of Systolic or Diastolic pressure or of Pulse Rate may be out of
range.

Machine • The Blood Pressure Monitoring System is stopped and the measurement is not
Actions available.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The tubing of the BPM cuff is kinked or 1. Verify that the external tubing of the BPM
disconnected. cuff is connected and that there are no
leaks or kinks.
Press the RESET button and retry the
measurement.

2. The patient moved his arm too many times 2. Press the RESET button and retry the
during the measurement. The BPM was measurement.
unable to measure the blood pressure.

3. The external tubing of the BPM cuff or the 3. Press the RESET button.
BPM cuff itself is leaking. Replace the tubing of the BPM cuff and the
BPM cuff with a new one.

4. There is a communication problem between 4. Press the RESET button.


the BPM cuff and the machine. Repeat the blood pressure measurement.

5. The measure of Systolic or Diastolic 5. Verify that the cuff is correctly applied to the
pressure or of Pulse Rate may be out of patient and connected to the machine.
range. Press the RESET button.
Repeat the blood pressure measurement.

6. An automatic BPM measurement started 6. Wait for the subsequent automatic


while the “BPM” button was dimmed measurement or, if nedeed, perform a new
manual measurement as soon as the
“BPM” button becomes available.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. The BPM cuff tube is kinked, disconnected 1. Clean, repair or replace as required.
or broken.

2. Defective connection between BPM board, 2. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
Motherboard and Blood slave board. replace as required.

3. The BPM board is not calibrated. 3. Perform a BPM board calibration as


required.

4. The BPM board is defective. 4. Replace as required.

9-90 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

AIR IN HYDRAULIC PATHWAY (LD1) 33

Reason LD1 Level Sensor failed its test during dialysis preparation or an ADR process.
The level sensor may have detected air, failed or needs to be cleaned.

Machine • The phase currently running stops;


Actions • The dialysis fluid goes into bypass;
• The Infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. Massive air leak from an empty concentrate 1. Check for empty concentrate canister. The
canister. alarm clears before patient connection.

2. Dirty LD1 level detector. 2. Perform a RINSE or a Chemical Disinfection


to clean the sensor from deposits.

3. The concentrate tube is not in the proper 3. Verify the proper placement of the
position for the current phase of the concentrate tube for the current phase of
machine. the machine.

4. The BiCart holder arms are not in the fully 4. Place the BiCart holder arms in the closed
closed position. position.

NOTE
The use of liquid Bicarbonate concentrate is not currently available.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the LD1 level 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
sensor, Motherboard and Hydraulic slave replace as required.
board.

2. Defective connection between the EVD1 2. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
valve, Motherboard and Hydraulic slave replace as required.
board.

3. The tube between BT1, EVD1 and the drain 3. Repair or replace as required.
is occluded.

4. The LD1 level sensor is defective. 4. Replace as required.

5. The EVD1 valve is defective. 5. Replace as required.

6. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 6. Replace as required.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-91


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

HYDRAULIC SENSOR DIRTY (LP) 34

Reason The LP Level Sensor failed its test during dialysis preparation or an ADR process.
The level sensor may have detected air, failed or needs to be cleaned.

Machine • The phase currently running stops;


Actions • The dialysis fluid goes into bypass;
• The Infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. Dirty LP level detector. 1. Perform a RINSE or a Chemical


Disinfection to clean the sensor from
deposits.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the LP level 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
detector, Motherboard and Hydraulic slave replace as required.
board.

2. Defective connection between the EVP 2. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
valve, Motherboard and Hydraulic slave replace as required.
board.

3. The tube between the BTP bubble trap, 3. Repair or replace as required.
EVP valve and the drain is occluded.

4. The LP level sensor is defective. 4. Replace as required.

5. The EVP valve is defective. 5. Replace as required.

6. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 6. Repair or replace the Hydraulic slave board.

AIR IN HYDRAULIC PATHWAY (LD2) 35

Reason The LD2 Level Sensor failed its test during dialysis preparation or a cleaning
process. The Level Sensor may have detected air, failed or needs to be cleaned.

Machine • The phase currently running stops;


Actions • The dialysis fluid goes into bypass;
• The infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. Dirty LD2 level detector. 1. Perform a RINSE or a Chemical


Disinfection to clean the sensor of deposits.

NOTE
The use of liquid Bicarbonate concentrate is not currently available.

9-92 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the LD2 level 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
detector, Motherboard and Hydraulic slave replace as required.
board.

2. Defective connection between the EVD2 2. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
valve, Motherboard and Hydraulic slave replace as required.
board.

3. The tube between the BT2 bubble trap, 3. Repair or replace as required.
EVD2 valve and the drain is occluded.

4. The LD2 level sensor is defective. 4. Replace as required.

5. The EVD2 valve is defective. 5. Replace as required.

6. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 6. Repair or replace the Hydraulic slave board.

DIALYSATE PH HIGH 40 (optional)

Reason The dialysis fluid pH value exceeds the alarm threshold.

Machine • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;


Actions • The Infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The machine has run out of concentrates. 1. Replace the empty canister, then wait a few
seconds for the machine to stabilize.

2. There is an air leak from the Acid or 2. Verify there are no air leaks from the Acid
Bicarbonate Pick-up tube connector/BiCart. and Bicarbonate Pick-up tube connectors/
BiCart.

3. The Acid or Bicarbonate Pick-up tube 3. Rinse the accumulated debris from the Acid
connector has accumulated debris or salt and Bicarbonate Pick-up tube connector.
crystals.

4. The Acid or Bicarbonate Pick-up tube is not 4. Verify that the Acid and Bicarbonate Pick-up
properly connected to the concentrate tubes are securely connected and that no
canister. air bubbles are being drawn into the tube.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-93


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Possible Cause (Operator) (Continued) Suggested Action (Operator) (Continued)

5. A chemical disinfectant has been connected 5. DURING PREPARATION


to the machine instead of the A-concentrate. 1. Stop dialysis fluid preparation;
(see WARNING below) 2. Remove the cassette and the dialyzer if
yet installed;
3. Perform a Rinse programme;
4. Change both the Ultrafilters performing
the procedure described in the “Ultrafilter
Change Procedure” section of the Artis
Operator’s Manual.

5. DURING TREATMENT
1. Stop the treatment and disconnect the
patient.
2. Perform a Rinse programme;
3. Change both the Ultrafilters performing
the procedure described in the “Ultrafilter
Change Procedure” section of the Artis
Operator’s Manual.

6. The solution in the concentrate canister is 6. Stop the dialysis preparation and replace
not a solution correct for HD Treatments the Blood Cassette and the dialyzer with a
(Refer to the Chapter “Specifications”, in new Blood Cassette and a new dialyzer.
this Service Manual). Run a complete RINSE procedure. Replace
the solution with the correct solution and
then restart the dialysis preparation.

7. The solution in the concentrate canister is 7. Verify that the solution concentration is
not correct or diluted. correct and if needed replace it with a
correct solution.

8. The Acid Pick-up tube connector is not 8. Verify that the Acid Pick-up tube connector
securely connected to its concentrate is securely connected to its concentrate
connector port (if using concentrate from a connector port.
central delivery system). Ensure to hear a “clicking” sound when
connecting the Acid pick-up tube to its
concentrate connector port.

9. An incorrect type of dialysis fluid 9. Verify that the correct type of dialysis fluid
concentrate could be selected on the Fluid concentrate has been selected on the Fluid
Settings sub-screen. Settings sub-screen, otherwise select the
correct concentrate combination.

! WARNING
The “DIALYSATE PH HIGH (#40)” alarm could be triggered in case a chemical disinfectant has
been used instead of Acid concentrate during a dialysis treatment.
This may lead to improper dialysis to be delivered to the patient, thus resulting in patient injury or
death.

9-94 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the pH 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or


probe, pH board, Motherboard and replace as required.
Hydraulic slave board.

2. The pH probe is out of calibration. 2. Perform a pH probe calibration as required.

3. The pH probe is defective. 3. Replace as required.

4. The pH board is defective. 4. Replace as required.

5. The Protective slave board is defective. 5. Replace as required.

NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Conductivity Technical Investigation Procedure“ of
the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.

NOTE
The use of liquid Bicarbonate concentrate is not currently available.

DATA ERROR 43

Reason A data difference was detected inside the double image of the Protective System
in the Main board.

Machine • None.
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. A data difference was detected inside the 1. During power-on: Take note of the alarm
double image of the Protective System. code, switch the machine OFF and call for
Service.
In DIALYSIS: Perform a Fast Recovery
procedure as described in the “Fast
Recovery” section of the Operator’s
Manual.
In ADR: Switch the machine OFF, wait at
least five seconds, switch it ON again and
repeat the disinfection/rinse procedure.
If the alarm persists, take note of the alarm
code, switch the machine OFF and call for
Service.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. A data difference was detected inside the 1. Perform a software download.


double image of the Protective System.

2. The Main board is defective. 2. Replace as required.

3. The Protective slave board is defective. 3. Replace as required.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-95


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

DIALYSIS FLUID FLOW HIGH 44

Reason The dialysis fluid flow is higher than the set value or than the maximum permitted
flow.

Machine • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;


Actions • The Infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. Unstable dialysis fluid flow has been 1. Wait for a while, if the problem persists call
detected by the machine. for service.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the P1 pump 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
motor drive board, Motherboard and replace as required.
Hydraulic slave board.

2. The P1 pump is defective. 2. Replace as required.

3. There are deposits or debris inside the 3. Perform a Chemical Disinfection.


flowmeters of the machine.

4. The Flowmeters are defective. 4. Replace as required.

BPM DIASTOLIC PRESSURE ALARM 46

Reason The diastolic pressure measurement made by the BPM device is outside the
configured limits.

Machine • The Blood Pressure Monitoring system is stopped and the measurement is not
Actions available.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The diastolic pressure measurement, made 1. Press the RESET button to remove the
by the BPM device, is outside the alarm alarm message.
limits set by the operator in BPM Settings Check in the BPM Settings sub-screen that
sub-screen. the “Diastolic upper” and ”Diastolic lower”
pressure limits are not too much restrictive.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. The BPM cuff tube is kinked, disconnected 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
or broken. replace as required.

2. Defective connection between BPM board, 2. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
Motherboard and Blood slave board. replace as required.

3. The BPM board is not calibrated. 3. Perform a BPM board calibration as


required.

4. The BPM board is defective. 4. Replace as required.

9-96 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

EEPROM BLOOD ERROR 48

Reason A problem was detected with the calibration coefficients in the Blood slave board
EEPROM. Default coefficients will be used to run the machine.

Machine • None
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. Error with the calibration parameters in the 1. Perform a Fast Recovery procedure as
Blood slave board EEPROM. described in the “Fast Recovery” section of
the Operator’s Manual.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. The Blood slave board EEPROM has lost 1. Perform a data restore from Disk to the
the calibration coefficients. Blood slave board.

2. The Blood slave board is defective. 2. Replace as required.

EEPROM HYDRAULIC ERROR 49

Reason A problem was detected with the calibration coefficients in the Hydraulic slave
board EEPROM. Default coefficients will be used to run the machine.

Machine • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;


Actions • All the pumps are stopped;
• The infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. Error with the calibration parameters in the 1. Perform a Fast Recovery procedure as
Hydraulic slave board EEPROM. described in the “Fast Recovery” section of
the Operator’s Manual.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. The Hydraulic slave board EEPROM has 1. Perform a data restore from Disk to the
lost the calibration coefficients. Hydraulic slave board.

2. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 2. Replace as required.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-97


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

TREATMENT TIME COMPLETE 51

Reason The entered TREATMENT TIME has elapsed.

Machine • The UF Rate is automatically set to zero;


Actions • The Infusion Clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The TREATMENT TIME is complete. 1. Disconnect the patient.

2. Additional TREATMENT TIME may be 2. Increase the set TREATMENT TIME to


needed. lengthen the treatment.
Press the RESET button to continue.

FLUID REMOVAL COMPLETE 53

Reason Notification: the patient's weight removal is complete.

Machine • The UF Rate is automatically set to zero;


Actions • The Infusion Clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The programmed “TARGET UF VOLUME” 1. Disconnect the patient or increase the set
has been reached. “TARGET UF VOLUME”, then select the UF
button.

HEPARIN PUMP OVERLOAD 55

Reason The heparin syringe has reached the upper limit or the Heparin Line is clamped.

Machine • The Heparin Pump is stopped.


Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The syringe holder has reached the upper 1. Disable the heparin program and use the
hardware limit while the heparin program is down arrow key to exit from the error
active. situation.

2. The syringe holder has reached the upper 2. Use the down arrow key to exit from the
hardware limit while the heparin program is error situation.
not active.

3. The syringe holder has reached the upper 3. Disable the heparin delivery program, use
hardware limit and the Heparin syringe is the down arrow key to exit from the error
empty. situation. Pull out the syringe from the
holder, refill the syringe and place it back on
the holder. Restart the program.

4. Blocked heparin line. 4. Disable the heparin program, verify if the


heparin line is blocked and remove the
possible obstruction. Enable the heparin
delivery program.

9-98 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

Possible Cause (Operator) (Continued) Suggested Action (Operator) (Continued)

5. The syringe is defective. 5. Disable the heparin delivery program, pull


out the defective syringe, prepare a new
filled one, place it back on the holder.
Restart the program.

6. Incorrect position of the syringe. 6. Ensure that the syringe is properly placed
into the syringe holder.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the Heparin 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
pump board, Motherboard and Blood slave replace as required.
board.

2. The optical sensor is defective. 2. Replace the Heparin pump board.

3. The spring is too weak and the alarm occurs 3. Replace the Heparin pump assembly.
incorrectly.

4. The Heparin pump is defective. 4. Replace as required.

5. The Blood slave board is defective. 5. Replace as required.

HEPARIN INFUSION COMPLETE 58

Reason The programmed heparin “Stop Time” has been reached.

Machine • The Heparin Pump is stopped.


Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Heparin delivery program is complete. 1. Enter the Heparin Settings sub-screen.
Deactivate the heparin delivery program to
remove the alarm or in case the patient
needs more heparin, set a new value for
the heparin “Stop Time”, lower than the
previous one.

2. The programmed heparin “Stop Time” is 2. Set a new value either for the heparin “Stop
greater than the programmed “Treatment Time” or for the “Treatment Time”, lower
Time”. than the previous one.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-99


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

HEATER PROTECTION ERROR 59

Reason There is a heater malfunction or problem in its protection circuit.

Machine • The heater is turned off;


Actions • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. Error in the heating system. 1. Perform a Fast Recovery procedure as


described in the “Fast Recovery” section of
the Operator’s Manual.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the PT1000 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
temperature sensor, Over temperature replace as required.
board, Motherboard and Hydraulic slave
board.

2. The PT1000 temperature sensor is 2. Replace as required.


defective.

3. The Over temperature board is defective. 3. Replace as required.

4. The Opto Triac that powers up the heater is 4. Replace as required.


defective.

5. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 5. Replace as required.

UF TARGET WILL NOT BE ACHIEVED 60

Reason The remaining treatment time is not enough to reach the programmed “UF
Volume”.

Machine • None.
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The programmed UF Volume may not be 1. Press the RESET button.Consider


achieved due to many bypass conditions. increasing the Treatment Time or
decreasing the UF Volume.

2. The “UF Volume” action button has been 2. Press the RESET button.
deactivated for too long, therefore the time Consider increasing the Treatment Time or
left after its activation is not enough for the decreasing the UF Volume.
achievement of the set “UF Volume”.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. The D1C or D2C Control flowmeter are 1. Replace as required.


defective.

9-100 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

NOTE
When the Hemoscan is enabled, the #60 “UF target will not be achieved“ alarm is not displayed.

NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Mass Balance Technical Investigation Procedure“
of the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.

CDF1 ULTRAFILTER LOWER SWITCH ERROR 61

Reason The CDF1 first ultrafilter lower connector microswitch (SWLOWUF1) is indicating
an error condition.

Machine In ADR
Actions • The phase currently running stops;
• All the pumps are stopped.

In DIALYSIS
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The hydraulic pumps are stopped;
• The Infusion clamp is closed;
• The Infusion flow is interrupted.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The CDF1 ultrafilter lower connector 1. Check the correct position of the ultrafilter.
microswitch is indicating an error condition.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the CDF1 1. Clean, repair or replace as required.


ultrafilter lower connector microswitch,
Motherboard and Hydraulic slave board.

2. The CDF1 ultrafilter lower connector 2. Replace as required.


microswitch is defective.

3. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 3. Replace as required.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-101


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

INCORRECT CONDUCTIVITY MEASURED 62

Reason The conductivity of the dialysis fluid is above the allowed limit.

Machine • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;


Actions • The Infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. A concentrate canister is empty. 1. Supply appropriate concentrate to the


relevant inlet connector.
Wait for stability of the dialysis fluid flow.

2. The Acid or Bicarbonate pick-up tube 2. Verify that the connector(s) are properly
connector(s) are not properly positioned positioned into the proper canister(s).
into the concentrate canister(s). Wait for stability of the dialysis fluid flow.

3. Massive air leak from a concentrate 3. Check and replace the concentrate canister.
canister. Wait for stability of the dialysis fluid flow.

4. The Acid or Bicarbonate pick-up tube 4. Rinse the accumulated debris from the
connector(s) has accumulated debris or salt connector(s).
crystals.

5. Inappropriate solution in the Acid 5. Verify that appropriate concentrate has


concentrate canister. been used.

NOTE
The use of liquid Bicarbonate concentrate is not currently available.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between ΓcA 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or


conductivity cell, Hydraulic I2C Board, replace as required.
Motherboard and Hydraulic slave board.

2. Defective connection between ΓpSe 2. Verify the connections, clean, repair or


conductivity cell, Protective I2C Board, replace as required.
Motherboard and Protective slave board.

3. The PA pump is blocked or is defective. 3. Verify the “PA Freq” encoder parameter
value displayed in the “Prot” column of the
Page 1 in the Service Data screen.
Repair or replace as required.

4. The conductivity cell Acetate or Protective is 4. Verify the “Cond A” in relation with the
not properly calibrated or is defective. “Cond P” parameter values, displayed in
the Page 1 of the Service Data screen.
Calibrate or replace as required.

5. The Hydraulic I2C board is defective. 5. Replace as required.

6. The Protective I2C board is defective. 6. Replace as required.

7. The Hydraulic or Protective slave board is 7. Replace as required.


defective.

9-102 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

ADR PROCESS NOT INITIATED 63

Reason The selected Disinfection (Chemical or Heat) or Rinse program is not started.

Machine • The phase currently running stops;


Actions • All the pumps are stopped.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The operator did not start the process to be 1. Switch the machine OFF, wait at least five
performed. seconds, switch it ON again and repeat the
disinfection/rinse procedure.
If the alarm persists, take note of the alarm
code, switch the machine OFF and call for
Service.

SAFE STATE ACTIVATED 64

Reason This is a special alarm; please refer to the possible causes provided below for
different indications.

Machine • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;


Actions • The Arterial and Venous Pumps are stopped;
• The Arterial and Venous Line Clamps and Infusion clamp are closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. A safe state condition is not satisfied. 1. Perform a Fast Recovery procedure as


described in the “Fast Recovery” section of
the Artis Operator’s Manual.

NOTE
If this alarm occurs during a treatment, after the patient connection, the machine will allow the
operator to perform a Fast Recovery procedure (See the “Fast Recovery” section of the Artis
Operator’s Manual). This enables the operator to bypass many of the T1 tests so that the
machine can continue the treatment from Patient Connection.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-103


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. A safe state condition is not satisfied. 1. Verify the “SSS Unsat” (safe state switch
request) parameter value displayed in the
Page 2 of the Service Data screen.
This parameter value, composed of
hexadecimal digit numbers, has to be
decoded to troubleshoot the condition that
has not been satisfied.
Match the displayed parameter value to one
of the following code numbers and
troubleshoot the specific section of the
machine:
Code N. Machine State that cannot
be performed
• 0x0004 “UF rate set to zero”;
• 0x0010 “Arterial pump stopped”;
• 0x0020 “Venous pump stopped”;
• 0x0080 “Venous line clamp closed”;
• 0x0100 “Venous pump stopped”;
• 0x0200 "Infusion clamp closed" (air
detector alarm);
• 0x0400 “Venous line clamp closed” (air
detector alarm);
• 0x0800 “Arterial pump stopped” (air
detector alarm);
• 0x1000 “Venous pump stopped” (air
detector alarm);
• 0x4000 “External bypass”.

9-104 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

Possible Cause (Service) (Continued) Suggested Action (Service) (Continued)

2. A general safe state condition is not 2. Verify the “GSS Attrib” (Malfunction cause
satisfied, therefore a malfunction occurred. summary) parameter value displayed in the
Page 2 of the Service Data screen.
This parameter value is composed of
decimal digit numbers.
Match the displayed parameter value to one
of the following code numbers and
troubleshoot the specific section of the
machine:
Code N. Machine component malf.
procedure
•1 Power Supply failure;
•2 Disinfectant Pump failure;
•3 Venous Pump management
failure (during blood restitution
process);
•4 Protective System check failure
(CRC Task failure);
•5 Disinfectant Valves failure
(EVC, EVD, EVS);
•6 Arterial pump moving in wrong
direction;
•7 Incorrect Power supply
voltages on Protective slave
board;
•8 Alarm consistency check
failure;
•9 Venous pump moving in wrong
direction;
• 10 Autopriming failure;
• 11 pH probe failure ;
• 12 T1 Test Valves Failed;
• 13 blood detection failure;
• 14 SPI communication interrupted
between protective slave board
and master;
• 15 T1 Test on Venous Clamp
failed;
• 16 T1 Test on 24Volt power supply
failed.
• 17 Excessive Online bolus
volume;
• 18 Excessive Rinseback Volume;
• 19 Water Leakage T1 Test failed;
• 20 Water Leakage during dialysis
treatment;
• 21 HF wrong valves configuration;
• 22 Yellow/Clear Disinfectant
connectors check failed;
• 23 Excessive arterial volume -
“SN Blood Volume” check
failed;
• 24 Rinse failure;
• 25 Heparin delivery failure -
excessive infusion;

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-105


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Possible Cause (Service) (Continued) Suggested Action (Service) (Continued)

• 26 A/D Converter failure;


• 27 Mute timeout auxiliary check
failed;
• 28 T1 test Buzzer and Speaker
failed;
• 29 Wrong arterial clamp in
cassette repositioning -
auxiliary check failed;
• 30 Check failed on PA and PB
direction during Select
treatment;
• 31 No bypass on infusion stop;
• 32 Wrong Bicarbonatemia;
• 33 Time Check Mismatch;
• 34 Mismatch on Date Check
Result;
• 35 Concentrate Check Mismatch;
• 36 Wrong Isolated UF valves
configuration
• 37 Infusion clamp self-test failure
• 38 Infusion clamp check failure
• 39 Flow Control Conguency Check
Failed
• 40 Hydraulic Flow Path out of
order (Blind Mode Status
Conguency Check)
• 41 U9000 Ultrafilters replacement
not performed
• 42 Blood Pump active with alarm
• 43 EVDS1/EVDS2/EV2 Internal
Leakage
• 44 Hydraulic Pressure Alignment
Failure

BPM HEART RATE ALARM 66

Reason The BPM heart rate measurement is outside the established limits.

Machine The Blood Pressure Monitoring system is stopped and the measurement is not
Actions available.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The BPM heart rate measurement is 1. Press the RESET button to remove the
outside the established limits. alarm message.
Check in the BPM Settings sub-screen that
the “Max Heart Rate” and “Min Heart Rate”
alarm limits are not too much restrictive.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. The BPM cuff tube is kinked, disconnected 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
or broken. replace as required.

9-106 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

2. Defective connection between the BPM 2. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
board, Motherboard and Blood slave board. replace as required.

3. The BPM board is not calibrated. 3. Perform a BPM board calibration as


required.

4. The BPM board is defective. 4. Replace as required.

DISINFECTION TIMEOUT ERROR 67

Reason A time-out occurred for temperature not reached during disinfection process.

Machine • The phase currently running stops;


Actions • All the pumps are stopped.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The ADR process has been stopped due to 1. Switch the machine OFF, wait at least five
an internal software time out. seconds, switch it ON again and repeat the
procedure to perform.
If the allarm persists, take note of the alarm
code, switch the machine OFF and call for
Service.

2. The CleanCart has not been correctly 2. Check the correct puncture of the
inserted. CleanCart.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. The TP temperature sensor is out of 1. Perform a TP temperature sensor


calibration. calibration as required.

2. The TP temperature sensor is defective. 2. Replace as required.

3. The heater is defective. 3. Replace as required.

4. Defective connection between the Over 4. Verify if the voltage of the heating element is
temperature board, triac (solid state relay in correct. Otherwise, verify the connections,
the power supply), RCH (relay of the heater clean, repair or replace as required.
in the power supply), Motherboard and
Hydraulic slave board.

5. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 5. Repair or replace as required.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-107


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

TMP HIGH 68

Reason The TMP has exceeded the allowed value.

Machine • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;


Actions • The Infusion clamp is closed;
• The infusion flow is interrupted.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The extracorporeal circuit is clotting. 1. Press the RESET button.


Visually inspect the circuit and ensure that
no manual obstruction, kinking or clotting is
present.
Refer to your facility policy.

2. The ultrafiltration value is too high for the 2. Press the RESET button.
dialyzer used in the current operating Check the prescription (blood flow) and/or
condition. consider decreasing the "On-line
Substitution Rate" and/or the "UF Volume"
parameter values.

3. The QF/QB ratio or the QI/QB ratio could 3. Press the RESET button.
not be appropriate Check the prescription (blood flow) and/or
consider decreasing the "On-line
Substitution Rate" and/or the "UF Volume"
parameter values.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the Pi/Po 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
pressure sensor, Motherboard and replace as required.
Hydraulic board.

2. Defective connection between the SN 2. Verify the connections, clean, repair or


pressure sensor or Venous pressure replace as required.
sensor, PIB board, Motherboard and
Hydraulic slave board.

3. The Pi or Po pressure sensor is out of 3. Perform a Pi or Po pressure sensor


calibration. calibration as required.

4. The System or Venous pressure sensor is 4. Perform a System or Venous pressure


out of calibration. sensor calibration as required.

5. The Pi or Po pressure sensor is damaged. 5. Replace as required.

6. The System or Venous pressure sensor is 6. Replace as required.


damaged.

7. The PIB board is defective. 7. Replace as required.

8. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 8. Replace as required.

NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Pressures Technical Investigation Procedure“ of
the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.

9-108 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

HEPARIN PUMP LOWER LIMIT REACHED 69

Reason The heparin pump has reached the lower limit.

Machine • The Heparin Pump is stopped.


Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The syringe holder has reached the lower 1. Use the up arrow key to exit from the error
hardware limit. situation.
Press the CONFIRM button.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the Heparin 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
pump board, Motherboard and Blood slave replace as required.
board.

2. The Heparin pump board is defective. 2. Replace as required.

3. The Blood slave board is defective. 3. Replace as required.

HEPARINIZATION NOT INITIATED 71

Reason The Heparin Delivery Program has not been activated.

Machine • None.
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The heparin infusion was not enabled by the 1. In Heparin settings sub-screen:
operator.
• Press the “Heparin” action button to
enable the heparin delivery program and
• Press the RESET button to remove the
alarm.

2. No heparin delivery program is needed. 2. Press the RESET button to remove the
alarm.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-109


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

INFUSION SETTINGS INVALID PRESCRIPTION 79

Reason The Bicarbonatemia Surveillance System (Caddy) has detected that the infusion
prescription confirmed by the operator is not valid because it might result in a final
bicarbonatemia target not acceptable for the patient or the Infusion Flow rate + UF
Rate results to be out of the acceptable range established for this parameter.

Machine • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;


Actions • The infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Venous Pump is stopped.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The infusion prescription is not valid and 1. Check the infusion prescription parameters
might result in a final bicarbonatemia target (Blood Flow rate, Infusion Flow rate and UF
not acceptable for the patient. Rate) and modify them in order to obtain a
final bicarbonatemia target acceptable for
the patient.

2. The Infusion Flow rate + UF Rate results to 2. Modify the Infusion Flow rate so that the
be out of the acceptable range established. Infusion Flow rate + UF Rate falls in its
acceptable range.

LOW TEMPERATURE 81

Reason This alarm appears if, in Chemical Disinfection with heating, the hydraulic circuit
temperature falls below 32 °C.

Machine • The process time will stop until the temperature measured in the hydraulic circuit
Actions reaches 32 °C.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. Temporary drop of the temperature. 1. No Action is required. The machine should


heat automatically.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the Over 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
temperature board, Opto Triac (solid state replace as required.
relay in the power supply), RCH (relay of
the heater in the power supply),
Motherboard and Hydraulic slave board.

2. Defective connection between TP 2. Verify the connections, clean, repair or


temperature sensor, Motherboard and replace as required.
Hydraulic salve board.

3. The TP temperature sensor is out of 3. Perform a TP temperature sensor


calibration. calibration as required.

4. The TP temperature sensor is defective. 4. Replace as required.

5. The Over Temperature board, Opto Triac or 5. Replace as required.


Heater is defective if the temperature
doesn't reach the correct set point.

6. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 6. Replace as required.

9-110 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

LOW FLOW IN DEGASSER 84

Reason Low flow has been detected for more than 6 seconds in the degassing sub-unit of
the hydraulic circuit.

Machine • The phase currently running stops;


Actions • All the pumps are stopped;
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. Problem in the degassing sub-unit. 1. In DIALYSIS: Perform a Fast Recovery


procedure as described in the “Fast
Recovery” section of the Operator’s
Manual.
In ADR: Take note of the alarm code, switch
the machine OFF and call for Service.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between LFP Heater 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
flow sensor, Motherboard and Hydraulic replace as required.
slave board.

2. The orifice ORDEG is plugged. 2. Clean or replace as required.

3. The LFP Heater flow sensor is defective. 3. Replace as required.

4. The PC degassing pump is defective. 4. Replace as required.

5. The R1 pressure regulator is out of 5. Perform pressure regulators calibration


calibration. according to the altitude.

6. The PDG pressure sensor is out of 6. Perform a PDG pressure sensor calibration
calibration. as required.

7. Air in the inlet water or degassing loop. 7. Check for leak, repair or replace as
required.

8. The degassing loop is plugged. 8. Check the degassing loop.

9. The heater cavity is plugged. 9. Check the heater cavity.

10.The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 10. Replace as required.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-111


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

DIALYZER INLET PRESSURE HIGH 87

Reason Pressure higher than what is allowed has been detected at the Dialyzer Inlet
Connector.

Machine In DIALYSIS:
Actions • All the hydraulic pumps are stopped;
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

In ADR:
• The phase currently running stops;
• All the pumps are stopped.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Red and Blue dialysis fluid tube 1. Verify that the Red and Blue dialysis fluid
connectors are in the wrong position. tube connectors are in the proper position for
the current phase of the machine, then press
the RESET button.

2. The Red and Blue dialysis fluid tube 2. Verify that the Red and Blue dialysis fluid
connectors are in the proper position, but not tube connectors are well fitted to the dialyzer
well inserted. or to the machine, depending upon the
phase of the machine at that time, then press
the RESET button.

3. The external dialysis fluid tubes are kinked. 3. Verify that the external dialysis fluid tubes
are not kinked, then press the RESET
button.

4. The blood flow is too high, producing an 4. Verify the correctness of the patient
overpressure within the hydraulic circuit. prescription (ultrafiltration rate).
Decrease the blood flow, using the blood flow
decrease key, if this operation is not in
disagreement with the patient prescription
then press the RESET button.

5. Clotting or clogging in the blood side of the 5. Check for clotting or clogging in the blood
dialyzer. side of the dialyzer.
Replace the dialyzer if necessary then press
the RESET button.

6. The dialysis fluid flow rate is not correct for 6. From the Fluid Settings sub-screen, reduce
the current dialyzer. the dialysis fluid flow rate then press the
RESET button.

9-112 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Incorrect position of the Red/Blue dialysis 1. Repair as required.


fluid tube connectors.

2. Defective connection between PI pressure 2. Verify the “Press In” parameter value
sensor, Motherboard and Hydraulic slave displayed in the Page 1 of the Service Data
board. screen.
Clean, repair or replace as required.

3. The PI pressure sensor is out of calibration. 3. Perform a PI pressure sensor calibration as


required.

4. The PI pressure sensor is defective. 4. Replace as required.

5. The D1c or D2c flowmeter is defective. 5. Verify the “D1c flow” and “D2c flow”
parameter values displayed in the Page 1
of the Service Data screen.
Replace as required.

6. The P1 or P2 pump is defective. 6. Verify the parameter values of the P1 and


P2 pumps displayed in the Page 1 of the
Service Data screen.
Replace as required.

7. The dialysis fluid tube is blocked. 7. Clean, repair or replace as required.

8. The EVDS1, EV2 or EVDS2 valve is 8. Clean, repair or replace as required.


obstructed or not turned on.

9. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 9. Replace as required.

NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Pressures Technical Investigation Procedure“ of
the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-113


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

DIALYZER OUTLET PRESSURE HIGH 88

Reason Pressure higher than what is allowed has been detected at the Dialyzer Outlet
Connector.

Machine In DIALYSIS:
Actions • All the hydraulic pumps are stopped;
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

In ADR:
• The phase currently running stops;
• All the pumps are stopped.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The blood flow is too high, producing an 1. Press the RESET button.
overpressure on the hydraulic side of the Verify the correctness of the patient
machine. prescription (ultrafiltration rate). Consider
reducing the blood flow if this operation is
not in disagreement with the patient
prescription.

2. Clotting or clogging in the blood side of the 2. Press the RESET button.
dialyzer. Check for clotting or clogging in the blood
side of the dialyzer. Replace the dialyzer if
necessary.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between PO pressure 1. Verify the “Press Out” parameter value
sensor, Motherboard and Hydraulic slave displayed in the Page 1 of the Service Data
board. screen.
Clean, repair or replace as required.

2. The PO pressure sensor is out of 2. Perform a PO pressure sensor calibration


calibration. as required.

3. The PO pressure sensor is defective. 3. Replace as required.

4. The D1c or D2c flowmeter is defective. 4. Verify the “D1c flow” and “D2c flow”
parameter values displayed in the Page 1
of the Service Data screen.
Replace as required.

5. The P1 or P2 pump is defective. 5. Verify the parameter values of the P1 and


P2 pumps displayed in the Page 1 of the
Service Data screen.
Replace as required.

6. The dialysis fluid tube is blocked. 6. Clean, repair or replace as required.

7. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 7. Replace as required.

9-114 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Pressures Technical Investigation Procedure“ of
the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.

MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE LIMIT 90

Reason The temperature measured by TP is greater than the following maximum values:
• In DIALYSIS: 45 °C
• In Chemical Disinfection: 42 °C
• In Heat or Heat with CleanCart Cartridge A/C: 110 °C

Machine • The heater is turned off;


Actions • The phase currently running stops;
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The machine had a temporaneous unstable 1. Verify the patient safety. Wait for the
condition. temperature to drop; the heater is
automatically turned on.

2. The machine has malfunctioned. 2. Discontinue the dialysis treatment and call
for Service.

3. The incoming water temperature is too high. 3. Check the incoming water temperature
(Refer to the Chapter “Specifications” in this
Service Manual).

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the TP 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or


temperature sensor, Motherboard and replace as required.
Hydraulic slave board.

2. The TP temperature sensor is out of 2. Perform a TP temperature sensor


calibration. calibration as required.

3. The TP temperature sensor is damaged. 3. Replace as required.

4. The Over Temperature board, Opto Triac or 4. Replace as required.


Heater is defective if the temperature
doesn't reach the correct set point.

5. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 5. Replace as required.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-115


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

MAX WEIGHT ON THE SCALE 92

Reason The weight of the Hospasol infusion bags hung on the AFB K scale exceeds the
maximum value of 20 kg.

Machine • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;


Actions • The infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Venous Pump is stopped.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The weight of the Hospasol infusion bags 1. Reduce the weight on the AFB K scale.
hung on the AFB K scale exceeds 20 kg. Press the RESET button.
If the alarm persists, check the weight of
the Hospasol infusion bags, using a
different scale.
If the weight of the bags results to be less
than 20 kg, the scale connected to the
machine is defective.

2. The Hospasol infusion bags are not 2. Verify the proper installation of the Hospasol
properly installed. infusion bags on the AFB K scale.
Press the RESET button.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. The AFB K scale is out of calibration. 1. Perform the scale calibration as required.

2. The AFB K scale is defective. 2. Replace as required.

3. Defective acquisition of the AFB K scale 3. Replace as required.


voltage by the Bioslave2 AFB board.

9-116 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

DIALYZER INLET PRESSURE LOW 94

Reason Pressure lower than what is allowed has been detected at the Dialyzer Inlet
Connector.

Machine In DIALYSIS:
Actions • All the hydraulic pumps are stopped;
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

In ADR:
• The phase currently running stops;
• All the pumps are stopped.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The UF Rate is too high for the dialyzer 1. Check the proper UF Rate for the dialyzer
used. used. Consider reducing the blood flow if
this operation is not in disagreement with
the patient prescription, then press the
RESET button.

2. Clotting or clogging in the blood side of the 2. Press the RESET button.
dialyzer. Check for clotting or clogging in the blood
side of the dialyzer. Replace the dialyzer if
necessary.

3. The dialysis fluid flow is not correct for the 3. Press the RESET button.
current dialyzer. Consider reducing the dialysis fluid flow rate.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between PI pressure 1. Verify the “Press In” parameter value
sensor, Motherboard and Hydraulic slave displayed in the Page 1 of the Service Data
board. screen.
Clean, repair or replace as required.

2. The PI pressure sensor is out of calibration. 2. Perform a PI pressure sensor calibration as


required.

3. The PI pressure sensor is defective. 3. Replace as required.

4. The D1c or D2c flowmeter is defective. 4. Verify the “D1c flow” and “D2c flow”
parameter values displayed in the Page 1
of the Service Data screen.
Replace as required.

5. The P1 or P2 pump is defective. 5. Verify the parameter values of the P1 and


P2 pumps displayed in the Page 1 of the
Service Data screen.
Replace as required.

6. The dialysis fluid tube is blocked. 6. Clean, repair or replace as required.

7. The EVDS1, EV2 or EVDS2 valve is 7. Clean, repair or replace as required.


obstructed or not turned on.

8. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 8. Replace as required.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-117


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Pressures Technical Investigation Procedure“ of
the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.

DIALYZER OUTLET PRESSURE LOW 95

Reason Pressure lower than what is allowed has been detected at the Dialyzer Outlet
Connector.

Machine In DIALYSIS:
Actions • All the hydraulic pumps are stopped;
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

In ADR:
• The phase currently running stops;
• All the pumps are stopped.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The dialysis fluid tube connectors are in the 1. Verify that the dialysis fluid tube connectors
wrong position. are in the proper position for the current
phase of the machine, then press the
RESET button.

2. The dialysis fluid tube connectors are in the 2. Verify that the dialysis fluid tube connectors
proper position, but not well inserted. are well fitted to the dialyzer or to the
machine, depending upon the phase of the
machine at that time, then press the
RESET button.

3. The external dialysis fluid tubes are kinked. 3. Verify that the external dialysis fluid tubes
are not kinked, then press the RESET
button.

4. Clotting or clogging in the blood side of the 4. Press the RESET button.
dialyzer. Check for clotting or clogging in the blood
side of the dialyzer. Replace the dialyzer if
necessary.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Incorrect position of the Red/Blue dialysis 1. Repair as required.


fluid tube connectors.

2. Defective connection between PO pressure 2. Verify the “Press Out” parameter value
sensor, Motherboard and Hydraulic slave displayed in the Page 1 of the Service Data
board. screen.
Clean, repair or replace as required.

3. The PO pressure sensor is out of 3. Perform a PO pressure sensor calibration


calibration. as required.

4. The PO pressure sensor is defective. 4. Replace as required.

9-118 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

Possible Cause (Service) (Continued) Suggested Action (Service) (Continued)

5. The D1c or D2c flowmeter is defective. 5. Verify the “D1c flow” and “D2c flow”
parameter values displayed in the Page 1
of the Service Data screen.
Replace as required.

6. The P1 or P2 pump is defective. 6. Verify the parameter values of the P1 and


P2 pumps displayed in the Page 1 of the
Service Data screen.
Replace as required.

7. The dialysis fluid tube is blocked. 7. Clean, repair or replace as required.

8. The EVDS1, EV2 or EVDS2 valve is 8. Clean, repair or replace as required.


obstructed or not turned on.

9. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 9. Replace as required.

NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Pressures Technical Investigation Procedure“ of
the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-119


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

INFUSION FLOW RATE ERROR 99

Reason A difference greater than 100 grams has been detected between the calculated
Infusion Volume, based on the Infusion Flow rate set, and the infusion fluid
effectively delivered, measured by the scale.

Machine • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;


Actions • The infusion flow is interrupted.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Infusion flow is not correctly delivered. 1. Check that there are no obstructions or
external leakages in the infusion fluid flow
from the Hospasol infusion bags to the
Infusion cassette.
Press the “Special Procedures” button.
Select the “Change Hospasol Bag” option.
Perform the “Change Hospasol Bag”
special procedure as described in the
“Change Hospasol Bag” section of the Artis
AFB K Treatment Operator’s Manual
without actually changing the bags.

2. An Hospasol infusion bag has been hung or 2. Check for Hospasol infusion bags hung or
removed from the AFB K scale. removed.
Press the “Special Procedures” button.
Select the “Change Hospasol Bag” option.
Perform the “Change Hospasol Bag”
special procedure as described in the
“Change Hospasol Bag” section of the Artis
AFB K Treatment Operator’s Manual.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. The AFB K scale is out of calibration. 1. Perform the AFB K scale calibration as
required.

2. The AFB K scale is defective. 2. Replace as required.

3. Defective acquisition of the AFB K scale 3. Replace as required.


voltage by the Bioslave2 AFB board.

4. The infusion flow is defective. 4. Check the occlusion of the venous pump
rotor. Replace as required.

5. Defective infusion pump control by the 5. Replace as required.


Hydraulic slave board.

9-120 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

INSUFFICIENT WATER SUPPLY 100

Reason The Inlet Water pressure is low.

Machine • All the Hydraulic Pumps are stopped;


Actions • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The Infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. Pressure drop in the water distribution 1. Verify that there is adequate water pressure
system. in the water distribution system.

2. The water inlet tube is disconnected. 2. Connect the water inlet tube to the proper
water valve.

3. The water valve is closed. 3. Verify the water valve is open.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. The clinic hydraulic circut has been 1. Check if the water arrives to the machine
interrupted. with the appropriate pressure.

2. Defective connection between the SWP, 2. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
Motherboard and Hydraulic slave board. replace as required.

3. The SWP switch is defective. 3. Replace as required.

4. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 4. Repair or replace as required.

5. The incoming water filter is clogging. 5. Check the water filter in the machine for
clogging. A clogged filter will decrease the
amount of water flowing through the
system.

INFUSION SETTINGS OUTSIDE PRESCRIPTION 102

Reason The Bicarbonatemia Surveillance System (Caddy) has detected a discrepancy


between the Blood Flow rate, Infusion Flow rate and UF Rate that results to be
outside the current infusion prescription and the patient final bicarbonatemia target
is still inside the value acceptable for the patient.

Machine • The treatment continues with the current settings.


Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Blood Flow rate is changed and results 1. To keep the current infusion prescription:
to be outside the current infusion Press the CONFIRM button on the Alarm/
prescription. Information Message Area.
Press the CONFIRM button on the Confirm
window.

2. The UF Rate is changed and results to be 2. To keep the current infusion prescription:
outside the initial infusion prescription. Press the CONFIRM button on the Alarm/
Information Message Area.
Press the CONFIRM button on the Confirm
window.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-121


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

P1 PUMP FAILURE 104

Reason The encoder on the P1 pump does not indicate the proper response to the
command to run the P1, thus indicating malfunctioning.

Machine In DIALYSIS:
Actions • All the hydraulic pumps are stopped;
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The Infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

In ADR:
• The phase currently running stops;
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• All the pumps are stopped.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. In DIALYSIS: failure on the command that 1. Perform a Fast Recovery procedure as


drives the P1 pump. described in the “Fast Recovery” section of
the Operator’s Manual.

2. The Acid connector aspires air. 2. Check the correct insertion of the Acid
connector.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the P1 pump 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
motor drive board, Motherboard and replace as required.
Hydraulic slave board.

2. The P1 pump motor drive board is 2. Verify the “P1 Freq” parameter value is
defective. correctly displayed in the Page 1 of the
Service Data screen.
The pump motor drive board may be
defective if the motor is not turning. Replace
as required.

3. There is a leak in the circuit or a tube is 3. Verify the presence of flow through the D2c
obstructed. flowmeter.
Repair or replace as required.

4. The P1 pump motor is defective. 4. Replace as required.

5. The D1c flowmeter is defective or out of 5. Replace as required.


calibration.

6. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 6. Replace as required.

9-122 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

P2 PUMP FAILURE 106

Reason The encoder on the P2 pump does not indicate the proper response to the
command to run the P2, thus indicating malfunctioning.

Machine In DIALYSIS:
Actions • All the hydraulic pumps are stopped;
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The Infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

In ADR:
• The phase currently running stops;
• All the pumps are stopped.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. In DIALYSIS: failure on the command that 1. Perform a Fast Recovery procedure as


drives the P2 pump. described in the “Fast Recovery” section of
the Operator’s Manual.

2. In ADR: failure on the command that drives 2. Switch the machine OFF, wait at least five
the P2 pump. seconds, switch it ON again and repeat the
disinfection/rinse procedure.
If the alarm persists, take note of the alarm
code, switch the machine OFF and call for
Service.

3. Clotting in the blood side of the dialyzer. 3. Check for clotting. Replace the dialyzer if
required.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the P2 pump 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
motor drive board, Motherboard and replace as required.
Hydraulic slave board.

2. The P2 pump motor drive board is 2. Verify the “P2 Freq” parameter value is
defective. correctly displayed in the Page 1 of the
Service Data screen.
The pump motor drive board may be
defective if the motor is not turning. Replace
as required.

3. The D2c flowmeter is defective or out of 3. Replace as required.


calibration.

4. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 4. Replace as required.

5. There is a leak in the circuit or a tube is 5. Verify the presence of flow through the D2c
obstructed. flowmeter.
Repair or replace as required.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-123


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

ACID PUMP FAILURE 108

Reason The Acid Pump (PA) does not respond to commands.

Machine • The concentrate pums are stopped;


Actions • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The Infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Acid Pump (PA) failed. 1. Perform a Fast Recovery procedure as


described in the “Fast Recovery” section of
the Operator’s Manual.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the PA pump 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
concentrate drive board, Motherboard and replace as required.
Hydraulic slave board.

2. The PA pump motor drive board is 2. Verify the “PA Freq” parameter value is
defective. correctly displayed in the Page 1 of the
Service Data screen.
The PA pump concentrate drive board may
be defective if the motor is not turning.
Replace as required.

3. The PA pump motor is defective. 3. Replace as required.

4. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 4. Replace as required.

9-124 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

BICARBONATE PUMP FAILURE 110

Reason The Bicarbonate Pump (PB) does not respond to commands.

Machine • The concentrate pums are stopped;


Actions • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The Infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Bicarbonate Pump (PB) failed. 1. Perform a Fast Recovery procedure as


described in the “Fast Recovery” section of
the Operator’s Manual.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the PB pump 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
concentrate drive board, Motherboard and replace as required.
Hydraulic slave board.

2. The PB pump motor drive board is 2. Verify the “PB Freq” parameter value is
defective. correctly displayed in the Page 1 of the
Service Data screen.
The PB pump concentrate drive board may
be defective if the motor is not turning.
Replace as required.

3. The PB stepper motor is defective. 3. Repair or replace as required.

4. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 4. Repair or replace as required.

NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Conductivity Technical Investigation Procedure“ of
the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-125


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

PC PUMP FAILURE 111

Reason The encoder on the PC pump does not indicate the proper response to the
command to run the PC, thus indicating a malfunction.

Machine • The phase currently running stops;


Actions • All the hydraulic pumps are stopped;
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The Infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. In DIALYSIS: failure on the command that 1. Perform a Fast Recovery procedure as


drives the PC pump. described in the “Fast Recovery” section of
the Operator’s Manual.

2. In ADR: failure on the command that drives 2. Switch the machine OFF, wait at least five
the PC pump. seconds, switch it ON again and repeat the
disinfection/rinse procedure.
If the alarm persists, take note of the alarm
code, switch the machine OFF and call for
Service.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the PC pump 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
motor drive board, Motherboard and replace as required.
Hydraulic slave board.

2. The PC pump motor drive board is 2. Verify the “PC Freq” parameter value is
defective. correctly displayed in the Page 1 of the
Service Data screen.
The PC pump motor drive board may be
defective if the motor is not turning. Replace
as required.

3. The PDG pressure sensor is out of 3. Perform a PDG pressure sensor calibration
calibration. as required.

4. Defective connection between the PDG 4. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
pressure sensor, Motherboard and replace as required.
Hydraulic slave board.

5. The PDG pressure sensor is defective. 5. Replace as required.

6. The EVDEG valve is defective. 6. Replace as required.

7. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 7. Replace as required.

8. The ORDEG component is defective. 8. Replace as required.

NOTE
Verify in the Service Screen that the status of PC and the parameters PC_FREQ, PC_ACTIV
displayed agree. Refer to the Service Screen Section for further information and a complete list of
parameters.

9-126 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

INCORRECT DISINFECTANT 112

Reason The pH value measured during chemical disinfection is above the configured “pH
Maximum” limit.

Machine • The phase currently running stops.


Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The pH value measured is greater than the 1. Switch the machine OFF, wait at least five
“pH Maximum” limit preset. seconds and switch it ON again.
If the alarm persists, take note of the alarm
code, switch the machine OFF and call for
Service.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the pH 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or


probe, pH board, Motherboard and replace as required.
Protective slave board.

2. The pH probe is out of calibration. 2. Perform a pH probe calibration as required.

3. The pH probe is defective. 3. Replace as required.

4. The pH board is defective. 4. Replace as required.

5. The Protective slave board is defective. 5. Replace as required.

NOTE
The pH value range can be modified in Service Menu. For detailed information, refer to the Artis
Preset Service Manual.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-127


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

INCORRECT DISINFECTANT 113

Reason The pH value measured during chemical disinfection is below the configured “pH
Minimum” limit.

Machine • The phase currently running stops.


Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The pH value measured is lower than the 1. Switch the machine OFF, wait at least five
“pH Minimum” limit preset. seconds and switch it ON again.
If the alarm persists, take note of the alarm
code, switch the machine OFF and call for
Service.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the pH 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or


probe, pH board, Motherboard and replace as required.
Protective slave board.

2. The pH probe is out of calibration. 2. Perform a pH probe calibration as required.

3. The pH probe is defective. 3. Replace as required.

4. The pH board is defective. 4. Replace as required.

5. The Protective slave board is defective. 5. Replace as required.

NOTE
The pH value range can be modified in Service Menu. For detailed information, refer to the Artis
Preset Service Manual.

DIALYZER PRESSURE MAXIMUM 114

Reason The dialyzer inlet pressure, measured by the PI pressure sensor, OR the dialyzer
outlet pressure, measured by the PO pressure sensor, has exceeded the
maximum limit.

Machine • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;


Actions • The Infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The dialysis fluid tube connectors are not in 1. Verify that the dialysis fluid tube connectors
the proper position or are not well inserted. are in the proper position and are well fitted
to the dialyzer or to the machine, depending
upon the phase of the machine at that time.
Press the RESET button to remove the
alarm message.

9-128 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

Possible Cause (Operator) (Continued) Suggested Action (Operator) (Continued)

2. The external dialysis fluid tubes are kinked. 2. Verify that the external dialysis fluid tubes
are not kinked.
Press the RESET button to remove the
alarm message.

3. Massive presence of air inside the hydraulic 3. Verify the presence of air into the external
circuit. dialysis fluid tube. Verify the dialysis fluid
connectors are well fitted to the dialyzer or
to the machine.
Press the RESET button to remove the
alarm message.

4. The UF Rate is too low. 4. Verify the correctness of the patient


prescription (ultrafiltration rate). Consider
reducing the Arterial Pump speed if this
operation is not in disagreement with the
patient prescription.
Press the RESET button to remove the
alarm message.

5. Clotting or clogging in the dialyzer and/or 5. Press the RESET button to remove the
Blood Cassette. alarm message.
Check for clotting or clogging in the blood
side of the dialyzer or in the Blood Cassette.
Replace the dialyzer and the Blood
Cassette if necessary.

6. The dialysis fluid flow rate is not correct for 6. Consider reducing the dialysis fluid flow
the current dialyzer. rate.
Press the RESET button to remove the
alarm message.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Incorrect position of the Red/Blue dialysis 1. Repair as required.


fluid tube connectors.

2. Defective connection between PI or PO 2. Verify the “Press In” and “Press Out”
pressure sensor, Motherboard and parameter value displayed in the Page 1 of
Hydraulic slave board. the Service Data screen.
Clean, repair or replace as required.

3. The PI or PO pressure sensor is out of 3. Perform a PI or PO pressure sensor


calibration. calibration as required.

4. The PI or PO pressure sensor is defective. 4. Replace as required.

5. The D1c or D2c flowmeter is defective. 5. Verify the “D1c flow” and “D2c flow”
parameter values displayed in the Page 1
of the Service Data screen.
Replace as required.

6. The P1 or P2 pump is defective. 6. Verify the parameter values of the P1 and


P2 pumps displayed in the Page 1 of the
Service Data screen.
Replace as required.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-129


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Possible Cause (Service) (Continued) Suggested Action (Service) (Continued)

7. The dialysis fluid tube is blocked. 7. Clean, repair or replace as required.

8. The EVDS1, EV2 or EVDS2 valve is 8. Clean, repair or replace as required.


obstructed or not turned on.

9. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 9. Replace as required.

NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Pressures Technical Investigation Procedure“ of
the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.

DIALYZER PRESSURE MINIMUM 115

Reason The dialyzer inlet pressure, measured by PI sensor, OR the dialyzer outlet
pressure, measured by PO sensor, are below the minimum limit.

Machine • The UF Rate is automatically set to zero;


Actions • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The Infusion clamp is closed (except during Rinsing process).

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The dialysis fluid tube connectors not in the 1. Verify that the dialysis fluid tube connectors
proper position or are not inserted well. are in the proper position and are well fitted
to the dialyzer or to the machine, depending
upon the phase of the machine at that time.
Press the RESET button to remove the
alarm message.

2. The external dialysis fluid tubes are kinked. 2. Verify that the external dialysis fluid tubes
are not kinked.
Press the RESET button to remove the
alarm message.

3. Massive presence of air inside the hydraulic 3. Verify the presence of air in the external
circuit. dialysis fluid tubes. Verify the dialysis fluid
connectors are well fitted to the dialyzer or
to the machine.
Press the RESET button to remove the
alarm message.

4. The UF Rate is too high for the dialyzer 4. Verify the correctness of the patient
used. prescription (ultrafiltration rate). Consider
increasing the Arterial Pump speed if this
operation is not in disagreement with the
patient prescription.
Press the RESET button to remove the
alarm message.

9-130 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

Possible Cause (Operator) (Continued) Suggested Action (Operator) (Continued)

5. Clotting or clogging in the dialyzer or the 5. Press the RESET button to remove the
Blood Cassette. alarm message.
Check for clotting or clogging in the blood
side of the dialyzer or in the Blood Cassette.
Replace if necessary.

6. The dialysis fluid flow rate is not correct for 6. Press the RESET button to remove the
the current dialyzer. alarm message.
Consider increasing the dialysis fluid flow
rate.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Incorrect position of the Red/Blue dialysis 1. Repair as required.


fluid tube connectors.

2. Defective connection between PI or PO 2. Verify the “Press In” and “Press Out”
pressure sensor, Motherboard and parameter value displayed in the Page 1 of
Hydraulic slave board. the Service Data screen.
Clean, repair or replace as required.

3. The PI or PO pressure sensor is out of 3. Perform a PI or PO pressure sensor


calibration. calibration as required.

4. The PI or PO pressure sensor is defective. 4. Replace as required.

5. The D1c or D2c flowmeter is defective. 5. Verify the “D1c flow” and “D2c flow”
parameter values displayed in the Page 1
of the Service Data screen.
Replace as required.

6. The P1 or P2 pump is defective. 6. Verify the parameter values of the P1 and


P2 pumps displayed in the Page 1 of the
Service Data screen.
Replace as required.

7. The dialysis fluid tube is blocked. 7. Clean, repair or replace as required.

8. The EVDS1, EV2 or EVDS2 valve is 8. Clean, repair or replace as required.


obstructed or not turned on.

9. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 9. Replace as required.

NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Pressures Technical Investigation Procedure“ of
the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-131


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

PROTECTION SYSTEM FAILURE 120

Reason The Protection System is not able to communicate with the Main computer Board.

Machine • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;


Actions • The Arterial and the Venous Pumps are stopped;
• The Venous Line Clamp and the Infusion clamp are closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. Temporary instability of the communication 1. Perform a Fast Recovery procedure as


system. described in the “Fast Recovery” section of
the Operator’s Manual.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or


Protective slave board, Motherboard and replace as required.
Main board.

2. The Protective slave board is defective. 2. Replace as required.

3. The Main board is defective. 3. Replace as required.

BLOOD SLAVE ERROR 130

Reason The Main computer Board and the Blood modules are not communicating.

Machine The Arterial and the Venous Pumps are stopped;


Actions The Infusion flow is interrupted;
The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The blood slave internal moduls are not 1. Perform a Fast Recovery procedure as
communicating. described in the “Fast Recovery” section of
the Operator’s Manual.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the Blood 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
slave board, Motherboard and Main board. replace as required.

2. The Blood slave board is defective. 2. Replace as required.

3. The Main board is defective. 3. Replace as required.

9-132 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

HYDRAULIC SLAVE ERROR 131

Reason The Main computer Board and the Hydraulic modules are not communicating.

Machine • None.
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The hydraulic slave internal moduls are not 1. Perform a Fast Recovery procedure as
communicating. described in the “Fast Recovery” section of
the Operator’s Manual.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the Hydraulic 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
slave board, Motherboard and Main board. replace as required.

2. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 2. Replace as required.

3. The Main board is defective. 3. Replace as required.

BPM SYSTOLIC PRESSURE ALARM 132

Reason The systolic pressure measurement made by the BPM device is outside the
configured limits.

Machine • The Blood Pressure Monitoring System is stopped and the measurement is not
Actions available.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The systolic pressure measurement made 1. Press the RESET button to remove the
by the BPM device is outside the configured alarm message.
limits. Check in the BPM settings sub-screen that
the (“Systolic upper”/”Systolic lower”)
pressure limits are not too much restrictive.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. The BPM cuff tube is kinked, disconnected 1. Clean, repair or replace as required.
or broken.

2. Defective connection between BPM board, 2. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
Motherboard, Blood board. replace as required.

3. The BPM board is not calibrated. 3. Perform a BPM board calibration as


required.

4. The BPM is defective. 4. Replace as required.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-133


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

DIALYSIS FLUID TEMP HIGH 134

Reason The temperature of the dialysis fluid is 2 °C above the value set by the operator.

Machine • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;


Actions • The Infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. A temporary instability of the dialysis fluid flow. 1. Wait for stability of the system.

2. The temperature of the dialysis fluid has 2. Check the incoming water temperature
exceeded the safety limits. (Refer to the Chapter “Specifications”, in
this Service Manual).

3. The machine has recently been turned on 3. If the machine temperature remains high or
and has not yet reached the operating low for more than 10 minutes, discontinue
temperature. the dialysis treatment.

4. The machine has an internal malfunction. 4. Discontinue the dialysis treatment.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. The TP or TcA temperature sensor is out of 1. Perform a TP or TcA temperature sensor


calibration. calibration as required.

2. The Over Temperature board is defective. 2. Replace as required.

3. The Triac that powers up the heater is 3. Replace as required.


defective.

4. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 4. Replace the Hydraulic slave board and
retest.

9-134 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

ULTRAFILTER TMP HIGH 138

Reason The pressure in the Ultrafilter is higher than 600 mmHg.

Machine • All the hydraulic pumps are stopped;


Actions • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The Infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Ultrafilter is obstructed. 1. During Treatment:


• Press the RESET button;
• Decrease the “Dialysis Fluid Flow”
parameter in the Fluid screen to 350 ml/
min, according to the patient’s prescription;
• Complete the treatment;
• After the treatment has been completed,
perform an “Ultrafilter Change Procedure”
as described in the “Ultrafilter Change
Procedure” section of the Operator’s
Manual.

During Disinfection/Rinse program:


• Press the RESET button;
• Perform an “Ultrafilter Change Procedure”
as described in the “Ultrafilter Change
Procedure” section of the Operator’s
Manual.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. PI or PFS is defective or out of calibration. 1. Calibrate or replace as required.

2. An internal tube is kinked. 2. Check for a tube kinking.

3. PRV does not works correctly. 3. Replace as required.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-135


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

TMP LOW 142

Reason The current TMP value is below the lowest TMP safety limit.

Machine • The UF Rate is automatically set to zero;


Actions • The Infusion clamp is closed;
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The Infusion flow is interrupted.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The dialyzer used is not correct for the 1. Press the RESET button.
current treatment. Verify the correctness of the patient
prescription (ultrafiltration rate).
Increase the blood flow, using the blood flow
increase key, if this operation is not in
disagreement with the patient prescription.
Comply with the specifications of the
dialyzer.

2. The Arterial Pump is stopped. 2. Press the RESET button.


Correct the action which caused the Arterial
Pump to stop and restart the Arterial Pump.

3. The Red and Blue dialysis fluid tubes are 3. Press the RESET button.
blocked. Check that the Red and Blue dialysis fluid
tubes are not kinked or clamped.

4. The Blood Cassette is not well positioned or 4. Press the RESET button.
a pressure pod diaphragm has collapsed. If the alarm condition persists, verify the
The Pressure Sensor cannot read properly. Blood Cassette position.
Verify that the pressure pod diaphragm is
not collapsed.
If required, perform a Cassette
Repositioning Procedure (Refer to the
chapter "Special Procedures", of the
Operator’s Manual).

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between PI or PO 1. Clean repair or replace as required.


pressure sensor, Motherboard and
Hydraulic slave board.

2. Defective connection between SN pressure 2. Clean repair or replace as required.


sensor or Venous pressure sensor, PIB
board, Motherboard and Hydraulic slave
board.

3. The PI or PO pressure sensor is out of 3. Perform a PI or PO pressure sensor


calibration. calibration as required.

4. The SN or Venous pressure sensor is out of 4. Perform a SN or Venous pressure sensor


calibration. calibration as required.

5. The PI or PO pressure sensor is damaged. 5. Replace as required.

9-136 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

Possible Cause (Service) (Continued) Suggested Action (Service) (Continued)

6. The SN or Venous pressure sensor is 6. Replace as required.


damaged.

7. The PIB board is defective. 7. Replace as required.

8. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 8. Replace as required.

NOTE
When replacing an arterial or venous pressure transducer, the calibration and verification are
required. Also calibrate the related T1 Test pressure sensor.

NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Pressures Technical Investigation Procedure“ of
the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.

UF RATE HIGHER THAN EXPECTED 145

Reason The ultrafiltration rate (UFR) is above the value confirmed by the operator or the
maximum permitted value.

Machine • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;


Actions • The Infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. Error in the Ultrafiltration control system 1. Press the RESET button.


If the problem persists, consider performing
a Descaling procedure after the treatment.

2. Ultrafiltration rate higher than expected due 2. Adjust the Venous Pressure.
to high Venous Pressure Press the RESET button.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the D1c or 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
D2c flowmeter, Motherboard and Hydraulic replace as required.
slave board.

2. Defective connection between the D1p or 2. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
D2p flowmeter, Motherboard and Hydraulic replace as required.
slave board.

3. The D1c or D2c flowmeter may be out of 3. Perform a D1c or D2c flowmeter calibration
calibration. as required.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-137


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Possible Cause (Service) (Continued) Suggested Action (Service) (Continued)

4. The D1p or D2p flowmeter may be out of 4. Perform a D1p or D2p flowmeter calibration
calibration. as required.

5. The D1c or D2c flowmeter is defective. 5. Replace as required.

6. The D2p or D2p flowmeter is defective. 6. Replace as required.

7. The Hydraulic I2C board is defective. 7. Replace as required.

8. The P1 and the P2 pump is defective. 8. Replace as required.

9. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 9. Replace as required.

10. The Protective slave board is defective. 10. Replace as required.

11. There is a leak in the mass balance 11. Repair or replace as required
hydraulic circuit.

12. There are deposits or debris inside the 12. Perform a Descaling procedure
flow meters of the machine. (Heat+CleanCart C, Peracetic, Low
Peracetic, Bacteriostatic Peracetic or
Bacteriostatic Low Peracetic).

13. There is an obstruciton or a kinking in the 13. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
hydraulic flow path before the P1 pump. replace as required.

NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Mass Balance Technical Investigation Procedure“
of the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.

DIALYSATE PRESSURE HIGH 146

Reason The pressure in the Ultrafilter is higher than the permitted limit.

Machine • The phase currently running stops;


Actions • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• All the hydraulic pumps are stopped;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Causes (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Ultrafilter is clogged. 1. Press the RESET button.


During treatment: from the Fluid Settings
sub-screen, decrease the dialysis fluid flow
rate to continue with the dialysis process in
progress.
When the treatment is complete, perform
the ultrafilter change procedure as
described in the “Ultrafilter Change
Procedure” section of the Operator’s
Manual.

9-138 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

2. The Red and Blue dialysis fluid tube 2. Verify that the Red and Blue dialysis fluid
connectors are not properly positioned. tube connectors are properly positioned to
the dialyzer or to the machine, depending
upon the current machine phase.
Press the RESET button to restart the
current operation of the machine.

Possible Causes (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the PFS 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
pressure sensor, Motherboard and replace as required.
Hydraulic slave board.

2. The PFS pressure sensor is out of 2. Perform a PFS pressure sensor calibration
calibration. as required.

3. The PFS pressure sensor is defective. 3. Replace as required.

4. A hydraulic tube can be obstructed or a 4. Check if the dialysis fluid flow is correct.
pump may be damaged. Repair or replace as required.

5. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 5. Repair or replace the board.

NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Pressures Technical Investigation Procedure“ of
the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.

INCORRECT VENOUS CLAMP POSITION 148

Reason The Venous Line Clamp is open when it should be closed, or it is closed when it
should be open.

Machine • The Arterial and the Venous Pumps are stopped;


Actions • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The Infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The machine has an internal malfunction. 1. Perform a Fast Recovery procedure as


described in the “Fast Recovery” section of
the Operator’s Manual.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the Venous 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
line clamp, Venous clamp board, replace as required.
Motherboard and Blood slave board.

2. The Venous clamp is defective. 2. Replace as required.

3. The Venous clamp board is defective. 3. Replace as required.

4. The Blood slave board is defective. 4. Replace as required.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-139


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

VENOUS PUMP COVER IS OPEN 149

Reason The Venous Pump Cover is open.

Machine • The Arterial and Venous pumps are stopped;


Actions • The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Venous Pump Cover is open. 1. Close the Venous Pump Cover.
Be sure the Venous Pump Cover is
securely latched.

2. The magnet is dirty. 2. Carefully clean the magnet placed behind


the Venous Pump cover with a cloth dipped
in a disinfectant solution.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the Hall 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
sensor board, Venous pump board, replace as required.
Motherboard and the Blood slave board. Verify that the actual position of the Arterial
pump cover and the “Ven Pump Cover”
parameter value, displayed in the Page 1 of
the Service Data screen are the same.

2. The Hall sensor board is defective. 2. Replace as required.

3. The Venous pump cover magnetic sensor is 3. Replace as required.


defective.

4. The Venous pump board is defective. 4. Replace as required.

5. The Blood slave board is defective. 5. Replace as required.

9-140 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

VENOUS PRESSURE OUT OF RANGE 153

Reason The measured venous pressure is outside the permitted range.

Machine In DIALYSIS:
Actions • The Arterial and the Venous Pumps are stopped;
• The Venous Line Clamp and the Infusion clamp are closed;
• The UF Rate is automatically set to zero;
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The alarm limits are OPEN for both arterial and venous pressure.
In ADR:
• None.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. Restriction of blood flow to the Patient’s 1. Carefully check the Blood Cassette
Vascular Access or in the Venous Patient connections and assess the Patient’s
Line. Vascular Access.
Check for restrictions, such as:
• kinks in the Venous Patient Line;
• closed clamps;
• clotted venous needle;
• poor flow to the Patient’s Vascular Access.
If necessary decrease the blood flow per
clinical policy.
When the pressure stabilizes, select the
alarm in the Alarm/Information Message
Area and press the RESET button to restart
the Arterial Pump.

If the alarm persists:


• attach a sterile syringe to the Venous
Infusion Line;
• open the clamp on the Venous Infusion
Line to decrease the pressure;
• when the pressure stabilizes, close the
clamp on the Venous Infusion Line and
remove the syringe;
select the alarm in the Alarm/Information
Message Area and press the RESET button
to restart the Arterial Pump.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-141


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Possible Cause (Operator) (Continued) Suggested Action (Operator) (Continued)

2. Venous pressure has increased somewhat 2. Attention should be given to the revaluation
during a treatment due to of the needle size, the blood flow rate and
hemoconcentration and/or inadequate the heparin dosage;
heparin delivery to the patient, resulting in a When the pressure stabilizes, select the
pressure increase for a given needle at a alarm in the Alarm/Information Message
fixed blood flow rate. Area and press the RESET button to restart
the Arterial Pump.

If the alarm persists:


• attach a sterile syringe to the Venous
Infusion Line;
• open the clamp on the Venous Infusion
Line to decrease the pressure;
• when the pressure stabilizes, close the
clamp on the Venous Infusion Line and
remove the syringe;
select the alarm in the Alarm/Information
Message Area and press the RESET button
to restart the Arterial Pump.

3. Venous pressure out of range. 3. During Disinfection process:


Press the “Unload Cassette” button;
Press the CONFIRM button to start the
unloading procedure;
Unload the cassette;
Press the RESET button to clear the alarm.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the Venous 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
pressure sensor, PIB board, Motherboard replace as required.
and Blood board.

2. The Venous pressure sensor is out of 2. Perform a Venous pressure sensor


calibration. calibration as required.

3. The Venous pressure sensor is damaged. 3. Replace as required.

4. The Blood slave board is defective. 4. Replace as required.

5. The PIB board is defective. 5. Replace as required.

NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Pressures Technical Investigation Procedure“ of
the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.

9-142 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

VENOUS PRESSURE TOO HIGH 154

Reason The measured venous pressure is above the maximum venous treatment limit.

Machine • The Arterial and the Venous Pumps are stopped;


Actions • The Venous Line Clamp and the Infusion clamp are closed;
• The UF Rate is automatically set to zero;
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The alarm limits are OPEN for both arterial and venous pressure.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. Restriction of blood flow to the Patient’s 1. Carefully check the Blood Cassette
Vascular Access or in the Venous Patient connections and assess the Patient’s
Line. Vascular Access.
Check for restrictions, such as:
• kinks in the Venous Patient Line;
• closed clamps;
• clotted venous needle.
If necessary decrease the blood flow per
clinical policy.
When the pressure stabilizes, select the
alarm in the Alarm/Information Message
Area and press the RESET button to restart
the Arterial Pump.

If the alarm persists:


• attach a sterile syringe to the Venous
Infusion Line;
• open the clamp on the Venous Infusion
Line to decrease the pressure;
• when the pressure stabilizes, close the
clamp on the Venous Infusion Line and
remove the syringe;
• select the alarm in the Alarm/Information
Message Area and press the RESET
button to restart the Arterial Pump.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-143


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Possible Cause (Operator) (Continued) Suggested Action (Operator) (Continued)

2. The venous pressure has increased 2. Attention should be given to the revaluation
somewhat during a treatment due to of the needle size, the blood flow rate and
hemoconcentration and/or inadequate the heparin dosage;
heparin delivery to the patient, resulting in a When the pressure stabilizes, select the
pressure increase for a given needle at a alarm in the Alarm/Information Message
fixed blood flow rate. Area and press the RESET button to restart
the Arterial Pump.

If the alarm persists:


• attach a sterile syringe to the Venous
Infusion Line;
• open the clamp on the Venous Infusion
Line to decrease the pressure;
• when the pressure stabilizes, close the
clamp on the Venous Infusion Line and
remove the syringe;
• select the alarm in the Alarm/Information
Message Area and press the RESET
button to restart the Arterial Pump.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the Venous 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
pressure sensor, PIB board, Motherboard replace as required.
and Blood board.

2. The Venous pressure sensor is out of 2. Perform a Venous pressure sensor


calibration. calibration as required.

3. The Venous pressure sensor is defective. 3. Replace as required.

4. The PIB board is defective. 4. Replace as required.

5. The Protective slave board is defective. 5. Replace as required.

NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Pressures Technical Investigation Procedure“ of
the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.

9-144 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

VENOUS PRESSURE HIGH 155

Reason The venous pressure is above the Venous Pressure Threshold as displayed in the
Venous Pressure Alarm Window.

Machine • The Arterial and the Venous Pumps are stopped;


Actions • The Venous Line Clamp and the Infusion clamp are closed;
• The UF Rate is automatically set to zero;
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The alarm limits are OPEN for both arterial and venous pressure.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The venous pressure is above the allowed 1. Carefully check the Patient’s Vascular
limit. Access, the Cassette connections and
inspect for kinking of the Venous Patient
Line.
When the pressure stabilizes, select the
alarm in the Alarm/Information Message
Area and press the RESET button to restart
the treatment.
Press the “Close A/V Limits” button when the
arterial and venous pressures are stable.
2. If the alarm persists:
• attach a sterile syringe to the Venous
Infusion Line;
• open the clamp on the Venous Infusion
Line to decrease the pressure;
• when the pressure stabilizes, close the
clamp on the Venous Infusion Line and
remove the syringe;
• select the alarm in the Alarm/Information
Message Area and press the RESET
button to restart the Arterial Pump.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the Venous 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
pressure sensor, PIB board, Motherboard replace as required.
and Blood board.

2. The Venous pressure sensor is out of 2. Perform a Venous pressure sensor


calibration. calibration as required.

3. The Venous pressure sensor is defective. 3. Replace as required.

4. The PIB board is defective. 4. Replace as required.

5. The Protective slave board is defective. 5. Replace as required.

NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Pressures Technical Investigation Procedure“ of
the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-145


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

VENOUS PUMP SPEED ERROR 157

Reason The Venous Pump is not turning at the requested speed.

Machine • The Arterial and the Venous Pumps are stopped;


Actions • The Infusion clamp is closed;
• The UF Rate is automatically set to zero;
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The pump segment is jamming the rotor of 1. Verify the correct placement of the pump
the venous pump. segment into the rotor.
Press the RESET button to restart the
venous pump.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the Venous 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
pump board, Motherboard and Blood slave replace as required.
board.

2. The Venous pump board is defective. 2. Replace the Venous pump board.

3. The Venous pump rotor position sensor that 3. Replace as required.


detects half revolution of the rotor is
defective.

4. The Venous pump is defective. 4. Replace as required.

5. The Venous pump rotor is defective. 5. Replace as required.

6. The Blood board is defective. 6. Replace as required.

VENOUS PUMP ROTOR ERROR 158

Reason The venous hall sensor is not detected properly.

Machine • The Arterial and the Venous Pumps are stopped;


Actions • The Infusion clamp is closed;
• The UF Rate is automatically set to zero;
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Venous pump segment is not correctly 1. Press the RESET button.
inserted into the rotor. Verify that the Venous pump segment is
correctly inserted into the rotor.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the Hall 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
sensor board, Venous Pump board, replace as required.
Motherboard and Blood slave board.

2. The Venous pump board is defective. 2. Replace as required.

3. The Hall sensor board is defective. 3. Replace as required.

9-146 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

Possible Cause (Service) (Continued) Suggested Action (Service) (Continued)

4. The Venous pump is defective. 4. Replace as required.

5. The Venous pump rotor is defective. 5. Replace as required.

6. The Blood slave board is defective. 6. Replace the Blood slave board.

VENOUS SENSOR ERROR 159

Reason The control system has detected a large spike or a large rapid change while
monitoring the Venous Pressure Sensor.

Machine • The Arterial and the Venous Pumps are stopped;


Actions • The Infusion clamp is closed;
• The UF Rate is automatically set to zero;
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. A malfunction occurred on the Venous 1. Perform a Fast Recovery procedure as


Pressure Sensor. described in the “Fast Recovery” section of
the Operator’s Manual.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between Venous 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or


pressure sensor, PIB board, Motherboard replace as required.
and Blood slave board.

2. The Venous pressure sensor is out of 2. Perform a Venous pressure sensor


calibration. calibration as required.

3. The Venous pressure sensor is defective. 3. Replace as required.

4. The Blood slave board is defective. 4. Replace as required.

NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Pressures Technical Investigation Procedure“ of
the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-147


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

SCALE MEASUREMENT ERROR 161

Reason A difference greater than 50 grams has been detected between the calculated
Infusion Volume, based on the Infusion Flow rate set, and the infusion fluid
effectively delivered, measured by the scale.

Machine • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;


Actions • The infusion flow is interrupted.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. An Hospasol infusion bag has been hung or 1. Check for Hospasol infusion bags hung or
removed from the AFB K scale. removed.
Press the “Special Procedures” button.
Select the “Change Hospasol Bag” option.
Perform the special procedure as described in
the “Change Hospasol Bag” section of the Artis
AFB K Treatment Operator’s Manual.

2. The Infusion Flow is not correctly delivered. 2. Check that there are no obstructions or external
leakages in the infusion fluid flow from the
Hospasol infusion bags to the Infusion
Cassette.
Press the “Special Procedures” button.
Select the “Change Hospasol Bag” option.
Perform the special procedure as described in
the “Change Hospasol Bag” section of the Artis
AFB K Treatment Operator’s Manual without
actually changing the bags.

3. The Hospasol Infusion Line is defective. 3. Replace the Infusion Cassette as described
in the “Change Circuit in AFB K treatments”
section of the Artis AFB K Treatment
Operator’s Manual.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective Infusion Flow. 1. Verify the venous pump rotor occlusion as


required .
Change if the rotor is defective.

2. The AFB K scale is out of calibration. 2. Perform the AFB K scale calibration as
required.

3. The AFB K scale is defective. 3. Replace as required.

4. Defective acquisition of the AFB K scale 4. Replace as required.


voltage by the Protective board.

5. Defective infusion pump control by the 5. Replace as required.


Hydraulic slave board.

9-148 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

NOTE
DO NOT hang or remove Hospasol infusion bags without first confirming the Change Hospasol
Bag special procedure.
If during treatment the machine detects for four times a weight variation on the AFB K scale
exceeding 50 grams without that the Change Hospasol Bag special procedure has been
confirmed, the alarm “Infusion Volume Error (#626)” is triggered. The alarm “Infusion Volume Error
(#626)” requires to disconnect the patient.

BLOOD LEAK DETECTOR CALIBRATION ERROR 167

Reason The calibration of the Optical Sensor for the Blood Leak Detector did not occur at
the correct time.

Machine • None.
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The machine has an internal malfunction. 1. During Preparation process: switch the
machine OFF, wait a few seconds and then
switch the machine back ON.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the Blood 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
Leak Detector, Motherboard and Protective replace as required.
slave board.

2. The Blood Leak Detector is defective. 2. Replace as required.

3. The Protective slave board is defective. 3. Replace as required.

BLD SENSITIVITY LOSS 170

Reason Deposits and/or debris collected on the Blood Leak Detector (BLD) are causing a
loss of sensitivity.

Machine None.
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. An excessively high value is present at the 1. Press the RESET button to remove the
receiver of the Optical Sensor, due to alarm.
deposits on the detector. Perform a Chemical Disinfection procedure
to clean the Sensor.

! WARNING
After a “BLD Sensitivity Loss (#170)” alarm perform a Chemical Disinfection program before
starting a new treatment.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-149


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the Blood 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
Leak Detector sensor, Motherboard and replace as required.
Protective slave board.

2. The Blood Leak Detector is defective. 2. Replace as required.

3. The Protective slave board is defective. 3. Replace as required.

EEPROM CRC ERROR 173

Reason The control memory CRC test on the calibration data has failed. The calibration
data has been lost and standard defaults are used.

Machine • NONE.
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The machine has an internal malfunction. 1. Perform a Fast Recovery procedure as


described in the “Fast Recovery” section of
the Operator’s Manual.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. The calibration data CRC test has failed on 1. Perform a software download.
the Protective slave board.

2. The Protective slave board is defective. 2. Replace as required.

PROTECTION MODULE SOFTWARE ERROR 182

Reason Execution error in the program management of the Protection Module.

Machine • None.
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Protection module detects an error in 1. In Dialysis: Perform a Fast Recovery


the execution of the software. procedure as described in the “Fast
Recovery” section of the Operator’s
Manual.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. The power supply voltages are too low. 1. Check the power supply voltage on the
motherboard and ensure that it is above 4.7
volts. If not, reconnect the main power
cable in the power supply and on the
motherboard.

2. The circuit board on the Protective slave 2. Replace the circuit board and test.
board is defective.

3. The Protective slave board is defective. 3. Replace the Protective slave board.

9-150 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

BACKUP BATTERY FAILURE 183

Reason The T1 test performed by the machine on the Backup Battery has failed.

Machine • None.
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The battery in the Battery Backup Kit needs 1. Press the CONFIRM button to continue with
to be replaced. the treatment without the Battery Backup.
In case of Power Failure, refer to the “8.2.1
Power Failure with battery not charged”
section of this Operator’s Manual

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between Batteries, 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or


Battery board and Switching Power Supply. replace as required.

2. The Batteries need to be replaced. 2. Replace as required.

NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “T1 Technical Investigation Procedure“ of the
Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.

PROTECTION MODULE DATA ERROR 185

Reason The Protection Module does not recognize the data sent.

Machine • None.
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The machine has an internal malfunction. 1. Perform a Fast Recovery procedure as


described in the “Fast Recovery” section of
the Operator’s Manual.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. A data difference was detected inside the 1. Perform a software download.


double image of the Protective System in
the Main board, for the PROTECTION
MODULE parameter.

2. The Main board is defective. 2. Replace as required.

3. The Protective slave board is defective. 3. Replace as required.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-151


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

ADR PROCESS TIMED OUT 190

Reason The ADR process has been stopped due to an internal software time out.

Machine • The phase currently running stops;


Actions • All the pumps are stopped.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The ADR process has been stopped due to 1. Switch the machine OFF, wait at least five
an internal software time out. seconds, switch it ON again and repeat the
procedure to perform ADR.
If the alarm persists, take note of the alarm
code, switch the machine OFF and call for
Service.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. An internal software time out occurred. 1. Check in the Service Data screen the
number of the hydraulic phase at the
moment the alarm occurs.
According to the hydraulic phase, check in
the Chapter 15 “Hydraulic Phase
Description” of this Service Manual the
configuration of the electro valves and verify
the required procedure to change the
hydraulic phase.
Clean, repair or replace as required.

HEMOSCAN: MINIMUM BLOOD VOLUME 191

Reason The Hemoscan sensor detects blood volume lower than the “Alarm Limit” set
value.

Machine • The dialysis process continues (See NOTE);


Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. Great increase of the Hemoglobin 1. Take the appropriate clinical action.


concentration in the patient’s blood since
the start of the treatment.

2. The Hemoscan “Alarm Limit” value is 2. Change the “Alarm Limit” value in the
incorrect for this patient. Hemoscan Settings sub-screen.

NOTE
This alarm occurs in order to signal to the operator possible patient’s health risk.

9-152 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between Hgb sensor 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
and Bioslave board. replace as required.

2. The Hgb sensor is defective. 2. Replace as required.

3. The Bioslave board is defective. 3. Replace as required.

LOW BLOOD PUMP SPEED 204

Reason The Arterial Pump has been running at less than 50 ml/min for more than 30
seconds.

Machine • None.
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Arterial Pump speed is less than 50 ml/ 1. Press the RESET button to remove the
min for more than 30 seconds. alarm.
Increase the Arterial Pump speed to more
than 50 ml/min.

INCORRECT VENOUS OR ARTERIAL LINE POSITION IN CLAMP 205

Reason The Venous/Arterial Patient Line has been incorrectly inserted into the Venous/
Arterial Line Clamp.

Machine • The Arterial and Venous pumps are stopped;


Actions • The UF Rate is automatically set to zero;
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Venous Patient Line is not correctly 1. Remove and correctly re-insert the Venous
inserted into the Venous Line Clamp. Patient Line into the Venous Line Clamp.

2. The Arterial Patient Line is not correctly 2. Remove and correctly re-insert the Arterial
inserted into the Arterial Line Clamp. Patient Line into the Arterial Line Clamp.

3. The Arterial and Venous Patient Lines are 3. Remove and correctly re-insert the Arterial
bent because they have been closed in the and Venous Patient Lines into their
Arterial/Venous Line clamps for a too long respective line clamps.
time.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the Venous 1. Verify that the connections are good. Repair
Patient Line optical sensor, Venous clamp or replace as required.
board, Motherboard and Protective slave
board.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-153


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Possible Cause (Service) (Continued) Suggested Action (Service) (Continued)

2. Defective connection between the Arterial 2. Verify that the connections are good. Repair
Patient Line optical sensor, Arterial clamp or replace as required.
board, Motherboard and Protective slave
board.

3. The Venous or Arterial Patient Line optical 3. Replace the Venous or Arterial Line Clamp.
sensor is defective.

4. The Venous clamp board is defective. 4. Replace as required.

5. The Protective slave board is defective. 5. Replace as required.

FLUID PATH OBSTRUCTION 206

Reason There is an excessive pressure in the Drain Tube. (Due to Drain Tube kinking/
obstruction or bad connection).

Machine • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;


Actions • The phase currently running stops;
• All the hydraulic pumps are stopped;
• The Infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. Obstruction or kinking in the Drain Tube. 1. Press the RESET button.


Verify that the Drain Tube is not kinked or
obstructed in any way.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between SWP1 1. Clean, repair or replace the defective


switch, Motherboard and Hydraulic slave connection.
board.

2. The SWP1 switch is defective. 2. Replace as required.

3. The drain tube is obstructed. 3. Clean, repair or replace as required.

4. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 4. Replace as required.

9-154 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

HEMOSCAN: DARK OUT OF RANGE 223

Reason Electronic malfunctioning of the Hemoscan Monitoring System.

Machine • Hemoscan Monitoring disabled.


Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. Internal malfunctioning of the Hemoscan 1. From the Hemoscan Settings sub-screen,


Monitoring System. deactivate the Hemoscan function.
In order to deactivate the Hemoscan
function when the Hemocontrol function is
activated, deactivate the Hemocontrol
function first.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between Hgb sensor 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
and Bioslave board. replace as required.

2. The Hgb sensor is defective. 2. Replace as required.

3. The Bioslave board is defective. 3. Replace as required.

HEMOSCAN: Communication Error 224

Reason Electroning malfunctioning of Hemoglobinometer.

Machine • BV Monitoring disabled.


Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. Internal malfunctioning of 1. From the Hemoscan Settings sub-screen,


Hemoglobinometer. deactivate the Hemoscan function.
In order to deactivate the Hemoscan
function when the Hemocontrol function is
activated, deactivate the Hemocontrol
function first.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between Hgb sensor 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
and Bioslave board. replace as required.

2. Defective connection between Bioslave 2. Verify the connections, clean, repair or


board, Motherboard, Main board. replace as required.

3. The Hgb sensor is defective. 3. Replace as required.

4. The Bioslave board is defective. 4. Replace as required.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-155


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

HEMOSCAN: TEST OUT OF RANGE 225

Reason Electronic malfunctioning of the Hemoscan Monitoring System.

Machine • Hemoscan Monitoring disabled.


Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. Internal malfunctioning of the Hemoscan 1. From the Hemoscan Settings sub-screen,


Monitoring System. deactivate the Hemoscan function.
In order to deactivate the Hemoscan
function when the Hemocontrol function is
activated, deactivate the Hemocontrol
function first.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between Hgb sensor 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
and Bioslave board. replace as required.

2. The Hgb sensor is defective. 2. Replace as required.

3. The Bioslave board is defective. 3. Replace as required.

HEMOSCAN: L/H OUT OF RANGE 226

Reason Electronic malfunctioning of the Hemoscan Monitoring System.

Machine • Hemoscan Monitoring disabled.


Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. Internal malfunctioning of the Hemoscan 1. From the Hemoscan Settings sub-screen,


Monitoring System. deactivate the Hemoscan function.
In order to deactivate the Hemoscan
function when the Hemocontrol function is
activated, deactivate the Hemocontrol
function first.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between Hgb sensor 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
and Bioslave board. replace as required.

2. The Hgb sensor is defective. 2. Replace as required.

3. The Bioslave board is defective. 3. Replace as required.

9-156 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

SMARTSCAN - HEMOCONTROL: HIGH NA CONCENTRATION 231

Reason The actual value of equivalent dialysis fluid sodium concentration has deviated
from the path, calculated automatically by the system, by a quantity higher than
the Na tolerance set.

Machine • None.
Actions

Possible Causes (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The actual value of equivalent dialysis fluid 1. Press the CONFIRM button to clear the
sodium concentration has deviated from the alarm.
path, calculated automatically by the If the alarm persists, correct the Equivalent
system, by a quantity higher than the Na Na value in the Hemocontrol Settings sub-
limits set. screen, as suggested by the indications
displayed.

SMARTSCAN - HEMOCONTROL: LOW NA CONCENTRATION 232

Reason The actual value of equivalent dialysis fluid sodium concentration has deviated
from the path, calculated automatically by the system, by a quantity lower than the
Na tolerance set.

Machine • None.
Actions

Possible Causes (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The actual value of equivalent dialysis fluid 1. Press the CONFIRM button to clear the
sodium concentration has deviated from the alarm.
path, calculated automatically by the If the alarm persists, correct the Equivalent
system, by a quantity lower than the Na Na value in the Hemocontrol Settings sub-
limits set. screen, as suggested by the indications
displayed.

HEMOCONTROL: BV% NOT AVAILABLE 234

Reason The HEMOSCAN is unable to supply a reliable Blood Volume.

Machine • None.
Actions

Possible Causes (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The HEMOSCAN is unable to supply a 1. Press the RESET button.


reliable Blood Volume. Remove the causes which have stopped
the measuring of the Blood Volume by the
HEMOSCAN or wait.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-157


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

AFBK: BYPASS TOO FREQUENT 291

Reason Bypass conditions occurred too frequently during treatment; as a result the
effective treatment time is less than 90% of the total treatment time.

Machine • None
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. Bypass conditions occurred too frequently 1. Press the RESET button.


during treatment; as a result the effective
treatment time is less than 90% of the total
treatment time.

NOTE
The “AFBK: ByPass too Frequent (#291)” alarm is not triggered during the first hour of treatment.

SELECTBAG EMPTY 293

Reason The SelectBag is either empty or not properly installed.

Machine • The concentrate pumps are stopped;


Actions • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The Infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The SelectBag is empty. 1. Press the “Special Procedures” button.


Select the “Change SelectBag” option to
change the SelectBag container.
Perform the “Change SelectBag” special
procedure as described in the “Change
SelectBag container” section of the
Operator’s Manual.

2. The SelectBag is not properly connected. 2. Check that the SelectBag is properly
installed on its holder.
Press the “Special Procedures” button.
Select the “Change SelectBag” option to
change the SelectBag container.
Perform the “Change SelectBag” special
procedure as described in the “Change
SelectBag container” section of the
Operator’s Manual.

9-158 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

BLOOD SLAVE COMMUNICATION ERROR 295

Reason There was a communication problem detected between the Blood slave board and
the Main board.

Machine • None.
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. Temporary data overload of the Blood slave 1. Perform a Fast Recovery procedure as
board, Motherboard and the Power Supply. described in the “Fast Recovery” section of
the Operator’s Manual.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the Blood 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
slave board, Motherboard and Main board. replace as required.

2. The Blood slave board is defective. 2. Replace as required.

3. The Main board is defective. 3. Replace as required.

BIOSLAVE SUBSYSTEM COMMUNICATION ERROR 296

Reason An internal communication problem between the Master Module and the Bio
Module occurred.

Machine • None.
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. Temporary communication problem. 1. Wait a few seconds for the alarm to be


cleared.

2. If the alarm persists and the machine stops 2. Perform a Fast Recovery procedure during
functioning. a dialysis treatment as described in the
“Fast Recovery” section of the Operator’s
Manual.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. The power supply voltage is below the 1. Check that 5 volts are measured both on
allowed limit (+5 volt). the motherboard and in the Power Supply.
If the voltage is good in the Power Supply
but low on the motherboard, reconnect the
main power cable and retest. If the problem
still exists, replace the main power cable.
If the voltage is low in the Power Supply,
then troubleshoot for low voltage in the
Power Supply (less then +5 volts).

2. Defective connection between the Bio Slave 2. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
board, Motherboard and Main board. replace as required.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-159


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Possible Cause (Service) (Continued) Suggested Action (Service) (Continued)

3. Connection problem with the Bio slave 3. Disconnect one at time both the Bio Slave
board or the Main board. Board and Main board; reconnect the
boards and retest.

4. The Bio slave board or the Main board are 4. Replace one at time both the Bio Slave
defective. Board and Main board and verify the
defective one. Repair or replace as
required.

BIO SLAVE ERROR 297

Reason The Main computer board and the Bioslave2 modules are not communicating.

Machine • None.
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Bioslave2 slave internal module is not 1. Perform a Fast recovery procedure as
communicating. described in the "Fast Recovery" section of
the Artis Operator's Manual.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the 1. Verify the connection, clean, repair or


Bioslave2 board, Motherboard and Main replace as required.
board.

2. The Bioslave2 board is defective. 2. Replace as required.

3. The Main board is defective. 3. Replace as required.

D1 FLOWMETER FAILURE 300

Reason The D1 flowmeter does not respond to changes in the dialysis fluid flow.

Machine • All the hydraulic pumps are stopped;


Actions • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The Infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. Massive air in the hydraulic circuit. 1. Check that all the connectors are securely
connected to the machine.
Perform a Fast Recovery procedure as
described in the “Fast Recovery” section of
the Operator’s Manual.

2. Hardware failure. 2. Perform a Fast Recovery procedure as


described in the “Fast Recovery” section of
the Operator’s Manual.

9-160 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between D1c 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or


flowmeter, Motherboard and Hydraulic replace as required.
slave board.

2. The D1c flowmeter is defective. 2. Replace as required.

3. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 3. Replace as required.

D2 FLOWMETER FAILURE 301

Reason The D2 flowmeter does not respond to changes in the dialysis fluid flow. Possible
Mass Balance alarms may precede this alarm.

Machine • All the hydraulic pumps are stopped;


Actions • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The Infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. Massive air in hydraulic circuit. 1. Check that all the connectors are securely
connected to the machine.
In DIALYSIS: Perform a Fast Recovery
procedure as described in the “Fast
Recovery” section of the Operator’s
Manual.

2. Hardware failure. 2. In DIALYSIS: Perform a Fast Recovery


procedure as described in the “Fast
Recovery” section of the Operator’s
Manual.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between D2c 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or


flowmeter, Motherboard and Hydraulic replace as required.
slave board.

2. The D2c flowmeter is defective. 2. Replace as required.

3. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 3. Replace as required.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-161


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

STILL IN BYPASS 302

Reason The machine has been in BYPASS for more than 6 minutes, either because the
operator has deselected the “Dialysis Fluid” button, or due to an internal machine
malfunction that is blocking the machine in bypass condition.

Machine • None.
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. Bypass has been selected and not cleared 1. Press the RESET button.
during the treatment. Take the machine out of BYPASS by
selecting the ”Dialysis Fluid” button.

2. The machine is stuck in bypass. 2. Press the RESET button.


Perform a Fast Recovery procedure during
a dialysis treatment as described in the
“Fast Recovery” section of the Operator’s
Manual.

3. The “Start Treatment” button has not been 3. Press the RESET button.
pressed. Confirm the mandatory parameters (UF
Volume and Treatment Time), if not already
done, and then press the “Start Treatment”
button.

4. Isolated UF function has not been properly 4. Press the RESET button.
stopped by the machine.
This might occur when the “Isolated UF IN HD-DN and HD-SN TREATMENTS:
Completed (#570)” alarm message is reset 1. Press the “UF” button
while the machine is performing the Auto 2. Reset the “Isolated UF Completed
Test. (#570)” alarm message
3. Confirm the “UF Volume Confirmation
Required” Confirm window to continue
the treatment

IN HDF POST and HDF PRE


TREATMENTS:
1. Press the “Dialysis Fluid” button
2. Reset the “Isolated UF Completed
(#570)” alarm message
3. Confirm the “UF Volume Confirmation
Required” Confirm window to continue
the treatment

9-162 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

HYDRAULIC SLAVE COMMUNICATION ERROR 304

Reason Communication problem detected between the Hydraulic Slave Board and the
Main Board.

Machine • The phase currently running stops;


Actions • All the pumps are stopped.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The hydraulic slave internal module is not 1. Perform a Fast recovery procedure as
communicating. described in the "Fast Recovery" section of
the Artis Operator's Manual.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connections between Hydraulic 1. Verify the connection, clean, repair or


board, Motherboard and Main board. replace as required.

2. The Hydraulic board is defective. 2. Replace as required.

3. The Main board is defective. 3. Replace as required.

ARTERIAL PRESSURE HIGH 305

Reason The measured arterial pressure is above the maximum arterial pressure threshold
as displayed in the Arterial Pressure Alarm Window.

Machine • The Arterial and the Venous Pumps are stopped;


Actions • The Venous Line Clamp and the Infusion clamp are closed;
• The UF Rate is automatically set to zero;
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The alarm limits are OPEN for both arterial and venous pressure.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Arterial Pressure Alarm Window needs 1. In the A/V Limit Settings sub-screen adjust
to be set. the arterial pressure alarm limits;
Press “Close A/V Limits” button: the
machine automatically centralize the alarm
window values around the current patient’s
arterial/venous pressures.
When the pressure stabilizes, select the
alarm in the Alarm/Information Message
Area and press the RESET button to restart
the Arterial Pump.

2. The Arterial Patient Line may have become 2. Carefully check the Cassette connections
disconnected from the patient. and the Patient’s Vascular Access;
When the pressure stabilizes, select the
alarm in the Alarm/Information Message
Area and press the RESET button to restart
the Arterial Pump.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-163


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Possible Cause (Operator) (Continued) Suggested Action (Operator) (Continued)

3. Loss of diaphragm pressure between the 3. Perform a Cassette Repositioning


Blood Cassette and the arterial pressure Procedure (Refer to the Chapter “Special
cone. Procedures” in the Operator’s Manual).
When the pressure stabilizes, select the
alarm in the Alarm/Information Message
Area and press the RESET button to restart
the Arterial Pump.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the Arterial 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
pressure sensor, PIB board, Motherboard replace as required.
and Protective board.

2. The Arterial pressure sensor is out of 2. Check the “Art. Pressure” parameter value
calibration. in the Page 1 of the Service Data screen.
Perform an Arterial pressure sensor
calibration as required.

3. The Arterial pressure sensor is defective. 3. Replace as required.

4. The PIB board is defective. 4. Replace as required.

5. The Protective slave board is defective. 5. Replace as required.

NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Pressures Technical Investigation Procedure“ of
the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.

9-164 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

ARTERIAL PRESSURE BELOW TREATMENT MIN. LIMIT 306

Reason The measured arterial pressure is below the minimum arterial treatment limit.

Machine • The Arterial and the Venous Pumps are stopped;


Actions • The Venous Line Clamp and the Infusion clamp are closed;
• The UF Rate is automatically set to zero;
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The alarm limits are OPEN for both arterial and venous pressure.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Arterial Pump speed is too fast. 1. Consider decreasing the blood flow if this
operation is not in disagreement with the
patient prescription;
When the pressure stabilizes, select the
alarm in the Alarm/Information Message
Area and press the RESET button to restart
the Arterial Pump.

2. The Arterial Patient Line is kinked, clamped 2. Check the Arterial Patient Line and the
or restricted. Patient’s Vascular Access for restrictions,
such as:
• kinks in the Arterial Patient Line;
• closed clamps;
• clotted arterial needle;
• poor flow from the Patient’s Vascular
Access.
When the pressure stabilizes, select the
alarm in the Alarm/Information Message
Area and press the CONFIRM button to
restart the Arterial Pump.

3. The arterial pressure decreased somewhat 3. Attention should be given to the revaluation
during a treatment due to of the needle size, the blood flow rate and
hemoconcentration and/or inadequate the heparin dosage;
heparin delivery to the patient, resulting in a When the pressure stabilizes, select the
reduced pressure for a given needle at a alarm in the Alarm/Information Message
fixed blood flow rate. Area and press the CONFIRM button to
restart the Arterial Pump.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the Arterial 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
pressure sensor, PIB board, Motherboard replace as required.
and Protective board.

2. The Arterial pressure sensor is out of 2. Check the “Art. Pressure” parameter value
calibration. in the Page 1 of the Service Data screen.
Perform an Arterial pressure sensor
calibration as required.

3. The Arterial pressure sensor is defective. 3. Replace as required.

4. The PIB board is defective. 4. Replace as required.

5. The Blood slave board is defective. 5. Replace as required.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-165


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Pressures Technical Investigation Procedure“ of
the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.

WRONG A/V OR SN PRESSURE OFFSET 319

Reason The initial Arterial and Venous Pressure offset are out of range or they aren't yet
been calculated.

Machine • The machine will stop at this point and will not proceed any further into the test.
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. If the Blood Cassette is filled with saline, it is 1. Press the RESET button.
possible to have a pressure different from 0 Clamp the prime line, the Arterial infusion
mmHg. line and the Venous infusion line.
Open the Venous infusion line and the
Arterial infusion line to the atmosphere. The
pressures displayed on the Touch Screen
should decrease toward 0 mmHg.

2. The Blood Cassette was installed 2. Press the RESET button.


incorrectly during the Venous/Arterial The Venous Patient Line must be inserted
Pressure T1 Test. into the Air Detector and the Sensor Bar
door closed.
The Arterial Pump Cover must be closed.
Reposition the Blood Cassette and restart
the T1 test.

3. The Arterial Pump Cover is open. 3. Press the RESET button.


Close the Arterial Pump Cover. Be sure the
Arterial Pump Cover is securely latched.

4. The magnet is dirty. 4. Press the RESET button.


Carefully clean the magnet located behind
the Arterial Pump Cover, using a soft cloth
dipped in Ethyl Alcohol (90°) or in Isopropyl
Alcohol (70°).

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. The Arterial or Venous pressure sensor is 1. Check the correct working of the Arterial
defective. and Venous pressure sensors.
These T1 tests are performed during the Replace as required.
Preparation and the Blood Cassette had to
be disconnected.

2. Defective connection between the Arterial 2. Clean repair or replace as required.


or Venous pressure sensors, Motherboard
and Blood slave board.

3. The Blood slave board is defective. 3. Replace as required.

9-166 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Pressures Technical Investigation Procedure“ of
the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.

MALFUNCTION 320

Reason This is a special malfunction.


The Main Board is blocked.

Machine • GENERAL SAFE STATE


Actions • The Touch Screen is blocked.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. Main Board internal error. 1. If the alarm occurs during a disinfection/


rinse program, during the set-up or during
the priming procedure, switch the machine
OFF and after few seconds turn it ON
again.

2. Main Board internal error. 2. If the alarm occurs during a tretament,


perform a Fast Recovery procedure as
described in the “Fast Recovery” section of
the Artis Operator’s Manual.

3. Main board internal error. 3. If the alarm occurs during a Calibration


procedure, switch the machine OFF and
then ON again and repeat the Calibration
procedure.

When the “Malfunction 320” is triggered by the Artis Dialysis System the following pop-up window
appears on the Touch Screen:

Figure 9- 12. Malfunction 320 - pop-up window

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-167


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

CONTROL DATA ERROR 327

Reason The protective test for the correct reading of the message sent by the Control
System has failed. The message has been lost and the last correct message is
used.

Machine • None.
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Protective system detected an incorrect 1. Perform a Fast Recovery procedure as


message from the Control system. described in the “Fast Recovery” section of
the Operator’s Manual.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the Main 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
board, Motherboard and Protective slave replace as required.
board.

2. The Protective slave board or the Main 2. Replace as required.


board is defective.

REMINDER - STILL IN PAUSE THERAPY 329

Reason The machine remains in PAUSE TREATMENT for more than 5 minutes.

Machine • None.
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The operator has maintained the selection 1. Press the RESET button to remove the
of PAUSE TREATMENT for more than 5 alarm. Interrupt the PAUSE TREATMENT
minutes. procedure and continue the treatment.

9-168 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

BLUE DIALYSIS FLUID TUBE INCORRECT POSITION 330

Reason The Blue Dialysis Fluid Tube Connector is not in the position required for the
current operating phase.

Machine • All the hydraulic pumps are stopped;


Actions • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The Infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Blue Dialysis Fluid Tube Connector is 1. Verify the correct position of the Blue
not in the position required for the current Dialysis Fluid Tube Connector for the
operating phase. current operating phase.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the Dialyzer 1. Clean, repair or replace the defective
Hall sensor board, the Motherboard and the connection.
Hydraulic slave board.

2. The Dialyzer Hall sensor is defective. 2. Replace as required.

3. The Blue Dialysis Fluid Tube Connector 3. Replace the Blue Dialysis Fluid Tube
magnetic sensor is defective. Connector.

4. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 4. Repair or replace the defective board.

RED DIALYSIS FLUID TUBE INCORRECT POSITION 331

Reason The Red Dialysis Fluid Tube Connector is not in the position required for the
current operating phase.

Machine • All the hydraulic pumps are stopped;


Actions • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The Infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Red Dialysis Fluid Tube Connector is 1. Verify the correct position of the Red
not in the position required for the current Dialysis Fluid Tube Connector for the
operating phase. current operating phase.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the Dialyzer 1. Clean, repair or replace the defective
Hall sensor board, the Motherboard and the connection.
Hydraulic slave board.

2. The Dialyzer Hall sensor is defective. 2. Replace as required.

3. The Red Dialysis Fluid Tube Connector 3. Replace the Red Dialysis Fluid Tube
magnetic sensor is defective. Connector.

4. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 4. Repair or replace the defective board.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-169


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

NO POWER - USING BATTERY BACKUP 353

Reason The AC supply voltage has been interrupted in a machine equipped with the
BATTERY BACKUP KIT.

Machine In ADR:
Actions • The machine automatically switches OFF after 5 minutes.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. Interruption of the AC supply voltage in 1. Switch OFF the machine.


RINSE or DISINFECTION.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between Batteries, 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or


Battery board and Switching Power Supply. replace as required.

2. The Batteries need to be replaced. 2. Replace as required.

BLOOD SENSED IN VENOUS LINE 359

Reason The Air Detector does not operate with the maximum sensitivity because the
Venous Patient line or the Air Detector is dirty.

Machine • The Arterial and Venous pumps are stopped;


Actions • The Dialysis fluid goes into bypass;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Venous Patient line is dirty or the Air 1. Open the Sensor Bar door;
Detector is defective. 2. Remove the Venous Patient line from the air
detector/blood sensor;
3. Clean the Venous Patient line and the air
detector/blood sensor;
4. Route again the Venous Patient line through
the air detector/blood sensor;
5. Close the Sensor Bar door;
6. Press the RESET button to clear the “Blood
Sensed in Venous Line (#359)” alarm;
7. If the “Blood Sensed in Venous Line (#359)”
persists, repeat the procedure.

9-170 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

PUMP SPEED TOO LOW 362

Reason The Arterial Pump speed is lower than the set value.

Machine • The Arterial and the Venous pumps are stopped;


Actions • The Venous Line Clamp and the Infusion clamp are closed;
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The UF Rate is automatically set to zero.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Arterial Pump speed is incorrect. 1. Press the RESET button to re-start the
Arterial Pump.

2. The Arterial Pump speed is too high for the 2. Decrease the Arterial Pump speed or
“SN Pressure Min” and “SN Pressure Max” consider changing the “SN Pressure Min”
parameter values set by the operator. and “SN Pressure Max” parameter values.
Press the RESET button to re-start the
Arterial Pump.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the Blood 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
Hall sensor board, Blood pump board, replace as required.
Motherboard and Blood slave board.

2. The Blood pump encoder is defective. 2. Replace as required.

3. The Blood Hall sensor board is defective. 3. Replace as required.

4. The Blood pump rotor is defective. 4. Replace as required.

5. The Blood pump board is defective. 5. Replace as required.

6. The Blood slave board is defective. 6. Replace as required.

BLOOD PUMP ROTOR ERROR 363

Reason The Arterial Pump is not functioning properly.

Machine • The Arterial and Venous Pumps are stopped;


Actions • The Venous Line Clamp and Infusion clamp are closed;
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The UF Rate is automatically set to zero.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. If the alarm is displayed for the first time. 1. Press the RESET button and continue the
process.

2. If the alarm persists. 2. Perform a Fast Recovery procedure during


a dialysis treatment as described in the
“Fast Recovery” section of the Operator’s
Manual.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-171


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the Blood 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
Hall sensor board, Blood pump board, replace as required.
Motherboard and Blood slave board.

2. The Blood pump encoder is defective. 2. Replace as required.

3. The Blood Hall sensor board is defective. 3. Replace as required.

4. The Blood pump rotor is defective. 4. Replace as required.

5. The Blood pump board is defective. 5. Replace as required.

6. The Blood slave board is defective. 6. Replace as required.

VENOUS LINE NOT IN PATIENT SENSOR 364

Reason The machine is not detecting that the Venous Patient Line is present into the Air
Detector housing or into the Venous Line Clamp (ONLY after Patient Connection).

Machine • The Arterial and Venous pumps are stopped;


Actions • The UF Rate is automatically set to zero;
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Venous Patient Line is not properly 1. Verify that the Venous Patient Line has
inserted into the Air Detector housing or been inserted correctly into the Air Detector
into the Venous Line Clamp. housing and into the Venous Line Clamp.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the Venous 1. Verify the “VLine ABD” parameter value
Patient Line Presence switch, Motherboard, displayed in the Page 1 of the Service Data
Protective board. screen.
Clean, repair or replace as required.

2. The Venous Patient Line Presence switch is 2. Replace as required.


defective.

3. The Protective slave board is defective. 3. Replace as required.

9-172 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

INCORRECT BICART/BLUE CONCENTRATE TUBE CONCENTRATION 366

Reason The conductivity measured in the first stage of the dialysis fluid preparation is
below the permitted range.

Machine • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;


Actions • The infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Safebag - K Compartment is almost 1. Verify adequate level of concentrate.


empty. If the Safebag - K compartment is almost
empty, replace the Safebag as described in
the “Change Safebag” section of the Artis
AFB K Treatment Operator’s Manual.

2. The Blue Concentrate Connector is not 2. Verify that the Blue Concentrate Connector
properly connected to its Safebag is properly connected to its Safebag
Connector. Connector.

3. The Blue Concentrate Connector is not 3. Verify that the Blue Concentrate Connector
properly connected to its Concentrate is properly connected to its Concentrate
Connector Port. Connector Port.

4. Massive air intake from the Safebag - K 4. Check the position of the Safebag KV
Compartment. concentrate solution on the Concentrate
bag hooks.

5. The BiCart Cartridge is almost empty. 5. Verify adequate level of concentrate.


If the BiCart Cartridge is almost empty,
replace the BiCart as described in the
“Change BiCart Cartridge” section of the
Artis Operator’s Manual.

6. The BiCart Cartridge is not properly 6. Ensure the BiCart Cartridge is securely
positioned in its holder. placed in its holder.

NOTE
The use of liquid Bicarbonate concentrate is not currently available.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. There is an air leakage into the Blue 1. Repair or replace as required.


Concentrate Connector or a tube is kinked.

2. Defective connection between ΓcB 2. Verify the connections, clean, repair or


conductivity cell, Hydraulic I2C Board, replace as required.
Motherboard and Hydraulic slave board.

3. Defective connection between ΓpSe 3. Verify the connections, clean, repair or


conductivity cell, Protective I2C Board, replace as required.
Motherboard and Protective slave board.

4. Defective connection between PB pump, 4. Verify the connections, clean, repair or


Motherboard and Hydraulic slave board. replace as required.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-173


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Possible Cause (Service) (Continued) Suggested Action (Service) (Continued)

5. The PB pump is defective. 5. Replace as required.

6. The Control or Protective cell is defective. 6. Replace as required.

7. The Hydraulic or Protective slave board is 7. Replace as required.


defective.

8. The Control or Protective cell is out of 8. Perform a Conductivity Calibration test as


calibration. required. Replace if the cell is out of
calibration.

DIALYSATE PH LOW 368 (optional)

Reason The dialysis fluid pH value is below the alarm threshold.

Machine • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;


Actions • The infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The concentrate canisters are empty. 1. Verify that none of the concentrate canisters
are empty.

2. A chemical disinfectant has been connected 2. DURING PREPARATION


to the machine instead of the A-concentrate. 1. Stop dialysis fluid preparation;
(see WARNING below) 2. Remove the cassette and the dialyzer if
yet installed;
3. Perform a Rinse programme;
4. Change both the Ultrafilters performing
the procedure described in the “Ultrafilter
Change Procedure” section of the Artis
Operator’s Manual.

2. DURING TREATMENT
1. Stop the treatment and disconnect the
patient.
2. Perform a Rinse programme;
3. Change both the Ultrafilters performing
the procedure described in the “Ultrafilter
Change Procedure” section of the Artis
Operator’s Manual.

9-174 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

Possible Cause (Operator) (Continued) Suggested Action (Operator) (Continued)

3. The solution in the concentrate canister is 3. Verify that concentrates are being used and
not correct or diluted. are of the appropriate formulation for the
selected treatment type.
If using dialysis fluid concentrate solutions,
replace the concentrates as needed, then
wait a few seconds for the machine to
stabilize.
If using solutions other than concentrates
during the dialysis fluid preparation:
• Stop the dialysis preparation;
• Replace the Blood Cassette and the
Dialyzer;
• Run a complete RINSE procedure;
• Replace solutions;
• Restart the dialysis fluid preparation.

4. Air leak from the Red/Blue pick-up tube 4. If the alarm persists, verify that:
connectors or the Red/Blue pick-up tube is • the Red and Blue pick-up tube connectors
not connected to the Concentrate Canister and Red and Blue pick-up tubes are free
or the Red/Blue pick-up tube connector has of leaks/holes and debris.
accumulated debris or salt crystals. • the Red/Blue pick-up tube connectors are
securely connected to the appropriate
concentrate connector port/canister.
If necessary, rinse the accumulated debris
from the Connector(s).

! WARNING
The “DIALYSATE PH LOW (#368)” alarm could be triggered in case a chemical disinfectant has
been used instead of Acid concentrate during a dialysis treatment.
This may lead to improper dialysis to be delivered to the patient, thus resulting in patient injury or
death.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the pH 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or


probe, pH board, Motherboard and replace as required.
Hydraulic slave board.

2. The pH probe is out of calibration. 2. Perform a pH probe calibration as required.

3. The pH probe is defective. 3. Replace as required.

4. The pH board is defective. 4. Replace as required.

5. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 5. Replace as required.

NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Conductivity Technical Investigation Procedure“ of
the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-175


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

A CONCENTRATE ERROR (ACID/SELECTCART/SAFEBAG) 369

Reason A discrepancy is indicated between the conductivity of the dialysis fluid both for
the dialysis fluid flow and the rotation speed of the associated Pump(s). The actual
Pump(s) speed does not match with the actual concentrate(s) used.

Machine • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;


Actions • The infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. A chemical disinfectant has been connected 1. DURING PREPARATION


to the machine instead of the A-concentrate. 1. Stop dialysis fluid preparation;
(see WARNING below) 2. Remove the cassette and the dialyzer if
yet installed;
3. Perform a Rinse programme;
4. Change both the Ultrafilters performing
the procedure described in the “Ultrafilter
Change Procedure” section of the Artis
Operator’s Manual.

1. DURING TREATMENT
1. Stop the treatment and disconnect the
patient.
2. Perform a Rinse programme;
3. Change both the Ultrafilters performing
the procedure described in the “Ultrafilter
Change Procedure” section of the Artis
Operator’s Manual.

2. The type of the Acid/Safebag Concentrate 2. Verify that the correct type of Acid/Safebag
solution used is incorrect. Concentrate solution is being used.
If the Acid canister/bag has to be replaced,
perform the “Change Acid” special
procedure as described in the “Change
Acid” section of the Artis Operator’s
Manual.
If the Safebag KV concentrate solution has
to be replaced, perform the “Change
Safebag” special procedure as described in
the “Change Safebag” section of the Artis
AFB K Treatment Operator’s Manual.
Wait a few seconds for the machine to
stabilize.

3. The Acid/Safebag Concentrate solution 3. Verify that the correct type of Acid/Safebag
selected in the “Fluid Settings” sub-screen Concentrate solution has been selected on
is incorrect. the “Fluid Settings” sub-screen, then wait a
few seconds for the machine to stabilize.

4. The Red Concentrate Connector is not 4. Verify that the Red Concentrate Connector
securely connected to its port/canister or is securely connected to the appropriate
the machine has been switched from the port/canister.
Central Concentrate to an individual
Concentrate Canister.

9-176 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

Possible Cause (Operator) (Continued) Suggested Action (Operator) (Continued)

5. The Green Concentrate Connector is not 5. In AFB K Treatment:


connected to its Safebag Connector or the Verify that the Green Concentrate
frangible pin of the Safebag - AFB Connector is connected to its Safebag
Compartment has not been broken. Connector.
Verify that the frangible pin of the Safebag -
AFB Compartment has been broken.

6. The SelectCart powder has not been 6. Press the “Special Procedures” button.
properly diluted in the SelectCart Cartridge. Select the “Change SelectCart” option.
Perform the “Change SelectCart” special
procedure replacing the SelectCart
Cartridge with the new one as described in
the “Change SelectCart Cartridge” section
of the Artis Operator’s Manual.

7. The Acid Pump speed is incorrect. 7. If the machine does not stabilize, call for
Service.

! WARNING
The “A Concentrate Error (Acid/SelectCart/Safebag) (#369)” alarm could be triggered in case a
chemical disinfectant has been used instead of Acid concentrate during a dialysis treatment.
This may lead to improper dialysis to be delivered to the patient, thus resulting in patient injury or
death.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. There is an air leakage into the Red 1. Repair or replace as required.


Concentrate Connector or a tube is kinked.

2. There is an air leakage into the Green 2. Repair or replace as required.


Concentrate Connector or a tube is kinked.

3. The PA pump is defective. 3. Replace as required.

4. Defective connection between the PA 4. Repair or replace as required.


pump, Motherboard and Hydraulic slave
board.

5. Defective connection between the PA 5. Repair or replace as required.


pump, Motherboard and Protective slave
board.

6. Defective connection between the D1c 6. Verify the “D1C flow” parameter value
flowmeter, Motherboard and Hydraulic displayed in the Page 1 of the Service Data
slave board. screen.
Replace as required.

7. The D1c flowmeter is defective. 7. Verify the “D1C flow” parameter value
displayed in the Page 1 of the Service Data
screen.
Replace as required.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-177


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Conductivity Technical Investigation Procedure“ of
the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.

B CONCENTRATE ERROR (BICART/SAFEBAG K) 370

Reason A discrepancy is indicated between the conductivity of the dialysis fluid both for
the dialysis fluid flow and the rotation speed of the associated Pump/Pumps. The
actual Pump(s) speed does not match with the actual concentrate(s) used.

Machine • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;


Actions • The infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Blue Concentrate Connector, if present, 1. In Dialysis (BiCart treatments):


is not securely connected to its its Verify that the Blue Concentrate Connector
Concentrate Connector Port. is securely connected to its Concentrate
Connector Port.

2. The Blue Concentrate Connector is not 2. In AFB K Treatment:


connected to its Safebag Connector or the Verify that the Blue Concentrate Connector
frangible pin of the Safebag - K is connected to its Safebag Connector.
Compartment has not been broken. Verify that the frangible pin of the Safebag-
K Compartment has been broken.

3. The type of Safebag KV concentrate 3. Verify that the correct type of Safebag KV
solution used is incorrect. concentrate solution is being used.
Replace the Safebag as described in the
“Change Safebag” section of the Artis AFB
K Treatment Operator’s Manual.
Wait a few seconds for the machine to
stabilize.

4. The Safebag KV concentrate solution 4. Ensure that the correct type of Safebag KV
selected on the “Fluid Settings” sub-screen concentrate solution has been selected on
is incorrect. the "Fluid Settings" sub-screen, then wait a
few seconds for the machine to stabilize.

5. The BiCart Cartridge powder has not been 5. Press the “Special Procedures” button.
properly diluted in the BiCart Cartridge. Select the “Change BiCart” option.
Perform the “Change BiCart” special
procedure as described in the “Change
BiCart Cartridge” section of the Artis
Operator’s Manual.

6. The Bicarbonate Pump speed is incorrect. 6. If the machine does not stabilize, call for
Service.

9-178 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. There is an air leakage into the Blue 1. Repair or replace as required.


Concentrate Connector or a tube is kinked.

2. The PB pump is defective. 2. Replace as required.

3. Defective connection between the PB 3. Repair or replace as required.


pump, Motherboard and Hydraulic slave
board.

4. Defective connection between the PB 4. Repair or replace as required.


pump, Motherboard and Protective slave
board.

5. Defective connection between the D1c 5. Verify the “D1c flow” parameter value
flowmeter, Motherboard and Protective displayed in the Page 1 of the Service Data
slave board. screen.
Clean repair or replace as required.

6. The D1c flowmeter is defective. 6. Verify the “D1c flow” parameter value
displayed in the Page 1 of the Service Data
screen.
Replace as required.

NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Conductivity Technical Investigation Procedure“ of
the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.

DIALYSIS FLUID FLOW LOW 373

Reason The dialysis fluid flow is lower than the set value or than the minimum permitted
flow.

Machine • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;


Actions • The infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. There are deposits or debris inside the 1. Perform a Chemical Disinfection.


flowmeters of the machine.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the P1 pump 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
motor drive board, Motherboard and replace as required.
Hydraulic slave board.

2. The P1 pump is defective. 2. Replace as required.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-179


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

INCORRECT CONDUCTIVITY MEASURED 375

Reason The conductivity of the dialysis fluid is below the allowed limit.

Machine • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;


Actions • The infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. Inappropriate solution in the Acid 1. Verify that appropriate concentrate has


Concentrate Canister. been used for the selected treatment type.

2. Massive air leak from Concentrate 2. If the alarm persists:


Canisters/Connectors/Tubes or the • verify that Concentrate Canisters,
Connectors are not securely connected to Connectors and Tubes are free of leaks/
their Canisters/Ports or the Canisters/ holes and debris;
Connectors have accumulated debris or • verify that the Connectors are securely
salt crystals. connected to the appropriate Canisters/
Ports;
• if necessary, rinse the accumulated debris
from the Canister(s)/Connector(s);
• massive air leaks affect conductivity
readings.

3. Inadequate Concentrates are being used. 3. If using dialysis fluid concentrate solutions,
replace concentrates as needed then wait
few seconds for the machine to stabilize.
If using solutions other than concentrates
during dialysis fluid preparation:
• stop the dialysis fluid preparation;
• replace the Blood Cassette and the
dialyzer;
• run a complete ADR: RINSE procedure;
• replace the solutions;
• re-start the dialysis fluid preparation.

4. The Acid or Bicarbonate Connector is not 4. Verify that the Acid or Bicarbonate
properly positioned into the Central Connector is properly positioned into the
Concentrate port. Central Concentrate port on the front panel.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between ΓcA 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or


conductivity cell, Hydraulic I2C Board, replace as required.
Motherboard and Hydraulic slave board.

2. Defective connection between ΓpSe 2. Verify the connections, clean, repair or


conductivity cell, Protective I2C Board, replace as required.
Motherboard and Protective slave board.

3. An air leakage into the Acid Pick-up Tube or 3. Repair or replace as required.
the tube is kinked.

4. The PA pump is blocked or defective. 4. Verify the “PA Freq” encoder parameter
value displayed in the “Prot” column of the
Page 1 in the Service Data screen.
Repair or replace as required.

9-180 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

Possible Cause (Service) (Continued) Suggested Action (Service) (Continued)

5. The ΓcA or Γp conductivity cell is not 5. Verify the “Cond A” in relation with the
properly calibrated or is defective. “Cond P” parameter values, displayed in
the Page 1 of the Service Data screen.
Calibrate or replace as required.

6. The Hydraulic I2C board is defective. 6. Replace as required.

7. The Protective I2C board is defective. 7. Replace as required.

8. The Hydraulic or Protective slave board is 8. Replace as required.


defective.

NOTE
The use of liquid Bicarbonate concentrate is not currently available.

DIALYSIS FLUID TEMP LOW 377

Reason The temperature of the dialysis fluid is 2 °C below the value set by the operator.

Machine • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;


Actions • The infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. A temporary instability of dialysis fluid flow. 1. Wait a few seconds for the system to
stabilize.

2. The temperature of the dialysis fluid has 2. Verify that the incoming water temperature
exceeded the safe limits. is between 5.0 °C - 32.2 °C (41-90 degrees
F).
If the incoming water temperature exceeds
the specified range, then adjust the
temperature of the water source per clinical
policy.
If this alarm persists, then discontinue the
dialysis treatment.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. The TP or TcA temperature sensor is out of 1. Perform a TP or TcA temperature sensor


calibration. calibration as required.

2. The Over Temperature board is defective. 2. Replace as required.

3. The Triac that powers up the heater is 3. Replace as required.


defective.

4. The heater is defective. 4. Replace as required.

5. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 5. Replace the Hydraulic slave board and
retest.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-181


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

UF RATE LOWER THAN EXPECTED 379

Reason The ultrafiltration rate (UFR) is below the value confirmed by the operator or the
minimum permitted value.

Machine • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;


Actions • The infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. Error in the Ultrafiltration control system 1. Press the RESET button.


If the problem persists, consider performing
a Descaling procedure after the treatment.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. There is a leak in the mass balance circuit. 1. Repair or replace as required.

2. Defective connection between D1c or D2c 2. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
flowmeter, Motherboard and Hydraulic replace as required.
slave board.

3. Defective connection between the D1p or 3. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
D2p flowmeter, Motherboard and Protective replace as required.
slave board.

4. The D1c or D2c flowmeter is defective. 4. Replace as required.

5. The D1p or D2p flowmeter is defective. 5. Replace as required.

6. The P2 pump is defective. 6. Replace as required.

7. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 7. Replace as required.

8. The Protective slave board is defective. 8. Replace as required.

NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Mass Balance Technical Investigation Procedure“
of the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.

VENOUS PRESSURE LOW 382

Reason The measured venous pressure is either below +10 mmHg or below the venous
pressure threshold as displayed in the Venous Pressure Alarm Window.

9-182 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

Machine • The Arterial and the Venous Pumps are stopped;


Actions • The Venous Line Clamp and the Infusion clamp are closed;
• The UF Rate is automatically set to zero;
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The alarm limits are OPEN for both arterial and venous pressure.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. If <10 mmHg, the Venous Patient Line may 1. Carefully check the Patient’s Vascular
have become disconnected from the Access, the Cassette connections and
patient. inspect for kinking of the Venous Patient
Line.
When the pressure stabilizes, select the
alarm in the Alarm/Information Message
Area and press the RESET button to restart
the Arterial Pump.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the Venous 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
pressure sensor, PIB board, Motherboard replace as required.
and Blood board.

2. The Venous pressure sensor is out of 2. Check the “Ven. Pressure” parameter value
calibration. in the Page 1 of the Service Data screen.
Perform a Venous pressure sensor
calibration as required.

3. The Venous pressure sensor is defective. 3. Replace as required.

4. The PIB board is defective. 4. Replace as required.

5. The Protective slave board is defective. 5. Replace as required.

NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Pressures Technical Investigation Procedure“ of
the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-183


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

ARTERIAL PRESSURE LOW 384

Reason The measured arterial pressure is below the minimum arterial pressure threshold,
as displayed in the Arterial Pressure Alarm Window.

Machine • The Arterial and the Venous Pumps are stopped;


Actions • The Venous Line Clamp and the Infusion clamp are closed;
• The UF Rate is automatically set to zero;
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The alarm limits are OPEN for both arterial and venous pressure.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The arterial pressure alarm window needs 1. In the A/V Limit Settings sub-screen adjust
to be set. the arterial pressure alarm limits;
Press “Close A/V Limits” button: the
machine automatically centralize the alarm
window values around the current patient’s
arterial/venous pressures.
When the pressure stabilizes, select the
alarm in the Alarm/Information Message
Area and press the RESET button to restart
the Arterial Pump.

2. The Arterial Patient Line may have become 2. Carefully check the Cassette connections
disconnected from the patient. and the Patient's Vascular Access.
When the pressure stabilizes, select the
alarm in the Alarm/Information Message
Area and press the RESET button to restart
the Arterial Pump.

3. The Arterial Patient Line is kinked, clamped 3. Check the Arterial Patient Line and the
or restricted. Patient's Vascular Access for restrictions,
such as:
• kinks in the Arterial Patient Line;
• closed clamps;
• clotted arterial needle;
• poor flow from the Patient’s Vascular
Access.
When the pressure stabilizes, select the
alarm in the Alarm/Information Message
Area and press the RESET button to restart
the Arterial Pump.

4. Loss of diaphragm pressure between the 4. Perform a Cassette Repositioning


Blood Cassette and the arterial pressure Procedure (Refer to the Chapter “Special
cone. Procedures” in the Operator’s Manual).
When the pressure stabilizes, select the
alarm in the Alarm/Information Message
Area and press the RESET button to restart
the Arterial Pump.

9-184 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the Arterial 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
pressure sensor, PIB board, Motherboard replace as required.
and Protective board.

2. The Arterial pressure sensor is out of 2. Check the “Art. Pressure” parameter value
calibration. in the Page 1 of the Service Data screen.
Perform an Arterial pressure sensor
calibration as required.

3. The Arterial pressure sensor is defective. 3. Replace as required.

4. The PIB board is defective. 4. Replace as required.

5. The Protective slave board is defective. 5. Replace as required.

NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Pressures Technical Investigation Procedure“ of
the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.

AIR IN BLOOD T0 FAILURE 385

Reason The T0 Test, related to the Air Detector sensor, has failed.

Machine • The Arterial and Venous pumps are stopped;


Actions • The Venous Line Clamp and the Infusion clamp are closed;
• The UF Rate is automatically set to zero;
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The T0 Test failed. 1. Press the RESET button to remove the


alarm.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the Air 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
Detector, PIB board, Motherboard, Blood replace as required.
and Protective slave board.

2. The Air Detector is defective. 2. Replace as required.

3. The PIB Board is defective. 3. Replace as required.

4. The Protective slave board is defective. 4. Replace as required.

5. The Blood slave board is defective. 5. Replace as required.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-185


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

SET VALUE OUT OF RANGE 395

Reason The set value is out of range.

Machine • None.
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. An attempt of setting an out of range value 1. In DIALYSIS: Perform a Fast Recovery


to a safety parameter has been made by procedure as described in the “Fast
the operator or by the machine itself. Recovery” section of the Operator’s
Manual.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. The Main Compact Flash is defective. 1. Replace as required.

2. The Main board is defective. 2. Replace as required.

TIMEOUT ON MESSAGES ACKNOWLEDGE 396

Reason A time-out occurred on the messages acknowledge.

Machine • None.
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. During normal behavior, possible temporary 1. In DIALYSIS: Perform a Fast Recovery


missing synchronization between the procedure as described in the “Fast
Protective System and the Main Board Recovery” section of the Operator’s
occurs. Manual.
In ADR: Switch the machine OFF, wait at
least five seconds, switch it ON again and
repeat the disinfection/rinse procedure.
If the alarm persists, take note of the alarm
code, switch the machine OFF and call for
Service.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. The Protective slave board is defective. 1. Replace as required.

2. The Main board is defective. 2. Replace as required.

9-186 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

NA OR BIC SETTINGS RESULT IN CONDUCTIVITY OUT OF RANGE 401

Reason The Sodium or Bicarbonate Settings result in conductivity out of range.

Machine • The machine continues the treatment with the previous conductivity set;
Actions • The new set conductivity is not stored in the machine memory.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. One of the formula input (Na set, HCO3 set, 1. Change the value of the formula input.
Concentrate set) causes the results out of
range.

NOTE
The use of liquid Bicarbonate concentrate is not currently available.

ULTRAFILTER REPLACEMENT REMINDER 402

Reason The machine notifies that the ultrafilters should be replaced.

Machine • None.
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The ultrafilters should be replaced. 1. Press the CONFIRM button to remove the
alarm.
If needed, replace the ultrafilters with new
ones (Refer to the Section “Ultrafilter
Change Procedure” of the Operator’s
Manual).

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-187


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

INCORRECT GREEN CONCENTRATE CONNECTOR POSITION 404

Reason The Green Concentrate Connector is in the wrong position, for the treatment type
set, or is not fully inserted into its Concentrate Connector Port.

Machine In DIALYSIS:
Actions • The phase currently running stops;
• The concentrate pumps are stopped;
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass and the infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

In ADR:
• The phase currently running stops;
• All the pumps are stopped.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Green Concentrate Connector is not 1. In AFB K treatments:


connected to its Safebag Connector. Verify that the Green Concentrate
Connector is connected to its Safebag
Connector.

2. The Green Concentrate Connector is not 2. In ADR and all the other treatments:
fully inserted in its Concentrate Connector Verify that the Green Concentrate
Port. Connector is securely connected to its
Concentrate Connector Port.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the SWAFB 1. Verify the “SWAFB” parameter value
switch, Motherboard and Hydraulic slave displayed in the Page 1 of the Service Data
board. screen.
With the opening and closing of the Green
Concentrate Connector, the state of the
“SWAFB” value (Open/Closed) must
change.
Clean repair or replace as required.

2. The microswitch SWAFB is defective. 2. Replace as required.

3. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 3. Replace as required.

9-188 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

PS OUT OF ORDER 410

Reason The encoder on the PS does not indicate the proper response to the command to
run the PS, thus indicating a malfunction.

Machine • All the hydraulic pumps are stopped;


Actions • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The Infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. In DIALYSIS: failure of the command that 1. Perform a Fast Recovery procedure as


drives the PS Pump. described in the “Fast Recovery” section of
the Operator’s Manual.

2. In ADR: failure of the command that drives 2. Switch the machine OFF, wait at least five
the PS Pump. seconds, switch it ON again and repeat the
disinfection/rinse procedure.
If the alarm persists, take note of the alarm
code, switch the machine OFF and call for
Service.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the PS 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or


concentrate pump drive board, replace as required.
Motherboard and Hydraulic slave board.

2. The PS concentrate pump drive board or 2. Verify the PS pump encoder parameter
the encoder on PS pump is defective. value displayed in the Page 1 of the Service
Data screen.
The PS concentrate pump drive board or
the pump encoder may be defective if the
motor is turning.
Repair or replace as required.

3. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 3. Repair or replace as required.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-189


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

INCORRECT SELECTBAG HOLDER ARM POSITION 411

Reason The Select Bag holder is in the wrong position.

Machine In DIALYSIS:
Actions • All the hydraulic pumps are stopped;
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The Infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.
In ADR:
• The phase currently running stops;
• All the pumps are stopped.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Select Bag holder is in the wrong 1. Check the position of the Select Bag holder.
position.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the SWSeK1 1. Clean repair or replace as required.


or SWSeK2 SelectBag holder switch,
Motherboard and Hydraulic slave board.

2. The SWSeK1 or SWSeK2 SelectBag holder 2. Replace as required.


switch is defective.

VENOUS FLOW MINIMUM 412

Reason The venous blood flow is lower than the expected set value.

Machine In HD-SN treatments:


Actions • The Arterial and Venous pumps are stopped;
• The UF Rate is automatically set to zero;
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The Venous Line Clamp and the Infusion clamp are closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Venous Pump speed is different from 1. Press the RESET button to restart the
the set value. Venous Pump.

VENOUS FLOW MAXIMUM 413

Reason The venous blood flow is greater than the expected set value.

Machine In HD-SN treatments:


Actions • The Arterial and Venous pumps are stopped;
• The UF Rate is automatically set to zero;
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The Venous Line Clamp and the Infusion clamp are closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Venous Pump speed is different from 1. Press the RESET button to restart the
the set value. Venous Pump.

9-190 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

NO POWER - USING BATTERY BACKUP 415

Reason A power failure occurred and therefore the battery back-up is used.

Machine • The phase currently running stops;


Actions • All the pumps are stopped.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. Interruption of the AC supply voltage in 1. Switch the machine OFF.


DIALYSIS, during the Dialysis fluid
preparation until Patient Connection.

2. Interruption of the AC supply voltage in 2. Press the CONFIRM button.


DIALYSIS, during the treatment. Perform RINSEBACK to return the blood to
the patient and then switch the machine OFF.

3. Interruption of the AC supply voltage in 3. Switch the machine OFF.


DIALYSIS, before the patient connection or
after the patient disconnection.

LEFT BLUE EVACLEAN DOOR INCORRECT POSITION 416

Reason The Left Blue EvaClean door position is wrong.

Machine In DIALYSIS:
Actions • The infusion flow is interrupted;
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

In ADR:
• The phase currently running stops;
• All the pumps are stopped.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Left Blue EvaClean door is open when 1. Verify that the door is closed.
it should be closed.

2. The Left Blue EvaClean door is closed 2. Verify that the door is OPEN.
when it should be OPEN.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the Left Blue 1. Verify the “SWCON1” parameter value
SWCON1 EvaClean1 connector door displayed in the Page 1 of the Service Data
switch, Motherboard and Hydraulic board. screen.
With the opening and closing of the Left Blue
EvaClean door, the state of the “SWCON1”
value (Open/Closed) must change.
Clean, repair or replace as required.

2. The EvaClean door magnetic sensor is 2. Replace the EvaClean door magnetic
defective. sensor.

3. The SWCON1 Left Blue EvaClean1 3. Replace as required.


connector door switch is defective.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-191


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Possible Cause (Service) (Continued) Suggested Action (Service) (Continued)

4. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 4. Replace as required.

RIGHT RED EVACLEAN DOOR INCORRECT POSITION 417

Reason The Right Red EvaClean door position is wrong.

Machine In DIALYSIS:
Actions • The infusion flow is interrupted;
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

In ADR:
• The phase currently running stops;
• All the pumps are stopped.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Right Red EvaClean door is open when 1. Verify that the door is closed.
it should be closed.

2. The Right Red EvaClean door is closed 2. Verify that the door is OPEN.
when it should be OPEN.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the Right 1. Verify the “SWCON2” parameter value
Red EvaClean connector door switch, displayed in the Page 1 of the Service Data
Motherboard and Hydraulic board. screen.
With the opening and closing of the Right
Red EvaClean door, the state of the
“SWCON2” value (Open/Closed) must
change.
Clean, repair or replace as required.

2. The EvaClean door magnetic sensor is 2. Replace EvaClean door magnetic sensor.
defective.

3. The Right Red EvaClean connector door 3. Replace as required.


switch is defective.

4. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 4. Replace as required.

9-192 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

T1 TEST SN PRESSURE 418

Reason The acquired inlet pressure value is out of range respect to the set point.

Machine • None.
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The T1 test failed during preparation. 1. Press the RESET button.


Verify that the dialysis fluid connectors are
properly positioned to their bypass ports.
Repeat the dialysis fluid preparation.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. The T1T SN pressure sensor is out of 1. Perform a T1T SN pressure sensor


calibration. calibration as required.

2. Defective connection between the SN 2. Clean repair or replace as required.


pressure sensor, PIB board, Motherboard
and Protective slave board.

3. The SN pressure sensor is out of 3. Perform a SN pressure sensor calibration


calibration. as required.

4. The SN pressure sensor is damaged. 4. Replace as required.

5. The Protective slave board is defective. 5. Replace as required.

6. The PIB board is defective. 6. Replace as required.

T1 TEST ARTERIAL PUMP/ABD 419

Reason The acquired flow value is out of range respect to the set point.

Machine • None.
Actions • If the alarm condition persists after the preparation phase, it will not be possible
to start the treatment.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The T1 test failed during preparation. 1. Press the RESET button to remove the
alarm.
Perform an Extra Priming procedure.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the Air 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
Detector, Motherboard and Protective slave replace as required.
board.

2. Defective connection between the Air 2. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
Detector, PIB board, Motherboard and replace as required.
Blood slave board.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-193


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Possible Cause (Service) (Continued) Suggested Action (Service) (Continued)

3. Defective connection between the Arterial 3. Clean repair or replace as required.


or Venous Hall sensor board, Arterial Pump
board, Motherboard and Blood board.

4. The Air Detector is defective. 4. Replace as required.

5. The Arterial or Venous Hall sensor board is 5. Replace as required.


defective.

6. The Arterial pump rotor is defective. 6. Replace as required.

7. The Arterial or Venous pump is defective. 7. Replace as required.

8. The Blood slave board is defective. 8. Replace as required.

9. The PIB or Blood or Protective slave board 9. Replace as required.


is defective.

NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “T1 Technical Investigation Procedure“ of the
Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.

NOTE
This alarm appears also in case the Arterial Pump cover is OPEN and then closed while the
machine is performing the T1 Arterial Pump/ABD test. In this case, pressing the CONFIRM
button, the alarm message is removed but if the “Reset Prime” button is pressed, the priming
procedure gets stuck.
To restore the priming procedure, proceed as follows:
1. Open the Arterial Pump Cover;
2. Close the Arterial Pump Cover;
3. Press the “Auto-Prime” button to start again the priming procedure.

9-194 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

T1 TEST FLOW METERS 422

Reason The T1 test performed by the machine on the Protective Flow Meters has failed.

Machine • None.
Actions • If the alarm condition persists after the preparation phase, it will not be possible
to start the treatment.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. There are deposits or debris inside the 1. Perform a Descaling procedure


flowmeters of the machine. (Heat+CleanCart C, Peracetic, Low
Peracetic, Bacteriostatic Peracetic or
Bacteriostatic Low Peracetic).

2. The T1 test Flowmeter failed. 2. Press the RESET button and wait for the
new flowmeter test.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or


Protective flowmeters, Motherboard and replace as required.
Protective slave board.

2. There is a leak in the mass balance 2. Repair or replace as required.


hydraulic circuit.

3. The Protective flowmeters are defective. 3. Replace as required.

4. The Protective slave board is defective. 4. Replace as required.

5. Wrong flowmeters installation. 5. Verify that the Control and Protective


flowmeters have been correctly installed
(verify that are not inverted).

NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “T1 Technical Investigation Procedure“ of the
Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.

ULTRA DOOR INCORRECT POSITION 423

Reason The Ultra Door position is wrong.

Machine • In ADR: The phase currently running stops;


Actions All the pumps are stopped.

• In DIALYSIS: The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;


The infusion flow is interrupted;
The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Ultra Door is open when it should be 1. Verify that the door is closed.
closed.

2. The Ultra Door is closed when it should be 2. Verify that the door is OPEN.
OPEN.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-195


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the Ultra 1. Verify the “Online Door” parameter value
Door Hall sensor, Motherboard, Hydraulic displayed in the Page 2 of the Service Data
slave board and Blood slave board. screen.
With the opening and closing of the Ultra
Door, the state of the “Online Door” value
(Open/Closed) must change.
Clean, repair or replace as required.

2. The Ultra Door sensor is defective. 2. Replace Ultra Door sensor.

3. The Ultra Door Hall sensor is defective. 3. Replace as required.

4. The Blood slave board is defective. 4. Replace as required.

5. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 5. Replace as required.

SENSOR BAR DOOR OPEN 424

Reason The sensor detected that the Sensor Bar Door is open.

Machine • None.
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Sensor Bar Door is open when it should 1. Verify that the door is closed.
be closed.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the Sensor 1. Verify the “ABD Door” parameter value
Bar door Hall sensor, Motherboard and displayed in the Page 2 of the Service Data
Blood slave board. screen.
With the opening and closing of the Sensor
Bar door, the state of the “ABD Door” value
(Open/Closed) must change.
Clean, repair or replace as required.

2. The Sensor Bar door sensor is defective. 2. Replace the Sensor Bar door sensor.

3. The Sensor Bar door Hall sensor is 3. Replace as required.


defective.

4. The Blood slave board is defective. 4. Replace as required.

9-196 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

DIALYSIS FLUID FLOW TOO LOW 425

Reason The dialysis fluid flow is lower than the set value or than the minimum permitted
flow.

Machine • All the hydraulic pumps are stopped;


Actions • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The Infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. There are deposits or debris inside the 1. Press the RESET button.
flowmeters of the machine. Perform a Chemical Disinfection.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the LFD 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
Dialysis Fluid flow sensor, Motherboard and replace as required.
Hydraulic slave board.

2. The LFD Dialysis Fluid flow sensor is 2. Replace as required.


defective.

3. A tube may be disconnected or obstructed. 3. Check the correct water flow in the circuit.
Repair or replace as required.

4. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 4. Replace as required.

PWHO OUT OF ORDER 426

Reason The PWHO Pump is out of order.

Machine • All the hydraulic pumps are stopped;


Actions • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The Infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. In DIALYSIS: failure of the command that 1. Perform a Fast Recovery procedure as


drives the PWHO pump. described in the “Fast Recovery” section of
the Operator’s Manual.

2. In ADR: failure of the command that drives 2. Switch the machine OFF, wait at least five
the PWHO pump. seconds, switch it ON again and repeat the
disinfection/rinse procedure.
If the alarm persists, take note of the alarm
code, switch the machine OFF and call for
Service.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the PWHO 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
Pump, Motherboard and Hydraulic slave replace as required.
board.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-197


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Possible Cause (Service) (Continued) Suggested Action (Service) (Continued)

2. The PWHO Pump is defective. 2. Verify that the “PWho” parameter value
displayed in the Page 1 of the Service Data
screen is correct.
The PWHO pump board may be defective if
the motor is not turning.
Replace as required.

3. The PD pressure sensor is out of 3. Perform a PD pressure sensor calibration


calibration. as required.

4. The PD pressure sensor is defective. 4. Replace as required.

5. Defective connection between PD pressure 5. Verify the connections, clean, repair or


sensor, Motherboard and Hydraulic slave replace as required.
board.

6. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 6. Replace as required.

T1 TEST BLD 434

Reason The T1 test performed by the machine on the BLD sensor has failed or it has
exceeded the maximum allowed time for the execution.

Machine • >GENERAL SAFE STATE<


Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The T1 test on the Blood Leak Detector 1. Take note of the alarm code, switch the
(BLD) has failed. machine OFF and call for Service.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the Blood 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
Leak Detector (BLD), Motherboard and replace as required.
Protective slave board.

2. The Blood Leak Detector (BLD) is defective. 2. Replace as required.

3. The Protective slave board is defective. 3. Replace as required.

NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “T1 Technical Investigation Procedure“ of the
Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.

9-198 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

T1 TEST ACOUSTICAL BUZZER FAILED 438

Reason The acoustical buzzer T1 test failed.

Machine • None.
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The acoustical buzzer T1 test failed. 1. Press the CONFIRM button.

! WARNING
If both the Acustical Buzzer T1 Test and the Acustical Speaker T1 Test fail (both the auditory
signal sources are malfunctioning), a malfunction occurs so that it is not possible to use the Artis
Dialysis System. In this case, call for Service Technician.
If only one of the T1 Tests fails (only one of the auditory signal source is malfunctioning), it is the
operator’s responsibility to decide whether to proceed with the current treatment after having
checked that the machine is able to sound properly. Also in this case, call for Service Technician
to troubleshoot the problem as soon as possible.

T1 TEST CUT 24 VOLTS FAILED 440

Reason The T1 test performed by the machine on the Cut 24 Volts has failed.

Machine • >GENERAL SAFE STATE<


Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The T1 test on the Cut 24 Volt has failed. 1. Take note of the alarm code, switch the
machine OFF and call for Service.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. The Venous line clamp sensor is defective. 1. Replace as required.

2. Defective connection between the Venous 2. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
line clamp sensor, Venous clamp board, replace as required.
Motherboard and Protective slave board.

3. The Venous clamp board is defective. 3. Replace as required.

4. The Protective slave board is defective. 4. Replace as required.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-199


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

T1 TEST VENOUS CLAMP 441

Reason The T1 test performed by the machine on the Venous Line Clamp has failed.

Machine • >GENERAL SAFE STATE<


Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The T1 test Venous Line Clamp has failed. 1. Take note of the alarm code, switch the
machine OFF and call for Service.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the Venous 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
clamp board, Motherboard and Protective replace as required.
slave board.

2. The Venous line clamp sensor is defective. 2. Replace as required.

3. The Venous clamp board is defective. 3. Replace as required.

4. The Protective slave board is defective. 4. Replace as required.

T1 TEST VALVES COMMAND FAILED 442

Reason The T1 test performed by the machine on the Valves command has failed.

Machine • >GENERAL SAFE STATE<


Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The T1 test Valves has failed. 1. Take note of the alarm code, switch the
machine OFF and call for Service.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. The Protective slave board is defective. 1. Replace as required.

ULTRAFILTRATION SUSPENDED 443

Reason The UF button has been deselected during treatment.

Machine • None.
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. During treatment the operator has 1. Press the RESET button to remove the
deselected the UF button (the machine alarm message (pay attention that UF
doesn't apply UF for six consecutive doesn't restart automatically).
minutes, so a alarm message will be
displayed).

9-200 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

T1 TEST TEMPERATURE FAILED 444

Reason The T1 test performed by the machine on the Temperature has failed.

Machine • None.
Actions • If the alarm condition persists after the preparation phase, it will not be possible
to start the treatment.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The T1 test Temperature failed. 1. Press the RESET button and wait the
machine to perform another Temperature
test.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the TP 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or


Heater temperature sensor, Motherboard replace as required.
and Hydraulic slave board.

2. Defective connection between the TcA Acid 2. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
temperature sensor board, Hydraulic I2C replace as required.
board, Motherboard and Hydraulic slave
board.

3. Defective connection between the TP 3. Verify the connections, clean, repair or


Heater temperature sensor board, replace as required.
Protective I2C board, Motherboard and
Protective slave board.

4. The TP, Tp or TcA temperature sensor is out 4. Perform a TP, Tp or Tca temperature sensor
of calibration. calibration as required.

5. The TP, Tp or TcA temperature sensor is 5. Replace as required.


defective.

6. The Over Temperature board, Opto Triac or 6. Replace as required.


Heater is defective if the temperature
doesn't reach the correct set point.

7. The Hydraulic or Protective slave board is 7. Replace as required.


defective.

NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “T1 Technical Investigation Procedure“ of the
Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-201


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

T1 TEST CONDUCTIVITY CELLS FAILED 445

Reason The T1 test performed by the machine on the Conductivity cells has failed.

Machine • None.
Actions • If the alarm condition persists after the preparation phase, it will not be possible
to start the treatment.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The T1 test Conductivity failed. 1. Press the RESET button and wait the
machine to perform another Conductivity
test.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between ΓcB or ΓcA 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
conductivity cell, Hydraulic I2C Board, replace as required.
Motherboard and Hydraulic slave board.

2. Defective connection between ΓpSe or Γp 2. Verify the connections, clean, repair or


conductivity cell, Protective I2C Board, replace as required.
Motherboard and Protective slave board.

3. The Acid/Bicarbonate pick-up tube is kinked 3. Replace or repair as required.


or has a leak.

4. The PB, PA or PSe pump is defective. 4. Repair or replace as required.

5. A conductivity cell is not properly calibrated 5. Calibrate or replace as required.


or is defective.

6. The Hydraulic or Protective I2C board is 6. Replace as required.


defective.

7. The Hydraulic or Protective slave board is 7. Replace as required.


defective.

NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “T1 Technical Investigation Procedure“ of the
Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.

9-202 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

T1 TEST VENOUS PRESSURE 446

Reason The T1 test performed by the machine on the Venous pressure has failed.

Machine • None.
Actions • If the alarm condition persists after the preparation phase, it will not be possible
to start the treatment.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The T1 test Venous pressure failed. 1. Press the RESET button and perform
unload/load cassette for a new Venous
pressure test.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. The T1T Venous pressure sensor is out of 1. Perform a T1T Venous pressure sensor
calibration. calibration as required.

2. Defective connection between the Venous 2. Clean repair or replace as required.


pressure sensor, PIB board, Motherboard
and Protective slave board.

3. The Venous pressure sensor is out of 3. Perform a Venous pressure sensor


calibration. calibration as required.

4. The Venous pressure sensor is damaged. 4. Replace as required.

5. The Protective slave board is defective. 5. Replace as required.

6. The PIB board is defective. 6. Replace as required.

NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “T1 Technical Investigation Procedure“ of the
Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-203


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

T1 TEST ARTERIAL PRESSURE 447

Reason The T1 test performed by the machine on the Arterial pressure has failed.

Machine • None.
Actions • If the alarm condition persists after the preparation phase, it will not be possible
to start the treatment.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The T1 test Arterial pressure failed. 1. Press the RESET button and perform
unload/load cassette for a new Arterial
pressure test.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. The T1T Arterial pressure sensor is out of 1. Perform a T1T Arterial pressure sensor
calibration. calibration as required.

2. Defective connection between the Arterial 2. Clean repair or replace as required.


pressure sensor, PIB board, Motherboard
and Protective slave board.

3. The Arterial pressure sensor is out of 3. Perform a Arterial pressure sensor


calibration. calibration as required.

4. The Arterial pressure sensor is damaged. 4. Replace as required.

5. The Protective slave board is defective. 5. Replace as required.

6. The PIB board is defective. 6. Replace as required.

NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “T1 Technical Investigation Procedure“ of the
Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.

9-204 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

COMMUNICATION PROTECTIVE COND. CELL STOPPED 449

Reason The communication between the Protective System and the conductivity cell Γp
has failed.

Machine • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;


Actions • The Infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. Temporary problem. 1. Press the RESET button to remove the


alarm.
If the problem persists, disconnect the
patient.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the Γp 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or


conductivity cell board, Protective I2C replace as required.
board, Motherboard and Protective slave
board.

2. The Γp conductivity cell board is defective. 2. Replace as required.

3. The Protective I2C board is defective. 3. Replace as required.

4. The Protective slave board is defective. 4. Replace as required.

COMMUNICATION SELECT COND. CELL STOPPED 450

Reason The communication between the Protective System and the conductivity cell
ΓpSe has failed.

Machine • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;


Actions • The Infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. Temporary problem. 1. Press the RESET button to remove the


alarm.
If the problem persists, disconnect the
patient.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the ΓpSe 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
conductivity cell board, Protective I2C replace as required.
board, Motherboard and Protective slave
board.

2. The ΓpSe conductivity cell board is 2. Replace as required.


defective.

3. The Protective I2C board is defective. 3. Replace as required.

4. The Protective slave board is defective. 4. Replace as required.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-205


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

T1 TEST ACOUSTIC SPEAKER 451

Reason The T1 Test related to the Acoustic Speaker is failed.

Machine • Acoustic Buzzer is active.


Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. Acoustic Speaker is defective. 1. Press the CONFIRM button to remove the


alarm.

! WARNING
If both the Acustical Buzzer T1 Test and the Acustical Speaker T1 Test fail (both the auditory
signal sources are malfunctioning), a malfunction occurs so that it is not possible to use the Artis
Dialysis System. In this case, call for Service Technician.
If only one of the T1 Tests fails (only one of the auditory signal source is malfunctioning), it is the
operator’s responsibility to decide whether to proceed with the current treatment after having
checked that the machine is able to sound properly. Also in this case, call for Service Technician
to troubleshoot the problem as soon as possible.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Acoustic Speaker is defective. 1. Repair or replace as required.

PDR PRESSURE HIGH 452

Reason The pressure of the dialysis fluid that is going to the drain, measured by the PD
pressure sensor, is higher than the permitted value.

Machine • All the hydraulic pumps are stopped;


Actions • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The Infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. Temporary problem. 1. Press the RESET button to remove the


alarm.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the PD 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or


pressure sensor, Motherboard and replace as required.
Hydraulic slave board.

2. The PD pressure sensor is out of 2. Perform PD pressure sensor calibration as


calibration. required.

3. The PD pressure sensor is defective. 3. Replace as required.

9-206 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

Possible Cause (Service) (Continued) Suggested Action (Service) (Continued)

4. The PWHO pump may be defective or 4. Check the correct working of the PWHO
disconnected. pump.
Clean, repair or replace as required.

5. The EVDRAIN valve may be defective or 5. Check the correct working of the EVDRAIN
disconnected. valve.
Clean, repair or replace as required.

6. The drain tube is obstructed. 6. Clean, repair or replace as required.

7. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 7. Replace as required.

PDR PRESSURE LOW 453

Reason The pressure of the dialysis fluid that is going to the drain, measured by the PD
pressure sensor, is lower than the permitted value.

Machine • All the hydraulic pumps are stopped;


Actions • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The Infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. Temporary problem. 1. Press the RESET button to remove the


alarm.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the PD 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or


pressure sensor, Motherboard and replace as required.
Hydraulic slave board.

2. The PD pressure sensor is out of 2. Perform PD pressure sensor calibration as


calibration. required.

3. The PD pressure sensor is defective. 3. Replace as required.

4. The PWHO pump may be defective or 4. Check the correct working of the PWHO
disconnected. pump.
Clean, repair or replace as required.

5. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 5. Replace as required.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-207


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

INSERT THE HEMOSCAN CUVETTE 454

Reason The Hemoscan Cuvette is not inserted into the Sensor Bar door.

Machine • The appearance of the Auto-Prime Action button has been delayed.
Actions • None.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The cassette is loaded and the Sensor Bar 1. Insert the Arterial Patient Line with the
door is open and/or the cuvette is not Hemoscan cuvette into the Sensor Bar.
present. Firmly close the Sensor Bar door.

2. The Hemoscan cuvette is not present on the 2. Deactivate first the Hemocontrol function
Blood Tubing System used. (when activated) and then the Hemoscan
function.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the Line 1. Verify the “Blood Pres“ parameter value
presence sensor, Hemoscan sensor, displayed in the Page 1 of the Service Data
Motherboard and Protective slave board. screen.
By pressing the Hemoscan switch, the state
of the “Blood Pres“ value (On/Off) must
change.
Clean, repair or replace as required.

2. The Line presence sensor or the Hemoscan 2. Replace as required.


sensor is defective.

3. The Protective slave board is defective. 3. Replace as required.

NOTE
The Hemoscan system can be used only with a specific Blood Tubing System equipped
with a Hemoscan cuvette.
Refer to the “ Chapter 16: Specifications” of this manual for the list of Blood Tubing
Systems equipped with Hemoscan cuvette.
Use of different Blood Tubing Systems can cause alarms or wrong measurements of
Hemoscan Monitoring System due to differences in the characteristic of the line
(materials, geometry and so on).

9-208 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

ARTERIAL PRESSURE HIGH 457

Reason The measured arterial pressure is above the maximum arterial treatment limit.

Machine • The Arterial and the Venous Pumps are stopped;


Actions • The Venous Line Clamp and the Infusion clamp are closed;
• The UF Rate is automatically set to zero;
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The alarm limits are OPEN for both arterial and venous pressure.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Arterial Patient Line may have become 1. Carefully check the Cassette connections
disconnected from the patient. and the Patient’s Vascular Access.
When the pressure stabilizes, select the
alarm in the Alarm/Information Message
Area and press the RESET button to restart
the Arterial Pump.

2. The Arterial Pump speed is too low. 2. Consider increasing the blood flow if this
operation is not in disagreement with the
patient prescription.
When the pressure stabilizes, select the
alarm in the Alarm/Information Message
Area and press the RESET button to restart
the Arterial Pump.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the Arterial 1. Clean repair or replace as required.


pressure sensor, PIB board, Motherboard
or the Protective slave board.

2. The Arterial pressure sensor is out of 2. Perform an Arterial pressure sensor


calibration. calibration as required.

3. The Arterial pressure sensor is damaged. 3. Replace as required.

4. The Protective slave board is defective. 4. Replace as required.

5. The PIB Board is defective. 5. Replace as required.

NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Pressures Technical Investigation Procedure“ of
the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-209


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

VENOUS PRESSURE BELOW TREATMENT MIN. LIMIT 459

Reason The measured venous pressure is below the minimum venous treatment limit.

Machine • The Arterial and the Venous Pumps are stopped;


Actions • The Venous Line Clamp and the Infusion clamp are closed;
• The UF Rate is automatically set to zero;
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The alarm limits are OPEN for both arterial and venous pressure.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. Restriction of blood flow to the Patient’s 1. Carefully check the Blood Cassette
Vascular Access or in the Venous Patient connections and assess the Patient’s
Line. Vascular Access.
Check for restrictions, such as:
• kinks in the Venous Patient Line;
• closed clamps;
• clotted venous needle.
If necessary decrease the blood flow per
clinical policy.
When the pressure stabilizes, select the
alarm in the Alarm/Information Message
Area and press the RESET button to restart
the Arterial Pump.

2. The venous pressure has decreased 2. Attention should be given to the revaluation
somewhat during a treatment due to of the needle size, the blood flow rate and
hemoconcentration and/or inadequate the heparin dosage;
heparin delivery to the patient, resulting in a When the pressure stabilizes, select the
pressure decrease for a given needle at a alarm in the Alarm/Information Message
fixed blood flow rate. Area and press the RESET button to restart
the Arterial Pump.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the Venous 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
pressure sensor, PIB board, Motherboard replace as required.
and Protective board.

2. The Venous pressure sensor is out of 2. Check the “Ven. Pressure” parameter value
calibration. in the Page 1 of the Service Data screen.
Perform a Venous pressure sensor
calibration as required.

3. The Venous pressure sensor is defective. 3. Replace as required.

4. The PIB board is defective. 4. Replace as required.

5. The Protective slave board is defective. 5. Replace as required.

NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Pressures Technical Investigation Procedure“ of
the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.

9-210 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

AIR COMPRESSOR FAILURE 466

Reason A malfunction occurred on the air compressor and it cannot be used further.

Machine • >GENERAL SAFE STATE<


Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. A malfunction occurred on the Air 1. Perform a Fast Recovery procedure as


Compressor. described in the “Fast Recovery” section of
the Operator’s Manual.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the Air 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
compressor board, Motherboard and Blood replace as required.
slave board.

2. There is a leak in the air circuit. 2. Repair or replace as required.

3. The air compressor pump is defective. 3. Repair or replace as required.

4. The Blood slave board is defective. 4. Repair or replace as required.

LEAKAGES TEST (A) FAILURE 467

Reason Failure of the leakages test on the PO, PFS, PD pressure sensors: pressure
sensor out of calibration.

Machine • The phase currently running stops;


Actions • All the pumps are stopped.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Red and Blue Dialysis Fluid Tubes are 1. Verify that the Red and Blue Dialysis Fluid
not properly connected. Tubes are properly connected.
Press the RESET button to repeat the
leakages test.

2. Venous and/or Arterial Dialyzer Lines are 2. Verify that the Venous and Arterial Dialyzer
not properly connected. Lines are properly connected.
Press the RESET button to repeat the
leakages tests.

3. Infusion and/or Service Line clamps are 3. Verify that the Infusion and Service Line
open. clamps are securely closed.
Press the RESET button to repeat the
leakages tests.

4. In case the Ultra Cassette is installed and 4. Verify the Ultra Inlet Line is properly
the Ultra Inlet Line is connected to the Ultra connected to the Ultra port.
port, the Ultra Inlet Line is not properly Press the RESET button to repeat the
connected. leakages tests.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-211


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

5. The Venous and Arterial Patient Lines are 5. Verify that the Venous and Arterial Patient
not properly connected to the EvaClean Lines are properly connected.
ports. Press the RESET button to repeat the
leakages tests.

6. The priming connectors are not properly 6. Verify that the priming connectors are fully
connected to the patient lines or to the inserted into the patient lines. Verify that the
EvaClean ports. priming connectors are properly connected
to the EvaClean ports.
Press the RESET button to repeat the
leakages tests.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. The pressure inside the main circuit is not 1. Perform a PO, PFS or PD pressure sensor
the same among the PO, PFS and PD calibration as required.
pressure sensors
The PO, PFS or PD pressure reducer is out
of calibration.

2. One of the three pressure transducers is out 2. Check the correct working of all the
of calibration. pressure transducers.
Clean, repair, replace or calibrate as
required.

3. The EVA or EVDRAIN valve leaks. 3. Replace as required.

NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “T1 Technical Investigation Procedure“ of the
Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.

LEAKAGES TEST (B) FAILURE 468

Reason Failure of the leakages test on the R1 pressure regulator: pressure regulator out of
calibration.

Machine • The phase currently running stops;


Actions • All the pumps are stopped.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Red and Blue Dialysis Fluid Tubes are 1. Verify that the Red and Blue Dialysis Fluid
not properly connected. Tubes are properly connected.
Press the RESET button to repeat the
leakages test.

2. Venous and/or Arterial Dialyzer Lines are 2. Verify that the Venous and Arterial Dialyzer
not properly connected. Lines are properly connected.
Press the RESET button to repeat the
leakages tests.

9-212 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

3. Infusion and/or Service Line clamps are 3. Verify that the Infusion and Service Line
open. clamps are securely closed.
Press the RESET button to repeat the
leakages tests.

4. In case the Ultra Cassette is installed and 4. Verify the Ultra Inlet Line is properly
the Ultra Inlet Line is connected to the Ultra connected to the Ultra port.
port, the Ultra Inlet Line is not properly Press the RESET button to repeat the
connected. leakages tests.

5. The Venous and Arterial Patient Lines are 5. Verify that the Venous and Arterial Patient
not properly connected to the EvaClean Lines are properly connected.
ports. Press the RESET button to repeat the
leakages tests.

6. The priming connectors are not properly 6. Verify that the priming connectors are fully
connected to the patient lines or to the inserted into the patient lines. Verify that the
EvaClean ports. priming connectors are properly connected
to the EvaClean ports.
Press the RESET button to repeat the
leakages tests.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. The pressure inside the Main Hydraulic 1. Perform a R1 pressure reducer calibration.
circuit has not reached the desired value.
The R1 pressure reducer is out of
calibration.

2. One of the five pressure transducers is out 2. Check the correct working of all the
of calibration. pressure transducers.
Clean, repair, replace or calibrate as
required.

3. The EVA or EVDRAIN valve leaks. 3. Replace as required.

NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “T1 Technical Investigation Procedure“ of the
Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.

LEAKAGES TEST (C) FAILURE 469

Reason Failure of the leakages test on the PDrain, PFS or PO pressure sensors: pressure
failure.

Machine • The phase currently running stops;


Actions • All the pumps are stopped.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-213


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

1. The Red and Blue Dialysis Fluid Tubes are 1. Verify that the Red and Blue Dialysis Fluid
not properly connected. Tubes are properly connected.
Press the RESET button to repeat the
leakages test.

2. Venous and/or Arterial Dialyzer Lines are 2. Verify that the Venous and Arterial Dialyzer
not properly connected. Lines are properly connected.
Press the RESET button to repeat the
leakages tests.

3. Infusion and/or Service Line clamps are 3. Verify that the Infusion and Service Line
open. clamps are securely closed.
Press the RESET button to repeat the
leakages tests.

4. In case the Ultra Cassette is installed and 4. Verify the Ultra Inlet Line is properly
the Ultra Inlet Line is connected to the Ultra connected to the Ultra port.
port, the Ultra Inlet Line is not properly Press the RESET button to repeat the
connected. leakages tests.

5. The Venous and Arterial Patient Lines are 5. Verify that the Venous and Arterial Patient
not properly connected to the EvaClean Lines are properly connected.
ports. Press the RESET button to repeat the
leakages tests.

6. The priming connectors are not properly 6. Verify that the priming connectors are fully
connected to the patient lines or to the inserted into the patient lines. Verify that the
EvaClean ports. priming connectors are properly connected
to the EvaClean ports.
Press the RESET button to repeat the
leakages tests.

9-214 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. The EVA, EVDRAIN, EVH2O valve leaks. 1. Replace as required.

2. Defective connection between the Main flow 2. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
tube, air evacuation tube and flushing tube. replace as required.

3. The EVDS1 valve leaks. 3. Verify and replace as required.

NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “T1 Technical Investigation Procedure“ of the
Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.

LEAKAGES TEST (D) FAILURE 470

Reason Failure of the leakages test on the PO, PFS and PD pressure sensors: negative
calibration of pressure sensor.

Machine • The phase currently running stops;


Actions • All the pumps are stopped.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Red and Blue Dialysis Fluid Tubes are 1. Verify that the Red and Blue Dialysis Fluid
not properly connected. Tubes are properly connected.
Press the RESET button to repeat the
leakages test.

2. Venous and/or Arterial Dialyzer Lines are 2. Verify that the Venous and Arterial Dialyzer
not properly connected. Lines are properly connected.
Press the RESET button to repeat the
leakages tests.

3. Infusion and/or Service Line clamps are 3. Verify that the Infusion and Service Line
open. clamps are securely closed.
Press the RESET button to repeat the
leakages tests.

4. In case the Ultra Cassette is installed and 4. Verify the Ultra Inlet Line is properly
the Ultra Inlet Line is connected to the Ultra connected to the Ultra port.
port, the Ultra Inlet Line is not properly Press the RESET button to repeat the
connected. leakages tests.

5. The Venous and Arterial Patient Lines are 5. Verify that the Venous and Arterial Patient
not properly connected to the EvaClean Lines are properly connected.
ports. Press the RESET button to repeat the
leakages tests.

6. The priming connectors are not properly 6. Verify that the priming connectors are fully
connected to the patient lines or to the inserted into the patient lines. Verify that the
EvaClean ports. priming connectors are properly connected
to the EvaClean ports.
Press the RESET button to repeat the
leakages tests.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-215


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. The PD, PDG or PO pressure sensor is out 1. Perform a PD, PDG or PO pressure sensor
of calibration. calibration.

2. The EVA, EVDRAIN, EVH2O valve leaks. 2. Replace as required.

3. The PWHO is defective. 3. Replace as required.

NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “T1 Technical Investigation Procedure“ of the
Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.

HEMOSCAN AUTOCALIBRATION FAILURE 473

Reason Failure of the Hemoscan Autocalibration.

Machine • None.
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. Problem in the calculated coefficients in the 1. Deactivate the Hemoscan.


autocalibration process of the Hemoscan.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between Hgb sensor 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
and Bioslave board. replace as required.

2. The Hgb sensor is defective. 2. Replace as required.

3. The Bioslave board is defective. 3. Replace as required.

9-216 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

PREPARATION NOT COMPLETED - INCORRECT CONDITION ON D1 FLOW RATE 474

Reason During preparation, the flow of the D1Control Flowmeter is not stable.

Machine • None.
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. Massive air in the hydraulic circuit. 1. Check that all the connectors are inserted in
the machine. Then press the RESET
button.

2. Probable tubing popping upstream the D1 2. Switch off the machine.


Control Flowmeter.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. The dialysis flow is not stable. 1. Replace as required.


The P1 pump assembly may not work
properly.

2. Defective connection between the P1 pump 2. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
assembly, Motherboard and Hydraulic slave replace as required.
board.

3. Massive air in hydraulic flow path. Verify 3. Repair or replace as required.


that there is no air in the hydraulic flow path
and that the BT1 bubble trap is deaerating
correctly.

NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Mass Balance Technical Investigation Procedure“
of the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-217


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

PREPARATION NOT COMPLETED - INCORRECT CONDITION ON TCA 475

Reason During preparation, the flow of the TcA Control Sensor is not stable.

Machine • None.
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. Probable drift of the Tp or TcA temperature 1. Press the RESET button. If the problem
sensor. persist, switch off the machine and call for
service.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. The TcA temperature sensor is out of 1. Perform the TcA temperature sensor
calibration. calibration.

2. The ΓA conductivity cell is defective. 2. Replace as required.

3. The Heater is defective. 3. Replace as required.

4. Defective connection between the ΓA 4. Verify the connections, clean, repair or


conductivity cell board, Motherboard and replace as required.
Hydraulic slave board.

PREPARATION NOT COMPLETED - INCORRECT CONDITION ON ACID/AFB


DISTRIBUTION 476

Reason The dialysis fluid can not reach the condition required on the final stage of the
dialysis fluid preparation.

Machine • None.
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. Massive air leak from the Red Concentrate 1. Check the Red Concentrate Connector.
Connector. Press the RESET button.

2. Massive air leak from the Green 2. Check the Green Concentrate Connector.
Concentrate Connector. Press the RESET button.

3. The Green Concentrate Connector is not 3. Check that the Green Concentrate
connected to its Safebag Connector or the Connector is properly connected to its
frangible pin of the Safebag - AFB Safebag Connector.
Compartment has not been broken. Verify that the frangible pin of the Safebag -
AFB Compartment has been broken.
Press the RESET button.

9-218 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. There is an air leakage into the Red 1. Repair or replace as required.


Concentrate Connector or a tube is kinked.

2. There is an air leakage into the Green 2. Repair or replace as required.


Concentrate Connector or a tube is kinked.

3. The PA pump is defective. 3. Replace as required.

4. Defective connection between the PA 4. Repair or replace as required.


pump, Motherboard and Hydraulic slave
board.

5. Defective connection between the PA 5. Repair or replace as required.


pump, Motherboard and Protective slave
board.

6. The ΓcA conductivity cell is defective 6. Replace as required.

NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Conductivity Technical Investigation Procedure“ of
the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.

PREPARATION NOT COMPLETED - INCORRECT CONDITION ON BICARBONATE/AFB


DISTRIBUTION 477

Reason The dialysis fluid can not reach the condition required on the first stage of the
dialysis fluid preparation.

Machine • None.
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. Massive air leak from the Blue Concentrate 1. Check the Blue Concentrate Connector.
Connector. Press the RESET button.

2. The Blue Concentrate Connector is not 2. Check that the Blue Concentrate Connector
connected to its Safebag Connector or the is properly connected to its Safebag
frangible pin of the Safebag - K Connector.
Compartment has not been broken. Verify that the frangible pin of the Safebag -
K Compartment has been broken.
Press the RESET button.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. There is an air leakage into the Blue 1. Repair or replace as required.


Concentrate Connector or a tube is kinked.

2. The PB pump is defective. 2. Replace as required.

3. Defective connection between the PB 3. Repair or replace as required.


pump, Motherboard and Hydraulic slave
board.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-219


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Possible Cause (Service) (Continued) Suggested Action (Service) (Continued)

4. Defective connection between the PB 4. Repair or replace as required.


pump, Motherboard and Protective slave
board.

5. The ΓcB conductivity cell is defective. 5. Replace as required.

NOTE
The use of liquid Bicarbonate concentrate is not currently available.

PREPARATION NOT COMPLETED - INCORRECT CONDITION ON SELECT DISTRIBUTION


478

Reason The dialysis fluid cannot reach the required conductivity after the mixing with the
SelectBag.

Machine • None.
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. Massive air leak from the SelectBag 1. Check that the SelectBag container is
container. properly installed in its holder.
Then press the RESET button.

2. The type of SelectBag that has been set 2. Ensure that the proper SelectBag has been
does not match with the installed one. installed and that the proper type of
SelectBag has been set.
Then press the RESET button.

9-220 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

REMINDER - STILL IN ISOLATED UF 479

Reason Isolated UF process has not been deactivated more than 2 minutes after the
"Isolated UF Time" has expired.

Machine • The UF Rate is automatically set to zero;


Actions • The dialysis fluid goes into bypass;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. Isolated UF process has not been 1. Press the RESET button of the “Reminder -
deactivated more than 2 minutes after the Still in Isolated UF (#479)” alarm.
"Isolated UF Time" has expired or the
“Isolated UF Volume” has been reached.

PRSS START UP MESSAGE MISSING 480

Reason The Protective System Start up message is missing.

Machine • None.
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. At the machine start up there is a missing 1. Switch the machine OFF, wait at least five
synchronization between the Protective seconds and switch it ON again.
System and the Main Board. If the alarm persists, take note of the alarm
code, switch the machine OFF and call for
Service.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. The Protective slave board is defective. 1. Repair or replace as required.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-221


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

FLOWMETERS ALIGNMENT TIMEOUT 484

Reason The periodical alignment between the flowmeters has not been performed.

Machine • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;


Actions • The infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. Flowmeter alignment problem. 1. Perform a Fast Recovery procedure as


described in the “Fast Recovery” section of
the Operator’s Manual.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the D1C and 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
D2C Control flowmeters, Motherboard and replace as required.
Hydraulic slave board.

2. Defective connection between the 2. Verify the connections, clean, repair or


Protective flowmeters, Motherboard and replace as required.
Protective slave board.

3. The Control or Protective flowmeters are 3. Replace as required.


defective.

4. The Protective slave board is defective. 4. Replace as required.

5. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 5. Replace as required.

NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Mass Balance Technical Investigation Procedure“
of the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.

9-222 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

T1 TEST FPGA FAILED 485

Reason The T1 test performed by the machine on the FPGA component has failed.

Machine • <GENERAL SAFE STATE>


Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The T1 test on the FPGA component has 1. Take note of the alarm code, switch the
failed. machine OFF and call for Service.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. The Protective slave board is defective. 1. Replace as required.

2. The T1 test on the FPGA component has 2. Check the connection of the FPGA device.
failed. Repair or replace as required the defective
FPGA component or component
connection.

SELECT PUMP FAILURE 486

Reason The Select pump does not respond to commands.

Machine • The concentrate pumps are stopped;


Actions • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Select pump failed. 1. Perform a Fast Recovery procedure as


described in the “Fast Recovery” section of
the Operator’s Manual.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between PSe 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or


concentrate motor driver board, replace as required.
Motherboard and Hydraulic slave board.

2. The PSe concentrate motor driver board 2. Verify that the “PSel Freq” parameter value
may be defective if the motor is not turning. is correctly displayed in the “Prot” and “Hyd”
columns of the Page 1 in the Service Data
screen.
Repair or replace as required.

3. The PSe stepper motor is defective. 3. Repair or replace the stepper motor.

4. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 4. Repair or replace as required.

NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Conductivity Technical Investigation Procedure“ of
the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-223


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

BUBBLE TRAP T1 TEST 493

Reason At least one bubble trap is not working.

Machine • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;


Actions • All the pumps are stopped;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. A Bubble trap is not working. 1. Switch the machine OFF, wait at least five
seconds, switch it ON again and repeat the
preparation process.
If the alarm persists, take note of the alarm
code, switch the machine OFF and call for
Service.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. A level sensor is damaged. 1. Verify that the level sensors read correctly,
check them in a cup of water.
Replace as required.

2. Defective connection between level sensor, 2. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
Motherboard and Hydraulic slave board. replace as required.

3. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 3. Replace as required.

NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “T1 Technical Investigation Procedure“ of the
Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.

INCORRECT FLUID CONDUCTIVITY DETECTED 496

Reason The measured conductivity is outside the safety range limits.

Machine • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;


Actions • The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. Acid concentrate not correctly supplied. 1. Supply appropriate concentrate to the


relevant inlet connector. Wait for stable
condition.

2. Massive air leak from the Acid Concentrate 2. Check and if necessary replace the Acid
Canister. Concentrate Canister.

3. Acid pick-up tube connector not connected 3. Verify the Acid pick-up tube connector is
to the Concentrate Canister. well fitted into the proper Canister.

4. Bicarbonate not correctly supplied. 4. Replace the BiCart according to the BiCart
Change procedure.

9-224 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

Possible Cause (Operator) (Continued) Suggested Action (Operator) (Continued)

5. The Bicarbonate powder is not well 5. Tap the bottom of the BiCart Cartridge to
distributed in the BiCart Cartridge. evenly distribute the powder. Wait for stable
condition.

6. The BiCart Cartridge is in the wrong 6. Ensure the BiCart is securely placed into its
position. holder.
Repeat the BiCart Change procedure.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between ΓcA 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or


conductivity cell, Hydraulic I2C Board, replace as required.
Motherboard and Hydraulic slave board.

2. An air leakage into the Acid Pick-up Tube or 2. Repair or replace as required.
the tube is kinked.

3. The PA pump is blocked or defective. 3. Verify the “PA Freq” encoder parameter
value displayed in the “Prot” column of the
Page 1 in the Service Data screen.
Repair or replace as required.

4. The ΓcA conductivity cell is not properly 4. Verify the “Cond A” in relation with the
calibrated or is defective. “Cond P” parameter values, displayed in
the Page 1 of the Service Data screen.
Calibrate or replace as required.

5. The Hydraulic I2C board is defective. 5. Replace as required.

6. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 6. Replace as required.

NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Conductivity Technical Investigation Procedure“
of the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-225


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

CONTROL FLOWMETERS TEST FAILED 497

Reason The test on the control flowmeter has failed.

Machine • The machine stops the preparation.


Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The test on the control flowmeter has failed. 1. Take note of the alarm code, switch the
machine OFF and call for Service.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the Control 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
flowmeters, Motherboard and Hydraulic replace as required.
slave board.

2. There is a leak in the mass balance 2. Repair or replace as required.


hydraulic circuit.

3. The Control flowmeter is defective. 3. Replace as required.

4. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 4. Replace as required.

LEAKAGES TEST (E) FAILURE 498

Reason Failure of the leakages test on delivery of dialysis fluid in the hydraulic circuit and
control of the patient weight loss.

Machine • The phase currently running stops;


Actions • All the pumps are stopped.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Red and Blue Dialysis Fluid Tubes are 1. Verify that the Red and Blue Dialysis Fluid
not properly connected. Tubes are properly connected.
Press the RESET button to repeat the
leakages test.

2. Venous and/or Arterial Dialyzer Lines are 2. Verify that the Venous and Arterial Dialyzer
not properly connected. Lines are properly connected.
Press the RESET button to repeat the
leakages tests.

3. Infusion and/or Service Line clamps are 3. Verify that the Infusion and Service Line
open. clamps are securely closed.
Press the RESET button to repeat the
leakages tests.

4. In case the Ultra Cassette is installed and 4. Verify the Ultra Inlet Line is properly
the Ultra Inlet Line is connected to the Ultra connected to the Ultra port.
port, the Ultra Inlet Line is not properly Press the RESET button to repeat the
connected. leakages tests.

9-226 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

Possible Cause (Operator) (Continued) Suggested Action (Operator) (Continued)

5. The Venous and Arterial Patient Lines are 5. Verify that the Venous and Arterial Patient
not properly connected to the EvaClean Lines are properly connected.
ports. Press the RESET button to repeat the
leakages tests.

6. The priming connectors are not properly 6. Verify that the priming connectors are fully
connected to the patient lines or to the inserted into the patient lines. Verify that the
EvaClean ports. priming connectors are properly connected
to the EvaClean ports.
Press the RESET button to repeat the
leakages tests.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. The PD, PDG, PO or PI pressure sensor is 1. Perform a PD, PDG, PO or PI pressure


out of calibration. sensor calibration.

2. The EVA, EVDRAIN, EVH2O valve leaks. 2. Replace as required.

NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “T1 Technical Investigation Procedure“ of the
Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-227


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

LEAKAGES TEST (F) FAILURE 499

Reason Failure of the leakages test on delivery of dialysis fluid in the hydraulic circuit and
control of the patient weight loss.

Machine • The phase currently running stops;


Actions • All the pumps are stopped.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Red and Blue Dialysis Fluid Tubes are 1. Verify that the Red and Blue Dialysis Fluid
not properly connected. Tubes are properly connected.
Press the RESET button to repeat the
leakages test.

2. Venous and/or Arterial Dialyzer Lines are 2. Verify that the Venous and Arterial Dialyzer
not properly connected. Lines are properly connected.
Press the RESET button to repeat the
leakages tests.

3. Infusion and/or Service Line clamps are 3. Verify that the Infusion and Service Line
open. clamps are securely closed.
Press the RESET button to repeat the
leakages tests.

4. In case the Ultra Cassette is installed and 4. Verify the Ultra Inlet Line is properly
the Ultra Inlet Line is connected to the Ultra connected to the Ultra port.
port, the Ultra Inlet Line is not properly Press the RESET button to repeat the
connected. leakages tests.

5. The Venous and Arterial Patient Lines are 5. Verify that the Venous and Arterial Patient
not properly connected to the EvaClean Lines are properly connected.
ports. Press the RESET button to repeat the
leakages tests.

6. The priming connectors are not properly 6. Verify that the priming connectors are fully
connected to the patient lines or to the inserted into the patient lines. Verify that the
EvaClean ports. priming connectors are properly connected
to the EvaClean ports.
Press the RESET button to repeat the
leakages tests.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. The EVBP2, EVDS1, EVDS2 or EW2 valve 1. Replace as required.


leaks.

NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “T1 Technical Investigation Procedure“ of the
Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.

9-228 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

LEAKAGES TEST (G) FAILURE 500

Reason Failure of the leakages test on the PDrain, PFS or PO pressure sensors: negative
pressure failure.

Machine • The phase currently running stops;


Actions • All the pumps are stopped.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Red and Blue Dialysis Fluid Tubes are 1. Verify that the Red and Blue Dialysis Fluid
not properly connected. Tubes are properly connected.
Press the RESET button to repeat the
leakages test.

2. Venous and/or Arterial Dialyzer Lines are 2. Verify that the Venous and Arterial Dialyzer
not properly connected. Lines are properly connected.
Press the RESET button to repeat the
leakages tests.

3. Infusion and/or Service Line clamps are 3. Verify that the Infusion and Service Line
open. clamps are securely closed.
Press the RESET button to repeat the
leakages tests.

4. In case the Ultra Cassette is installed and 4. Verify the Ultra Inlet Line is properly
the Ultra Inlet Line is connected to the Ultra connected to the Ultra port.
port, the Ultra Inlet Line is not properly Press the RESET button to repeat the
connected. leakages tests.

5. The Venous and Arterial Patient Lines are 5. Verify that the Venous and Arterial Patient
not properly connected to the EvaClean Lines are properly connected.
ports. Press the RESET button to repeat the
leakages tests.

6. The priming connectors are not properly 6. Verify that the priming connectors are fully
connected to the patient lines or to the inserted into the patient lines. Verify that the
EvaClean ports. priming connectors are properly connected
to the EvaClean ports.
Press the RESET button to repeat the
leakages tests.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. The PD, PDG, PO or PI pressure sensor is 1. Perform a PD, PDG, PO or PI pressure


out of calibration. sensor calibration.

2. The EVA, EVDRAIN or EVH2O valve leaks. 2. Replace as required.

3. Defective connection between the Main flow 3. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
tube, air evacuation tube and flushing tube. replace as required.

NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “T1 Technical Investigation Procedure“ of the
Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-229


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

REMINDER - WRONG DIP SWITCHES 502

Reason The Dip Switch configuration detected by the machine is incorrect.

Machine • None.
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The machine is not properly configured. 1. Press the RESET button. If the alarm
persists, switch off the machine and call for
service.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. The machine is not properly configured. 1. Check the Dip Switch configuration,
configure as required from the Protective
slave in doc Dip Switch position.

WRONG ARTERIAL AND VENOUS TREATMENT LIMITS 503

Reason This alarm occurs after that the alarm #525 has been triggered and not resolved
within the due time (120 seconds for all Treatments type).
The arterial and venous pressure treatment limits are open for a long time interval.

Machine • None.
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The “Close A/V Limits” button has not been 1. Press the RESET button to remove the
pressed within the due time. alarm message.

2. The A/V pressure limits have not been 2. Carefully check the Patient’s Vascular
automatically closed within the due time. Access and inspect the Arterial and Venous
Patient Lines;
Press the RESET button to remove the
alarm message.

3. The A/V pressures have exceeded the 3. Carefully check the Patient’s Vascular
upper/lower intervals. Access and inspect the Arterial and Venous
Patient Lines;
Press the RESET button to remove the
alarm message.

9-230 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

LOW DISINFECTANT LEVEL IN LAST CLEAN CART PROCESS 504

Reason The CleanCart dilution is not properly performed. In case of CleanCart C, the
decalcification may not be effective; in case of CleanCart A, the protein removal
may not be effective. However, the disinfection performed by means of the heat
effect is guaranteed.

Machine • None
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The CleanCart Cartridge Holder Arms are in 1. Verify the correct position of the CleanCart
the wrong position or not securely closed. Cartridge Holder Arms in relation to the
machine phase.
Press the RESET button.
Only if necessary, repeat the disinfection
program in order to perform decalcification
or protein removal.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. The Acid/Bicarbonate pick-up tube is kinked 1. Check that the acid inside the CleanCart
or has a leak. Cartridge has been correctly diluted.
Clean repair or replace as required.

2. Defective connection between the ΓcB 2. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
conductivity cell, Hydraulic I2C Board, replace as required.
Motherboard and Hydraulic slave board.

3. The ΓcB conductivity cell is not properly 3. Calibrate or replace as required.


calibrated or is defective.

4. The PB pump is defective. 4. Replace as required.

5. The Hydraulic I2C board is defective. 5. Replace as required.

6. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 6. Replace as required.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-231


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

UF DEVIATION 505

Reason The machine has detected an incorrect weight loss management.

Machine • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;


Actions • The infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. Error in the Ultrafiltration control system. 1. Perform a “Switch off ULTRA” special
procedure;
Press “Stop Treatment”;
Perform a saline rinseback;
Disconnect the patient.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the Control 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
flowmeters, Motherboard and Hydraulic replace as required.
slave board.

2. Defective connection between the 2. Verify the connections, clean, repair or


Protective flowmeters, Motherboard and replace as required.
Protective slave board.

3. There is a leak in the mass balance 3. Repair or replace as required.


hydraulic circuit.

4. The Control or Protective flowmeter is 4. Replace as required.


defective.

5. The Protective slave board is defective. 5. Replace as required.

6. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 6. Replace as required.

NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Mass Balance Technical Investigation Procedure“
of the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.

9-232 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

FLOWMETER ALIGNMENT FAILED 506

Reason Error in the Ultrafiltration Mass Balance in the Hydraulic Module.

Machine • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;


Actions • The infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. Temporary problem. 1. Press the RESET button.


If the problem persists, disconnect the
patient.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the Control 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
flowmeters, Motherboard and Hydraulic replace as required.
slave board.

2. Defective connection between the 2. Verify the connections, clean, repair or


Protective flowmeters, Motherboard and replace as required.
Protective slave board.

3. There is a leak in the mass balance 3. Repair or replace as required.


hydraulic circuit.

4. The Control or Protective flowmeter is 4. Replace as required.


defective.

5. The Protective slave board is defective. 5. Replace as required.

6. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 6. Replace as required.

7. The Control flowmeter is out of calibration. 7. Replace as required.

8. “SAFE STATE ACTIVATED” #64, Cause 8. There is a leak in the EVDS1, EVDS2 or
“EVDS1/EVDS2/EV2 Internal Leakage” is EV2 valve.
triggered after the #506 alarm is reset. Replace as required.

NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Mass Balance Technical Investigation Procedure“
of the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-233


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

BLOOD CASSETTE PRESENCE REQUIRED 507

Reason The Blood Cassette is not detected by the presence switch.

Machine • The Arterial and Venous Pumps stop;


Actions • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Blood Cassette was not loaded 1. Load the Blood Cassette.
properly by the operator. If after the loading of the Blood Cassette the
error persists, call for Service.

2. The Blood Cassette does not fit the 2. Repeat the loading procedure for the Blood
pressure transducer. cassette.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the Blood 1. Verify the “Blood Pres“ parameter value
Cassette presence switch, Motherboard displayed in the Page 1 of the Service Data
and Blood slave board. screen.
By pressing the Blood Cassette presence
switch, the state of the “Blood Pres“ value
(On/Off) must change.
Clean, repair or replace as required.

2. The Blood Cassette presence switch is 2. Replace as required.


defective.

3. The Blood slave board is defective. 3. Replace as required.

9-234 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

WRONG DISPOSABLE CONFIGURATION ON ULTRA CASSETTE HOLDER 508

Reason The Ultra Cassette is not detected by the presence switch.

Machine • The Arterial and Venous Pumps are stopped;


Actions • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Ultra Cassette was not loaded properly 1. Load the Ultra Cassette.
by the operator. If after the loading of the Ultra Cassette the
error persists, call for Service.

2. The Ultra Cassette does not fit the pressure 2. Repeat the loading procedure for the Ultra
transducer. cassette.

NOTE
This alarm can be triggered also if the following sequence is performed:
1. “Switch off OnLine” special procedure;
2. “Change Circuit” special procedure;
3. Blood Cassette priming;
4. Reset Priming.
In this case, the machine gets stuck and to solve the problem it is necessary to switch the
machine OFF and then ON again.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the Ultra 1. Verify the Ultra Cassette presence switch
Cassette presence switch, Motherboard parameter value displayed in the Service
and Blood slave board. Data screen.
By pressing the Ultra Cassette presence
switch, the state of the switch value (On/Off)
must change.
Clean, repair or replace as required.

2. The Ultra Cassette presence switch is 2. Replace as required.


defective.

3. The Blood slave board is defective. 3. Replace as required.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-235


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

BLOOD LINES CLAMPED 509

Reason The Blood lines are clamped or kinked.

Machine • The Arterial and Venous Pumps are stopped;


Actions • The UF Rate is automatically set to zero;
• The dialysis fluid goes into bypass;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Blood lines are clamped or kinked. 1. Verify that the blood lines are not clamped
or kinked, then press the RESET button to
continue the process.

INCORRECT RINSING OR DISINFECTION 510

Reason The EVPB valve is not disinfected/rinsed.

Machine • None.
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The EVPB valve could be blocked. 1. Take note of the alarm code, switch the
machine OFF and call for Service.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the EVPB or 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
EVPRIM valve, Motherboard and Hydraulic replace as required.
slave board.

2. Defective connection between the PB 2. Verify the connections, clean, repair or


pump, Motherboard and Hydraulic slave replace as required.
board.

3. A tube can be disconnected or obstructed in 3. Clean, repair or replace as required.


the bicarbonate branch.

4. The EVPB or EVPRIM valve is defective. 4. Replace as required.

5. The PB pump is defective. 5. Replace as required.

6. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 6. Replace as required.

7. Defective connection between the P1 pump, 7. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
Motherboard and Hydraulic slave board. replace as required.

8. The P1 pump is defective. 8. Replace as required.

9. Defective connection between the D1c 9. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
flowmeter, Motherboard and Hydraulic replace as required.
slave board.

10. The D1c flowmeter is defective or out of 10. Replace as required.


calibration.

9-236 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

INVALID RINSING OR DISINFECTION 511

Reason The EVPA valve is not disinfected/rinsed.

Machine • None.
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The EVPA valve could be blocked. 1. Take note of the alarm code, switch the
machine OFF and call for Service.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the EVPA or 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
EVPRIM valve, Motherboard and Hydraulic replace as required.
slave board.

2. Defective connection between the PA 2. Verify the connections, clean, repair or


pump, Motherboard and Hydraulic slave replace as required.
board.

3. A tube can be disconnected or obstructed in 3. Clean, repair or replace as required.


the bicarbonate branch.

4. The EVPA or EVPRIM valve is defective. 4. Replace as required.

5. The PA pump is defective. 5. Replace as required.

6. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 6. Replace as required.

7. Defective connection between the P1 pump, 7. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
Motherboard and Hydraulic slave board. replace as required.

8. The P1 pump is defective. 8. Replace as required.

9. Defective connection between the D1c 9. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
flowmeter, Motherboard and Hydraulic replace as required.
slave board.

10. The D1c flowmeter is defective or out of 10. Replace as required.


calibration.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-237


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

SMARTSCAN - LOW QB 512

Reason Smartscan has detected a Blood Flow value (QB) too low during the last 5
minutes, which may affect treatment efficiency.

Machine • None.
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The QB value, measured during the last 5 1. Verify the Blood Flow parameter value and if
minutes, is lower then 50 ml/min. necessary adjust the prescription
parameter values.
Press the CONFIRM button.

SMARTSCAN: LOW QD 513

Reason During HD-DN or HD-DNDP treatment, Smartscan has detected a dialysis flow
rate (QD) lower than the optimal setting for the current Blood Flow during the last
10 minutes.

Machine • None.
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The dialysis flow rate value (QD) has been 1. Check the prescription and/or consider
lower than the optimal setting for the increasing the dialysis fluid flow rate value.
current Blood Flow during the last 10 Press the CONFIRM button.
minutes.

SMARTSCAN: HIGH QD 514

Reason During HD-DN or HD-DNDP treatment, Smartscan has detected a dialysis flow
rate (QD) higher than the optimal setting for the current Blood Flow during the last
10 minutes.

Machine • None.
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The dialysis flow rate value (QD) has been 1. Check the prescription and/or consider
higher than the optimal setting for the decreasing the dialysis fluid flow rate value.
current Blood Flow during the last 10 Press the CONFIRM button.
minutes.

9-238 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

SALINE BAG NOT CONNECTED 515

Reason The machine does not detect saline solution inside the Venous Patient Line during
priming phase.

Machine • The phase currently running stops.


Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The machine does not detect saline inside 1. Check the Saline Bag clamp is open, then
the Venous Patient Line. press the RESET button.

2. The machine does not detect saline inside 2. Check that the Venous Line Clamp is open,
the Venous Patient Line. then press the RESET button.

3. The machine does not detect saline inside 3. Check that the pin of the Saline Bag is
the Venous Patient Line. correctly broken, then press the RESET
button.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the Blood 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
Sensor, PIB board, Motherboard and replace as required.
Protective slave board.

2. The Blood Sensor is out of calibration. 2. Perform calibration of the Blood Sensor
LED and then of the Blood Sensor.

3. The Blood Sensor is defective. 3. Replace as required.

4. The PIB board is defective. 4. Replace as required.

5. The Protective slave board is defective. 5. Replace as required.

VENOUS LINE CLAMPED OR SALINE BAG EMPTY 516

Reason The Venous Patient Line is clamped or kinked; or the Saline Bag is either empty or
not properly perforated by the spike of the Prime Line; or the Venous Infusion Line
is clamped; or the Prime Line is either closed or obstructed.

Machine • The phase currently running stops.


Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Venous Patient Line is clamped or 1. Check that the Venous Patient Line is not
kinked. clamped or kinked, then press the RESET
button.

2. The Saline Bag is empty. 2. Change the Saline Bag;


Press the RESET button to clear the alarm.

3. The Saline Bag is not properly perforated by 3. Ensure that the spike of the Prime Line is
the spike of the Prime Line. deeply inserted in the Saline Bag;
Press the RESET button to clear the alarm.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-239


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Possible Cause (Operator) (Continued) Suggested Action (Operator) (Continued)

4. The Venous Infusion line is clamped or the 4. Open the clamp on the Venous Infusion line
clamp on the Prime Line is closed. or on the Prime line;
Press the RESET button to clear the alarm.

5. The Prime Line is obstructed. 5. Adjust the Prime Line position to avoid
obstructions;
Press the RESET button to clear the alarm.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the Venous 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
pressure sensor, PIB board, Motherboard replace as required.
and Blood slave board.

2. The Venous pressure sensor is out of 2. Perform a Venous pressure sensor


calibration. calibration.

3. The Venous pressure sensor is damaged. 3. Replace as required.

4. The Blood slave board is defective. 4. Replace as required.

5. The PIB board is defective. 5. Replace as required.

ARTERIAL LINE CLAMPED 517

Reason The Arterial Patient Line is clamped or kinked.

Machine • The phase currently running stops;


Actions • The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Arterial Patient Line is clamped or 1. Check that the Arterial Patient Line is not
kinked. clamped or kinked, then press the RESET
button.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the Arterial 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
pressure sensor, PIB board, Motherboard replace as required.
and Blood slave board.

2. The Arterial pressure sensor is out of 2. Perform an Arterial pressure sensor


calibration. calibration.

3. The Arterial pressure sensor is damaged. 3. Replace as required.

4. The Blood slave board is defective. 4. Replace as required.

5. The PIB board is defective. 5. Replace as required.

9-240 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

LINE NOT CONNECTED IN EVACLEAN PORT OR ACCESS LINE OPEN 518

Reason Line not connected or not correctly connected to the EvaClean Ports.

Machine • The phase currently running stops.


Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. Line Not Connected to the EvaClean Ports. 1. Check that the arterial and Venous Patient
Lines are correctly connected to the
EvaClean port, then press the RESET
button.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. There is a leak in the EvaClean hydraulic 1. Verify in the Service Data screen if the value
circuit. displayed for the PD pressure sensor
reaches a pressure of -400 in the priming
sequence.
Repair or replace as required.

2. Defective connection between the PD 2. Verify the connections, clean, repair or


pressure sensor, Motherboard and replace as required.
Hydraulic slave board.

3. Defective connection between the PWHO 3. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
pump, Motherboard and Hydraulic slave replace as required.
board.

4. The PD pressure sensor is out of 4. Perform a PD pressure sensor calibration.


calibration.

5. The PD pressure sensor is damaged. 5. Replace as required.

6. The PWHO pump is defective. 6. Replace as required.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-241


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

ARTERIAL INFUSION LINES OPEN OR PATIENT LINES NOT CONNECTED TO EVACLEAN 519

Reason The clamp on the Arterial Infusion line is open or patient lines are not properly
connected to the EvaClean ports.

Machine • The phase currently running stops;


Actions • The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. One of the clamps on the Arterial Infusion 1. Check that the clamps on the Arterial
Lines is open. Infusion Lines are securely closed, then
press the RESET button.

2. Arterial and Venous Patient lines are not 2. Check that the Patient lines are properly
properly connected to the EvaClean ports. connected to the EvaClean ports.
Press the RESET button.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the Arterial 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
pressure sensor, PIB board, Motherboard replace as required.
and Blood slave board.

2. The Arterial pressure sensor is out of 2. Perform an Arterial pressure sensor


calibration. calibration.

3. The Arterial pressure sensor is damaged. 3. Replace as required.

4. The Blood slave board is defective. 4. Replace as required.

5. The PIB board is defective. 5. Replace as required.

6. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 6. Replace as required.

VENOUS PUMP ROTOR ERROR 521

Reason The Venous Pump is in failure.

Machine In HD-SN and HD-DNDP treatments:


Actions • The Arterial and Venous pumps are stopped;
• The Venous Line Clamp and the Infusion clamp are closed;
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass.

Other treatments:
• The infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed;
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Venous Pump is stopped. 1. Press the RESET button to remove the
alarm.

9-242 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the Venous 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
pump board, Motherboard and Protective replace as required.
slave board.

2. The Venous pump board is defective. 2. Replace the Venous pump board.

3. The Venous pump is defective. 3. Replace as required.

4. The Blood slave board is defective. 4. Replace as required.

SN PRESSURE OUT OF RANGE 522

Reason The SN pressure is beyond the upper or lower limit of the sensor.

Machine • The Arterial and Venous Pumps are stopped;


Actions • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. A safety condition has not been satisfied 1. Adjust the pressure by using a sterile
when an alarm occurred. syringe until it falls in the permitted range.
Press the RESET button.
If necessary, perform a Cassette
Repositiong procedure as described in the
“Cassette Repositioning” section of the
Operator’s Manual.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the SN 1. Clean repair or replace as required.


pressure sensor, PIB board, Motherboard,
Hydraulic slave board, Blood slave board
and Protective slave board.

2. The SN pressure sensor is out of 2. Perform a SN pressure sensor calibration.


calibration.

3. The SN pressure sensor is damaged. 3. Replace as required.

4. The Blood slave board is defective. 4. Replace as required.

5. The Protective slave board is defective. 5. Replace as required.

6. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 6. Replace as required.

7. The PIB board is defective. 7. Replace as required.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-243


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

SN PRESSURE SENSOR ERROR 523

Reason The SN pressure sensor did not perform the analog digital conversion within the
specific timeout.

Machine • The Arterial and Venous pumps are stopped;


Actions • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. A safety condition has not been satisfied 1. Perform a Fast Recovery procedure as
when an alarm occurred. described in the “Fast Recovery” section of
the Operator’s Manual.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between PIB board, 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
Motherboard and Blood slave board. replace as required.

2. The SN pressure sensor is out of 2. Perform a SN pressure sensor calibration.


calibration.

3. The SN pressure sensor is defective. 3. Replace as required.

4. The PIB board is defective. 4. Replace as required.

5. The Blood slave board is defective. 5. Replace as required.

HEMOCONCENTRATION RISK OR INCORRECT ARTERIAL CONNECTOR CONNECTION


524

Reason During HDF Post treatment, the QF/QB ratio is higher than the value preset for the
"QF/QB Volume Control" parameter, if in Volume Control mode, or for the "QF/QB
Pressure Control" parameter, if in Pressure Control mode.
During AFB K treatment, the QF/QB ratio is higher than the value preset for the
"QF/QB” parameter.

Machine • None.
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The QF/QB ratio is Out of Range due to an 1. Press the RESET button.
incorrect prescription. Consider increasing the Arterial Pump
speed or decreasing the Venous Pump
speed.

2. The QF/QB ratio is Out of Range due to an 2. Press the RESET button.
inconsistency between the Ultra connector Ensure that the Treatment Type set is
position and the Treatment type set. consistent with the Ultra connector position.

9-244 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

NOTE
The “Hemoconcentration Risk (#524)” alarm occurs the first time that the QF/QB ratio exceeds its
allowed range.
Once the RESET button is pressed, it will not occur again (even if the QF/QB ratio remains out of
range) unless the user:
• Stops and resumes manually the Substitution process by pressing the "Substitution Fluid"
button in HDF/HF or the "UF" button in HF treatment;
• Stops and resumes manually the Arterial Pump in HDF/HF treatment;
• changes the Arterial Pump speed;
• changes one of the following parameters:
- Treatment Time
- UF Volume
- On-Line Substitution Rate in HDF/HF treatment.
- Infusion Flow in AFB K treatment.

PRESSURE ALARM LIMITS STILL EXPANDED 525

Reason • The operator has not pressed the “Close A/V Limits” button to close the pressure
alarm limits within the due time (120 seconds for all Treatments type).
• After a change of the blood flow rate, the machine was not able to automatically
close the A/V pressure limits within the due time (120 seconds for all Treatments
type) because the new A/V pressure values set are not consistent with the
change of the blood flow rate, compared to the previous A/V pressure values set.

Machine • None.
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The “Close A/V Limits” button has not been 1. Press the “Close A/V Limits” button: the
pressed within the due time. machine automatically centralizes the
alarm window values around the current
patient’s arterial/venous pressures.

2. The A/V pressure limits have not been 2. Carefully check the Patient’s Vascular
automatically closed within the due time. Access and inspect the Arterial and Venous
Patient Lines;
Press the “Close A/V Limits” button: the
machine automatically centralizes the
alarm window values around the current
patient’s arterial/venous pressures.

3. The arterial or venous pump has been 3. Carefully check the Patient’s Vascular
stopped by the operator or due to an alarm Access and inspect the Arterial and Venous
condition and restarted again. The A/V Patient Lines;
pressures have therefore exceeded the Press the “Close A/V Limits” button: the
upper/lower intervals. machine automatically centralizes the
alarm window values around the current
patient’s arterial/venous pressures.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-245


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

SUBSTITUTION SUSPENDED 526

Reason During HDF Post, HDF Pre and HF Pre treatments, the Substitution fluid button
remains deactivated for more than 5 min.

Machine • None.
Actions

NOTE
This alarm is triggered in the following cases:
• At the beginning of the HDF Post, HDF Pre and HF Pre treatments, if the Substitution fluid
button is not pressed within five minutes. When the alarm is Reset the alarm disappears even if
the Substitution fluid button is not activated.
• Each time the Substitution fluid button is activated and then deactivated if it remains deactivated
for 5 minutes. The alarm disappears when the RESET button is pressed to confirm the alarm.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Substitution fluid button is still disabled. 1. Press the RESET button to confirm the
alarm;
Press the Substitution fluid button to restart
the Substitution process.

TMP UPPER LIMIT 527

Reason During treatment phases, the TMP value exceeds the permitted upper limit.

Machine • The infusion flow is interrupted;


Actions • The Weight Loss is suspended;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The TMP value is beyond the permitted 1. Check the following parameter values:
TMP upper limit. “Treatment Time”, “UF Volume”, “UF Rate”,
“On-line Substitution Rate” and “Blood
Flow”.
Ensure that the QF/QB ratio or the QI/QB
ratio is appropriate for the current treatment
and/or consider decreasing the "On-line
Substitution Rate" and/or the "UF Volume"
parameter values.
Press the RESET button.

2. The Ultra connector position is not 2. Ensure that the Treatment Type set is
consistent with the Treatment Type set. consistent with the Ultra connector position.
Press the RESET button.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the PI or PO 1. Clean repair or replace as required.


pressure sensor, Motherboard and
Hydraulic slave board.

9-246 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

Possible Cause (Service) (Continued) Suggested Action (Service) (Continued)

2. Defective connection between the SN 2. Clean repair or replace as required.


pressure sensor or Venous pressure
sensor, PIB board, Motherboard and
Hydraulic slave board.

3. The PI or PO pressure sensor is out of 3. Perform a PI or PO pressure sensor


calibration. calibration.

4. The SN or Venous pressure sensor is out of 4. Perform a SN or Venous pressure sensor


calibration. calibration.

5. The PI or PO pressure sensor is damaged. 5. Replace as required.

6. The SN or Venous pressure sensor is 6. Replace as required.


damaged.

7. The PIB board is defective. 7. Replace as required.

8. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 8. Replace as required.

DIASCAN: AUTOCALIBRATION FAILURE 528

Reason The DIASCAN autocalibration has failed: the autocalibration coefficient is out of
the allowed range.

Machine • None.
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. There is a flowmeter/conductivity instability 1. Disable the Diascan deselecting the


or the machine is not able to reach the set Diascan button.
value.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the Diascan 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
conductivity cell board, Motherboard and replace as required.
Hydraulic slave board.

2. The Diascan conductivity cell is defective. 2. Replace as required.

3. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 3. Replace as required.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-247


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

DIASCAN: MEASUREMENT FAILURE 529

Reason The Diascan has not been able to complete a measurement.

Machine • None.
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Diascan has not been able to complete 1. To proceed with the Diascan measurement,
a measurement. press the RESET button.

2. The Diascan has not been able to complete 2. To stop the Diascan measurement, disable
a measurement. the Diascan deselecting the Diascan
button.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the Diascan 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
conductivity cell board, Hydraulic I2C replace as required.
board, Motherboard and Hydraulic slave
board.

2. The Diascan conductivity cell is defective. 2. Replace as required.

3. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 3. Replace as required.

SMARTSCAN - DIASCAN: LOW CLEARANCE 530

Reason Smartscan has detected a Clearence value lower than 55% of the Blood Flow
value or lower than the Clearence Low Limit set value.

Machine • None.
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Dialysis Fluid Flow rate is low. 1. Consider increasing the Dialysis Fluid Flow
if this operation is not in disagreement with
the patient prescription.
Press the CONFIRM button.

2. The Dialyzer has not been properly primed 2. Verify that the Dialyzer has been properly
or it is clotting. primed.
If the Dialyzer is clotting, determine reason
for clotting.
Press the CONFIRM button.
If necessary, perform a Change Circuit
procedure as described in the “Chapter
Special Procedures” of the Operator’s
Manual.

9-248 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

Possible Cause (Operator) (Continued) Suggested Action (Operator) (Continued)

3. Problem with patient’s access or needle 3. Check the patient’s access for correct
placement. The level of recirculation is needle placement. Consider decreasing the
increased. Blood Flow if this operation is not in
disagreement with the patient prescription.
Press the CONFIRM button.

4. Low Real Blood Flow value resulting from 4. Carefully inspect for kinking of the line.
kinking of a line in the blood circuit. Press the CONFIRM button.

5. Co-current connection of the Dialysis Fluid. 5. Verify that the Dialysis Fluid tube
connectors are in the proper posistion.
Press the CONFIRM button.

SMARTSCAN - DIASCAN: LOW KT/V 531

Reason Smartscan has detected a Forecast Kt/V value lower than 0,8 or lower than the
Target Kt/V set value.

Machine • None.
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The current Clearance value is lower than 1. Verify that the current Clearance value is
55% of the Blood Flow value. adequate to the treatment, according to the
dialyzer used and to the patient’s vascular
access.
Press the CONFIRM button.

2. An incorrect Distribution Formula has been 2. Verify that the “Distribution Volume” parameter
set. value is properly set for the patient.
Press the CONFIRM button.

3. The Treatment Time set value is lower than 3. Increase the “Treatment Time” parameter
the prescription set value. value if this operation is not in
disagreement with the patient prescription.
Press the CONFIRM button.

TIMEOUT ON DATA RECEPTION 532

Reason Temporary problem with the network.

Machine • None.
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. Temporary problem with the network. 1. Reload the prescription, then press the
RESET button. If the alarm persists, switch
off the machine.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Check that the Ethernet cable is correctly 1. Repair as required.


connected to the machine.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-249


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Possible Cause (Service) (Continued) Suggested Action (Service) (Continued)

2. Defective connection between WIFI board or 2. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
Ethernet port, Ethernet board and Main board. replace as required.

3. The WIFI board is defective. 3. Replace as required.

4. The Ethernet board is defective. 4. Replace as required.

5. The Main board is defective. 5. Replace as required.

CHEMICAL PROCESS NOT PROPERLY PERFORMED: DISINFECTANT TANK EMPTY 533

Reason Chemical Disinfection process not correctly performed because the disinfectant
tank is empty. Repeat the Chemical Disinfection process.

Machine • None.
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The disinfectant tank is empty. 1. Check the level of the disinfectant tank:
• If the disinfectant tank is empty, press the
RESET button and, at the end of the
chemical disinfection procedure, replace
the disinfectant tank with a new one.
Repeat the disinfection procedure.
• If the disinfectant tank is full, press the
RESET button and call for service.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the EVC, 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
EVD or EVS valve, Motherboard and replace as required.
Hydraulic slave board.

2. Defective connection between the PS 2. Verify the connections, clean, repair or


pump, Motherboard and Hydraulic slave replace as required.
board.

3. A disinfectant tube may be disconnected or 3. Clean, repair or replace as required.


occluded.

4. The EVC, EVD or EVS valve may be 4. Replace as required.


defective.

5. The PS pump may be defective. 5. Replace as required.

! WARNING
When this alarm is triggered, the Chemical Disinfection process has not been correctly performed
because the disinfectant tank is empty.
Repeat the Chemical Disinfection process using a tank containing enough disinfectant solution.

9-250 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

DISINFECTION NOT PROPERLY PERFORMED 534

Reason The programmed disinfection process set by the operator has not been correctly
performed because it was interrupted before the process completion or the
disinfectant tank got empty during the disinfection process.

Machine • None.
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. Alarm 533 has been triggered and 1. Press the RESET button and start the
confirmed during a disinfection process. process.
If the alarm persists, call for service.

FLOWMETER ALIGNMENT FAILED 535

Reason During the flow meters alignment procedure, in treatment, the Protective System
did not give feedback.

Machine • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass.


Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. Failure of the flow meter alignment. 1. Perform a Fast Recovery procedure as


described in the “Fast Recovery” section of
the Operator’s Manual.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the Control 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
flowmeters, Motherboard and Hydraulic replace as required.
slave board.

2. Defective connection between the 2. Verify the connections, clean, repair or


Protective flowmeters, Motherboard and replace as required.
Protective slave board.

3. The Control or Protective flowmeter is 3. Replace as required.


defective.

4. The Hydraulic slave board or Protective 4. Replace as required.


slave board is defective.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-251


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

DIASCAN MEASUREMENT ERROR 536

Reason The Diascan has not been able to complete a measurement.

Machine • None.
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Diascan has not been able to complete 1. Press the RESET button and wait for the
a measurement. next Diascan measurement.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connections between ΓD cond 1. Clean, repair or replace as required.


cell, Hyd I2C board, Motherboard,
Hydraulic board.

2. The ΓD cell is out of calibration. 2. Calibrate as required

3. The ΓD cell is defective. 3. Replace as required.

4. The Hyd I2C board is defective 4. Replace as required.

5. The Hydraulic slave is defective. 5. Replace as required.

T1 TEST WATER PRESENCE SENSOR FAILURE 537

Reason The T1 Test performed by the machine on the Wet sensor has failed.

Machine • The phase currently running stops.


Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The T1 test on the Wet sensor has failed. 1. Take note of the alarm code, switch the
machine OFF and call for Service.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. There is a leakage in the Hydraulic circuit. 1. Check the level of the water in the Wet
sensor. If there is some water in the tank,
check for leakage in the hydraulic circuit.
Repair or replace as required.

2. The Wet sensor is dirty or damaged. 2. Clean or replace as required.

3. Defective connection between the Wet 3. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
sensor, Motherboard and Hydraulic slave replace as required.
board.

4. The Hydraulic or Protective slave board is 4. Replace as required.


defective.

9-252 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

TEMPERATURE MISMATCH BETWEEN TP AND TCA 538

Reason The water temperature inside the hydraulic circuit during a Heat or Heat with
Clean Cart A/C Cartridge process has not reached the expected value.

Machine • The phase currently running stops;


Actions • All the pumps are stopped, except the PC pump.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. Temperature drop inside the hydraulic 1. Switch the machine OFF, wait at least five
circuit during the recirculation phase of a seconds, switch it ON again and repeat the
CleanCart Cartridge or Heat Process. procedure to perform.
If the alarm persists, take note of the alarm
code, switch the machine OFF and call for
Service.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the TcA 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
Conductivity cell board, Hydraulic I2C replace as required.
board, Motherboard and Hydraulic slave
board.

2. Defective connection between the TP 2. Verify the connections, clean, repair or


Conductivity cell board, Protective I2C replace as required.
board, Motherboard and Protective slave
board.

3. The TP or TcA temperature transducer is 3. Perform a Tp or TcA temperature


out of calibration. transducer calibration.

4. The TP or TcA temperature transducer is 4. Replace as required.


defective.

5. The Hydraulic slave board or Protective 5. Replace as required.


slave board is defective.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-253


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

WATER LEAKAGE 539

Reason A leakage was detected by the Water Leakage sensor in the hydraulic circuit.

Machine • The infusion flow is interrupted;


Actions • The Infusion clamp is closed;
• The dialysis fluid goes into bypass.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. A water leakage was detected in the 1. If possible, start with the Rinseback
hydraulic circuit. procedure, otherwise switch off the
machine.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. There is a leakage in the Hydraulic circuit. 1. Check the level of the water in the Wet
sensor. If there is some water in the tank,
check for leakage in the hydraulic circuit.
Repair or replace as required.

2. The Wet sensor is dirty or damaged. 2. Clean or replace as required.

3. Defective connection between the Wet 3. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
sensor, Motherboard and Hydraulic slave replace as required.
board.

4. The Hydraulic or Protective slave board is 4. Replace as required.


defective.

9-254 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

DIALYSATE PRESSURE LOW 540

Reason The pressure in the Ultrafilter is lower than the permitted limit.

Machine • All the hydraulic pumps are stopped;


Actions • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Ultrafilter is clogged. 1. If in treatment, the dialysis process in


progress can be continued by decreasing
the dialysis fluid flow rate and pressing the
RESET button to restart the current
operation of the machine.
When the treatment is complete, replace
the Ultrafilter according to the procedure.

2. The Dialysis fluid connectors are not 2. Verify that the Dialysis fluid connectors are
properly positioned. properly positioned to the dialyzer or to the
machine, depending upon the phase of the
machine at that time.
Press the RESET button to restart the
current operation of the machine.

Possible Causes (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between PFS 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or


pressure sensor, Motherboard and replace as required.
Hydraulic slave board.

2. The PFS pressure sensor is out of 2. Perform a PFS pressure sensor calibration.
calibration.

3. The PFS pressure sensor is defective. 3. Replace as required.

4. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 4. Repair or replace the board.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-255


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

INCORRECT CASSETTE LINE CONNECTIONS OR CLAMPS STATUS 542

Reason The Ultra/Blood Cassette Line connections or the Ultra/Blood Cassette Line
Clamps status is incorrect.

Machine • The phase currently running stops;


Actions • The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Venous/Arterial Patient Lines have not 1. Check that the Venous/Arterial Patient Lines
been inserted in the EvaClean Ports. are inserted in the EvaClean Ports.
Then press the RESET button to remove
the alarm.

2. The Venous/Arterial Dialyzer Line is not 2. Check that the Venous/Arterial Dialyzer
securely connected to the dialyzer. Lines are firmly connected to the dialyzer.
Then press the RESET button to remove
the alarm.

3. The Ultra Inlet Line is not securely 3. Check that the Ultra Inlet Line is firmly
connected to the Ultra Port. connected to the Ultra Port.
Then press the RESET button to remove
the alarm.

4. A line on the Ultra/Blood Cassette (Ultra 4. Check that the clamps on the Ultra Service
Service Line, Rinseback Service Line or Line, Rinseback Service Line and Venous/
Venous/Arterial Infusion Lines) may be Arterial Infusion Lines are securely closed.
unclamped. Then press the RESET button to remove
the alarm.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. There is a leak in the EvaClean hydraulic 1. Verify in the Service Data screen if the value
circuit. displayed for the PD pressure sensor
reaches a pressure of -400 in the priming
sequence.
Repair or replace as required.

2. Defective connection between the PWHO 2. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
pump, Motherboard and Hydraulic slave board. replace as required.

3. Defective connection between the PD 3. Verify the connections, clean, repair or


pressure sensor, Motherboard and replace as required.
Hydraulic slave board.

4. The PWHO pump is defective. 4. Verify in the Service Data screen that the
PWHO pump is correctly driven by the
Hydraulic board.
The pump board may be defective if the
motor is not turning.
Replace as required.

5. The PD pressure sensor is out of calibration. 5. Perform a PD pressure sensor calibration.

6. The PD pressure sensor is defective. 6. Replace as required.

7. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 7. Replace as required.

9-256 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

ULTRA SCAN ABORTED 543

Reason The Ultra Scan has been aborted: the TMP Set and the Upper Limit have been
consequently updated.

Machine • None.
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Ultra Scan has been aborted: the TMP 1. Press the CONFIRM button to remove the
set and the Upper Limit have been alarm.
consequently up-dated.

ULTRA SCAN COMPLETED 544

Reason The Ultra Scan has been completed: the TMP Set and the Upper Limit have been
consequently updated.

Machine • None.
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Ultra Scan has been completed: the 1. Press the CONFIRM button to remove the
TMP set and the Upper Limit have been alarm.
consequently up-dated.

NEW ULTRA SCAN IS SUGGESTED 545

Reason Notification: the Ultra Scan has been completed.

Machine • None.
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Ultra Scan has been completed. 1. Perform a new scan and press the
CONFIRM button to remove the alarm.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-257


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

ON-LINE FLUID VOLUME EXCEEDED MAXIMUM LIMIT 546

Reason In On-line Rinseback, the maximum allowed On-Line Fluid Volume has been
reached.

Machine • The Arterial and Venous Pumps stop;


Actions • The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. In On-line Rinseback, the maximum allowed 1. If it is necessary to continue the rinseback,


On-Line Fluid Volume has been reached. proceed as follows:
Switch to HD-DN Treatment with saline
rinseback, performing the “Switch Off
ULTRA” Special Procedure;
Perform the Rinseback procedure as
described in the “ HD-DN Treatment with
saline fluid” section of the Operator’s
Manual.
If it is not necessary to continue the
rinseback, disconnect the patient.

PATIENT VENOUS LINE INCORRECT POSITION 547

Reason The position of the Venous Patient Line is incorrect. Probably during priming the
Venous Patient Line has not been inserted under the Venous Line Clamp.

Machine • The phase currently running stops;


Actions • The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Venous Patient Line has not been 1. Carefully check that the Venous Patient
inserted under the Venous Line Clamp. Line is under the Venous Line Clamp.
Then press the RESET button and continue
the process.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the Venous 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
clamp, Venous clamp board, Motherboard replace as required.
and Blood slave board.

2. The Venous line clamp sensor is defective. 2. Replace as required.

3. The Venous clamp board is defective. 3. Replace as required.

4. The Blood slave board is defective. 4. Replace as required.

9-258 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

LEAKAGES H 548

Reason Failure of the leakages test on the PDrain, PFS or PO: negative pressure failure
on the internal bypass circuit.

Machine • The phase currently running stops;


Actions • All the pumps are stopped.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Red and Blue Dialisys Fluid Tubes are 1. Verify that the Red and Blue Dialisys Fluid
not properly connected. Tubes are properly connected.
Press the RESET button to repeat the
current leakages test.

2. The Venous and Arterial Patient Lines are 2. Verify that the Venous and Arterial Patient
not properly connected to the EvaClean Lines are properly connected.
port. Press the RESET button to repeat the
current leakage test.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. The pressure of the PD, PDG, PO or PI 1. Perform the calibration as required.


pressure sensor is out of calibration.

2. There is a leakage from the EVA, EVDRAIN 2. Replace as required.


or EVH2O valve.

3. The PWHO pump is defective. 3. Replace as required.

LEAKAGES I 549

Reason Failure of the leakages test on delivery of dialysis fluid in the hydraulic circuit and
control of the patient weight loss.

Machine • The phase currently running stops;


Actions • All the pumps are stopped.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Red and Blue Dialysis Fluid Tubes are 1. Verify that the Red and Blue Dialysis Fluid
not properly connected. Tubes are properly connected.
Press the RESET button to repeat the
current leakages test.

2. The Venous and Arterial Patient Lines are 2. Verify that the Venous and Arterial Patient
not properly connected to the EvaClean Lines are properly connected.
port. Press the RESET button to repeat the
current leakage test.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. There is a leakage from the EVDS2 or EV2 1. Replace as required.


valve.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-259


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

POWER FAILURE: CHECK POWER SUPPLY 550

Reason A Power Failure occurred during HDF Post, HDF Pre and HF Pre treatments.

Machine • None.
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. A Power Failure occurred during HDF Post, 1. Check the Power Supply, in case no
HDF Pre and HF Pre treatment or during an recovery is possible:
On-line Rinseback. • Press the RESET button to remove the
alarm.
• Perform a “Switch OFF ULTRA” special
procedure;
• Perform a rinseback procedure in Saline
mode;
• Switch off the machine.

90% MAXIMUM ON-LINE VOLUME REACHED 552

Reason During On-line Bolus or Treatment the on-line volume has reached the 90% of the
maximum on-line volume allowed for Treatment.

Machine • None.
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The on-line volume has reached the 90% of 1. Press the RESET button.
the maximum on-line volume allowed for
Treatment.

MAXIMUM ON-LINE VOLUME REACHED 553

Reason The machine has stopped the substitution/infusion process in order to keep the
remaining one litre for performing on-line restitution.

Machine • The substitution/infusion process is permanently stopped for the rest of the
Actions Treatment in order to allow on-line Rinseback;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The on-line volume has reached the 1. Press the RESET button to remove the
maximum on-line volume allowed for alarm.
Treatment.

9-260 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

HEMOCONTROL ERROR 554

Reason A failure on the Hemocontrol has been verified.

Machine • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;


Actions • The Infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. A failure on the Hemocontrol has been 1. Deactivate the Hemocontrol, then press the
verified. RESET button.

SCALE STABILITY NOT REACHED 555

Reason The AFB K scale can not reach the required stability condition after the “Change
Hospasol Bag” special procedure has been performed.

Machine • None
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Hospasol infusion bags are not 1. Verify the proper installation of the Hospasol
properly installed on the AFB K scale. infusion bags on the AFB K scale.
Verify that Hospasol infusion bags do not
move when hung on the AFB K scale.
Press the RESET button.

2. An Hospasol infusion bag has been hung or 2. Check for Hospasol infusion bags hung or
removed from the AFB K scale after the removed.
“Change Hospasol Bag” special procedure Press the RESET button.
has been performed.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. The AFB K scale is defective. 1. Replace as required.

2. Defective acquisition of the AFB K scale 2. Replace as required.


voltage by the Protective board.

3. Defective infusion pump control by the 3. Replace as required.


Hydraulic slave board.

REMINDER: 558

Reason Notification: the set time has elapsed for the note entered on the keyboard
window.

Machine • None.
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The set time has elapsed for the note 1. Press the RESET button to remove the
entered on the keyboard window. alarm.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-261


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

PREPARATION COMPLETED 559

Reason Notification: the preparation process has been completed.

Machine • None.
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The preparation process has been 1. Press the CONFIRM button to remove the
completed. alarm.

PRIMING COMPLETED 560

Reason Notification: the Priming sub-process has been completed.

Machine • None.
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Priming sub-process has been 1. Press the CONFIRM button to remove the
completed. alarm.

AUTOSCHEDULED DISINFECTION/RINSE PROGRAM NOT PERFORMED 562

Reason The autoscheduled disinfection/rinse program has not been performed.

Machine • None.
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The autoscheduled disinfection/rinse 1. Press the RESET button to remove the


program has not been performed. alarm message.
Make sure that a Disinfection/Rinse
program has been performed before
starting a new treatment.

2. Following a Bacteriostatic Chemical 2. Press the RESET button to remove the


disinfection, the scheduled Disinfection/ alarm.
Rinse program has not been performed
because the machine has automatically
performed a Rinse process instead of the
program scheduled.

NOTE
This alarm will be triggered each time the machine is switched on during the day in which the
scheduled process has not been performed (although the alarm message has been confirmed).
The alarm will be definitely removed the day after the one the process has been scheduled, only
if the alarm message has been confirmed, otherwise it will continue to be triggered also in the
subsequent days.

9-262 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

CDF2 ULTRAFILTER LOWER SWITCH ERROR 563

Reason The CDF2 second ultrafilter lower connector microswitch (SWLOWUF2) is


indicating an error condition.

Machine • In ADR: The phase currently running stops.


Actions
• In DIALYSIS: The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
All the hydraulic pumps are stopped;
The Infusion flow is interrupted;
The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The CDF2 ultrafilter lower connector 1. Check the correct position of the ultrafilter.
microswitch is indicating an error condition.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the CDF2 1. Clean, repair or replace as required.


ultrafilter lower connector microswitch,
Motherboard and Hydraulic slave board.

2. The CDF2 ultrafilter lower connector 2. Replace as required.


microswitch is defective.

3. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 3. Replace as required.

ULTRAFILTER COVER ERROR 564

Reason The ultrafilter cover is not placed correctly.

Machine • In ADR: The phase currently running stops.


Actions
• In DIALYSIS: The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
The infusion flow is interrupted;
The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The ultrafilter cover is not placed correctly. 1. Check the correct position of the ultrafilter
cover.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the 1. Clean, repair or replace as required.


SWUFCOVL and/or SWUFCOVR ultrafilter
lower connector microswitch, Motherboard
and Hydraulic slave board.

2. The SWUFCOVL and/or SWUFCOVR 2. Replace as required.


microswitches are defective.

3. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 3. Replace as required.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-263


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

HYDRAULIC CENTRALISE ACETATE CONNECTOR TYPE ONE 565

Reason The Hydraulic Centralise Acetate Connector Type One is not placed correctly.

Machine In DIALYSIS:
Actions • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The concentrate pumps are stopped;
• The Infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

In ADR:
• The phase currently running stops.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Hydraulic Centralise Acetate Connector 1. Check the correct position of the Hydraulic
Type One is not placed correctly. Centralise Acetate Connector Type One.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the SWAC1 1. Verify the “SWAC1” parameter value
switch, Motherboard and Hydraulic slave displayed in the Page 1 of the Service Data
board. screen.
Insert and then remove the Red
Concentrate Connector into/from the Red
Female Connector type 1, the state of the
“SWAC1” value (Open/Closed) must
change.
Clean, repair or replace as required.

2. The SWAC1 microswitch is defective. 2. Replace as required.

3. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 3. Replace as required.

HYDRAULIC CENTRALISE ACETATE CONNECTOR TYPE TWO 566

Reason The Hydraulic Centralise Acetate Connector Type Two is not placed correctly.

Machine In DIALYSIS:
Actions • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The concentrate pumps are stopped;
• The Infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

In ADR:
• The phase currently running stops.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Hydraulic Centralise Acetate Connector 1. Check the correct position of the Hydraulic
Type Two is not placed correctly. Centralise Acetate Connector Type Two.

9-264 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

NOTE
If the Artis Dialysis System is in AFB K configuration, do not select the “Two Concentrate
Connector” option in the CCK Configuration selectpad, since this concentrate connector is not
available on the AFB K Concentrate Connector Panel.
If the “Two Concentrate Connector” option is selected, the “Hydraulic Centralise Acetate
Connector Type Two (#566)” alarm will be triggered and the rinse process will not be performed.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the SWAC2 1. Verify the “SWAC2” parameter value
switch, Motherboard and Hydraulic slave displayed in the Page 1 of the Service Data
board. screen.
Insert and then remove the Red
Concentrate Connector into/from the Red
Female Connector type 2, the state of the
“SWAC2” value (Open/Closed) must
change.
Clean, repair or replace as required.

2. The SWAC2 microswitch is defective. 2. Replace as required.

3. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 3. Replace as required.

TMP SET TOO LOW 567

Reason During dialysis, the TMP set is lower than the actual TMP measured.

Machine • If the machine is performing UC scan, the procedure fails.


Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The TMP set is lower than the actual TMP 1. Increase the TMP set value.
measured.

2. The TMP set is too low when the Venous 2. Increase the TMP set value.
Pump set is lower than 10 ml/min for 5
seconds in TPM therapy.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-265


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

WRONG CHECK RED CONCENTRATE CONNECTOR 568

Reason The position of the Red Concentrate Connector is wrong.

Machine In DIALYSIS:
Actions • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The infusion flow is interrupted;
• The concentrate pumps are stopped;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

In ADR:
• The phase currently running stops.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Red Concentrate Connector is not 1. Check the correct position of the Red
placed correctly. Concentrate Connector.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the SWA2 1. Verify the "SWA2" parameter value
switch, Motherboard and Protective slave displayed in the Service Data screen.
board. With the opening and closing of the Red
Concentrate Connector, the state of the
"SWA2" value (Open/Closed) must change.
Clean, repair or replace as required.

2. The SWA2 switch is defective. 2. Replace as required.

3. The Protective slave board is defective. 3. Replace as required.

WRONG CHECK BLUE CONCENTRATE CONNECTOR 569

Reason The position of the Blue Concentrate Connector is wrong.

Machine In ADR:
Actions • The phase currently running stops.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Blue Concentrate Connector is not 1. Check the correct position of the Blue
placed correctly. Concentrate Connector.

NOTE
The use of liquid Bicarbonate concentrate is not currently available.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the SWB2 1. Verify the "SWB2" parameter value
switch, Motherboard and Protective slave displayed in the Service Data screen. With
board. the opening and closing of the Blue
Concentrate Connector, the state of the
"SWB2" value (Open/Closed) must change.
Clean repair or replace as required.

9-266 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

Possible Cause (Service) (Continued) Suggested Action (Service) (Continued)

2. The microswitch SWB2 is defective. 2. Replace as required.

3. The Protective slave board is defective. 3. Replace as required.

ISOLATED UF COMPLETED 570

Reason The machine alerts that the Isolated UF process has been completed.

Machine • The machine remains in Isolated UF with deactivated “UF” button.


Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Isolated UF process has been 1. Press the RESET button to proceed with the
completed. next phase.

NOTE
DO NOT perform any special procedure or press the “Stop Treatment” button before having
pressed the RESET button to reset the “Isolated UF Completed (#570)” alarm message.

If a special procedure is performed or the “Stop Treatment” button is pressed before resetting the
“Isolated UF Completed (#570)” alarm message, when the treatment is resumed, the machine
might not be able to retrieve the proper prescription parameters. In this case, perform a Fast
Recovery procedure to reestablish the proper prescription parameters.

TREATMENT CAN NOT BEGIN UNTIL THE ULTRAFILTERS HAVE BEEN REPLACED 571

Reason The machine notifies that the ultrafilters have to be replaced, otherwise the
treatment cannot be performed.

Machine • None.
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The ultrafilters have to be replaced. 1. Replace the ultrafilters with new ones
(Refer to the “13.19 Ultrafilter Change
Procedure” section of the Operator’s
Manual). Check the Time and Date
displayed on the Main Screen and call for
Service if they are not correct.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-267


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. The ultrafilters have to be replaced. 1. Replace the ultrafilters with new ones
(Refer to the "13.19 Ultrafilter Change
Procedure" section of the Operator's
Manual).

2. A HW/SW failure affects the parameters for 2. Check the Date/Time and if it's not correct
ultrafilters replacement. change it (Refer to "1.5.8. Date/Time"
section of the Service Manual)

LOW HEPARINIZATION 573

Reason The volume of the Heparin infused is lower than the expected value.

Machine • None.
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The volume of the Heparin infused is lower 1. Press the RESET button remove the alarm.
than the expected value.

9-268 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

WRONG SINGLE NEEDLE CLAMPS POSITION 574

Reason The Protective Subsystem has detected the Arterial and Venous line clamps open
at the same time.

Machine • The Arterial and Venous pumps are stopped;


Actions • The Venous Line Clamp and Infusion clamp are closed;
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The UF rate is automatically set to zero.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Protective Subsystem has detected the 1. Press the RESET button to remove the
Arterial and Venous line clamps open at the alarm.
same time.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the Arterial 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
line clamp, Arterial clamp board, replace as required.
Motherboard and Blood slave board.

2. Defective connection between the Venous 2. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
line clamp, Venous clamp board, replace as required.
Motherboard and Blood slave board.

3. The Arterial board is defective. 3. Replace as required.

4. The Arterial clamp board is defective. 4. Replace as required.

5. The Venous clamp is defective. 5. Replace as required.

6. The Venous clamp board is defective. 6. Replace as required.

7. The Blood slave board is defective. 7. Replace as required.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-269


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

ZERO ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE FAILURE 575

Reason Zero Adjustment Procedure failed.

Machine • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;


Actions • The Infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. A Zero Adjustment Procedure failed. 1. Switch the machine OFF and call for
service.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between Control 1. Clean, repair or replace as required.


flowmeters, Motherboard, Hydraulic board.

PREPARATION CAN NOT PROCEED UNTIL DRESSING IS COMPLETE 576

Reason The preparation can not proceed until the machine dressing procedure has been
completed.

Machine • None.
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The machine dressing procedure is not 1. Complete the machine dressing procedure,
been completed. then press the CONFIRM button on the
Confirm window.

SMARTSCAN – LOW REAL QB 577

Reason The actual Blood Flow rate value is less than 90% of the Arterial Pump speed set
value for more than three minutes.

Machine • None.
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The actual Blood Flow rate value is less 1. Verify the set Arterial Pump speed and the
than 90% of the Arterial Pump speed set arterial pressure.
value for more than three minutes. Decrease the arterial pressure or decrease
the Arterial Pump speed.
Press the CONFIRM button to remove the
alarm.

9-270 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

WRONG DISINFECTANT USED IN CHEMICAL DISINF. 578

Reason A wrong conductivity has been detected during a Chemical disinfection process
with peracetic/low peracetic. The machine assumes that a disinfection with
hypochlorite has been performed and decreases of one the “Remaining Hypchlrt
Disinfs” parameter value.

Machine • None
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. A wrong conductivity has been detected 1. Press the RESET button to remove the
during a Chemical disinfection program alarm and let the disinfection program end.
with peracetic/low peracetic.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. A conductivity cell is damaged or not well 1. Perform a conductivity test to identify the
calibrated. conductivity cell that does not work
properly.
Clean, repair and replace as required.

ON-LINE BLOOD RESTITUTION: WRONG CASSETTE CONFIGURATION 579

Reason During the On-line Rinseback the Blood cassette is not properly configured
(Incorrect Blood Cassette line connections or clamps status).

Machine • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;


Actions • The Arterial and Venous pumps are stopped;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. Arterial patient line not properly connected 1. Ensure that the Arterial patient line is
to the Rinseback connector. properly connected to the Rinseback
connector;
Press the RESET button.

2. Incorrect clamps status. 2. Ensure that the clamps on the Arterial


infusion lines are closed.
Press the RESET button.

3. Venous connector not clamped. 3. Check that the Venous connector is


clamped.
Press the RESET button.

4. Rinseback connector or Arterial patient line 4. Check that the Rinseback connector or the
clamped. Arterial patient line are not clamped;
Press the RESET button.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. The Arterial pressure sensor is out of 1. Perform an Arterial pressure sensor


calibration. calibration as required.

2. The Arterial pressure sensor is damaged. 2. Replace as required.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-271


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

INCORRECT CONFIGURATION FOR BLOOD TUBING SYSTEM OR ULTRA ACCESSORY 580

Reason The Blood Tubing System is not properly configured for on-line priming.

Machine • The phase currently running stops;


Actions • The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Blood Tubing System is not properly 1. Check that:


configured for on-line priming. • the Ultra connector is properly connected
to the Venous connector;
• the clamp on the Venous connector is
open;
• the Ultra line is properly connected to the
Ultra port;
• the clamps on Arterial and Venous
infusion lines or on Arterial connector (if
present) or Rinseback connector are
closed;
• the dialyzer lines are properly connected
to the dialyzer;
• the clamps on Arterial and Venous patient
lines are open;
• the Arterial and Venous patient lines are
properly connected to the Eva Clean
ports.
Press the RESET button.

ISOLATED UF TARGET LOSS WILL NOT BE ACHIEVED 581

Reason The remaining Isolated UF time is not enough to reach the programmed Isolated
UF target loss.

Machine • None.
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Isolated UF target loss may not be 1. Press the RESET button.
achieved. Consider increasing the Isolated UF Time
or decreasing the Isolated UF Volume.

2. The "UF" action button has been 2. Press the RESET button.
deactivated for too long, therefore the time Consider increasing the Isolated UF Time
left after its activation is not enough for the or decreasing the Isolated UF Volume.
achievement of the set "Isol UF Vol".

9-272 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

RESIDUAL CHECK REMINDER 582

Reason Notification: A test for residues of disinfectant has to be performed just before
connecting the patient to the machine or before attaching the concentrates to the
machine.

Machine • None.
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. After chemical disinfection with peracetic 1. Perform a test for residuals of disinfectant
and just before connecting the patient to the on the dialysis fluid (Refer to the “Residual
machine, a test for residuals of disinfectant Test after Chemical Disinfection” section of
on the dialysis fluid has to be performed. the Operator’s Manual).

2. After chemical disinfection with hypochlorite 2. Perform a test for residuals of disinfectant
and before attaching the concentrates to on the dialysis fluid (Refer to the “Residual
the machine, a test for residuals of Test after Chemical Disinfection” section of
disinfectant on the dialysis fluid has to be the Operator’s Manual).
performed.

AIR DETECTOR CLEANING REQUIRED 583

Reason The Air Detector does not work with the maximum sensitivity because the Venous
Patient line or the Air Detector is dirty.

Machine • The Arterial and Venous Pumps are stopped;


Actions • The dialysis fluid goes into bypass.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-273


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

1. The Venous Patient Line is dirty or the Air 1. Open the Sensor Bar door;
Detector is defective.
2. Remove the Venous Patient line from the air
detector/blood sensor: an “Air in venous
line (#4)” alarm will be triggered;
3. Carefully check that there is not air in the
Venous Patient line;
4. Clean the Venous Patient line and the air
detector/blood sensor;
5. Route again the Venous Patient line through
the air detector/blood sensor;
6. Close the Sensor Bar door;
7. Solve the “Air in Venous Line (#4)” alarm as
described in the related troubleshooting of
this chapter;
8. Press the RESET button to clear the “Air
detector cleaning required (#583)” alarm;
9. If the “Air detector cleaning required (#583)”
alarm persists, stop the treatment and
perform a Manual Rinseback procedure.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Possible presence of accumulated dirt on 1. Check that the AD sensor is clean. If not,
the Venous Patient Line or on AD sensor, or change the sensor.
AD sensor is broken.
2. Insert a new line full of water in the AD
sensor holder.
3. Check that the AD sensor detects water
(verify in the Page 2 of the Service Data
screen the “SENSOR 1/2” parameter value
as described below).
4. Empty the new line without removing it from
the AD sensor holder and check that the
AD sensor detects air (verify in the Page 2
of the Service Data screen the “SENSOR 1/
2” parameter value as described below). If
not, change the sensor.

"SENSOR 1/2" -Vismode Hexadec:


1. Translate the hexadecimal read value into binary value as explained in the example below.

Example:
A4C4h (water is detected)

A 4 C 4

1 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0

9-274 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

A6A9h (air is detected)

A 6 A 9

1 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 1

2. Verify the state of the 3rd bit from the right: 1 - the sensor detects water
0 - the sensor detects air

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-275


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

AIR DETECTOR INSPECTION REQUIRED 584

Reason The Air Detector does not work with the maximum sensitivity because the Venous
Patient line or the Air Detector is dirty.

Machine • The Arterial and Venous Pumps are stopped;


Actions • The dialysis fluid goes into bypass.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Venous Patient Line is dirty or the Air 1. Open the Sensor Bar door;
Detector is defective.
2. Remove the Venous Patient line from the air
detector/blood sensor: an “Air in venous
line (#4)” alarm will be triggered;
3. Carefully check that there is not air in the
Venous Patient line;
4. Clean the Venous Patient line and the air
detector/blood sensor;
5. Route again the Venous Patient line through
the air detector/blood sensor;
6. Close the Sensor Bar door;
7. Solve the “Air in Venous Line (#4)” alarm as
described in the related troubleshooting of
this chapter;
8. Press the RESET button to clear the “Air
Detector Inspection Required (#584)”
alarm;
9. If the “Air Detector Inspection Required
(#584)” alarm persists, stop the treatment
and perform a Manual Rinseback
procedure.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Possible presence of accumulated dirt on 1. Check that the AD sensor is clean. If not,
the Venous Patient Line or on AD sensor, or change the sensor.
AD sensor is working out of specification.
2. Insert a new line full of water in the AD
sensor holder.
3. Check if the D14 led on the back side of the
PIB board is lit up. If the LED is lit
up,VTX>12.5 Volt, change the AD sensor.

9-276 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

SALINE BAG EMPTY 585

Reason The Saline Bag is either empty or not properly perforated by the spike of the Prime
Line; or the Venous Infusion Line is clamped; or the Prime Line is either closed or
obstructed.

Machine • None.
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Saline Bag is empty. 1. Change the Saline Bag;


Press the RESET button to clear the alarm.

2. The Saline Bag is not properly perforated by 2. Ensure that the spike of the Prime Line is
the spike of the Prime Line. deeply inserted in the Saline Bag;
Press the RESET button to clear the alarm.

3. The Venous Infusion line is calmped or the 3. Open the clamp on the Venous Infusion line
clamp on the Prime Line is closed. or on the Prime line;
Press the RESET button to clear the alarm.

4. The Prime Line is obstructed. 4. Adjust the Prime Line position to avoid
obstruction;
Press the RESET button to clear the alarm.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. The venous pressure does not change as 1. Calibrate the Venous Pressure Sensor.
expected during priming procedure.

2. The AD sensor detects air instead of water 2. Check for air in the Venous Patient Line. If
in the Venous Patient Line. the air is not present but the “SENSOR 1/2”
parameter indicates the presence of air
(verify the value in the Page 2 of the
Service Data screen as described below)
change the AD sensor.

"SENSOR 1/2" -Vismode Hexadec:


1. Translate the hexadecimal read value into binary value as explained in the example below.

Example:
A4C4h (water is detected)

A 4 C 4

1 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-277


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

A6A9h (air is detected)

A 6 A 9

1 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 1

2. Verify the state of the 3rd bit from the right: 1 - the sensor detects water
0 - the sensor detects air

ARTERIAL PUMP SEGMENT NOT CORRECTELY LOADED 586

Reason The Arterial Pump Segment has not been properly loaded in the pump rotor or the
clamp on the Arterial Infusion line is open.

Machine • None.
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Arterial Pump Segment has not been 1. Press the RESET button to clear the alarm;
properly loaded in the pump rotor.
2. Press the “Unload Cassette” button;
3. Press the CONFIRM button to start the
unloading procedure;
4. Unload the cassette;
5. Perform again the loading cassette
procedure.

2. The clamp on the Arterial Infusion line is 1. Close the clamp on the Arterial Infusion line;
open.
2. Press the RESET button to clear the alarm.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. During the “Arterial Pump Segment Test” 1. Check the arterial pressure sensor.
the arterial pressure doesn’t change in the
2. Check that the blood pump rotor is not
arterial chamber.
broken.

9-278 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

VENOUS INFUSION LINE OPEN 587

Reason The clamp on the Venous Infusion line is open.

Machine • The Arterial and Venous pumps stop and are not enabled until the alarm is
Actions Reset.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The clamp on the Venous Infusion line is 1. Close the clamp on the Venous Infusion
open. line;
2. Press the CONFIRM button to clear the
alarm.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. In the Patient Connection phase, when the 1. Check the venous pressure sensor.
blood pump starts, the venous pressure
2. Check that the blood pump rotor is not
doesn’t change in the venous chamber.
broken.

CHEMICAL DISINFECTION NOT PROPERLY PERFORMED: WRONG DISINFECTANT USED


588

Reason The chemical disinfection program set by the operator has not been properly
performed because a wrong disinfectant solution was used.

Machine • None.
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The chemical disinfection program set by 1. Press the RESET button.


the operator has not been properly
performed because a wrong disinfectant Perform the Residual Test after chemical
solution was used. disinfection procedure according to the
wrong disinfectant used, as described in
the “Residual Test after Chemical
Disinfection” section of the Operator’s
Manual.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-279


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

SN PRESSURE HIGH 589

Reason The SN Pressure is higher than 450 mmHg.

Machine • The Arterial and Venous Pumps are stopped;


Actions • The UF Rate is automatically set to zero;
• The Venous Line Clamp and Infusion clamp are closed;
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Venous Patient Line is kinked, clamped 1. Carefully check the Venous Patient Lines
or restricted. and the patient’s vascular access for kinks,
clamps or other restrictions.

Press the RESET button.

2. The diaphragm of the SN Cassette does not 2. Press the RESET button.
well stick to the SN pressure transducer. Perform a SN Cassette Repositioning
Procedure (Refer to the “Special
Procedures” chapter, in the Operator’s
Manual).

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. The SN pressure transducer is not properly 1. Calibrate as required.


calibrated.

2. The SN pressure transducer is defective. 2. Replace as required.

3. The PIB board is defective. 3. Replace as required.

9-280 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

SELECT CONCENTRATE ERROR 590

Reason PSel pupm speed is different from the expected value for more than 5%

Machine • The infusion flow is interrupted;


Actions • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The PSel pump speed is different from the 1. If during treatment, switch the machine off,
expected value. wait a few seconds and switch it on again.
Perform a Fast Recovery procedure as
described in the “Fast Recovery” section of
the Operator’s Manual.
If the alarm persists, manually perform
blood restitution to the patient.

2. Inappropriate solution in the Acid 2. Verify that appropriate concentrate has


Concentrate Canister. been used for the selected treatment type.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. The PSel pump is out of calibration. 1. Calibrate as required.

2. The PSel pump is defective. 2. Replace as required.

PROTRACT AIR IN HYDRAULIC PATHWAY (LD2) 591

Reason LD2 Level Sensor failed its test during dialysis.


LD2 Level Sensor may have detected air for a long time, failed or needs to be
cleaned.

Machine • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;


Actions • All the hydraulic pumps are stopped;
• The Infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The "Air in Hydraulic Pathway (LD2)" alarm 1. If during treatment, switch the machine off,
rose several times or for a long time during wait a few seconds and switch it on again.
treatment. Perform a Fast Recovery procedure as
described in the “Special Procedures” in
the Operator’s Manual).
2. If the alarm persists, manually perform
blood restitution to the patient.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connections between LD2, 1. Clean, repair or replace as required.


Motherboard, Hydraulic board.

2. Defective connections between EVD2, 2. Clean, repair or replace as required.


Motherboard, Hydraulic board.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-281


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Possible Cause (Service) (Continued) Suggested Action (Service) (Continued)

3. The tube between BT2, EVD2 and the drain 3. Repair or replace ORD and OWD as
is occluded. required.

4. The level sensor LD2 is dirty or defective. 4. Clean LD2, if still defective replace it as
required.

5. The EVD2 is defective. 5. Replace as required.

6. The Hydraulic board is defective. 6. Replace as required.

SN: PRESSURE NOT INCREASING 592

Reason During a Single Needle treatment the SN pressure is not increasing as expected.

Machine • The Arterial and Venous pumps are stopped;


Actions • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The SN pressure is not increasing as 1. Check that the SN Cassette is properly


expected. loaded on the Cassette holder and that the
pressure pods are properly connected to
the pressure transducers.

Press the RESET button to restart the


Arterial Pump and remove the alarm.

2. The Venous/Arterial Patient Lines or 2. Check the Venous/Arterial Patient Lines,


Venous/Arterial Dialyzer Lines are kinked, Venous/Arterial Dialyzer Lines and the
clamped, restricted or have some patient’s vascular access for kinks, clamps
leakeages. or other restrictions.

Press the RESET button to restart the


Arterial Pump and remove the alarm.

3. The Blood Cassette and/or the SN Cassette 3. Check the line connections to the cassettes
have some leakeages and ensure that the related clamps are
closed.

Press the RESET button to restart the


Arterial Pump and remove the alarm.

9-282 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

SN: PRESSURE NOT DECREASING 593

Reason During a Single Needle treatment the SN pressure is not decreasing as expected.

Machine • The Arterial and Venous pumps are stopped;


Actions • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The pressure pods of the SN Cassette are 1. Check that the SN Cassette is properly
not properly connected to the related loaded on the Cassette holder and that the
pressure transducers. pressure pods are properly connected to
the pressure transducers.

Press the RESET button to restart the


Venous Pump and remove the alarm.

2. The Venous Patient Line is kinked, clamped 2. Check the Venous Patient Line and the
or restricted. patient’s vascular access for kinks, clamps
or other restrictions.
Press the RESET button to restart the
Venous Pump and remove the alarm.

SN SERVICE LINE(S) ON SN CASSETTE OPEN 594

Reason During the priming process in Single Needle treatment, one of the SN Service
lines is not clamped.

Machine • The Priming process stops;


Actions • The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. One of the clamps of the SN Service Lines 1. Check that the SN Service Lines are
is open. securely clamped.

Press the RESET button.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-283


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

MAXIMUM BLOOD VOLUME REACHED 595

Reason During the Arterial Phase of a Single Needle treatment, the maximum blood
volume is reached before passing from the arterial to the venous phase.

Machine • The Arterial and Venous pumps are stopped;


Actions • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The set Stroke Volume has been changed 1. Reduce the Stroke Volume parameter
directly from maximum to minimum value or value.
from minimum to maximum value. Press RESET button to restart the Arterial
Pump and remove the alarm.
Gradually increase the Stroke Volume and
the Blood Flow parameter values.

2. The pressures are not properly measured in 2. Press RESET button.


the Post-Dialyzer Expansion Chambers. Perform the “SN Cassette Repositioning”
special procedure as described in the
"Chapter Special Procedures" of the
Operator’s Manual.

NOTE
If this alarm occurs in HD-SN treatment and with the Isolated UF function activated, press the
RESET button until the proper SN Pressure Max. limit is reached.

9-284 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

SELECTCART CARTRIDGE EMPTY 596

Reason The SelectCart Cartridge is either empty or not properly installed.

Machine • The concentrate pumps are stopped;


Actions • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The SelectCart Cartridge is empty. 1. Press the “Special Procedures” button.


Select the “Change SelectCart” option to
change the SelectCart Cartridge.
Perform the “Change SelectCart” special
procedure as described in the “Change
SelectCart Cartridge” section of the
Operator’s Manual.

2. The SelectCart Cartridge is not properly 2. Check that the SelectCart Cartridge is
installed. properly installed on its holder.
Press the “Special Procedures” button.
Select the “Change SelectCart” option to
change the SelectCart Cartridge.
Perform the “Change SelectCart” special
procedure as described in the “Change
SelectCart Cartridge” section of the
Operator’s Manual.

END OF HOSPASOL BAG 597

Reason The protective system of the machine has detected that the Hospasol infusion bag
is empty.

Machine • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;


Actions • The infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Venous Pump is stopped.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Hospasol infusion bag is empty 1. Press the RESET button.


Press the “Special Procedures” button.
Select the “Change Hospasol Bag” option.
Perform the “Change Hospasol Bag”
special procedure as described in the
“Change Hospasol Bag” section of the Artis
AFB K Treatment Operator’s Manual.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. The AFB K scale is out of calibration. 1. Perform the AFB K scale calibration as
required.

2. The AFB K scale is defective. 2. Replace as required.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-285


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Possible Cause (Service) (Continued) Suggested Action (Service) (Continued)

3. Defective acquisition of the AFB K scale 3. Replace as required.


voltage by the Protective slave board.

4. The infusion flow is defective. 4. Check the occlusion of the venous pump
rotor. Replace as required.

5. Defective infusion pump control by the 5. Replace as required.


Hydraulic slave board.

BICART CHANGE FAILED 598

Reason The Change BiCart Cartridge special procedure has not been successfully
accomplished.

Machine • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass.


Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Change BiCart Cartridge special 1. Press the RESET button.


procedure has not been successfully Perform again the “Change BiCart
accomplished. Cartridge” special procedure as described
in the “Change BiCart Cartridge” section of
the Operator’s Manual.

SELECTCART CHANGE FAILED 599

Reason The Change SelectCart Cartridge special procedure has not been successfully
accomplished.

Machine • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass.


Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Change SelectCart Cartridge special 1. Press the RESET button.


procedure has not been successfully Perform again the “Change SelectCart
accomplished. Cartridge” special procedure as described
in the “Change SelectCart Cartridge”
section of the Operator’s Manual.

9-286 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

SELECTBAG NOT CONNECTED 600

Reason The SelectBag is not properly installed or the SelectBag has been re-used.

Machine • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;


Actions • The concentrate pumps are stopped;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The SelectBag is not properly installed. 1. Verify that the SelectBag is properly
installed on its holder.
Press the RESET button.

2. The SelectBag is full of air. 2. Verify the SelectBag:

• If air is present in the SelectBag, press the


RESET button and then change the
SelectBag performing the “Change
SelectBag” special procedure as described
in the “Change SelectBag container”
section of the Operator’s Manual.

SELECTBAG CONDUCTIVITY CHECK FAILURE 601

Reason The Select Conductivity Check performed by the Protective Subsystem has failed

Machine • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;


Actions • The infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The type of SelectBag that has been set 1. Ensure that the correct type of SelectBag is
could not match with the installed one. being used.
Ensure that the correct type of SelectBag
has been selected in the “Fluid Settings”
sub-screen.
Perform a “Change SelectBag” special
procedure.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between ΓcB or ΓcA 1. Clean repair or replace as required.


condutivity cell, Hydraulic I2C Board,
Motherboard, Hydraulic board.

2. Defective connection between ΓpSel and 2. Clean repair or replace as required.


PSel pump, Protective I2C Board,
Motherboard, Protective board.

3. The PSe pump is blocked or defective. 3. Repair or replace as required.

4. A select conductivity cell is not properly 4. Calibrate or replace as required.


calibrated or is defective.

5. The Hydraulic or Protective I2C board is 5. Replace as required.


defective.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-287


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Possible Cause (Service) (Continued) Suggested Action (Service) (Continued)

6. The Hydraulic or Protective board is 6. Replace as required.


defective.

BICARBONATE/SELECT CONDUCTIVITY SET TOO LOW 602

Reason The conductivity of the dialysis fluid solution after mixing of the bicarbonate and
the SelectBag concentrates is below the expected value.

Machine • The infusion flow is interrupted;


Actions • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The BiCart Cartridge is almost empty. 1. Check the BiCart Cartridge.


If necessary, perform the Change BiCart
procedure as described in the “Change
BiCart Cartridge” section of the Operator’s
Manual.

2. Massive air leak from the BiCart Cartridge; 2. Ensure the BiCart Cartridge is securely
the BiCart Cartridge is not properly placed in its holder.
positioned in its holder.

3. The SelectBag container currently used is 3. Replace the wrong SelectBag container
not the proper one. with the proper one.
Perform a Change SelectBag procedure as
described in “Change SelectBag container”
section of the Operator’s Manual.

4. The SelectBag is not properly connected. 4. Check that the SelectBag is properly
installed on its holder.
Press the “Special Procedures” button.
Select the “Change SelectBag” option to
change the SelectBag container.
Perform the “Change SelectBag” special
procedure as described in the “Change
SelectBag container” section of the
Operator’s Manual.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective Select or Bicarbonate conductivity 1. Repair or replace as required.


cell.

2. Defective connection between Select 2. Clean, repair or replace as required.


conductivity cell, Protective I2C Board,
Motherboard, Protective Board.

3. Wrong ceramic pumps stroke volume 3. Check ceramic pumps stroke volume.
stored.

9-288 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

BICARBONATE/SELECT CONDUCTIVITY SET TOO HIGH 603

Reason The conductivity of the dialysis fluid solution after mixing of the bicarbonate and
the SelectBag concentrates is above the expected value.

Machine • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;


Actions • The infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The BiCart Cartridge is almost empty. 1. Check the BiCart Cartridge.


If necessary, perform the Change BiCart
procedure as described in the “Change
BiCart Cartridge” section of the Operator’s
Manual.

2. Massive air leak from the BiCart Cartridge; 2. Ensure the BiCart Cartridge is securely
the BiCart Cartridge is not properly placed in its holder.
positioned in its holder.

3. The SelectBag container currently used is 3. Replace the wrong SelectBag container
not the proper one. with the proper one.
Perform a Change SelectBag procedure as
described in “Change SelectBag container”
section of the Operator’s Manual.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective Select or Bicarbonate conductivity 1. Repair or replace as required.


cell.

2. Defective connection between Select 2. Clean, repair or replace as required.


conductivity cell, Protective I2C Board,
Motherboard, Protective Board.

3. Wrong ceramic pumps stroke volume 3. Check ceramic pumps stroke volume.
stored.

SMARTSCAN - HIGH SODIUM SETTING 606

Reason The "Sodium" parameter set value has been higher than 155 mmol/L for more
than 90 minutes, consecutively.

Machine • None.
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The "Sodium" parameter has been set to a 1. Check that the current setting is in
value higher than 155 mmol/L for more than agreement with the patient prescription or
90 minutes, consecutively. set the "Sodium" parameter to a value
equal to or lower than 155 mmol/L.
Press the CONFIRM button.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-289


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

SCALE MEASUREMENT ERROR 609

Reason The protective system has detected a scale weight measurement error.

Machine • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;


Actions • The infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Venous Pump is stopped.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. A scale measurement error has been 1. Disconnect the patient.


detected. Call for Service.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. The AFB K scale is out of calibration. 1. Perform the AFB K scale calibration as
required.

2. The AFB K scale is defective. 2. Replace as required.

3. Defective acquisition of the AFB K scale 3. Replace as required.


voltage by the Protective slave board.

4. Defective acquisition of the scale voltage by 4. Replace as required.


the Bioslave2 AFB slave board.

5. Defective connection between the AFB K 5. Replace the cables as required.


scale and Motherboard.

SAFEBAG - K COMPARTMENT EMPTY 610

Reason The K Compartment of the Safebag KV concentrate solution is either empty or not
properly connected to the Blue Concentrate Connector.
As a result the PB concentrate pump can not reach the set conductivity value.

Machine • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;


Actions • The infusion flow is interrupted;
• The concentrate pumps are stopped.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The K Compartment of the Safebag KV 1. Press the “Special Procedures” button.


concentrate solution is empty. Select the “Change Safebag” option.
Perform the “Change Safebag” special
procedure as described in the “Change
Safebag” section of the Artis AFB K
Treatment Operator’s Manual.

2. The Blue Concentrate Connector is not 2. In AFB K Treatment:


connected to its Safebag Connector or the Verify that the Blue Concentrate Connector
frangible pin of the Safebag - K is properly connected to its Safebag
Compartment has not been broken. Connector.
Verify that the frangible pin of the Safebag -
K Compartment has been broken.

3. The Bicarbonate Pump speed is incorrect. 3. If the machine does not stabilize, call for
Service.

9-290 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. There is an air leakage into the Blue 1. Repair or replace as required.


Concentrate Connector or a tube is kinked.

2. The PB pump is defective. 2. Replace as required.

3. Defective connection between the PB 3. Repair or replace as required.


pump, Motherboard and Hydraulic slave
board.

4. Defective connection between ΓcB 4. verify the connections, clean, repair or


conductivity cell, Hydraulic I2C board, replace as required.
Motherboard and Hydraulic slave board.

SAFEBAG - AFB COMPARTMENT EMPTY 611

Reason The AFB Compartement of the Safebag KV concentrate container is either empty
or not properly connected to the green concentrate connector.
As a result the PA concentrate pump can not reach the set conductivity value.

Machine • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;


Actions • The infusion flow is interrupted;
• The concentrate pumps are stopped.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The AFB Compartment of the Safebag KV 1. Press the “Special Procedures” button.
concentrate container is empty. Select the “Change Safebag” option.
Perform the “Change Safebag” special
procedure as described in the “Change
Safebag” section of the AFB K Treatment
Operator’s Manual.

2. The Green Concentrate Connector is not 2. Check that the Green Concentrate
connected to its Safebag Connector or the Connector is properly connected to its
frangible pin of the Safebag - AFB Safebag Connector.
Compartment has not been broken. Verify that the frangible pin of the Safebag -
AFB Compartment has been broken.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. There is an air leakage into the Green 1. Repair or replace as required.


Concentrate Connector or a tube is kinked.

2. The PA pump is defective. 2. Replace as required.

3. Defective connection between the PA 3. Repair or replace as required.


pump, Motherboard and Hydraulic slave
board.

4. Defective connection between ΓcA 4. Verify the connections, clean, repair or


conductivity cell, Hydraulic I2C board, replace as required.
Motherboard and Hydraulic slave board.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-291


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

INFUSION SETTINGS STILL OUTSIDE PRESCRIPTION 612

Reason The Bicarbonatemia Surveillance System (Caddy) has detected that either no
action has been taken by the user within 60 seconds from the occurence of the
“Infusion Settings Outside Prescription (#102)” Information Message or, following
a change to the Blood Flow rate or to the Infusion Flow rate, the Blood Flow rate or
the Infusion Flow rate results to be outside the final bicarbonatemia target
acceptable for the patient, but the machine can suggest an Infusion Flow rate.

Machine • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;


Actions • The infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Venous Pump is stopped.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. No action has been taken by the user within 1. To keep the current infusion prescription:
60 seconds from the occurence of the Press the RESET button on the Alarm/
“Infusion Settings Outside Prescription Information Message Area.
(#102)” Information Message. Press the CONFIRM button on the Confirm
window.

2. The Blood Flow rate is changed and results 2. To keep the current infusion prescription:
to be outside the patient final Press the RESET button on the Alarm/
bicarbonatemia acceptable for the patient, Information Message Area.
but the machine can suggest an Infusion Press the CONFIRM button on the Confirm
Flow rate. window.

3. The Infusion Flow rate is changed and 3. To keep the current infusion prescription:
results to be outside the patient final Press the RESET button on the Alarm/
bicarbonatemia acceptable for the patient, Information Message Area.
but the machine can suggest an Infusion Press the CONFIRM button on the Confirm
Flow rate. window.

9-292 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

INFUSION SETTINGS OUT OF RANGE 613

Reason The Bicarbonatemia Surveillance System (Caddy) has detected a discrepancy


between the Blood Flow rate, Infusion Flow rate and UF Rate such that the system
can not suggest an Infusion Flow rate.

Machine • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;


Actions • The infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Venous Pump is stopped.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Blood Flow rate is changed and the 1. To keep the current infusion prescription:
system can not suggest an Infusion Flow Decrease or Increase the Blood Flow rate
rate. in opposite direction to the Blood Flow rate
change just done.
Solve the “Infusion Settings Outside
Prescription (#102) Information Message or
the “Infusion Settings Still Outside
Prescription (#612)” Alarm Message.

To set a new infusion prescription:


Press the “Infusion Settings” button to enter
the Infusion Settings sub-screen.
Modify the Blood Flow rate.
Press the “Confirm Prescription” button.

2. The Infusion Flow rate is changed and the 2. To set a new infusion prescription:
system can not suggest an Infusion Flow Press the “Infusion Settings” button to enter
rate. the Infusion Settings sub-screen.
Modify the Infusion Flow rate.
Press the “Confirm Prescription” button.

3. The UF Rate is changed and an 3. To keep the current infusion prescription:


inconsistency is detected between the Decrease the Blood Flow value until the
infusion prescription parameter values. Information Message (#102) or the Alarm
Message (#612) will be triggered.
Solve the “Infusion Settings Outside
Prescription (#102) Information Message or
the “Infusion Settings Still Outside
Prescription (#612)” Alarm Message.

To set a new infusion prescription:


Press the “Infusion Settings” button to enter
the Infusion Settings sub-screen.
Reduce the Infusion Flow rate.
Press the “Confirm Prescription” button.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-293


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

INFUSION CASSETTE NOT CONNECTED TO BLOOD CASSETTE 614

Reason The AFB K Connection Line of the Infusion Cassette is not connected to the
Service Line of the Venous Dialyzer Line.

Machine • The priming phase is stopped.


Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The AFB K Connection Line of the Infusion 1. Verify the connection between the Infusion
Cassette is not connected to Service Line and the Blood Cassette.
of the Venous Dialyzer Line. If necessary, connect the AFB K
Connection Line of the Infusion Cassette to
the Service Line of the Blood Cassette.
Press the RESET button.

2. The clamp on the Service Line of the 2. Verify that the clamp on the Service Line of
Venous Dialyzer Line is closed. the Venous Dialyzer Line is open.
If necessary, open the clamp on the Service
Line of the Venous Dialyzer Line.
Press the RESET button.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. The Venous pressure sensor is out of 1. Perform a venous pressure sensor


calibration. calibration as required.

9-294 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

HOSPASOL INFUSION LINE CLAMPED 615

Reason The Hospasol Infusion Line of Infusion Cassette is clamped.

Machine • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;


Actions • The infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Venous Pump is stopped.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The clamps on the Hospasol Infusion Lines 1. Verify that the clamps on the Hospasol
connected to Hospasol Bags are closed. Infusion Lines are open; if necessary open
them.
Press the RESET button.

2. The Hospasol Infusion Line is obstructed or 2. Carefully check the Hospasol Infusion Line
kinked. for kinks.
Check that the Hospasol Infusion Line is
properly inserted in its guides on the
machine.
If necessary, insert the Hospasol Infusion
Line in its guides.
Press the RESET button.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. The AFB K scale is out of calibration. 1. Perform the AFB K scale calibration as
required.

2. The AFB K scale is defective. 2. Replace as required.

3. Defective acquisition of the AFB K scale 3. Replace as required.


voltage by the Bioslave2 AFB slave board.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-295


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

DEGASSING LINE ON INFUSION CASSETTE CLAMPED 616

Reason The Infusion Cassette is not filled with the infusion fluid.

Machine • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;


Actions • The infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Venous Pump is stopped.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The clamp on the Degassing Line of the 1. Verify that the clamp on the Degassing Line
Infusion Cassette is closed. of the Infusion Cassette is open.
If necessary, open the clamp on the
Degassing Line.
Press the RESET button.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. The AFB K scale is out of calibration. 1. Perform the AFB K scale calibration as
required.

2. The AFB K scale is defective. 2. Replace as required.

3. Defective acquisition of the scale voltage by 3. Replace as required.


the Bioslave2 AFB slave board.

EVACLEAN DOORS INCORRECT POSITION 617

Reason The Left Blue EvaClean door position is wrong; or the Right Red EvaClean door
position is wrong; or both the EvaClean doors are in a wrong position.

Machine The machine waits until the EvaClean Door is closed, in the meantime:
Actions In DIALYSIS:
• All the hydraulic pumps are stopped;
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Left Blue EvaClean door is open when 1. Verify that the door is closed.
it should be closed. Press the RESET button.

2. The Left Blue EvaClean door is closed 2. Verify that the door is OPEN.
when it should be OPEN. Press the RESET button.

3. The Right Red EvaClean door is open when 3. Verify that the door is closed.
it should be closed. Press the RESET button.

4. The Right Red EvaClean door is closed 4. Verify that the door is OPEN.
when it should be open. Press the RESET button.

5. Both the EvaClean doors are open when 5. Verify that the doors are closed.
they should be closed. Press the RESET button.

6. Both the EvaClean doors are closed when 6. Verify that the doors are open.
they should be open. Press the RESET button.

9-296 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

. .

SCALE ACQUISITION FAILURE 618

Reason The reading acquired from the AFB K scale has an invalid value.

Machine • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;


Actions • The infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Venous Pump is stopped.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The operator, while handling with the 1. Pay attention to not bump and push up the
Hospasol infusion bags, bumps the AFB K AFB K scale, while handling with the
scale pushing it up. Hospasol infusion bags.
Press the RESET button.

2. The operator, while moving the machine, 2. Pay attention to not bump and push up the
bumps the AFB K scale pushing it up. AFB K scale, while moving the machine.
Press the RESET button.

3. A failure in the AFB K scale has occured. 3. Press the RESET button.
If the alarm persists, call for Service.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. The AFB K scale is defective. 1. Replace as required.

2. Defective connection between the AFB K 2. Replace the cables as required.


scale and Motherboard.

SCALE POWER SUPPLY FAILURE 619

Reason The AFB K scale voltage power supply has drifted.

Machine • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;


Actions • The infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Venous Pump is stopped.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the AFB K 1. Replace the cables as required.


scale and Motherboard.

2. The AFB K scale is defective. 2. Replace as required.

3. Defective acquisition of the AFB K scale 3. Replace as required.


voltage supply by the Bioslave2 AFB slave
board.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-297


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

END OF HOSPASOL BAG 620

Reason The control system has detected that the Hospasol infusion bag is empty.

Machine • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;


Actions • The infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Venous Pump is stopped.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Hospasol infusion bag is empty. 1. Press the RESET button.


Press the “Special Procedures” button.
Select the “Change Hospasol Bag” option.
Perform the “Change Hospasol Bag”
special procedure as described in the
“Change Hospasol Bag” section of the Artis
AFB K Treatment Operator’s Manual.

2. The AFB K Connection Line is clamped 2. Unclamp the AFB K Connection Line.
Press the RESET button.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. The AFB K scale is out of calibration. 1. Perform the AFB K scale calibration as
required.

2. The AFB K scale is defective. 2. Replace as required.

3. Defective acquisition of the AFB K scale 3. Replace as required.


voltage by the Bioslave2 AFB slave board.

4. The infusion flow is defective. 4. Check the occlusion of the venous pump
rotor. Replace as required.

5. Defective infusion pump control by the 5. Replace as required.


Hydraulic slave board.

9-298 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

END OF HOSPASOL BAG OR HOSPASOL INFUSION LINE CLAMPED 621

Reason The Hospasol infusion bag is empty or the clamp on the Hospasol Infusion Line,
connected to the Hospasol infusion bag, is closed or the Hospasol Infusion Line is
kinked.

Machine • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;


Actions • The infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Venous Pump is stopped.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Hospasol infusion bag is empty. 1. Press the RESET button.


Press the “Special Procedures” button.
Select the “Change Hospasol Bag” option.
Perform the “Change Hospasol Bag”
special procedure as described in the
“Change Hospasol Bag” section of the Artis
AFB K Treatment Operator’s Manual.

2. The clamp on the Hospasol Infusion Line is 2. Verify that the clamp on Hospasol Infusion
closed. Line, connected to the Hospasol Infusion
bag, is open.
If necessary, open the clamp on the
Hospasol Infusion Line.
Press the RESET button.

3. The Hospasol Infusion Line is kinked. 3. Carefully check the Hospasol Infusion Line
for kinks.
Check that the Hospasol Infusion Line is
properly inserted in its guides on the
machine.
If necessary, insert the Hospasol Infusion
Line in its guides.
Press the RESET button.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. The SN pressure sensor is out of 1. Perform a SN pressure sensor calibration


calibration. as required.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-299


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

INFUSION CHAMBER PRESSURE TOO HIGH 622

Reason The pressure inside the Infusion Cassette is too high.

Machine • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;


Actions • The infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Venous Pump is stopped.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Hospasol infusion bag is squeezed. 1. Pay attention while hanging the Hospasol
infusion bags on the AFB K scale.
Handle the Hospasol infusion bags without
squeezing them.
Press the RESET button.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. The SN pressure sensor is out of 1. Perform a SN pressure sensor calibration


calibration. as required.

K PROFILE ERROR 623

Reason The protective system has detected a discrepancy in the actual potassium profile
curve.

Machine • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;


Actions • The infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Venous Pump is stopped.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The protection module has detected a 1. Press the RESET button.


discrepancy in the actual potassium profile Press the “K Profile Mode” button on the “K
curve. Settings” sub-screen to deactivate the K
Profile mode.
Refer to the “Deactivate K Profile” section
of the Artis AFB K Treatment Operator’s
Manual.
Continue the treatment in K Constant
mode.

9-300 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

NO HOSPASOL BAG ON SCALE 624

Reason During the machine dressing procedure, prior to perform the priming procedure,
the connection of the Hospasol Infusion Lines with the Hospasol infusion bags has
been confirmed, but any Hospasol infusion bag has been hung on the AFB K
scale.

Machine • None
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Hospasol Infusion bags have not been 1. Press the RESET button.
hung on the AFB K scale. Hang the Hospasol infusion bags on the
scale as described in the “Install Hospasol
Infusion Bags” paragraph of the Artis AFB K
Treatment Operator’s Manual.

2. The Hospasol infusion bag is empty. 2. Press the RESET button.


Replace the empty Hospasol infusion bag
and hang a new one as described in the
“Install Hospasol Infusion Bags” paragraph
of the Artis AFB K Treatment Operator’s
Manual.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. The AFB K scale is out of calibration. 1. Perform the AFB K scale calibration as
required.

2. The AFB K scale is defective. 2. Replace as required.

3. Defective acquisition of the AFB K scale 3. Replace as required.


voltage by the Bioslave2 AFB slave board.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-301


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

HOSPASOL LOW WEIGHT LIMIT REACHED 625

Reason The weight of the Hospasol infusion bags hung on the scale is below the minimum
value set in the Service 2 menu.

Machine • None
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Hospasol infusion bag is almost empty. 1. Press the CONFIRM button.
Press the “Special Procedures” button.
Select the “Change Hospasol Bag” option.
Perform the “Change Hospasol Bag”
special procedure as described in the
“Change Hospasol Bag” section of the Artis
AFB K Treatment Operator’s Manual.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. The Hospasol infusion bag is almost empty 1. Verify the value of the preset parameter
according to the preset value. "End Of Bag Alarm" in according to the
clinical policy.

9-302 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

INFUSION VOLUME ERROR 626


Reason A difference greater than 200 grams has been detected between the calculated
Infusion Volume, based on the Infusion Flow rate set, and the infusion fluid
effectively delivered, measured by the scale.

Machine • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;


Actions • The infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Venous Pump is stopped.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The “Scale Measurement Error (#161) and/ 1. Press the “Stop Treatment” button to stop
or the “Infusion Flow Rate Error (#99) alarm the treatment.
have been triggered several times. Perfom the rinseback and the patient
disconnection procedures as described in
the “Rinseback mode” and “Patient
Disconnection” sections of the Artis AFB K
Treatment Operator’s Manual.

2. The Hospasol infusion bag has been hung 2. Press the “Stop Treatment” button to stop
or removed several times without the treatment.
performing the “Change Hospasol Bag” Perfom the rinseback and the patient
special procedure. disconnection procedures as described in
the “Rinseback mode” and “Patient
Disconnection” sections of the Artis AFB K
Treatment Operator’s Manual.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective infusion flow. 1. Verify the venous pump rotor occlusion as


required.
Change if the rotor is defective.

2. The AFB K scale is out of calibration. 2. Perform the AFB K scale calibration as
required.

3. The AFB K scale is defective. 3. Replace as required.

4. Defective acquisition of the AFB K scale 4. Replace as required.


voltage by the Protective board.

5. Defective infusion pump control by the 5. Replace as required.


Hydraulic slave board.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-303


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

WRONG SCHEDULED PREPARATION 627

Reason The scheduled preparation starts wrongly at the end of the treatment.

Machine • None
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The “Auto Start” table scheduled in the Switch the machine OFF, wait a few
“Disinfect/Rinse Settings” sub-screen is seconds and then switch the machine back
incorrect. ON.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. The “Auto Start” table scheduled in the 1. Check in the “Disinfect/Rinse Settings” sub-
“Disinfect/Rinse Settings” sub-screen is screen that the preparation process is
incorrect. correctly scheduled in the “Auto Start” table.

SALINE SOLUTION HAS ENTERED IN THE HOSPASOL BAG 628

Reason Some saline solution has entered in the Hospasol Bag and the Bicarbonate
concentration could be changed.

Machine • None
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The pump segment of the Infusion Cassette DURING PREPARATION


has not been loaded correctly. 1. Press the “Special Procedure” action button
in the Overview screen and select the
“Unload Cassette” procedure.
Unload and discard the Infusion and Blood
Cassettes before the end of the preparation
phase.
Discard those Hospasol bags whose
Infusion Line was unclamped.
Install a new Hospasol bag.
Install new Blood and Infusion Cassettes.
DURING PRIMING
1. Switch the machine OFF.
Switch it ON again.
Press the “Special Procedure” action button
in the Overview screen and select the
“Unload Cassette” procedure.
Unload and discard the Infusion and Blood
Cassettes.
Discard those Hospasol bags whose
Infusion Line was unclamped.
Install a new Hospasol bag.
Install new Blood and Infusion Cassettes.

9-304 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. During the loading of the Infusion Cassette, 1. Check that the venous pump rotor is not
the venous pump rotor is not able to load broken.
the pump segment.

UNSTABLE CONDUCTIVITY CONDITION 629

Reason Preparation cannot be completed.

Machine • None
Actions

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between ΓcB or ΓcA 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
conductivity cell, Hydraulic I2C Board, replace as required.
Motherboard and Hydraulic slave board.

2. Defective connection between ΓpSe or Γp 2. Verify the connections, clean, repair or


conductivity cell, Protective I2C Board, replace as required.
Motherboard and Protective slave board.

3. The Acid pick-up tube is kinked or has a 3. Replace or repair as required.


leak.

4. The PB, PA or PSe pump is defective. 4. Repair or replace as required.

5. A conductivity cell is not properly calibrated 5. Calibrate or replace as required.


or is defective.

6. The Hydraulic or Protective I2C board is 6. Replace as required.


defective.

7. The Hydraulic or Protective slave board is 7. Replace as required.


defective.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-305


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

WRONG DATE/TIME OR WRONG DATE OF INSTALLATION OF U9000 ULTRAFILTERS 630

Reason A hardware malfunction caused the Date Correctness check to fail.

Machine • None
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. A hardware malfunction caused the Date 1. Press the RESET button


Correctness check to fail. Because of this malfunction, the machine is
not able to notify when ultrafilters have
expired. Replace the U9000 ultrafilters if
the maximum number of days of usage set
by your clinical policies has been exceeded
(do not rely on the Date of Installation of
U9000 ultrafilters displayed by the machine,
check the label you should have placed on
the U9000s ultrafilters once replaced;
change the U9000 ultrafilters if the label is
not present or readable).
Call for service to repair the hardware
malfunction. While the malfunction is
present, the machine could perform all the
Function Checks each time a new
treatment is started, thus increasing the
preparation time.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. The CMOS battery is discharged or below 1. Perform the following actions:


minimum voltage. - Check and replace the CMOS battery
- Set the machine's Date and Time to the
current Date and Time

2. The Date of Installation of the U9000 2. Check and replace the CMOS battery
ultrafilters is wrong - Set the machine's Date and Time to a
value greater than the Date of Installation of
the U9000 ultrafilters
- Simulate a replacement of the U9000
ultrafilters by entering the appropriate
function
- Set the machine's Date and Time to the
current Date and Time
- Replace the U9000 ultrafilters by entering
the appropriate function

NOTE
Each time the Date Correctness Check fails, the Artis Dialysis System can perform the
complete sequence of Function Checks and the Diascan Auto-Calibration.

9-306 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

UNRELIABLE SN PRESSURE 631

Reason The SN pressure is out of allowed limits due to an improper position of the SN
Cassette diaphragm or to the breakdown of the pressure sensor.

Machine • The Arterial and Venous Pumps stop;


Actions • The Venous Line Clamp is closed;
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The SN pressure is out of allowed limits due 1. Adjust the SN pressure by using a sterile
to an improper position of the SN Cassette syringe until it reaches about 100 mmHg.
diaphragm or to the breakdown of the Press the RESET button to clear the alarm
pressure sensor. and to restart the Arterial and Venous
Pumps.
Perform a “SN Cassette Repositioning”
procedure as described in the “SN Cassette
Repositioning” section of the Operator’s
Manual.

VENOUS FLOW TOO HIGH 632

Reason During HD-DNDP, the Venous Flow is greater than allowed limits.

Machine • The Arterial and Venous Pumps stop;


Actions • The Venous Line Clamp is closed;
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. During HD-DNDP, the Venous Flow is 1. Press the Blood Flow Decrease key, to
greater than allowed limits. decrease the blood flow.
Press the RESET button to clear the alarm
and to restart the Arterial and Venous
Pumps.

VENOUS FLOW OVER ALLOWED RANGE 633

Reason The SN pressure is out of allowed limits due to an improper position of the SN
cassette diaphragm or to the breakdown of the pressure sensor.

Machine • The Arterial and Venous Pumps stop;


Actions • The Venous Line Clamp is closed;
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass,
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-307


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The SN pressure is out of allowed limits due 1. Press the RESET button to clear the alarm
to an improper position of the SN cassette and to restart the Arterial and Venous
diaphragm or to the breakdown of the Pumps
pressure sensor. Perform a “SN Cassette Repositioning”
procedure as described in the “SN Cassette
Repositioning” section of the Operator’s
Manual.

VENOUS FLOW TOO LOW: SN CASSETTE INSPECTION REQUIRED 634

Reason During HD-DNDP, venous flow is below allowed range due to possible leakages in
the SN cassette.

Machine • The Arterial and Venous Pumps stop;


Actions • The Venous Line Clamp is closed;
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. During HD-DNDP, venous flow is below 1. Ensure that the SN Service Lines are
allowed range due to possible leakages in clamped.
the SN cassette. Ensure that the Dialyzer lines are firmly
connected to the dialyzer.
Press the RESET button to clear the alarm
and to restart the Arterial and Venous
Pumps.
If the alarm persists, check for clotting or
clogging in the blood side of the dialyzer.
Press the RESET button to clear the alarm
and to restart the Arterial and Venous
Pumps.
Perform a Change Circuit procedure, if
necessary.

9-308 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

HEMOCONTROL: REFILLING RATE BETTER THAN EXPECTED 635

Reason SmartScan detected a BV% reduction lower than expected, leading to a higher
Accumulated UF Volume.

Machine • None.
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. SmartScan detected a BV% reduction lower Press the CONFIRM button to remove the
than expected, leading to higher Information Message.
Accumulated UF Volume. If this message reoccurs, consider one of
the following options.
Carefully evaluate the patient’s clinical
condition before adjusting the prescription
parameters. Pay particular attention to the
patient’s blood pressure.
OPTION 1
STABLE BP, NO HYPOTENSION AND
DRY WEIGHT TO BE MAINTAINED:
Consider increasing Final BV.
OPTION 2
STABLE BP AND NO HYPOTENSION:
Consider increasing UF Volume.
OPTION 3
AFFECTED BP AND/OR HYPOTENSION:
Consider increasing Final BV, or Stand by
(if infusion is required), or deactivate
HemoControl.

NOTE
It takes up to 30 minutes to see the full effect of a Hemocontrol prescription adjustment.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-309


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

HEMOCONTROL: UNUSUAL STATUS 636

Reason HemoControl: Unusual state.

Machine • None.
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. HemoControl: Unusual state. 1. Press the CONFIRM button to remove the


Information Message.
Carefully evaluate the patient’s clinical
condition before adjusting the prescription
parameters. Pay particular attention to the
patient’s blood pressure.
OPTION 1
HEMOCONTROL PRESCRIPTION
RECENTLY MODIFIED:
Wait (max 15 minutes). This could be a
temporary situation following the
adjustment of a setting
OPTION 2
HEMOCONTROL PRESCRIPTION NOT
MODIFIED:
If this state persists for more than 15
minutes, deactivate Hemocontrol.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. SmartScan detected a BV% reduction and 1. Perform the Hemoscan Sensor calibration
an Accumulated UF Volume higher than as required.
expected.

9-310 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

HEMOCONTROL: REFILLING RATE LOWER THAN EXPECTED 637

Reason SmartScan detected a BV% reduction higher than expected, leading to a lower
Accumulated UF Volume.

Machine • None.
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. SmartScan detected a BV% reduction 1. Press the CONFIRM button to remove the
higher than expected, leading to a lower Information Message.
Accumulated UF Volume. If this message reoccurs, consider one of
the following options.
Carefully evaluate the patient’s clinical
condition before adjusting the prescription
parameters. Pay particular attention to the
patient’s blood pressure.
OPTION 1
STABLE BP, NO HYPOTENSION AND
DRY WEIGHT TO BE MAINTAINED:
Consider decreasing Final BV.
OPTION 2
AFFECTED BP AND/OR HYPOTENSION:
Consider decreasing UF Volume, or Stand
by (if infusion is required), or deactivate
HemoControl.

NOTE
It takes up to 30 minutes to see the full effect of a Hemocontrol prescription adjustment.

HEMOCONTROL: UF VOLUME MAY NOT BE REACHED 638

Reason SmartScan detected that the UF Volume may not be reached.

Machine • None.
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. SmartScan detected that the UF Volume 1. Press the CONFIRM button to remove the
may not be reached. Information Message.
Carefully evaluate the patient’s clinical
condition before adjusting the prescription
parameters. Pay particular attention to the
patient’s blood pressure.
Consider increasing Max Initial UF.

NOTE
It takes up to 30 minutes to see the full effect of a Hemocontrol prescription adjustment.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-311


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

EMPTYING CANNOT PROCEED: BLUE DIALYSIS FLUID CONNECTOR NOT


RECONNECTED 639

Reason Notification: after patient disconnection, the Blue Dialysis Fluid tube is not
connected to its safety coupling on the machine within 2 minutes after the operator
message requiring to connect it is displayed.

Machine • The phase currently running stops.


Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Blue Dialysis Fluid tube is not 1. Connect the Blue Dialysis Fluid tube to its
connected to its safety coupling within 2 safety coupling on the machine.
minutes after the operator message
requiring to connect it is displayed.

9-312 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

ARTERIAL CHAMBER: LEVEL ADJUSTMENT REQUIRED 642

Reason During the treatment, the blood level in the Arterial Chamber is too low or the
pressure readings are inaccurate.

Machine • Arterial and Venous Pumps are stopped;


Actions • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

! WARNING
When the "Arterial Chamber: Level Adjustment Required (#642)" alarm occurs, check the blood
level in the Arterial chamber while the Arterial pump is still stopped.

Figure 1 Figure 2

• If the blood level is below the frosted line, as shown in Figure 1, proceed with alarm
troubleshooting to adjust the Arterial chamber level.
Incorrect blood level may result in in microbubbles smaller than 20 µ L reaching the patient
increasing the risk of air embolism.

• If the blood level is above the frosted line, as shown in Figure 2, grease the Pressure
Transducers at the end of the treatment as described in the “Cassette Panel O-Rings Inspection
and Greasing” section of the Artis Operator’s Manual.

Improper greasing of Pressure Transducers may result in wrong arterial pressure measurements
caused by ineffective PressureTransducer and cassette coupling.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-313


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. During the treatment, the blood level in the 1. Ensure that the Infusion lines are clamped.
Arterial Chamber is too low. Ensure that the saline bags or bottles
connected to the cassette are not empty.
Proceed with the level adjustment
performing the following tasks:
- Ensure that the Arterial Infusion Line is
clamped.
- Remove the cap from Arterial Infusion
Line.
- Take a sterile syringe. Ensure that its
plunger is completely down.
- Attach the syringe to the Arterial Infusion
Line.
- Press the RESET button to start the
Arterial and Venous Pumps.
- Decrease the Arterial Pump speed.
- Unclamp the Arterial Infusion Line.
If in HD-SN, unclamp the Arterial Infusion
Line when the automatic arterial clamp
opens.
- Aspirate to increase the level.
DO NOT INJECT AIR.
- Adjust the level above the frosted line on
the chamber.
- Clamp the Arterial Infusion line.
- Remove the syringe and replace the cap.
- Adjust the Arterial Pump speed.

9-314 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

Possible Cause (Continued)(Operator) Suggested Action (Continued)(Operator)

2. The blood level in the Arterial Chamber is 2. To continue the treatment, perform a
correctly at the frosted line. "Cassette Repositioning" special
The “Arterial Chamber: Level Adjustment procedure, as described in the related
Required (#642)” alarm is caused by section of the "Chapter Special Procedures"
inaccurate readings of the Arterial pressure in the Operator’s Manual.
due to an improper greasing of the At the end of the treatment, check for the
Pressure Transducer or due to debris/ presence of debris/particles on the
particles between the Blood Cassette and Pressure Transducers, clean and grease
the Arterial Pressure Transducer. the Pressure Transducers as described in
the “Cassette Panel O-Rings Inspection
and Greasing” section of the “Disinfection/
Rinse/Cleaning” chapter in the Operator’s
Manual.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-315


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

LOW ARTERIAL CHAMBER LEVEL 643

Reason During the treatment, the blood level in the Arterial Chamber is lower than
expected or the pressure readings are inaccurate.

Machine • None
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. During the treatment, the blood level in the 1. Ensure that the Infusion lines are clamped.
Arterial Chamber is lower than expected. Ensure that the saline bags or bottles
connected to the cassette are not empty.
Proceed with the level adjustment
performing the following tasks:
- Ensure that the Arterial Infusion Line is
clamped.
- Remove the cap from Arterial Infusion
Line.
- Take a sterile syringe. Ensure that its
plunger is completely down.
- Attach the syringe to the Arterial Infusion
Line.
- Press the RESET button to clear the
alarm.
- Decrease the Arterial Pump speed.
- Unclamp the Arterial Infusion Line.
If in HD-SN, unclamp the Arterial Infusion
Line when the automatic arterial clamp
opens.
- Aspirate to increase the level.
DO NOT INJECT AIR.
- Adjust the level above the frosted line on
the chamber.
- Clamp the Arterial Infusion line.
- Remove the syringe and replace the cap.
- Adjust the Arterial Pump speed.

2. The blood level in the Arterial Chamber is 2. Press the RESET button.
correctly at the frosted line. To continue the treatment, perform a
The “Low Arterial Chamber Level (#643)” “Cassette Repositioning” special
alarm is caused by inaccurate readings of procedure, as described in the related
the Arterial pressure due to an improper section of the "Chapter Special Procedures”
greasing of the Pressure Transducer or due in the Operator’s Manual.
to debris/particles between the Blood At the end of the treatment, check for the
Cassette and the Arterial Pressure presence of debris/particles on the
Transducer. Pressure Transducers, clean and grease
the Pressure Transducers as described in
the “Cassette Panel O-Rings Inspection
and Greasing” section of the "Chapter
Disinfection/Rinse/Cleaning” in the
Operator’s Manual.

9-316 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

PRESSURE TRANSDUCER: GREASING REQUIRED 644

Reason The Arterial and/or Venous and/or SN pressure readings might be inaccurate
because the Pressure Transducers do not work properly.

Machine • None
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Arterial and/or Venous and/or SN 1. Press the CONFIRM button.


pressure readings might be inaccurate Check for the presence of debris/particles
because the Pressure Transducers do not on the Pressure Transducers, clean and
work properly due to: grease the Pressure Transducers as
Improper greasing of the Arterial Pressure described in the “Cassette Panel O-Rings
Transducer Inspection and Greasing” section of the
OR "Chapter Disinfection/Rinse/Cleaning” of
the Operator’s Manual.
Debris or particles between the Blood
Cassette and the Arterial Pressure
Transducer.

INCORRECT INFUSION CLAMP POSITION 645

Reason The Infusion Clamp is open when it should be closed, or it is closed when it should
be open.

Machine • The Arterial and Venous Pumps are stopped;


Actions • The UF Rate is automatically set to zero;
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The machine has an internal malfunction. 1. Perform a Fast Recovery procedure as


described in the “Fast Recovery” section of
the Operator’s Manual.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the Infusion 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
clamp, Infusion clamp board, Motherboard replace as required.
and Blood slave board.

2. The Infusion clamp is defective. 2. Replace as required.

3. The Infusion clamp board is defective. 3. Replace as required.

4. The Blood slave board is defective. 4. Replace as required.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-317


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

SMARTSCAN: LOW QDIFF 646

Reason During HDF Post or HDF Pre treatment, the Smartscan has detected a dialysis
fluid flow rate through the dialyzer (equal to QD-QINF) lower than the value preset
for the "HDF diffusive flow limit" parameter, during the last 5 minutes.

Machine • None
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The set QD is not optimal for the set QSUB. 1. Check the prescription and/or consider
increasing the dialysis fluid flow rate.
Press the CONFIRM button.

LOW QI/QB% 647

Reason During HDF Pre or HF Pre treatment, the QI/QB ratio is lower than the value
preset for the "QI/QB Low Limit" parameter

Machine • None
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The set QSUB is not optimal considering 1. Press the RESET button.
the current blood flow. Check the prescription (blood flow) and/or
consider increasing QSUB parameter if
possible.

HIGH QI/QB% 648

Reason During HDF Pre or HF Pre treatment, the QI/QB ratio is higher than the value
preset for the "QI/QB High Limit" parameter.

Machine • None
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The set QSUB is not optimal considering 1. Press the RESET button.
the current blood flow. Check the prescription (blood flow) and/or
consider decreasing QSUB parameter if
possible

9-318 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

ON-LINE BOLUS ABORTED: INCORRECT CLAMP STATUS 649

Reason The On-line Bolus has been aborted because one of the following lines is
clamped: Ultra line, Ultra connector, Venous connector, Arterial connector.

Machine • On-line Bolus aborted


Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The On-line Bolus has been aborted 1. Press the RESET button.
because one of the following lines is Verify the clamp status.
clamped: Ultra line, Ultra connector,
Verify that one of these lines is not kinked or
Venous connector, Arterial connector.
obstructed in any way.
If needed, repeat the On-line Bolus delivery
procedure.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. The Ultra port is obstructed. 1. Press the RESET button.


Verify if there is a leak in the hydraulic
circuit or a tube is obstructed.
Perform a Fast Recovery procedure as
described in the “Fast Recovery” section of
the Operator’s Manual.

2. The P1 or P2 pump is defective. 2. Press the RESET button.


Verify the parameter values of the P1 and
P2 pumps displayed in the Page 1 of the
Service Data screen.
Replace as required.

3. The Po pressure sensor is out of calibration. 3. Perform a Po pressure sensor calibration as


required.

4. The SN or Venous pressure sensor is out of 4. Perform a SN or Venous pressure sensor


calibration. calibration as required.

5. The Po pressure sensor is damaged. 5. Replace as required.

6. The SN or Venous pressure sensor is 6. Replace as required.


damaged.

7. The D1c or D2c flowmeter is defective. 7. Verify the “D1c flow” and “D2c flow”
parameter values displayed in the Page 1
of the Service Data screen.
Replace as required.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-319


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

ON-LINE BOLUS ABORTED 650

Reason On-line Bolus has been aborted.

Machine • On-line Bolus aborted.


Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)


1. Presence of alarms related to Dialysis fluid 1. Solve the dispalyed alarms as described in
or Blood flow the related troubleshooting of this chapter;
If needed, repeat the On-line Bolus delivery
procedure
2. Arterial pump stopped 2. Start the Arterial pump by pressing the
“Blood Pump On/Off” key on the hard key
panel
If needed, repeat the On-line Bolus delivery
procedure
3. The maximum Acc On-line Bolus has been 3. Press the RESET button.
reached
4. The maximum Substitution Volume has 4. Press the RESET button.
been reached
5. Incorrect clamps configuration on SN 5. Verify that the Service Line clamps on the
Cassette SN cassette are securely closed.
6. Possible back-flow at the Ultra port 6. Press the RESET button.
Verify the clamp status
Verify that the venous line is not kinked or
obstructed
Verify that the Ultra line is properly
connected
If needed, repeat the On-line Bolus delivery
procedure.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. There could be a leak in the hydraulic 1. Repair or replace as required.


circuit.

2. The P1 or P2 pump is defective. 2. Press the RESET button.


Verify the parameter values of the P1 and
P2 pumps displayed in the Page 1 of the
Service Data screen.
Replace as required.

3. The Po pressure sensor is out of calibration. 3. Perform a Po pressure sensor calibration as


required.

4. The SN or Venous pressure sensor is out of 4. Perform a SN or Venous pressure sensor


calibration. calibration as required.

5. The Po pressure sensor is damaged. 5. Replace as required.

6. The SN or Venous pressure sensor is 6. Replace as required.


damaged.

9-320 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

Possible Cause (Service) (Continued) Suggested Action (Service) (Continued)

7. Defective connection between the Control 7. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
flowmeters, Blood and Hydraulic slave replace as required.
board.

8. The D1c or D2c flowmeter is defective. 8. Verify the “D1c flow” and “D2c flow”
parameter values displayed in the Page 1
of the Service Data screen.
Replace as required.

ULTRA LINE OR ARTERIAL/VENOUS/ULTRA CONNECTOR CLAMPED 651

Reason In HDF Post Volume mode or HDF Pre Volume mode or HF Pre Volume mode,
one of the following lines is clamped:
- Ultra line
- Ultra connector
- Venous connector
- Arterial connector

Machine • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;


Actions • The Infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Ultra line is clamped. 1. Ensure that the Ultra line is not clamped.
Press the RESET button

2. The Ultra connector is clamped. 2. Ensure that the Ultra connector is not
clamped.
Press the RESET button.

3. The Venous connector is clamped. 3. Ensure that the Venous connector is not
clamped.
Press the RESET button.

4. The Arterial connector is clamped. 4. Ensure that the Arterial connector is not
clamped.
Press the RESET button.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. The Ultra port is obstructed. 1. Press the RESET button.


Verify if there is a leak in the hydraulic
circuit or a tube is obstructed.
Perform a Fast Recovery procedure as
described in the “Fast Recovery” section of
the Operator’s Manual.

2. The P1 or P2 pump is defective. 2. Press the RESET button.


Verify the parameter values of the P1 and
P2 pumps displayed in the Page 1 of the
Service Data screen.
Replace as required.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-321


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Possible Cause (Service) (Continued) Suggested Action (Service) (Continued)

3. The D1c or D2c flowmeter is defective. 3. Verify the “D1c flow” and “D2c flow”
parameter values displayed in the Page 1
of the Service Data screen.
Replace as required.

INCORRECT ULTRA CONNECTOR POSITION OR PRESCRIPTION 652

Reason During HDF or HF treatment, the machine has detected a TMP value higher than
the percentage of the TMP Upper Limit set in the "TMP Upper Limit percentage"
preset parameter.

Machine • None
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Ultra connector position is not 1. Ensure that the Treatment Type set is
consistent with the Treatment Type set. consistent with the Ultra connector position.
Press the RESET button.

2. The "On-line Substitution Rate" set value is 2. Check the prescription (blood flow) and the
too high considering the current blood flow dialyzer and/or consider decreasing the
or dialyzer. "On-line Substitution Rate" parameter
value, if possible.
Press the RESET button.

3. The "TMP Upper Limit" set value is too low 3. Check the "TMP Upper Limit" parameter
considering the current treatment. value and/or consider increasing it, if
possible.
Press the RESET button.

T1 TEST ULTRA PORT SENSOR 653

Reason The T1 Test related to Ultra Port Sensor has failed

Machine • The phase currently running stops;


Actions • The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The T1 Test related to Ultra Port Sensor has 1. Open the Ultra door.
failed. Clean the Ultra collector.
Close the Ultra door.
Press the RESET button.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Defective connection between the Ultra Port 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
Sensor, Motherboard and Hydraulic slave replace as required.
board.

2. The Ultra Port Sensor is defective. 2. Replace as required.

3. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 3. Replace as required.

9-322 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

ULTRA PORT LEAKAGE 654

Reason A leakage from the Ultra port has been detected.

Machine • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;


Actions • The infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. A leakage from the Ultra port has been 1. Screw tight the green Ultra line connector to
detected. the Ultra port avoiding rotating the Ultra
line.
Clean the Ultra collector.
Press the RESET button.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

2. The Ultra port sensor is dirty or damaged. 2. Clean or replace as required.

3. Defective connection between the Ultra port 3. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
sensor, Motherboard and Hydraulic slave replace as required.
board.

4. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 4. Replace as required.

ON-LINE RINSEBACK: ARTERIAL PATIENT LINE NOT PROPERLY CONNECTED 655

Reason During the On-line Rinseback the Blood cassette is not properly configured
(Incorrect Blood Cassette line connections or clamps status).

Machine • The Arterial and Venous pumps are stopped;


Actions • The Arterial and Venous Line Clamp and Infusion clamp are closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. Arterial patient line not properly connected 1. Ensure that the Arterial patient line is
to the Rinseback connector. properly connected to the Rinseback
connector.
Press the RESET button.

2. Incorrect clamps status. 2. Ensure that the clamps on the Arterial


infusion lines are closed.
Ensure that the clamp on the Venous
patient line is open.
Press the RESET button.

3. Venous connector not clamped. 3. Check that the Venous connector is


clamped.
Press the RESET button.

4. Rinseback connector or Arterial patient line 4. Check that the Rinseback connector or the
clamped. Arterial patient line are not clamped;
Press the RESET button.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-323


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Possible Cause (Operator) (Continued) Suggested Action (Operator) (Continued)

5. Venous pressure is too high. 5. Ensure that the Arterial patient line is
properly connected to the Rinseback
connector.
Decrease the Venous pressure below 80
mmHg, proceeding as follows:
• attach a sterile syringe to the Venous
Infusion line;
• open the clamp on the Venous Infusion
line to decrease the pressure;
• when the pressure stabilizes, close the
clamp on the Venous Infusion line and
remove the syringe.
Press the RESET button.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. The Arterial pressure sensor is out of 1. Perform an Arterial pressure sensor


calibration. calibration as required.

2. The Arterial pressure sensor is damaged. 2. Replace as required.

3. The PRV does not works properly. 3. Replace as required.

ULTRA CONNECTOR: LINE REQUIRED IN INFUSION CLAMP 656

Reason The Ultra Connector has been incorrectly inserted into the Infusion clamp

Machine • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;


Actions • The Arterial and the Venous pumps are stopped;
• The infusion clamp is closed;
• The Arterial Line Clamp is closed only during the Rinseback process.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The Ultra connector is not correctly inserted 1. Remove and correctly re-insert the Ultra
into the Infusion clamp connector into the Infusion clamp.
If other alarms are displayed first solve
them and then insert the line into the
Infusion clamp.
If the Infusion clamp remains closed
perform a change circuit.

2. The Ultra Connector is bent because it has 2. When the infusion Line clamp opens,
been closed in the infusion Line clamp for a slightly move updward and downward the
too long time. Ultra Connector into the Infusion Line
clamp. Do not remove the Ultra Connector
from the Infusion Line clamp when the
clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. The Infusion Clamp switch is broken 1. Replace as required.

9-324 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

ULTRA LINE OR ARTERIAL/VENOUS/ULTRA CONNECTOR STILL CLAMPED 657

Reason The alarm 651 "Ultra line or Arterial/Venous/Ultra connector Clamped" can not be
resolved.

Machine • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;


Actions • The infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. The alarm 651 "Ultra line or Arterial/Venous/ 1. A "Switch off ULTRA" special procedure
Ultra connector Clamped" can not be must be performed to proceed with the
resolved. treatment.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. The Ultra port is obstructed. 1. Press the RESET button.


Verify if there is a leak in the hydraulic
circuit or a tube is obstructed.
Perform a Fast Recovery procedure as
described in the “Fast Recovery” section of
the Operator’s Manual.

2. The P1 or P2 pump is defective. 2. Press the RESET button.


Verify the parameter values of the P1 and
P2 pumps displayed in the Page 1 of the
Service Data screen.
Replace as required.

3. The D1c or D2c flowmeter is defective. 3. Verify the “D1c flow” and “D2c flow”
parameter values displayed in the Page 1
of the Service Data screen.
Replace as required.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-325


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

REMINDER - PERFORM A DESCALING PROCEDURE 659

Reason 17 or more consecutive treatments have been completed without performing a


Descaling procedure (Heat+CleanCart C, Peracetic, Low Peracetic, Bacteriostatic
Peracetic or Bacteriostatic Low Peracetic)

Machine • None
Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. A descaling procedure has not been 1. Press the CONFIRM button to clear the
performed during the last 17 treatments. Information Message.
Press the <Disinfect/Rinse> button.
Select and start one Descaling procedure
(Heat+CleanCart C, Peracetic, Low
Peracetic, Bacteriostatic Peracetic or
Bacteriostatic Low Peracetic) to clean the
machine.

FLOWMETER NOT CALIBRATED 660

Reason The machine has detected an incorrect Flowmeter installation or calibration.

Machine • None
Actions

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. One or more calibration coefficients have 1. Verify that the machine holds the correct
not been set for one or more flowmeters. calibration coefficients for each flowmeter.

2. The PC Board has been replaced and the 2. Peform a Coefficients transfer from Slaves
Calibration Coefficients have not been to Compact Flash.
transferred from Slaves to Compact Flash.

9-326 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

PREPARATION CAN NOT START UNTIL A DESCALING PROCEDURE HAS BEEN


PERFORMED 662

Reason The preparation can not start because 20 consecutive treatments have been
completed without performing a Descaling procedure (Heat+CleanCart C,
Peracetic, Low Peracetic, Bacteriostatic Peracetic or Bacteriostatic Low
Peracetic).

Machine • The phase currently running stops.


Actions

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. A descaling procedure has not been 1. Press the RESET button to clear the alarm.
performed during the last 20 treatments. Press the <Disinfect/Rinse> button.
Select and start one Descaling procedure
(Heat+CleanCart C, Peracetic, Low
Peracetic, Bacteriostatic Peracetic or
Bacteriostatic Low Peracetic) to clean the
machine.

WRONG FLOWMETERS CONFIGURATION 663

Reason The machine has detected an incongruent Flowmeter configuration.

Machine • None
Actions

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Incorrect Dip Switch Configuration in the 1. Verify that the Dip Switch configuration of
Protective or Hydraulic Slave Board. the Protective or Hydraulic Slave Board is
set according to the type of Flowmeter in
use.

2. Incorrect Protective or Hydraulic FPGA SW 2. The current FPGA in the Protective or


revision. Hydraulic Slave board is incorrect and not
compatible with the current Machine
Configuration. Perform a full SW download
of the current SW in use by the machine.

3. Defective Protective or Hydraulic Slave 3. Replace the Protective or Hydraulic Slave


Board. Board as required.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-327


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

FLOWMETERS STUCK 664

Reason The signal coming from one of the four electromagnetic flow meters is stuck at the
same value.

Machine • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass.


Actions

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. One or more electromagnetic flowmeters 1. Verify the “D1c flow”, “D2c flow”, “D1p flow”
are damaged. and “D2p flow” parameter values displayed
in the Page 1 of the Service Data screen to
identify the defective component.
Replace as required.

2. The Hydraulic or Protective slave board is 2. Replace as required.


defective.

INCORRECT CONC. CONNECTORS/ HOLDERS ARMS/ CLEANCART POSITION 665

Reason The fluid flow circulating during the disinfection or rinse program is outside the
permitted range.

Machine • All the hydraulic pumps are stopped;


Actions • The heater is turned off;
• All the valves are closed, except the EVDRAIN kept open.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. Massive air leak from Concentrate 1. Verify that the Concentrate Connectors are
Connectors Tubes or the Concentrate securely connected to their related ports.
Connectors are not securely connected to Press the RESET button.
their Ports.

2. The BiCart and SelectCart holder arms are 2. Verify that BiCart and SelectCart holder
not in the fully closed position. arms are closed.
Press the RESET button.

3. The Dialysis Fluid Tubes connectors are in 3. Verify that Dialysis Fluid Tubes are properly
the proper position, but not well inserted. connected to their safety couplings.
Press the RESET button.

4. The EvaClean doors are not properly 4. Verify that EvaClean doors are firmly
closed. closed.
Press the RESET button.

5. The CleanCart has not been correctly 5. If CleanCart is used, verify that the
inserted. CleanCart is correctly inserted in its holder.
Press the RESET button.

6. The SelectBag holder arm is not in the fully 6. Verify that the SelectBag holder arm is
closed position. closed.
Press the RESET button.

9-328 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. Ultrafilters partially obstructed 1. Verify that the Ultrafilters are not dirty or
partially filled with air. Perform a Fill up
process in the Service 2 Environment.

2. Defective connections between the PFS 2. Verify that no connections are disconnected
pressure sensor or P1 Pump or P2 Pump between the PFS pressure sensor or P1
towards the Motherboard connectors. Pump or P2 Pump towards the
Motherboard connectors.
Verify that the connections are not dirty or
corroded and that there are no
disconnected pins.

3. PFS Pressure sensor is defective or out of 3. Perform the PFS Test to verify that it is
calibration. correctly calibrated.
Calibrate or replace as required.

4. P2 Pump is defective. 4. Verify the parameter value of the P2 Pump


displayed in the 1st Service Data Screen.
Replace as required.

5. Kinked and obstructed tubes in the main 5. Verify that no kinked tubes obstruct the flow
hydraulic path. through the P1 or P2 Pumps.
If P2-P1 frequency is lower than 2500 Hz
and PFS - expected PFS > 180 the
obstruction can be downstream PFS.
If P2-P1 frequency is lower than 2500 Hz
and PFS - expected PFS < -80 the
obstruction can be upstream PFS.
If P1 - P2 frequency is higher than 2500 Hz
the obstruction can be upstream P2
(usually concentrate connectors are not
properly connected or EVPA/EVPB are
broken).
Verify that the electro valves are correctly
activated and that the hydraulic filters are
not occluded.

6. R2 Pressure Regulator is defective or out of 6. Calibrate or replace as required.


calibration.

7. R1 Pressure Regulator is defective or out of 7. Calibrate or replace as required.


calibration

8. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 8. Replace as required.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-329


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

EVDS1 EVDS2 T1 TEST FAILED 668

Reason EVDS1 or EVDS2 cannot be turned on.

Machine • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;


Actions • All the hydraulic pumps are stopped;
• The heater is turned off.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. EVDS1 or EVDS2 is not working properly. 1. Switch the machine OFF, wait at least five
seconds, switch it ON again and repeat the
preparation process.
If the alarm persists, take note of the alarm
code, switch the machine OFF and call for
Service.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. EVDS1 or EVDS2 is obstructed or not 1. Verify and replace as required.


turned on.

2. The LFD dialysis fluid flow sensor is 2. Verify and replace as required.
defective.

HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT FAILURE 669

Reason The Artis Dialysis System has detected an hardware failure in the Hydraulic circuit
(on the Dialysis Fluid Path).

Machine • The Venous pump is stopped;


Actions • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The UF Rate is automatically set to zero;
• The Infusion flow is interrupted.

Possible Cause (Operator) Suggested Action (Operator)

1. Hardware failure in the Dialysis Fluid Path. 1. Press the “Stop Treatment” button to stop
the treatment.
Perfom the rinseback and the patient
disconnection procedures as described in
the “Rinseback” and “Patient
Disconnection” sections of the Operator’s
Manual.
Switch off the machine and call for service.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. The EVDS1 or EVDS2 valve is obstructed. 1. Clean, repair or replace as required.

2. The EVDS1 or EVDS2 valve leaks. 2. Verify and replace as required.

3. The PI or PO pressure sensor is out of 3. Perform a PI or PO pressure sensor


calibration. calibration as required.

4. The PI or PO pressure sensor is damaged. 4. Replace as required.

9-330 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

ART. LEVEL LOW OR REPOSITIONING REQUIRED 670


Reason During the treatment, the blood level in the Arterial Chamber is too low or
the pressure readings are inaccurate.
Machine • Arterial and Venous Pumps are stopped;
Actions • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause Suggested Action


1. During the treatment, the blood level in 1. Ensure that the Infusion lines are
the Arterial Chamber is too low. clamped.
Ensure that the saline bags or bottles
connected to the cassette are not
empty.
Proceed with the level adjustment
performing the following tasks:
- Ensure that the Arterial Infusion Line
is clamped.
- Remove the cap from Arterial Infusion
Line.
- Take a sterile syringe. Ensure that its
plunger is completely down.
- Attach the syringe to the Arterial
Infusion Line.
- Press the RESET button to start the
Arterial and Venous Pumps.
- Decrease the Arterial Pump speed.
- Unclamp the Arterial Infusion Line.

If in HD-SN, unclamp the Arterial


Infusion Line when the automatic
arterial clamp opens.
- Aspirate to increase the level.
DO NOT INJECT AIR.
- Adjust the level above the frosted line
on the chamber.
- Clamp the Arterial Infusion line.
- Remove the syringe and replace the
cap.
- Adjust the Arterial Pump speed.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-331


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

2. The blood level in the Arterial Chamber 2. To continue the treatment, perform a
is correctly at the frosted line. "Cassette Repositioning" special
The alarm is caused by inaccurate procedure, as described in the related
readings of the Arterial pressure due to section of the "Chapter : Special
an improper greasing of the Pressure Procedures" in the Operator's Manual.
Transducer or due to debris/particles At the end of the treatment, check for
between the Blood Cassette and the the presence of debris/particles on the
Arterial Pressure Transducer. Pressure Transducers, clean and
grease the Pressure Transducers as
described in the "Cassette Panel O-
Rings Inspection and Greasing" section
of the "Chapter : Disinfection/Rinse/
Cleaning". Remove debris/particles if
present in the Operator's Manual.

9-332 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING

CASSETTE REPOSITIONING REQUIRED 671


Reason The blood pressure readings are inaccurate.
Machine • Arterial and Venous Pumps are stopped;
Actions • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.

Possible Cause Suggested Action


1. Improper greasing of the Arterial 1. To continue the treatment, perform a
Pressure Transducer "Cassette Repositioning" special
OR procedure, as described in the related
section of the "Chapter : Special
Debris or particles between the Blood
Procedures" in the Operator's Manual.
Cassette and the Arterial Pressure
Transducer. At the end of the treatment, check for
the presence of debris/particles on the
Pressure Transducers, clean and
grease the Pressure Transducers as
described in the " Cassette Panel O-
Rings Inspection and Greasing" section
of the "Chapter : Disinfection/Rinse/
Cleaning" in the Operator's Manual.

HYDRAULIC PRESSURE ALIGNMENT FAILURE 672

Reason The Artis Dialysis System has detected an improper PI, PO sensors measurement
during the Hydraulic Pressure Alignment

Machine • The hydraulic pumps are stopped;


Actions • The heater is turned off;
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass.

Possible Cause (Service) Suggested Action (Service)

1. The PI or PO pressure sensor is out of 1. Perform a PI or PO pressure sensor


calibration. calibration as required.

2. The PI or PO pressure sensor is damaged. 2. Replace as required.

Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. / 9-333


This page is left intentionally blank

9-334 Code SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /


Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT


PROCEDURES
10.1 Venous Line Clamp Occlusion Test
The purpose of this test is to verify the capability of the Venous Line Clamp to occlude the Venous Patient
Line when a static pressure of 600 mmHg is applied into the Venous Patient Line.
Preliminary Operations
• Switch ON the machine.
• Load the ART and VEN. Calibration Tool.
• Route the venous patient line through the Venous Line Clamp.
• Connect a pressure meter to the venous patient line female connector.
Test
• Using a syringe, apply a positive pressure of 600 mmHg into the Venous chamber.
• Clamp the Venous Infusion line.
• Disconnect the syringe of the Venous Infusion line.
• Switch OFF the machine. The Venous Line Clamp closes.
• After 5 seconds that the machine has been switched OFF, open the Venous Infusion line to the
external atmosphere.
• After one minute verify that the pressure measured by the external instrument is between 590 and
600 mmHg.

NOTE
Do not insert through the Venous Line Clamp a portion of line already used during a previous
test.
To avoid any mistakes, mark with a permanent felt-tip pen the portion of the line already used
during the test.
A defective ART and VEN. Calibration Tool may be the cause of a bad test. Verify its integrity
before troubleshooting the Venous Line Clamp. If the ART and VEN. Calibration Tool is
damaged replace it, and repeat the test.

• If the test fails, troubleshoot each component involved in the test.


• Switch the machine ON and remove the ART. and VEN. Calibration Tool at the end of the test.
• Restore the initial machine configuration.

NOTE
The ART. and VEN. Calibration Tool is a not-sterile product. Do not use it for patient treatment.

Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. / 10-1


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

10.2 Arterial Pump Rotor Occlusion Test


Preliminary Operations
The purpose of the test is to verify the occlusion of the Arterial Pump Rotor when the Blood Cassette is on.
• Switch ON the machine.
• Load the Arterial Pump Occlusion Tool.
• Switch OFF the machine.
• Clamp the Arterial Infusion lines.
• Put the Arterial and Venous patient lines in a container full of water.
• Connect a pressure meter to the Venous Infusion line (this line is provided with a transducer protec-
tor to prevent water from entering into the pressure meter).
Test
• Open the Arterial pump cover
• By using the arterial pump crank, turn the blood rotor slowly in the counter-clockwise direction,
making a complete revolution every 5 seconds.
• After a few revolutions the arterial chamber will be full of water, and the test can start.
• Clamp the Venous Patient line.
• Continue turning the arterial rotor; the system will push water inside the venous chamber, and the
pressure read by the pressure meter will rise.
• Verify that, for each half revolution, the pressure measured by the meter increases, until it reaches
about 900 mmHg.

NOTE
Do not apply a pressure above 1200 mmHg to the venous chamber.
A defective cassette may be the cause of a bad test. Verify that it is not damaged before
troubleshooting the Arterial Pump Rotor. If the cassette for the Arterial Rotor Occlusion Test is
damaged replace it, and repeat the test.

• If the test fails, troubleshoot each component involved in the test.


• Switch the machine ON and remove the Arterial Pump Occlusion Tool at the end of the test.
• Restore the initial machine configuration.

NOTE
The cassette for the Arterial Pump Rotor Occlusion Test is a not-sterile product. Do not use it for
patient treatment.

10-2 Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /


Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

10.3 Venous Pump Rotor Occlusion Test


Preliminary Operations
The purpose of the test is to verify the occlusion of the Venous Pump Rotor when the Blood Cassette is
on.
• Switch ON the machine.
• Load the Venous Pump Occlusion Tool.
• Switch OFF the machine.
• Clamp the Pre-dialyzer Infusion line.
• Put the Fluid Inlet Line and the Fluid Outlet Line in a container full of water.
• Connect a pressure meter to the Pre-dialyzer Infusion line (this line is provided with a transducer
protector to prevent water from entering into the pressure meter).
Test
• Open the Venous Pump cover.
• By using the venous pump crank, turn the venous rotor slowly in the counter-clockwise direction,
making a complete revolution every 5 seconds.
• After a few revolutions the venous chamber will be full of water, and the test can start.
• Clamp the Fluid Outlet Line.
• Continue turning the venous rotor; the system will push water inside the Pre-dialyzer chamber, and
the pressure read by the pressure meter will rise.
• Verify that, for each half revolution, the pressure measured by the meter increases, until it reaches
about 900 mmHg.

NOTE
Do not apply a pressure above 1200 mmHg to the venous chamber.
A defective cassette may be the cause of a bad test. Verify that it is not damaged before
troubleshooting the Venous Pump Rotor. If the cassette for the Venous Rotor Occlusion Test is
damaged replace it, and repeat the test.

• If the test fails, troubleshoot each component involved in the test.


• Switch the machine ON and remove the Venous Pump Occlusion Tool at the end of the test.
• Restore the initial machine configuration.

NOTE
The cassette for the Venous Pump Rotor Occlusion Test is a not-sterile product. Do not use it
for patient treatment.

Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. / 10-3


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

10.4 ABD Alarm Verification


Preliminary Operations
• Install the concentrates in the machine.
• Switch ON the machine.
• When the machine finishes its tests, it requires to install the cassette: Open the Arterial pump cover
and the sensor bar door and install the Arterial Pump Occlusion Tool.
• Close the Arterial pump cover.
• Place the arterial patient line and the venous patient line into the sensor bar and close it.
• The injection port of the venous patient line has to be more or less 20 cm before the AD (refer to the
picture below).
• Put the venous and arterial patient line under the venous and arterial line clamp.
• Wait the operator message and put the arterial and venous patient line into the EvaClean ports.
• Remove the blood catcher from the Venous Infusion line of the disposable.
• Connect the saline line to the Venous Infusion line and open the saline clamp.
• Connect the dialysis fluid connectors to the T Connector.
• Immerse the T Connector bottom tube into the graduated cylinder (full of water).
• Confirm the operator message "Confirmation required...".
• Press Autoprime button.
• Enter the prescription screen.
• Set the treatment time to 30 minutes.
• Set the target loss to 0,1L.
• Move inside home page.
• Wait the machine displays the message "Priming completed" and confirm it.
• Press the button "Connect patient".
• Remove the arterial and venous line from the eva clean ports and place them into the cylinder full of
water.
• Close the EvaClean ports.
• Confirm the operator message "Confirmation required...".
• Confirm the alarm "Heparinization not initiated".
• Press the arterial pump button.
• Create a positive venous pressure closing a little the venous patient line.
• With a tie wrap darken the Blood Sensor to simulate blood.
• Press the arterial pump button.
• Press the button "Start Treatment".
• Press the button "Close A/V limits".
• Increase the blood flow to a value of 350 ml/min or higher.

10-4 Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /


Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

Test
• Press the ON/OFF button to stop the arterial pump.
• Using a 50 microlitres syringe, withdraw the plunger to read 20 microlitres air volume.

NOTE
Use a Gaschromatography syringe with a volume of 50 microlitres and a volume resolution of at
least 1 microlitre. Use a 22 or a 23 gauge needle of either a beveled non-coring needle point
style or a 10°-12° beveled needle point style.

• Inject the air into the port of the cassette for the AD Alarm Verification.

NOTE
If the air bubble breaks into smaller sized bubbles during injection, remove the air bubbles and
repeat the injection process.

• Make sure that the air bubble is in the upper portion of the line, between the AD sensor and the
injection port.
• Press the RESUME button to restart the arterial pump to the previous speed. When the arterial
pump starts rotating the air bubble passes through the AD sensor.
• Verify that the Venous Line Clamp closes, the blood pump stops and the ! AIR IN VENOUS LINE
alarm occurs.

NOTE
If the !AIR IN VENOUS LINE alarm is not generated, verify that the air bubble has not broken in
smaller sized bubbles. Repeat the test if necessary.

• Reset the ! AIR IN VENOUS LINE alarm and verify that the Venous line clamp opens and the arte-
rial pump restarts.
• Remove the blood cassette and restore the initial machine configuration.

NOTE
The cassette for the AD Alarm Verification is a not-sterile product. Do not use it for patient
treatment.

10.5 Arterial Pump Cover position test


The purpose of the test is to verify the correct POSITION SENSOR management.
• Switch ON the machine.
• While in the preparation phase, enter in System Data menu then select the 1st Service Data page.
Locate the Art. Pump Cover parameter (which can be found in the Blood Module Column).
• Open and Close the Arterial Pump Cover and verify that the Art. Pump Cover parameter changes
according to the status of the cover.
• Close the Arterial Pump Cover.

Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. / 10-5


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

10.6 Venous Pump Cover position test


The purpose of the test is to verify the correct POSITION SENSOR management.
• Switch ON the machine.
• While in the preparation phase, enter in System Data menu. Locate the Ven. Pump Cover parame-
ter (which can be found in the Blood Module Column).
• Open and Close the Venous Pump Cover and verify that the Ven. Pump Cover parameter changes
according to the status of the cover.
• Close the Venous Pump Cover.

10.7 Ultra Door Cover position test


The purpose of the test is to verify the correct POSITION SENSOR management.
• Switch ON the machine.
• While in the preparation phase, enter in System Data menu. Locate the Online Door parameter
(which can be found in the Blood Module Column).
• Open and Close the Ultra Door Cover and verify that the Online Door parameter changes according
to the status of the cover.
• Close the Ultra Door Cover.

10.8 Venous Patient Line Presence Sensor tests


The purpose of the test is to verify the function of the Venous Line Clamp presence switch and the
Venous Patient line (AD) presence switch.
• Switch on the machine, and verify that the Venous Line Clamp T1 Test is performed during the soft-
ware boot up (Venous Line Clamp opens and closes). The machine should stay in the Preparation
phase without alarms.
• While in the Preparation phase, enter in System Data menu then select the 1st Service Data page.
Locate the Ven. Line Pres. (which can be found in the Protective and in the Blood Module Column)
and VLine ABD parameters (which can be found in the Protective Module Column).
• Insert and remove a Venous Patient Line into the Venous Line Clamp, and verify that the Ven. Line
Pres. parameter indicates:
• YES With venous patient line inserted
• NO Without venous patient line inserted
• Insert and remove a Venous Patient Line into the ABD assy, and verify that the VLine ABD parame-
ter indicates:
• YES With venous patient line inserted
• NO Without venous patient line inserted

10.9 ELT - Leakage current Test


• Turn off the main power and disconnect the power cord from the supply mains.
• Connect the leakage current tester (per IEC 60601-1 standard) to the machine power cord.

NOTE
The safety tester must meet IEC 60601-1 standard specifications.

• Remove the drain line from the drain and place it in a plastic container to electrically isolate the
drain.
• Turn on the main power.
• Start Dialysis Preparation.
• When the heater is on (LED V48 in the Hydraulic module is flashing), verify that leakage current is:
- for Artis/Evosys 230/240V: N.C. ≤400 µA; S.F.C. ≤800µA

10-6 Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /


Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

- for Artis 115V: N.C. ≤300 µA; S.F.C. ≤300µA


• Turn off the main power.
• Remove the leakage current tester and restore machine back to the original configuration.

10.10 PET - Protective Earth Test


• Perform the Pet - Protective Earth test per IEC 60601-1 standard, which states that maximum 0.3
Ohm (0.2 Ohm in the case of the installation of the machine or replacement of the power cord) are
allowed between the earth ground in the mains plug and any accessible conductive part protec-
tively earthed.

NOTE
To accomplish this measurement, connect one lead of the resistance meter to the earth pin in
the plug and the other lead to the frame of the machine.

• Remove the tester and restore machine back to the original configuration.

10.11 Power Failure & Battery Test .

NOTE
Perform the Power Failure and Battery Test procedure after the machine has started a
simulated dialysis treatment with blood detection.

NOTE
During the Battery T1Test, the machine checks also the battery wiring connections. In case of
Battery T1Test failure, verify also the battery wiring.

1. Remove the concentrate container shelf and the transparent battery cover.
2. Verify that there are not concentrate deposits on the concentrate container shelf and on the
transparent battery cover. If necessary clean as needed.
3. Disconnect the plug from the electrical outlet. The “NO POWER - USING BATTERY BACKUP”
#415 alarm triggers.
4. Verify that the machine continues to operate.
5. Allows 5 minutes of power failure, after that use a voltage meter to measure the voltage generated
by both batteries:
• If the measured voltage is equal or above 24.0V volts, the test has passed. Proceed from point
7).
• If the measured voltage is below 23.4V, both batteries have to be replaced. If the batteries
have to be replaced, repeat the “Power Failure and Battery Test” procedure to ensure the
batteries are fully functional.
• If the measured voltage is between 23.4V and 24.0V volts, the residual capacity needs to be
furthermore evaluated. Continue with point 6).
6. Allow 10 more minutes of power failure (to have the machine reaching an overall power failure
time of 15 minutes):
• If the machine does not trigger the “Safe State Activated” (#64) malfunction before the
completion of the 10 additional minutes, the residual battery capacity is sufficient to guarantee
the correct function of the battery backup. Proceed from point 7).
• If the machine triggers “Safe State Activated” (#64) malfunction before the completion of the 10

Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. / 10-7


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

additional minutes, both batteries need to be replaced. If the batteries have to be replaced,
repeat the “Power Failure and Battery Test” procedure to ensure the batteries are fully
functional.
7. Connect the plug to the electrical outlet.
8. The machine continues to operate and the #415 alarm disappears.
9. Re-position the concentrate container shelf and the transparent battery cover.

NOTE
When replacing a battery follow local regulations for proper disposal.

Test
• Switch OFF the machine.
• Remove the concentrate container shelf and the transparent battery cover.
• Use a voltage meter connected to the positive pole (red) and the negative pole (black) of the first
Battery to verify that the voltage is greater to or equal than 12.9 V. Repeat the measurement on the
second Battery.
• Switch ON the machine.
• Start a simulated treatment, allows the machine to enter in the dialysis treatment.
• Disconnect the plug from the electrical outlet. The “NO POWER - USING BATTERY BACKUP”
#415 alarm triggers.
• Verify that the machine continues to operate.
• Allows 5 minutes of power failure, and then connect the plug to the electrical outlet.
• The machine continues to operate and the #415 alarm disappears.

If the above test fails and the power supply generates a continuous low volume signal:
• Verify the UPS-ON signal between Power Supply, Mother board and Hydraulic Slave Board.
• If no malfunction has been detected continue the batteries test.

NOTE
During the Battery T1Test, the machine checks also the battery wiring connections. In case of
Battery T1Test failure, verify also the battery wiring.

• Switch OFF the machine.


• Take the measurements at least 10 minutes after the machine has been switched OFF.
• Use a voltage meter connected to the positive pole (red) and the negative pole (black) of the first
Battery. Repeat the measurement on the second Battery.
• Compare the result of every single measurement with the above graph to have an approximation of
the residual capacity of each battery.
• the estimated residual capacity of at least one battery is lower than the 70%, both batteries must be
replaced.
• If the batteries have been replaced, repeat the Power Failure test and the Sealed Lead batteries
test to ensure the batteries are charged.
• Re-position the container shelf and the transparent battery cover.

NOTE
When replacing a battery, follow local regulations for proper disposal.

10-8 Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /


Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

10.12 Water Leakage Check


The purpose of the check is to verify the hydraulic flowpath integrity.
Preliminary Operations
• Switch OFF the machine.
• Connect the dialysis fluid tubes to their safety couplings.
• Open the top panel and then the upper back panel of the machine.
• Open the main hydraulic compartment of the machine.
Check
• Visually inspect the hydraulic flowpath for any loose connections or leakages.
• Check if the external surfaces of the following parts are clean, without salt deposits, and dry:
• R1 and R2 pressure regulators (near the membrane)
• BTP, BT1 and BT2 Bubble traps (near the gasket)
• PC, PWHO, P1 and P2 gear pumps (near the gasket of the head)
• In case of salt deposits or wet surfaces, replace the interested part.
• Restore the initial machine configuration.

NOTE
In case of replacement of some parts, it is mandatory to perform a disinfection process.

10.13 EvaClean Doors sensor test


The aim of this test is to verify that the sensor, which detects if the EvaClean doors are closed, is working
correctly.
Preliminary Operations
1. Switch on the machine and allow the software program to be loaded, until the Main screen
appears.
2. Perform a HEAT disinfection. Wait until the process is completed.
3. Immediately after the HEAT disinfection process, perform the test.
Test
1. Press the “ON/OFF” key to reboot the machine
2. Press the System Data button on the Report screen and enter the first page of the Service Data
page.
3. Pay attention to the SWCON1 parameter, located in the 3rd column (Hydraulic Board).
4. Verify that the Blue EvaClean door is closed and locked; the parameter SWCON1 shall be
“CLOSED”.
5. Open the Blue EvaClean door; the parameter SWCON1 shall be “OPEN”.
6. Close again the door.
7. Repeat points 3 and 4 of this test.
8. Pay attention to the SWCON2 parameter, located in the 3rd column (Hydraulic Board).
9. Verify that the Red EvaClean door is closed and locked; the parameter SWCON2 shall be
“CLOSED”.
10. Open the Red EvaClean door; the parameter SWCON2 shall be “OPEN”.
11. Close again the door.
12. Repeat points 8 and 9 of this test.
13. If the test is succefully passed, close the doors. If the EvaClean doors sensors are not working
correctly replace the board with the EVACLEAN CONNECTOR SENSOR BOARD and repeat
the test. If the test is not passed again replace the Evaclean doors and repeat the test.

Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. / 10-9


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

10.14 Total Ultrafiltration Accuracy Test


To check the total ultrafiltration accuracy of the machine, perform a simulated treatment by running the
machine in dialysis for 30 minutes, and setting the UF VOLUME to 0.2 litres and the DIALYSIS FLUID FLOW
to 800 ml/min. Accuracy is expected to be ± 25 ml.
Tools required:
• T connector tool.
• A/V Press Sensor Calibration Cassette.
• 20 ml to 60 ml syringe.
• 1000 ml Graduated Cylinder.
• Fluid filled length of blood tubing for AD.
Preliminary operations:
• Fill the graduated cylinder with 500 ml of water.
Procedure:
• Install the BiCart and connect the Acid pick-up tube connector to the concentrate bag.
• Switch ON the machine.
• When the machine finishes its tests, it requires to install the cassette: Open the arterial pump cover
and the sensor bar door and install the ART/VEN Calibration Tool.
• Close the arterial pump cover.
• Place the arterial patient line and the filled length for AD into the sensor bar and close it.
• Put the venous and arterial patient lines under the venous and arterial line clamps.
• Wait for the pop-up window and put the arterial and venous patient lines into the EvaClean ports.
• Connect the red and blue dialysis fluid tube connectors to the T Connector tool.
• Immerse the T Connector tool bottom tube into the graduated cylinder filled with water.
• Confirm the pop-up window.
• While the arterial pump is rotating create a pressure of -200 mmHg in the arterial chamber and
clamp the arterial infusion line.
• Press “Auto-Prime” button.
• Create a pressure of -20 mmHg in the venous chamber and clamp the venous infusion line.
• Enter the prescription screen.
• Set the dialysis fluid flow to 800 ml/min.
• Set the treatment time to 30 minutes.
• Set the UF Volume to 0,2L.
• Enter the Overview screen.
• Create a pressure of 70 mmHg in the venous chamber when the venous line clamp closes (before
the end of the priming) and then close the venous infusion line.
• Wait the machine displays the message "Priming completed (#560)" and confirm it.
• Press the button "Connect patient".
• Remove the arterial and venous patient lines from the EvaClean ports.
• Close the EvaClean doors.
• Confirm the operator message "Confirmation required...".
• Confirm the alarm "Heparinization not initiated (#71)".
• Press the Blood Pump ON/OFF key.
• Create a pressure of at least 200 mmHg in the venous chamber necessary to open the venous line
clamp as soon as the arterial pump start the rotation.
• When the venous line clamp is open set the venous pressure to 80 mmHg and close the venous
infusion clamp.
• With a tie wrap darken the Blood Sensor to simulate blood.
• Press the blood pump ON/OFF key.
• Press the button "Start Treatment".

10-10 Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /


Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

• Press the button "Close A/V limits".


• Remove the T Connector bottom tube from the graduated cylinder, check the water level inside the
graduated cylinder and note it (value A).
• Insert the T connector bottom tube into the cylinder.
• When the machine displays the message "Treatment time complete (#51)" remove the T Connector
bottom tube from the graduated cylinder.
• Check the level of the water inside the graduated cylinder and note it (value B); the difference of the
value A and value B must be 200 ± 25 ml.

10.15 SWP Inlet Water Pressure Sensor Test


• Switch ON the machine.
• The machine goes in preparation mode. Verify that the “INSUFFICIENT WATER SUPPLY” #100
alarm does not occurs.
• When the preparation is in progress, turn off the water supply, and verify that the machine gener-
ates the “INSUFFICIENT WATER SUPPLY” #100 alarm.
• Turn on the water supply.

10.16 Ultra Collector Assembly Maintenance


Perform the Ultra Collector assembly Maintenance, proceeding as described below:

Verify that no water is present in the Ultra Collector. If present, using a syringe remove the water from
the Ultra Collector, remove the remaining water with a dry cloth and then clean the Optical sensor surface.

Optical Sensor Ultra Collector

10.17 Wet Sensor assembly maintenance


Each time it is requested and however once a year, a preventive mainenance of the wet sensor has to
be performed, in order to prevent a sensor malfunction or obstruction due to accumulated debris or dust. In
particular, the following interventions have to be performed:

1. Switch OFF the machine and unplug the power cord from the supply mains.
2. Open the Main Hydraulic Compartment of the machine by following the instructions provided in
the “8.3.4 Main Hydraulic Compartment Opening/Closing Instructions” section of this service
manual.
3. Verify that the Main Hydraulic Compartment is completely OPEN.

Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. / 10-11


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

4. Remove the Base Compartment from the machine by pushing it straight up on the both sides,
as indicated by the arrows in the Figure 10- 01.

or

Figure 10 - 01

5. Verify that no water is present in the wet sensor tank (see the yellow arrow in the Figure 10-02).

Figure 10 - 02

6. Fill a syringe with 30 ml of RO Water.


7. From the Concentrate Connectors Panel opening, slowly inject the 30 ml of RO Water into the
hydraulic compartment base hole as indicated in the Figure 10-03.

Figure 10 - 03

8. Verify that the water reaches the wet sensor tank and that there are no obstructions.

10-12 Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /


Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

9. Verify that there is no water under the Base Compartment of the machine due to a leakage in
the wet sensor assembly.
10. With the same syringe remove the water from the wet sensor tank, remove the remaining water
with a dry cloth and then clean the wet sensor’s optical surface.
11. Verify that no water is present in the wet sensor tank.
12. Switch ON the machine and verify that the “Water Presence T1 Test” is performed without any
alarm. If the test fails, the machine will generate a General Safe State:‘’Safe State Activated.
Cause: Wet Sensor self-test failure ’’.
13. Switch OFF the machine and unplug the power cord from the supply mains.
14. Re-assamble the machine by performing the same procedure in reverse order.

10.18 Ultrafilter Cover hole and Wet Sensor assembly


maintenance
Each time it is requested and however once a year, a preventive maintenance of the ultrafilter cover hole
and wet sensor has to be performed, in order to prevent a sensor malfunction or obstruction due to
accumulated debris or dust. In particular, the following interventions have to be performed:

1. Switch OFF the machine and unplug the power cord from the supply mains.
2. Close the Main Hydraulic Compartment of the machine by following the instructions provided in
the "8.3.4 Main Hydraulic Compartment Opening/Closing Instructions" section of the service
manual.
3. Close the machine. Verify that the Main Hydraulic Compartment is completely CLOSED and all
the panels are CLOSED and remove the ultrafilter cover.
4. Fill a syringe with 30 ml of RO Water.
5. Slowly inject the 80 ml of RO Water into the Ultrafilter Cover base hole from the back side of the
machine as indicated in the Figure 10-04.

Figure 10 - 04

6. Remove the Base Compartment from the machine by pushing it straight up on the both sides,
as indicated by the arrows in the Figure 10- 05

Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. / 10-13


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Figure 10 - 05

7. Verify that the water reaches the wet sensor tank and the Ultrafilter Cover hole is not
obstructed. (see the yellow arrow in the Figure 10-06).

Figure 10 - 06

8. Verify that there is no water under the Base Compartment of the machine due to a leakage in
the wet sensor assembly.
9. With the same syringe remove the water from the wet sensor tank, remove the remaining water
with a dry cloth and then clean the wet sensor's optical surface.
10. Verify that no water is present in the wet sensor tank.
11. Open the main hydraulic compartment. With a dry cloth remove the remaining water.
12. Re-install the ultrafilter cover, switch ON the machine and verify that the "Water Presence T1
Test" is performed without any alarm. If the test fails, the machine will generate a General Safe
State: ''Safe State Activated. Cause: Wet Sensor self-test failure ''.
13. Switch OFF the machine and unplug the power cord from the supply mains.
14. Re-assemble the machine by performing the same procedure in reverse order.

10.19 Touch Screen frozen


10.19.1 During treatment
If the Touch Screen freezes or goes black or white while performing a treatment, perform a Fast

10-14 Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /


Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

Recovery procedure as described in the “Fast Recovery” section of the Operator’s Manual.
In case the proper working conditions of the Touch Screen are not reestabished after the Fast Recovery
procedure, proceed as follows:
1. Perform a Manual Rinseback procedure as described in the related sections of the Operator’s
Manual;
2. Switch the machine OFF.

10.19.2 During Dialysis Fluid Preparation/Disinfection programs


If the Touch Screen freezes or goes black or white during the Preparation/Function Check phase or while
perfoming a Disinfection/Rinse program, switch the machine OFF and then ON again.
In case the proper working conditions of the Touch Screen are not reestabished after switching the
machine OFF and ON, proceed as follows:
1. Switch the machine OFF.

Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. / 10-15


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

10.20 T1 Test Technical Investigation Procedure


T1 Tests
Protective T1 Tests
• T1 Test Temperature Failed
• T1 Test Valves command Failed
• T1 Test Arterial Pump/AD
• T1 Test Venous Line Clamp
• T1 Test Flowmeters Test Failed
• Backup Battery Failure
• T1 Cut 24 Volts Failed
• T1 Test Arterial Pressure
• T1 Test Venous Pressure
• T1 Test BLD
• T1 Test Conductivity Cells Failed
• T1 Test Water Presence Sensor Failure
• T1 Test SN Pressure
Hydraulic T1 Tests
• Bubble Trap T1 Test
• Leakage Test (A,B,C,D,E,F,G) Failure

10.20.1 General Information


Record the following information in the appropriate boxes on the investigation form:
• Work Order Number
• Customer Number
• Customer Name - name of facility where the service was performed.
• Service Request Date - date when request for service was generated or logged.
• Current date - date when service is performed.
• Service Technician Name - name of technician performing the service
• Serial Number - located on the rear panel near the handgrip, beginning with F
• Hours - hour meter reading of the machine needing service, located on the upper back panel of the
Artis
• Software Revision - displayed on the Service Data screen in the Report screen.
• Hardware Revision - displayed on the Service Data screen in the Report screen.
• Reference Tool Information - information regarding the external measuring instruments used dur-
ing the service, including type, brand, serial number, calibration due date.

10.20.2 Reported Condition


10.20.2.1 Notification
How did you become aware of the discrepancy? Was the discrepancy discovered during a preventive
maintenance procedure or is this service intervention due to a reported condition? If service was requested,
please describe the reported condition.

10.20.2.2 Medical Intervention


Were you made aware of any patient injury or medical intervention? If YES, please inform your local
Gambro Quality Assurance, according to the applicable procedures. Clinical information, such as
Treatment settings, Patient age, weight, gender, blood tests results may be requested.

10-16 Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /


Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

10.20.3 Diagnostics
10.20.3.1 T1 Test(s) Under Investigation
a Check all T1 Tests under investigation.
b Record descriptions of any incident(s) you are aware of that occurred outside of dialysis treat-
ment and are related in any way to the condition under investigation. If you are not aware of
any such incidents, enter NONE.
c Record descriptions of any incident(s) you are aware of that occurred during dialysis treatment
and are related in any way to the condition under investigation. If you are not aware of any such
incidents, enter NONE.

10.20.3.2 Last Service Intervention (Due to Related Failure)


a Indicate whether the last intervention related to the T1 Test under investigation was performed
by a Gambro service technician. Enter YES, NO or UNKNOWN.
b Record the date of the last service intervention related to T1 Test failure, based on clinical serv-
ice records or those stored in Artis.
c Confirm whether or not the date and time on the Artis is aligned with the actual current date and
time, and correct them if necessary.

10.20.3.3 Black Box Data Recorder


Download data from the black box and mark the appropriate box to indicate whether the download was
successful.
Refer to the related section of the Service manual for instructions on how downloading the Black Box.

10.20.4 Investigation
a When troubleshooting alarm conditions, begin with the Troubleshooting section in this Service
Manual. Continue recording the data on the checklist. (Refer to the 3.2 section of the checklist)
b After consulting this Artis Service Manual, refer to the Root Cause Flow Charts and the associ-
ated step-by-step instructions located in Appendix A of this procedure for further troubleshoot-
ing guidance and resolution. The Artis Service Manual and relevant Spare Part Installation
Instructions contain detailed information for problem resolution. (Refer to the 5.3 section of the
checklist)
c Record investigation findings and system performance data in the indicated sections of the
Checklist.

10.20.5 Repair
10.20.5.1 Disinfect flowpath prior to opening it
Perform an Automatic Disinfect and Rinse (ADR) process prior to accessing the flowpath and record the
type of process on the Checklist.

10.20.5.2 Problem Resolution


Indicate the general type of action taken on the checklist and provide details in the Description section,
such as the specific components involved and any circumstances unique to this repair.

10.20.5.3 Component Replacement


If repair requires any component replacement, record the description and schematic ID on the Checklist.
For example, "Pressure Sensor, Pi", as well as the Spare part code for the replacement part, which is
included on the spares packaging.

10.20.6 Verification
10.20.6.1 Calibration Coefficients
If the repair involved calibration or replacement of any components then record the resulting calibration
coefficients on the Checklist, ensuring they are within the acceptable range.

Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. / 10-17


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

10.20.6.2 Flowpath Disinfection


For any corrective actions requiring hydraulic flowpath access to replace or repair any components, or
introduction of dialysis concentrates into the flowpath, perform an ADR Disinfection and record the type of
process used in section 6.2 of the Checklist.

10.20.6.3 Artis System Verification


In order to ensure proper functioning of the Artis Dialysis System, perform a simulate dialysis treatment
in-vitro: Power on, complete T1 Test successfully, Enter Dialysis Treatment, run 10 minutes without alarm
and exit Dialysis Treatment.
Appendix A: Troubleshooting
Use the following tables to locate the correct flow chart for the machine symptoms and alarms listed
below.

Table 1. T1 Alarm Troubleshooting


Error
Alarm Text Flow Chart Title Designation
Code

183 Backup Battery Failure Backup Battery Test Failure BB

418 T1 Test SN Pressure T1 Test SN Pressure PF

419 T1 Test Arterial Pump/ABD T1 Test Arterial Pump/AD AA

422 T1 Test Flow Meters T1 Test Flowmeters FM

434 T1 Test BLD T1 Test BLD BLD

64 Safe State Activated. Cause: T1 Cut 24 Volts Failed CV


24 Volt self-test failure

64 Safe State Activated. Cause: T1 Test Venous Clamp VC


Venous Clamp self-test failure

64 Safe State Activated. Cause: T1 Test Valves command Failed EV


Valve self-test failure

444 T1 Test Temperature Failed T1 Test Temperature Failed T

445 T1 Test Conductivity Cells Failed T1 Test Conductivity Cells Failed C

446 T1 Test Venous Pressure T1 Test Venous Pressure VP

447 T1 Test Arterial Pressure T1 Test Arterial Pressure AP

493 Bubble Trap T1 Test Bubble Trap T1 Test BT

467 Leakage Test (A) Failure Leakage Test (A) Failure LTA

468 Leakage Test (B) Failure Leakage Test (B) Failure LTB

469 Leakage Test (C) Failure Leakage Test (C,D,E,F) Failure LT

470 Leakage Test (D) Failure Leakage Test (C,D,E,F) Failure LT

498 Leakage Test (E) Failure Leakage Test (C,D,E,F) Failure LT

499 Leakage Test (F) Failure Leakage Test (C,D,E,F) Failure LT

500 Leakage Test (G) Failure Leakage Test (G) Failure LTG

64 Safe State Activated. Cause: T1 Test Water Leakage WL


Wet Sensor self-test failure

10-18 Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /


Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

Flow Chart Description


Flow Charts follow the arrows and generally flow from top to bottom. Each cell has a unique code for
recording root cause determination. The cell shape indicates the type of information contained as described
below:

Blue text next to a process


Start
box indicates the location of
Condition description and
process instructions:
failure code, if applicable
SM = Service Manual
OM = Operator’s Manual
Spares I.I. = Spares
Installation Instructions Decision
Questions the user and
Icons: selects how to proceed
 = Go to reference based on the response.
 = Record information

Pre-defined Process Process


Instructs the user to perform a A Instructs the user to perform a
process which can be found process.
outside this Troubleshooting On-Page Connector
Procedure, i.e. in the Service Jumps to another
Manual or Spares Installation location on the same
Instructions. page of the flowchart.

Indicates a
section within a Data
Instructs user to collect and record
reference to data and information

 SM
Labels a step in the flow
Off-Page Connector
chart to correspond with the AB.1.2: Instructions Connects multi-page flow
step-by-step instructions charts to continuing page.
Checklist 1.2

Indicates to record data on


the Checklist in that section
End

Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. / 10-19


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

1. Backup Battery Test Failure (code 183)

Backup Battery Test


Failure
(code 183)

BB.1: Check for bad electrical connections at the


power supply and the battery terminals.

BB.1.1: Bad BB.3: Repair the bad


connection Yes connection.
found? Checklist
4.1.1/4.3/5.2/5.3
SM N
BB.2: Verify Power
Supply Voltages
Checklist 4.2

Spares
I.I. BB.4: Replace the
BB.2.1: Yes Batteries
Voltages Checklist
OK? 4.1.1/4.3/5.2/5.3
N
SM
BB.5: Repair SM
Power Supply BB.6: Perform a Simulated
per the Artis Dialysis Treatment to verify
Service Manual system integrity
Checklist Checklist 6.1.1/6.3
4.3/5.2/5.3

Backup Battery Test Discription:


The Protective System tests the Batteries in order to check that they are charged. The test is performed
at power up.
If one or both batteries are defective, or cannot hold a charge, or there are problems in the battery wiring,
the test fails and the machine generates an alarm message issued with a required confirmation from the
operator to continue. Generates the alarm'' (183) Backup Battery Test Failure''.
Backup Battery Test Failure (183) step-by-step instructions:
BB.1. Check for bad electrical connections at the power supply and the battery terminals.
BB.1.1. Was a bad connection found?
• YES. A bad connection was found.
- Continue to BB.3.
• NO. A bad connection was not found.
- Continue to BB.2.
BB.2. Verify power supply voltages: described in section 7.3 of the Artis Service Manual. Record the
verification data on the checklist in section 4.2.
BB.2.1. Is the power supply operating within specification?
• YES. The power supply is operating normally.
- Continue to BB.4.

10-20 Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /


Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

• NO. The power supply is not operating normally.


- Continue to BB.5.
BB.3. Repair the bad connection. Record the root cause and repair on the Checklist in section 4.1.1,
4.3, 5.2. & 5.3.
- Continue to BB.6.
BB.4. Replace the Batteries by following the spare installation instructions provided in the spare part's
kit. Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in sections 4.1.1, 4.3,
5.2 and 5.3.
- Continue to BB.6
BB.5. Repair the power supply by following the instructions in section 7.3 of the Artis Service Manual.
Record the root cause, repair and replacement on the Checklist in section 4.3, 5.2 & 5.3.
- Continue to BB.6
BB.6. Perform a Simulated Dialysis Treatment to verify system integrity by following section 12.9 of the
Artis Service Manual. Record the verification data on the checklist in section 6.1.1/6.3.
- End.

Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. / 10-21


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

2. T1 Test SN Pressure (code 418)


T1 Test SN Pressure
(code 418)
SM 7.3
PF.1: Verify Power Supply Voltages
Checklist 4.2
SM 7.4.10 SM 7.3
PF.3: Test SN Pressure PF.2: Repair Power
Checklist 4.1.2 Yes PF.1.1: No Supply per the Artis
Voltages OK? Service Manual
Checklist 4.3/5.2/5.3

SM 7.4.10
PF.3.1: PF.3.2: No PF.4: Calibrate SN
Yes
Stability Pressures Pressure
achieved? within spec? Checklist 4.1.2

No Yes
1
PF.5: Monitor both values (Prot, Blood) No PF.4.1: Yes
for pressure drift > +10. Now within
spec?
PF.6: Switch
the SN and
PF.5.1: venous pressure PF.6.1:
Yes Still No
All problematic? sonsor wires on Spares I.I.
the PIB board problematic?
and retest pre- PF.7: Replace
No dialyzer Press. the SN pressure
Yes sensor
PF.5.2: Checklist
Blood Yes 4.3/5.2/5.3
problematic? Spares I.I.
PF.8: Replace the PIB Board
No Checklist 4.3/5.2/5.3
Spares I.I.
PF.9: Replace the Blood Board
Checklist 4.3/5.2/5.3

Spares I.I.
PF.10: Replace the Prot. Board
Checklist 4.3/5.2/5.3 SM 12.9
PF.11: Perform a Simulated
Dialysis Treatment to verify
1 system integrity
Checklist 6.1.2 /6.3

T1 Test SN Presure (code 418) description:


This test verifies that the SN pressure sensor is working properly. At the first part of the test the
Protective System unbalances the resistor bridge sensor by an external resistor and a mosfet. This
operation is performed only if the ultra cassette is not muonted on the Artis Dialysis System. This in effect
causes the output of the SN pressure sensor to reach approximately the value stored during the T1 SN
pressure calibration. At the next step the Protective System verifies that the acquired pressure is 300 ± 40
mmHg. Then the Protective System waits until the ultra cassette is loaded and then the Protective System
verifies the pressure value that has to be in range 0+/- 8 mmHg (zero pressure test). If the test fails, the T1

10-22 Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /


Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

Test is terminated with negative result and the machine will generate an alarm issued with a required
confirmation from the operator to continue. Generates the alarm ''(448) T1 Test SN Pressure''.
Possible causes for the T1 SN Pressure Test alarm:
• Faulty SN pressure sensor
• Incorrect Power Supply voltages
• Faulty Blood Board
• Faulty Protective Board

T1 Test SN Pressure (code 418) step-by-step instructions:


PF.1. Verify power supply voltages: described in section 7.3 of the Artis Service Manual. Record the
verification data on the checklist in section 4.2.
PF.1.1. Is the power supply operating within specification?
• YES. The power supply is operating normally.
- Continue to PF.3.
• NO. The power supply is not operating normally.
- Continue to PF.2.
PF.2. Repair the power supply by following the instructions in section 7.3 of the Artis Service Manual.
Record the root cause, repair and replacement on the Checklist in section 4.3,5.2 & 5.3.
- Continue to PF.11.
PF.3. Test the SN Pressure sensor by following section 7.4.12 of the Artis Service Manual. Record the
initial calibration coeff and pressure data on the Checklist in section 4.1.12.
PF.3.1.Stability achieved?
• NO. Stability was not achieved.
- Continue to PF.5.
• YES. Stability was achieved.
-Continue to PF.3.2.
PF.3.2.Pressures within specification?
• NO. Pressures were not within specification.
- Continue to PF.4.
• YES. The pressures were within specification.
-Continue to PF.10.
PF.4. Calibrate the SN Pressure sensor by following section 7.4.12 of the Artis Service Manual. Record
the initial calibration coeff and pressure data on the Checklist in 6.1.2.
PF.4.1.Is the sensor now within specification?
• YES. The calibration was successful.
- Continue to PF.11.
• NO. The pressure is still out of range.
-Continue to PF.5.
PF.5. Monitor both SN pressure values (Prot, Blood) for pressure drift > ±10.
PF.5.1. Are both values problematic?
• YES. Both values are problematic.
- Continue to PF.6.
• NO. Both values are not problematic.
- Continue to PF.5.2.
PF.5.2. Is the blood value problematic?
• YES. The blood value is problematic.
- Continue to PF.9.

Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. / 10-23


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

• NO. The blood value is not problematic.


- Continue to PF.10.
PF.6. Switch SN and Venous pressure sonsor wires on the PIB board and retest SN Pressure.
PF.6.1.Are the values still problematic?
• YES. All values are still problematic.
- Continue to PF.8.
• NO. All values are no longer problematic.
- Continue to PF.7.
PF.7. Replace the SN pressure sensor by following the spare's installation instructions provided in the
spare part's kit. Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in sections
4.3, 5.2 and 5.3.
- Continue to PF.11.
PF.8. Replace the PIB Board by following the spare's installation instructions provided in the spare part's
kit. Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in sections 4.3, 5.2 and
5.3.
- Continue to PF.11.
PF.9. Replace the Blood Board by following the spare's installation instructions provided in the spare
part's kit. Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in sections 4.3, 5.2
and 5.3.
- Continue to PF.11.
PF.10. Replace the Protective Board by following the spare's installation instructions provided in the
spare part's kit. Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in sections
4.3, 5.2 and 5.3.
- Continue to PF.11.
PF.11. Perform a Simulated Dialysis Treatment to verify system integrity by following section 12.9 of the
Artis Service Manual. Record the data on the Checklist in section 6.1.2/6.3.
- END

10-24 Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /


Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

3. T1 Arterial Pump/AD Test (code 419)

T1 Test Arterial
Pump/AD
(Code 419)

AA.1: Inspect the AD, art pump, art pump board &
mother board for loose electrical connections

No AA.1.1: Yes
SM Bad connection
found?
AA.2: Verify Power AA.7: Repair the bad connection
Supply Voltages Checklist 4.3/5.2
Checklist 4.2

AA.2.1: No
Yes
Voltages
OK? SM
AA.3: Initiate the T1 Test by
completing preparation AA.8: Repair Power
(Hyd phase 16). Supply per the Artis
Service Manual
Checklist 4.3/5.2/5.3
AA.4: Verify actual pump direction is
CW during prime and CCW after prime.
Checklist 4.1.3

AA.4.1:
Yes No
AP direction
OK? Spares I.I.
AA.5. Test AD for air & liquid, confirm AA.9: Replace the Art. Pump
system data page readout is correct. Checklist 4.3/5.2/5.3
Checklist 4.1.3

Spares I.I.
AA.5.1: No AA.10: Replace AD
AD OK? Checklist 4.3/5.2/5.3

Yes
Spares I.I.
AA.5.2: AA.11: Replace the
Pump stops No
protective board
when air is Checklist 4.3/5.2/5.3
present? SM
AA.13: Perform a Simulated
Yes Dialysis Treatment to verify
No system integrity
AA.6: Monitor Art Blood values on Checklist 6.1.3/6.3
the system data page. Divide: Art AA.6.1: Yes
Blood Set/ Art Blood Flow. AP speed
Checklist 4.1.3 Within 8%
AA.12: Continue high level
troubleshooting with the Boards
Checklist 4.3/5.2/5.3

T1 Test Arterial Pump/AD description:


The arterial pump portion of the T1 test performs the following functions:
• Verifies that the blood pump rotates in the clockwise direction when commanded.
• Verifies that the speed of the blood pump is correct.

Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. / 10-25


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

• Verifies that the blood pump will stop when there is in air in blood signal.
• Verifies that the blood pump will not start if the air in blood signal clears.
• Verifies that the control system can shut off the pump.
The Protective System issued a command to the control system to start the blood pump with a primed
disposable and then the Protective System drives the AD sensor test pin to force the detection of air inside
the venous line in order to check that the reaction of the machine at the air detection works correctly. At the
first step of the test, the Protective System requires to the control system to have:
• Blood Flow set of 100 ml/min;
• Venous Line Clamp closed;
• Arterial Line Clamp open.
After a short period of time the Protective System checks that the flow rate of the pump is in the range +/
-8% respect to the blood flow set command. This command causes the blood pump to rotate in the
clockwise direction. The speed is detected through detecting the rotor position sensors.
The Protective System drives the AD sensor test pin and checks the detection of the air and checks that
the flow rate of the pump is in the range +/-8% respect to the set point and that the direction of the pump is
clockwise. Then checks if the air presence signal is to the level LOW.
At the next step the Protective System masks the air bubble sensor pause in order to stop the arterial
pump and after a short period of time checks that the blood pump is stopped (the blood flow is lower than 10
ml/min). Then the Protective System restores the pause of the air bubble detection. Then checks that the
flow rate of the pump is in the range +/-8% respect to the set point and that the direction of the pump is
clockwise. If the test fails, the T1 Test is terminated with negative result and the machine will generate a
Warning alarm issued with a required confirmation from the operator to continue. Then to perform again the
test, selects the ''Extra-Prime'' option. Generates the alarm ''(419) T1 Test Arterial Pump/ABD''.

T1 Test Arterial Pump/AD (419) step-by-step instructions:


AA.1. Inspect the AD, art pump, art pump board & mother board for loose electrical connections.
AA.1.1. Bad connection found?
• YES. A bad connection was found.
- Continue to AA.7.
• NO. A bad connection was not found.
- Continue to AA.2.
AA.2. Verify power supply voltages: described in section 7.3 of the Artis Service Manual. Record the
verification data on the checklist in section 4.2.
AA.2.1. Is the power supply operating within specification?
• YES. The power supply is operating normally.
- Continue to AA.3.
• NO. The power supply is not operating normally.
-Continue to AA.8.
AA.3. Initiate the T1 Test by completing priming (Hyd phase 18).
AA.4. Verify actual pump direction is CW during prime and CCW after prime. Record the data on the
Checklist in section 4.1.3
AA.4.1. AP direction is OK?
• YES. The AP dir ection is correct.
- Continue to AA.5.
• NO. The AP direction is incorrect.
- Continue to AA.9.
AA.5. Test AD for air & liquid, confirm system data page readout is correct. Record the data on the
Checklist in section 4.1.3
AA.5.1. Is AD OK?
• YES. AD is OK.
- Continue to AA.5.2.

10-26 Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /


Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

• NO. AD is disfunctional.
- Continue to AA.10.
AA.5.2. Does the aterial pump stop when liquid is present?
• YES. The pump stops when AD reads liquid.
- Continue to AA.6.
• NO. The pump does not stop when AD reads liquid.
- Continue to AA.11.
AA.6. Monitor Art Blood values on the system data page. Divide: Art Blood Set/ Art Blood Flow. Record
the data on the Checklist in section 4.1.3.
AA.6.1.Was the measured speed within 8% of the set rate?
• YES. The pump speed is within specification.
- Continue to AA.12.
• NO. The pump speed is outside specification.
- Continue to AA.11.
AA.7. Repair the bad connection. Record the root cause and repair on the Checklist in section 4.3 &
5.2.
- Continue to AA.13.
AA.8. Repair the power supply by following the instructions in section 7.3 of the Artis Service Manual.
Record the root cause, repair and replacement on the Checklist in section 4.3, 5.2 & 5.3.
-Continue to AA.13.
AA.9. Replace the Arterial Pump by following the spare installation instructions provided in the spare
part's kit. Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in sections 4.3, 5.2
and 5.3.
-Continue to AA.13.
AA.10. Replace the AD by following the spare installation instructions provided in the spare part's kit.
Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in sections 4.3, 5.2 and 5.3.
- Continue to AA.13.
AA.11. Replace the Protective Board by following the spare installation instructions provided in the
spare part's kit. Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in sections
4.3, 5.2 and 5.3.
- Continue to AA.13.
AA.12. Continue high level troubleshooting with the Boards. Record the root cause, repair and the
replacement on the Checklist in sections 4.3, 5.2 and 5.3.
- End
AA.13. Perform a Simulated Dialysis Treatment to verify system integrity by following section 12.9 of
the Artis Service Manual. Record the data on the Checklist in section 6.1.3/6.3.
-End

Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. / 10-27


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

4. T1 Test Flowmeters (code 422)

T1 Flow Meters Test description:


The flow meter test is performed in order to check the following points:
• detects the presence of an offset between the Control Flowmeters greater than a safety threshold.
• detects the presence of an offset between the Protective Flowmeters greater than a safety thresh-
old. The KD1D2C coefficient is calculated and the control drift shall not be higher than 864 ml/h.

10-28 Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /


Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

• detects the presence of a fluid leakage in the hydraulic flow circuit. The KD1D2P coefficient is calcu-
lated and the protective drift shall not be higher than 864 ml/h.
• detects an exchange between control and protective flowmeters.
• the test is also necessary in order to have an alignment between the Protective Flowmeters through
the calculation of the KD1D2P factor. If the test fails or an exchange between Control and Protective
flowmeters is detected, the T1 Test is terminated with negative result and the machine will generate
an alarm message issued with a required confirmation from the operator to repeat the test. Gener-
ates the alarm '' (422) T1 Test Flow Meters''. If the test flowmeters on the Control Flowmeters fails
for three times the Protective System generates the alarm: ''(497) MALFUNCTION”.

T1 Flow Meters Test (Code 422) step-by-step instructions:


FM.1. Perform all T1 Tests by completing dialysis preparation.
FM.1.1. Was there a T1 test failure other than the Flow Meters?
• YES. A different T1 test failed.
- Continue to FM.11.
• NO. A different T1 test did not failed.
- Continue to FM.2.
FM.2. Verify power supply voltages: described in section 7.3 of the Artis Service Manual. Record the
verification data on the checklist in section 4.2.
FM.2.1.Is the power supply operating within specification?
• YES. The power supply is operating normally.
- Continue to FM.3.
• NO. The power supply is not operating normally.
- Continue to FM.5.
FM.3. Inspect for bad electrical connections at the flow meters, P1, P2 and the mother board.
FM3.1.Bad connection found?
• YES. A bad connection was found.
- Continue to FM.6.
• NO. A bad connection was not found.
- Continue to FM.4.
FM.4. Perform a Mass Balance Test by following section 10.14 of the Artis Service Manual. Monitor
D1C, D2C, D1P & D2P during the test. Record the verification data on the checklist in section
4.1.5.
FM4.1. Is the flow stable?
• YES. The flow is stable.
- Continue to FM.4.2.
• NO. The flow is not stable
- Continue to FM.4.3.
FM.4.2.Mass Balance Test within specification?
• YES. The test passed
- Continue to FM.10.
• NO. The test did not pass.
- Continue to FM.9.
FM.4.3.Is D1C unstable?
• YES. D1C is unstable
- Continue to FM.7.
• NO. D1C is not unstable
- Continue to FM.8.
FM.5. Repair the power supply by following the instructions in section 7.3 of the Artis Service Manual.

Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. / 10-29


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Record the root cause and repair on the Checklist in section 4.3, 5.2 & 5.3.
-Continue to FM.12.
FM.6. Repair the bad connection. Record the root cause and repair on the Checklist in section 4.3, 5.2
& 5.3
-Continue to FM.12.
FM.7. Replace the P1 pump by following the spare's installation instructions provided in the spare part's
kit. Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in sections 4.3, 5.2 and
5.3.
- Continue to FM.12.
FM.8. .Replace the P2 pump by following the spare's installation instructions provided in the spare
part's kit. Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in sections 4.3, 5.2
and 5.3.
- Continue to FM.12.
FM.9. Replace the Control Flow Meters by following the spare's installation instructions provided in the
spare part's kit. Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in sections
4.3, 5.2 and 5.3.
- Continue to FM.12.
FM.10. Replace the Protective Flow Meter, which has a value furthest from D1C, by following the
spare's installation instructions provided in the spare part's kit. Record the root cause, repair and
the replacement on the Checklist in sections 4.3, 5.2 and 5.3.
- Continue to FM.12.
FM.11. Refer to the relative flow chart for troubleshooting.
FM.12. Perform a Simulated Dialysis Treatment to verify system integrity by following section 12.9 of
the Artis Service Manual. Record the verification data on the Checlist in section 6.1.5/6.3
- END

10-30 Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /


Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

5. T1 Test BLD (434)

T1 Test BLD description:


The blood leak detector test uses an optical filter that is in the blood leak detector assembly to cause a
blood leak condition, in order to check its functionality through a specific measurement taken from a
dedicated optical sensor. At the begining of the test the Protective System checks the absence of the blood

Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. / 10-31


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

on the BLD and then the Protective System activates the magnet to insert the optical filter in between the
blood leak detector and the infrared detector. The Protective System then looks for a reduction in the signal
indicating that the blood leak detector and the protective system are working properly. The Protective
System deactivates the magnet to remove the optical filter from the BLD. At the end checks the absence of
the blood from the BLD. If the test fails, the machine will generate a “MALFUNCTION 434”.
Possible causes for the BLD alarm (code 434):
• BLD optical sensor is dirty
• Air is in the line which is detected as blood
• Optical filter solenoid is sticking
• Bad electrical connection
• Defective BLD sensor

T1 Test BLD (code 434) step-by-step instructions:


BLD.1. Check for a bad electrical connection at the BLD and the mother board.
BLD.1.1Bad connection found?
• NO, a bad connection was not found.
- Continue to BLD.2.
• YES, a bad connection was found.
- Continue to BLD.6.
BLD.2. Verify the BLD value on the system data page. Record the verification data on the checklist in
section 4.1.6.
BLD.2.1.Does the BLD detect blood at the sensor?
• YES, BLD detects blood.
- Continue to BLD.3.
• NO, BLD does not detect blood.
- Continue to BLD.2.2
BLD.2.2.Is the sensitivity parameter from the auto calibration less than 130?
• YES, the sensitivity parameter is low.
- Continue to BLD.3.
• NO, the sensitivity parameter is not low.
- Continue to BLD.5.
BLD.3. Perform a Disinfection process using sodium hypochlorite by following section 13 "Disinfection/
Rinse/Cleaning" of the Artis Operator's Manual. Check for air in the hydraulic lines near BLD
during the proces. Record the verification data on the checklist in section 4.1.6.
BLD.3.1.Was air detected near BLD?
• YES, air was detected.
- Continue to BLD.7.
• NO, air was not detected.
- Continue to BLD.3.2
BLD.3.2.Does BLD still detect blood?
• YES, BLD still detects blood.
- Continue to BLD.4.
• NO, BLD no longer detects blood.
- Continue to BLD.8.
BLD.4. Replace the BLD vessel by following the spare's installation instructions provided in the part's kit.
Record the root cause, repair and replacement on the Checklist in section 4.3, 5.2 & 5.3.
BLD.4.1.Does BLD still detect blood?
• YES, BLD still detects blood.

10-32 Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /


Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

- Continue to BLD.5.
• NO, BLD no longer detects blood.
- Continue to BLD.8.
BLD.5. Verify power supply voltages: described in section 7.3 of the Artis Service Manual. Record
voltage measurements on the Checklist in section 4.2.
BLD.5.1.Is the power supply operating within specification?
• YES, the power supply is operating normally.
- Continue to BLD.10.
• NO, the power supply is out of tolerance.
- Continue to BLD.9.
BLD.6. Repair the bad connection. Record the root cause and repair on the Checklist in section 4.3, 5.2.
& 5.3.
- Continue to BLD.11.
BLD.7. Locate and repair the leak or resolve degassing in BT2.Record the root cause, repair and
replacement on the Checklist in section 4.3, 5.2 & 5.3.
- Continue to BLD.11.
BLD.8. The sensor was dirty. Record the root cause and repair on the Checklist in section 4.3 & 5.2.
- Continue to BLD.11.
BLD.9. Repair the power supply by following the instructions in section 7.3 of the Artis Service Manual.
Record the root cause, repair and replacement on the Checklist in section 4.3, 5.2 & 5.3.
- Continue to BLD.11.
BLD.10. Replace the BLD sensor by following the spare's installation instructions provided in the spare
part's kit. Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in sections 4.3, 5.2
and 5.3.
- Continue to BLD.11.
BLD.11. Perform a Simulated Dialysis Treatment to verify system integrity by following section 12.9 of
the Artis Service Manual. Record the verification data on the checklist in section 6.1.6/6.3.
- END

Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. / 10-33


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

6. T1 Cut 24 Volts Failed (code 64)

T1 Cut 24 Volts Failed (code 64) description:


This test verifies the ability of the Protective System to turn off the 24 Vp in the power supply that feeds
24 volts to all of the pumps and valves. This action is necessary as if there are certain machine faults, the
Protective System must be able to shut off the supply to the pumps and valves. At the begining of the test
the Protective System opens the venous clamp. Then Protective System checks, through the venous clamp

10-34 Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /


Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

position sensor, that the clamp position is open. Then Protective System switch off the 24 Volts power supply
and it checks that the clamp position is closed and that the 24 Vp is lower than 6 Volts. Then the Protective
System switches on the 24 Volts power supply and checks that the clamp position is open. The 24 Vp must
be greater than 21.9 Volts. If the test fails, the machine will generate a “Safe State Activated. Cause: 24 Volt
self-test failure”.

T1 Cut 24 Volts Failed (code 64) step-by-step instructions:


CV.1. Verify the Venous Clamp is closed when the power to the machine is off.
CV.1.1. Is the Venous Clamp Closed when the power is off?
• YES. The Venous Clamp is closed when there is no power.
- Continue to CV.2.
• NO. The Venous Clamp is not closed when there is no power.
- Continue to CV.9.
CV.2. Turn the machine on and verify the Venous Clamp opens and closes during startup. Record the
verification data on the Checklist in section 4.1.7.
CV.2.1. Does the Venous Clamp open and close?
• YES. The Venous Clamp opens and closes.
- Continue to CV.3.
• NO. The Venous Clamp does not open and close.
- Continue to CV.4.
CV.3. Verify, on the Service Data page, that Ven Clamp reads open when clamp is open. Record the
verification data on the Checklist in section 4.1.7.
CV.3.1. Ven Clamp readout and actual position concur?
• YES. The readout is correct.
- Continue to CV.5.
• NO. The readout is incorrect.
- Continue to CV.10.
CV.4. Inspect the Venous Clamp Board and the carrier board for bad electrical connections.
CV.4.1. Was a bad connection found?
• YES. A bad connection was found.
- Continue to CV.12.
• NO. A bad connection was not found.
- Continue to CV.5.
CV.5. Verify power supply voltages: described in section 7.3 of the Artis Service Manual. Record the
verification data on the checklist in section 4.2.
CV.5.1.Is the power supply operating within specification?
• YES. The power supply is operating normally.
- Continue to CV.7.
• NO. The power supply is not operating normally.
- Continue to CV.6.
CV.6. Repair the power supply by following the instructions in section 7.3 of the Artis Service Manual.
Record the root cause, repair and replacement on the Checklist in section 4.3, 5.2 & 5.3.
- Continue to CV.13.
CV.7. Check for 5V +\- 1V supplied to the clamp from the ven clamp board after startup. Record the
verification data on the Checklist in section 4.1.7.
CV.7.1. Is there a proper voltage found at the terminal?
• YES. A proper voltage is supplied to the venous clamp.
- Continue to CV.10.

Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. / 10-35


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

• NO. A proper voltage is not supplied to the venous clamp.


- Continue to CV.8.
CV.8. Replace the Venous Clamp Board by following the spare's installation instructions provided in the
spare part's kit. Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in sections
4.3, 5.2 and 5.3.
- Continue to CV.13.
CV.9. Look for an obstruction in the Venous Clamp in front and in the back of the Clamp.
VC.9.1. Is the Venous Clamp Obstructed?
• YES. An obstruction was found.
- Continue to CV.11.
• NO. An obstruction was not found.
- Continue to CV.10.
CV.10. Replace the Venous Clamp by following the spare's installation instructions provided in the
spare part's kit. Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in sections
4.3, 5.2 and 5.3.
- Continue to CV.13.
CV.11. Clear the obstruction from the clamp. Record the root cause and repair on the Checklist in
section 4.3, 5.2 and 5.3.
- Continue to CV.13.
CV.12. Repair the bad connection. Record the root cause and repair on the Checklist in section 4.3, 5.2
& 5.3.
- Continue to CV.13.
CV.13. Perform a Simulated Dialysis Treatment to verify system integrity by following section "12.9
Simulated Dialysis treatment" of the Artis Service Manual. Record the verification data on the
Checklist in section 6.1.7/6.3.
- END

10-36 Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /


Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

7. T1 Test Venous clamp (code 64)

T1 Test Venous Clamp (code 64) description:


During the venous line clamp test, the Protective System activates the venous clamp to both open and
close the clamp. This test is used to verify that the optical sensor on the clamp and the clamp itself is working
properly. At the begining of the test, the Protective System opens the Venous Line Clamp and checks
through the venous clamp position sensor that the clamp position is open. The Protective System closes the
Venous Line Clamp and checks through the sensor that the clamp position is closed. The Test completes

Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. / 10-37


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

when the Protective System opens the Venous Line Clamp and verifies if the clamp correctly opens again. If
the test fails, the T1 Test is terminated with negative result and the machine will generate a “Safe State
Activated. Cause: Venous Clamp self-test failure”.
Possible causes for Venous Clamp T1 Test alarm:
• Obstruction in the Clamp
• Bad electrical connection
• Venous Clamp assembly failure
• Venous Clamp Board failure
• Power supply not within specification

T1 Test Venous Clamp (code 64) step-by-step instructions:


VC.1. Verify the Venous Clamp is closed when the power to the machine is off. Record the data on the
Checklist in section 4.1.8.
VC.1.1. Is the Venous Clamp Closed when the power is off?
• YES. The Venous Clamp is closed when there is no power.
- Continue to VC.2.
• NO. The Venous Clamp is not closed when there is no power
- Continue to VC.9.
VC.2. Turn the machine on and verify the Venous Clamp opens and closes during startup. Record the
data on the Checklist in section 4.1.8.
VC.1.1. Does the Venous Clamp open and close?
• YES. The Venous Clamp opens and closes.
- Continue to VC.3.
• NO. The Venous Clamp does not open and close.
- Continue to VC.4.
VC.3. Verify, on the service data page, that Venous Clamp reads open when clamp is open.Record the
verification data on the Checklist in section 4.1.8.
VC.3.1. Venous Clamp readout and actual position concur?
• YES. The readout is correct.
- Continue to VC.5.
• NO. The readout is incorrect.
- Continue to VC.10.
VC.4. Inspect the Venous Clamp Board and the mother board for bad electrical connections.
VC.4.1. Was a bad connection found?
• YES. A bad connection was found.
- Continue to VC.12.
• NO. A bad connection was not found.
- Continue to VC.5.
VC.5. Verify power supply voltages: described in section 7.3 of the Artis Service Manual. Record the
verification data on the checklist in section 4.2.
VC.5.1.Is the power supply operating within specification?
• YES. The power supply is operating normally.
- Continue to VC.7.
• NO. The power supply is not operating normally.
- Continue to VC.6.
VC.6. Repair the power supply by following the instructions in section 7.3 of the Artis Service Manual.
Record the root cause, repair and replacement on the Checklist in section 4.3, 5.2 & 5.3.

10-38 Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /


Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

- Continue to VC.13.
VC.7. Check for 5V +\- 1V supplied to the clamp from the venous clamp board after startup. Record the
data on the Checklist in section 4.1.8.
VC.7.1 Is there a proper voltage found at the terminal?
• YES. A proper voltage is supplied to the venous clamp.
- Continue to VC.10.
• NO. A proper voltage is not supplied to the venous clamp.
- Continue to VC.8.
VC.8. Replace the Venous Clamp Board by following the spare's installation instructions provided in the
spare part's kit. Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in sections
4.3, 5.2 and 5.3.
- Continue to VC.13.
VC.9. Look for an obstruction in the Venous Clamp in front and in the back of the Clamp.
VC.9.1. Is the Venous Clamp Obstructed?
• YES. An obstruction was found.
- Continue to VC.11.
• NO. An obstruction was not found.
- Continue to VC.10.
VC.10. Replace the Venous Clamp by following the spare's installation instructions provided in the
spare part's kit. Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in sections
4.3, 5.2 and 5.3.
- Continue to VC.13.
VC.11. Clear the obstruction from the clamp. Record the root cause and repair on the Checklist in
section 4.3, 5.2 and 5.3
- Continue to VC.13.
VC.12. Repair the bad connection. Record the root cause and repair on the Checklist in section 4.3, 5.2
and 5.3
- Continue to VC.13.
VC.13. Perform a Simulated Dialysis Treatment to verify system integrity by following section 12.9 of
this Service Manual. Record the data on the Checklist in section 6.1.8/6.3.
- END

Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. / 10-39


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

8. T1 Test Valves command Failed (code 64)

T1 Test Valves Command Failed (Code 64) description:


The valve command test is used to verify that the Protective System can detect the valve actuation
commands.
The Protective System commands to the Control System to turn on all the safety valves. The Protective
System must be able to detect all of the actuation signals. After this complete, the Protective System
commands to the Control System to turn off all the safety valves. Again the Protective System must check
that the valve command signals are turned off. The following valve command signals are detected: EV2,
EVBP2, EVDS2, EVDS1.
If any of the signals are not detected correctly, the T1 Test is terminated with negative result and the
machine will generate a “Safe State Activated. Cause: Valve self-test failure”.

10-40 Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /


Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

T1 Test Valves Command Failed (Code 64) step-by-step instructions:


EV.1. Check for bad electrical connections at the valve which failed the test and its connection at the
mother board.
EV.1.1. Was a bad connection found?
• YES. A bad connection was found.
- Continue to EV.3.
• NO. A bad connection was not found.
- Continue to EV.2.
EV.2. Measure the voltage across the valve terminals during phase 1. Record the Verification Data on
the Checklist in section 4.1.9.
EV.2.1. Is the voltage 24v +/- 2v?
• YES. The voltage is OK.
- Continue to EV.5.
• NO. The voltage is out of range.
- Continue to EV.4.
EV.3. Repair the bad connection. Record the root cause and repair on the Checklist in section 4.3, 5.2
& 5.3.
- Continue to EV.8.
EV.4. Verify power supply voltages: described in section 7.3 of the Artis Service Manual. Record the
verification data on the checklist in section 4.2.
EV.4.1. Is the power supply operating within specification?
• YES. the power supply is operating normally.
- Continue to EV.6.
• NO. the power supply is not operating normally.
- Continue to EV.7.
EV.5. Replace the appropriate Electro Valve by following the spare's installation instructions provided in
the spare part's kit. Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in
sections 4.3, 5.2 & 5.3
- Continue to EV.8.
EV.6. Replace the Hydraulic board by following the spare's installation instructions provided in the
spare part's kit. Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in sections
4.3, 5.2 & 5.3
- Continue to EV.8.
EV.7. Repair the power supply by following the instructions in section "7.3 Power Supply Verifications"
of the Artis Service Manual. Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist
in sections 4.3, 5.2 & 5.3
- Continue to EV.8
EV.8. Perform a Simulated Dialysis Treatment to verify system integrity by following section "12.9
Simulated Dialysis treatment" of this Service Manual. Record the Verification Data on the
Checklist in section 6.1.9/6.3.

Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. / 10-41


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

9. T1 Test Temperature Failed (code 444)

10-42 Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /


Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

T1 Test Temperature Failed (code 444) (Continued 2/2)

T1 Test Temperature Failed (Code 444) description:


The Protective System verifies if the temperature sensors TCA and Tp are able to measure temperature
values higher than 42 °C and lower than 38 °C, in order to ensure that a wrong temperature of the dialysis
fluid is recognized in case of failure.
First the Protective System sends a command to the control system to achieve a temperature set point of 48
°C, in order to warm up the dialysis fluid. The Protective System verifies, at the same time, that the
temperature measured by TCA sensor and Tp sensor is greater than 42 °C for more than 2 seconds within 8

Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. / 10-43


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

minutes from the change of the first set point.


In the second step of the test, the Protective System sends a command to the control system to achieve a
temperature set point of 35 °C, in order to decrease the dialysis fluid temperature.
The Protective System verifies, at the same time, that the temperature measured by TCA sensor and Tp
sensor is lower than 38 °C for more than 2 seconds within 8 minutes from the start of the test. If either of
these tests fail, the machine will generate an alarm issued with a required confirmation from the operator to
continue. Generates the alarm ''(444) T1 Test Temperature Failed''.

T1 Test Temperature Failed (Code 444) step-by-step instructions:


T.1. Look for loose electrical connections at the power supply, heater relay, optotriac, heater, SWP, LFP
& OT board.
T.1.1.Bad connection found?
• NO, a bad connection was not found.
- Continue to T.3.
• YES, a bad connection was found.
- Continue to T.2.
T.2. Repair the connection and record the root cause and the repair on the Checklist in sections 4.3,
5.2.& 5.3.
- Continue to T.24.
T.3. Look on the Service Data page to verify SWP & LFP are ON during preparation.
T.3.1.SWP reads ON?
• NO, SWP does not read ON.
- Continue to T.4.
• YES, SWP reads ON.
- Continue to T.3.2.
T.3.2.LFP reads ON?
• NO, LFP does not read ON.
- Continue to T.5.
• YES, LFP reads ON.
- Continue to T.6.
T.4. Verify water supply pressure.
T.4.1.Is the water supply pressure grater than 760 mmHg?
• NO, the water supply pressur is low.
- Continue to T.7.
• YES, the water supply pressure is OK.
- Continue to T.8.
T.5. Look for an obstruction in the LFP sensor.
T.5.1.Was an obstruction found in the LFP sensor?
• NO, an obstrusction was not found.
- Continue to T.10.
• YES, an obstruction was found.
- Continue to T.9.
T.6. Verify power supply voltages per section 7.3 of the Artis Service Manual. Record the measured
voltages on the Checklist in section 4.2
T.6.1.Are the voltages within specification?
• NO, the power supply is not within specification.
- Continue to T.11
• YES, the power supply is within specification.

10-44 Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /


Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

- Continue to T.12
T.7. Increase the water supply pressure. Record the root cause and the repair on the Checklist in
sections 4.3, 5.2. & 5.3.
- Continue to T.24.
T.8. Replace SWP by following the spare's installation instructions provided in the spare part's kit.
Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in sections 4.3, 5.2 and 5.3.
- Continue to T.24.
T.9. Repair LFP. Record the root cause and the repair on the Checklist in sections 4.3, 5.2 and 5.3.
- Continue to T.24.
T.10. Replace LFP by following the spare's installation instructions provided in the spare part's kit.
Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in sections 4.3, 5.2 and 5.3.
- Continue to T.24.
T.11. Repair the power supply according to section 7.3 of the Artis Service Manual. Record the root
cause and the repair on the Checklist in sections 4.3, 5.2 and 5.3.
- Continue to T.24.
T.12. Look for a continuous red LED on the Over Temp Board.
T.12.1.Red LED is on continuous?
• NO, the LED is off or flashing.
- Continue to T.13
• YES, the LED is on.
- Continue to T.14
T.13. Replace the Over Temp. Board by following the spare's installation instructions provided in the
spare part's kit. Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in sections 4.3,
5.2 and 5.3.
- Continue to T.24.
T.14. Perform a temperature test for Tp and TpSe by following section "7.4.19 Conductivity ΓcA,Γp and
Temperature Sensors Test" of the Artis Service Manual. Record the data on the checklist in section
4.1.10.
T.14.1Is the water being heated above 42 °C?
• YES, the temperature increases above 42 °C during the test.
- Continue to T.14.2
• NO, the temperature does not increase above 42 °C during the test.
- Continue to T.15.
T.14.2.Is Tp & TpSe within 0.5 °C of the meter?
• YES, the temperature is within specification.
- Continue to T.15.
• NO, the temperature is not within specification.
- Continue to T.16.
T.15. Verify the heater relay opens & closes.
T.15.1.Is the relay OK?
• YES, the relay opens and closes.
- Continue to T.18.
• NO, the relay does not open and close.
- Continue to T.17.
T.16. Perform a temperature calibration by following the instructions in section "7.4.18 Temperature" of
the Artis Service Manual. Record the data on the Checklist in section 6.1.10.
T.16.1.Was the calibration successful?
• YES, the calibration was successful.

Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. / 10-45


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

- Continue to T.16.2
• NO, the calibration was not successful.
- Continue to T.21.
T.16.2.Record the root cause and the repair on the Checklist in sections 4.3, 5.2 & 5.3.
- Continue to T.24.
T.17. Replace the heater realay by following the spare's installation instructions provided in the spare
part's kit. Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in sections 4.3, 5.2
and 5.3.
- Continue to T.24.
T.18. Test the heater optotriac.
T.18.1.Was the optotriac supplying power?
• YES, power is being supplied to the heater
- Continue to T.20.
• NO, power was not reaching the heater
- Continue to T.19.
T.19. Replace the optitriac by following the spare's installation instructions provided in the spare part's
kit. Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in sections 4.3, 5.2 and 5.3.
- Continue to T.24.
T.20. Check the electrical continuity of the heater.
T.20.1.Was the electrical continuity OK?
• YES, the heater element is OK.
- Continue to T.23.
• NO, the heater element is bad.
- Continue to T.22.
T.21. Replace the Tp or TpSe by following the spare's installation instructions provided in the spare
part's kit. Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in sections 4.3, 5.2
and 5.3.
- Continue to T.24.
T.22. Replace the heater by following the spare's installation instructions provided in the spare part's kit.
Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in sections 4.3, 5.2 and 5.3.
- Continue to T.24.
T.23. Perform high level troubleshooting of the boards.
T.24. Perform a Simulated Dialysis Treatment to verify system integrity by following section "12.9
Simulated Dialysis treatment" of this Service Manual. Record the data on the Checklist in section
6.1.10/6.3.
- END

10-46 Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /


Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

10. T1 Test Conductivity Cells Failed (code 445)

Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. / 10-47


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

T1 Test Conductivity Cells Failed (continued 2/2)

T1 Test Conductivity Cells Failed (Code 445) description:


This test is used to verify the correct functionality of the A, B, Sel, P conductivity cells and the pumps in
the mixing.
During this test, the Protective System Performs also an alignment on the ΓPSel and ΓP conductivity
cells from mesurements based on the same dialysis liquid. During the first portion of the test, the Protective
System commands the control system to have the Bicarbonate set point to 2 mS/cm and the Final
Conductivity set point to 12 mS/cm. The main flow of 500 ml/min. The Protective System checks that the
following rules are verified:
• the conductivity measured by ΓCB is equal to 2 mS/cm with an accuracy of 0.1 mS/cm;
• the conductivity measured by ΓPSel is equal to 2 mS/cm with an accuracy of 0.1 mS/cm;
• the conductivity measured by ΓCA is equal to 12 mS/cm with an accuracy of 0.1 mS/cm;

10-48 Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /


Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

• the conductivity measured by ΓP is equal to 12 mS/cm with an accuracy of 0.2 mS/cm.


During the second portion of the test, the Protective System commands the control system to have the
Bicarbonate set point to 5 mS/cm and the Final Conductivity set point to 17 mS/cm. The main flow of 500 ml/
min. The Protective System checks that the following rules are verified:
• the conductivity measured by ΓCB is equal to 5 mS/cm with an accuracy of 0.1 mS/cm;
• the conductivity measured by ΓPSel is equal to 5 mS/cm with an accuracy of 0.1 mS/cm;
• the conductivity measured by ΓCA is equal to 17 mS/cm with an accuracy of 0.1 mS/cm;
• the conductivity measured by ΓP is equal to 17 mS/cm with an accuracy of 0.2 mS/cm.
If all checks are correctly satisfied, the Protective System performs a compensation of the ΓPSel and ΓP
conductivity cells based on the values aquired during the tests. If the test fails, the T1 Test is terminated with
negative result and the machine will generate an alarm issued with a required confirmation from the operator
to continue. Generates the alarm ''(445) T1 Test Conductivity Cells Failed''.

T1 Test Conductivity Cells Failed (Code 445) step-by-step instructions:


C.1. Perform an ADR Disinfection process described in section 13 "Disinfection/Rinse/Cleaning" of the
Artis Operators Manual.
- Continue to C.2.
C.2. Is the concentrate being used the same as the concentrate that is selected by the Artis.
C.2.1. Are the Concentrates selected the same?
• NO, the concentrates selected are different.
- Continue to C.3.
• YES, the concentrate type in use is the same as the concentrate selected by
the machine.
- Continue to C.4.
C.3. Match the appropriate concentrate type by changing the settings on the machine or the concentrate
being used. For detailed instruction to change the concentration type refer to the Artis Operators
Manual. Record the root cause and repair on the Checklist in sections 4.3 and 5.2.
- Continue to C.17.
C.4. Check for Flow Obstruction in the concentrate uptake lines.
C.4.1. Is there an obstruction in the flow path?
• YES, the flow path to the concentrate is obstructed.
- Continue to C.5.
• NO, the flow path to the concentrate is not obstructed
- Continue to C.6.

C.5. Clear or replace obstruction in the flowpath. Record the root cause and repair on the Checklist in
sections 4.3, 5.2. and 5.3.
- Continue to C.17.
C.6. Check for air in the concentrate uptake lines when the machine is drawing concentrate.
C.6.1. Are there any leaks in the uptake lines?
• YES, leaks were detected.
- Continue to C.7.
• NO, leaks were not detected.
- Continue to C.8.
C.7. Locate and repair the leak allowing air in the flowpath. Record the root cause and repair on the
Checklist in sections 4.3, 5.2. and 5.3.
- Continue to C.17.
C.8. Check for air in the main hydraulic flowpath.
C.8.1.Was air detected?

Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. / 10-49


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

• YES, air was detected


- Continue to C.9.
• NO, air was not detected.
- Continue to C.10.
C.9. Check upstream bubble traps to be sure air being evacuated. Record the root cause, repair and the
replacement on the Checklist in sections 4.3, 5.2 and 5.3.
- Continue to C.17.
C.10. Test Temperature sensors as described in section 7.4.18 of this Service Manual. Record the
verification data on the Checklist in sections 4.1.11.
C.10.1.Are the Temperature sensors within specification?
• YES, the temperature sensors are within specification.
- Continue to C.12.
• NO, the temperature sensors are not within specification.
- Continue to C.11.
C.11. Calibrate Temperature sensors as described in section 7.4.18 of the Artis Service Manual. Record
the verification data on the Checklist in section 6.1.11.
C.11.1.Are the Temperature sensors now within specification?
• YES, the temperature sensors are within specification.
- Continue to C.12.
• NO, the temperature sensors are not within specification.
- Continue to C.13.
C.12. Test Conductivity sensors as described in section 7.4.19 of this Service Manual. Record the
verification data on the Checklist in section 4.1.11.
C.12.1.Are the Conductivity sensors within specification?
• YES, the Conductivity sensors are within specification.
- Continue to C.16.
• NO, the Conductivity sensors are not within specification.
- Continue to C.13.
C.13. Verify power supply voltages: described in section 7.3 of the Artis Service Manual. Record the
verification data on the checklist in section 4.2
C.13.1.Is the power supply operating within specification?
• YES, the power supply is operating normally.
- Continue to C.14.
• NO, the power supply is out of tolerance.
- Continue to C.15.
C.14. Replace the Conductivity and Temperature Sensors by following the spare's installation
instructions provided in the spare part's kit. Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on
the Checklist in sections 4.3, 5.2 and 5.3.
- Continue to C.17.
C.15. Repair the power supply by following the instructions in section "7.3 Power Supply Verifications" of
the Artis Service Manual. Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in
sections 4.3, 5.2 and 5.3.
- Continue to C.17.
C.16. Troubleshoot for a bad Board by measuring specifications discribed in section 4.0 of the Artis
Service Manual. Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in sections
4.3, 5.2 and 5.3.
- Continue to C.17.
C.17. Perform an ADR Disinfection process described in section 13 "Disinfection/Rinse/Cleaning" of the

10-50 Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /


Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

Artis Operators Manual.


- Continue to C.18.
C.18. Perform a Simulated Dialysis Treatment to verify system integrity by following section 12.9 of this
Service Manual. Record the verification data on the Checklist in section 6.1.11/6.3.
- END.

Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. / 10-51


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

11. T1 Test Venous Pressure (code 446)

T1 Test Venous Pressure (code 446) description:


This test verifies that the venous pressure sensor is working properly. At the first part of the test the
Protective System unbalances the variable resistor bridge sensor by an external resistor and a mosfet. This
operation is performed only if the blood cassette is not muonted on the Artis Dialysis System. This in effect
causes the output of the venous sensor to reach approximately the value stored during the T1 venous
pressure calibration. At the next step the Protective System verifies that the acquired pressure is 300 ± 40
mmHg. Then the Protective System waits until the blood cassette is loaded and then the Protective System
verifies the pressure value that has to be in range 0+/- 8 mmHg (zero pressure test - it is performed when the
control system detects the closing of the venous/infusion pump cover). If the test fails, the T1 Test is

10-52 Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /


Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

terminated with negative result and the machine will generate an alarm message issued with a required
confirmation from the operator to continue. Generates the alarm ''(446) T1 Test Venous Pressure''.

T1 Test Venous Pressure (code 446) step-by-step instructions:


VP.1. Verify power supply voltages: described in section 7.3 of the Artis Service Manual. Record the
verification data on the checklist in section 4.2.
VP.1.1.Is the power supply operating within specification?
• YES. The power supply is operating normally.
- Continue to VP.3.
• NO. The power supply is not operating normally.
- Continue to VP.2.
VP.2. Repair the power supply by following the instructions in section 7.3 of the Artis Service Manual.
Record the root cause, repair and replacement on the Checklist in section 4.3,5.2 & 5.3.
- Continue to VP.11.
VP.3. Test the Venous Pressure sensor by following the instructions in section 7.4.8 of the Artis Service
Manual. Record the initial calibration coeff and pressure data on the Checklist in section 4.1.12.
VP.3.1.Stability achieved?
• NO, Stability was not achieved.
- Continue to VP.5.
• YES, Stability was achieved.
- Continue to VP.3.2.
VP.3.2.Pressures within specification?
• NO, pressures were not within specification.
- Continue to VP.4.
• YES, the pressures were within specification.
- Continue to VP.10.
VP.4. Calibrate the Venous Pressure sensor by following the instructions in section 7.4.8 of the Artis
Service Manual. Record the initial calibration coeff and pressure data on the Checklist in
6.1.12.
VP.4.1.Is the sensor now within specification?
• YES, the calibration was successful.
- Continue to VP.11.
• NO, the pressure is still out of range.
- Continue to VP.5.
VP.5. Monitor all 3 Venous pressure values (Prot, Hyd, Blood) for pressure drift > +10.
VP.5.1.Are all values problematic?
• YES, all values are problematic.
- Continue to VP.6.
• NO, all values are not problematic.
- Continue to VP.5.2.
VP.5.2.Is the blood value problematic?
• YES, the blood value is problematic.
- Continue to VP.9.
• NO, the blood value is not problematic.
- Continue to VP.10.
VP.6. Switch A/V pressure sonsor wires on the PIB board and retest Venous Pressure.
VP.6.1.Are the values still problematic?

Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. / 10-53


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

• YES, all values are still problematic.


- Continue to VP.8.
• NO, all values are no longer problematic.
- Continue to VP.7.
VP.7. Replace the Venous pressure sensor by following the spare's installation instructions provided in
the spare part's kit. Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in
sections 4.3, 5.2 and 5.3.
- Continue to VP.11.
VP.8. Replace the PIB Board by following the spare's installation instructions provided in the spare
part's kit. Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in sections 4.3,
5.2 and 5.3.
- Continue to VP.11.
VP.9. Replace the Blood Board by following the spare's installation instructions provided in the spare
part's kit. Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in sections 4.3,
5.2 and 5.3.
- Continue to VP.11.
VP.10. Replace the Protective Board by following the spare's installation instructions provided in the
spare part's kit. Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in sections
4.3, 5.2 and 5.3.
- Continue to VP.11.
VP.11. Perform a Simulated Dialysis Treatment to verify system integrity by following section "12.9
Simulated Dialysis treatment" of this Service Manual. Record the verification on the Checlist in
section 6.1.12/6.3.
- END

10-54 Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /


Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

12. T1 Test Arterial Pressure (code 447)

T1 Test Arterial Pressure (code 447) description:


This test verifies that the arterial pressure sensor is working properly in order to be sure about the real
status of the patient. At the first part of the test the Protective System unbalances the variable resistor bridge
sensor by an external resistor and a mosfet. This operation is performed only if the blood cassette is not
mounted on the Artis Dialysis System. This in effect causes the output of the arterial sensor to reach
approximately the value stored during the T1 arterial pressure calibration. At the next step the Protective
System verifies that the acquired pressure is -200 ± 40 mmHg. Then the Protective System waits until the
blood cassette is loaded and then the Protective System verifies the pressure value that has to be in range
0+/- 8 mmHg (zero pressure test - it is performed when the control system detects the closing of the arterial
pump cover). If the test fails, the T1 Test is terminated with negative result and the machine will generate an

Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. / 10-55


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Message alarm issued with a required confirmation from the operator to continue. Generates the alarm
''(447) T1 Test Arterial Pressure''.

T1 Test Arterial Pressure (code 447) step-by-step instructions:


AP.1. Verify power supply voltages: described in section 7.3 of the Artis Service Manual. Record the
verification data on the checklist in section 4.2.
AP.1.1.Is the power supply operating within specification?
• YES. The power supply is operating normally.
- Continue to AP.3.
• NO. The power supply is not operating normally.
- Continue to AP.2.
AP.2. Repair the power supply by following the instructions in section 7.3 of the Artis Service Manual.
Record the root cause, repair and replacement on the Checklist in section 4.3, 5.2 & 5.3.
- Continue to AP.11.
AP.3. Test the Arterial Pressure sensor by following the instructions in section 7.4.10 of the Artis
Service Manual. Record the initial calibration coeff and pressure data on the Checklist in
section 4.1.13.
AP.3.1.Stability achieved?
• NO, Stability was not achieved.
- Continue to AP.5.
• YES, Stability was achieved.
- Continue to AP.3.2.
AP.3.2.Pressures within specification?
• NO, pressures were not within specification.
- Continue to AP.4.
• YES, the pressures were within specification.
- Continue to AP.10.
AP.4. Calibrate the Arterial Pressure sensor by following the instructions in section 7.4.10 of the Artis
Service Manual. Record the initial calibration coeff and pressure data on the Checklist in 6.1.13.
AP.4.1.Is the sensor now within specification?
• YES, the calibration was successful.
- Continue to AP.11.
• NO, the pressure is still out of range.
- Continue to AP.5.
AP.5. Monitor all 3 arterial pressure values (Prot, Hyd, Blood) for pressure drift > +10.
AP.5.1.Are all values problematic?
• YES, all values are problematic.
- Continue to AP.6.
• NO, all values are not problematic.
- Continue to AP.5.2.
AP.5.2.Is the blood value problematic?
• YES, the blood value is problematic.
- Continue to AP.9.
• NO, the blood value is not problematic.
- Continue to AP.10.
AP.6. Switch A/V pressure sonsor wires on the PIB board and retest Arterial Pressure.
AP.6.1.Are the values still problematic?

10-56 Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /


Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

• YES, all values are still problematic.


- Continue to AP.8.
• NO, all values are no longer problematic.
- Continue to AP.7.
AP.7. Replace the Arterial pressure sensor by following the spare's installation instructions provided in
the spare part's kit. Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in
sections 4.3, 5.2 and 5.3.
- Continue to AP.11.
AP.8. Replace the PIB Board by following the the spare's installation instructions provided in the spare
part's kit. Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in sections 4.3,
5.2 and 5.3.
- Continue to AP.11.
AP.9. Replace the Blood Board by following the spare's installation instructions provided in the spare
part's kit. Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in sections 4.3,
5.2 and 5.3.
- Continue to AP.11.
AP.10. Replace the Protective Board by following the spare's installation instructions provided in the
spare part's kit. Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in sections
4.3, 5.2 and 5.3.
- Continue to AP.11.
AP.11. Perform a Simulated Dialysis Treatment to verify system integrity by following the instructions in
section 12.9 of this Service Manual. Record the data on the Checlist in section 6.1.13/ 6.3
- END

Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. / 10-57


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

13. Bubble Trap T1 Test (code 493)

Bubble Trap T1 Test (Code 493) description:


The Bubble trap T1 test is performed to control the correct functionality of the optical level sensors LP,
LD1 and LD2 that are inside the bubble traps BTP, BT1 and BT2 for correct reading of AIR and WATER
levels.
At the power on, the hydraulic circuit of the machine should be empty and in this moment the test can be
performed.
When the test starts, the machine checks the status of all optical level sensors and according to the result

10-58 Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /


Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

of this check there are two execution methods:


1st case: if the air is detected in all the bubble traps, the machine continues with the hydraulic circuit fill
up. When the procedure of fill up is performed, all the optical level sensors have to detect water.
2nd case: if the air was not detected on at least one bubble trap, the machine performs the emptying of
the Degassing subunit, EVD2 line and the main flow circuit, in order to have all three optical level sensors
detecting air. Then the machine proceeds with the hydraulic fill up. When the procedure of fill up is
performed, all the optical levels have to detect water.

Possible causes for the T1 Bubble Trap Test Alarm (Code 493):
• Bad electrical connection
• Obstruction in the airway or ORD
• Failure of LP, LD1 or LD2
• Leak in the air or hydraulic systems
• Incorrect degassing pressure

Bubble Trap T1 Test (Code 493) step-by-step instructions:


BT.1. Check for bad electrical connections at the LP, LD1 and LD2 as well as the P2 connector on the
mother board for the hydraulic slave board.
BT.1.1Was a bad connection found?
• NO, a bad connection was not found.
- Continue to BT.3.
• YES, a bad connection was found.
- Continue to BT.2.
BT.2. Repair the bad connection. Record the root cause and repair on the Checklist in section 4.3,5.2 &
5.5.
- Continue to BT.11.
BT.3. Perform an ADR Disinfection process described in section 13 "Disinfection/Rinse/Cleaning" of the
Artis Operators Manual.
- Continue to BT.4.
BT.4. Remove the level sensors LP, LD1 and LD2 from their respective bubble traps.
- Continue to BT.5.
BT.5. Fill a cup with water and verify on the service data page each of the sensors read air when
exposed to air and water when placed in the cup. Record the data on the Checklist in section
4.1.14.
BT.5.1.Does LP read air and water correctly?
• NO, LP does not function properly.
- Continue to BT.6.
• YES, LP functions properly.
- Continue to BT.5.2.
BT.5.2.Does LD1 read air and water correctly?
• NO, LD1 does not function properly.
- Continue to BT.6.
• YES, LD1 functions properly.
- Continue to BT.5.3.
BT.5.3.Does LD2 read air and water correctly?
• NO, LD2 does not function properly.
- Continue to BT.6.
• YES, LD2 functions properly.

Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. / 10-59


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

- Continue to BT.8.
BT.6. Clean the lens on the optical sensor and retest the sensor using the cup of water.
BT.6.1.Does the level sensor now function properly?
• NO, it still does not work.
- Continue to BT.7.
• YES, it now functions properly.
- Continue to BT.11.
BT.7. Replace the respective bubble trap level sensor by following the spare's installation instructions
provided in the spare part's kit. Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the
Checklist in sections 4.3, 5.2 and 5.3.
- Continue to BT.11.
BT.8. Look for an obstruction in the airway including ORD, OWD and the reducer fittings from EVP,
EVD1 and EVD2.
BT.8.1.Was an obstruction found?
• NO, an obstruction was not found.
- Continue to BT.10.
• YES, an obstruction was found.
- Continue to BT.9.
BT.9. Clear the Obstruction. Record the root cause and repair on the Checklist in section 4.3 & 5.2.
- Continue to BT.11.
BT.10. Troubleshoot for a bad Hydraulic board. Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on
the Checklist in sections 4.3, 5.2 and 5.3.
- Continue to BT.11.
BT.11. Perform an ADR Disinfection process described in section 13 "Disinfection/Rinse/Cleaning" of
the Artis Operators Manual.
- Continue to BT.12.
BT.12. Perform a Simulated Dialysis Treatment to verify system integrity by following section 12.9 of
this Service Manual. Record the data on the Checklist in section 6.1.14/6.3.
- END.

10-60 Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /


Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

14. Leakage Test (A) Failure (code 467)

Leakage Test (A) Failure (code 467) description:


See Artis Service Manual section “6.2.2.3 Leakage T1 test” for description and diagrams of the leakage
test.

Possible causes for T1 Leakage Test Alarm


• Leak in the hydraulic system

Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. / 10-61


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

• Pressure Sensor out of calibration


• Incorrect water supply pressure
• Incorrect R1 setting
• Incorrect Power Supply voltage
• Faulty ElectroValve

Leakage Test (A) Failure (code 467) step-by-step instructions:


LTA.1. Perform an ADR Disinfection process described in section 13 "Disinfection/Rinse/Cleaning" of
the Artis Operators Manual.
- Continue to LTA.2.
LTA.2. Verify R1 pressure regulator as described in section 7.4.1.1 of the Artis Service Manual. Record
the verification data on the Checklist in section 4.1.15.
LTA.2.1.Is the R1 pressure within limits specified by Table 7.1 of the Artis Service Manual?
• NO, pressure is not within limits.
- Continue to LTA.3.
• YES, pressure is within limits.
- Continue to LTA.7.
LTA.3. Calibrate the R1 pressure regulator as described in section 7.4.1.1 of the Artis Service Manual.
Record the verification data on the Checklist in section 6.1.15.
LTA.3.1.Did R1 adjustment correct the pressure to within limits specified by Table 7.1 of the
Artis Service Manual?
• NO, the pressure remains lower than specified.
- Continue to LTA.4.
• NO, the pressure remains higher than specified.
- Continue to LTA.5.
• YES, the pressure is within limits.
- Continue to LTA.13.
LTA.4. Verify the water supply pressure.
LTA.4.1Is the water inlet pressure greater than 380 mmHg?
• NO, the inlet pressure is not greater than 380 mmHg.
- Continue to LTA.6.
• YES, the inlet pressure is greater than 380 mmHg.
- Continue to LTA.5.
LTA.5. Replace the R1 pressure regulator by following the spare's installation instructions provided in
the spare part's kit. Record the root cause and repair on the Checklist in sections 4.3 and 5.2.
and 5.3
- Continue to LTA.13.
LTA.6. Increase the water inlet pressure to more than 380 mmHg, using the manufacturer's instructions
to do so. Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in sections 4.3,
5.2.
- Continue to LTA.13.
LTA.7. Verify power supply voltages: described in section 7.3 of the Artis Service Manual. Record
voltage measurements on the Checklist noting whether they were within tolerance. Record the
verification data on the checklist in section 4.2.
LTA.7.1. Is the power supply operating within specification?
• YES, the power supply is operating normally.
- Continue to LTA.8.
• NO, the power supply is out of tolerance.
- Continue to LTA.9.

10-62 Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /


Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

LTA.8. Test all pressure sensors as described in section 7.4 of the Artis Service Manual. Record the
verification data on the Checklist in section 4.1.15.
LTA.8.1.Are all pressure sensors within the limits?
• NO, pressure is not within limits.
- Continue to LTA.10.
• YES, pressure is within limits.
- Continue to LTA.12.
LTA.9. Repair the power supply by following the instructions in section 7.3 of the Artis Service Manual.
Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in sections 4.3, 5.2 and
5.3.
- Continue to LTA.13.
LTA.10. Calibrate the pressure sensor related to the failure by following the instructions in section 7.4 of
the Artis Service Manual. Record the verification data on the Checklist in section 6.1.14
LTA.10.1.Is the pressure sensor now within the limits?
• NO, pressure is not within limits.
- Continue to LTA.11.
• YES, pressure is within limits.
- Continue to LTA.13.
LTA.11. Replace the pressure sensor by following the spare's installation instructions provided in the
spare part's kit. Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in sections
4.3, 5.2 and 5.3.
- Continue to LTA.13.
LTA.12. Troubleshoot for a bad Board by measuring specifications discribed in section 4.0 of the Artis
Service Manual. Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in
sections 4.3, 5.2 and 5.3.
- Continue to LTA.13.
LTA.13. Perform an ADR Disinfection process described in section 13 "Disinfection/Rinse/Cleaning" of
the Artis Operators Manual. Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the
Checklist in sections 4.3, 5.2 and 5.3.
- Continue to LTA.14.
LTA.14. Perform a Simulated Dialysis Treatment to verify system integrity by following section 12.9 of
this Service Manual. Record the verification data on the Checklist in section 6.1.15/ 6.3
- END.

Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. / 10-63


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15. Leakage Test (B) Failure (code 468)

Leakage Test (B) Failure (code 468) description:


See the section “6.2.2.3 Leakage T1 test” of this Service Manual for description and diagrams of the
leakage test.

Possible causes for T1 Leakage Test Alarm

10-64 Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /


Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

• Leak in the hydraulic system


• Pressure Sensor out of calibration
• Incorrect water supply pressure
• Incorrect R1 setting
• Incorrect Power Supply voltage
• Faulty ElectroValve

Leakage Test (B) Failure (code 468) step-by-step instructions:


LTB.1. Perform an ADR Disinfection process described in section 13 "Disinfection/Rinse/Cleaning" of
the Artis Operators Manual. During the process inspect for water leaks on the outside of the
hydraulic system.
LTB.1.1.Were leaks found?
• NO, leaks were not found.
- Continue to LTB.2.
• YES, leaks were found.
- Continue to LTB.6.
LTB.2. Inspect for leaks through the component: EVH2O, EVA, EVPrime, EVPB, EVPA, EVR1, EVW1,
EVW2, EVS, EVDrain, PSe, PB, PA and OWWHO3. Use the schematic in Figure 2-11 of this
service manual to understand which direction of the component to test.
LTB.2.1Were any leaks through the component found?
• NO, leaks were not found.
- Continue to LTB.3.
• YES, leaks were found.
- Continue to LTB.7.
LTB.3. Test all pressure sensors as described in section 7.4 of the Artis Service Manual. Record the
verification data on the Checklist in section 4.1.16.
LTB.3.1.Are all sensors within specification?
• NO, all sensors are not within specification.
- Continue to LTB.4.
• YES, all sensors are within specification.
- Continue to LTB.5.
LTB.4. Calibrate the appropriate pressure sensors as described in section 7.4 of the Artis Service
Manual. Record the verification data on the Checklist in section 6.1.16.
LTB.4.1.Are all sensors now within specification?
• NO, all sensors are not within specification.
- Continue to LTB.5.
• YES, all sensors are within specification.
- Continue to LTB.10.
LTB.5. Verify power supply voltages: described in section 7.3 of the Artis Service Manual. Record
voltage measurements on the Checklist noting whether they were within tolerance. Record the
verification data on the checklist in section 4.2
LTB.5.1. Is the power supply operating within specification?
• YES, the power supply is operating normally.
- Continue to LTB.9.
• NO, the power supply is out of tolerance.
- Continue to LTB.8.
LTB.6. Repair the leak. Record the root cause and repair on the Checklist in sections 4.3 and 5.2 & 5.3.

Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. / 10-65


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

- Continue to LTB.10.
LTB.7. Replace the faulty component by following the spare's installation instructions provided in the
spare part's kit. Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in sections
4.3, 5.2 and 5.3.
- Continue to LTB.10.
LTB.8. Repair the power supply by following the instructions in section 7.3 of the Artis Service Manual.
Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in sections 4.3, 5.2 and
5.3.
- Continue to LTB.10.
LTB.9. Replace the pressure sensor as described in the spare's installation instructions provided in the
spare part's kit. Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in sections
4.3, 5.2 and 5.3.
- Continue to LTB.10.
LTB.10. Perform an ADR Disinfection process described in section 13 "Disinfection/Rinse/Cleaning" of
the Artis Operators Manual.
- Continue to LTB.11.
LTB.11. Perform a Simulated Dialysis Treatment to verify system integrity by following section 12.9 of
this Service Manual. Record the verification data on the Checklist in section 6.1.16/ 6.3.
- END.

10-66 Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /


Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

16. Leakage Test (C,D,E,F) Failure (code 469,470,498,499)

Leakage Test (C,D,E,F) Failure (code 469,470,498,499) description:


See section “6.2.2.3 Leakage T1 test” of this Service Manual for description and diagrams of the leakage
test.

Possible causes for T1 Leakage Test Alarm


• "Leak in the hydraulic system

Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. / 10-67


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

• "Pressure Sensor out of calibration


• "Incorrect water supply pressure
• "Incorrect R1 setting
• "Incorrect Power Supply voltage
• "Faulty ElectroValve

Leakage Test (C,D,E,F) Failure (code 469,470,498,499step-by-step instructions:


LT.1. Perform an ADR Disinfection process described in section 13 "Disinfection/Rinse/Cleaning" of the
Artis Operators Manual. During the process inspect for water leaks on the outside of the
hydraulic system.
LT.1.1.Were leaks found?
• NO, leaks were not found.
- Continue to LT.2.
• YES, leaks were found.
- Continue to LT.6.
LT.2. Inspect for leaks through the component; EVH2O, EVPRIM, EVPRIM1, EVPB2, EVW1, EVW2,
EVS, EVD1, EVDS1, EVDS2 and EV2. Use the schematic in Figure 6-3 & 6-4 of the service
manual to understand which direction of the component to test.
LT.2.1Were any leaks through the component found?
• NO, leaks were not found.
- Continue to LT.3.
• YES, leaks were found.
- Continue to LT.7
LT.3. Test all pressure sensors as described in section 7.4 of the Artis Service Manual. Record the
verification data on the Checklist in section 4.1.17.
LT.3.1.Are all sensors within specification?
• NO, all sensors are not within specification.
- Continue to LT.4.
• YES, all sensors are within specification.
- Continue to LT.5.
LT.4. Calibrate the appropriate pressure sensors as described in section 7.4 of the Artis Service
Manual. Record the verification data on the Checklist in section 6.1.17.
LT.4.1.Are all sensors now within specification?
• NO, all sensors are not within specification.
- Continue to LT.5.
• YES, all sensors are within specification.
- Continue to LT.10.
LT.5. Verify power supply voltages: described in section 7.3 of the Artis Service Manual. Record voltage
measurements on the Checklist noting whether they were within tolerance. Record the
verification data on the checklist in section 4.2.
LT.5.1. Is the power supply operating within specification?
• YES, the power supply is operating normally.
- Continue to LT.9.
• NO, the power supply is out of tolerance.
- Continue to LT.8.
LT.6. Repair the leak. Record the root cause and repair on the Checklist in sections 4.3 and 5.2.
- Continue to LT.10.

10-68 Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /


Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

LT.7. Replace the faulty component by following the spare's installation instructions provided in the
spare part's kit. Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in sections
4.3, 5.2 and 5.3.
- Continue to LT.10.
LT.8. Repair the power supply by following the instructions in section 7.3 of the Artis Service Manual.
Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in sections 4.3, 5.2 and 5.3.
- Continue to LT.10.
LT.9. Replace the pressure sensor by following the spare's installation instructions provided in the spare
part's kit. Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in sections 4.3, 5.2
and 5.3.
- Continue to LT.10.
LT.10. Perform an ADR Disinfection process described in section 13 "Disinfection/Rinse/Cleaning" of
the Artis Operators Manual.
- Continue to LT.11.
LT.11. Perform a Simulated Dialysis Treatment to verify system integrity by following section 12.9 of this
Service Manual. Record the verification data on the Checklist in section 6.1.17/ 6.3
- END

Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. / 10-69


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

17. Leakage Test (G) Failure (code 500)

Leakage Test (G) Failure (code 500) description:


See section “6.2.2.3 Leakage T1 test” of this Service Manual for description and diagrams of the leakage
test.

Possible causes for T1 Leakage Test Alarm

10-70 Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /


Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

• Leak in the hydraulic system


• Pressure Sensor out of calibration
• Incorrect water supply pressure
• Incorrect R1 setting
• Incorrect Power Supply voltage
• Faulty ElectroValve

Leakage Test (G) Failure (code 500) step-by-step instructions:


LTG.1. Perform an ADR Disinfection process described in section 13 "Disinfection/Rinse/Cleaning" of
the Artis Operators Manual. During the process inspect for water leaks on the outside of the
hydraulic system.
LTG.1.1.Were leaks found?
• NO, leaks were not found.
- Continue to LTG.2.
• YES, leaks were found.
- Continue to LTG.6.
LTG.2. Inspect for leaks through the component; EV1S and PS.
LTG.2.1Were any leaks through the component found?
• NO, leaks were not found.
- Continue to LTG.3.
• YES, leaks were found.
- Continue to LTG.7.
LTG.3. Test PD, PDG & PO as described in section 7.4 of the Artis Service Manual. Record the
verification data on the Checklist in section 4.1.18.
LTG.3.1.Are all sensors within specification?
• NO, all sensors are not within specification.
- Continue to LTG.4.
• YES, all sensors are within specification.
- Continue to LTG.5.
LTG.4. Calibrate the appropriate pressure sensors as described in section 7.4 of the Artis Service
Manual. Record the verification data on the Checklist in section 6.1.18.
LTG.4.1.Are all sensors now within specification?
• NO, all sensors are not within specification.
- Continue to LTG.5.
• YES, all sensors are within specification.
- Continue to LTG.10.
LTG.5. Verify power supply voltages: described in section 7.3 of the Artis Service Manual. Record
voltage measurements on the Checklist noting whether they were within tolerance. Record the
verification data on the checklist in section 4.2
LTG.5.1. Is the power supply operating within specification?
• YES, the power supply is operating normally.
- Continue to LTG.9.
• NO, the power supply is out of tolerance.
- Continue to LTG.8.
LTG.6. Repair the leak. Record the root cause and repair on the Checklist in sections 4.3, 5.2 and 5.3.
- Continue to LTG.10.
LTG.7. Replace the faulty component by following the spare's installation instructions provided in the

Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. / 10-71


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

spare part's kit. Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in sections
4.3, 5.2 and 5.3.
- Continue to LTG.10.
LTG.8. Repair the power supply by following the instructions in section 7.3 of the Artis Service Manual.
Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in sections 4.3, 5.2 and
5.3.
- Continue to LTG.10.
LTG.9. Replace the pressure sensor as described in the spare's installation instructions provided in the
spare part's kit. Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in sections
4.3, 5.2 and 5.3.
- Continue to LTG.10.
LTG.10. Perform an ADR Disinfection process described in section 13 "Disinfection/Rinse/Cleaning" of
the Artis Operators Manual.
- Continue to LTG.11.
LTG.11. Perform a Simulated Dialysis Treatment to verify system integrity by following section 12.9 of
this Service Manual. Record the verification data on the Checklist in section 6.1.18/ 6.3
- END

10-72 Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /


Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

18. T1 Test Water Leakage (code 64)

T1 Test Water Leakage Alarm (code 64) description:


The Protective System shall verify that the water leakage is working properly and that there isn't water
leakage in the machine. The Protective System starts the Water Leakage T1 test temperature at Power On
The Protective System reads the sensor level value (that shall be "AIR"). Then, the Protective System

Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. / 10-73


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

drives a power output in order to simulate the disconnection of the sensor. In this condition the sensor shall
read "WATER". If the test fails the Protective Subsystem generates the General Safe State: ''Safe State
Activated. Cause: Wet Sensor self-test failure''.

Possible causes for the T1 Test Water Leakage alarm:


• Liquid in the trey from a leak
• Bad electrical connection
• Dirty Lens
• Faulty Presence Sensor
• Incorrect Power Suply voltages
• Faulty Protective Board

T1 Test Water Leakage Alarm (code 64) step-by-step instructions:


WL.1. Check for liquid in the bottom of the catch tray below the hydraulic compartment.
WL.1.1Was Liquid found in the trey?
• NO, liquid is not present.
- Continue to WL.2.
• YES, liquid is present.
- Continue to WL.3.
WL.2. Check for bad electrical connections at the liquid presence sensor and on the mother board.
WL.2.1Was a bad connection found?
• NO, a bad connection was not found.
- Continue to WL.4.
• YES, a bad connection was found.
- Continue to WL.8.
WL.3. Perform an ADR Disinfection process described in section 13 "Disinfection/Rinse/Cleaning" of the
Artis Operators Manual.
- Continue to WL.7.
WL.4. .Remove the liquid presence sensor from the bottom of the trey.
- Continue to WL.5.
WL.5. Fill a cup with water and verify on the system data page that the liquid presence sensor reads air
when exposed to air and water when placed in the cup. Record the data on the checklist in
section 6.1.19.
WL.5.1.Does the sensor read air and water correctly?
• NO, the sensor does not function properly.
- Continue to WL.9.
• YES, the sensor functions properly.
- Continue to WL.6.
WL.6. Verify power supply voltages: described in section 7.3 of the Artis Service Manual. Record
voltage measurements on the Checklist in section 4.2.
WL.6.1. Is the power supply operating within specification?
• YES, the power supply is operating normally.
- Continue to WL.11.
• NO, the power supply is out of tolerance.
- Continue to WL.12.
WL.7. Repair the leak. Record the root cause and repair on the Checklist in sections 4.3,5.2& 5.3.
- Continue to WL.13.

10-74 Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /


Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

WL.8. Repair the bad connection. Record the root cause and repair on the Checklist in sections 4.3,5.2
& 5.3.
- Continue to WL.13.
WL.9. Clean the lens on the optical sensor and retest the sensor using the cup of water, Checklist 6.1.19
WL.9.1.Does the level sensor now function properly?
• NO, it still does not work.
- Continue to WL.10.
• YES, it now functions properly.
- Continue to WL.13.
WL.10. Replace the liquid presence sensor by following the spare's installation instructions provided in
the spare part's kit. Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in
sections 4.3, 5.2 & 5.3.
- Continue to WL.13.
WL.11. Replace the Protective Board by following the spare's installation instructions provided in the
spare part's kit. Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in sections
4.3, 5.2, 5.3 & 4.1.19.
- Continue to WL.13.
WL.12. Follow instructions in section 7.3 of the Artis Service Manual to resolve the problem with the
power supply. Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in sections
4.3, 5.2 & 5.3.
- Continue to WL.13.
WL.13. Perform an ADR Disinfection process described in section 13 "Disinfection/Rinse/Cleaning" of
the Artis Operators Manual.
- Continue to WL.14.
WL.14. Perform a Simulated Dialysis Treatment to verify system integrity by following section 12.9 of
this Service Manual. Record the verification data on the Checklist in section 6.1.19 /6.3.
- END

Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. / 10-75


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

10.21 Artis T1 Technical Investigation Checklist


A checkmark or X in the right checkboxes indicates that the line item has been performed

Please complete this form whe n the Artis is unable to complete the T1 Test(s) successfully.

Refer to the T1 Test Technical Invest igation Procedure and the Artis Service Manual Secti on 7 to perform the cali bration,
verification and other procedures listed below.
1. General Information
Work Order #: _________________ Customer #: _____________Customer Name: ______________________________
Service Request Date: ___________ Current Date: ____________Service Technician name: ______________________
Serial #: ___________Hours: __________________Software Revi sion: ____________Hardware Revision___________

Reference Tool Info Brand Na me Model Serial Number Next Cal Date
Pressure Met er
Voltage Meter
Conductivity Meter
Temperature Meter
2. Reported Condition

Please describe how you became aware of the discrepancy_____________________________________________


____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________

Were you made aware of any patient injury or any type of medical intervention?____________________________
If YES, please inform your local Ga mbro Quality Assuranc e, according to the applicable procedures. Clinical
information, such as Treatment settings, Patient age, weight, gender, blood tests results may be requested.

10-76 Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /


Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

Artis T1 Technical Investigation Checklist


A checkmark or X in the right boxes indicates that the line item has been performed

3. Diagnostics

3.1 T1 Tests under investigation


a. Please check all T1 Tests under investigation:

Temperature Test
Electro Valves Test
Arterial Pump/ABD Test
Venous Clamp Test
Flow Meters Test
Battery Test
Cut 24 Volt Test
Arterial Pressure Test
Venous Pressure Test
BLD Test
Lines Switch Test
Conductivity Cells Test
Bubble Trap Test
Leakage Test
Water Stop
SN Pressure Sensor

Please describe any related incident(s) that occurred outside dialysis treatment
________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
Please describe any related incident(s) that occurred during dialysis treatment
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________

3.2 Last Service Intervention Due to related failure _______________________________________________


Was the last service intervention performed by a Gambro technician? ____________________________
Record the date of the last service intervention related to T1 Test failure, based on clinical service records
or those stored in Artis. _________________________________________________________
Are the date and time stored in the machine aligned with actual date and time? If NO, report the date
indicated by the machine, then correct them. _________________________________________________
Black Box
Download the data set from the black box, and indicate whether the data was successfully obtained.

Download successful?____Y____N

4. Investigation

T1 Tests
Complete the appropriate table(s) for the T1 Test under investigation only.

4.1.1 Backup Battery Test Failure

Battery replaced YES NO


Electrical connection repaired YES NO

Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. / 10-77


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Artis T1 Technical Investigation Checklist


A checkmark or X in the right boxes indicates that the line item has been performed

4.1.2 T1 Test SN Pressure

Calibration
Last Calibration Date (as it appears on screen): _____________________________________________

Initial pressure calibration coefficients (prior to intervention).


Calibration Coefficients 1st Acceptable Range 2 nd Coefficient Acceptable Range
Coefficien
t
SN Pressure Hydraulic X-Y X-Y
SN Pressure Protective X-Y X-Y

Performance

Initial SN Pressure performance (prior to intervention)


Parameter Setp Control Protective Reference Acceptable
oint (mmHg) (mmHg) Meter Range
(mm (mmHg) (mmHg)
Hg)
SN Pressure Hydraulic 0 -20 ÷ 20
SN Pressure Protective 0 -20 ÷ 20
SN Pressure Hydraulic -100 -92 ÷ -108
SN Pressure Protective -100 -92 ÷ -108
SN Pressure Hydraulic -300 -292 ÷ -308
SN Pressure Protective -300 -292 ÷ -308

4.1.3 T1 Test Arterial Pump/AD

Parameter Value
Art Blood Set
ART Blood Flow
Art Blood Set/Art Blood Flow %
Commanded Direction = Actual
Direction?
AD Test

4.1.4 T1 Test Lines Switch

LPS readout and actual line position concur? YES NO


LACS readout and actual line position concur? YES NO
LVCS readout and actual line position concur? YES NO

4.1.5 T1 Test Flowmeters

Which test failed?

Control channels D1C/D2C misaligned


Protective channels D1P/D2P misaligned
Stable flow not achieved

4.1.6 T1 Test BLD

Air in the hydraulic circuit near BLD? YES NO


BLD output value detects Blood? YES NO

10-78 Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /


Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

Artis T1 Technical Investigation Checklist


A checkmark or X in the right boxes indicates that the line item has been performed

4.1.7 T1 Cut 24 Volts Failed

Venous Clamp Opens and closes during startup? YES NO


Ven Clamp output and actual postion concur? YES NO
Voltage measured at the Venous Clamp power wire terminals on the V-Clamp Board? V.

4.1.8 T1 Test Venous Clamp

Venous Clamp is Closed when the power is off? YES NO


Venous Clamp Opens and closes during startup? YES NO
Ven Clamp output and actual postion concur? YES NO
Voltage mesured at the Venous Clamp power wire terminals on the V-Clamp Board? VDC.

4.1.9 T1 Test Valves command Failed

Which Valve Failed?


EV2
EVDS1
EVBP2
EVD2

Voltage measured at the failed valve terminals: VDC.

4.1.10 T1 Test Temperature Failed

42°C achieved at the reference meter during hydraulic phase PREP_DISTRIB_1 of the T1 Test? Yes No

Initial temperature calibration coefficients (prior to intervention).


Calibration Coefficients 1st Coefficient Acceptable 2nd Coefficient Acceptable
Range Range
TpA Temperature Protective X-Y X-Y
Tp Temperature Protective X-Y X-Y

Initial temperature performance (prior to intervention)


Parameter Setpoint Control Protective Reference Acceptable
(°C) (°C) (°C) Meter (°C) Range (°C)
TP hydraulic 34 33.5 ÷ 34.5
TP hydraulic 37 36.5 ÷ 37.5
TpSe Temperature Protective 34 33.5 ÷ 34.5
TpSe Temperature Protective 37 36.5 ÷ 37.5
Tp Temperature Protective 34 33.5 ÷ 34.5
Tp Temperature Protective 37 36.5 ÷ 37.5

Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. / 10-79


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Artis T1 Technical Investigation Checklist


A checkmark or X in the right boxes indicates that the line item has been performed

4.1.11 T1 Test Conductivity Cells Failed

Calibration
Last Calibration Dates (as they appear on screen): A_____________B_____________Sel_____________

Initial conductivity calibration coefficients (prior to intervention).


Calibration Coefficients 1st Coefficient Acceptable Range 2nd Coefficient Acceptable Range
ΓcB Bicarbonate X- Y X-Y
Conductivity Hydraulic
ΓpSe Select (Bicarbonate) X-Y X-Y
Conductivity Protective
ΓcA Final Conductivity X-Y X-Y
Hydraulic
Γp Final Conductivity X-Y X-Y
Protective
TcB Temperature X-Y X-Y
Hydraulic
TpSe Temperature X-Y X-Y
Protective
TcA Temperature X-Y X-Y
Hydraulic
Tp Temperature Protective X-Y X-Y
Performance

Initial system conductivity performance (prior to intervention)


Parameter Setpoint Control Protective Reference Acceptable
(mS/cm) (mS/cm) (mS/cm) Meter Range
(mS/cm) (mS/cm)
ΓcB (1) 2.70 2.57 ÷ 2.83
ΓpSe (1) 2.70 2.57 ÷ 2.83
ΓcB (2) 3.40 3.23 ÷ 3.57
ΓpSe (2) 3.40 3.23 ÷ 3.57
ΓcA (1) 14.0 13.30 ÷ 14.70
Γp (1) 14.0 13.30 ÷ 14.70
ΓcA (2) 15.4 15.78 ÷ 15.02
Γp (2) 15.4 15.78 ÷ 15.02

4.1.12 T1 Test Venous Pressure

Calibration
Last Calibration Date (as it appears on screen): _____________________________________________

Initial pressure calibration coefficients (prior to intervention).


Calibration Coefficients 1st Coefficient Acceptable Range 2nd Coefficient Acceptable Range
PV Pressure Blood X-Y X-Y
PV Pressure Protective X-Y X-Y

10-80 Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /


Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

Artis T1 Technical Investigation Checklist


A checkmark or X in the right boxes indicates that the line item has been performed
Performance

Initial Venous Pressure performance (prior to intervention)


Parameter Setpoint Control Protective Reference Acceptable
(mmHg) (mmHg) (mmHg) Meter Range
(mmHg) (mmHg)
PV Pressure Blood 0 -20 ÷ 20
PV Pressure Protective 0 -20 ÷ 20
PV Pressure Blood 200 192 ÷ 208
PV Pressure Protective 200 192 ÷ 208
PV Pressure Blood 400 392 ÷ 408
PV Pressure Protective 400 392 ÷ 408

4.1.13 T1 Test Arterial Pressure

Calibration
Last Calibration Date (as it appears on screen): _____________________________________________
Initial pressure calibration coefficients (prior to intervention).
Calibration Coefficients 1st Coefficient Acceptable Range 2nd Coefficient Acceptable Range
PA Pressure Blood X-Y X-Y
PA Pressure Protective X-Y X-Y
Performance

Initial Arterial Pressure performance (prior to intervention)


Parameter Setpoint Control Protective Reference Acceptable
(mmHg) (mmHg) (mmHg) Meter Range
(mmHg) (mmHg)
PA Pressure Blood 0 -20 ÷ 20
PA Pressure Protective 0 -20 ÷ 20
PA Pressure Blood -100 -92 ÷ -108
PA Pressure Protective -100 -92 ÷ -108
PA Pressure Blood -300 -292 ÷ -308
PA Pressure Protective -300 -292 ÷ -308

4.1.14 Bubble Trap T1 Test

Does LP read air and water correctly? YES NO


Does LD read air and water correctly? YES NO
Does LD read air and water correctly? YES NO

Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. / 10-81


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Artis T1 Technical Investigation Checklist


A checkmark or X in the right boxes indicates that the line item has been performed

4.1.15 Leakage Test (A) Failure


4.1.16 Leakage Test (B) Failure
4.1.17 Leakage Test (C,D,E,F) Failure
4.1.18 Leakage Test (G) Failure

Parameter Setpoint Control Protective Reference Acceptable


(mmHg) (mmHg) (mmHg) Meter Range
(mmHg) (mmHg)
R1 Setting Service Manual + 30
R2 Setting Service Manual + 30
PDG control 1 100 92 ÷ 108
PDG protective 1 100 92 ÷ 108
PDG control 2 200 192 ÷ 208
PDG protective 2 200 192 ÷ 208
PDG control 3 500 492 ÷ 508
PDG protective 3 500 492 ÷ 508
PFS control 1 0 -8 ÷ 8
PFS protective 1 0 -8 ÷ 8
PFS control 2 400 392 ÷ 408
PFS protective 2 400 392 ÷ 408
PFS control 3 -400 -392 ÷ -408
PFS protective 3 -400 -392 ÷ -408
Pi control 1 0 -8 ÷ 8
Pi protective 1 0 -8 ÷ 8
Pi control 2 400 392 ÷ 408
Pi protective 2 400 392 ÷ 408
Pi control 3 -400 -392 ÷ -408
Pi protective 3 -400 -392 ÷ -408
Po control 1 0 -8 ÷ 8
Po protective 1 0 -8 ÷ 8
Po control 2 400 392 ÷ 408
Po protective 2 400 392 ÷ 408
Po control 3 -400 -392 ÷ -408
Po protective 3 -400 -392 ÷ -408
Pd control 1 0 -8 ÷ 8
Pd protective 1 0 -8 ÷ 8
Pd control 2 400 392 ÷ 408
Pd protective 2 400 392 ÷ 408
Pd control 3 -400 -392 ÷ -408
Pd protective 3 -400 -392 ÷ -408

4.1.19 T1 Test Water Leakage

Liquid in the catch trey? YES NO


Electrical monnection repaired? YES NO
Sensor replaced? YES NO

10-82 Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /


Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

Artis T1 Technical Investigation Checklist


A checkmark or X in the right boxes indicates that the line item has been performed

4.2 Power Supply Voltage Verification


(Optional—power supply verification is recommended prior to replacing analog sensors)
Refer to the Artis Service Manual, section 7.3 for detailed instructions.
Use pin 1 on J51 (0VD) as voltage reference Range Record Measurement
J51 Pin 2 (+5VD) 5.1 ÷ 5.3 V
J51 Pin 3 (+5VB) 4.9 ÷ 5.3 V
Use pin 6 on J51 (0VA) as voltage reference Range Record Measurement
J51 Pin 4 (-15V) -14.9 ÷ -15.3 V
J51 Pin 5 (+15V) 14.9 ÷ 15.3 V
Use pin 1 on J51 (0VD) as voltage reference Range Record Measurement
J52 Pin 1 (+5VP) 5.1 ÷ 5.3 V
Use pin 2 on J52 (0V24) as voltage reference Range Record Measurement
J52 Pin 3 (+24V) 22.8 ÷ 25.2 V
J52 Pin 4 (+24VP) 22.8 ÷ 25.2 V
Use pin 4 on J53 as voltage reference Range Record Measurement
(Switching Power Supply use TP2 (0VD))
J53 Pin 1 (+15V) -14.9 ÷ -15.3 V
J53 Pin 2 (-15V) 14.9 ÷ 15.3 V
For Switching Power Supply use TP2 (0VD) Range Record Measurement
as voltage reference
J45 Pin 8 (+12V) -11.9 ÷ 12.3 V
Are the Power Supply Voltages within Specification? Y / N ______ Refer to the Service Manual for corrective
actions. Perform any needed repairs to the power supply and record below before continuing with this form.
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________

4.3 Root Cause (refer to ARTIS T1 Test Technical Investigation Procedure for Root Cause Flow Charts)
Record the ID number of the final Root Cause Flowchart cell corresponding to the source of the problem________
If the source of the problem is not included in the Root Cause Flowchart, please describe it here:
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________

5. Repair

5.1 Perform an ADR process and note the one used: Specify______________

5.2 Repair

Select the type of action(s) taken to correct the problem:


Cleaning (indicate problem area and corrective procedure)
Calibration (list calibrations performed)
Replacement (components replaced and spare part numbers)
Other (describe)

Description___________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________

Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. / 10-83


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Artis T1 Technical Investigation Checklist


A checkmark or X in the right boxes indicates that the line item has been performed

5.3 Component Replacement

Record the identification number on the barcode label for all spare parts used in the repair, as well as that for the
component being replaced (if different).

Description (Inc. Schematic ID) Spare Part Code

6.Verification

T1 Tests
Complete the appropriate verification table(s) for the T1 Test under investigation only.

6.1.1 Backup Battery Test Failure

Cause of problem

Electrical connection YES NO


Battery YES NO
Power Supply YES NO
Other (describe)_______________________________________________________________________________

T1 Battery Test passed YES NO

6.1.2 T1 Test SN Pressure

Calibration

calibration coefficients (post intervention).


Calibration Coefficients 1st Acceptable Range 2nd Coefficient Acceptable Range
Coefficient
SN Pressure Blood X-Y X-Y
SN Pressure Protective X-Y X-Y

Performance

Final SN Pressure performance (after intervention)


Parameter Setp Control Protective Reference Acceptable
oint (mmHg) (mmHg) Meter Range
(mm (mmHg) (mmHg)
Hg)
SN Pressure Blood 0 -20 ÷ 20
SN Pressure Protective 0 -20 ÷ 20
SN Pressure Blood -100 -92 ÷ -108
SN Pressure Protective -100 -92 ÷ -108
SN Pressure Blood -300 -292 ÷ -308
SN Pressure Protective -300 -292 ÷ -308

T1 SN Pressure Test passed? YES NO

10-84 Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /


Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

Artis T1 Technical Investigation Checklist


A checkmark or X in the right boxes indicates that the line item has been performed

6.1.3 T1 Test Arterial Pump/AD

Parameter Value
Art Blood Set
ART Blood Flow
Art Blood Set/Art Blood Flow %
Commanded Direction = Actual
Direction?
AD Test

T1 Arterial Pump/AD Test passed? YES NO

6.1.4 T1 Test Lines Switch

LPS Changes value? YES NO


LACS Changes value? YES NO
LVCS Changes value? YES NO

Cause of problem

Defective LPS switch YES NO


Defective LACS switch YES NO
Defective LVCS switch YES NO
Electrical connection YES NO
Obstruction YES NO
Power Supply YES NO
Other (describe)_______________________________________________________________________________

T1 Lines Switch Test passed? YES NO

6.1.5 T1 Test Flowmeters

T1 Flow Meters Test passed? YES NO

6.1.6 T1 Test BLD

Cause of problem:

Air in lines YES NO


Electrical connection YES NO
Defective BLD sensor YES NO
Defective calibration filter/solenoid YES NO
Power Supply YES NO
Other (describe)_______________________________________________________________________________

T1 BLD Test passed? YES NO

6.1.7 T1 Cut 24 Volts Failed

Cause of problem

Obstruction YES NO
Electrical connection YES NO
Defective Switch YES NO
Defective clamp YES NO
Other (describe)_______________________________________________________________________________

T1 Cut 24 Volt Test passed? YES NO

Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. / 10-85


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Artis T1 Technical Investigation Checklist


A checkmark or X in the right boxes indicates that the line item has been performed

6.1.8 T1 Test Venous Clamp

Cause of problem

Obstruction YES NO
Electrical connection YES NO
Defective Switch YES NO
Defective clamp YES NO
Other (describe)_______________________________________________________________________________

T1 Venous Clamp Test passed? YES NO

6.1.9 T1 Test Valves command Failed

Cause of problem

Electrical connection YES NO


Defective valve YES NO
Power Supply YES NO
Other (describe)_______________________________________________________________________________

Voltage measured at the valve terminals: v.

T1 Electro Valves Test passed? YES NO

6.1.10 T1 Test Temperature Failed

Modified calibration coefficients (only complete if calibration is performed).


Calibration Coefficients 1st Coefficient Acceptable 2nd Coefficient Acceptable
Range Range
TcA Temperature Control X-Y X-Y
Tp Temperature Protective X-Y X-Y

Temperature performance during verification


Parameter Setpoint Control Protective Reference Acceptable
(°C) (°C) (°C) Meter (°C) Range (°C)
TpSe Temperature Protective 34 33.5 ÷ 34.5
TpSe Temperature Protective 37 36.5 ÷ 37.5
Tp Temperature Protective 34 33.5 ÷ 34.5
Tp Temperature Protective 37 36.5 ÷ 37.5

T1 Temperature Test passed? YES NO

6.1.11 T1 Test Conductivity Cells Failed

Conductivity calibration coefficients (after calibration and/or replacement).


Calibration Coefficients 1st Coefficient Acceptable Range 2nd Coefficient Acceptable Range
TcB Temperature X-Y X-Y
Hydraulic
TpSe Temperature X-Y X-Y
Protective
TcA Temperature X-Y X-Y
Hydraulic
Tp Temperature Protective X-Y X-Y

T1 Conductivity Cells Test passed? YES NO

10-86 Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /


Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

Artis T1 Technical Investigation Checklist


A checkmark or X in the right boxes indicates that the line item has been performed

6.1.12 T1 Test Venous Pressure

Calibration
Last Calibration Date (as it appears on screen): _____________________________________________
Calibration coefficients (post intervention).
Calibration Coefficients 1st Coefficient Acceptable Range 2nd Coefficient Acceptable Range
PV Pressure Blood X-Y X-Y
PV Pressure Protective X-Y X-Y
Performance

Final Venous Pressure performance (after intervention)


Parameter Setpoint Control Protective Reference Acceptable
(mmHg) (mmHg) (mmHg) Meter Range
(mmHg) (mmHg)
PV Pressure Blood 0 -20 ÷ 20
PV Pressure Protective 0 -20 ÷ 20
PV Pressure Blood 200 192 ÷ 208
PV Pressure Protective 200 192 ÷ 208
PV Pressure Blood 400 392 ÷ 408
PV Pressure Protective 400 392 ÷ 408

T1 Venous Pressure Test passed? YES NO

6.1.13 T1 Test Arterial Pressure

Calibration

calibration coefficients (post intervention).


Calibration Coefficients 1st Coefficient Acceptable Range 2nd Coefficient Acceptable Range
PA Pressure Blood X-Y X-Y
PA Pressure Protective X-Y X-Y
Performance

Final Arterial Pressure performance (after intervention)


Parameter Setpoint Control Protective Reference Acceptable
(mmHg) (mmHg) (mmHg) Meter Range
(mmHg) (mmHg)
PA Pressure Blood 0 -20 ÷ 20
PA Pressure Protective 0 -20 ÷ 20
PA Pressure Blood -100 -92 ÷ -108
PA Pressure Protective -100 -92 ÷ -108
PA Pressure Blood -300 -292 ÷ -308
PA Pressure Protective -300 -292 ÷ -308

T1 Arterial Pressure Test passed? YES NO

6.1.14 Bubble Trap T1 Test

Cause of problem:

Defective LP switch YES NO


Defective LD1 switch YES NO
Defective LD2 switch YES NO
Dirty optical level switch YES NO
Electrical connection YES NO
Air Flow Obstruction YES NO
Other (describe)_______________________________________________________________________________

T1 Arterial Pump/ABD Test passed? YES NO

Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. / 10-87


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Artis T1 Technical Investigation Checklist


A checkmark or X in the right boxes indicates that the line item has been performed

6.1.15 Leakage Test (A) Failure


6.1.16 Leakage Test (B) Failure
6.1.17 Leakage Test (C,D,E,F) Failure
6.1.18 Leakage Test (G) Failure

Parameter Setpoint Control Protective Reference Acceptable


(mmHg) (mmHg) (mmHg) Meter Range
(mmHg) (mmHg)
R1 Setting Service Manual + 30
R2 Setting Service Manual + 30
PDG control 1 100 92 ÷ 108
PDG protective 1 100 92 ÷ 108
PDG control 2 200 192 ÷ 208
PDG protective 2 200 192 ÷ 208
PDG control 3 500 492 ÷ 508
PDG protective 3 500 492 ÷ 508
PFS control 1 0 -8 ÷ 8
PFS protective 1 0 -8 ÷ 8
PFS control 2 400 392 ÷ 408
PFS protective 2 400 392 ÷ 408
PFS control 3 -400 -392 ÷ -408
PFS protective 3 -400 -392 ÷ -408
Pi control 1 0 -8 ÷ 8
Pi protective 1 0 -8 ÷ 8
Pi control 2 400 392 ÷ 408
Pi protective 2 400 392 ÷ 408
Pi control 3 -400 -392 ÷ -408
Pi protective 3 -400 -392 ÷ -408
Po control 1 0 -8 ÷ 8
Po protective 1 0 -8 ÷ 8
Po control 2 400 392 ÷ 408
Po protective 2 400 392 ÷ 408
Po control 3 -400 -392 ÷ -408
Po protective 3 -400 -392 ÷ -408
Pd control 1 0 -8 ÷ 8
Pd protective 1 0 -8 ÷ 8
Pd control 2 400 392 ÷ 408
Pd protective 2 400 392 ÷ 408
Pd control 3 -400 -392 ÷ -408
Pd protective 3 -400 -392 ÷ -408

T1 Leakage Test passed? YES NO

6.1.19 T1 Test Water Leakage

Cause of problem:

Defective optical level switch YES NO


Dirty optical level switch switch YES NO
Electrical connection YES NO
Leak YES NO
Other (describe)_______________________________________________________________________________

T1 Arterial Pump/ABD Test passed? YES NO

10-88 Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /


Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

10.22 Mass Balance Technical Investigation Procedure


10.22.1 General Information
Record the following information in the appropriate boxes on the investigation form:
• Work Order Number
• Customer Number
• Customer Name - name of facility where the service was performed.
• Service Request Date - date when request for service was generated or logged.
• Current date - date when service is performed.
• Service Technician Name - name of technician performing the service
• Serial Number - located on the rear panel near the handgrip, beginning with F
• Hours - hour meter reading of the machine needing service, located on the upper back panel of the
Artis Dialysis System.
• Software Revision - displayed on the Service Data Page in the Report screen.
• Hardware Revision - displayed on the Service Data Page in the Report screen.
• Reference Tool Information - information regarding the external measuring instruments used dur-
ing the service, including type, brand, model, serial number, calibration due date

10.22.2 Reported Condition


10.22.2.1 Notification
How did you become aware of the discrepancy? Was the discrepancy discovered during a preventive
maintenance procedure or is this service intervention due to a reported condition? If service was requested,
please describe the reported condition.

10.22.2.2 Medical Intervention


Were you made aware of any patient injury or medical intervention? If YES, please inform your local
Gambro Quality Assurance, according to the applicable procedures. Clinical information, such as Treatment
settings, Patient age, weight, gender, blood tests results may be requested.

10.22.3 Diagnostics
10.22.3.1 Last Service Intervention (Due to Mass Balance errors)
a) Indicate whether the last intervention related to the Mass Balance under investigation was performed
by a Gambro service technician. Enter YES, NO or UNKNOWN.
b) Record the date of the last service intervention related to Mass Balance discrepancies, based on
clinical service records or those stored in Artis Dialysis System.
c) Confirm whether or not the date and time on the Artis Dialysis System is aligned with the actual
current date and time, and correct them if necessary.

10.22.3.2 Blackbox Data Recorder


Download data from the Artis Dialysis System Blackbox and mark the appropriate box to indicate whether
the download was successful. For instructions on downloading Black Box Data, refer to the section “1.3.2
Black Box” of the Artis Service Manual.

10.22.3.3 Reported Condition


Record the reason(s) for the service call by checking the appropriate box(es) on the checklist.
If the patient fluid removal is reported out of specification, collect and record the following data on the
Checklist, section 3.2:
Data to be obtained from clinical records, as it is available:
• Patient Start Weight (kg): Patient weight as measured prior to therapy.
• Patient End Weight (kg): Patient weight as measured after disconnection from Artis.
• Patient Weight Loss (kg): Difference between start weight and end weight.

Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. / 10-89


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

• Prescribed Weight Loss (kg): Patient fluid removal goal as recorded by clinic.
• Prescribed Treatment Time (h:min): Planned treatment time.
• Treatment Time Achieved (h:min): Actual duration of therapy delivery achieved.

Data to be obtained from Artis Dialysis System Blackbox download:


• Programmed UF Volume (kg)
• Displayed UF Volume (kg)
• Programmed Treatment Time (h:min)
• Actual Treatment Time (h:min)

Calculate and record:


Total Weight Loss Error = Patient Weight Loss - Displayed UF Volume
Weight Loss Error Rate = Total Weight Loss Error/Actual Treatment Time
Check the appropriate box to indicate whether the Weight Loss Error Rate is greater than +50g/h (+2.5%
for UF Rates greater than 2.0 kg/h).
Record any Mass Balance related alarms on the Checklist.

10.22.4 Investigation
a When troubleshooting Mass Balance alarm conditions listed in Appendix A, begin with the
Troubleshooting section in the Artis Service Manual. Continue recording the data on the ckeck-
list.
b After consulting the Artis Service Manual, refer to the Root Cause Flow Charts and the associ-
ated step-by-step instructions located in Appendix A of this procedure for further troubleshoot-
ing guidance and resolution of non-alarm symptoms. These Flow Charts are intended as a
supplement to the Artis Service Manual, to aid in identifying the root cause of the problem and
its resolution. The Artis Service Manual and relevant Spare Part Installation Instructions contain
detailed information for problem resolution.
c Record investigation findings and system performance data in the indicated sections of the
Checklist, including a reference to the unique identifier for the flow chart box (MB.#.) corre-
sponding to the root cause of the problem.

10.22.5 Repair
10.22.5.1 Disinfect flowpath prior to opening it
Perform an Automatic Disinfect and Rinse (ADR) process prior to accessing the flowpath and record the
type of process on the Checklist.

10.22.5.2 Problem Resolution


Indicate the general type of action taken on the checklist and provide details in the Description section,
such as the specific components involved and any circumstances unique to this repair.

10.22.5.3 Component Replacement


If repair requires any component replacement, record the description and schematic ID on the Checklist.
For example, "Pressure Sensor, TcB", as well as the barcode label for the replacement part, which is
included on the spares packaging.

10.22.6 Verification
10.22.6.1 Calibration Coefficients
If the repair involved calibration or replacement of any mass balance flow meter(s), then record the
resulting flow meter calibration coefficients on the Checklist, ensuring they are within the acceptable range.

10.22.6.2 Mass Balance Verification


Perform the Mass Balance Test described in the Special Checkout Procedures section 10.14 of the Artis

10-90 Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /


Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

Service Manual and record results in section 6.2 of the Checklist, recording data from the test.

10.22.6.3 Artis Dialysis System Verification


In order to ensure proper functioning of the Artis Dialysis System, perform a simulated dialysis treatment
in-vitro: Power on, complete T1 Tests successfully, Enter Dialysis Treatment, run 10 minutes without alarms
then exit Dialysis Treatment.

10.22.6.4 Flowpath Disinfection


For any corrective actions requiring hydraulic flowpath access to replace or repair any components, or
introduction of dialysis concentrates into the flowpath, perform an ADR Disinfection and record the type of
process used in section 6.4 of the Checklist.

Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. / 10-91


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Appendix A: Troubleshooting
Use the following tables to locate the correct flow chart for the machine symptoms and alarms listed
below.
Mass Balance Error Troubleshooting Links
Error Code Error Condtion Flow Chart
N/A Incorrect fluid removal Mass Balance Troubleshooting

Mass Balance Alarm Troubleshooting Links


Error Code Alarm Text Flow Chart
60 UF target will not be achieved Mass Balance Troubleshooting
145 UF rate higher than expected Mass Balance Troubleshooting
206 Fluid path obstruction Mass Balance Troubleshooting
379 UF rate lower than expected Mass Balance Troubleshooting
474 Preparation not Completed - Mass Balance Troubleshooting
Incorrect Condition on D1 Flow Rate
484 Flowmeters alignment timeout Mass Balance Troubleshooting
505 UF Deviation Mass Balance Troubleshooting
506 Flowmeter Alignment Failed Mass Balance Troubleshooting

Potential Causes of Mass Balance Error

10-92 Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /


Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

Flow Chart Description


Flow Charts follow the arrows and generally flow from top to bottom. Each cell has a unique code for
recording root cause determination. The cell shape indicates the type of information contained as described
below:

Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. / 10-93


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Mass Balance Troubleshooting

10-94 Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /


Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

Mass Balance Troubleshooting (2/2)

Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. / 10-95


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Step-By-Step Guide to the Mass Balance Troubleshooting Flowchart:


MB.1. Compare the reported clinical mass balance data with that collected from the Artis Dialysis System
Blackbox (Checklist 3.3).
MB.1.1.Are the data sets aligned?
• YES. Artis Blackbox data is in agreement with the reported values, indicating
a fluid imbalance.
- Continue to MB.2
• NO. Data from the Artis Dialysis System Blackbox does not agree with the
reported values.
- Continue to MB.3
MB.2. Start the machine & complete T1 tests. Record the results on the Checklist in section 4.1.
MB.2.1. T1 Flow Meters Test alarm
• YES. -Continue to MB.3
• NO. -Continue to MB.2.2
MB.2.2. T1 Bubble Trap Test alarm
• YES. -Continue to MB.2.2.1
• NO. -Continue to MB.2.3
MB.2.2.1. Test LD2 for air and liquid detection
-Continue to MB.2.2.2
MB.2.2.2. LD2 correctly sensing air and liquid?
• YES. LD2 functioning properly
-Continue to MB.2.2.4.
• NO. LD2 failed test.
-Continue to MB.2.2.3
MB.2.2.3. Replace LD2.
- Return to MB.2. to repeat the T1 Tests.
MB.2.2.4. Test EVD2 for leaks
-Continue to MB.2.2.5
MB.2.2.5. Is EVD2 leaking?
• YES. EVD2 has an internal leak.
- Continue to MB.3.
• NO. EVD2 functioning properly
- Continue to MB.2.2.6 -No relevant T1 Tests failed
MB.2.2.6. Replace EVD2, recording the replacement in section 5.3, 4.5. and 5.2 of the Checklist.
- Return to MB.2. to repeat the T1 Tests.
MB.2.3. T1 Leak Test Alarm
MB.2.3.1. Visually locate leak and repair.
- Return to MB.2.
MB.3. Perform a Mass Balance Test, by following the instructions in the Special Checkout Procedures
section 10.14 of this Service Manual. Record the data in section 4.2 of the Checklist.
MB.3.1.Mass Balance Test passed?
• YES. Mass Balance performing within specification
- Continue to MB.4
• NO. Mass Balance control out of specification.
- Continue to MB.6
MB.4. Was the error due to an alarm?
• YES. - Continue to MB.8.

10-96 Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /


Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

• NO. - Continue to MB.5.


MB.5. Perform a simulated dialysis treayment to verify sistem integrity by following the instructions in
section 12.9 of the Artis Service Manual.Record the verifications data on the check list in section
6.3.
MB.6. Verify Power Supply voltages per section 7.3 of the Service Manual, and record the data in section
4.4 of the Checklist.
MB.6.1.Power Supply Test passed?
• YES. Voltages are within specification
-Continue to MB.11
• NO. Voltaged out of specification
- Continue to MB.7
MB.7. Repair power supply per section 7.3 of the Artis Service Manual, recording data in section 4.4 of the
Checklist.
- Return to MB.3.
MB.8. Check Kp on the Service Page (K*10000, Protective). Record the data on the Checklist in section
4.3.
MB.8.1. Is Kp within the acceptable range of 9,712 to 10,288?
• YES. Kp is within range.
- Continue to MB19.
• NO. Kp is out of range.
-Continue to MB.9.
MB.9. Repeat T1 Flow Meters Test, monitoring D1p, D2p. Record verification results on the Checklist in
section 6.1.
MB.9.1. |D1c-D1p| < |D2c-D2p|?
• YES. The pre-dialyzer protective sensor is off its control sensor more than the
post-dialyzer sensor.
-Continue to MB.9.3.
• NO. The post-dialyzer protective sensor is off its control sensor moreso than
the pre-dialyzer sensor.
- Continue to MB.9.2
MB.9.2 Replace D1p
- Continue to MB.10.
MB.9.3 Replace D2p
- Continue to MB.10.
MB.10. Repeat T1 Flow Meters Test to verify repair.
MB.10.1. T1 Flow Meters Test passed?
• YES. T1 Flow Meters Test passed.
- Continue to MB.18.
• NO. T1 Flow Meters Test failed.
- Continue to MB.19.
MB.11. Stable flow during the Mass Balance Test?
• YES. Flow was stable.
- Continue to MB.12.
• NO. Flow rates fluctuating.
-Continue to MB.13.
MB.12. Replace Control Flow Meter.
- Continue to MB.17.
MB.13. Test pump driver signals to the P1/P2 Control Board using section 4 of the Artis Service Manual.

Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. / 10-97


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

MB.13.1. Are the pump signals within specification?


• YES. The pump drivers are OK.
- Continue to MB.15.
• NO. The pump drivers are incorrect.
- Continue to MB.14.
MB.14. Replace the hydraulic slave board and record the repair, replacement and root cause on the
Checklist in sections 5.2, 5.3 and 4.5.
- Continue to MB.17.
MB.15. Test P1 and P2 to determine if either pump is defective
MB.15.1. Are the pumps operating within specification?
• YES. The pumps are OK.
- Continue to MB.19.
• NO. The pump(s) are not meeting specification.
- Continue to MB.16.
MB.16. Replace the relevant pump and record the repair, replacement and rootcause on the Checklist in
sections 5.2, 5.3 and 4.5.
- Continue to MB.17.
MB.17. Perform a Mass Balance Test, to verify the repair, by following the instructions in the Special
Checkout Procedures section 10.14 of this Service Manual. Record the information on the
checklist in section 6.2.
MB.17.1.Mass Balance test within specification?
• YES. Mass balance is OK
-Continue to MB.18.
• NO. Mass Balance test is out of tolerance.
-Continue to MB.19.
MB.18. Perform a Simulated Dialysis Treatment to verify system integrity by following section 12.9 of this
Service Manual. Record the process in section 6.3 of the Checklist.
MB.19. Record problem as Unresolved in section 4.5 of the Checklist and continue with high level
troubleshooting.

10-98 Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /


Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

10.23 Artis Mass Balance Technical Investigation Checklist


A checkmark or X in the right checkboxes indicates that the line item has been performed

Please complete this form for all complaints mass balance discrepancies are observed:

• Patient Weight Loss differs from the set value by 50 g/h or more for UF rates less than 2.0 kg/h.
• Patient Weight Loss differs from the set value by 2.5% or more for UF rates greater than 2.0 kg/h.
• Mass Balance alarms with no patient weight loss errors outside the 50 g/h tolerance
Refer to the Mass Balance Technical Investigation Procedure for instructions on completing this Checklist and
troubleshooting guidance. The Checklist and Procedure are only intended for use with the Artis Service Manual, which
provides detailed information regarding calibration, verification and other procedures referenced herein.
1. General Information
Work Order #: _________________ Customer #: _____________Customer Name: ______________________________
Service Request Date: ___________ Current Date: ____________Service Technician name: ______________________
Serial #: ___________Hours: __________________Software Revision: ____________Hardware Revision___________

Reference Tool Info Brand Name Model Serial Number Next Cal Date
Conductivity Meter
Voltage Meter

2. Reported Condition
2.1 How did you become aware of the Mass Balance discrepancy?

During regularly scheduled maintenance

Condition reported by customer

Please describe:______________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________

2.2 Were you made aware of any patient injury or any type of medical intervention? Yes No
If YES, please inform your local Gambro Quality Assurance, according to the applicable procedures. Clinical
information, such as Treatment settings, Patient age, weight, gender, blood tests results may be requested

Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. / 10-99


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Artis Mass Balance Technical Investigation Checklist


A checkmark or X in the right checkboxes indicates that the line item has been performed

3. Diagnostics
3.1 Last Service Intervention Due to Mass Balance errors___________________________________________
a. Was the last mass balance service intervention performed by a Gambro technician? Yes No
b. R ecordthe date of the last service intervention related to a mass balance error, based on the Artis Service
Mode Log. ___________________________________________________________________________
c. Are the date and time stored in the machine aligned with actual date and time? Yes No
If NO, record the date indicated by the machine:______________________________________________
Date/Time corrected? Yes No
3.2 Blackbox
Download the data set from the Artis Blackbox, and mark the box to indicate whether the data was successfully
obtained.

Download successful? Yes No

3.3 Reported Condition


Record the reason(s) for the service call on the Checklist:

Patient fluid removal out of specification, as reported by the clinic.


Patient start weight (kg)
Patient end weight (kg)
Patient weight loss (kg)
= start weight – end weight
Prescribed weight loss (kg)
Prescribed treatment time (h:min)
Treatment time achieved (h:min)

Record fluid removal parameters from the black box.


Programmed UF Volume (kg)
Displayed UF Volume kg)
Programmed treatment time (h:min)
Actual treatment time (h:min)

Calculate:

Total Weight Loss Error = Patient Weight Loss - Displayed UF Volume

Weight Loss Error Rate = Total Weight Loss Error/Actual Treatment Time

Weight Loss Error Rate is greater than +50g/h or +2.5%? Yes No

Mass balance alarm(s) (list below)


_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________

Other (describe)
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________

10-100 Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /


Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

Artis Mass Balance Technical Investigation Checklist


A checkmark or X in the right checkboxes indicates that the line item has been performed

4. Investigation
4.1 T1 Tests
T1 Flow Meters Test Passed? Yes No
Failure code_______________

External leak? Yes No


Identify location__________________________________________________________

T1 Bubble Trap Test Passed? Yes No


Failure code_______________

LD2 detecting air? Yes No


LD2 detecting liquid? Yes No

EVD2 Leaking? Yes No

T1 Leak Test Passed? Yes No


Failure code_______________

4.2 Mass Balance Test


Perform a mass balance test and record machine performance as well as scale output.
Dialysate Flow Rate Patient Fluid Treatment Fluid Scale at 30 Acceptable
Removal Time Removal Rate minutes Range
(kg) (min) (g/h) (g) (g)
800 0.4 30 800 375 ÷ 425

Mass Balance Test Passed? Yes No


Failure code_______________
4.3 Kp Factor
Kp value____________
Kp value between 9712 & 10288? Yes No

4.4 Power Supply Voltage Verification (Optional)


Refer to the Artis Service Manual, section 7.3 for detailed instructions.
Use pin 1 on J51 (0VD) as voltage reference Range Record Measurement
J51 Pin 2 (+5VD) 5.1 ÷ 5.3 V
J51 Pin 3 (+5VB) 4.9 ÷ 5.3 V
Use pin 6 on J51 (0VA) as voltage reference Range Record Measurement
J51 Pin 4 (-15V) -14.9 ÷ -15.3 V
J51 Pin 5 (+15V) 14.9 ÷ 15.3 V
Use pin 1 on J51 (0VD) as voltage reference Range Record Measurement
J52 Pin 1 (+5VP) 5.1 ÷ 5.3 V
Use pin 2 on J52 (0V24) as voltage reference Range Record Measurement
J52 Pin 3 (+24V) 22.8 ÷ 25.2 V
J52 Pin 4 (+24VP) 22.8 ÷ 25.2 V
Use pin 4 on J53 as voltage reference Range Record Measurement
(Switching Power Supply use TP2 (0VD))
J53 Pin 1 (+15V) -14.9 ÷ -15.3 V
J53 Pin 2 (-15V) 14.9 ÷ 15.3 V
For Switching Power Supply use TP2 (0VD) as voltage reference Range Record Measurement
J45 Pin 8 (+12V) 11.9 ÷ 12.3 V

Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. / 10-101


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Artis Mass Balance Technical Investigation Checklist


A checkmark or X in the right checkboxes indicates that the line item has been performed

Are the Power Supply Voltages within Specification? Yes No


Refer to the Service Manual for corrective actions. Perform any needed repairs to the power supply and record
below before continuing with this form.

5. Repair
5.1 Prior to Repair Perform an ADR process and note the one used:
Specify_____________
5.2 Mass Balance Repair

Select the type of action(s) taken to correct the problem:


Cleaning (indicate problem area and corrective procedure)
Calibration (list calibrations performed)
Replacement (components replaced to be identified in section 5.3 of this Checklist)
Other (describe: reconnect tubing, electrical connection, etc.)

Description_________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________

5.3 Component Replacement

Record the identification number on the barcode label for all spare parts used in the repair, as well as that for the
component being replaced (if different).

Description (Including Schematic ID) Spare Part Code

5.4 Root Cause (refer to ARTIS Conductivity Drift Technical Investigation Procedure for Root Cause Flow
Charts)
Record the code of the final Root Cause Flowchart cell corresponding to the source of the problem________
If the source of the problem is not included in the Root Cause Flowchart, please describe it here:
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________

6.Verification
6.1 T1 Tests
T1 Flow Meters Test Passed? Yes No

External leak? Yes No


Identify location__________________________________________________________

6.2 Mass Balance Verification


Perform a Mass Balance Test, as described in the Special Checkout Procedures section of the Artis Mass Balance
Troubleshooting Procedure and record machine performance as well as scale output.
Dialysate Flow UF Target Treatm. Fluid A: Initial B: Final A-B A-B within
Rate Volume Time Removal Cylinder Cylinder (ml) UF Target ±25
(ml/h) (ml) (min) Rate (ml/h) level (ml) level (ml) ml ? (Y/N)

6.3 Artis System Verification


In order to ensure proper functioning of the Artis hemodialysis system, perform a simate dialysis therapy in-vitro:
Power on, complete T1 Test successfully, Enter Dialysis Mode, run 10 minutes without alarm and exit Dialysis
Mode.

10-102 Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /


Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

Artis Mass Balance Technical Investigation Checklist


A checkmark or X in the right checkboxes indicates that the line item has been performed

6.4 Flow path disinfection:


Specify process_________________

10.24 Conductivity Technical Investigation Procedure


Machine Symptoms Related to Conductivity Issues
This procedure is intended to be used in the presence of any of the following machine symptoms.
Conductivity Control Performance
• Bicarbonate conductivity reading varies by at least +0.10 mS/cm with respect to an external refer-
ence meter, or the difference between bicarbonate conductivity control and protective readings is
>0.10 mS/cm.
• Select (protective) conductivity varies by at least +0.10 mS/cm with respect to an external reference
meter, or the difference between Select control setpoint and protective readings is >0.10 mS/cm.
• Final conductivity reading varies by at least +0.20 mS/cm with respect to an external reference
meter, or the difference between final conductivity control and protective readings is >0.20 mS/cm.
Alarms associated with conductivity issues:
Please refer to the Artis Service manual for instructions on troubleshooting alarm conditions if any of
these alarms persist.
• Conductivity Too High
• Conductivity Too Low
• Dialysate pH High (optional)
• Dialysate pH Low (optional)
• A Concentrate Error (Acid/SelectCart/Safebag)
• B Concentrate Error (BiCart/Safebag K)
• BiCart Cartridge Empty
• Bicarbonate Concentrate Container Empty
• Acid/Acetate Concentrate Container Empty
• Bicarbonate Pump Failure
• Select pump failure
• Preparation not Completed - Incorrect Condition on Acid/AFB Distribution
• Preparation not Completed - Incorrect Condition on Bicarbonate/AFB Distribution
• Preparation not Completed - Incorrect Condition on Select Distribution
• Incorrect fluid conductivity detected

Additional alarms that could lead to conductivity issues:


• Air In Hydraulic Pathway (LP)
• Air in Hydraulic Pathway (LD1)
• PDG Min Pressure
• PDG Max Pressure
• PDG Sensor Error
• Degassing Pump Flow
• Dialysate Flow Error
• Dialysate Flow High
• Dialysate Flow Low
• Temperature Sensor Error

Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. / 10-103


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

• Dialysate Temperature Maximum


• Dialysate Temperature Minimum
• Preparation not Completed - Incorrect Condition on TcA

10.24.1 General Information


Record the following information in the appropriate boxes on the investigation form:
• Work Order Number
• Customer Number
• Customer Name - name of facility where the service was performed.
• Service Request Date - date when request for service was generated or logged.
• Current date - date when service is performed.
• Service Technician Name - name of technician performing the service
• Serial Number - located on the rear panel near the handgrip, beginning with F
• Hours - hour meter reading of the machine needing service, located on the upper rear panel of the Artis
• Software Revision - displayed on the MACHINE INFO screen
• Hardware Revision - displayed on the MACHINE INFO screen
• Reference Tool Information - information regarding the external measuring instruments used dur-
ing the service, including type, brand, model, serial number, calibration due date

10.24.2 Reported Condition


10.24.2.1 Notification
How did you become aware of the discrepancy? Was the discrepancy discovered during a preventive
maintenance procedure or a service intervention due to a reported condition? If service was requested,
please describe the reported condition.

10.24.2.2 Medical Intervention


Were you made aware of any patient injury or medical intervention? If YES, please inform your local
Gambro Quality Assurance, according to the applicable procedures. Clinical information, such as
Treatment settings, Patient age, weight, gender, blood tests results may be requested.

10.24.3 Diagnostics
10.24.3.1 Related Alarms/Incidents
a) Record any alarms related to the discrepancy under investigation. Record the alarm number
and description. If there were no relevant alarms, please indicate so by recording NONE in the
provided field.

b) Record any additional alarms related to the condition or record NONE in the provided field.

c) Record descriptions of any incident(s) you are aware of that occurred outside of dialysis
treatment and are related in any way to the condition under investigation. If you are not aware
of any such incidents, enter NONE.

d) Record descriptions of any incident(s) you are aware of that occurred during dialysis treatment
and are related in any way to the condition under investigation. If you are not aware of any
such incidents, enter NONE.

10.24.3.2 Last Service Intervention due to conductivity drift


a) Indicate whether the last calibration of the conductivity system was performed by a Gambro
service technician. Enter YES, NO or UNKNOWN.

b) Record the date of the last service intervention related to conductivity drift, based on clinical
service records or those stored in Artis.

10-104 Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /


Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

c) Confirm whether or not the date and time on the Artis is aligned with the actual current date and
time and correct them if necessary.

10.24.3.3 Black Box Data Recorder


Download data from the black box and mark the appropriate box to indicate whether the download was
successful. For instructions on downloading black box data refer to section “1.3.2 Black Box” of the Artis
Service Manual.

10.24.4 Investigation
a) When troubleshooting alarm conditions, begin with the Troubleshooting section in the Artis
Service Manual.

b) After consulting the Artis Service Manual, refer to the Troubleshooting Flow Charts and the
associated step-by-step instructions located in Appendix A of this procedure for further
troubleshooting guidance and resolution of non-alarm symptoms. These Flow Charts are
intended as a supplement to the Artis Service Manual, to aid in identifying the root cause of the
problem and its resolution. The Artis Service Manual and relevant Spare Part Installation
Instructions contain detailed information for problem resolution.

c) Record investigation findings and system performance data in the indicated sections of the
Checklist.

10.24.5 Repair
10.24.5.1 Disinfect flowpath prior to opening
Perform an Automatic Disinfect and Rinse (ADR) process prior to accessing the flowpath and record the
type of process on the Checklist.

10.24.5.2 Conductivity Correction


Indicate the type of action taken on the checklist and provide details in the Description section, such as
the specific components involved and any circumstances unique to this repair.

10.24.5.3 Component Replacement


If repair requires any component replacement, record the description and schematic ID on the Checklist.
For example, "Conductivity Sensor, TcB", as well as the barcode label for the replacement part, which is
included on the spares packaging.

10.24.5.4 Root Cause


Refer to Appendix A of this procedure for the Troubleshooting Flowcharts.
Record the ID number of the Troubleshooting Flowchart cell corresponding to the source of the problem.
If the source of the problem is not included in the Troubleshooting Flowcharts, describe the source of the
problem in the field provided on the checklist.

10.24.6 Verification
10.24.6.1 Conductivity Verification
Perform a conductivity test, as detailed in sections 7.4.19 of the Service Manual, and record the results in
the Checklist, ensuring all conductivities are within the acceptable ranges.

10.24.6.2 Artis System Verification


In order to ensure proper functioning of the Artis hemodialysis system, perform a simulated dialysis
therapy in-vitro: Power on, complete T1 Tests successfully, Enter Dialysis Mode, run 10 minutes without
alarms then exit Dialysis treatment.

10.24.6.3 Flow Path Disinfection


For any corrective actions requiring hydraulic flowpath access to replace or repair any components, or

Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. / 10-105


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

introduction of dialysis concentrates into the flowpath, perform an ADR Disinfection and record the type of
process used in section 6.3 of the Checklist.

Appendix A: Troubleshooting
Use the following tables to locate the correct flow chart for the machine symptoms and alarms listed
below.
Conductivity Error Troubleshooting Links
Error Error Condtion Flow Chart Designation
Code
A and/or B conductivity readings Conductivity High (A or B) CH
are higher than measured by an
external reference meter by at
least 0.10 mS/cm for B and 0.20
N/A mS/cm for A.
A and/or B conductivity readings Conductivity Low (A or B) CL
are lower than measured by an
external reference meter by at
least 0.10 mS/cm for B and 0.20
N/A mS/cm for A.
Conductivity control is unstable, Unstable Conductivity CU
resulting in multiple alarms
N/A found in the alarm table below.
SelectBag conductivity is Select Conductivity Low SC
controlled to a value at least 0.10
N/A mS/cm lower than the setpoint.

Conductivity Alarm Troubleshooting Links


Error Code Alarm Text Flow Chart Designation
463 Conductivity Too High Conductivity High (A or B) CH
462 Conductivity Too Low Conductivity Low (A or B) CL
Dialysate pH High (optional) Conductivity High (A) CH
40 Conductivity Low (B) CL
Dialysate pH Low (optional) Conductivity High (B) CH
368 Conductivity Low (A) CL
A Concentrate Error (Acid/SelectCart/Safebag) Conductivity High (A or B) CH
369 Conductivity Low (A or B) CL
B Concentrate Error (BiCart/Safebag K) Conductivity High (A or B) CH
370 Conductivity Low (A or B) CL
21 BiCart Cartridge Empty Conductivity Low (B) CL
1 Acid/Acetate Concentrate Container Empty Conductivity Low (B) CL
110 Bicarbonate Pump Failure Conductivity Low (B) CL
486 Select pump failure Select Conductivity Low SC
Preparation not Completed - Incorrect Conductivity High (A) CH
476 Condition on Acid/AFB Distribution Conductivity Low (A) CL
Preparation not Completed - Incorrect Conductivity High (A or B) CH
477 Condition on Bicarbonate/AFB Distribution Conductivity Low (A or B) CL
496 Incorrect fluid conductivity detected Conductivity High (A or B) CH

10-106 Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /


Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

Potential Causes of Conductivity Errors

Incorrect
Conductivi
ty

Main
Concentra Flow

Empty
Container Unstable
Air
Intake Poor
Wrong
Concentr Degassin
Wrong
Flow
Connecto Flowpath
r Leak
Flowpath
Leak

Concentra Obstructi Flow


te Sensor
Flow
Blocked
Debris
Pumping Sensing
Compone Failure Failure
Kink
nt

Conductivi Temperatur
Calibratio ty e

Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. / 10-107


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Flow Chart Description


Flow Charts follow the arrows and generally flow from top to bottom. Each cell has a unique code for
recording root cause determination. The cell shape indicates the type of information contained as described
below:

10-108 Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /


Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

Conductivity High (A or B)

Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. / 10-109


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

This flow chart is intended for use when the Artis is controlling the bicarbonate or final dialysis fluid to a
higher conductivity than the setpoint by 0.5 mS/cm or more for A or 0.2 mS/cm for B. Potential reasons for
this problem include:
• Wrong concentrate?
• Conductivity out of calibration.
• Conductivity sensor failure?
• Temperature out of calibration.
• Temperature sensor failure.

Conductivity High step-by-step instructions:


CH.1. Perform a Heat with CleanCart Cartridge disinfection process as described in section 13
"Disinfection/Rinse/Cleaning" of the Artis Operators Manual for detailed instructions of the process.
Record the process on the Checklist in section 5.1.
- Continue to CH.2.
CH.2. Verify the concentrate being used is the same as the concentrate that is selected by the Artis.
CH.2.1. Are the concentrate types the same?
• NO, the concentrates selected are different.
-Continue to CH.2.2
• YES, the concentrate type in use is the same as the concentrate selected by the machine.
-Continue to CH.3.
CH.2.2. Change concentrate type or Artis concentrate selection to match each other.
- Continue to CH.3.
CH.3. Test Conductivity by following the Artis Service Manual section 7.4.19. Record the data in the
Checklist in section 4.1 or 6.1.
CH.3.1. Are the conductivities within specification?
• NO, the conductivities are outside specification.
- Continue to CH.4.
• YES, the conductivities are within specification.
- Continue to CH.6.
CH.4. Verify power supply voltages by following section 7.3 of the Artis Service Manual. Record the
verification data on the Checklist in section 4.2.
CH.4.1. Is the power supply within specification?
• YES, the power supply is within specification.
- Continue to CH.5.
• NO, the power supply is not within specification.
- Continue to CH.4.2.
CH.4.2. Repair the power supply by following the instructions in section 7.3 of the Artis Service
Manual. Record the root cause, repair and replacement on the Checklist in section 5.2, 5.3 & 5.4.
- Continue to CH.3.
CH.5. Replace the Conductivity Sensor(s) by following the spare's installation instructions provided in the
spare part's kit. Record the root cause, repair and replacement on the Checklist in section 5.2, 5.3
& 5.4.
- Continue to CH.3.
CH.6. Perform a Simulated Dialysis Treatment to verify system integrity by following section 12.9 of this
Service Manual. Record the verification data on the Checklist in section 6.2.
- Continue to CH.7.
CH.7. Perform a Disinfect & Rinse process described in section 13 "Disinfection/Rinse/Cleaning" of the
Artis Operators Manual for detailed instructions of the process. Record the process on the checklist
in section 6.3.
- END

10-110 Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /


Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

Conductivity Low (A or B)

Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. / 10-111


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Conductivity Low (A or B) continued 2/2

This flow chart is intended for use when the Artis is controlling the bicarbonate or final dialysis fluid to a
lower conductivity than the setpoint by 0.5 mS/cm or more for A or 0.25 mS/cm for B. Potential reasons for
this problem include:

• Wrong concentrate?
• Flowpath leak?
• Conductivity sensor failure?
• Temperature sensor failure
• Obstructed flowpath
• Conductivity out of calibration
• Temperature out of calibration

10-112 Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /


Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

Conductivity Low step-by-step instructions:


CL.1. Perform a Heat with CleanCart Cartridge disinfection process as described in section 13
"Disinfection/Rinse/Cleaning" of the Artis Operators Manual. Record the process on the checklist in
section 5.1.
-Continue to CL.2.
CL.2. Verify the concentrate being used is the same as the concentrate that is selected by the Artis.
CL.2.1. Are the concentrate types the same?
• NO, the concentrate types are not the same.
-Continue to CL.2.2
• YES, the concentrate types are the same.
- Continue to CL.3.
CL.2.2. Change concentrate type or Artis concentrate selection to match.
- Continue to CL.3.
CL.3. Check for flow obstruction(s) in the concentrate uptake lines.
CL.3.1. Is there an obstruction in the flow path?
• YES, the concentrate uptake flowpath is blocked.
- Continue to CL.3.2
• NO, the concentrate lines are not blocked.
-Continue to CL.4.
CL.3.2. Clear the obstruction. Record the root cause and repair on the Checklist in section 5.2 and 5.4.
- Continue to CL.4.
CL.4. Check for leaks in the concentrate uptake lines.
CL.4.1. Are the concentrate uptake lines pulling in air?
• YES, the concentrate uptake lines are leaking.
-Continue to CL.4.2
• NO, the concentrate lines are aspirating liquid.
- Continue to CL.5.
CL.4.2. Repair or replace seal or component. Record the root cause and repair on the Checklist in
section 5.2, 5.3 and 5.4.
-Continue to CL.5.
CL.5. Verify power supply voltages by following section 7.3 of the Artis Service Manual. Record the
verification data on the Checklist in section 4.2.
CL.5.1. Is the power supply operating within specification?
• YES, the power supply is operating normally.
-Continue to CL.6.
• NO, the power supply is out of tolerance.
-Continue to CL.5.2
CL.5.2. Repair the power supply by following the instructions in section 7.3 of the Artis Service
Manual. Record the root cause, repair and replacement on the Checklist in section 5.2, 5.3 & 5.4.
-Continue to CL.7.
CL.6. Replace the Conductivity Sensor(s) by following the spare's installation instructions provided in the spare
part's kit. Record the root cause, repair and replacement on the Checklist in section 5.2, 5.3 & 5.4.
-Continue to CL.7.
CL.7. Test Conductivity by following the Artis Service Manual section 7.4.19. Record the data in the
Checklist in section 4.1 or 6.1.
CL.7.1. Conductivity test passed?
• YES, the conductivities are within specification.
- Continue to CL.9.

Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. / 10-113


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

• NO, the conductivities are outside specification.


- Continue to CL.8.
CL.8. Troubleshoot for a bad board. Record the root cause, repair and replacement on the Checklist in
section 5.2, 5.3 & 5.4.
- Continue to CL.9.
CL.9. Perform a Simulated Dialysis Treatment to verify system integrity by following section "12.9
Simulated Dialysis treatment" of this Service Manual. Record the verification data on the Checklist
in section 6.2.
- Continue to CL.10.
CL.10. Perform a Disinfect & Rinse process described in section 13 "Disinfection/Rinse/Cleaning" of the
Artis Operators Manual for detailed instructions of the process. Record the process on the checklist
in section 6.3.
- END

10-114 Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /


Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

Unstable Conductivity

This flow chart is intended for use when one or more stages of Artis conductivity control is unstable,
possibly causing erratic conductibility readings or intermittent conductivity alarms that do not exhibit
conductivity that is consistently out of range. This is frequently due to air in either the concentrate or main
flow lines.

Unstable Conductivity step-by-step instructions:


CU.1. Perform a Heat with CleanCart Cartridge disinfection process as described in section 13
"Disinfection/Rinse/Cleaning" of the Artis Operators Manual. Record the process on the checklist in
section 5.1.
- Continue to CU.2.
CU.2. Check for air in the concentrate uptake lines.

Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. / 10-115


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

CU.2.1. Is air in the concentrate uptake lines?


• YES, air is in the concentrate uptake lines.
- Continue to CU.2.2.
• NO, air is not present in the concentrate uptake lines.
-Continue to CU.3.
CU.2.2. Fix leak in concentrate lines, and record the in section 5.2/5.3/5.4 of the Checklist.
-Continue to CU.3.
CU.3. Check for air in main flow, throughout the concentrate mixing section.
CU.3.1. Is air present in the main flow?
• NO, air is not in the main flow.
- Continue to CU.7.
• YES, air is in the main flow.
- Continue to CU.3.2.
CU.3.2. Does level sensor LP detects air when there is air in BTP?
• NO, LP does not function correctly.
-Continue to CU.4.
• YES, LP functions correctly.
- Continue to CU.3.3.
CU.3.3. Does EVP open when level sensor LP detects air?
• NO, EVP does not function correctly.
- Continue to CU.5.
• YES, EVP functions correctly.
-Continue to CU.3.4.
CU.3.4. Is the pressure in the degassing circuit within specification? Verify PDG is within specification
per Table 7.1 of the Artis Service Manual.
• NO, the pressure in the degassing area is not within specification.
-Continue to CU.6.
• YES, the pressure in the degassing area is within specification.
- Return to CU.3.1.
CU.4. Replace LP by following the spare's installation instructions provided in the spare part's kit. Record
the root cause, repair and replacement on the Checklist in section 5.2, 5.3 & 5.4.
- Continue to CU.7.
CU.5. Replace EVP by following the spare's installation instructions provided in the spare part's kit. Record
the root cause, repair and replacement on the Checklist in section 5.2, 5.3 & 5.4.
-Continue to CU.7.
CU.6. Correct the degassing pressure by following sections 12.4 and 7.4.7 of the Artis Service Manual.
Record the root cause and repair on the Checklist in sections 5.2 & 5.4.
- Continue to CU.7.
CU.7. Test Conductivity by following the Artis Service Manual section 7.4.19. Record the data in the
Checklist in section 4.1 or 6.1.
CU.7.1. Is the Conductivity within specification?
• YES, conductivity test passed.
- Continue to CU.9.
• NO, the conductivity is out of range.
-Continue to CU.8.
CU.8. Troubleshoot for a bad board. Record the root cause, repair and replacement on the Checklist in
section 5.2, 5.3 & 5.4.
- Continue to CU.9.

10-116 Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /


Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

CU.9. Perform a Simulated Dialysis Treatment to verify system integrity by following section 12.9 of this
Service Manual. Record the verification data on the Checklist in section 6.2.
- Continue to CU.10.
CU.10. Perform a Disinfect & Rinse process described in section 13 "Disinfection/Rinse/Cleaning" of the
Artis Operators Manual for detailed instructions of the process. Record the process on the checklist
in section 6.3.
- END

Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. / 10-117


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Select Conductivity Error

This flow chart is intended for use when the Artis is controlling the Select Bag fluid to a lower conductivity
than the setpoint by 0.1 mS/cm or more. (Note: Select Conductivity High is extremely unlikely, because of
the volumetric control) Potential reasons for this problem include:
• Sticking Pump?
• Flowpath leak

10-118 Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /


Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

• Obstructed flowpath

Select Conductivity Error step-by-step instructions:


SC.1. Perform a Heat with CleanCart Cartridge disinfection process as described in section 13
"Disinfection/Rinse/Cleaning" of the Artis Operators Manual. Record the process on the checklist in
section 5.1.
-Continue to SC.2.
SC.2. Test Conductivity B by following the Artis Service Manual section 7.4.19. Record the data in the
Checklist in section 4.1.
SC.2.1. B Conductivity test passed?
• YES, conductivity within specification.
- Continue to SC.3.
• NO, the conductivity is out of range.
- Continue to SC.6.
SC.3. Verify power supply voltages by following the instructions in section 7.3 of the Artis Service Manual.
Record the verification data on the Checklist in section 4.2.
SC.3.2. Is the power supply operating within specification?
• YES, the power supply is operating normally.
-Continue to SC.4.
• NO, the power supply is out of tolerance.
- Continue to SC.3.3
SC.3.3. Repair the power supply by following the instructions in section 7.3 of the Artis Service
Manual. Record the root cause, repair and replacement on the Checklist in section 5.2, 5.3 & 5.4.
- Continue to SC.5.
SC.4. Replace Γ pSe by following the spare's installation instructions provided in the spare part's kit.
Record the root cause, repair and replacement on the Checklist in section 5.2, 5.3 & 5.4.
- Continue to SC.5.
SC.5. Test Conductivity B by following the Artis Service Manual section 7.4.19. Record the data in the
Checklist in section 6.1.
SC.5.1. Conductivity B test passed?
• YES, conductivity within specification.
- Continue to SC.10.
• NO, the conductivity is out of range.
- Continue to SC.9.
SC.6. Check for PSe sticking by verifying the motor is turning when conductivity is commanded.
SC.6.1. Is PSe sticking?
• YES, the Select Pump PSe is sticking.
- Return to SC.6.2
• NO, the Select Pump PSe is not sticking.
- Continue to SC.7.
SC.6.2. Replace PSe by following the spare's installation instructions provided in the spare part's kit.
Record the root cause, repair and replacement on the Checklist in section 5.2, 5.3 & 5.4.
- Continue to SC.7.
SC.7. Check the select flow path for air leaks
SC.7.1. Any leaks in the select uptake flowpath?
• YES, leaks were found in the select flowpath.
- Continue to SC.7.2
• NO, leaks were not found in the select flowpath.

Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. / 10-119


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

- Continue to SC.8.
SC.7.2. Repair the leak. Record the root cause and repair on the Checklist in section 5.2 & 5.4.
- Continue to SC.8.
SC.8. Check for obstructions in the select flow path.
SC.8.1. Any obstructions in the select uptake flowpath?
• YES, the select flow path is blocked.
- Continue to SC.8.2.
• NO, the select flow path is not blocked.
- Continue to SC.5.
SC.8.2. Clear the obstruction. Record the root cause and repair on the Checklist in section 5.2 & 5.4.
-Continue to SC.8.
SC.9. Troubleshoot for a bad board. Record the root cause, repair and replacement on the Checklist in
section 5.2, 5.3 & 5.4.
-Continue to SC.10.
SC.10. Perform a Simulated Dialysis Treatment to verify system integrity by following section 12.9 of this
Service Manual. Record the verification data on the Checklist in section 6.2.
- Continue to SC.11.
SC.11. Perform a Disinfection process described in section 13 "Disinfection/Rinse/Cleaning" of the Artis
Operators Manual for detailed instructions of the process. Record the process on the checklist in
section 6.3.
-END

10-120 Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /


Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

10.25 Artis Conductivity Technical Investigation Checklist


A checkmark or X in the right checkboxes indicates that the line item has been performed

Please complete this form when any of the following conductivity discrepancies are observed:
• Bicarbonate conductivity reading varies by at least +0.10 mS/cm with respect to an external reference meter, or
the difference between bicarbonate conductivity control and protective readings is >0.10 mS/cm.
• Select conductivity reading varies by at least +0.10mS/cm with respect to an external reference meter, or the
difference between Select conductivity control and protective readings is >0.10mS/cm.
• Final conductivity reading varies by at least +0.20 mS/cm with respect to an external reference meter, or the
difference between final conductivity control and protective readings is >.20 mS/cm.
Refer to the Conductivity Drift Technical Investigation Procedure and the Service Manual Section 7 to perform the
calibration, verification and other procedures listed below.
1. General Information
Work Order #: _________________ Customer #: _____________Customer Name: ______________________________
Service Request Date: ___________ Current Date: ____________Service Technician name: ______________________
Serial #: ___________Hours: __________________Software Revision: ____________Hardware Revision___________

Reference Tool Info Brand Name Model Serial Number Next Cal Date
Conductivity Meter
Voltage Meter

2. Reported Condition
2.1 Please describe how you became aware of the discrepancy_______________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________

2.2 Were you made aware of any patient injury or any type of medical intervention ________________
If YES, please inform your local Gambro Quality Assurance, according to the applicable procedures. Clinical
information, such as Treatment settings, Patient age, weight, gender, blood tests results may be requested

Artis Conductivity Technical Investigation Checklist


A checkmark or X in the right checkboxes indicates that the line item has been performed
3. Diagnostics
3.1 Related Alarms and/or Incidents
a. 1st alarm that occurred (if any)_________________________________________ (Alarm# : Description)
b. 2nd alarm that occurred (if any)_________________________________________ (Alarm# : Description)
c. Please describe any related incident(s) that occurred outside dialysis treatment
________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
d. Please describe any related incident(s) that occurred during dialysis treatment
________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
3.2 Last Service Intervention due to conductivity drift _____________________________________________
a. Was the last conductivity service intervention performed by a Gambro technician? __________________
b. Record the date of the last service intervention related to conductivity drift, based on clinical service
records or those stored in Artis. _________________________________________________________
c. Are the date and time stored in the machine aligned with actual date and time? If NO, report the date
indicated by the machine, then correct them. _________________________________________________
3.3 Black Box
Download the data set from the black box, and indicate whether the data was successfully obtained.

Download successful? ____Y____N

Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. / 10-121


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Artis Conductivity Technical Investigation Checklist


A checkmark or X in the right checkboxes indicates that the line item has been performed

4. Investigation
4.1 Conductivity Test
Perform a conductivity test and record machine performance as well as reference meter output.
Parameter Setpoint Control Protective Reference Acceptable
(mS/c m) (mS/cm) (mS/cm) Meter Range
(mS/cm) (mS/cm)
Bicarbonate control 1 2.70 2.60 ÷ 2.80
Select protective 1 2.70 2.60 ÷ 2.80
Bicarbonate control 2 3.40 3.30 ÷ 3.50
Select protective 2 3.40 3.30 ÷ 3.50
Final control 1 14.0 13.80 ÷ 14.20
Final protective 1 14.0 13.80 ÷ 14.20
Final control 2 15.4 15.20 ÷ 15.60
Final protective 2 15.4 15.20 ÷ 15.60
4.2 Power Supply Voltage Verification (Optional)
Refer to the Artis Service Manual, section 7.3 for detailed instructions.
Use pin 1 on J51 (0VD) as voltage reference Range Record Measurement
J51 Pin 2 (+5VD) 5.1 ÷ 5.3 V
J51 Pin 3 (+5VB) 4.9 ÷ 5.3 V
Use pin 6 on J51 (0VA) as voltage reference Range Record Measurement
J51 Pin 4 (-15V) -14.9 ÷ -15.3 V
J51 Pin 5 (+15V) 14.9 ÷ 15.3 V
Use pin 1 on J51 (0VD) as voltage reference Range Record Measurement
J52 Pin 1 (+5VP) 5.1 ÷ 5.3 V
Use pin 2 on J52 (0V24) as voltage reference Range Record Measurement
J52 Pin 3 (+24V) 22.8 ÷ 25.2 V
J52 Pin 4 (+24VP) 22.8 ÷ 25.2 V
Use pin 4 on J53 as voltage reference Range Record Measurement
(Switching Power Supply use TP2 (0VD))
J53 Pin 1 (+15V) -14.9 ÷ -15.3 V
J53 Pin 2 (-15V) 14.9 ÷ 15.3 V
For Switching Power Supply use TP2 (0VD) Range Record Measurement
as voltage reference
J45 Pin 8 (+12V) -11.9 ÷ 12.3 V
Are the Power Supply Voltages within Specification? Y / N ______ Refer to the Service Manual for corrective
actions. Perform any needed repairs to the power supply and record in section 4.3 of this Checklist

10-122 Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /


Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

Artis Conductivity Technical Investigation Checklist


A checkmark or X in the right checkboxes indicates that the line item has been performed
5. Repair
5.1 Perform an Disinfect and Rinse process and note the one used:
Specify type _______________

5.2 Conductivity Correction

Select the type of action(s) taken to correct the problem:


Cleaning (indicate problem area and corrective procedure)
Calibration (list calibrations performed)
Replacement (components replaced and spare part numbers)
Other (describe)

Description_________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________

5.3 Component Replacement

Record the identification number on the barcode label for all spare parts used in the repair, as well as that for the
component being replaced (if different).

Description (Inc. Schematic ID) Spare Part Code

5.4 Root Cause (refer to ARTIS Conductivity Drift Technical Investigation Procedure for Root Cause Flow
Charts)
Record the ID number of the final Root Cause Flowchart cell corresponding to the source of the problem________
If the source of the problem is not included in the Root Cause Flowchart, please describe it here:
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________

Artis Conductivity Technical Investigation Checklist


A checkmark or X in the right checkboxes indicates that the line item has been performed
6. Verification
6.1 Conductivity Verification
Perform a conductivity test and record machine performance as well as reference meter output.
All values in mS/cm:
Parameter Setpoint Control Protective Reference Acceptable
(mS/cm) (mS/cm) (mS/cm) Meter Range
(mS/cm) (mS/cm)
Bicarbonate control 1 2.70 2.60 ÷ 2.80
Select protective 1 2.70 2.60 ÷ 2.80
Bicarbonate control 2 3.40 3.30 ÷ 3.50
Select protective 2 3.40 3.30 ÷ 3.50
Final control 1 14.0 13.80 ÷ 14.20
Final protective 1 14.0 13.80 ÷ 14.20
Final control 2 15.4 15.20 ÷ 15.60
Final protective 2 15.4 15.20 ÷ 15.60
6.2 Artis System Verification
In order to ensure proper functioning of the Artis hemodialysis system, perform a simate dialysis therapy in-vitro:
Power on, complete T1 Test successfully, Enter Dialysis Mode, run 10 minutes without alarm and exit Dialysis
Mode.
6.3 Perform a Disinfect process, check for leaks then perform Disinfection, and note the one used:
Specify type _ ____________ ___________ ___________ ___________________

Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. / 10-123


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

10.26 Pressures Technical Investigation Procedure


Machine Symptoms Related to Pressure Issues
This procedure is intended to be used in the presence of any of the following machine symptoms.
Pressure Monitoring Performance
Hydraulics:
• Burst tubing
• Inadequate degassing
• EvaClean not draining
Blood Circuit
The pressure sensors used in the blood circuit are not used for any control functions, so failure can either
result in an alarm or failure to detect an unsafe condition resulting in the patient harms listed above.
Alarms associated with Pressure issues:
• Arterial Sensor Error Arterial Pressure Low
• TMP High PWHO Out of Order
• Dialyzer Inlet Pressure High PDr Pressure High
• Dialyzer Outlet Pressure High PDr Pressure Low
• Dialyzer Inlet Pressure Low Arterial Pressure Below Treatment Min. Limit
• Dialyzer Outlet Pressure Low Venous Pressure Below Treatment Min. Limit
• Dialyzer Pressure Maximum Venous Pressure Not Decreasing
• Dialyzer Pressure Minimum Wrong Arterial and Venous Treatment Limits
• TMP Low SN Pressure out of range
• Dialysate Pressure High SN Pressure Sensor Error
• Venous Pressure Out Of Range Pressure Alarm Limits Still Expanded
• Venous Pressure High TMP Upper Limit
• Venous Sensor Error Dialysate Pressure Low
• Fluid path obstruction SN Pressure High
• Arterial Pressure High TMP Set too Low
• Venous Pressure Low

10.26.1 General Information


Record the following information in the appropriate boxes on the investigation form:
• Work Order Number
• Customer Number
• Customer Name - name of facility where the service was performed.
• Service Request Date - date when request for service was generated or logged.
• Current date - date when service is performed.
• Service Technician Name - name of technician performing the service
• Serial Number - located on the rear panel near the handgrip, beginning with F
• Hours - hour meter reading of the machine needing service, located on the upper back panel of the
Artis
• Software Revision - displayed on the MACHINE INFO screen.
• Hardware Revision - displayed on the MACHINE INFO screen.
• Reference Tool Information - information regarding the external measuring instruments used dur-
ing the service, including type, brand, model, serial number, calibration due date

10.26.2 Reported Condition


10.26.2.1 Notification
How did you become aware of the discrepancy? Was the discrepancy discovered during a preventive
maintenance procedure or a service intervention due to a reported condition? If service was requested,

10-124 Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /


Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

please describe the reported condition.

10.26.2.2 Medical Intervention


Were you made aware of any patient injury or medical intervention? If YES, please inform your local
Gambro Quality Assurance, according to the applicable procedures. Clinical information, such as Treatment
settings, Patient age, weight, gender, blood tests results may be requested

10.26.3 Diagnostics
10.26.3.1 Related Alarms/Incidents
a Record any alarms related to pressure errors. Record the alarm number and description. If
there were no relevant alarms, please indicate so by recording NONE in the provided field.
b Record any additional alarms related to the condition or record NONE in the provided field.
c Record descriptions of any incident(s) you are aware of that occurred outside of dialysis treat-
ment and are related in any way to the condition under investigation. If you are not aware of
any such incidents, enter NONE.
d Record descriptions of any incident(s) you are aware of that occurred during dialysis treatment
and are related in any way to the condition under investigation. If you are not aware of any such
incidents, enter NONE.

10.26.3.2 Last Service Intervention (due to pressure error)


a Indicate whether the last calibration of the Pressure service intervention was performed by a
Gambro service technician. Enter YES, NO or UNKNOWN.
b Record the date of the last service intervention related to the pressure drift, based on clinical
service records or those stored in Artis.
c Confirm whether or not the date and time on the Artis is aligned with the actual current date and
time, and correct them if necessary.

10.26.3.3 Black Box Data Recorder


Download data from the black box and mark the appropriate box to indicate whether the download was
successful. For instructions on downloading black box data refer to section “1.3.2 Black Box” of the Artis
Service Manual.

10.26.3.4 Calibration Data


Follow the instructions in section “7.2.2 How to Insert the Password” of this Artis Service Manual to locate
the calibration coefficients.
a Record the date of the last relevant pressure calibration as it appears on the screen.
b Record the relevant calibration coefficients in section 3.4 of the Checklist.

10.26.4 Investigation
a When troubleshooting alarm conditions, begin with the Troubleshooting section in this Service
Manual.
b After consulting the Artis Service Manual, refer to the Root Cause Flow Charts and the associ-
ated step-by-step instructions located in Appendix A of this procedure for further troubleshoot-
ing guidance and resolution of non-alarm symptoms. These Flow Charts are intended as a
supplement to the Artis Service Manual, to aid in identifying the root cause of the problem and
its resolution. The Artis Service Manual and relevant Spare Part Installation Instructions contain
detailed information for problem resolution.
c Record investigation findings and system performance data in the indicated sections of the
Checklist, including a reference to the unique identifier for the flow chart box (MB.#.) corre-
sponding to the root cause of the problem.

10.26.4.1 Performance Data


Record performance and reference data for all pressure components tested during the course of the
investigation in the Checklist. Only those pressure components under investigation need be tested. This

Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. / 10-125


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

section of the Checklist is for recording performance data prior to any service intervention.

10.26.4.2 Power Supply Voltages


For investigating conductivity errors, power supply verification is recommended in the event that
calibration of the sensor in question is unsuccessful in resolving the problem, but prior to sensor
replacement. This section of the checklist is optional and need not be completed if the problem is resolved
by other means.
Refer to the Artis Service Manual for detailed instructions on measuring the power supply voltages.
Record the measured voltages on the checklist, which includes pin designations and acceptable ranges
for reference.
If power supply voltages are outside specification, refer to the Service Manual for corrective actions.
Perform any needed repairs to the power supply and record below before continuing with this form.

10.26.5 Repair
10.26.5.1 Disinfect flowpath prior to opening it
Perform an ADR process prior to accessing the flowpath and record the type of process on the Checklist.

10.26.5.2 Repair Type


Refer to Appendix A for Root Cause Flow Charts designed to aid in the diagnosis and repair of the
problem, and recommendations for repair.
Indicate the type of action taken on the checklist and provide details in the description section, such as
the specific components involved and any circumstances unique to this repair.

10.26.5.3 Component Replacement


If repair requires any component replacement, record the description and schematic ID on the Checklist.
For example, "Pressure Sensor, TcB", as well as the barcode label for the replacement part, which is
included on the spares packaging.

10.26.5.4 Root Cause


Refer to Appendix A of this procedure for the Troubleshooting Flow Charts.
Record the ID number of the Root Cause Flowchart cell corresponding to the source of the problem.
If the source of the problem is not included in the Flowcharts, describe the source of the problem.

10.26.6 Verification
10.26.6.1 Pressure Calibration Coefficients
Record the resulting Pressure calibration coefficients on the Checklist, ensuring they are within the
acceptable range. The procedure for locating the calibration coefficients can be found in chapter 7 of this
service manual.

10.26.6.2 Performance Verification


Record performance and reference data for all pressure components calibrated, replaced or otherwise
repaired during the course of the repair in the Checklist. Only those pressure components repaired in some
way need be tested. This section of the Checklist is for recording performance data after any service
intervention.

10.26.6.3 System Verification


After repairing the failure, the Artis system should pass all T1 tests and enter dialysis treatment to
simulate a treatment in-vitro to verify system function.

10.26.6.4 Flowpath Disinfection


For any corrective actions requiring hydraulic flowpath access:
a Perform a Rinse process.
b Inspect hydraulics for leaks.

10-126 Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /


Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

c Perform a Disinfection process and record the type.

Appendix A: Troubleshooting
Pressure Alarm Troubleshooting
Error Alarm Text Flow Chart Designation Page
Code
6 Arterial Sensor Error Extracorporeal EC 141
11 Arterial Pressure Out Of Range Extracorporeal EC 141
68 TMP High Pi/Po, Extracorporeal EC, IO 141,135
87 Dialyzer Inlet Pressure High Pi/Po IO 135
88 Dialyzer Outlet Pressure High Pi/Po IO 135
94 Dialyzer Inlet Pressure Low Pi/Po IO 135
95 Dialyzer Outlet Pressure Low Pi/Po IO 135
114 Dialyzer Pressure Maximum Pi/Po IO 135
115 Dialyzer Pressure Minimum Pi/Po IO 135
142 TMP Low Extracorporeal; Pi/Po EC, IO 141,135
146 Dialysate Pressure High Pi/Po IO 135
153 Venous Pressure Out Of Range Extracorporeal EC 141
155 Venous Pressure High Extracorporeal EC 141
159 Venous Sensor Error Extracorporeal EC 141
206 Fluid path obstruction PDR DR 138
305 Arterial Pressure High Extracorporeal EC 141
306 Arterial Pressure Below Treatment Min. Limit Extracorporeal EC 141
382 Venous Pressure Low Extracorporeal EC 141
384 Arterial Pressure Low Extracorporeal EC 141
426 PWHO Out of Order PDR DR 138
452 PDr Pressure High PDR DR 138
453 PDr Pressure Low PDR DR 138
459 Venous Pressure Below Treatment Min. Limit Extracorporeal EC 141
503 Wrong Arterial and Venous Treatment Limits Extracorporeal EC 141
522 SN Pressure out of range Extracorporeal EC 141
523 SN Pressure Sensor Error Extracorporeal EC 141
525 Pressure Alarm Limits Still Expanded Extracorporeal EC 141
527 TMP Upper Limit Pi/Po IO 135
540 Dialysate Pressure Low Degassing D 130
589 SN Pressure High PFS FS 133
567 TMP Set too Low Pi/Po IO 135

Pressure Error Troubleshooting Links


Error Code Error Condition Flow Chart Designation Page
Burst hydraulic tubing Degassing D 130
(See figure 1 below to identify the PFS Region FS 133
hydraulic region for the flow chart) Pi/Po Region IO 135
N/A PDR Region DR 138
N/A Inadequate degassing Degassing Region D 130
N/A Waste handling port not draining PDR Region DR 138
N/A Blood handling pressure errors Extracorporeal EC 141

Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. / 10-127


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Hydraulic Region: Determine the region of the hydraulic problem area using Figure 1, and then
proceed to the designated flow chart for detailed troubleshooting assistance.

ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP

Pi/Po PDR/EvaClean
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD

PFS
BTP

Degassing
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

Figure 1: Hydraulic Pressure Control Regions

Burst tubing: Different hydraulic pressure sensors are used to control pressures in various regions of
the hydraulics during some phases. An incorrect pressure measurement by one of these sensors could
potentially lead to burst tubing. Incorrect settings on pressure regulator R1 could also lead to burst tubing,
and a failure of SWP could prevent an overpressure from being detected.
Inadequate degassing: PDG is used to control the degassing pressure. Air in dialysis fluid, or other
indications of inadequate degassing could be due to a problem with PDG pressure sensing. Incorrect
setting on R2 could also lead to inadequate degassing.
EvaClean not draining: Pd is used to control the pressure in the Waste Handling Option to drain the
EvaClean port when in use. If the EvaClean is not draining properly, this could be an indication of a problem
with Pd sensing.
Blood Circuit: The pressure sensors used in the blood circuit are not used for any control functions, so
failure can either result in an alarm or failure to detect an unsafe condition resulting in the patient harms
listed in the introduction.

10-128 Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /


Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

Blood Handling Pressure Failure


This bubble diagram shows the manifestations of a failure to detect correct pressure in each of the three
blood handling pressure sensors (PA, PV and PS).

Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. / 10-129


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Failure Overview


This bubble diagram shows the manifestations of a failure to detect correct pressure in each of the five
hydraulic pressure sensors (PDG, PFS, Pi, Po, Pd).

10-130 Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /


Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

Flow Chart Description

Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. / 10-131


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Hydraulic Pressure: Degassing Region

Hydraulic Pressure: Degassing Region step-by-step instructions:


D.1. Perform a Disinfection process described in section 13 "Disinfection/Rinse/Cleaning" of the Artis
Operators Manual. During the process inspect for leaks in the hydraulic flow path. Record the
process on the checklist in section 5.1.
D.1.1. Are there leaks in the hydraulic flow path?
• YES, the hydraulic flow path is leaking.
- Continue to D.2.
• NO, the hydraulic flowpath is not leaking.
- Continue to D.3.
D.2. Repair the leak. Record the root cause and repair on the Checklist in section 5.2 and 5.4.
- Continue to D.3.

10-132 Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /


Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

D.3. Calibrate the R1 pressure regulator as described in section 7.4.1.1 of the Artis Service Manual.
Record the data on the Checklist in section 4.1 or new data in 6.1, 6.2.
D.3.1. Did R1 adjustment correct the pressure to within limits specified by Table 7.1 of the Artis
Service Manual?
• NO, the pressure remains lower than specification.
- Continue to D.4.
• NO, the pressure remains higher than specification.
- Continue to D.5.
• YES, pressure is within limits.
- Continue to D.6.
D.4. Verify the water supply pressure.
D.4.1. Is the water inlet pressure greater than 760 mmHg?
• NO, the inlet pressure is not greater than 760 mmHg.
- Continue to D.4.2.
• YES, the inlet pressure is greater than 760 mmHg.
- Continue to D.5.
D.4.2. Increase the water inlet pressure to more than 760 mmHg, using the manufacturer's
instructions. Record the root cause and repair on the Checklist in section 5.2 and 5.4.
- Continue to D.3.
D.5. Replace the R1 regulator by following the spare's installation instructions provided in the spare part's
kit. Record the root cause, repair and replacement on the Checklist in section 5.2, 5.3 & 5.4.
- Continue to D.3.
D.6. Calibrate PDG: described in section 7.4.7 of the Artis Service Manual. Record the data on the
Checklist in section 4.1 or new data in 6.1, 6.2.
D.6.1. Is PDG now operating within specification?
• YES, the calibration was successful.
- Continue to D.9.
• NO, PDG is still out of range.
- Continue to D.7.

D.7. Verify power supply voltages by following section 7.3 of the Artis Service Manual. Record the
verification data on the Checklist in section 4.2.
D.7.1. Is the power supply operating within specification?
• YES, the power supply is operating normally.
- Continue to D.8.
• NO, the power supply is out of tolerance.
- Continue to D.7.2.
D.7.2. Repair the power supply by following the instructions in section 7.3 of the Artis Service
Manual. Record the root cause, repair and replacement on the Checklist in section 5.2, 5.3 & 5.4.
- Continue to D.6.
D.8. Replace the PDG by following the spare's installation instructions provided in the spare part's kit.
Record the root cause, repair and replacement on the Checklist in section 5.2, 5.3 & 5.4.
- Return to D.6.
D.9. Calibrate the R2 pressure regulator as described in section 7.4.1.2 of the Artis Service Manual.
Record the data on the Checklist in section 4.1.
D.9.1. Did R2 adjustment correct the pressure to within limits specified by Table 7.1 of the Artis
Service Manual?
• NO, pressure remains outside limits.

Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. / 10-133


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

- Continue to D.10.
• YES, pressure is within limits.
- Continue to D.11.
D.10. Replace the R2 regulator by following the spare's installation instructions provided in the spare part's
kit. Record the root cause, repair and replacement on the Checklist in section 5.2, 5.3 & 5.4.
- Continue to D.9.
D.11. Perform a Simulated Dialysis Treatment to verify system integrity by following section "12.9
Simulated Dialysis treatment" of this Service Manual. Record the verification data on the
Checklist in section 6.3.
- Continue to D.12.
D.12. Perform a Disinfection & Rinse process described in section 13 "Disinfection/Rinse/Cleaning" of
the Artis Operators Manual for detailed instructions of the process. Record the process on the
checklist in section 6.4.
- END

10-134 Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /


Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

Hydraulic Pressure: PFS Region

Hydraulic Pressure: PFS Region step-by-step instructions:


FS.1. Perform a Disinfection process, as described in section 13 "Disinfection/Rinse/Cleaning" of the
Artis Operators Manual. During the rinse procedure, monitor PFS and Pi during Phase 5 and
inspect the hydraulics for leaks. Record the process on the Checklist in section 5.1.
FS.1.1. Were leaks observed?
• YES, leaks were present.
- Continue to FS.1.2.
• NO, leaks were not present.
- Continue to FS.1.3.
FS.1.2. Repair the leak. Record the root cause and repair on the Checklist in section
5.2 and 5.4.
- Continue to FS.1.3.

Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. / 10-135


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

FS.1.3. Is the difference between PFS and Pi greater than 300 mmHg during phase 5?
• YES, (PFS - Pi) > 300 mmHg.
- Continue to FS.2.
• NO, (PFS - Pi) < 300 mmHg.
- Continue to FS.3.
FS.2. Replace the Ultrafilter CDF2 by following the instructions in section 7.18 "Ultrafilter Change
Procedure" of the Operators Manual. Record the root cause, repair and replacement on the
Checklist in section 5.2, 5.3 & 5.4.
- Continue to FS.3.
FS.3. Calibrate the PFS by following section "7.4.5 PFS Pressure Sensor" of the Artis Service
Manual. Record the initial data on the Checklist in section 4.1 and the new data in
section 6.1, 6.2.
FS.3.1. Is PFS now operating within specification?
• YES, the calibration was successful.
- Continue to FS.6.
• NO, PFS is still out of range.
- Continue to FS.4.
FS.4. Verify power supply voltages by following section "7.3 Power Supply Verifications" of the
Artis Service Manual. Record the verification data on the Checklist in section 4.2.
FS.4.1. Is the power supply operating within specification?
• YES, the power supply is operating normally.
- Continue to FS.5.
• NO, the power supply is out of tolerance.
- Continue to FS.4.2.
FS.4.2. Repair the power supply by following the instructions in section "7.3 Power
Supply Verifications" of the Artis Service Manual. Record the root cause, repair
and replacement on the Checklist in section 5.2, 5.3 & 5.4.
- Continue to FS.3.
FS.5. Replace the PFS by following the spare's installation instructions provided in the spare part's
kit. Record the root cause, repair and replacement on the Checklist in section 5.2, 5.3 & 5.4.
- Continue to FS.3.
FS.6. Perform a Simulated Dialysis Treatment to verify system integrity by following section
"12.9 Simulated Dialysis treatment" of this Service Manual. Record the verification data
on the Checklist in section 6.3.
- Continue to FS.7.
FS.7. Perform a Disinfection process described in section 13 "Disinfection/Rinse/Cleaning" of
the Artis Operators Manual. Record the process on the checklist in section 6.4.
- END

10-136 Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /


Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

Hydraulic Pressure: Pi/Po Region

Hydraulic Pressure: Pi/Po Region step-by-step instructions:


IO.1. Perform a Disinfection process, as described in section 13 "Disinfection/Rinse/Cleaning" of the
Artis Operators Manual. During the rinse procedure inspect the hydraulics for leaks. Record the
process on the Checklist in section 5.1.
IO.7.1. Were leaks observed?
• YES, leaks were present.

Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. / 10-137


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

- Continue to IO.2.
• NO, leaks were not present.
- Continue to IO.3.
IO.8. Repair the leak. Record the root cause and repair on the Checklist in section 5.2 and 5.4.
- Continue to IO.3.
IO.9. Calibrate the R1 pressure regulator as described in section "7.4.1.1 R1 Pressure Regulator
Calibration" of the Artis Service Manual. Record the data on the Checklist in section 4.1 or new
data in 6.1, 6.2
IO.3.1. Did R1 adjustment correct the pressure to within limits specified by Table 7.1 of the Artis
Service Manual?
• NO, the pressure remains lower than specification.
- Continue to IO.4.
• NO, the pressure remains higher than specification.
- Continue to IO.5.
• YES, pressure is within limits.
- Continue to IO.6.
IO.4. Verify the water supply pressure.
IO.4.1. Is the water inlet pressure greater than 760 mmHg?
• NO, the inlet pressure is not greater than 760 mmHg.
- Continue to IO.4.2.
• YES, the inlet pressure is greater than 760 mmHg.
- Continue to IO.5.
IO.4.2. Increase the water inlet pressure to more than 760 mmHg, using the manufacturer's
instructions. Record the root cause and repair on the Checklist in section 5.2 and 5.4.
- Continue to IO.3.
IO.5. Replace the R1 regulator by following the spare's installation instructions provided in the spare part's
kit. Record the root cause, repair and replacement on the Checklist in section 5.2, 5.3 & 5.4.
- Continue to IO.3.
IO.6. Calibrate the Pi/Po sensors by following the instructions in section "7.4.3 PI Pressure Sensor"/"7.4.4
PO Pressure Sensor" of the Artis Service Manual. Record the initial data on the Checklist in
section 4.1 and the new data in section 6.1, 6.2.
IO.6.1. Is Pi/Po now operating within specification?
• YES, the calibration was successful.
- Continue to IO.9.
• NO, Pi/Po is still out of range.
- Continue to IO.7.
IO.7. Verify power supply voltages by following the instructions in section "7.3 Power Supply
Verifications" of the Artis Service Manual. Record the verification data on the Checklist in section
4.2.
IO.7.1. Is the power supply operating within specification?
• YES, the power supply is operating normally.
- Continue to IO.8.
• NO, the power supply is out of tolerance.
- Continue to IO.7.2.
IO.7.2. Repair the power supply by following the instructions in section "7.3 Power Supply
Verifications" of the Artis Service Manual. Record the root cause, repair and
replacement on the Checklist in section 5.2, 5.3 & 5.4.
- Continue to IO.6.

10-138 Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /


Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

IO.8. Replace the Pi/Po sensors by following the spare's installation instructions provided in the spare
part's kit. Record the root cause, repair and replacement on the Checklist in section 5.2, 5.3 & 5.4.
- Continue to IO.6.
IO.9. Perform a Simulated Dialysis Treatment to verify system integrity by following section "12.9
Simulated Dialysis treatment" of this Service Manual. Record the verification data on the
Checklist in section 6.3.
- Continue to IO.10.
IO.10. Perform a Disinfection process described in section 13 "Disinfection/Rinse/Cleaning" of the Artis
Operators Manual. Record the process on the checklist in section 6.4.
- END

Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. / 10-139


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Hydraulic Pressure: PDR Region/EvaClean

PDR/EvaClean Region step-by-step instructions:


DR.1. Perform a Disinfection process, as described in section 13 "Disinfection/Rinse/Cleaning" of the
Artis Operators Manual. During the rinse procedure monitor PDR with an external reference
meter and inspect the hydraulics for leaks. Record the data on the Checklist in section 4.1 & 5.1.
DR.1.1. Were leaks observed?
• YES, leaks were present.
- Continue to DR.2.

10-140 Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /


Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

• NO, leaks were not present.


- Continue to DR.1.2.
DR.1.2. Is the reference meter reading a negative value during the Disinfection process?
• YES, PDR is reading negative, as expected.
- Continue to DR.6.
• NO, PDR indicates a positive pressure during rinse.
- Continue to DR.1.3.
DR.1.3. Is PDR reading within ±10 mmHg of the reference meter?
• YES, PDR is within specification.
- Continue to DR.7.
• NO, PDR is out of specification.
- Continue to DR.3.
DR.2. Repair the leak. Record the root cause and repair on the Checklist in section 5.2 and 5.4.
- Continue to DR.1.2.
DR.3. Calibrate PDR as described in sections "7.4.6 PDR Pressure Sensor" of the Artis Service
Manual. Record the initial data on Checklist in section 4.1 and new data in section 6.1, 6.2.
DR.3.1. Is PDR now operating within specification?
• YES, the calibration was successful.
- Continue to DR.10.
• NO, PDR is still out of range.
- Continue to DR.4.
DR.4. Verify power supply voltages by following the instructions in section "7.3 Power Supply
Verifications" of the Artis Service Manual. Record the verification data on the Checklist in section
4.2.
DR.4.1. Is the power supply operating within specification?
• YES, the power supply is operating normally.
- Continue to DR.5.
• NO, the power supply is out of tolerance.
- Continue to DR.4.2.
DR.4.2. Repair the power supply by following the instructions in section "7.3 Power Supply
Verifications" of the Artis Service Manual. Record the root cause, repair and
replacement on the Checklist in section 5.2, 5.3 & 5.4.
- Continue to DR.3.
DR.5. Replace the PFS by following the spare's installation instructions provided in the spare part's kit.
Record the root cause, repair and replacement on the Checklist in section 5.2, 5.3 & 5.4.
- Continue to DR.3.
DR.6. Inspect the EvaClean and air lines for a blockage, kinked hose or obstruction.
DR.6.1. Are the EvaClean and air lines blocked?
• YES, the EvaClean and/or air lines are blocked.
- Continue to DR.8.
• NO, the EvaClean and/or air lines are continuous.
- Continue to DR.7.
DR.7. Inspect the drain line continuity looking for a blockage, kinked hose or obstruction.
DR.7.1. Is the drain line blocked?
• YES, the drain line is blocked.
- Continue to DR.8.
• NO, the drain line is continuous.

Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. / 10-141


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

- Continue to DR.9.
DR.8. Clear the obstruction. Record the root cause and repair on the Checklist in section 5.2 and 5.4.
- Continue to DR.10.
DR.9. Replace the PWHO pump by following the spare's installation instructions provided in the spare
part's kit. Record the root cause, repair and replacement on the Checklist in section 5.2, 5.3 & 5.4.
- Continue to DR.11.
DR.10. Perform a Simulated Dialysis Treatment to verify system integrity by following section "12.9
Simulated Dialysis treatment" of this Service Manual. Record the verification data on the
Checklist in section 6.3.
DR.11. Perform a Disinfection process, as described in section 13 "Disinfection/Rinse/Cleaning" of the
Artis Operators Manual. Record the process on the Checklist in section 6.4.
- END

10-142 Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /


Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

Extracorporeal Blood Circuit

Extracorporeal Blood Circuit step-by-step instructions:


EC.1. Perform the extracorporeal pressure sensor tests using a new cartridge by following section
12.5.3 & 12.5.4 of the Artis Service Manual. Record the initial values for the pressures on the
Check list in section 4.1.
EC.1.1. Any leaks indicated by pressure decay?
• NO, leaks are not found.
- Continue to EC.1.2.
• YES, leaks are found.

Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. / 10-143


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

- Continue to EC.6.
EC.1.2. Were the EC pressures within specification?
• NO, they were outside specification.
- Continue to EC.2.
• YES, the pressures were within the limits.
- Continue to EC.5.
EC.2. Calibrate the applicable sensor(s), per sections 7.4.8 & 7.4.10 of the Artis Service Manual.
Record the initial data on the Checklist in section 4.1 and new data in section 6.1, 6.2.
EC.2.1. Calibration successful?
• YES, the calibration was successful.
- Continue to EC.7.
• NO, the pressure is still out of range.
- Continue to EC.3.
EC.3. Verify power supply voltages by following the instructions in section "7.3 Power Supply
Verifications" of the Artis Service Manual. Record the verification data on the Checklist in section
4.2.
EC.3.1. Is the power supply operating within specification?
• YES, the power supply is operating normally.
- Continue to EC.4.
• NO, the power supply is out of tolerance.
- Continue to EC.3.2.
EC.3.2. Repair the power supply by following the instructions in section "7.3 Power Supply
Verifications" of the Artis Service Manual. Record the root cause, repair and
replacement on the Checklist in section 5.2, 5.3 & 5.4.
- Continue to EC.2.
EC.4. Replace the applicable sensor by following the spare's installation instructions provided in the
spare part's kit. Record the root cause, repair and replacement on the Checklist in section 5.2,
5.3 & 5.4..
- Continue to EC.2.
EC.5. Inspect the old cartridge for leaks.
EC.5.1. Inspect the old cartridge for leaks.
• YES, the cartridge is leaking.
- Continue to EC.5.2
• NO, the cartridge is not leaking.
- Continue to EC.6.
EC.5.2. Record the root cause, repair and replacement on the Checklist in section 5.2, 5.3 & 5.4.
- Continue to EC.7.
EC.6. Replace the O-rings on the applicable sensors by following the spare's installation instructions
provided in the spare part's kit. Record the root cause, repair and replacement on the Checklist
in section 5.2, 5.3 & 5.4.
- Continue to EC.7.
EC.7. Perform a simulated dialysis treatment to verify system integrity. Record the verification data on
the Checklist in section 6.3.
- END

10-144 Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /


Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

10.27 Artis Pressures Technical Investigation Checklist


A checkmark or X in the right checkboxes indicates that the line item has been performed
Please complete this form when any of the following Pressure discrepancies are observed:
• The Artis hydraul ic system has burst hydraulic tubing connection(s), due to an overpressure.
• EvaClea n is not draining.
• Inadequate degassing.
• He molysis or blood leak harms that weren’t detected by the machine .
Refer to the Pressure Drift Technica l Investigation Procedure and the Service Manual Section 7 to perform the calibration,
verification and other procedures listed below.
1. General Information
Work Order #: _________________ Customer #: _____________Customer Name: ______________________________
Service Request Date: ___________ Current Date: ____________Servic e Technician name: ______________________
Serial #: ___________Hours: __________________Software Revisio n: ____________Hardware Revision___________

Reference Tool Info Br and Name Model Serial Number Next Cal Date
Pressure Meter
Voltage Meter

2. Reported Condition
2.1 Please describ e how you became aware of the d iscrepancy_______________________________________
_______________________________________________________________ ______ ____ _____ _____ _
_______________________________________________________________ ______ ____ _____ _____ _

2.2 Were you made aware of any patient injury or any type of medical intervention ________________
If YES, please inform you r local Gambro Quality Assurance, according to the applicable procedures. Clinical
information, such as Treatment settings, Patient age, weight, gender, bl ood tests results may be requested.

Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. / 10-145


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Artis Pressures Technical Investigation Checklist


A checkmark or X in the right checkboxes indicates that the line item has been performed

3. Diagnostics
3.1 Related Alarms and/or Incidents
a. 1s t alarm that occurred (if any)_________________________________________ (Alarm# : Description)
b. 2n d alarm that occurred (if any)_________________________________________ (Alarm# : Description)
c. Please describe any related incident(s) that occurred outside dialysis treatment
________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
d. Please describe any related incident(s) that occurred during dialysis treatment
________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
3.2 Last Service Intervention due to pressure error_____________________________________________
a. Was the last Pressure service intervention performed by a Gambro technician? __________________
b. Record the date of the last service intervention related to Pressure drift, based on clinical service records
or those stored in Artis. _________________________________________________________
c. Are the date and time stored in the machine aligned with actual date and time? If NO, report the date
indicated by the machine, then correct them. _________________________________________________
3.3 Black Box
Download the data set from the black box, and indicate whether the data was successfully obtained.

Download successful?____Y____N
3.4 Calibration Data
a. Last Calibration Dates (as they appear on screen): PDG_______PFS_________Pi________Po_______
Pd__________PA___________PV___________PS_______________________________________________
b. Record the Calibration Coefficients:
Calibration Coefficients 1s t Coefficient Acceptable Range 2nd Coefficient Acceptable Range
PDG Pressure Hydraulic X-Y X-Y
PDG Pressure Protective X-Y X-Y
PFS Pressure Hydraulic X-Y X-Y
PFS Pressure Protective X-Y X-Y
Pi Pressure Hydraulic X-Y X-Y
Pi Pressure Protective X-Y X-Y
Po Pressure Hydraulic X-Y X-Y
Po Pressure Protective X-Y X-Y
Pd Pressure Hydraulic X-Y X-Y
Pd Pressure Protective X-Y X-Y
PA Pressure Hydraulic X-Y X-Y
PA Pressure Protective X-Y X-Y
PV Pressure Hydraulic X-Y X-Y
PV Pressure Protective X-Y X-Y
PS Pressure Hydraulic X-Y X-Y
PS Pressure Protective X-Y X-Y
Art. Press. Sens.
Ven. Press. Sens.
SN. Press. Sens.

10-146 Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /


Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

Artis Pressures Technical Investigation Checklist


A checkmark or X in the right checkboxes indicates that the line item has been performed

4. Investigation
4.1 Performance Data
Record system performance and reference data for all pressure components that are verified as part of the
diagnostic procedure, but only those components. This table is for recording system performance prior to
corrective action.
Parameter Setpoint Control Protective Reference Acceptable
(mmHg) (mmHg) (mmHg) Meter Range
(mmHg) (mmHg)
R1 Setting Service Manual + 30
R2 Setting Service Manual + 30
SWP trip point 680 + 50
SWD trip point 680 + 50
PDG control 1 100 92 ÷ 108
PDG protective 1 100 92 ÷ 108
PDG control 2 200 192 ÷ 208
PDG protective 2 200 192 ÷ 208
PDG control 3 500 492 ÷ 508
PDG protective 3 500 492 ÷ 508
PFS control 1 0 -8 ÷ 8
PFS protective 1 0 -8 ÷ 8
PFS control 2 400 392 ÷ 408
PFS protective 2 400 392 ÷ 408
PFS control 3 -400 -392 ÷ -408
PFS protective 3 -400 -392 ÷ -408
Pi control 1 0 -8 ÷ 8
Pi protective 1 0 -8 ÷ 8
Pi control 2 400 392 ÷ 408
Pi protective 2 400 392 ÷ 408
Pi control 3 -400 -392 ÷ -408
Pi protective 3 -400 -392 ÷ -408
Po control 1 0 -8 ÷ 8
Po protective 1 0 -8 ÷ 8
Po control 2 400 392 ÷ 408
Po protective 2 400 392 ÷ 408
Po control 3 -400 -392 ÷ -408
Po protective 3 -400 -392 ÷ -408
Pd control 1 0 -8 ÷ 8
Pd protective 1 0 -8 ÷ 8
Pd control 2 400 392 ÷ 408
Pd protective 2 400 392 ÷ 408
Pd control 3 -400 -392 ÷ -408
Pd protective 3 -400 -392 ÷ -408
PA control 1 0 -8 ÷ 8
PA protective 1 0 -8 ÷ 8
PA control 2 -250 -242 ÷ -258
PA protective 2 -250 -242 ÷ -258
PA control 3 -350 -342 ÷ -358
PA protective 3 -350 -342 ÷ -358
PV control 1 0 -8 ÷ 8
PV protective 1 0 -8 ÷ 8
PV control 2 200 192 ÷ 208
PV protective 2 200 192 ÷ 208
PV control 3 400 -392 ÷ -408
PV protective 3 400 -392 ÷ -408
PS control 1 0 -8 ÷ 8
PS protective 1 0 -8 ÷ 8
PS control 2 200 192 ÷ 208
PS control 2 200 192 ÷ 208

Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. / 10-147


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Artis Pressures Technical Investigation Checklist


A checkmark or X in the right checkboxes indicates that the line item has been performed

PS protective 3 400 -392 ÷ -408


PS protective 3 400 -392 ÷ -408
Art. Press. Sens.
Ven. Press. Sens.
SN Press. Sens.
4.2 Power Supply Voltage Verification (Optional—power supply verification is recommended prior to replacing
pressure sensors)
Refer to the Artis Service Manual, section 7.3 for detailed instructions.
Use pin 1 on J51 (0VD) as voltage reference Range Record Measurement
J51 Pin 2 (+5VD) 5.1 ÷ 5.3 V
J51 Pin 3 (+5VB) 4.9 ÷ 5.3 V
Use pin 6 on J51 (0VA) as voltage reference Range Record Measurement
J51 Pin 4 (-15V) -14.9 ÷ -15.3 V
J51 Pin 5 (+15V) 14.9 ÷ 15.3 V
Use pin 1 on J51 (0VD) as voltage reference Range Record Measurement
J52 Pin 1 (+5VP) 5.1 ÷ 5.3 V
Use pin 2 on J52 (0V24) as voltage reference Range Record Measurement
J52 Pin 3 (+24V) 22.8 ÷ 25.2 V
J52 Pin 4 (+24VP) 22.8 ÷ 25.2 V
Use pin 4 on J53 as voltage reference Range Record Measurement
(Switching Power Supply use TP2 (0VD))
J53 Pin 1 (+15V) -14.9 ÷ -15.3 V
J53 Pin 2 (-15V) 14.9 ÷ 15.3 V
For Switching Power Supply use TP2 (0VD) Range Record Measurement
as voltage reference
J45 Pin 8 (+12V) -11.9 ÷ 12.3 V
Are the Power Supply Voltages within Specification? Y / N ______ Refer to the Service Manual for corrective actions.
Perform any needed repairs to the power supply and record below before continuing with this form.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________

10-148 Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /


Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

Artis Pressures Technical Investigation Checklist


A checkmark or X in the right checkboxes indicates that the line item has been performed

5. Repair
5.1 Perform an ADR process and note the one used: Specify type_____________
5.2 Repair Type

Select the type of action(s) taken to correct the problem:


Cleaning (indicate problem area and corrective procedure)
Calibration (list calibrations performed)
Replacement (components replaced and spare part numbers)
Other (describe)

Description_________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________

5.3 Component Replacement

Record the identification number on the barcode label for all spare parts used in the repair, as well as that for the
component being replaced (if different).

Description (Inc. Schematic ID) Spare Part Code

5.4 Root Cause (refer to ARTIS Pressure Drift Technical Investigation Procedure for Root Cause Flow
Charts)
Record the ID number of the final Root Cause Flowchart cell corresponding to the source of the problem________
If the source of the problem is not included in the Root Cause Flowchart, please describe it here:
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________

Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. / 10-149


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Artis Pressures Technical Investigation Checklist


A checkmark or X in the right checkboxes indicates that the line item has been performed

6.Verification
6.1 Pressure Calibration Coefficients

Record the new calibration coefficients for any sensors which have been replaced or recalibrated. This table is
for recording system data after any corrective action.
Calibration Coefficients 1s t Coefficient Acceptable Range 2nd Coefficient Acceptable Range
PDG Pressure Hydraulic X-Y X-Y
PDG Pressure Protective X-Y X-Y
PFS Pressure Hydraulic X-Y X-Y
PFS Pressure Protective X-Y X-Y
Pi Pressure Hydraulic X-Y X-Y
Pi Pressure Protective X-Y X-Y
Po Pressure Hydraulic X-Y X-Y
Po Pressure Protective X-Y X-Y
Pd Pressure Hydraulic X-Y X-Y
Pd Pressure Protective X-Y X-Y
PA Pressure Blood X-Y X-Y
PA Pressure Protective X-Y X-Y
PV Pressure Blood X-Y X-Y
PV Pressure Protective X-Y X-Y
PS Pressure Blood X-Y X-Y
PS Pressure Protective X-Y X-Y
Art. Press. Sens.
Ven. Press. Sens.
SN Press. Sens.

6.2 Pressure Verification


Perform a Pressure test of any pressure sensors recalibrated or replaced and record machine performance as well as
reference meter output. It is not necessary to verify values that were not modified for the corrective action. This
table is for recording system performance after any corrective action.
All values in mmHg:
Parameter Setpoint Control Protective Reference Acceptable
(mmHg) (mmHg) (mmHg) Meter Range
(mmHg) (mmHg)
R1 Setting Service Manual + 30
R2 Setting Service Manual + 30
SWP trip point 680 + 50
SWD trip point 680 + 50
PDG control 1 100 92 ÷ 108
PDG protective 1 100 92 ÷ 108
PDG control 2 200 192 ÷ 208
PDG protective 2 200 192 ÷ 208
PDG control 3 500 492 ÷ 508
PDG protective 3 500 492 ÷ 508
PFS control 1 0 -8 ÷ 8
PFS protective 1 0 -8 ÷ 8
PFS control 2 400 392 ÷ 408
PFS protective 2 400 392 ÷ 408
PFS control 3 -400 -392 ÷ -408
PFS protective 3 -400 -392 ÷ -408
Pi control 1 0 -8 ÷ 8
Pi protective 1 0 -8 ÷ 8
Pi control 2 400 392 ÷ 408
Pi protective 2 400 392 ÷ 408
Pi control 3 -400 -392 ÷ -408
Pi protective 3 -400 -392 ÷ -408
Po control 1 0 -8 ÷ 8

10-150 Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /


Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES

Artis Pressures Technical Investigation Checklist


A checkmark or X in the right checkboxes indicates that the line item has been performed

6.Verification
Po protective 1 0 -8 ÷ 8
Po control 2 400 392 ÷ 408
Po protective 2 400 392 ÷ 408
Po control 3 -400 -392 ÷ -408
Po protective 3 -400 -392 ÷ -408
Pd control 1 0 -8 ÷ 8
Pd protective 1 0 -8 ÷ 8
Pd control 2 400 392 ÷ 408
Pd protective 2 400 392 ÷ 408
Pd control 3 -400 -392 ÷ -408
Pd protective 3 -400 -392 ÷ -408
PA control 1 0 -8 ÷ 8
PA protective 1 0 -8 ÷ 8
PA control 2 -250 -242 ÷ -258
PA protective 2 -250 -242 ÷ -258
PA control 3 -350 -342 ÷ -358
PA protective 3 -350 -342 ÷ -358
PV control 1 0 -8 ÷ 8
PV protective 1 0 -8 ÷ 8
PV control 2 200 192 ÷ 208
PV protective 2 200 192 ÷ 208
PV control 3 400 -392 ÷ -408
PV protective 3 400 -392 ÷ -408
PS control 1 0 -8 ÷ 8
PS protective 1 0 -8 ÷ 8
PS control 2 200 192 ÷ 208
PS control 2 200 192 ÷ 208
PS protective 3 400 -392 ÷ -408
PS protective 3 400 -392 ÷ -408
Art. Press. Sens.
Ven. Press. Sens.
SN Press. Sens.

6.3 Artis System Verification


In order to ensure proper functioning of the Artis hemodialysis system, perform a simulated treatment: Power on,
complete T1 Test successfully, Enter Dialysis Mode, run 10 minutes without alarm and exit Dialysis Mode.
6.4 Flow path disinfection:
Specify type _______________ _________ _____________________ ________________

Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. / 10-151


This page is left intentionally blank

10-152 Code SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /


Chapter 11. SPARE PARTS LIST

Chapter 11. SPARE PARTS LIST


The spare parts present in this parts list are in our warehouse and ready to be shipped on request. Place
your orders with your local representative.
Only PRODUCT MANUFACTURER’S GENUINE SPARE PARTS can offer all the warranties necessary
for a proper maintenance or repair of equipment.
Every Gambro Dasco component:
• Is the fruit of experience gathered over many years with equipment in the field;

• Is the subject to continuous updating in line with the development of machines in terms of safety, per-
formance and usability;

• Is tested to a very high standard of Quality.

Upgrade procedures for any additional spares which may be defined in the future, will be provided in the
Technical Service Newsletter.
If you require any spare part indicated in this list or any further detail or technical information, please do
not hesitate to contact your Local Sale Representative.

11.1 Spare parts list


The following table contains a list of the Artis spare parts available at the date of printing of this manual.
For the last updated spare parts list either contact your Local Representative or refer to the https://
Customersupport.gambro.com web site, within the Spare Parts section.
Refer to the illustrated Spare Parts catalogue for the description of the spare parts location on the
machine.

Service Code Description


6948996 TYPE B MALE CONNECTOR
6951131 TYPE AF MALE CONN.
6957971 BLD VESSEL (M)
6958698 MOULDED BICART "O" RING
6964712 "O" RING 2-112 (SILICONE)
6967863 CHECKVALVE
6969539 VENOUS CLAMP DRIVER BOARD
6972061 CONC.-A-SUCTION ROD
6973259 CWP H2O FILTER
6973267 R1 PRESSURE REDUCER (CWP)
6975031 LOWER SPIKE UNIV.ARM
6975213 CHILD CUFF(10-19CM) LATEX-FREE
6975221 SMALL ADULT CUFF(18-26CM) LATEX-FREE
6975239 ADULT CUFF(25-35CM) LATEX-FREE
6975247 LARGE ADULT CUFF (33-47CM) LATEX-FREE
6975395 SILICON COMPOUND 50GR TUBE
6976377 RIGID T CONNECTOR

Code SM_9033239200_11 Rev. / 11-1


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Service Code Description


6977573 DIALYSATE SAMPLE PORT
6977672 TYPE B FEMALE CONN.
6977698 TYPE AF FEMALE CONN.
6977854 GREASE DISPENSER
6979298 WATER INLET DISINF. TOOL
6979306 HDBPM SERVICE TOOL
6982466 QUAD OPTO RELAY 4X25 AMP
6985089 PH PROBE PHX/INN/ARTIS
6987333 RELATIVE PRESSURE SENSORS
6987622 T CONNECTOR AE
6987663 MAIN POWER SWITCH 20A AE
6987697 TOP MECHANISM AE
6987705 KIT ALARM LIGHT ASSY AE
6987747 EXTERNAL O-RINGS KIT AE
6987846 PRE DIAL. CALIBR. TOOL AE
6987853 MAIN POWER SWITCH 15A AE
6987879 VEN. PUMP OCCLUS. TOOL AE
6987895 HEP.KEYBOARD GREY AE
6987929 HEATER RELAY AE
6988026 YELL/CLEAR DISINF CONN AE
6988034 MAIN POWER CABLE (EU) AE
6988042 PRESSURE SWITCH 760 AE
6988059 MAIN POWER CABLE (NA) AE
6988067 LOWER BATTERY COVER
6988141 HOLDER PANEL HINGE AE
6988182 HYD. CONNECTORS AE
6988224 ULTRAFILTER COVER AE
6988349 FLEXIBLE PLATE AE
6988380 INFUSION POLE UPPER SUPP.
6988406 MIXING CHAMBER AE
6988455 ART. PUMP OCCLUS. TOOL AE
6988489 REMOTE MALE CONNECTOR AE
6988695 LOADER SUPPLY GROUP AE
6988778 BLOOD PANEL HINGES AE
6988802 EVACLEAN DOOR SEAL AE
6988810 ART/VEN CALIBR. TOOL AE
6988836 TOUCH. CONTR. BOARD AE

11-2 Code SM_9033239200_11 Rev. /


Chapter 11. SPARE PARTS LIST

Service Code Description


6988851 ART/VEN HALL SENSOR AE
6988869 SYRINGE PLUNGER LOCK
6988877 GASKET CLAMP AE
6988950 USB PORT CABLE
6989511 KEY FOR USB PORT LOCK AE
6989560 LOADER PUMP AE
6989727 TERMINAL BLOCK AE
6991111 HID CONTACT. CARD READER
6993224 BY PASS SHUNT RIGID CONN.
6993232 TOP TRAY PANEL AE
6993281 BRACKET EUROCARD
6993315 ULTRAFILT. HOLD.ORING KIT
6993356 EVACLEAN DOOR KIT
6993414 TIE WRAP TOOL
6993497 AIR FILTER AE
6993513 CHILD CUFF(12-19CM) L.F.
6993521 SMALL AD.CUFF(17-25CM)LF
6993539 ADULT CUFF (23-33CM) L.F.
6993547 LARGE AD.CUFF(31-40CM)L.F.
6993554 THIGH CUFF(38-50CM) L.F.
6993588 NIBPM AIR HOSE
6993596 D-RING AD.CUFF (36-46CM)LF
6993844 KEYBOARD
6993893 CR FLUSH CERAMIC PUMP
6993901 CR PSEL CERAMIC PUMP
6993927 PRV AE
6994313 PRESSURE PORT ASSY A/E
6994321 TIE WRAPS KIT
6994370 PH PROBE HOLDER ASSY AE
6994438 BASE LEFT TUBE
6994446 BASE RIGHT TUBE
6994461 BPM CUFF SIDE HOLDER AE
6994479 HEP.KEYBOARD BLUE AE
6994487 TOP PANEL LATCH ASSEMBLY
6994495 CONCENTRATE BAG HOOK AE
6994537 TWIN ACTUATOR AE
6994594 UPPER SPIKE UNIV ARM AE

Code SM_9033239200_11 Rev. / 11-3


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Service Code Description


6994602 PS2 CABLE
6995799 CHAMFER TOOL
6995807 CONNECTOR EXTRACTOR TOOL
6995815 CALIBR. TOOLS KIT AE
6995823 H.P.S. R1,R2,PRV TOOL AE
6995831 TP SENSOR AE RIG.CON.
6995849 ORDEG DEGASSING AE
6995856 UPPER BACK PANEL ARTIS
6995872 TOOL FOR DRILLING
6995898 TOP\RIGHT BLOOD PAN.LATCH
6995914 INVERTER CABLE
6995948 LEFT BLOOD PANEL LATCH
6995955 CABLE HOLDER AE
6995963 BASE BACK COVER ARTIS
6996003 MALE CONC CONN (PPSU)
6996011 MALE CONN O-RING (PPSU)
6996177 HEATER ELEM.230V RIG.CON.
6996185 HEAT EXCHANGER RIG.CON.
6996201 ABSOL.PR.SENS.RIG.CON.
6996235 PRV MEMBRANE AE
6996243 CHECKVALVE RIGID CONN.AE
6996250 NO SCALE CAP
6997050 HEATER ELEM. 115V RIG.CON
6997167 PENTIUM BOARD PCM9375 AE
6997175 UPG.USB KEY FROM SW80610
6997191 INVERTER BOARD-CABLE AE
6997217 DISPLAY INTERF. CABLE AE
6997225 CARRIER CABLES KIT 9375
6997233 SERVICE USB KEY 4G
6997241 BIOS UPGRADE USB KEY
6997282 PC PUMP BODY A/E
6997290 P1-P2-PWHO PUMPS BODY AE
6997308 REAR PANEL SCREW
6997316 PRV FIXED CALIBRATION
6997332 SW 8.08 CD ROM
6997340 MAINS SWITCH CABLE AE
6997415 FILTER 50MICRON A/E

11-4 Code SM_9033239200_11 Rev. /


Chapter 11. SPARE PARTS LIST

Service Code Description


6997423 FILTR 250 MICRON A/E KIT
6998611 PH CAP GASKET
6999197 HYDR.FRAME FIXING KIT
6999205 MAIN SWITCH ASSEMBLY 20A
6999213 MAIN SWITCH ASSEMBLY 15A
6999825 PH PROBE MOUNTING BLOCK
6999866 PIPE EVH2O-EVS
6999874 PIPE CDF1-HE1
6999882 PIPE BT1-CondP
6999890 PIPE CONDP-PH
6999908 PIPE D1P-D1C
6999916 PIPE BT2-D2C
6999924 PIPE D1C-PFS
6999932 PIPE D2C-BLD
6999940 PIPE BLD-CondD
6999957 PIPE CondA-P1
6999965 PIPE MC-Cond
6999973 PIPE Cond-MC
6999981 PIPE MCB-CondB
SP00006 PIPE EVPB-PB
SP00007 PIPE F1-PB
SP00008 PIPE EVPRIM1-MCB
SP00009 PIPE F8-F2
SP00010 PIPE F7-F1
SP00011 PIPE PA-EVPRIM1
SP00012 PIPE EVPA-PA
SP00013 PIPE EVR1-LFD
SP00014 PIPE PI-EM
SP00015 PIPE OWWHO3-OWWHO1
SP00016 PIPES ON-LINE PORT
SP00017 PIPE SELCART-SELBAG
SP00018 PIPE EVPRIM-CART
SP00019 PIPE EVDS1-CDF2
SP00020 PIPE CDF-EV
SP00021 PIPE SWP1-DRAIN
SP00022 PIPE EVD2-PS
SP00037 COVER CELL KIT

Code SM_9033239200_11 Rev. / 11-5


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Service Code Description


SP00039 BUBBLE TRAP BARBS AE
SP00172 R2 PRESS. REG. AE
SP00173 PIPE EVBHE-SWP1
SP00174 PIPE PWHO-EVBHE
SP00175 PIPE HE1 OUT-EVDRAIN
SP00176 PIPE SWP1 OUT - DRAIN
SP00192 AIR FILTER COVER BLUE
SP00195 CONC.CONTAINER SHELF BLUE
SP00197 BLOOD PUMP MOTOR (SBZ)
SP00214 ARTERIAL COVER PUMP AE
SP00215 VENOUS COVER PUMP AE
SP00216 DIALYSATE GROUND AE
SP00218 AVI CLAMP BOARD AE
SP00220 R1 PRESS. REG. PIN
SP00257 BYPASS NIPPLE SELECTBAG
SP00356 HDF SERVICE TOOL KIT
SP00359 LD SENSOR BAR ULTRA HDF
SP00361 ART/VEN PUMP ROTOR AE
SP00362 AFBK LINES/YUKON HOLDERS
SP00363 PIPE R2 INLET
SP00425 DISPLAY ASSEMBLY LG98 AE
SP00426 LED DISPLAY DRIVER BOARD
SP00427 TEC.TRAIN. PACKAGE ASSY
SP00431 4 EM FLOWMETERS KIT
SP00447 COVER CELL
SP00448 CONDUCTIVITY CELL
SP00450 RIGID CONNECTOR T8/8/8
SP00451 RIGID CONNECTOR L 8/8
SP00467 KEYBOARD INTERF.BOARD LF
SP00470 INFUSION POLE AE
SP00471 LEVEL DETECTOR ASSY
SP00472 PULSE COUNTER AE
SP00473 SENSOR BAR ULTRA ASSY
SP00474 BLOOD SENSOR AE
SP00475 BLOOD LEAK DETECT. AE
SP00476 Artis HDF UPGRADE KIT
SP00477 FLOW SWITCH RIG.CON. AE

11-6 Code SM_9033239200_11 Rev. /


Chapter 11. SPARE PARTS LIST

Service Code Description


SP00478 SIL. VEN/ART/INF CLAMP AE
SP00479 SILENT CLAMP DRIVER BOARD
SP00480 SPEAKER AE
SP00485 RED\BLUE DIAL.CON.KIT AE
SP00489 UPPER SPIKE UNIV ARM
SP00490 LOWER SPIKE UNIV.ARM
SP00491 BIC/SELECT O-RING NIPPLE
SP00492 BICART/SELECT SEAL RINGS
SP00493 SELECT/BICART COVER UP
SP00494 SELECT/BICART COVER DOWN
SP00495 BICART HOLDER AE
SP00564 ON-OFF RELAY ACTUATOR
SP00580 DIALYZER HOLDER
SP00581 DIALYZER HOLDER JOINT
SP00624 BLOOD SLAVE SMD LF
SP00656 SELECT CART HOLDER AE
SP00657 RING NUT UP
SP00658 RING NUT DOWN
SP00659 UPPER/LOWER DIAL.LIQ.COMP
SP00660 BY PASS NIPPLES & LINES
SP00661 RING NUT KEY TOOL
SP00663 HOLE CHECK TOOL
SP00667 PROTECTIVE EM FLOWMETER
SP00668 CONTROL EM FLOWMETER
SP00672 3 WAY SOLENOID VALVE PEEK
SP00673 2WAY SOLENOID VALVE PEEK
SP00674 EVDEG RIGID CONNECTOR
SP00675 CWP 2WAY VALVE ASSY
SP00676 FEMALE CONC CONN (PPSU)
SP00677 MOTHER BOARD AE
SP00678 KIT FOR PH INSTALLATION
SP00679 PINCH VALVE INDUSTR. AE
SP00680 DANFOSS FLOWMETER AE
SP00681 BIOSLAVE2 AFB BOARD
SP00682 ASSY OVTEMP FLK BOARD
SP00684 ETHERNET BOARD AE
SP00685 PH BOARD

Code SM_9033239200_11 Rev. / 11-7


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Service Code Description


SP00686 PIPE D2C-BLD (4EM)
SP00687 PIPE D1C-PFS (4EM)
SP00691 EVACLEAN ASSY AE
SP00694 PIB BOARD AE
SP00695 AICHI FLOW BOARD
SP00696 GEAR PUMP EL. BOARD AE
SP00697 I2C BOARD AE
SP00698 HOUR METER BOARD 168H AE
SP00699 OPTICAL SWITCH AE
SP00706 CORIOLIS RESTORE KIT
SP00707 125 MM LOCKABLE WHEEL
SP00708 PIPE T SELECT - SELBAG
SP00710 ART/VEN PRESSURE SENSOR
SP00711 NIBPM RETROFITTING KIT
SP00712 NIBPM BOARD ASSY
SP00713 AUDIO ALARM BOARD AE
SP00716 HEPARIN BOARD ASSY AE SMD
SP00717 HEP.PUMP ASSY 30 CC BLUE
SP00720 ARTIS HEPARIN 10CC MODULE
SP00722 HYDRAULIC BOARD AE 4EM
SP00724 LEAD BATTERIES (2) BACKUP
SP00878 WET SENSOR SUPPORT
SP00914 KEYBOARD – IEC
SP00915 CHEMICAL CONTAINER SHELF
SP00916 AFBK SCALE
SP00919 SW 8.52.01 CD ROM
SP00921 CF 512MB FOR PCM9375
SP00922 PIB BOARD CAID
SP00923 PIB CAID KIT
SP00936 PROTECT. BOARD AE 4EM EVO
SP00945 SBH FASTENER
SP00946 SBH HOLE TOOL
SP00949 CARRIER BOARD CLRN
SP00952 POWER SUPPLY AE H009 H.M.
SP00953 HOUR METER CABLE
SP01144 ULTRAFILTER LOWER ARM
SP01145 ARTIS ULTRAFILTER PANEL

11-8 Code SM_9033239200_11 Rev. /


Chapter 11. SPARE PARTS LIST

Service Code Description


SP01150 RIGHT HOOKS CASS. LOADER
SP01151 LEFT HOOKS CASS. LOADER
SP01152 PT1000 TEMP. SENSOR AE
SP01153 CENT.HOOKS CASS. LOADER
SP01154 CABL. J12(I2C-HM-ISP-ISH)
SP01155 CABL. J43 TO JCONDP-J6
SP01156 CABL. JCOR. TO J1-ISOL-H
SP01157 CABL. JP3SEL TO J4-ISOL-P
SP01158 CABL. JP3PRO TO J5-ISOL-P
SP01159 ARTIS LOWER BACK PANEL
SP01161 CABL. JP3ACE TO J5-ISOL-H
SP01162 ARTIS TOP PANEL
SP01163 ARTIS IEC TOP PANEL
SP01165 MAIN POWER CORD UK
SP01166 MAIN POWER CORD ANZ
SP01167 MAIN POWER CORD CH
SP01168 MAIN POWER CORD IL
SP01169 MAIN POWER CORD INDUSTR.
SP01170 SPEAKER SOUND CABLE AE
SP01171 HYDR.CABLE PD-PDG SENSOR
SP01172 HYDR.CABLE PI-PO-PFS SENS
SP01173 INFUSION CLAMP CABLE
SP01174 PATCH CABLE SHIELDED 1M
SP01175 TOUCH SCREEN CABLE
SP01176 ROTOR PUMP SENS.WITH SUPP
SP01178 HDF ULTRA COLLECTOR
SP01179 ART.OP.MAN (EN) SW 8.60
SP01180 ART.OP.MAN (EN)_RU SW 8.60
SP01181 ART.OP.MAN (FR) SW 8.60
SP01182 ART.OP.MAN (IT) SW 8.60
SP01183 ART.OP.MAN (ES) SW 8.60
SP01184 ART.OP.MAN (DE) SW 8.60
SP01185 ART.OP.MAN (NL) SW 8.60
SP01186 ART.OP.MAN (SV) SW 8.60
SP01187 ART.OP.MAN (RU) SW 8.60
SP01188 ART.OP.MAN (SL) SW 8.60
SP01189 ART.OP.MAN (DA) SW 8.60

Code SM_9033239200_11 Rev. / 11-9


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Service Code Description


SP01190 ART.OP.MAN (PT) SW 8.60
SP01191 ART.OP.MAN (FI) SW 8.60
SP01192 ART.OP.MAN (NO) SW 8.60
SP01193 ART.OP.MAN (CS) SW 8.60
SP01194 ART.ALARM OM (EN) SW 8.60
SP01195 ART.ALARM_EN_RU SW 8.60
SP01196 ART.ALARM OM (FR) SW 8.60
SP01197 ART.ALARM OM (IT) SW 8.60
SP01198 ART.ALARM OM (ES) SW 8.60
SP01199 ART.ALARM OM (DE) SW 8.60
SP01200 ART.ALARM OM (NL) SW 8.60
SP01201 ART.ALARM OM (SV) SW 8.60
SP01202 ART.ALARM OM (RU) SW 8.60
SP01203 ART.ALARM OM (SL) SW 8.60
SP01204 ART.ALARM OM (DA) SW 8.60
SP01205 ART.ALARM OM (PT) SW 8.60
SP01206 ART.ALARM OM (FI) SW 8.60
SP01207 ART.ALARM OM (NO) SW 8.60
SP01208 ART.ALARM OM (CS) SW 8.60
SP01209 ART.QRG (EN) SW 8.60
SP01210 ART.QRG (FR) SW 8.60
SP01211 ART.QRG (IT) SW 8.60
SP01212 ART.QRG (ES) SW 8.60
SP01213 ART.QRG (DE) SW 8.60
SP01214 ART.QRG (NL) SW 8.60
SP01215 ART.QRG (SV) SW 8.60
SP01216 ART.QRG (RU) SW 8.60
SP01217 ART.QRG (SL) SW 8.60
SP01218 ART.QRG (DA) SW 8.60
SP01219 ART.QRG (PT) SW 8.60
SP01220 ART.QRG (FI) SW 8.60
SP01221 ART.QRG (NO) SW 8.60
SP01222 ART.QRG (CS) SW 8.60
SP01232 ART.SERV.MAN (EN) SW 8.60
SP01233 ART.SERV.MAN (FR) SW 8.60
SP01236 ART.PRESET (EN) SW 8.60
SP01237 ART.PRESET (FR) SW 8.60

11-10 Code SM_9033239200_11 Rev. /


Chapter 11. SPARE PARTS LIST

Service Code Description


SP01240 ART.OP.MAN DVD SW 8.60
SP01241 ART.OP.MAN CD_RU SW 8.60
SP01242 ART.QRG DVD SW 8.60
SP01243 ART.SERV.MAN CD SW 8.60
SP01247 ART.STARTUP KIT_EN
SP01248 ART.STARTUP KIT_FR
SP01249 ART.STARTUP KIT_IT
SP01250 ART.STARTUP KIT_ES
SP01251 ART.STARTUP KIT_DE
SP01252 ART.STARTUP KIT_NL
SP01253 ART.STARTUP KIT_SV
SP01254 ART.STARTUP KIT_RU
SP01255 ART.STARTUP KIT_SL
SP01256 ART.STARTUP KIT_DA
SP01257 ART.STARTUP KIT_PT
SP01258 ART.STARTUP KIT_FI
SP01259 ART.STARTUP KIT_NO
SP01260 ART.STARTUP KIT_CS
SP01263 ART.CLIN.SERV.KIT_EN
SP01264 ART.CLIN.SERV.KIT_FR
SP01267 ART.AFBK OM_EN_SW8.60
SP01268 ART.AFBK OM_FR_SW8.60
SP01269 ART.AFBK OM_IT_SW8.60
SP01270 ART.AFBK OM_ES_SW8.60
SP01271 ART.AFBK OM_DE_SW8.60
SP01272 ART.AFBK OM_NL_SW8.60
SP01276 ART.AFBK QRG_EN_SW8.60
SP01277 ART.AFBK QRG_FR_SW8.60
SP01278 ART.AFBK QRG_IT_SW8.60
SP01279 ART.AFBK QRG_ES_SW8.60
SP01280 ART.AFBK QRG_DE_SW8.60
SP01281 ART.AFBK QRG_NL_SW8.60
SP01285 ART.AFBK.SER.MA_EN_SW8.60
SP01286 ART.AFBK.SER.MAN_FR_SW8.60
SP01289 ART.AFBK.OP.MAN CD SW8.60
SP01290 ART.AFBK.QRG CD SW8.60
SP01291 ART.AFBK.SER.MA.CD SW8.60

Code SM_9033239200_11 Rev. / 11-11


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Service Code Description


SP01295 ART.AFBK STARTUP KIT_EN
SP01296 ART.AFBK STARTUP KIT_FR
SP01297 ART.AFBK STARTUP KIT_IT
SP01298 ART.AFBK STARTUP KIT_ES
SP01299 ART.AFBK STARTUP KIT_DE
SP01300 ART.AFBK STARTUP KIT_NL
SP01301 ART.AFBK SERVICE KIT_EN
SP01302 ART.AFBK SERVICE KIT_FR
SP01303 PSEL FLUSHED PUMP ASSY
SP01304 FLUSHED PUMP ASSY
SP01305 CONC. STEP. U4989 BOARD
SP01308 AXIAL FAN
SP01309 BLOOD PANEL
SP01310 HEPARIN SUPP. 10ML
SP01311 HEPARIN SUPP. 20/30ML
SP01312 BLOOD PANEL LEFT CLIP
SP01313 BLOOD PANEL RIGHT CLIP
SP01314 PM BOOKLET
SP01315 PM BOOKLET CD ROM
SP01328 MAINTENANCE KIT1 AE
SP01329 MAINTENANCE KIT2 AE
SP01320 MAINTENANCE KIT5 AE
SP01321 BATTERY/WATER SENS.CABLE
SP01322 FRONT LOWER PANEL ASSY
SP01332 SELECT BAG HOLDER
SP01333 UPPER ARM SBH
SP01334 CONNECTOR AND VALVE SBH
SP01360 ART.AFBK OM_SL_SW 8.60
SP01361 ART.AFBK QRG_SL_SW 8.60
SP01377 ART.AFBK STARTUP KIT_SL

11-12 Code SM_9033239200_11 Rev. /


Chapter 12. INSTALLATION

Chapter 12. INSTALLATION


12.1 Required Equipment
Unless noted otherwise, only one each of the following pieces of equipment are required:
Conductivity/ Temperature/ Pressure meter
20 ml Syringe or larger
“Hydraulic pressure sensor, R1, R2 and PRV” tool
Stop Watch
1000 ml graduated cylinder
ART/VEN Calibration tool
Pre-Dialyzer Calibration Tool
Bypass block shunt
Digital multimeter
Leakage current tester
pH buffer solutions (4.0 and 8.0)
Grounding strap and cord
Screwdrivers
Ground Integrity Tester (if necessary)
Weight for scale calibration (only if in AFB K configuration)
Torque wrench (only if in AFB K configuration)

12.2 Unpacking instructions


The following instructions are related to Artis Dialysis System with standard packaging.
For Artis Dialysis System provided with Light packaging, refer to the Unpacking Instructions provided
with the machine.
Check that shipping container is not damaged. If the outer packaging is damaged, lodge a complaint
with the transporter before opening.

NOTE
The Artis Dialysis System shipping carton, foam packing and other packaging materials should be
disposed of according to local regulations.

Carefully remove the machine from the shipping carton. Proceed as follows:

Code SM_9033239200_12 Rev. / 12-1


ARTIS Service Manual:«MAINTENANCE»

2
1. Cut the strapping kit and
1
gently remove the belts from
the crate eyelets (see a).

WARNING
Pay attention, the belts
could be very sharp when
removing them from the
package.

2. Remove the top cover (see


b).

a. b.

1 2 1 3. Remove first the external U


2
crate (see c) and then
remove the remaining U
protection (see d).

4. Cut the hem of the panel


facing the back of the
machine (see the dotted
circles in the figure d).

c. d.

5. Pull down the panel which


will be used to pull the
machine out of its packaging
as shown in the picture (see
e).

6. Remove the upper wrapping


protections (see f).

e. f.

12-2 Code SM_9033239200_12 Rev. /


Chapter 12. INSTALLATION

7. Remove the "shipping list


1 accessory box" containing
the components required to
install the machine (see g).

8. Remove the lower wrapping


2 protections (see g).

g.

9. Remove the plastic bag (see


h).

10. Gently raise the machine up


and, at the same time, pull
out the carton protection
placed under the machine to
release the wheels (see i).

11.Release the brake of the


lockable wheels by pulling all
the locks completely up.

h. i.

12. Ensure that the slipway is


well positioned on the pallet
and pull the machine
outwards, until it slips
through the slipway, on the
floor (see j and k).

j. k

13. All the packaging materials


should be disposed of
according to local
regulations (see l).

Code SM_9033239200_12 Rev. / 12-3


ARTIS Service Manual:«MAINTENANCE»

12.3 Setup For Checkout


1. Make sure that the machine is switched OFF.

NOTE
If the installation procedure is performed for the first time, skip steps 2-5, otherwise proceed with the
complete installation procedure.

2. Perform the disinfection of the external parts of the machine.


3. Replace the Air Filter on the Lower Back Panel of the Artis Dialysis System.
4. Ensure the Software Version is the correct latest applicable.
5. Check the Power Failure Function during simulated treatment.
6. Open the following machine compartments:
• Top Panel.

• Front Blood Compartment.

• Remove the Upper Back Panel.

• Remove the Lower Back Panel.

• Open the Main Hydraulic Compartment.

NOTE
The electronics in the Artis Dialysis System are static sensitive. ESD precautions are essential.

7. Remove the caps from the Red and Blue female dialysis fluid tube connectors and connect them to
their safety couplings on the machine.
8. Locate the Loader Compressor in the front blood panel and cut the tie wrap that holds the white
clip around the Loader Compressor. Discard the tie wrap and the white clip.
9. Remove the caps on the ultrafilter’s holder (3 caps on each holder).
10. If present, remove the Power Supply Protection.
11. Connect the Lead Batteries:
• Remove the Base Compartment.

• Unscrew the four screws to remove the Battery protection panel.

• Remove the two white terminal protections on both batteries.

• Connect the Red wire to the " + " Battery Pin (Red color code).

• Connect the Black wire to the "- " Battery Pin (Black color code).

• Screw the four screws to remount the Battery protection panel and remount the Base Com-
partment.

12-4 Code SM_9033239200_12 Rev. /


Chapter 12. INSTALLATION

! WARNING
Pay attention to connect correctly the batteries. An incorrect connection to the proper battery pins
causes an irremediable damage to the power supply also if the machine is not connected to the
main line.

12. Install the pH probe accordingly to instructions provided with the pH probe (optional).

! WARNING
Before proceeding with installation/uninstallation of the pH probe or with the SW download/upgrade
procedure, it is responsability of the service technician to contact the Sales Organization requiring
the formal approval of the Clinic Organization regarding decision taken for pH supervision.

13. Install the Infusion Pole (only if the Artis Dialysis System is not in AFB K configuration):
• Attach the infusion saline bag holder to the pole.

CAUTION
Check that the Infusion saline bag holder is properly screwed and secured to the Infusion Pole.

• Open the Infusion Pole locking latch and insert the pole in its holder.

• Close the Infusion Pole locking latch.

OR
Install the AFB K Infusion pole and Scale (only if the Artis Dialysis System is in AFB K
configuration):
• Remove the plastic protective caps located on the right and left machine sides.

• Install the AFB K Infusion and Scale Support.

• Install the AFB K Scale.

• Insert the AFB K Infusion Pole in its holder.

14. Remove the two caps on water supply and drain connectors and connect the water supply and
drain tubes. Secure with stainless steel clamps provided. Turn on water. (There will be no flow
through the machine at this point).

CAUTION
If the Integrated Heat Disinfection is enabled in the Preset menu (refer to the “Parameters
Configuration” Chapter, “Disinfection/Rinse” section of the Preset Service Manual), ensure that the
water inlet tube has been properly replaced, according to the CWP (Central Water Plant) labelling
material, because the water inlet tube provided with the machine is not compatible with the
Integrated Heat Disinfection.

15. Place the White wand on his holder on the left side, facing the machine.
16. Install new Ultrafilters (not provided with the machine) and perform at least 5 minutes of the Heat
Disinfection process to fill up the Ultrafilters and then stop the process. In case the “Treatment

Code SM_9033239200_12 Rev. / 12-5


ARTIS Service Manual:«MAINTENANCE»

cannot begin until the ultrafilters have been replaced #571” alarm appears, perform a complete
ultrafilters change procedure before continuing with the installation procedure.
17. Restore the hydraulic circuit in the flushing line of the concentrate pumps PA, PB, PSel and the
hydraulic circuit in the flushing line of the PS pump:
• Locate the PS pump on the Left side of the Main Hydraulic Compartment.

• On the PS pump, locate the two brown caps used to seal the IN/OUT flushing connections
of the pump.

• Remove first the left cap and restore the tube on the left port of the PS pump.

• Remove the right cap and restore the tube on the right port of the PS pump.

• Throw away the caps removed.

• Locate the PA, PSel and PB pumps on the Right side of the Main Hydraulic Compartment.

• Locate the brown cap on the right side of the PB pump and remove it to restore the tube on
the right port of the PB pump.

• Locate the brown cap on the left side of the PA pump and remove it to restore the tube on
the left port of the PA pump.

• Throw away the caps removed.

18. Install the Chemical Container Shelf (if available).


19. Apply Silicon Compound to the Arterial, Venous and SN Pressure Pod O-Rings.
20. Verify that the machine data information on the right side (facing the machine) is consistent with
the available voltage and current at the installation site.
21. Ensure that the dip switches of the slave boards are correctly set according to the machine
configuration. Do not remove the slave boards during the check.

Bioslave2/
Carrier Hydraulic Protective Blood
Bioslave2 AFB

DIP 1 OFF OFF ON(3) OFF ON

DIP 2 OFF(1) OFF ON(3) OFF OFF

DIP 3 OFF ON ON ON OFF

DIP 4 OFF ON OFF OFF OFF

DIP 5 OFF ON (2) OFF ON(3) -

DIP 6 OFF OFF ON ON -

DIP 7 OFF OFF ON OFF -

DIP 8 OFF ON ON ON -

(1) The Dip 2 on the Carrier Board must be set to ON for Evosys Dialysis Systems.
(2) The Dip 5 must be set to ON if on the Artis Dialysis System “BIOSLAVE2/BIOSLAVE2 AFB” board is installed
and the mains frequency used is 50 Hz.
The Dip 5 must be set to OFF if on the Artis Dialysis System “BIOSLAVE2/BIOSLAVE2 AFB” board is installed
and the mains frequency used is 60 Hz.
(3) The Dip 1 and Dip 2 on the Hydraulic Board and the Dip 5 on the Protective Board must be set to OFF if the
Artis Dialysis System is in AFB K configuration.
22. In the card cage, verify that all Slave Boards and the Carrier Board are correctly inserted in the
Motherboard.

12-6 Code SM_9033239200_12 Rev. /


Chapter 12. INSTALLATION

23. Connect the power cord to a grounded main power outlet (suitable for continuous operation)
according to the voltage and current rating listed on the identification plate on the right side, facing
the machine. The electrical power requirements can be found in “Chapter 13: Specifications”, of
this Service Manual.

NOTE
Follow the local procedure regarding use of main power outlet. In particular, for North America, the
power cord has to be connected to a hospital-grade main power outlet in order to achive the
grounding reliability.

! WARNING
Check the continuity and the reliability of the ground connection.

! WARNING
Verify the quality of the protective earth ground at the time of installation.

! WARNING
To avoid the risk of electric shock, the Artis Dialysis System must be connected only to a supply
mains with protective earth.

The Artis Dialysis System has a means on the rear panel for the connection of a Potential Equalization
Conductor. If required connect the Potential Equalization Conductor to the means.

! WARNING
The potential equalization connection shall be installed when using the machine for treatments on
patients with central venous catheter.

To make the Potential Equalization Connection available, contact your Local Representative.
24. Switch ON the machine and set the current time and date. This will ensure that any calibrations
performed will be correctly dated. This functionality may be currently unavailable.
25. Perform the Wet Sensor assembly maintenance procedure to ensure that the collector and the
tubes are correctly connected to the wet sensor tank.

Code SM_9033239200_12 Rev. / 12-7


ARTIS Service Manual:«MAINTENANCE»

12.4 Altitude, R1 and R2 Calibrations

NOTE
For more information regarding the R1 and R2 calibration procedures, refer to the Calibrations
section of this Service Manual.

A. Calibrate R1 Pressure Regulator

Preliminary Operations:

1. Enter the Service 2 mode.


2. Set the machine to the CALIB HOME screen.
3. Select the PDG PRESSURE SENSOR and then the MACHINE ALTITUDE button. A superimposed
window appears requesting to insert the altitude value.
4. Insert the altitude and then confirm the value (no calibration of the PDG Pressure Sensor is required).
5. Press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.
6. Verify that the dialyzer connectors are connected to the bypass ports and that the acid connector is in
its rinse port and the cartridge holder is closed.

Calibration:

1. Select the R1 PRESSURE REGULATOR and then the CALIBRATION button.


2. A superimposed window appears requesting to install the calibration tool and then to confirm.
3. Install the calibration tool to the EVA valve. Remove the OWAIR and FAIR assembly and the silicon
connector “L” from the EVA valve and insert the tool.
4. Connect the tool to the external pressure meter and clamp all the other accesses.
5. After the installation is complete press the CONFIRM button.
6. Wait for the pressure value on the D1 FLOW METER field to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a
pressure stability reference. Verify that the value displayed is 500 ±75 ml/min.
7. Pull up the black locking ring on the top of pressure regulator R1. Adjust R1 so that the pressure at
the port corresponds to the R1 pressure shown on the 1st Set Value field with a tollerance of ±10.
Clockwise adjustment increases the pressure.
8. After adjustment is complete push down on the black locking ring until it clicks.
9. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the calibration point. A superimposed window appears
requesting to confirm the value.
10. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the
Reference Value field.
11. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the calibration value.
12. Select the STORE COEFF button to store the R1 calibration value which is used for internal
processes. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm. Press CONFIRM, then press the
CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.

12-8 Code SM_9033239200_12 Rev. /


Chapter 12. INSTALLATION

B. Calibrate R2 Pressure Regulator

Preliminary Operations:

1. Enter the Service 2 mode.


2. Set the machine to the CALIB HOME screen.
3. Select the PDG PRESSURE SENSOR and then the MACHINE ALTITUDE button. A superimposed
window appears requesting to insert the altitude value.
4. Insert the altitude and then confirm the value (no calibration of the PDG Pressure Sensor is required).
5. Press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.
6. Verify that the dialyzer connectors are connected to the bypass ports and that all concentrate connec-
tors are in their rinse ports.

Calibration:
1. Select R2 PRESSURE REGULATOR and then the CALIBRATION button.
2. A superimposed window appears requesting to install the calibration tool and then to CONFIRM.
3. Install the calibration tool to the acid connector.
4. Connect the tool to the external pressure meter.
5. After the installation is complete press the CONFIRM button.
6. Wait for the pressure value on the D1 FLOW METER field to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a
pressure stability reference. Verify that the value displayed is 500 ±75 ml/min.
7. Pull up the black locking ring on the top of pressure regulator R2. Adjust R2 so that the pressure at
the port corresponds to the R2 pressure shown on the 1st Set Value field with a tollerance of ±10.
Clockwise adjustment increases the pressure.
8. After adjustment is complete push down on the black locking ring until it clicks.

9. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the calibration point. A superimposed window appears
requesting to confirm the value.

10. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the
Reference Value field.
11. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the calibration value.
12. Select the STORE COEFF button. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm. Press
CONFIRM, then press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.
C. Remove the R1 and R2 Access Tools and restore the hydraulic tubing connections to their
original position.
D. Inspect for water leaks in the main hydraulic compartment and verify that there is no water in
the wet sensor tank. If leaks are encountered, repair the leaks.
E. Switch OFF the machine.

Code SM_9033239200_12 Rev. / 12-9


ARTIS Service Manual:«MAINTENANCE»

12.5 Test Procedures


Check and/or recalibrate as necessary the following sensors:

12.5.1 Conductivity ΓcA, Γp and Temperature Sensors Test


Preliminary Operations:

1. Connect the bypass shunt to the blue dialysis fluid connector and the conductivity meter.
2. Connect the blue dialysis fluid tube to the conductivity meter.
3. Place a BiCart in the BiCart Cartridge Holder and attach the acetate connector to the central distribu-
tion or tank.

Test:

1. Set the machine to the CALIB HOME screen.


2. Select CONDUCTIVITY and then the DIAGNOSTIC button.
3. Preparation in progress, wait until the message “Preparation complete” appears and then select the
COND B 1st Reference value field for the first test point of 2 mS/cm.
4. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.
5. Wait for the conductivity values on the COND B and COND SEL fields to stabilize. Use the bar graph
as a conductivity stability reference.
6. Verify that the COND B and COND SEL are reading 2.0 ± 0.10 mS/cm. Verify that the COND B and
the external meter match each other ±0.10 mS/cm.

7. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external conductivity meter in the
st
COND B 1 Reference value field.

8. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 1st test value.


9. Wait for the conductivity values on the COND B and COND SEL fields to stabilize. Use the bar graph
as a conductivity stability reference.

10. Select the COND B 2nd Reference value field for the second test point of 4 mS/cm. A superimposed
window appears requesting to confirm the value.
11. Verify that the COND B and COND SEL are reading 4.0 ± 0.10 mS/cm. Verify that the COND B and
the external meter match each other ±0.10 mS/cm.

12. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external conductivity meter in the
nd
COND B 2 Reference value field.

13. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 2nd test value.
14. Wait for the conductivity values on the COND A, COND P and COND D fields to stabilize. Use the bar
graph as a conductivity stability reference.
15. Select the COND A 1st Reference value field for the third test point of 12 mS/cm. A superimposed
window appears requesting to confirm the value.
16. Verify that the COND A, COND P and COND D are reading 12.0 ± 0.20 mS/cm. Verify that the COND
A and the external meter match each other ± 0.20 mS/cm.

17. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external conductivity meter in the
COND A 1st Reference value field.

18. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 3rd test value.
19. Press the SYSTEM DATA button and enter in the first Service Data screen.

12-10 Code SM_9033239200_12 Rev. /


Chapter 12. INSTALLATION

20. Verify that the TcA (Hyd) and Tp (Prot) values match each other ±0.5 °C.

NOTE
To perform the temperature test switch the tool to Temperature configuration.

21. Verify that the TcA (Hyd) and the external meter match each other +1.0 °C and -1.8 °C.
22. Press the CLOSE button to exit from the Service Data screen.
23. Wait for the conductivity values on the COND A, COND P and COND D fields to stabilize. Use the bar
graph as a conductivity stability reference.

24. Select the COND A 2nd Reference value field for the fourth test point of 16 mS/cm. A superimposed
window appears requesting to confirm the value.
25. Verify that the COND A, COND P and COND D are reading 16.0 ± 0.20 mS/cm. Verify that the COND
A and the external meter match each other ± 0.20 mS/cm.

26. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external conductivity meter in the
nd
COND A 2 Reference value field.

27. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 4th test value.
28. Select DIAGNOSTIC button, a superimposed window appers requesting to confirm, press CONFIRM
to exit the test and return to the CALIB HOME screen.

Restore the standard configuration:

! WARNING
At the end of the Temperature test, before removing the ByPass shunt perform a Rinsing process to
avoid the risk of accidents by burning.

Disconnect the bypass shunt and restore the original configuration.

Code SM_9033239200_12 Rev. / 12-11


ARTIS Service Manual:«MAINTENANCE»

12.5.2 pH Probe
(only if installed)

Preliminary Operations:

1. Make sure there is no flow or fluid in the Hydraulic circuit.


2. Verify that the dialyzer connectors are connected to the bypass ports and that all concentrate
connectors are in their rinse ports.
3. Locate the pH sensor in the Main hydraulic compartment of the machine. Unscrew the 2 screws that
hold the pH plastic cover and remove the plastic cover and the tie wrap that secures the upper portion
of the pH sensor.
4. Unscrew and remove the red cap that secures the pH sensor and gently slide the sensor out of the
holder: DO NOT touch the glass bulb (electrode tip).

NOTE
pH sensors are very fragile and can be affected by organic oils, like those found on human
hands.The pH sensor must not be allowed to dry out. Also, rubbing the glass can create static
chargeswhich slow the sensor response time.

5. Collect the following solutions in small containers (cups or beakers).


• Water (treated for Haemodialysis).
• 4.00 ± 0.03 pH standard solution.
• 8.00 ± 0.03 pH standard solution.

NOTE
The pH value may vary depending on the solution temperature. Refer to the pH standard solution
instructions to be sure of the correct pH value.

6. Rinse the pH sensor with the cup of water.


7. Set the machine to the CALIB HOME screen.

Test:

1. Select pH PROBE and then the DIAGNOSTIC button.


2. Place the pH sensor into the cup of water and agitate the sensor to rinse it.
3. Place the sensor into the 4.00 buffer solution and gently agitate the sensor into the cup to remove any
bubbles from the sensor surface, then wait at least 10 minutes the probe to stabilize in the solution.
Use the bar graph as a pH stability reference.
4. Verify that the PROTECTIVE SLAVE value is 4.00 ± 0.30 pH.
5. Remove the pH sensor from the 4.00 solution and rinse it into the cup of water.
6. Place the sensor into the 8.00 buffer solution and gently agitate the sensor into the cup to remove any
bubbles from the sensor surface, then wait at least 10 minutes the probe to stabilize in the solution.
Use the bar graph as a pH stability reference.
7. Verify that the PROTECTIVE SLAVE value is 8.00 ± 0.30 pH.
8. Select the DIAGNOSTIC button to stop the test. A superimposed window appears requesting to
confirm. Press CONFIRM and then press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.

12-12 Code SM_9033239200_12 Rev. /


Chapter 12. INSTALLATION

Calibration:

1. Select pH PROBE and then the CALIBRATION button.


2. Place the pH sensor in the 8.00 pH buffer solution which must cover the glass membrane and gently
agitate the sensor into the cup to remove any bubbles from the sensor surface, then wait at least 10
minutes the probe to stabilize in the solution.The level in the cup should be at least 30 mm from the
bottom. Use the bar graph as a pH stability reference.

3. Select the 1st Reference Value. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.

4. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 1st calibration value.


5. Remove the pH sensor from the 8.00 pH buffer solution and place it back into the water. Gently
agitate the sensor in the water to rinse it off thoroughly.
6. Place the pH sensor in the 4.00 pH buffer solution which must cover the glass membrane and gently
agitate the sensor into the cup to remove any bubbles from the sensor surface, then wait at least 10
minutes the probe to stabilize in the solution. The level in the cup should be at least 30 mm from the
bottom. Use the bar graph as a pH stability reference.

7. Select the 2nd Reference Value. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.

8. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 2nd calibration value.


9. Select the STORE COEFF button to store the calibration coefficients. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm, press CONFIRM.
10. The machine starts automatically the test.
11. Place the pH sensor into the cup of water and agitate the sensor to rinse it.
12. Place the sensor into the 4.00 buffer solution and gently agitate the sensor into the cup to remove any
bubbles from the sensor surface, then wait at least 10 minutes the probe to stabilize in the solution.
Use the bar graph as a pH stability reference.
13. Verify that the PROTECTIVE SLAVE value is 4.00 ± 0.30 pH.
14. Remove the pH sensor from the 4.00 solution and rinse it into the cup of water.
15. Place the sensor into the 8.00 buffer solution and gently agitate the sensor into the cup to remove any
bubbles from the sensor surface, then wait at least 10 minutes the probe to stabilize in the solution.
Use the bar graph as a pH stability reference.
16. Verify that the PROTECTIVE SLAVE value is 8.00 ± 0.30 pH.
17. Select the TEST button to stop the test. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm.
Press CONFIRM and then press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.

NOTE
Use a new cup of water between calibration and test of the ph sensor.

Restore the standard configuration:

1. Gently align the pH sensor above the pH holder and insert the sensor into the pH holder together with
its sealing cap.
2. Securely screw the red cap back on the sensor holder and secure the upper portion of the sensor with
a tie wrap. Mount the plastic cover.

Code SM_9033239200_12 Rev. / 12-13


ARTIS Service Manual:«MAINTENANCE»

12.5.3 Venous Pressure Sensor


Preliminary Operations:

NOTE
Install the ART./VEN. Calibration Tool when the machine is in preparation mode.

1. Open the sensor bar door.


2. Open the arterial pump cover, install the ART/VEN Calibration Tool and close the arterial pump cover.
3. Verify that no line is inserted in the AD holder and in the Venous and Arterial Line Clamps.
4. Close the sensor bar door.
5. Verify that the dialyzer connectors are connected to the bypass ports.
6. Enter the Service 2 mode and set the machine to the CALIB HOME screen.
7. Connect a pressure meter and syringe to the Venous access line.

Test:

1. Select the VENOUS PRESSURE SENSOR and then the DIAGNOSTIC button.
2. Use the syringe to apply +400 ±8 mmHg to the venous pressure sensor.
3. Wait for the pressure values on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC SLAVE
fields to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
4. Verify that the value displayed on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC
SLAVE fields is the value read by the external Pressure meter ±37 mmHg.

5. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the first test point of +400 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.

6. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 1st
Reference Value field.

7. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 1st test value.


8. Use the syringe to apply +200 ±8 mmHg to the venous pressure sensor.
9. Wait for the pressure values on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC SLAVE
fields to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
10. Verify that the value displayed on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC
SLAVE fields is the value read by the external Pressure meter ±17 mmHg.
11. Select the 2nd Reference Value field for the second test point of +200 mmHg. A superimposed
window appears requesting to confirm the value.

12. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 2nd
Reference Value field.
13. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 2nd test value.
14. Apply atmospheric pressure (0 mmHg) to the venous pressure sensor.
15. Wait for the pressure values on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC SLAVE
fields to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
16. Verify that the values displayed on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC
SLAVE fields are 0 ±7 mmHg.

12-14 Code SM_9033239200_12 Rev. /


Chapter 12. INSTALLATION

17. Select the 3rd Reference Value field for the third test point of 0 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.

18. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 3rd
Reference Value field.
19. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 3rd test value.
20. Press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.

12.5.4 ART Pressure Sensor


Test:
1. Select the ARTERIAL PRESSURE SENSOR and then the DIAGNOSTIC button.
2. Apply atmospheric pressure (0 mmHg) to the arterial pressure sensor.
3. Wait for the pressure values on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC SLAVE
fields to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
4. Verify that the values displayed on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC
SLAVE fields are 0±7 mmHg.

5. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the first test point of 0 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.

6. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 1st
Reference Value field.

7. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 1st test value.


8. Use the syringe to apply -250 ±8 mmHg to the arterial pressure sensor.
9. Wait for the pressure values on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC SLAVE
fields to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
10. Verify that the value displayed on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC
SLAVE fields is the value read by the external Pressure meter ±22 mmHg.

11. Select the 2nd Reference Value field for the second test point of -250 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.

12. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 2nd
Reference Value field.

13. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 2nd test value.
14. Use the syringe to apply -350 ±8 mmHg to the arterial pressure sensor.
15. Wait for the pressure values on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC SLAVE
fields to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
16. Verify that the value displayed on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC
SLAVE fields is the value read by the external Pressure meter ±32 mmHg.
17. Select the 3rd Reference Value field for the third test point of -350 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.

18. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 3rd
Reference Value field.
19. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 3rd test value.
20. Press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.

Code SM_9033239200_12 Rev. / 12-15


ARTIS Service Manual:«MAINTENANCE»

Restore the standard configuration:


1. Switch the machine OFF and then switch it ON again.
2. Select the SPECIAL PROCEDURES button, then press and confirm the UNLOAD CASSETTE but-
ton.
3. Open the sensor bar door and then the arterial pump cover.
4. Remove the ART. and VEN. Calibration Tool, pressure meter, and syringe.
5. Close the arterial pump cover.
6. Close the sensor bar door.

12.5.5 SN Pressure Sensor


Preliminary Operations:

1. Start the HD-SN treatment.


2. Open the sensor bar door.
3. Open the arterial and venous pump covers, install the Pre-Dialyzer Calibration Tool and close the
arterial and venous pump covers.
4. Verify that no line is inserted in the AD holder and in the Venous and Arterial Line Clamps.
5. Close the sensor bar door.
6. Verify that the dialyzer connectors are connected to the bypass ports.
7. Enter the service 2 mode and set the machine to the CALIB HOME screen.
8. Connect a pressure meter and syringe to the Pre Dialyzer Calibration Tool.

Test:

1. Select the SN PRESSURE SENSOR and then the DIAGNOSTIC button.


2. Use the syringe to apply +400 ±8 mmHg to the SN pressure sensor.
3. Wait for the pressure values on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC SLAVE
fields to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
4. Verify that the value displayed on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC
SLAVE fields is the value read by the external Pressure meter ±37 mmHg.

5. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the first test point of +400 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.

6. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 1st
Reference Value field.

7. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 1st test value.


8. Use the syringe to apply +200 ±8 mmHg to the SN pressure sensor.
9. Wait for the pressure values on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC SLAVE
fields to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
10. Verify that the value displayed on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC
SLAVE fields is the value read by the external Pressure meter ±17 mmHg.

11. Select the 2nd Reference Value field for the second test point of +200 mmHg. A superimposed
window appears requesting to confirm the value.

12. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 2nd
Reference Value field.

12-16 Code SM_9033239200_12 Rev. /


Chapter 12. INSTALLATION

13. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 2nd test value.
14. Apply atmospheric pressure (0 mmHg) to the SN pressure sensor.
15. Wait for the pressure values on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC SLAVE
fields to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
16. Verify that the values displayed on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC
SLAVE fields are 0 ±7 mmHg.

17. Select the 3rd Reference Value field for the third test point of 0 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.

18. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 3rd
Reference Value field.

19. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 3rd test value.
20. Press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.

12.5.6 Blood Sensor


Preliminary Operations:

1. Remove the Blood Cassette if present and close the sensor bar door.
2. Verify that the dialyzer connectors are connected to the bypass ports and that all concentrate connec-
tors are in their rinse ports.
3. Set the machine to the CALIB HOME screen.

Test:
1. Select BLOOD SENSOR and then the DIAGNOSTIC button.
2. Open the sensor bar door.
3. Remove any blood line from the Blood Sensor (AD holder) and close the sensor bar door.
4. Wait for the value on the PROTECTIVE SLAVE field to stabilize, and verify that the value displayed is
between 220 and 250 (240 is the optimal value) .Use the bar graph as a stability reference.

5. Select the 1st Reference Value field, a value of 240 is displayed. A superimposed window appears.

6. Press the CONFIRM button to confirm the 1st test value.


7. Open the Sensor Bar door and insert a blood line filled with fluid into the Blood Sensor (AD holder)
and close the Sensor Bar door.
8. Wait for the value on the PROTECTIVE SLAVE field to stabilize, and verify that the value displayed is
between 32 and 67 (42 is the optimal value) . Use the bar graph as a stability reference.

9. Select the 2nd Reference Value field, a value of 42 is displayed. A superimposed window appears.

10. Press the CONFIRM button to confirm the 2nd test value.
11. Press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.

Restore the standard configuration

1. Remove the blood line from the Blood Sensor (AD holder) and close the sensor bar door.

Code SM_9033239200_12 Rev. / 12-17


ARTIS Service Manual:«MAINTENANCE»

12.6 Scale Sensor Calibration and Test


Preliminary Operations:
1. Turn the AFB K scale of 75 degrees to the left until a “click” sound is heard.
2. Open the AFB K scale hooks and place them in the right position.
3. Set the machine to the CALIB HOME screen.

Calibration:
1. Select SCALE SENSOR and then the CALIBRATION button.
2. Do not hang any weight on scale.
3. Wait for the values on the BIO SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields to stabilize. Use the bar graph
as a weight stability reference.
4. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the first calibration point of 0 g. A superimposed window
appears.
5. Press the CONFIRM button to confirm the 1st calibration value.
6. Hang the reference weight to the AFB K scale center hook.
7. Wait for the values on the BIO SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields to stabilize. Use the bar graph
as a weight stability reference.
8. Select the 2nd Reference Value field for the second calibration point of 15200 g. A superimposed
window appears.
9. Use the / buttons to insert the used reference weight value in the 2nd Reference Value field.
10. Press the CONFIRM button to confirm the 2nd calibration value.
11. Select the STORE COEFF button to store the calibration coefficients. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm, press CONFIRM button.
12. The machine starts automatically the test.
13. Remove the reference weight from the AFB K scale center hook.
14. Wait for the values displayed on the BIO SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields to stabilize, verify
that the values are between 0 ±6 g. Use the bar graph as a weight stability reference.
15. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the first test point of 0 g. A superimposed window appears
requesting to confirm the value.
16. Press the CONFIRM button to confirm the 1st test value.
17. Hang the reference weight to the AFB K scale center hook.
18. Wait for the values displayed on the BIO SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields to stabilize, verify
that the values are between the used reference weight value ±45 g. Use the bar graph as a weight
stability reference.
19. Select the 2nd Reference Value field for the second test point of 15200 g. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.
20. Use the / buttons to insert the used reference weight value in the 2nd Reference Value field.
21. Press the CONFIRM button to confirm the 2nd test value.
22. Press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.

12-18 Code SM_9033239200_12 Rev. /


Chapter 12. INSTALLATION

Test:
1. Select the SCALE SENSOR and then the DIAGNOSTIC button.
2. Do not hang any weight on scale.
3. Wait for the values on the BIO SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields to stabilize, verify that the val-
ues are between 0 ±12 g. Use the bar graph as a weight stability reference.
4. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the first test point of 0 g. A superimposed window appears
requesting to confirm the value.
5. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 1st test value.
6. Hang the reference weight to the AFB K scale center hook.
7. Wait for the values displayed on the BIO SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields to stabilize, verify
that the values are between the used reference weight value ±90 g. Use the bar graph as a weight
stability reference.
8. Select the 2nd Reference Value field for the second test point of 15200 g. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.
9. Use the / buttons to insert the used reference weight value in the 2nd Reference Value field.
10. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 2nd test value.
11. Press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.

12.7 Parameters Configuration


The machine must be configured according to the clinic's requirements:

F. Configure correct machine language.

G. Manually Set the machine configuration.


This may be done by entering in the Service 2 mode and then Configuration environment.
The user can navigate through the machine views grouping all the configuration parameters and
manually set each parameter.

Configuring Multiple Machines


For a detailed description on how configuring multiple machines, refer to the “USB Configuration
Transfer” section of the Artis Preset Service Manual.

12.8 Preparing for a treatment


1. Switch OFF the machine and then remove all the devices and lines used for measurements.
2. Check the hydraulic circuit to ensure that there are no leaks.
3. Check that the electronic boards, connectors, wires and devices are securely connected.
4. Perform the ESI Visual Inspection to ensure that the machine has not suffered from any damage.
5. Perform PET - Protective Earth Test and verify that the value does not exceed 200 mOhm.
6. Replace all the splashguards, if removed during the installation. Close all panels of the machine,
avoiding damage or kinking of wiring and internal tubing.
7. Place the Chemical Container Shelf (if available) in position and connect the external disinfectant
connector to disinfectant container as required.
8. Connect the BPM Cuff.
9. Install the Top Tray.

Code SM_9033239200_12 Rev. / 12-19


ARTIS Service Manual:«MAINTENANCE»

12.9 Simulated Dialysis treatment


The purpose of the simulated treatment is:
• To verify the correct self Tests execution, including Visual and Audible alarms.

• To verify the BPM is working properly.

• To verify the PA Error, PB Error parameters.

• To measure the leakage current.

Tools required:
• T connector tool.

• A/V Press Sensor Calibration Cassette.

• 20 ml to 60 ml syringe.

• 1000 ml Graduated Cylinder.

• Fluid filled length of blood tubing for AD.

Preliminary operations:
• Fill the graduated cylinder with 500 ml of water.

Procedure:
• Install the BiCart and connect the Acid Pick-up tube connector to the concentrate bag.

• Switch ON the machine.

• When the machine finishes its tests, it requires to install the cassette: Open the arterial
pump cover and the sensor bar door and install the ART/VEN Calibration Tool.

CAUTION
In case of hardware malfunction or if the loading procedure is not completed within 2 minutes, the
Cassette holder will automatically retract.
DO NOT insert fingers behind the cassette to avoid injury to your fingers.

• Close the arterial pump cover.

• Place the arterial patient line and the filled length for AD into the sensor bar and close it.

• Put the venous and arterial patient lines under the venous and arterial line clamps.

• Wait for the pop-up window and put the arterial and venous patient lines into the EvaClean
ports.

• Connect the red and blue dialysis fluid tube connectors to the T Connector tool.

• Immerse the T Connector tool bottom tube into the graduated cylinder filled with water.

• Confirm the pop-up window.

• While the arterial pump is rotating create a pressure of -200 mmHg in the arterial chamber
and clamp the arterial infusion line.

• Press “Auto-Prime” button.

12-20 Code SM_9033239200_12 Rev. /


Chapter 12. INSTALLATION

• Create a pressure of -20 mmHg in the venous chamber and clamp the venous infusion line.

• Enter the prescription screen.

• Set the dialysis fluid flow to 800 ml/min.

• Set the treatment time to 30 minutes.

• Set the UF Volume to 0,2L.

• Enter the Overview screen.

• Create a pressure of 70 mmHg in the venous chamber when the venous line clamp closes
(before the end of the priming) and then close the venous infusion line.

• Wait the machine displays the message "Priming completed (#560)" and confirm it.

• Press the button "Connect patient".

• Remove the arterial and venous patient lines from the EvaClean ports.

• Close the EvaClean doors.

• Confirm the operator message "Confirmation required...".

• Confirm the alarm "Heparinization not initiated (#71)".

• Press the Blood Pump ON/OFF key.

• Create a pressure of at least 200 mmHg in the venous chamber necessary to open the
venous line clamp as soon as the arterial pump start the rotation.

• When the venous line clamp is open set the venous pressure to 80 mmHg and close the
venous infusion clamp.

• With a tie wrap darken the Blood Sensor to simulate blood.

• Press the blood pump ON/OFF key.

• Press the button "Start Treatment".

• Press the button "Close A/V limits".

• Remove the T Connector bottom tube from the graduated cylinder, check the water level
inside the graduated cylinder and note it (value A).

• Insert the T connector bottom tube into the cylinder.

• When the machine displays the message "Treatment time complete (#51)" remove the T
Connector bottom tube from the graduated cylinder.

• Check the level of the water inside the graduated cylinder and note it (value B); the differ-
ence of the value A and value B must be 200 ± 25 ml.

• Check that no alarms occure during the Simulated treatment.

12.10 BPM, PA Error, PB Error control and Leakage current


Test
1. Allow the machine to run for 10 minutes with blood detection and verify that no alarm occurs.
2. Perform a BPM measurement and verify that BPM works properly. Refers to the Quick Reference
Guide on how to perform BPM measurement.
3. To control PA Error and PB Error values enter the Report screen and press System Data button.

Code SM_9033239200_12 Rev. / 12-21


ARTIS Service Manual:«MAINTENANCE»

Then enter in the First Service Data screen and verify that :
• PA Error = 0±5

• PB Error = 0±8

4. While in dialysis perform the current leakage test:

ELT - Earth Leakage Current Test


• No Potential Equalization cable shall be connected during test.

• Install the safety tester between the machine power cord and electrical outlet. Measure both
in N.C. (Normal Condition) and S.F.C. (Single Fault Condition - interruption of neutral).

NOTE
The safety tester must meet IEC 60601-1 standard specifications.

• Verify that the Earth leakage current is:


• for Artis/Evosys 230/240V: N.C. ≤400 µA; S.F.C. ≤800µA
• for Artis 115V: N.C. ≤300 µA; S.F.C. ≤300µA

PLT - Patient Leakage Current Test


• No Potential Equalization cable shall be connected during test.

• Connect the safety couplings of the dialysis fluid tubes to the safety tester via PLT access
point.

• Verify that the Patien leakage current is:


• N.C. ≤10 µAa.c and ≤10 µAd.c
S.F.C. ≤400Aa.c and ≤40 µAd.c

(For a complete description of the ESI procedures refer to the "8.11.3 Periodic Electrical Safety
Inspection" paragraph of this service manual)

Rinseback procedure
Refer to the Artis Quick reference guide to perform rinseback, emptying and final rinse.

12.11 Disinfection
1. Carry out the Water Inlet Tube Disinfection procedure using allowed chemical disinfectants (Refer
to the Artis Operator’s Manual to perform the procedure).

NOTE
Complete the Ultrafilters replacement procedure reinstalling the new ultrafilters used at section
12.3 point 17 of this chapter.

Refer to the Artis Operator’s Manual to perform the procedure.


2. Notify the operator that a post-dialyzer dialysis fluid sample should be cultured for machine
bioburden levels, as per AAMI and CDC guidelines. Follow your facility protocol for collecting and
culturing the sample.

12-22 Code SM_9033239200_12 Rev. /


Chapter 13. SPECIFICATIONS

Chapter 13. SPECIFICATIONS


13.1 General Specifications
Following the main specifications related to Artis Dialysis System general characteristics are
reported.

13.1.1 Name
Artis Dialysis System.

! WARNING
The Artis Dialysis System must be used under the supervision of a physician.

13.1.2 Standards and Classifications


The Artis Dialysis System complies with the following classifications and standards.
Equipment Classifications

• Class IIb (MDD 93/42/EEC)

• Class I, Applied Part Type B (IEC 60601-1) : Blood Tubing Set and Dialyzer

• Class I, Applied Part Type BF (IEC 60601-1): BPM Cuff

• Protection Class: IP21 (IEC 60529)

• Not suitable for use in the presence of flammable anesthetics, or anesthetic mixtures with air or
with oxygen or nitrous oxide. (IEC 60601-1)

Continuous Operation (IEC 60601-1)

! WARNING
Do not use the Artis Dialysis System near flammable gas or flammable anesthetic mixtures
with air, with oxygen or with nitrous oxide.

CE Marking

• European Council Directive 93/42/EEC of 14 June 1993 concerning medical devices.


Notified body: British Standards Institution (BSI) with the notified body number 0086.

NOTE
• The CE marking by the manufacturer GAMBRO Dasco S.p.A. covers the equipment.
• The compatibility of the Artis Dialysis System with the accessories and disposables listed in
this sevice manual has been verified during product validation.

Code SM_9033239200_13 Rev. / 13-1


Artis Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

International Standards

Depending on the Artis Dialysis System configuration, please find below the list of
applicable standards.

• The table below is applicable only to the Artis Dialysis System in Physio II configura-
tion (compliant to IEC 60601-1 3rd edition framework).
See the related list of codes in the “Applicability” paragraph at the begining of this man-
ual.

Medical Equipment Standards

IEC 60601-1 • MEDICAL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT - Part


1: General Requirements for basic safety and
essential performance
ANSI/AAMI ES 60601-1 • MEDICAL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT - Part
1: General Requirements for Basic Safety and
Essential Performance (US deviations to IEC
60601-1)
CAN/CSA C22.2 No. • MEDICAL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT - Part
60601-1 1: General Requirements for Basic Safety and
Essential Performance (Canadian deviations
to IEC 60601-1)
IEC 60601-1-2 • MEDICAL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT - Part
1-2: General Requirements for basic safety
and Essential Performance
- Collateral standard: Electromagnetic
Compatibility - Requirements and tests
IEC 60601-1-6 • MEDICAL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT - Part
1-6: General Requirements for basic safety
and Essential Performance - Collateral
standard: Usability
IEC 60601-1-8 • Medical electrical equipment - Part 1-8:
General requirements for basic safety and
Essential Performance - Collateral standard:
General requirements, tests and guidance for
alarm systems in medical electrical
equipment and medical electrical systems
IEC 60601-2-16 • MEDICAL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT - Part
2-16: Particular Requirements for the basic
safety and Essential Performance of
hemodialysis, haemodiafiltration and
haemofiltration equipment

13-2 Code SM_9033239200_13 Rev. /


Chapter 13. SPECIFICATIONS

Medical Equipment Standards (Continued)

IEC 80601-2-30 • MEDICAL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT - Part


2-30: Particular Requirements for the basic
safety and Essential Performance of
automated non-invasive
sphygmomanometers.
EN 980 • Symbols for Use in the Labelling of Medical
Devices
ISO 15223-1 • Medical devices - Symbols to be used with
medical devices labels, labeling and
information to be supplied - Part 1: General
requirements
EN 1041 • Information supplied by the manufacturer of
medical devices
EN 1060-3 • Non-invasive sphygmomanometers - Part 3:
Supplementary requirements for electro-
mechanical blood pressure measuring
systems
EN 1060-4 • Non-invasive sphygmomanometers - Part 4:
Test procedures to determine the overall
system accuracy of automated non-invasive
sphygmomanometers
IEC 62304 • Medical device software - Software life-cycle
processes
IEC 62366 • Medical devices - Application of usability
engineering to medical devices
ISO 10993-1 • Biological evaluation of medical devices - Part
1: Evaluation and testing within a risk
management process
ISO 10993-4 • Biological evaluation of medical devices - Part
4: Selection of tests for interactions with blood
ISO 10993-5 • Biological evaluation of medical devices - Part
5: Test for in vitro cytotoxicity
ISO 13485 • Medical devices - Quality management
systems - Requirements for regulatory
purposes
ISO 14971 • Medical devices - Application of risk
management to medical devices
ISO 594-2 • Conical fitting with a 6% (Luer) taper for
syringes, needles and certain other medical
equipment - Part 2: Lock fittings

Code SM_9033239200_13 Rev. / 13-3


Artis Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Medical Equipment Standards (Continued)

IEC 60601-1-10 • Medical electrical equipment - Part 1-10:


General requirements for basic safety and
essential performance - Collateral standard:
Requirements for the development of
physiologic closed-loop controllers
ISO 10993-10 • Biological evaluation of medical devices -Part
10: Tests for irritation and skin sensitization
ISO 10993-11 • Biological evaluation of medical devices -Part
11: Tests for systemic toxicity
European Pharmacopoeia • European Pharmacopoeia - VIII edition
- VIII edition - Applicable Sections for haemodialysis

• The table below is applicable to all the Artis Dialysis System except Physio II configuration
(compliant to IEC 60601-1 2nd edition framework). See the related list of codes in the “Applica-
bility” paragraph at the begining of this manual.

Medical Equipment Standards

IEC 60601-1 • MEDICAL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT - Part


1: General Requirements for safety
UL 60601-1 • MEDICAL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT - Part
1: General Requirements for safety (US
deviations to IEC 60601-1)
CAN/CSA C22-2 No. 601- • MEDICAL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT - Part
1 1: General Requirements for safety
(Canadian deviations to IEC 60601-1)
IEC 60601-1-2 • MEDICAL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT - Part
1-2: General Requirements for safety
- Collateral standard: Electromagnetic
Compatibility - Requirements and tests
IEC 60601-1-4 • MEDICAL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT - Part
1-4: General Requirements for safety -
Collateral standard: Programmable electrical
medical systems
IEC 60601-1-6 • MEDICAL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT - Part
1-6: General Requirements for safety -
Collateral standard: Usability

13-4 Code SM_9033239200_13 Rev. /


Chapter 13. SPECIFICATIONS

Medical Equipment Standards (Continued)

IEC 60601-1-8 • Medical electrical equipment - Part 1-8:


General requirements for safety - Collateral
standard: General requirements, tests and
guidance for alarm systems in medical
electrical equipment and medical electrical
systems
IEC 60601-2-16 • MEDICAL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT - Part
2-16: Particular Requirements for the safety
of hemodialysis, haemodiafiltration and
haemofiltration equipment
IEC 60601-2-30 • MEDICAL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT - Part
2-30: Particular Requirements for safety,
including essential performance, of automatic
cycling non-invasive blood pressure
monitoring equipment.
EN 980 • Graphical Symbols for Use in the Labelling of
Medical Devices
EN 1041 • Information supplied by the manufacturer of
medical devices
EN 1060-1 • Non-invasive sphygmomanometers - Part 1:
General requirements
EN 1060-3 • Non-invasive sphygmomanometers - Part 3:
Supplementary requirements for electro-
mechanical blood pressure measuring
systems
EN 1060-4 • Non-invasive sphygmomanometers - Part 4:
Test procedures to determine the overall
system accuracy of automated non-invasive
sphygmomanometers
IEC 62304 • Medical device software - Software life-cycle
processes
IEC 62366 • Medical devices - Application of usability
engineering to medical devices
ISO 10993-1 • Biological evaluation of medical devices - Part
1: Evaluation and testing within a risk
management process
ISO 10993-4 • Biological evaluation of medical devices - Part
4: Selection of tests for interactions with blood
ISO 10993-5 • Biological evaluation of medical devices - Part
5: Tests for in vitro cytotoxicity

Code SM_9033239200_13 Rev. / 13-5


Artis Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Medical Equipment Standards (Continued)

ISO 10993-10 • Biological evaluation of medical devices - Part


10: Tests for irritation and skin sensitization
ISO 10993-11 • Biological evaluation of medical devices - Part
11: Tests for systemic toxicity
ISO 13485 • Medical devices - Quality management
systems - Requirements for regulatory
purposes
ISO 14971 • Medical devices - Application of risk
management to medical devices
ISO 594-2 • Conical fitting with a 6% (Luer) taper for
syringes, needles and certain other medical
equipment
European Pharmacopoeia • European Pharmacopoeia, Counsil of Europe
- VII edition European (COE) - European Directorate for
the Qulaity of Medicines (EDQM)

Data that are displayed or indicated by the HAEMODIALYSIS EQUIPMENT and that may
be used for adjusting the treatment or measuring or confirming the tratment efficacy are
verified during product validation by Simulated dialysis Treatment.

Essential Performance

Essential Performance
Below the list of the Essential Performances of the Artis Dialysis System:
• Blood Flow
• Dialysis Fluid Flow
• Dialysis Fluid Composition
• Dialysis Fluid Temperature
• Substitution/Infusion Fluid Flow
• Substitution Fluid Temperature
•Ultra Filtration (or Net Fluid Removal)
•Dialysis Time
•Heparin Delivery
•-BPM cuff pressure measurement error

•-BPM low and high blood pressure alarm limits

•-BPM Reproducibility of blood pressure determination


Only for Artis Dialysis System in Physio II configuration

Refer to the specific sections of this chapter for further details on these performances, considering as
reference for limits and accuracies the parameters indicated in the tables by the superscript “EP

13-6 Code SM_9033239200_13 Rev. /


Chapter 13. SPECIFICATIONS

Representative Machine’s Consumptions

The following treatment can be considered a representative one:


•Treatment Time: 4 h plus time needed for preparation, prime and end of treat-
ment operations;

•Dialysis Fluid Flow: 500 ml/min;

•Blood Flow: 300 ml/min;

•Ultrafiltration Flow: 0,5 l/h;

•Dialysis Fluid temperature: 37° C;

•Heat disinfection program after the treatment.

During such a treatment, the consumptions are approximately as below:

Energy Consumption 6600 KJ to 13900 KJ, over a range of 5° C to 32° C


for inlet water temperature (higher consumption for
lower inlet water temperature)

Energy delivery to the 4000 KJ to 5500 KJ, over a range of 5° C to 32° C


environment for inlet water temperature (higher consumption for
lower inlet water temperature)

Energy delivery to the drain 800 KJ to 6800 KJ, over a range of 5° C to 32° C for
inlet water temperature (higher consumption for
lower inlet water temperature)

Water Consumption • 140L, maximum inlet flow rate 1230 ml/min, during
the treatment
• 11L, maximum inlet flow rate 1070 ml/min, during
the Heat program.

Dialysis Fluid • In BiCart treatment: a Bicart cartridge 720g and a


Concentrate/s SoftPac 3500 ml with no need of concentrate
Consumption change
• In BiCart Select treatment: a Bicart cartridge 720g,
SelectCart cartridge and a SelectBag One (or a
selectBag Citrate) with no need of concentrate
change
• In AFB K treatment: a SafeBag with no need of
concentrate change.

Radio Frequency Interference and Electromagnetic Environment Requirements

The Artis Dialysis System needs special precautions regarding EMC and needs to be installed and
put into service according to the EMC information provided in the Appendix A, of the Artis Operator’s
Manual.
Portable and mobile RF communications equipment can affect the Artis Dialysis System.

Code SM_9033239200_13 Rev. / 13-7


Artis Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

RFID Module Characteristics

Parameter Values

Frequency Range • 13,56 MHz

Effective Radiative Power • < 10 mW which corresponds to 42 dB


µ A/m at 10 m
Type of Modulation • ASK

FCC / Canada Radio Certification

The Artis Dialysis System has embedded a module approved with FCC ID: XD3-RFMOD, IC: 8313A-
RFMOD.
These devices comply with part 15 of the FCC rules.
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void
user’s authority to operate the equipment.
Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful
interference, and (2) This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may
cause undesired operation. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment.

13.1.3 Supply Mains


Main Characteristics

Parameter Values

Mains Voltage • 230/240 VAC (±10%)


• 115 VAC (±10%)

Frequency • 50/60 Hz (±5 Hz)

Power Consumption • Max. 10 A at 230/240 VAC


• Max. 16 A at 115 VAC

Power Cord • Min. length 3 m

Mains Connector • Certified to IEC 60320/C19

Mains Plug • Earthed plug, 250 V AC (10-16 A),


• Earthed plug 125 V AC (20 A)

Dielectric Strength • Complying with clause 20 of IEC 60601-1

Battery Back-up (Lead acid • Voltage 24 volt, 7.2 Ah


type) • Fuse: T 12 A 250V

Heater Power Consumption • Max. 1530 W at 230/240 VAC


• Max. 1410 W at 115 VAC

13-8 Code SM_9033239200_13 Rev. /


Chapter 13. SPECIFICATIONS

! WARNING
Possible hazards may arise from equipment (other than the accessories listed below)
being connected to the machine, which may cause the permitted leakage current to be
exceeded.

! WARNING
The Artis Dialysis System should not be used adjacent to or stacked with other
equipments.
However, if adjacent or stacked use is necessary, the Artis Dialysis System has to be
observed to verify normal operation in the configuration in which it will be used for
treatment.

NOTE
Wait at least 5 seconds after switching OFF the machine before turning it ON again.

! WARNING
For a correct installation of the Artis Dialysis System, do not use multiple portable socket-
outlets or extension cords.
However, if using multiple portable socket-outlets:
• this installation must comply with the applicable requirements (see IEC 60601-1 and
collateral standards)
• the multiple portable socket-outlet must not be placed on the floor.
Failure to follow these instructions might increase the risk of electric shock.

! WARNING
• Check that the Artis Dialysis System is properly grounded.
• Disconnect the machine from the supply mains before every cleaning, checking or
maintenance operation.

Code SM_9033239200_13 Rev. / 13-9


Artis Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

! WARNING
In the patient environment use only electrical equipment having the following
marks:

• (i.e. type CF applied parts) - in case central venous catheters with atrial
location are used

• or or (i.e. type B or BF or CF applied parts) otherwise.


Failure to follow these precautions may result in an increased risk of electrical
shock.

NOTE
In order to electrically isolate the Artis dialysis system from the supply mains (all poles
simultaneously), disconnect the machine from the supply mains by using the mains plug.
DO NOT position the machine so that operating with the mains plug is difficult.

! WARNING
The Artis Dialysis System is provided with energy cells (batteries). When replacing these
components, follow local regulations for proper disposal.

Power failure

In case of a mains power failure, an audible alarm is triggered and the red lamp is illuminated.

13.1.4 Physical Data


The physical data reported below must be considered approximated.

Parameter Dimensions

Height (without Infusion Pole) • 1550 mm

Height (in AFB K machine • 1632 mm (AFB K Scale side)


configuration) • 1763 mm (AFB K Infusion Pole side)

Infusion Pole Height • 1500 to 2000 mm. Max. load 10 kg

AFB K Scale • Max. load 20 kg

Chemical Container Shelf • Max. load 20 kg

Concentrate Container Shelf • Max. load 10 kg

13-10 Code SM_9033239200_13 Rev. /


Chapter 13. SPECIFICATIONS

Parameter Dimensions

Width • 500 mm (excluded the EvaClean connector and


dialyzer holder)
• 660 mm (when the dialyzer holder is turned in
the position used for transportation)

Width of the base • 700 mm

Depth • 600 mm

Depth of the base • 900 mm (included back-tray)


• 700 mm (excluded back-tray)

Floor Area • 0.405231 m2

Dry Weight • < 135 kg


• < 140 kg (in AFB K)

Transportation • in vertical position

Wheels and Portability

The Artis Dialysis System is provided with 4 double wheels: two lockable wheels on the front side
and two wheels without brake on the rear side or four lockable wheels, according to the machine
configuration.
The locks are foot-operated:
• to brake the machine, press all the locks completely down;

• to release the brake, pull all the locks completely up.

! WARNING
Before moving the Artis Dialysis System, check that all the locks are released and
remove infusion bags or any other weights or hanging objects from the Infusion Pole,
the chemical container shelf or the AFB K Scale and close the AFB K Scale.

! WARNING
To avoid jolting, carefully move the Artis Dialysis System by using the handles on the rear
panel.
The machine could be damaged if handled in an improper way.

13.1.5 Environmental Data


Operational Mode

Parameter Values

Ambient Temperature Range • +18 °C to +35 °C (65 °F to 94 °F).

Relative Humidity Range • 30 to 85 % rh

Code SM_9033239200_13 Rev. / 13-11


Artis Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Parameter Values

Air Pressure Range • 795 to 1060 HPa

Storage and Transportation

Parameter Values

Ambient Temperature Range • -20 °C to +70 °Ca

Relative Humidity Range • 10 to 95% rh (non-condensing)

Air Pressure Range • 500 to 1060 HPa

a. Temperatures above +50 °C are allowed ONLY for maximum 12 hours

NOTE
If condensation of Artis Dialysis System occurs when moving it between locations with
different temperatures and high relative humidity (e.g. outdoor and indoor locations), the
inside of the machine shall be allowed to dry before switching it on.

! WARNING
During transportation and storage the Artis Dialysis System has to be kept in its original
packing.

13.1.6 Software revision


This service manual revision is related to the 8.60 software revision or higher.
Connection of external equipment

! WARNING
When connected to additional equipment, the Artis dialysis machine and this equipment
become a Medical Electrical System. Make sure that the Medical Electrical System
complies with International standards and local laws (IEC 60601-1 and collateral
standards, IEC 60950).
If in doubt, contact your Local Service Representative.

! WARNING
To avoid risk of electric shock, DO NOT touch external connectivity ports (Ethernet or
RS232 port) on the rear panel of the machine and the patient simultaneously.

The Artis Dialysis System has the following configuration:


• Speed Auto-Negotiation (max 100 Mbps)

13-12 Code SM_9033239200_13 Rev. /


Chapter 13. SPECIFICATIONS

• Duplex Auto-Negotiation

The Artis Dialysis System is provided with a Connectivity Panel


(see "Figure 13-1. Connectivity Panel") for connection of external equipments,
including the following ports:

Connectivity Panel

10/100 Base T Ethernet Port • Used for connecting the machine to a Personal
Computer to interface with the Communication
System
RS232 Serial Port • Used to connect the machine to an external device

USB Port • Used for flash memories


(only for service interventions)
BPM Port • Used for connecting the BPM Cuff
Remote Alarm • Max voltage: 24 V AC
(Not currently available) • Max current: 500 mA
External Water Valve • Max voltage: 24 V DC
(Not currently available) • Max current: 500 mA
Hour Meter • Displays the cumulative hours of machine operation
(total time that power to the machine has been on)
Potential Equalization • Used for connecting a Potential Equalization
Connection mean Conductor to the machine

Figure 13-1. Connectivity Panel

13.1.7 Shipping List


The machine packaging contains the following components:
• Artis Dialysis System

• CD ROM of Artis Operator’s Manual

• Installation Checklist

• Water Inlet and Drain Tubes

Code SM_9033239200_13 Rev. / 13-13


Artis Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

• Infusion Pole or AFB K Infusion Pole (maximum load: 10 kg or 22 lb) and Scale (depending on
the Artis Dialysis System configuration)

NOTE
Adjustement of the infusion pole height must be done without bags on the hooks.

• Concentrate Wand

• BPM Cuff

• Top Tray

• BPM (Blood Pressure Monitoring)

• Central Concentrate Supply Kit

13-14 Code SM_9033239200_13 Rev. /


Chapter 13. SPECIFICATIONS

Optional Components

• CWP Adapter Kit

• AFB K Conversion Kit

• Chemical Container Shelf

• pH probe assembly

• Potential Equalization Connector

• Heparin module 10cc

• RS232

Accessories
• Patient Card

• BPM Cuff

Cuff type

HDBPM Cuffs used for measuring blood


No. 1 (10 - 19 cm) pressure together with the Artis
No. 2 (18 - 26 cm) Dialysis System.
No. 3 (25 - 35 cm)
No. 4 (33 - 47 cm)

NiBPM
No. 1 (12 - 19 cm)
No. 2 (17 - 25 cm)
No. 4 (31 - 40 cm)
No. 5 (36 - 46 cm)
No. 6 (38 - 50 cm)

For the availability of optional components or accessories on different markets, contact your Local
Representative.

! WARNING
Do not assemble, install or use the Artis Dialysis System before having carefully read
this service manual.

Code SM_9033239200_13 Rev. / 13-15


Artis Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

13.2 Hydraulic Circuit Specifications


13.2.1 Water Supply
The quality of the incoming water used by the Artis Dialysis System must comply with local standards
and ISO 13959 standard.

! WARNING
The dialysis facility is responsible for the microbiologic quality of delivery systems, such
as:
- Central water supply system,
- Concentrate delivery systems,
- Fluid lines (i.e. inlet water line, concentrate lines) and their connectors from the delivery
systems to the Artis Dialysis System.
Failure to maintain the microbiologic quality of these delivery systems may increase the
risk of infection.

In addition, it is responsibility of the dialysis facility to ensure that the chemical


disinfection protocol of central water supply system and central concentrate supply
system is performed only when the Artis Dialysis System is not connected to these
delivery systems (i.e hydraulically isolated).

Main Requirements

Parameter Value Conditions

Pressure • 150 to 800 kPa /

Inlet Water (• ≤ 1200


) ml/min /
Demand
(Flow Rate)

Temperature • +5 °C to +32 °C • Dialysis Fluid Flow Rate:


(Treatment) 300 to 800 mL/min (230V)
• +10 °C to +16 °C • Dialysis Fluid Flow Rate: 300 to 750
mL/min (115V)
• +16 °C to +32 °C • Dialysis Fluid Flow Rate:
300 to 800 mL/min (115V)

Temperature • +5 °C to +93 °C /

Inlet Tube • Length: 5 m /


• Internal diameter: 8
mm

13-16 Code SM_9033239200_13 Rev. /


Chapter 13. SPECIFICATIONS

Drain

Parameter Value

Drain Flow Rate • Max. 1.2 l/min

Drain Fluid Temperature • Max. 90 °C

Pressure • 0 to 13 kPa

Drain Tube Length • Max. 5 m

Drain Outlet Height • Max. 1.3 m above floor level

Make the connection of the drain, as described in applicable local and international standards, with
an external pressure connector to avoid back flow. Mantain an air clearance between the drain connector
of the machine and the drain itself.

Code SM_9033239200_13 Rev. / 13-17


Artis Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

13.2.2 Concentrate Connectors


The concentrate and disinfectant connectors on the Artis Dialysis System are colour-coded as
follows:

Connector Colour

Acid Tube Connector • Red, located on the machine front side

Blue Concentrate Connector • Blue, located on the machine front side

Green Concentrate Connector • Green, located on the machine front side

Disinfectant Tubes • Yellow and Clear, located on the machine rear


side

13-18 Code SM_9033239200_13 Rev. /


Chapter 13. SPECIFICATIONS

13.2.3 Dialysis Fluid

! WARNING
Concentrates which conform to the requirements of the ISO 13958 Standard shall be
used.
The control of alarm threshold and dialysis fluid conductivity precision is of major medical
importance in ensuring a safe dialysis treatment.

! WARNING
Attention must be given to the safety hazards related to incorrect choice of dialysis fluid
concentrates.

! WARNING
The dialysis facility is responsible for the microbiologic quality of delivery systems, such
as:
- Central water supply system,
- Concentrate delivery systems,
- Fluid lines (i.e. inlet water line, concentrate lines) and their connectors from the delivery
systems to the Artis Dialysis System.
Failure to maintain the microbiologic quality of these delivery systems may increase the
risk of infection.

In addition, it is responsibility of the dialysis facility to ensure that the chemical


disinfection protocol of central water supply system and central concentrate supply
system is performed only when the Artis Dialysis System is not connected to these
delivery systems (i.e hydraulically isolated).

Dialysis Fluid Temperature

Parameter Values

Range • +34°C to +39.5°C

Accuracy • +0.5°C/-1.8°C of the set value

Alarm Limits • ±2 °C (±0.5°C) of the set value


• Min. +33 °C (±0.5°C)
• Max. +41 °C (±0.5°C)
The Protection System alarm limits aim at providing
a temperature at dialyzer inlet in the range of
30.5°C to 41°C EP

Code SM_9033239200_13 Rev. / 13-19


Artis Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

NOTE
When the temperature of the dialysis fluid exceeds the alarm threshold, the auditory and
visual alarm signals are triggered.

Dialysis Fluid Flow

Parameter Values

Dialysis Fluid Flow Rate • 300 to 800 mL/min, in steps of 50 mL/min (in HD
treatment modes)
• from the maximum between 300mL/min and the
Substitution Fluid Flow Rate plus 100ml/min up to
800mL/min in steps of 50 mL/min (in HDF treatment
modes)
• 550 mL/min (in HF treatment)
• 500 mL/min (in AFB K Treatment)

Accuracy • ± 2 % of set value

Alarm LimitsEP • ±10% (±1%) of the set value


• Min. 250 ml/min (±10 ml/min)
• Max. 900 ml/min (±10 ml/min)

NOTE
When the dialysis fluid flow exceeds the alarm threshold, the auditory and visual alarm
signals are triggered.

NOTE
In AFB K treatments, the Dialysis Fluid Flow Rate is fixed at 500 mL/min.

Dialysis Fluid Pressure

Parameter Values

Accuracy • ± 5 mmHg

Alarm Limits • Dialyzer Inlet Pressure:


• -350 to +480 mmHg
• Dialyzer Outlet Pressure:
• -350 to +480 mmHg (-450 to +480 in HDF Pre and HF
Pre treatments)

13-20 Code SM_9033239200_13 Rev. /


Chapter 13. SPECIFICATIONS

NOTE
When the dialysis fluid pressure exceeds the alarm threshold, the auditory and visual
alarm signals are triggered.

Degassing

Parameter Values

Method of Degassing • Heating in combination with vacuum pumping.

Pressure • Dissolved gas in dialysis fluid < 7.0 mg/l.

pH Supervision

The pH supervision is not available in the default configuration of the Artis Dialysis System.

! WARNING
If pH supervision is not available on your machine, possible user error leading to the
presence of hypochlorite in the hydraulic circuit can not be detected by the Artis Dialysis
System. Using improper fluid in the dialysis fluid circuit may lead to improper dialysis to
be delivered to the patient, thus resulting in patient injury or death.
Carefully consider your dialysis facility practises and policies regarding the use of
disinfectants to decide about the availability of pH supervision on your Artis Dialysis
System.

To decide about the availability of pH supervision on your machine, check if one of the following
hazardous situations is present in your clinical environment:

Situation 1: Liquid A-concentrate in canister


Check if all the three conditions listed below are present at the same time in your clinical
environment:
1. Liquid A-concentrate in canister
2. Sodium hypochlorite disinfectant in canister
3. Liquid A-concentrate and sodium hypochlorite disinfectant in canisters similar in shape,
size and colour.

Situation 2: Central Delivery System of A-concentrate


Check if all the three conditions listed below are present at the same time in your clinical
environment:
1. Liquid A-concentrate delivered from a central delivery system
2. Central delivery system disinfected with chemical disinfectants
3. Lack of safety measures to guarantee that the Artis Dialysis System is not connected to
the central delivery system while the central delivery system is disinfected.

Code SM_9033239200_13 Rev. / 13-21


Artis Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

If situation 1 or situation 2 is present in your clinical environment, the availability of pH supervision on


your Artis Dialysis System is requested as a countermeasure to guarantee safety in case of user error.
To make the pH supervision available contact your Local Representative.

pH supervision available
The pH Supervision is available only if the optional pH probe is installed on your machine. In this
case, the following specifications are applied:

Parameter Values

Range • 1.0 to 13.0 pH units

Accuracy • ±0.3 pH units

Alarm Limits • 6.5 to 7.6 pH units (±0.1)

NOTE
When the pH of the dialysis fluid exceeds the alarm limits, auditory and visual alarm
signals are triggered. The alarms are not activated in AFB K treatment.

13.2.4 Supported Concentrates


A-Concentrate with Bicart

Parameter Values

Liquid concentrate • SoftPac: Acetic acid based concentrate for


preparation of bicarbonate based HD, HF and HDF
fluids.

• SoftPac Citrate: Citrate based acid concentrates to be


used together with BiCart cartridge for preparation of
bicarbonate based HD, HF and HDF fluids.

Dry concentrate • BiCart Cartridge: Dry sodium bicarbonate concentrate


for preparation of bicarbonate based HD, HF, HDF
fluids.

13-22 Code SM_9033239200_13 Rev. /


Chapter 13. SPECIFICATIONS

Bicart Select System

Parameter Values

Liquid concentrate • SelectBag One Product: Liquid A-concentrate for


preparation of bicarbonate dialysis fluid together with
SelectCart and BiCart Cartridges
• SelectBag Citrate Product: citric A-concentrate for
preparation of bicarbonate dialysis fluid together with
SelectCart and BiCart Cartridges.

Dry concentrates • BiCart Cartridge: Dry sodium bicarbonate concentrate


for preparation of bicarbonate based HD, HF, HDF
fluids.
• SelectCart Cartridge: Dry sodium chloride concentrate
for preparation of bicarbonate based HD, HF, HDF
fluids.

Safebag KV Concentrate Solution

The Safebag KV concentrate solution is an acetate-free bag composed of two separate


compartments (AFB and K Compartment), each of them containing a concentrated electrolyte solution.
The fluid composition in both compartments is identical, except that the K Compartment contains
potassium whereas the AFB Compatment is potassium-free.
Sodium and Bicarbonate Settings

Parameter Values

Na+ (Sodium)a • 130 to 160 mmol/l (±2.5%)

HCO3- (Bicarbonate)a • 24 to 38 mmol/l (± 5%)

Accuracy

Other Ions • ± 5%
(Ca2+, Mg2+, Cl-, CH3COO-, C6H5O73-,
Glucose)

Na+ (Sodium) • ± 2,5%

HCO3- (Bicarbonate) • ± 5%

K+ (Potassium) • ± 5% or 0.1 mmol/l whichever is


greater

Maximum Allowed Deviations from set

Other Ions • ± 20%


(K+, Ca2+, Mg2+, Cl-, CH3COO-, C6H5O73- ,
Glucose)

Na+ (Sodium) • ± 5%

HCO3- (Bicarbonate) • ± 25%

a.Can be set by the operator.


The machine verifies the Sodium and Bicarbonate combination and accepts only
values settings that result in an allowed final conductivity.

Code SM_9033239200_13 Rev. / 13-23


Artis Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Central Concentrate Delivery

Parameter Values

Pressure • -20 kPa to +50 kPa

Dialysis Fluid Composition: Final Conductivity

Parameter Values

Setting values • 13.3 to 15.7 mS/cm


• 13.3 to 18.0 mS/cm (in AFB K Treatment)

Accuracy • ± 0.1 mS/cm


Final Conductivity Set Alarm • ± 0.4 mS/cm of the set point with an accuracy of ±
Limits EP 0.2 mS/cm

Final Conductivity Range • 12.5 to 16.5 mS/cm with an accuracy of ± 0.2 mS/
Alarm Limits EP cm
• 12.5 to 18.8 mS/cm with an accuracy of ± 0.2 mS/
cm (in AFB K Treatment)

Conductivity of the Bicarbonate Solution

BiCart Cartridges (sodium bicarbonate cartridge - see specific instruction sheet) can be used with the
Artis Dialysis System.

! WARNING
Carefully read the BiCart Cartridge Instructions for Use before using the concentrate
disposable.
Refer to the Artis Operator’s Manual for the procedures related to the use of the BiCart
Cartridge with the Artis Dialysis System.

BiCart Solution Conductivity

Parameter Values

Conductivity values allowed • 2.4 to 3.6 mS/cm

Accuracy • ± 0.1 mS/cm

13-24 Code SM_9033239200_13 Rev. /


Chapter 13. SPECIFICATIONS

Parameter Values

Bicarbonate Range Alarm • 2.2 to 3.8 mS/cm with an accuracy of ±


Limits 0.1 mS/cm on Control System both for
BiCart Select and BiCart treatment
• 2.2 to 3.8 mS/cm with an accuracy of ±
0.2 mS/cm on Protective System for
BiCart treatment
• 2.6 to 4.6 mS/cm with an accuracy of ±
0.2 mS/cm on Protective System for
BiCart Select treatment

Bicarbonate Set Alarm Limits • ± 0.2 mS/cm of the set point with an
accuracy of ± 0.1 mS/cm

AFB K Solution Conductivity

Parameter Values

K setting values in Constant • 1.5 mmol/L to 3.5 mmol/L


mode

K initial setting values in • 3.1 mmol/L to 5.5 mmol/L


Profile mode

K final setting values in • 1.0 mmol/L to 3.0 mmol/L


Profile mode

Accuracy • ± 5% or 0.1 mmol/L whichever is greater

Potassium Alarm Limits • 1.0 to 13.1 mS/cm with an accuracy of ±


0.1 mS/cm

Dialysis Fluid Pump Monitoring for Concentrate Exchange

The reference values for the speed of the acid/acetate and bicarbonate ceramic pumps are defined
during the corresponding calibration processes (Stroke Volume editing) and represent the 0% functioning
point.
A safety system is present to prevent concentrate errors, by generating an alarm in case the pump
speeds are measured outside a range of ±10% for PA and of ±17% for PB.

Code SM_9033239200_13 Rev. / 13-25


Artis Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

13.2.5 Substitution Fluid

Parameter Values

Substitution Fluid Flow Rate • 1.2 to 27 l/h


The Protection System alarm limits aim at providing
a temperature at substitution fluid injection point into
blood line in the range of 30.5°C to 41°C EP when
the substitution fluid flow rate is equal or greater
than 50 mL/min.

Substitution Fluid Flow Rate • ±10% of the value set by the operator or ±5 ml/min
Accuracy whichever is greater, if Ultra Port pressure is from
+20 mmHg to + 300 mmHg;
• ±20% of the value set by the operator or ±10 ml/
min, whichever is greater, if Ultra Port pressure is
from +300 mmHg to +650 mmHg

On-line Fluid Volume • Max. 150 litres (149 L for treatment, 1 L for
restitution) in HDF/HF treatment modes
• Max. 15 litres (14 L for treatment, 1 L for+
restitution) in HD Ultra treatment modes

Substitution/Infusion Fluid Max. deviation from the set substitution fluid flow
Flow Rate Alarm Limits EP rate:
• ±10% (accuracy of ±5%) when set substitution
fluid flow rate is greater than 50ml/min
• ±5 mL/min (accuracy of ±1 mL/min) when set
substitution fluid flow rate is ≤ 50ml/min

On-line Bolus Volume • 50 mL to 500 mL, in steps of 10 mL (default 150


(default) mL)

On-line Bolus Volume Alarm • Max. 50ml (±5 mL) more than the set On-line
Limits Bolus Volume

On-line Bolus Rate (default) • 100 mL/min to 200 mL/min, in steps of 5 mL/min
Preset (150 mL/min)

QF/QB (in Post-dilution) • 30% to 50%, in steps of 1%, in Volume Control


Preset Mode. Default:35%
• 30% to 60%, in steps of 1%, in Pressure Control
Mode. Default:45%
• 30% to 50%, in steps of 1%, in AFB K treatment.
Default:35%

QI/QB (in Pre-dilution) • 60% to 130%, in steps of 1%,in HDF Volume


Preset Control Mode (upper limit). Default:70%
• 5% to 55%, in steps of 1%,in HDF Volume Control
Mode (lower limit). Default:10%
• 75% to 130%, in steps of 1%,in HF Volume Control
Mode (upper limit). Default:110%
• 55% to 70%, in steps of 1%,in HF Volume Control
Mode (lower limit). Default:60%

13-26 Code SM_9033239200_13 Rev. /


Chapter 13. SPECIFICATIONS

Volume Control Mode

The Artis Dialysis System performs Hemodiafiltration treatments in Volume Control Mode (Post and
Pre dilution) where: the UF Volume, the Substitution Fluid Flow Rate and Treatment Time are set by the
user while the TMP pressure is not settable.
In online volume control treatments, the following ratios will always be displayed:
• Ratio between the total Ultra-filtration rate (weight loss rate + substitution fluid flow rate) and the
Real Blood Flow Rate (QF/QB) in POST dilution mode
• Ratio between the Substitution Fluid Flow Rate and the Real Blood Flow Rate (Qi/Qb) in PRE
dilution mode.
TMP in Volume Control Mode

The operator will be able to set the maximum alarm limit for the TMP, during an Online treatment in
volume control mode, in the following range:
• 0 mmHg to Absolute Maximum TMP, in steps of 5 mmHg
where the Absolute Maximum TMP is a pre-defined value set by a Service technician in the following
range:
• 0 mmHg to +500 mmHg in steps of 5 mmHg
Pressure Control Mode

Hemodiafiltration treatments performed by the Artis Dialysis System can be controllable in Pressure
Control Mode (Post dilution): the Total Weight Loss, the TMP and the Treatment Time are set by the user
while the Substitution Pump Fluid Flow Rate varies accordingly to the TMP.
In online pressure control treatments, the following ratios will always be displayed:
• Ratio between the total Ultra-filtration rate (weight loss rate + substitution fluid flow rate) and the
Real Blood Flow Rate (QF/QB) in POST dilution mode
• Ratio between the Substitution Fluid Flow Rate and the Real Blood Flow Rate (Qi/Qb) in PRE
dilution mode (not currently available).
Pressure Control Mode with Ultra Control

Hemodiafiltration treatments performed by the Artis Dialysis System can be controllable in Pressure
Control Mode (Post dilution) with Ultra Control: if the related functionality has been selected in the Service
menu, then during the treatment, the machine allows manual Ultra Scans or automatic Ultra scans. During
an Ultra Scan, the machine automatically increases the TMP from the initial value to the value that
maximizes the total Ultra-filtration.
In case of manual Ultra Scans, the Ultra Scan process is activated by the user and automatically
stopped by the machine as the optimum TMP is reached. A manual Ultra Scan can also be stopped by the
user.
In case of automatic Ultra Scans, three Ultra Scan processes are automatically activated by the
machine with a fixed timing and automatically stopped by the machine as the optimum TMP is reached. An
automatic Ultra Scan can also be stopped by the user.
TMP in Pressure Control Mode

The operator will be able to set the maximum alarm limit for the TMP, during an Online treatment in
volume control mode, in the following range:
• 0 mmHg to Absolute Maximum TMP, in steps of 5 mmHg

where the Absolute Maximum TMP is a pre-defined value set by a Service technician in the following
range:
• 0 mmHg to +500 mmHg in steps of 5 mmHg

Code SM_9033239200_13 Rev. / 13-27


Artis Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

13.2.6 Ultrafiltration system


The accuracy of the Ultrafiltration system will be guaranteed in the following operating ranges:

Parameter Values

UF Volume • 0 to 24 L, in steps of 0.05 L (limited by maximun


UF rate of 3L/h)

In AFB K Treatment:
• 0 .1 to 24 L, in steps of 0.05 L (limited by maximun
UF rate of 3L/h and by maximum sum of UF Rate
and Infusion Flow Rate of 5L/h)

UF Volume Accuracy After the completion of the treatment session, the


accuracy is within the following value:
• ± 2.5% of the Real Weight Loss or ±50 g/h * Total
Treatment time (in hours), whichever is greater.

In AFB K Treatment: after the completion of the


treatment session, the accuracy is within the sum of
the following contributors:
• ± 2.5% of the sum of the Real Weight Loss plus
the Real AFB K Total Infusion volume, or ± 50 g/h
* Total Treatment time (in hours), whichever is
greater
• ± 0.3% of the Real AFB K Total Infusion volume

TMP Alarm Limit • -200 to +600 mmHg (±40 mmHg)

UF Volume Alarm Limits EP • 540 ml (accuracy linearly dependent on difference


between outlet dialyzer flow and inlet dialyzer flow,
85 g/h at 100 ml/min)

Protein Content • 0 to 120 mg/l

Protection System Type • Monitoring of the ultrafiltration rate

NOTE
If the difference between the accumulated weight loss rate measured by the
Ultrafiltration System and the accumulated weight loss rate measured by the Protective
System of the machine is greater than ±80 ml an audible and visual alarm is triggered.
When this alarm is activated the Venous Pump, if running is stopped and the dialysis
fluid goes into bypass.

13-28 Code SM_9033239200_13 Rev. /


Chapter 13. SPECIFICATIONS

NOTE
Besides the ultrafiltration, the patient’s weight change during treatment is affected by
other factors such as fluid and food intake, perspiration, drug administration, infusion
priming and rinseback volumes, amongst others.
In addition, precise pre- and post-treatment weight are critical for the proper assesment
of the ultrafiltration during the treatment. If these measurements are not accurate a
discrepancy between the achieved ultrafiltration during treatment and the patient’s
weight changes will occur.

Dialysis Time

Parameter Values

Treatment Time • 00.10 to 08.00 (hour.minute), in steps of 5 minutes


(limited by maximun UF rate of 3L/h)

Dialysis Time Alarm Limit EP • Treatment Time elapsed with an accuracy of ±


2min

13.2.6.1 Ultrafiltration system in AFB K Treatment


In AFB K Treatments, the UF Volume is calculated as follows:
Total UF Volume = UF Volume + Total Infusion Volume
(Patient Weight Loss)

According to that, the accuracy of the UF Volume can be calculated with the following
formula:
Total UF Volume = UF Volume + Total Infusion Volume
Accuracy Accuracy Accuracy
Where:
UF Volume Accuracy = ± 2.5% or ±50 ml/h * total treatment time, whichever is greater
(Refer to “16.2.6 Ultrafiltration system” paragraph)
Total Infusion Volume Accuracy = ± 0.3%

Code SM_9033239200_13 Rev. / 13-29


Artis Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Infusion Flow

Parameter Values

Infusion Flow Rate range • 1 to 4.0 l/h

Infusion Flow + UF Rate • ≤ 5 l/h


Total Infusion Volume • 100 g
Accuracy

Infusion Fluid Flow Rate Max. deviation from the set infusion fluid flow rate:
Alarm Limits EP • ±10% (accuracy of ±5%) when set infusion fluid
flow rate is greater than 50ml/min
• ±5 mL/min (accuracy of ±1 mL/min) when set
infusion fluid flow rate is ≤ 50ml/min

Infusion Volume Alarm Limit • ±200g (with an accuracy of ±50g)


EP a

a. It is defined as the difference between the Actual UF Volume and the UF


Volume set by the operator.

Blood Leak Detection

Parameter Values

Alarm Limit • 0.35 ml/min (the machine detects blood leakages


greater than this threshold on the ranges of the blood
and dialysis fluid flow rate, haematocrit 32%, ±2%)

Detection Method • Optical Infrared System

NOTE
A Safety Test of the Blood Leak Optical Sensor is automatically performed each time the
machine enters the Preparation mode.
When the Blood Leak sensor test fails audible and visual alarms are triggered.

NOTE
In the “Isolated UF” process or with the hydraulic circuit in bypass, the Blood Leak Alarm
may be delayed, due to operating conditions and dialyzer characteristics.

13-30 Code SM_9033239200_13 Rev. /


Chapter 13. SPECIFICATIONS

13.2.7 Disinfection

! WARNING
Contact with cleaning and/or disinfection chemicals may pose a risk of burns, skin
irritation or other adverse reactions. Always follow the chemical manufacturer's
instructions when handling these products or cleaning spills.

NOTE
It is recommended to alternate the disinfection methods and/or the disinfectants, in order
to optimize cleaning, descaling and disinfection of the machine.
For additional information contact your local representative.

13.2.7.1 Chemical Disinfectants


Below is a list of the main chemical solutions validated for chemical disinfection of the Artis Dialysis
System:

Active Ingredient Trade Names

Sodium Hypochlorite • Bleach 5%


• Amuchina 1.1%

Peracetic Acid • Dialox 0,35%


• Actril 0,06%
• Renalin 4%
• Oxagal 0,5%

Sodium Carbonate • CleanCart A

Citric Acid • CleanCart C

! WARNING
To prevent damaging the machine, do not leave disinfectant solutions in the machine for
periods over the following limits:
• 20 min for Sodium Hypochlorite based solutions at Disinfectant strength (Max. 0.2%
concentration)
• 20 min for Citric Acid based solutions at Disinfectant strength (Max. 2% concentration)
• 20 min for Sodium Carbonate based solution at Disinfectant strength (Max. 0.5%
concentration)
• 72 hours for Peracetic Acid based solutions at Disinfectant strength (Max. 0.10%
concentration)

Code SM_9033239200_13 Rev. / 13-31


Artis Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

13.2.7.2 Disinfection Programs


Following a list of the main disinfection programs allowable with the Artis Dialysis System.
The indicated “Total Time” parameter includes all the phases of the different disinfection processes
(fill-up, circulation, drain and cooling).
Heat Disinfection

Parameter Values

Temperature • Max 95 °C

Total Time • 34 min

Heat Disinfection with CleanCarts

Parameter Values

Heated Solution Concentration • Max. 2%, CleanCart-C


• Max. 0.5% CleanCart-A

Temperature • Max. 95 °C

Total Time • 44 min

Intergrated Heat Disinfection

Parameter Values

Temperature • Max 95 °C

Total Time • 34 min

Chemical Disinfection - Peracetic Acid

Parameter Values

Disinfectant Solution Concentration • Max. 0.10%


after 1:35 dilution

Disinfection Time • 16 min

Rinse Time • 38 min

Chemical Disinfection - Low Peracetic Acid

Parameter Values

Disinfectant Solution Concentration • Max. 0.01%


after 1:35 dilution

Disinfection Time • 16 min

Rinse Time • 27 min

13-32 Code SM_9033239200_13 Rev. /


Chapter 13. SPECIFICATIONS

Chemical Disinfection - Sodium Hypochlorite

Parameter Values

Disinfectant Solution Concentration • Max. 0.2%


after 1:35 dilution

Disinfection Time • 16 min

Rinse Time • 94 min

13.2.7.3 Rinsing
The Artis Dialysis System will automatically perform a Rinse process after any Chemical Disinfection
Program and a drain of the circuit after any Rinse process.
It is also possible to manually activate a rinsing process after a dialysis treatment.
The effectiveness of Rinsing (measured just before connecting the patient to the machine) conforms
to international standards for residual concentrations of disinfectant (European Pharmacological Standards
and ISO 13959):
• Peracetic maximum 1 ppm

• Sodium Hypochlorite maximum 0.1 ppm

NOTE
The test procedures for the measurement of disinfection and rinsing efficiency are
available, upon request, from the manufacturer’s quality control department.

! WARNING
After a Chemical Disinfection program, a test for residuals of disinfectant must be
performed before the following patient connection to avoid the risk of blood hemolysis
due to the exposure of the patient to the chemical residues.

13.2.7.4 External Cleaning


It is possible to clean the Artis Dialysis System externally without affecting the original surface
appearance using the following products:
• Ethanol (60% or 70%).

• Isopropanol 60%.

• Liquid soap, except for the Touch Screen

• Sodium hypochlorite (NaCIO) of 1,5% available chlorine, except for the Touch Screen, Arterial
and Venous Pumps, Air Detector, Blood Sensor, Hemoscan Sensor, Arterial and Venous Line
Clamps and Infusion Clamp.

Code SM_9033239200_13 Rev. / 13-33


Artis Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

13.3 Extracorporeal Blood Circuit


13.3.1 ArtiSet Blood Tubing System
The Blood Cassettes will allow the bloodlines to be positioned in a way designed to ensure a simple
and effective system.
The following Blood Cassettes are available for the Artis Dialysis System:

Prime Line for


Application Description Hemoscan Cuvette
saline bags

ArtiSet for HD-DN ArtiSet HD DNL HC YES YES


treatments with (FULL)
cuvette,
compatible with
Hemoscan/
Hemocontrol
functions or for
HDF post
treatments

ArtiSet for HD-DN ArtiSet HD DNL YES NO


treatments (BASE)

ArtiSet for HDF/ ArtiSet PrePost NO YES


HF treatments

ArtiSet for HD-SN


and HD-DNDP
treatments

ArtiSet for HD- ArtiSet HD SN HCa YES YES


DNDP treatments
with Hemoscan
cuvette,
compatible with
Hemoscan/
Hemocontrol
function

a. In AFB K Treatments, the Infusion Cassette must be used together with an


ArtiSet HD DNL HC Blood Tubing System.

NOTE
• Refer to the Blood Cassette labeling for technical specifications of the lines.
• Further information on suitable Blood Cassettes can be obtained by contacting your
local representative.

13-34 Code SM_9033239200_13 Rev. /


Chapter 13. SPECIFICATIONS

! WARNING
The use of the Blood Cassettes designed for Artis Dialysis System has been tested and
validated to provide safe and proper functioning of the system.

! WARNING
The appropriate Dialyzer and Blood Tubing System must be selected according to the
patient’s size and weight and to the treatment type.
The decision must be taken by a physician.
Before installing Gambro/Hospal Dialyzers and Blood Tubing System carefully read the
related Instructions for Use.

! WARNING
This service manual contains a number of references to accessories and disposables for
use with Artis Dialysis System. The Artis Dialysis System has been tested and validated
for use with accessories and disposables listed in this manual. The manufacturer has not
validated the use of accessories or disposables other than those specified in this
manual. The Manufacturer does not accept responsibility or liability for use of
accessories or disposables other than those specified in this manual. Depending on the
circumstances, use of accessories or disposables other than those specified may also
reduce the Manufacturer’s warranties for the Artis Dialysis System.

! WARNING
The Manufacturer recommends the use of a dialyzer with dialysis fluid and blood
connections that comply with ISO 8637.

NOTE
Do not use plate-type dialyzer.

13.3.2 Arterial and Venous Pumps


The Artis Blood Module is made up of two peristaltic pumps designed for dialysis, with pump
segment inserts of 6.36 x 9.54 mm (0.25x0.38 in).
To control the Arterial and Venous Pumps, the Blood Module is provided with:
• An Electronic Speed Control System to keep the speed constant, independently of load varia-
tions;

• A light on the Hard Key Panel illuminated when the Arterial and Venous Pumps are turning on
(or when they are about to turn on, for example, after an automatic stop caused by an alarm);

• A Pump Direction Monitor;

Code SM_9033239200_13 Rev. / 13-35


Artis Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

• A system to automatically stop the Arterial and Venous Pumps and close the Venous Line
Clamp in case of air or foam detection;

• A Safety Control when the Arterial and Venous Pump Covers are OPEN;

• Two cranks, one for each pump, for manual turning of the Arterial and Venous Pumps.

Blood Pump Technical Characteristics

Parameter Value Condition

Speed of Pump Rotor • 0 to 76 rpm approx. /

Blood Flow Ramping Up Can • 25, 50 or 100 ml/min, per /


be preset second

Max actual Blood Flow (at • 500 ml/min • Arterial Pressure: 0 to -


max rpm) 250 mmHg

13.3.3 Blood Flow


The Artis Dialysis System displays the following values related to the blood flow:
• The blood flow set value

• The blood flow actual value.

The blood flow set value represents the theoretical blood flow rate in the extra-corporeal circuit
calculated from the speed of the Arterial Pump rotor and the geometric characteristics of the pump
segment.
The blood flow actual value is the actual blood flow rate in the extra-corporeal circuit. The actual
value is usually lower than the set value due to the negative pressure in the access line at the inlet to the
pump. The negative pressure is caused by the rotation of the pump itself and pressure drop linked to the
motion of blood in the line. The actual value coincides with the set value when the pump inlet pressure
(arterial pressure) is zero.
The accuracy on the estimate, using GAMBRO Blood Cassette, is reported in the tables below and
it’s guaranteed only inside the reported ranges of pressure in the arterial chamber of the cassette, Actual
blood Flow and Treated Blood Volume.
The blood flow actual value is estimated by means of a mathematical algorithm taking into account
the pump segment characteristics of GAMBRO Blood Cassette, the current pump speed and the pressure
values in the extra-corporeal circuit.

NOTE
The Artis Dialysis System will be able to calculate and display the accumulated blood
volume in the range 0 to 999 litres.

13-36 Code SM_9033239200_13 Rev. /


Chapter 13. SPECIFICATIONS

! WARNING
Be aware that performing the treatment at extremely negative pre-pump Arterial
Pressure (lower than -150 mmHg) will reduce the blood flow. This can result in reduced
treatment effectiveness.
Pre-pump Arterial Pressure is the pressure measured by the Arterial Pressure Sensor.

! WARNING
A dedicated alarm (Low Blood Pump Speed #204) exists in order to avoid blood loss due
to coagulation resulting from interruption of blood flow.

HD-DN Treatment

Parameter Values Conditions

Adult Blood Cassette

Actual Blood • 10 to 500 ml/min • Arterial Pressure: 0 to -250 mmHg


Flow

Accuracy • ±10% • Arterial Pressure: 0 to -150 mmHg


• Total Treated Blood Volume: ≤ 120
litres
• Actual Blood Flow: 100 to 500 ml/
min
• ±20% or ±20 ml/min, • Arterial Pressure: 0 to -150 mmHg
whichever is greater • Total Treated Blood Volume: 120 to
200 litres
• Actual Blood Flow: 100 to 500 ml/
min

Arterial Pump • 10 to 580 ml/min, in steps /


Speed of 10 ml/min

Arterial Pump • If set ≤ 300 ml/min, ±30 /


Speed Alarm ml/min (± 5 ml/min) of the
Limits EP set value
• If set > 300 ml/min, /
±10% (±5%) of the set
value
Accumulated • 0 to 999 litres (±20%) /
Blood Volume

Code SM_9033239200_13 Rev. / 13-37


Artis Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

HD-DNDP Treatment

Parameter Values Conditions

Adult Blood Cassette

Actual Arterial • 20 to 500 mL/min • Arterial Pressure: 0 to -250 mmHg


Flow

Actual Venous • 10 to 500 mL/min •/


Flow

Accuracy • ±10% • Arterial Pressure: 0 to -150 mmHg


• Total Treated Blood Volume: ≤ 120
litres
• Actual Blood Flow: 100 to 500 ml/
min
• Arterial Pressure: 0 to -150 mmHg
• ±20% or ±20 ml/min, • Total Treated Blood Volume: 120 to
whichever is greater 200 litres
• Actual Blood Flow: 100 to 500 ml/
min

Arterial Pump • 20 to 520 mL/min, in steps /


Speed of 10 mL/min

Arterial Pump • If set ≤ 300 ml/min, ±30 /


Speed Alarm ml/min (± 5 ml/min) of the
Limits EP set value
• If set > 300 ml/min, /
±10% (±5%) of the set
value
Accumulated • 0 to 999 litres (±20%) /
Blood Volume

SN Pressure • -100 mmHg to +800 mmHg /

NOTE
In HD-DNDP Treatment, the Venous Pump Speed is automatically controlled by the Artis
Dialysis System, according to the Arterial Pump Speed.

13-38 Code SM_9033239200_13 Rev. /


Chapter 13. SPECIFICATIONS

HD-SN Treatmentt

Parameter Values Conditions

Mean Blood • 20 mL/min to 210 mL/min, • Ratio between Venous Flow


Flow in step of 10 mL/min (50 and Arterial Flow: 1.33
(default) mL/min)
• 20 mL/min to 170 mL/min, • Venous Flow 500 mL/min
in step of 10 mL/min (50 • Arterial Flow 250 mL/min
mL/min)
• 20 mL/min to 270 mL/min, • Venous Flow 500 mL/min
in step of 10 mL/min (50 • Arterial Flow 580 mL/min
mL/min)

Mean Blood • ±10 ml/min or ±15%, • Arterial Pressure: 0 to - 150


Flow Accuracy whichever is greater mmHg;
• Total Treated Blood Volume:
≤ 120 litres
Stroke Volume • 25 mL to 60 mL, in steps of /
(default) 5 mL (30 mL/min)

Stroke Volume • ± 15% of the set value /


Accuracy

SN Pressure • -100 mmHg to +800 mmHg /

SN Pressure • ±10 % • SN Pressure: +300 mmHg to


Accuracy +800 mmHg
• ±20 mmHg or ±10 %, • SN Pressure: -100 mmHg to
whichever is greater +300 mmHg

Arterial • 30 to 580 mL/min in steps /


Pump Speed of 10 mL/min

Arterial Pump • If set ≤ 300 ml/min, -60 ml/ /


Speed Alarm min / +30 ml/min (±5 ml/
Limits EP min) of the set value

• If set > 300 ml/min, -20% / /


+10% (±5%) of the set
value

Venous • 30 to 500 mL/min in steps /


Pump Speed of 10 mL/min

Venous Pump • If set ≤ 300 ml/min, -60 ml/ /


Speed Alarm min / +30 ml/min (±5 ml/
Limits EP min) of the set value

• If set > 300 ml/min,-20% / /


+10% (±5%) of the set
value

Accumulated • 0 to 999 litres (±20%) /


Blood Volume

Code SM_9033239200_13 Rev. / 13-39


Artis Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

NOTE
During a HD-SN Treatment, the Artis Dialysis System will be able to automatically control
the Arterial/Venous phases commutation according to high and low SN pressure limits.

NOTE
In HD-SN Treatment there is no expected recirculation of the blood inside the Blood
Tubing System due to the single needle cassette design. Despite that, the blood
recirculation occurs inside fistula needle or catheter chosen for the treatment.
For additional information refer to the Instruction for Use of these specific accessories.

13.3.4 Heparin Delivery


The Artis Dialysis System may be supplied with a syringe type infusion pump which delivers heparin
with a standard 30 ml syringe or a 10 ml syringe.

Parameter Values

Heparin Delivery • Linear: bolus delivered at a constant flow


Management • Intermittent: bolus delivery at a set interval of time
• Manual: single bolus delivered when the button is
pressed
• Extra Bolus: a bolus is delivered when the “Extra
Bolus” Action button is pressed.

Syringe Size • 30 mL
• 10 mL

Heparin Delivery • 0 mL/h or 1.5 mL/h to 10.0mL/h, in steps of 0.1 mL/h


Rate (Linear Mode) (30 ml syringe)
• 0 mL/h or 0.5 mL/h to 4.0 mL/h, in steps of 0.1 mL/h
(10 ml syringe)

Accuracy (on Accumulated • ±1 ml or ±0.2 ml/h * heparinization time (h) or ±10%


Volume) whichever is greater

Bolus Amounts • 0.5 to 12 mL, in steps of 0.1 mL (1.0 mL) (30 ml


(default) syringe)
• 0.5 to 4 mL, in steps of 0.1 mL (1.0 mL) (10 ml syringe)

Bolus Delivery Rate • 0.08 mL/s (30 ml syringe)


• 0.04 mL/s (10 ml syringe)

Stop Time (default) • 0 to total treatment time, in steps of 1 minute (30 min)

Max. Counter Pressure • +900 mmHg

Heparin Delivery Accumulated Heparin Volume:


Alarm Limits EP • ±40% of the theoretical Heparin Volume with an accuracy of
+1% to -10% of the theoretical Heparin Volume if the
delivered or the theoretical Heparin Volume is greater than
3ml for 30cc (2ml for 10cc) syringe

13-40 Code SM_9033239200_13 Rev. /


Chapter 13. SPECIFICATIONS

NOTE
To prime the Heparin line, 0.6 ml of heparin will be injected into the Blood Cassette. This
will happen regardless of the type of heparin delivery program selected.

Heparin Syringes

Following a list of the main syringes allowed on the Artis Dialysis System:

Syringe Name Volume (ml) Internal Diameter

TERUMO 30 23.1 mm (0.909 in)

BD 30 PLASTIPAK 30 21.6 mm (0.850 in)

PIC 30 LL 30 23.6 mm (0.929 in)

ICO GAMMA PLUS/ 30 23.9 mm (0.941 in)


MONOSTERIL

PENTA 30 30 21.8 mm (0.858 in)

TERUMO 10 15.8 mm (0.622 in)

BD 10 PLASTIPAK 10 14.5 mm (0.570 in)

! WARNING
These diameters have been taken from samples from many countries and are correct at
the time of printing. However, the manufacturer cannot be held responsible for changes
in syringe dimensions that may occur. The user should periodically check the correlation
between the stated and the actual diameters.

CAUTION
DO NOT USE syringes without luer lock connection.

! WARNING
The syringe infusion pump described above must be used ONLY for the infusion of
heparin.

Code SM_9033239200_13 Rev. / 13-41


Artis Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

13.3.5 Hemoscan Sensor


The Artis Dialysis System provides a non-invasive mechanism to perform relative blood volume
change measurements, according to the following specifications:

Parameter Values

Blood Flow Rate • 180 to 500 mL/min

Blood Temperature • patient's physiologic temperature range

Relative Blood Volume • -40% to +10%

Accuracy (standard error) • ±3%

Resolution • 0.1%

Hemoglobin Value Range • 6 to 16 g/dl

13.3.6 Blood Pressure Monitor (BPM)


The Blood Pressure Monitor is a non-invasive system to read the patient’s blood pressure during a
treatment (refer to the "Chapter BPM" of the Artis Operator’s Manual); it can be used together with central
venous catheters with atrial location.
In the table below the main specifications related to the blood pressure monitor option are reported.
The alarm limits below can be preset. The value put in brackets and in italics is the default value.

Parameter Values

Systolic pressure rangea • +60 to +255 mmHg (HDBPM)


• +40 to +260 mmHg (NiBPM)

Low alarm limitEP • 60 to 255 mmHg (90 mmHg)

High alarm limitEP • 60 to 255 mmHg (200 mmHg)

Diastolic pressure rangea • +30 to +195 mmHg (HDBPM)


• +20 to +200 mmHg (NiBPM)

Low alarm limitEP • +30 to +195 mmHg (50 mmHg)

High alarm limitEP • +30 to +195 mmHg (100 mmHg)

Heart rate rangeb • 30 to 200 bpm (HDBPM)


• 30 to 220 bpm (NiBPM)

Low alarm limit • 30 to 200 bpm (40 bpm)

High alarm limit • 30 to 200 bpm (120 bpm)

Heart rate resolution • 1 bpm

Cuff Pressure Range • 0-300 mmHg

Cycle Time • Typical cycle time: 35 s


• Max.: < 160 s

BPM cuff pressure • ±3mmHg or ±2% of the reading, whichever is


measurement error EP greater

13-42 Code SM_9033239200_13 Rev. /


Chapter 13. SPECIFICATIONS

Parameter Values

BPM Reproducibility of blood • ≤ 3,0 mmHg


pressure determination EP c

a. Mean error ±5 mmHg. Standard deviation 8 mmHg.


b. Heart Rate Accuracy: ±2% or ±3 bpm, whichever is greater
c. Only for Artis Dialysis System in Physio II configuration

13.3.7 Automatic Functions


The following automatic functions are available with the Artis Dialysis System:
1 HD-SN Treatment: arterial/venous cycles occur through automatic transition when the set
Stroke Volume and the commutation pressure are reached.

2. Linear or Intermittent Heparin Delivery: through programming of the rate and timing of deliv-
ery.

3. Heparin Bolus Injection Characteristics

4. Blood Sensor before Venous Line Clamp: before blood detection by the Blood Sensor or
before starting the dialysis treatment, some alarms are bypassed to allow easier filling of the
extracorporeal and hydraulic circuits.

5. Ultra Control: in HDF Post Treatment with Pressure control mode, it is possible to activate the
Ultra Control functionality (ref to “13.2.5 Substitution Fluid” section of this chapter)

6. Automatic Pump control: in online treatments with Volume or Pressure control mode, each
time that the substitution pump is stopped due to any reasons, the machine automatically
decreases the Arterial Pump speed in order to avoid venous pressure peaks.

13.3.8 Main Surveillance Devices


Following the specifications related to the main surveillance devices available with the Artis Dialysis
System.
Ultrasonic Air Detector

The Blood Module has an Air Detector consisting of:


• An Ultrasonic Sensor located into the right Sensor Bar;

• A Transducer which carries out the auto-test every 350 ms;

• A Visual and Audible Alarm which is activated if air is detected.

Parameter Values

Detection Method • An ultrasonic wave band crosses the fluid in the blood
line. When air is present in the line, the signal
received by the detector is modified in proportion to
the volume of air present. When the signal goes above
a fixed threshold, the microprocessor triggers a signal,
which causes the Venous Line Clamp to close and the
Arterial and Venous Pumps to stop.

Code SM_9033239200_13 Rev. / 13-43


Artis Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Parameter Values

Sensitivity • Bubble volume ≥ 20 micro litres (±1 micro litre), at


max. flow rate

Arterial Pressure Monitoring

The Arterial Pressure Sensor is used for measuring pre-pump arterial pressure in order to protect the
patient from high negative arterial pressures between the patient and the Arterial pump.
During a treatment, an Arterial Pressure alarm will be triggered if the pressure measurements are not
within the following ranges:
• Minimum and Maximum treatment limits;

• Minimum and Maximum Arterial pressure limits, calculated as:

Max Arterial Limit = Operating value + Arterial Positive Offset


Min Arterial Limit = Operating value - Arterial Negative Offset

NOTE
In case of Fast Recovery procedure, the Artis Dialysis System will automatically set the
Extreme Alarm limits as the Minimum and Maximum Arterial pressure limits.

Parameter Values

Operating Range • -400 to +150 mmHg

Accuracy • ±10 mmHg or ±10%, whichever is greater (in the


range -400 mmHg to +20 mmHg)
• ±20 mmHg (in the range +20 mmHg to +150
mmHg)

Offset Values (Default)a • Positive: 10 to 100 mmHg, in steps of 5 mmHg


(60 mmHg or 100 mmHg in HD-SN Treatment)
• Negative: 10 to 80 mmHg, in steps of 5 mmHg
(60 mmHg or 80 mmHg in HD-SN Treatment)

Treatment Limits(Default)a • Min: -300 to -100 mmHg, in steps of 10 mmHg (-


300 mmHg)
• Max: -100 to +150 mmHg, in steps of 10 mmHg (0
mmHg)

Extreme Alarm Limits (outside the • Min: -490 mmHg


treatment mode) • Max: +200 mmHg

Maximum Arterial Alarm Limita • -100 to +150 mmHg, in steps of 10 mmHg

a. Can be preset

13-44 Code SM_9033239200_13 Rev. /


Chapter 13. SPECIFICATIONS

NOTE
Modification of the Blood Flow Rate causes a fluctuation in the Arterial Pressure and
therefore an alarm may be triggered.
To prevent such an effect, following any start/stop of the Arterial pump or change in the
Blood Flow Rate the Arterial pressure Alarm Window is automatically set wider for 120
seconds in HD-DN, HD-DNDP, HD-SN, HDF Post, HDF Pre, HF Pre and AFB K
Treatments.

Venous Pressure Monitoring

During a treatment, a Venous Pressure alarm will be triggered if the pressure


measurements are not within the following ranges:
• Minimum and Maximum treatment limits;
• Minimum and Maximum Venous pressure limits, calculated as:
Max Venous Limit = Operating value + Venous Positive Offset
Min Venous Limit = Operating value - Venous Negative Offset

Parameter Values
Operating Range • -100 to +450 mmHg
Accuracy • ±10 mmHg or ±10%, whichever is greater (in
the range -20 mmHg to +450 mmHg)
• ±20 mmHg (in the range -100 mmHg to -20
mmHg)
Offset Values (Default)a • Positive: 10 to 70 mmHg (120 mmHg in HD-
SN Treatment) in steps of 5 mmHg (70
mmHg or 120 mmHg in HD-SN Treatment)
• Negative:10 to 40 mmHg (80 mmHg in HD-
SN Treatment) in steps of 5 mmHg (40
mmHg or 80 mmHg in HD-SN Treatment)
Treatment Limits(Default)a • Min: 10 to 100 mmHg, in steps of 10 mmHg
(10 mmHg)
• Max: 150 to 400 mmHg, in steps of 10 mmHg
(300 mmHg or 400 mmHg in HD-SN
Treatment)
Extreme Alarm Limits (outside the • Min: -320 mmHg
treatment mode) • Max: +500 mmHg
Extreme Alarm Limits (in treatment • Min: -200 mmHg
mode) • Max: +500 mmHg
Maximum Venous Pressure Alarm • +150 to +400 mmHg, in steps of 10 mmHg
Limit (Default)a (300 mmHg or 400 mmHg in HD-SN
Treatment)
a. Can be preset

Code SM_9033239200_13 Rev. / 13-45


Artis Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

NOTE
A Safety Test of the Venous Pressure Monitoring System is automatically performed
each time the machine enters the Preparation mode.

NOTE
Modification of the Blood Flow Rate causes a fluctuation in the Venous Pressure and
therefore an alarm may be triggered.
To prevent such an effect, following any start/stop of the Arterial pump or change in the
Blood Flow Rate the Venous Pressure Alarm Window is automatically set wider for 120
seconds in HD-DN, HD-DNDP, HD-SN, HDF Post, HDF Pre, HF Pre and AFB K
Treatments.

! WARNING
Monitoring of the Venous Pressure could not always detect the disconnection of a
venous needle from its access site, which may result in extracorporeal blood loss to the
environment. When a venous needle disconnects from its access, pressure at the
venous monitoring side may only decrease by the pressure maintained within the
patient’s vascular access. This pressure drop may be less than the width of the
machine’s venous pressure alarm window: in this particular case the disconnection of a
venous needle from its access site is not detectable by the machine, even if pressure
alarms and alarm windows are properly set.
To reduce the risk of needles disconnection:
• ensure that venous needle and line are firmly secured to the access site area according
to your clinic's protocol;
• ensure that the patient's access is visible at all times during the dialysis treatment;
• inspect frequently the patient's access;
• adjust properly the venous pressure alarm window: the venous pressure alarm lower
limit should be set as closely as practical to the actual patient’s venous pressure value
without generating excessive nuisance alarms.

13-46 Code SM_9033239200_13 Rev. /


Chapter 13. SPECIFICATIONS

SN Pressure (HD-SN Treatment)

In HD-SN Treatment, the pressure transducer measures the blood pressure into the Post-Dialyzer
Expansion Chamber in order to manage the Arterial and Venous phases.
Arterial and Venous phases are managed according to the SN Pressure Max. and Min. values
calculated on the basis of the Stroke Volume set by the operator.

Parameter Values

Operating Range • -100 to +800 mmHg

Accuracy • ±10 % (in the Operating Range +300 mmHg to +800


mmHg)
• ±20 mmHg or ±10%, whichever is greater (in the
Operating Range -100 mmHg to +300 mmHg)

Alarm Limits • SN Pressure Max.: +450 mmHg


(see NOTE1)

NOTE1
SN Pressure Min. is automatically controlled during the Venous phase and it can not be
lower than 40 mmHg.
When this pressure is reached the machine automatically switches from the Venous
phase to the Arterial one.

Hospasol Infusion Line Pressure (AFB K Treatment)

Parameter Values

Operating Range • -100 to +100 mmHg

Accuracy • ±10 mmHg (in the Operating Range -50 mmHg to


+100 mmHg)
• ±20 mmHg (in the Operating Range -100 mmHg to -50
mmHg)

Alarm Limits • -50 mmHg to +75 mmHg

End of Infusion bag

The Artis Dialysis System is designed to trigger alarms if, in AFB K treatment, the end of infusion bag
is detected.
This criterion is active only after patient connection by monitoring the weight changes on the AFB K
Scale.
If no weight changes are detected on the AFB K Scale, the Venous Pump is stopped within a interval
time enough to avoid the emptying of the Infusion Cassette chamber.
Infusion Flow Rate

The Artis Dialysis System is designed to trigger alarms if, in AFB K treatment, the Infusion Flow rate
error exceeds specific values.
This criterion is active only after patient connection by comparing the weight changes on the AFB K

Code SM_9033239200_13 Rev. / 13-47


Artis Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Scale and the Infusion Fluid Volume given to the patient by means of the Venous Pump. The alarm is
triggered each time the difference between these two values is greater than 50, 100 and 150 g.

13.3.9 Safety system actuators


The Artis Dialysis System is supplied with the following safety system actuators:

Arterial Line Clamp • Used for HD-SN Treatment

Venous Line Clamp • Automatic closure when required by an alarm as part


of a specific safety state;
• Closure in HD-SN Treatment to reduce recirculation;
• The Venous Line Clamp is fitted with a position sensor
to ensure proper functioning of the clamp, and to
assure that the Arterial Pump is stopped.

Infusion Clamp • Handled in Ultra Treatments for bolus delivery and


rinseback procedure;
• Automatic closure when required by an alarm as part
of a specific safety state;
• The Infusion Line Clamp is fitted with a position sensor
to ensure proper functioning of the clamp.

13.4 Protective system


The Protective System of the Artis Dialysis System grants safety under so called “single fault
condition”, as required by international regulations. The system supervises all the patient-safety relevant
conditions and it can place the machine in a Specific Safe State when one of these conditions is not
satisfied.
The conditions controlled are:
• Final Dialysis Fluid Conductivity

• Final Dialysis Fluid Conductivity

• Arterial and Venous Pumps flow and direction

• Bicarbonate Dialysis Fluid Conductivity

• Blood Leakage from the dialyzer

• Concentrate Container Error

• Dialysis Fluid Flow

• Dialysis Fluid pH (optional)

• End of Infusion Bag in AFB K Treatment/

• Heparin Delivery

• Maximum Dialyzer Pressure at the Dialyzer Inlet and Outlet

• Minimum Dialyzer Pressure at the Dialyzer Inlet and Outlet

• Infusion Weight in AFB K Treatment

• Presence of Air in the Venous Patient Line

• Dialysis Fluid Temperature

13-48 Code SM_9033239200_13 Rev. /


Chapter 13. SPECIFICATIONS

• Ultrafiltration Flow

• Ultrafiltrate Mass Balance

• Venous Pressure monitoring

• Arterial Pressure monitoring

• Incorrect Voltage

• Activity of Diascan System

• Control System Communications

• Correct Sequence of T1 Test

• Power Failure

• Long Bypass

• Pause Therapy

• TMP

• Blood Lines Clamped

• Water Leakage

• Activity of Hemocontrol System

• Activity of AFB K Scale/

• Activity of K Profile in AFB K Treatment

• Bicarbonatemia Surveillance in AFB K Treatment

• Infusion Clamp monitoring in Ultra treatments

Depending on the type of fault condition occurred, one or more of the following Specific Safe States
are applied to the machine:
• Arterial Pump Stop

• Venous Pump Stop

• Venous Line clamp Closed

• Dialysis Fluid Bypass (to prevent it reaching the dialyzer)

Each time a Specific Safe State is applied, the related auditory and visual alarms are triggered.
In case that the Specific Safe State is not properly applied, the Protective System places the machine
in a General Safe State and:
• Closes the Venous Line Clamp;

• Switches OFF the Power Supply to all the actuators, except to those for visual and audible
alarms.

For further details about protective alarm limits, refer to the related sections of this chapter and of the
“ Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING”.

Code SM_9033239200_13 Rev. / 13-49


Artis Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

13.5 Disposal of discarded equipment


Discarded electromedical equipment may not be disposed of together with municipal waste but must
be collected separately in order to guarantee ecologically correct disposal to prevent dispersion of
potential pollutants into the environment.
Pay attention to the fact that some components of the machine (display, batteries, circuit boards,
etc.) may contain toxic substances which, if released into the environment, pose a risk to the health of
living organisms and the environment itself.
When discarding electromedical equipment used at or through healthcare facilities, it may be
returned directly to the local representative/distributor who has supplied it.
When discarding electromedical equipment used in private households, it may be:
• returned free of charge to the distributor at the time of purchasing new equipment

• sent to the specialized collection centres free of charge.

Users who return electromedical equipment to the subjects identified above actively contribute to
reuse, recycling and recovery of potentially still useable materials and components and to reduction of the
potential risks to the environment and human health.
Abusive disposal of discarded equipment may be punishable by law.

13-50 Code SM_9033239200_13 Rev. /


Chapter 13. SPECIFICATIONS

13.6 Materials in contact with water, concentrates and


dialysis fluid

Ceramic (alluminium oxide)


EPDM (Ethylene Propylene Terpolymer Rubber)
FKM (Fluoroelastomer)
Glass
Graphite
NBR (Acrylonitrile-butadiene Rubber)
Ni superalloy (Nickel)
PA (Polyamide)
PA + GF (Polyamide + Glass Fiber)
PAES
PC (Polycarbonate)
PEEK (Polyether ether ketone)
PE HD (Polyethilene high density)
PEI (Polyetherimide)
PP (Polypropylene)
PP + GF (Polypropylene Glass Fiber)
PPE+PS (Polyphenylene ethynylene + Polystyrene)
PPE+PS+GF (Polyphenylene ethynylene + Polystyrene + Glass fiber)
PPSU (Polyphenilsulfone)
PSU (Polysulfone)
PTFE (Polytetrafluoroethylene)
PUR (Polyurethane)
PVC (Polyvinylchloride)
PVDF (Polyvinylidenefluoride)
PVP (Polyvinylpyrrolidone)
Silicone
SS (Stainless Steel)
Ti (Titanium)
TPE (Thermoplastic Elastomer)

Code SM_9033239200_13 Rev. / 13-51


13.7 Diascan
The conductivity of the dialysis fluid can be measured by the DIASCAN system
The Diascan system will be available in the following treatment modes:
• Hemodialysis (HD-DN and HD DNDP Treatment) - including when Hemocontrol is active

• Hemodiafiltration (HDF Post and Pre in Volume Control Mode and HDF Post in Pressure Con-
trol Mode)

• HD-SN Treatment

• AFB K (K Constant mode)

Following the main specifications related to this functionality:

Parameter Range Accuracy Resolution Conductivity

Ionic Dialysance 0 to 500 ml/min ±7 ml/mina 1 ml/min /


(±10 ml/min
in SN
Treatment)

Plasma Sodium 130 to 160 mmol/l ±3 mmol/la 1 mmol/l /


Concentration

Plasma Conduct. 13 to 16 mS/cm ± 0.05 0.01 mS/cm 13 to 16 mS/cm


mS/cm (0.05 mS/cm)

Ionic -800 to 800 mmol ±25 mmola 1 mmol -


Mass Bal (HD-DN)b

Depurated Vol 0 to 200 litres ±2 litresa 0.1 litres /

KT/V 0 to 3 - 0.01 /

a.Standard Error for a 4 hour dialysis.


b.Positive values correspond to solutes removed from the patient.

Accuracy is guaranteed in all the treatment modes, except in HD-SN Treatment


where accuracy is not guaranteed, within the following ranges:

Parameter Range

Blood Flow 200 to 500 ml/min


Dialysis Fluid 300 to 800 ml/min
Temperature 30-45 °C
Conductivity 13 to 16 mS/cm (0.05 mS/cm)
Chapter 14: IT-NETWORK SPECIFICATIONS

Chapter 14: IT-NETWORK SPECIFICATIONS


The following tables list the information related to the Artis IT-Network
Parameters, IT-Network Administration and Remote Control. l

Table 1. IT-Network Parameters


Communication Virtual
Protocol FTP HTTP Service Log Manuf Log
Network
IT (Mediartis protocol protocol
.tech) Computing
Parameter
Communication ref. RFC-959 1.0 NA NA NA
Protocol version
Purpose of the Artis treatment Artis treatment Artis Artis Artis remote
connection to an IT- and and treatment and treatment display
NETWORK configuration configuration configuration and
data data data configuratio
communication communication communicatio n data
to a client to a client n to a client communica
application application application tion to a
client
application
Formats of message according to according to proprietary proprietary according to
types used FTP standard HTTP standard messages messages TCP standard
RFC-959 HTTP 1.0 format not format not RFC 793;
disclosed to disclosed to according to
end users end users HTTP
standard
HTTP 1.0
Free fields (wich are none none none none none
used)
Ports 21 443 3011 3013 5900
(TCP/IP lower layer) Transport, Transport, Transport, Transport, Transport,
Internet and Internet and Internet and Internet and Internet and
Link Layers Link Layers Link Layers Link Layers Link Layers
Detailed parameters Transport Transport layer: Transport Transport Transport
with respect to the layer: TCP; TCP; UDP layer: TCP; layer: TCP; layer: TCP;
lower protocol layers UDP Internet layer: UDP UDP UDP
Internet layer: IPv4 Internet layer: Internet Internet layer:
IPv4 Link Layer: IPv4 layer: IPv4 IPv4
Link Layer: ARP Link Layer: Link Layer: Link Layer:
ARP ARP ARP ARP
Network data: Ehernet Ehernet Ehernet Ehernet Ehernet
physical connection 10-100Mb/sec 10-100Mb/sec 10-100Mb/ 10-100Mb/ 10-100Mb/
transmission transmission sec sec sec
data rate; data rate; transmission transmissio transmission
autodect autodect mode. data rate; n data rate; data rate;
mode. autodect autodect autodect
mode. mode. mode.

Code SM_9033239200_14 Rev. / 14-1


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Table 2. IT- Network administration


Network configuration refer to "Connectivity requirements" paragraph below for
the related information
Port number of connected 1 port reserved in the switch/hub/router for device
switch/hub/router connection
IP address IP address
Subnet mask assign static subnet mask to the Artis Dialysis System
Host name NA
IT domain NA
Active directory/LDAP server NA
Default gateway assign static default gateway to the Artis Dialysis System

NOTE
Gambro discourages the use of hub instead of switch to connect
the Artis Dialysis System(s) to the network of the dialysis facility.

Table 3. Remote Control


Remote monitoring not supported
Modem connection not supported
Remote service ip address not supported
Other parameters none

In evaluating network security, the Responsible Organization should consider:

• Restricting unauthorized access to the network and networked


medical devices;
• Making certain appropriate antivirus software and firewalls are up-to-
date;
• Monitoring network activity for unauthorized use;
• Protecting individual network components through routine and
periodic evaluation, including updating security patches and
disabling all unnecessary ports and services;
• Contacting the manufacturer if you think you may have a
cybersecurity problem related to the medical device.

Connection of Artis Dialysis System to an IT-Network that includes other


equipment could result in previously unidentified risks to patients, operators or
third parties.

The Responsible Organization should identify, analyse, evaluate and control


these risks.

14-2 Code SM_9033239200_14 Rev. /


Chapter 14: IT-NETWORK SPECIFICATIONS

Subsequent changes to the IT-Network could introduce new risks and require
additional analysis.

Changes to the IT-Network include:

• Changes in the IT-Network configuration;


• Connection of additional items to the IT-Network;
• Disconnecting items from an IT-Network;
• Update of equipment connected to the IT-Network;
Upgrade of equipment connected to the IT-Network.

! WARNING
Before connecting the Artis Dialysis System to an Ethernet
network, the Responsible Organization must ensure that the
network is dedicated or adequately segregated. Artis Dialysis
System can be only connected to external devices aiming at
exchanging Artis clinical/technical data. The Responsible
Organization shall properly configure the network in order to
satisfy the segregation requirement according to the instruction
provided in this manual.
Gambro declines any responsibility or liability related to machine
malfunction or missing or incorrect Data transferred caused by an
incorrect network configuration.

Code SM_9033239200_14 Rev. / 14-3


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

14.1 Connectivity requirements

This paragraph provides recommended guidelines in order to properly connect


the Artis Dialysis Systems on customer's network.
The guidelines aim to describe some scenarios (more options might be possible)
to setup a dedicated network where dialysis equipments can perform treatments
without interference by external network factors.
In case the connectivity guidelines listed below are not followed this could lead to
Missing or incorrect Data transferred or Artis Dialysis System unavailability.

14.1.1 Segregation scenarios

14.1.1.1 Air-gapped networks

In this scenario a dedicated network is created using committed network


equipments. Both connectivity and network addressing requirements must be
satisfied by the dialysis facility’s IT groups. Only devices physically connected to
the dedicated network equipment can be communicated to each other.

•Benefit: very low broadcast level and easy device access control.

•Disadvantage: no way to communicate with the outside world,


required manual network address assignation on each device..

14-4 Code SM_9033239200_14 Rev. /


Chapter 14: IT-NETWORK SPECIFICATIONS

Technical Information (Green LAN)

•The Switch used in this scenario for the dialysis machines is a Switch
Layer 2.

14.1.1.2 Bridged networks

In this scenario a dedicated dialysis machine network was setup and a device
(bridge) put this network in communication with the Hospital's network. Device in
the dialysis network can be communicated to each other but it was isolated from
the Hospital's network with the exception of traffic explicitly allowed by configured
network rules on the bridge device.

•Benefit: low broadcast level. User's configurable communication


channel.

•Disadvantage: erroneous configuration of bridge device can broke the


segregation model

Technical Information (Green LAN)

•The Ethernet board used in this scenario is a PCI - Gigabit Ethernet


board.

•The Switch used in this scenario for the dialysis machines it is a Switch
Layer 2.

Code SM_9033239200_14 Rev. / 14-5


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

14.1.1.3 VLAN networks

In this scenario the network connection is provided by a switch that supports


VLANs. VLAN can be used to create multiple pseudo dedicated networks on the
same network equipment. VLAN also creates different broadcast domains that
could help lower down the broadcast traffic. Communication between different
VLANs can be achieved using a bridge, a router or a L3-capable switch.

NOTE
Please be aware that high-load traffic on a single VLAN could
impact the performance on all the VLANs because they share the
same physical switch.

•Benefit: low broadcast level. User's configurable communication


channel (requires a bridge or a router).

•Disadvantage: manual network address configuration on each VLAN


(in absence of DHCP server). VLANs must be correctly
configured on the switch.

Technical Information

•The Switch used in this scenario it is a Switch Layer 3 with VLAN


support.

14-6 Code SM_9033239200_14 Rev. /


Chapter 14: IT-NETWORK SPECIFICATIONS

NOTE
For detailed device configuration refer to the device operator
manual and the IT dialysis facility personnel.

Routing rules required, in order to configure properly the network communication


from the VLAN ID 1 to VLAN ID 2. (It is available from VLAN ID1 to VLAN ID2 but
not vice versa).

Following an example about how to configure a VLAN on Cisco devices. This is


not to be intended as a unique guideline since more alternatives are available
once approaching the network configuration:

http://www.cisco.com/en/US/tech/tk389/tk815/
technologies_configuration_example09186a008019e74e.shtml

All the scenarios mentioned above are applicable to Artis Dialysis Systems
connected to the Exalis system or using the HL7 functionality.

It is mandatory to connect all the dialysis systems mentioned above and the
related acquisition software (Exalis system or external software application) in a
dedicated network.
Gambro declines any responsibilities related to machines malfunction caused by
an incorrect network configuration.

Code SM_9033239200_14 Rev. / 14-7


This page is left intentionally blank

14-8 Code SM_9033239200_14 Rev. /


Artis
Service Manual - Volume 2/2

service code SP01232


internal code 9033239200
revision /
rev. sw 8.60
date 2016-07
Manufactured by:
GAMBRO DASCO S.p.A. Via Modenese 66, 41036 MEDOLLA (MO) Italy
Questions or comments about this publication can be directed to your Local
Representative.
© 2016 GAMBRO LUNDIA AB All rights reserved.

Artis Dialysis System is powered by Tilcon Real-Time Run-Time which is a Copyright


2003 _ TILCON SOFTWARE LIMITED. All rights reserved. Tilcon Real-Time Run-Time
software is protected by copyright and contains confidential information of Tilcon Software
Limited. Reverse engineering, unauthorized use or reproduction is strictly prohibited.

Trademarks
Gambro, Artis, BiCart, BiCart Select, CleanCart, Diascan, HemoControl, Hemoscan,
SelectBag, SelectBag One, SelectCart, SoftPac and U 9000 are trademarks of Baxter
International Inc. or its subsidiaries.
All other trademarks are the properties of their respective owners.

Code SM_9033239200_0C Rev. /


Applicability
This manual applies to the following Artis Dialysis system configurations equipped with
software version 8.60

Device Trade Name Catalog Name Catalog Code


ARTIS ARTIS 230V PHYSIO II 955412
ARTIS ARTIS 230V PHYSIO II LP 115964
ARTIS ARTIS AFBK PHYSIO II 115966
ARTIS ARTIS 115V PHYSIO II 115965
ARTIS ARTIS 230V PHYSIO I 115962
ARTIS ARTIS 230V PHYSIO 115323
ARTIS ARTIS 230V PHYSIO LP 115324
ARTIS ARTIS AFBK PHYSIO 115326
ARTIS ARTIS 230V 110635
ARTIS ARTIS 230V LP 115401
ARTIS ARTIS AFBK 114389
ARTIS ARTIS 115V 112949

Code SM_9033239200_0C Rev. /


This Service Manual is made up of the chapters listed in the table below. Each chapter is
identified by its own code and revision.
Refer to the table below for the correct code and revision of each chapter in this Service
Manual.

Chapter Code Revision


Cover VOL1 SM_9033239200_0C Rev. /
Table of Contents VOL1 SM_9033239200_0T Rev. /
Introduction SM_9033239200_0I Rev. /
Chapter 1 SM_9033239200_01 Rev. /
Chapter 2 SM_9033239200_02 Rev. /
Chapter 3 SM_9033239200_03 Rev. /
Chapter 4 SM_9033239200_04 Rev. /
Chapter 5 SM_9033239200_05 Rev. /
Chapter 6 SM_9033239200_06 Rev. /
Chapter 7 SM_9033239200_07 Rev. /
Chapter 8 SM_9033239200_08 Rev. /
Chapter 9 SM_9033239200_09 Rev. /
Chapter 10 SM_9033239200_10 Rev. /
Chapter 11 SM_9033239200_11 Rev. /
Chapter 12 SM_9033239200_12 Rev. /
Chapter 13 SM_9033239200_13 Rev. /
Chapter 14 SM_9033239200_14 Rev. /
Cover VOL2 SM_9033239200_0C Rev. /
Table of Contents VOL2 SM_9033239200_0T Rev. /
Chapter 15 SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /

! WARNING
Ensure that no chapter is removed from the manual because that might affect
the understanding of the Artis Service Manual.

Addendums to this Service Manual might be available. Contact your Local


Representative for further information and to get the access via internet.

Code SM_9033239200_0C Rev. /


Table of contents
VOLUME 1
INTRODUCTION
Chapter 1. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Chapter 2. HYDRAULIC DESCRIPTION
Chapter 3. BLOOD CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
Chapter 4. ELECTRONIC DESCRIPTION
Chapter 5. SIGNALS & CONNECTIONS DESCRIPTION
Chapter 6. SOFTWARE DESCRIPTION
Chapter 7. CALIBRATIONS
Chapter 8. MAINTENANCE
Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS
AND TROUBLESHOOTING
Chapter 10. SPECIAL CHECKOUT PROCEDURES
Chapter 11. SPARE PARTS LIST
Chapter 12. INSTALLATION
Chapter 13. SPECIFICATIONS
Chapter 14: IT-NETWORK SPECIFICATIONS
VOLUME 2
Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Dialysis process ............................................................................................................... 15:1
Dialysis Phases ....................................................................................................... 15:1
Dialysis:phase 1-Pre Check: Electro valves T1 Test -
HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-DNDP/HDF/HF Treatments ..................................................... 15:3
Dialysis: Phase 5 - UPLC Cleaning if the T1 Test fails -
HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-DNDP/HDF/HF Treatments ................................................. 15:6
Dialysis: phase 2 - Filling the first Ultrafilter UF1 -
HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-DNDP/HDF/HF Treatments .................................................. 15:8
Dialysis: phase 3 - Filling the second Ultrafilter UF2 tangentially-
HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-DNDP/HDF/HF Treatments ................................................ 15:10
Dialysis: phase 6 - T1T_PIPO_HIGH -
HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-DNDP/HDF/HF Treatments .................................................. 15:12
Dialysis: phase 7 - T1T_PIPO_LOW -
HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-DNDP/HDF/HF Treatments .................................................. 15:14

Code SM_9033239200_0T Rev. / v


ARTIS Service Manual:«MAINTENANCE»

Dialysis: phase 51 - Negative Pressure -


HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-DNDP/HDF/HF Treatments ............................................... 15:16
Dialysis: phase 52 - Load Waiting -
HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-DNDP/HDF/HF Treatments ................................................ 15:18
Dialysis: phase 55 - Temperature Test -
HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-DNDP/HDF/HF Treatments ................................................ 15:20
Dialysis: phase 4 - Cooling - HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-DNDP/HDF/HF Treatments....... 15:22
Dialysis: phase 53 - Leakages Test -
HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-DNDP/HDF/HF Treatments ................................................ 15:24
Dialysis: phase 49 - Hydraulic Drain -
HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-DNDP/HDF/HF Treatments ................................................ 15:28
Dialysis: phase 13 - Dialysis Fluid Preparation and Distribution -
HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-DNDP/HDF/HF Treatments (BiCart mode)....................... 15:32
Dialysis: phase 13 - Dialysis Fluid Preparation and Distribution -
HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-DNDP/HDF/HF Treatments (BiCart Select mode) ................. 15:36
Dialysis: phase 15 - Dialysis Fluid Preparation and Distribution:
Fill internal by-pass - HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-DNDP/HDF/HF Treatments ................. 15:42
Dialysis: phase 16 - End Preparation - HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-DNDP/HDF/HF
Treatments ......................................................................................................... 15:44
Dialysis: phase 50 - External bypass configuration: Pre-sample negative
pressure - HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-DNDP/HDF/HF Treatments ................................... 15:46
Dialysis: phase 17 - Sampling - HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-DNDP/HDF/HF
Treatments ....................................................................................................... 15:48
Dialysis: phase 18 - Hydraulic Priming - Saline HD-DN Treatment in Low
Volume mode ................................................................................................... 15:50
Dialysis: phase 18 - Hydraulic Priming - Ultra HD-DN Treatment ....................... 15:54
Dialysis: phase 18 - Hydraulic Priming - HDF/HF Treatment ................................ 15:58
Dialysis: phase 18 - Hydraulic Priming - Saline HD-SN Treatment ....................... 15:62
Dialysis: phase 18 - Hydraulic Priming - Ultra HD-SN Treatment ......................... 15:66
Dialysis: phase 19 - Wait for Patient - HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-DNDP/HDF/HF
Treatments ........................................................................................................ 15:70
Dialysis: phase 21 - Patient Connection -
HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-DNDP/HDF/HF Treatments ................................................ 15:72
Dialysis: phase 23 - Treatment (With UF) - HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-DNDP
Treatments ......................................................................................................... 15:74
Dialysis: phase 54 - ISOLATED UF - HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-DNDP/HDF/HF
Treatments ......................................................................................................... 15:76
Dialysis: phase 24 - Volume control mode (With UF) - HDF Treatment............. 15:78
Dialysis: phase 25 - Set time TMP control (With UF) - HDF Treatment ............ 15:80
Dialysis: phase 27 - Volume Control mode (With UF) - HF Treatment ................. 15:82
Dialysis: phase 30 - On Line Infusion Bolus -
HF/HDF/ULTRA HD-DN/ULTRA HD-SN/ULTRA HD-DNDP Treatments............ 15:84
Dialysis: phase 31 - Calibration - Flowmeter alignment -
HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-DNDP/HDF/HF Treatments ................................................. 15:86
Dialysis: phase 32 - UF only - HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-DNDP Treatments .................. 15:88
Dialysis: phase 33 - Bypass operator - HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-DNDP/HDF/HF
Treatments ............................................................................................................ 15:90
Dialysis: phase 34 - Flushing UF - HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-DNDP/HDF/HF
Treatments ............................................................................................................ 15:92
Dialysis: phase 35 - Pause Therapy - HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-DNDP/HDF/HF
Treatments ......................................................................................................... 15:94

vi Code SM_9033239200_0T Rev. /


Dialysis: Current phase - Change Acid - HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-DNDP/HDF/HF
Treatments ............................................................................................................ 15:96
Dialysis: Current phase - Change Bicart - HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-DNDP/HDF/HF
Treatments in Bicart Mode .................................................................................... 15:99
Dialysis: Current phase - Change Bicart or Select Cart-
HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-DNDP/HDF/HF Treatments in Bicart Select Mode .............. 15:104
Dialysis: Current phase - Change Select Bag -
HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-DNDP/HDF/HF Treatments ................................................. 15:108
Dialysis: phase 36 - Rinseback - HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-DNDP/HDF/ HF
Treatments .......................................................................................................... 15:111
Dialysis: phase 37 - Emptying the Dialyzer_1 -
HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-DNDP/HDF/HF Treatments .............................................. 15:113
Dialysis: phase 38 - Waiting Phase -
HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-DNDP/HDF/HF Treatments .............................................. 15:115
Dialysis: phase 39 - Emptying the Dialyzer_2 -
HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-DNDP/HDF/HF Treatments .............................................. 15:117
Dialysis: phase 40 - Dialyzer Emptying_3 -
HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-DNDP/HDF/HF Treatments .............................................. 15:119
Dialysis: phase 46 - Emptying the Cartridge -
HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-DNDP/HDF/HF Treatments (BiCart) .................................... 15:121
Dialysis: phase 46 - Emptying the Cartridge -
HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-DNDP/HDF/HF Treatments (BiCart_Select) ........................ 15:125
Dialysis: phase 56 - Flushing Bicarbonate -
HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-DNDP/HDF/HF Treatments ................................................. 15:128
Dialysis: phase 45 - Out Process - HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-DNDP/HDF/HF
Treatments .......................................................................................................... 15:130
Dialysis: phase 57 - End of process - HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-DNDP/HDF/HF
Treatments .......................................................................................................... 15:132
Rinsing Process ........................................................................................................... 15:134
Rinsing: phase 0 - Setting up the hydraulic circuit in a stable configuration
of the actuators ................................................................................................... 15:138
Rinsing: phase 5 - Flushing the circuit without passing through the Ultrafilter ..... 15:140
Rinsing: phase 6 - Flushing EVP line and the external bypass ........................... 15:142
Rinsing: phase 7 - Flushing Evpb without passing through the Ultrafilter ........... 15:144
Rinsing: phase 8 - Flushing Evpa .................................................................... 15:146
Rinsing: phase 9 - Flushing EVD1 line and the mixing area (for Rinse after
Hypochlorite Chemical program) ................................................................... 15:148
Rinsing: phase 9 - Flushing EVD1 line (for other Rinsing processes).................. 15:150
Rinsing: phase 10 - Flushing the external bypass and the mixing area
(for Rinse after Hypochlorite Chemical program) ................................................ 15:152
Rinsing: phase 10 - Flushing the external bypass
(for other Rinsing processes) ........................................................................... 15:154
Rinsing: phase 11 - Flushing the tangential line of CDF2 and the mixing area
(for Rinse after Hypochlorite Chemical program) .............................................. 15:156
Rinsing: phase 11 - Flushing the tangential line of CDF2
(for other Rinsing processes) .............................................................................. 15:158

Rinsing: phase 12A - Flushing the mainflow and the mixing area
(for Rinse after Hypochlorite Chemical program)- transition phase ..................... 15:160
Rinsing: phase 12A - Flushing the mainflow (for other Rinsing processes) -
transition phase .................................................................................................. 15:162

Code SM_9033239200_0T Rev. / vii


ARTIS Service Manual:«MAINTENANCE»

Rinsing: phase 12B - Flushing the mainflow and the mixing area
(for Rinse after Hypochlorite Chemical program) ................................................ 15:164
Rinsing: phase 12B - Flushing the mainflow (for other Rinsing processes) ........ 15:166
Rinsing: phase 12C - Flushing the mainflow and the mixing area
(for Rinse after Hypochlorite Chemical program)................................................. 15:168
Rinsing: phase 12C - Flushing the mainflow (for other Rinsing processes) ........ 15:170
Rinsing: phase 13A - Flushing EVS - EVR1+ Internal bypass +
PS pump wash .................................................................................................... 15:172
Rinsing: phase 13B - Flushing EVS - EVR1+ Internal bypass transition ............. 15:174
Rinsing: phase 13C - Flushing EVS - EVR1+ Internal bypass transition ............ 15:176
Rinsing: phase 13D - Flushing EVS - EVR1+ Internal bypass transition ............ 15:178
Rinsing: phase 13E - Flushing EVS - EVR1+ Internal bypass ............................ 15:180
Rinsing: phase 14 - Flushing the EVW1 line and the mixing area
(for Rinse after Hypochlorite Chemical program) ................................................ 15:182
Rinsing: phase 14 - Flushing the EVW1 line (for other Rinsing processes) ........ 15:184
Rinsing: phase 15A - Transition phase between the flushing of EVW1
and EVW2 line and the mixing area (for Rinse after Hypochlorite
Chemical program) ............................................................................................. 15:186
Rinsing: phase 15A - Transition phase between the flushing of EVW1
and EVW2 line (for other Rinsing processes) ..................................................... 15:188
Rinsing: phase 15B - Flushing the EVW2 line and the mixing area
(for Rinse after Hypochlorite Chemical program) ................................................ 15:190
Rinsing: phase 15B - Flushing the EVW2 line (for other Rinsing processes) ...... 15:192
Rinsing: phase 16A - Flushing EVD2 line, the mixing area and EVBHE
(for Rinse after Hypochlorite Chemical program)................................................. 15:194
Rinsing: phase 16A - Flushing EVD2 line and EVBHE
(for other Rinsing processes) .............................................................................. 15:196
Rinsing: phase 16B - Flushing EVD2 line, the mixing area and EVBHE
(for Rinse after Hypochlorite Chemical program) ................................................ 15:198
Rinsing: phase 16B - Flushing EVD2 line and EVBHE
(for other Rinsing processes) .............................................................................. 15:200
Rinsing: phase 17 - Flushing the circuit passing through the Ultrafilter +
EVFlush .............................................................................................................. 15:202
Rinsing: phase 18 - Flushing EVP line + the main flow + EVBHE ...................... 15:204
Rinsing: phase 19 - Flushing Evpb + Pb + Pse +Pa+ the main flow ................... 15:206
Rinsing: phase 20 - Flushing Evpa + Pb+ Pa + Pse + the main flow .................. 15:208
Rinsing: phase 21 - Flushing EVD or EVC electrovalves ................................... 15:210
Rinsing: phase 28 - End rinsing .......................................................................... 15:213
Rinsing: phase 29 - Stop rinsing ......................................................................... 15:215
Rinse CCK ................................................................................................................... 15:217
Rinse CCK: phase 0 - Configuration of the actuators ......................................... 15:220
Rinse CCK: phase 1 - Fill-up of external bypass ................................................. 15:222
Rinse CCK: phase 2 - Flushing EVPB lines ........................................................ 15:224
Rinse CCK: phase 3 - Flushing EVPA lines ........................................................ 15:226
Rinse CCK: phase 4 - Flushing mixing lines ....................................................... 15:228
Rinse CCK: phase 11 - End rinsing process ....................................................... 15:230
Rinse CCK: phase 12 - Stop rinsing process ...................................................... 15:232
Chemical disinfection Process ..................................................................................... 15:234
Chemical Disinfection: phase 0 - Setting up the hydraulic circuit in
a stable configuration of the actuators ............................................................... 15:237
Chemical Disinfection: phase 5A - Flushing the main circuit + EVW1 ................ 15:239

viii Code SM_9033239200_0T Rev. /


Chemical Disinfection: phase 5B - Transition phase ........................................ 15:241
Chemical Disinfection: phase 5C - Flushing the main circuit + EVW2 ................ 15:243
Chemical Disinfection: phase 5D - Transition phase .......................................... 15:245
Chemical Disinfection: phase 5E_a - Flushing the main flow
(Fill-up Ps Loop through the yellow connector) ................................................... 15:247
Chemical Disinfection: phase 5E_b - Flushing the main flow
(Fill-up Ps Loop through the clear connector) .................................................... 15:249
Chemical Disinfection: phase 6_a - Disinfecting the EVFLUSH line
(through the yellow connector) ............................................................................ 15:251
Chemical Disinfection: phase 6_b - Disinfecting the EVFLUSH line
(through the clear connector) ........................................................................... 15:253
Chemical Disinfection: phase 7_a - Disinfecting the Main circuit
(through the yellow connector) ......................................................................... 15:255
Chemical Disinfection: phase 7_b - Disinfecting the Main circuit
(through the clear connector) ........................................................................... 15:257
Chemical Disinfection: phase 8_a - Disinfecting the EVP line
(through the yellow connector) ......................................................................... 15:259
Chemical Disinfection: phase 8_b - Disinfecting the EVP line
(through the clear connector) ........................................................................... 15:261
Chemical Disinfection: phase 9_a - Disinfecting the Evpb line
(through the yellow connector) ......................................................................... 15:263
Chemical Disinfection: phase 9_b - Disinfecting the Evpb line
(through the clear connector) ........................................................................... 15:265
Chemical Disinfection: phase 10_a - Disinfecting the Evpa line
(through the yellow connector) ......................................................................... 15:267
Chemical Disinfection: phase 10_b - Disinfecting the Evpa line
(through the clear connector) ........................................................................... 15:269
Chemical Disinfection: phase 11_a - Disinfecting the EVD1 line
(through the yellow connector) ......................................................................... 15:271
Chemical Disinfection: phase 11_b - Disinfecting the EVD1 line
(through the clear connector) ........................................................................... 15:273
Chemical Disinfection: phase 12_a - Disinfecting the Tangential CDF2
( through the yellow connector) ........................................................................ 15:275
Chemical Disinfection: phase 12_b - Disinfecting the Tangential CDF2
( through the clear connector) .......................................................................... 15:277
Chemical Disinfection: phase 13_a - Disinfecting the External bypass line
and EVBHE (through the yellow connector) .................................................... 15:279
Chemical Disinfection: phase 13_b - Disinfecting the External bypass line
and EVBHE (through the clear connector) ......................................................... 15:281
Chemical Disinfection: phase 14_a - Disinfecting the Internal bypass line
and EVBHE (through the yellow connector) ....................................................... 15:283
Chemical Disinfection: phase 14_b - Disinfecting the Internal bypass line
and EVBHE (through the clear connector) ......................................................... 15:285
Chemical Disinfection: phase 15_a - Disinfecting the EVW1 line
(through the yellow connector) ......................................................................... 15:287
Chemical Disinfection: phase 15_b - Disinfecting the EVW1 line
(through the clear connector) ............................................................................. 15:289
Chemical Disinfection: phase 16A_a - Disinfecting the EVW2 line -
transition phase (through the yellow connector) .............................................. 15:291
Chemical Disinfection: phase 16A_b - Disinfecting the EVW2 line -
transition phase (through the clear connector) ............................................... 15:293

Code SM_9033239200_0T Rev. / ix


ARTIS Service Manual:«MAINTENANCE»

Chemical Disinfection: phase 16B_a - Disinfecting the EVW2 line


(through the yellow connector) ......................................................................... 15:295
Chemical Disinfection: phase 16B_b - Disinfecting the EVW2 line
(through the clear connector) ........................................................................... 15:297
Chemical Disinfection: phase 17_a - Disinfecting the EVD2 line
(through the yellow connector) ......................................................................... 15:299
Chemical Disinfection: phase 17_b - Disinfecting the EVD2 line
(through the clear connector) .......................................................................... 15:301
Chemical Disinfection: phase 18 - Disinfectant dilution ....................................... 15:303
Chemical Disinfection: phase 19 - Dwell ............................................................. 15:305
Chemical Disinfection: phase 20 - Stop chemical disinfection ............................ 15:307
Heat disinfection ........................................................................................................... 15:309
Heat Disinfection: phase 0 - Setting the hydraulic circuit in a stable
configuration of the actuators ............................................................................ 15:312
Heat Disinfection: phase 5 - Rinsing EVFLUSH line .......................................... 15:314
Heat Disinfection: phase 6 - Rinsing EVP line ................................................. 15:316
Heat Disinfection: phase 7 - Rinsing EVPB line ............................................... 15:318
Heat Disinfection: phase 8 - Rinsing EVPA line ............................................... 15:320
Heat Disinfection: phase 9 - Rinsing EVD1 line + Internal bypass ...................... 15:322
Heat Disinfection: phase 10 - Rinsing CDF2 tangentially ................................ 15:324
Heat Disinfection: phase 11 - Rinsing External bypass ................................... 15:326
Heat Disinfection: phase 12 - Rinsing EVD2 line ............................................ 15:328
Heat Disinfection: phase 13 - Rinsing EVR1 line + Internal bypass +
EVBHE ............................................................................................................. 15:330
Heat Disinfection: phase 14 - Rinsing EVW1 line ........................................... 15:332
Heat Disinfection: phase 15A - Rinsing EVW2 line, transition phase ................. 15:334
Heat Disinfection: phase 15B - Rinsing EVW2 line ............................................ 15:336
Heat Disinfection: phase 16 - Recirculation ....................................................... 15:338
Heat Disinfection: phase 17 - Tangential disinfection of the Ultrafilter CDF1 . 15:340
Heat Disinfection: phase 18 - Disinfecting the EVP line .................................... 15:342
Heat Disinfection: phase 19 - Disinfecting the EVD1 line ................................. 15:344
Heat Disinfection: phase 20 - Disinfecting the EVW1 line ................................ 15:346
Heat Disinfection: phase 21A - Disinfecting the EVW2 line -
transition phase .................................................................................................. 15:348
Heat Disinfection: phase 21B - Disinfecting the EVW2 line ............................. 15:350
Heat Disinfection: phase 22 - Disinfecting the main circuit ............................. 15:352
Heat Disinfection: phase 23 - Disinfecting the internal bypass line ................... 15:354
Heat Disinfection: phase 24 - Tangential disinfection of the CDF2
ultrafilter ............................................................................................................. 15:356
Heat Disinfection: phase 25 - Disinfecting the EVD2 line ............................... 15:358
Heat Disinfection: phase 26 - Tangential disinfection of the CDF2 ultrafilter -
transition phase ................................................................................................... 15:360
Heat Disinfection: phase 27 - Disinfecting the EVPb line ................................. 15:362
Heat Disinfection: phase 28 - Disinfecting the EVPa line .................................. 15:364
Heat Disinfection: phase 29 - Disinfecting the external bypass line .................. 15:366
Heat Disinfection: phase 30 - Transition phase and flushing the EVBHE ......... 15:368
Heat Disinfection: phase 37 - Resetting all the actuators after
the drain phases ................................................................................................ 15:370
Heat Disinfection: phase 38 - Temperature recovery ........................................ 15:372
Heat Disinfection: phase 39 - Cold recirculation ............................................ 15:374
Heat Disinfection: phase 40 - Switching off .................................................... 15:376

x Code SM_9033239200_0T Rev. /


Integrated Heat Disinfection ......................................................................................... 15:378
Heat with CleanCart Cartridge disinfection .................................................................. 15:380
Heat with CleanCart Cartridge Disinfection: phase 0 -
Setting up the hydraulic circuit in a stable configuration of the actuators ........... 15:384
Heat with CleanCart Cartridge Disinfection: phase 5 - Rinsing EVflush ........... 15:386
Heat with CleanCart Cartridge Disinfection: phase 6A - Rinsing EVP line .......... 15:388
Heat with CleanCart Cartridge Disinfection: phase 6B - Rinsing EVP line .......... 15:390
Heat with CleanCart Cartridge Disinfection: phase 7 - Rinsing EVPa line +
Pse ...................................................................................................................... 15:392
Heat with CleanCart Cartridge Disinfection: phase 8 - Rinsing EVD1 line +
Internal bypass .................................................................................................... 15:394
Heat with CleanCart Cartridge Disinfection: phase 9 -
Rinsing tangential UF2 ........................................................................................ 15:396
Heat with CleanCart Cartridge Disinfection: phase 10 -
Rinsing external bypass ....................................................................................... 15:398
Heat with CleanCart Cartridge Disinfection: phase 11 - Rinsing EVD2 line ......... 15:400
Heat with CleanCart Cartridge Disinfection: phase 12 - Rinsing EVR1 line +
Internal bypass and EVBHE .............................................................................. 15:402
Heat with CleanCart Cartridge Disinfection: phase 13 - Rinsing EVW1 line ....... 15:404
Heat with CleanCart Cartridge Disinfection: phase 14A - Transition phase ........ 15:406
Heat with CleanCart Cartridge Disinfection: phase 14B - Rinsing EVW2 line ..... 15:408
Heat with CleanCart Cartridge Disinfection: phase 15 - Recirculation:
heat up to 90°C ................................................................................................... 15:410
Heat with CleanCart Cartridge Disinfection: phase 16A -
Cartridge fill up in open recirculation ................................................................... 15:412
Heat with CleanCart Cartridge Disinfection: phase 16B -
Cartridge fill up in open recirculation .................................................................. 15:414
Heat with CleanCart Cartridge Disinfection: phase 17A - Mainflow +
distribution of the powder .................................................................................... 15:416
Heat with CleanCart Cartridge Disinfection: phase 17B_PB_OFF -
Pressure variation on CleanCart Cartridge outlet ............................................... 15:418
Heat with CleanCart Cartridge Disinfection: phase 17B_Pb_backwards -
Pressure variation on CleanCart Cartridge outlet ........................................... 15:420
Heat with CleanCart Cartridge Disinfection: phase 17B_Pb_forwards -
Pressure variation on CleanCart Cartridge Outlet .......................................... 15:422
Heat with CleanCart Cartridge Disinfection: phase 17C -
Cartridge flow through P1 in open loop ............................................................... 15:424
Heat with CleanCart Cartridge Disinfection: phase 17D -
Cartridge flow through P1 controlled on D1 ....................................................... 15:426
Heat with CleanCart Cartridge Disinfection: phase 18 - Mainflow +
distribution of the powder ................................................................................... 15:428
Heat with CleanCart Cartridge Disinfection: phase 19 - EVD1 distribution ......... 15:430
Heat with CleanCart Cartridge Disinfection: phase 20 -
UF2 tangential distribution .................................................................................. 15:432
Heat with CleanCart Cartridge Disinfection: phase 21A -
Main circuit distribution ....................................................................................... 15:434
Heat with CleanCart Cartridge Disinfection: phase 21B - Main circuit distribution and
EVBHE ............................................................................................................. 15:436
Heat with CleanCart Cartridge Disinfection: phase 22 - EVW1 distribution ......... 15:438
Heat with CleanCart Cartridge Disinfection: phase 23A - Transition phase ......... 15:440
Heat with CleanCart Cartridge Disinfection: phase 23B - EVW2 distribution ...... 15:442

Code SM_9033239200_0T Rev. / xi


ARTIS Service Manual:«MAINTENANCE»

Heat with CleanCart Cartridge Disinfection: phase 24 -


Internal bypass distribution ................................................................................. 15:444
Heat with CleanCart Cartridge Disinfection: phase 25 -
External bypass distribution ................................................................................ 15:446
Heat with CleanCart Cartridge Disinfection: phase 26 -
Pa, Pb and Pse distribution A ............................................................................. 15:448
Heat with CleanCart Cartridge Disinfection: phase 26 -
Pa, Pb and Pse distribution B ............................................................................. 15:450
Heat with CleanCart Cartridge Disinfection: phase 27 - Heat up phase .............. 15:452
Heat with CleanCart Cartridge Disinfection: phase 28 -
Tang. UF1 distribution + disinfection .................................................................. 15:454
Heat with CleanCart Cartridge Disinfection: phase 29 -
EVP line distribution + disinfection ...................................................................... 15:456
Heat with CleanCart Cartridge Disinfection: phase 30 - EVD1 disinfection ......... 15:458
Heat with CleanCart Cartridge Disinfection: phase 31A -
PS clean up through the drain (EVW1) ............................................................... 15:460
Heat with CleanCart Cartridge Disinfection: phase 31B -
PS clean up through the drain (EVW1) ............................................................... 15:462
Heat with CleanCart Cartridge Disinfection: phase 32 -
Disinfecting EVW1 line ........................................................................................ 15:464
Heat with CleanCart Cartridge Disinfection: phase 33A - Transition phase ........ 15:466
Heat with CleanCart Cartridge Disinfection: phase 33B -
Disinfecting EVW2 line ........................................................................................ 15:468
Heat with CleanCart Cartridge Disinfection: phase 34 -
Disinfecting main circuit ...................................................................................... 15:470
Heat with CleanCart Cartridge Disinfection: phase 35 - Internal bypass ............. 15:472
Heat with CleanCart Cartridge Disinfection: phase 36A - UF2 tangential ........... 15:474
Heat with CleanCart Cartridge Disinfection: phase 36B -
UF2 tangential Pb- active .................................................................................... 15:476
Heat with CleanCart Cartridge Disinfection: phase 36C -
UF2 tangential transition phase .......................................................................... 15:478
Heat with CleanCart Cartridge Disinfection: phase 37 -
Disinfecting EVPb line ......................................................................................... 15:480
Heat with CleanCart Cartridge Disinfection: phase 38A -
Disinfecting EVPa line ......................................................................................... 15:482
Heat with CleanCart Cartridge Disinfection: phase 38B -
Disinfecting EVPa line, P1 open loop .................................................................. 15:484
Heat with CleanCart Cartridge Disinfection: phase 39A -
Disinfecting external bypass ............................................................................... 15:486
Heat with CleanCart Cartridge Disinfection: phase 39B -
Disinfecting external bypass ............................................................................... 15:488
Heat with CleanCart Cartridge Disinfection: phase 40 -
Disinfecting EVD2 line ........................................................................................ 15:490
Heat with CleanCart Cartridge Disinfection: phase 41 -
Rinsing EVP line and EVBHE ............................................................................. 15:492

Heat with CleanCart Cartridge Disinfection: phase 42 -


Rinsing EVD1 line ............................................................................................ 15:494
Heat with CleanCart Cartridge Disinfection: phase 43 - Cooling +
Rinsing EVFlush line ........................................................................................... 15:496
Heat with CleanCart Cartridge Disinfection: phase 50 -

xii Code SM_9033239200_0T Rev. /


Stop CleanCart Cartridge ................................................................................... 15:498
Heat with CleanCart Cartridge Disinfection: phase 51 -
Temperature recovery ......................................................................................... 15:500
Heat with CleanCart Cartridge Disinfection: phase 52 - Cold recirculation ........ 15:502
Heat with CleanCart Cartridge Disinfection: phase 53 - Switching off ................ 15:504
Drain sub - process ...................................................................................................... 15:506
Drain sub-process: phase 1 - Create suction ................................................... 15:508
Drain sub-process: phase 2 - Draining PC ....................................................... 15:510
Drain sub-process: phase 2A - Draining PC and the transversal side
of the CDF1 ......................................................................................................... 15:512
Drain sub-process: phase 3 - Draining EVPb ..................................................... 15:514
Drain sub-process: phase 4 - Draining EVPa ..................................................... 15:516
Drain sub-process: phase 5 - Draining EVD1 ..................................................... 15:518
Drain sub-process: phase 6 - Draining EVD2 .................................................... 15:520
Drain sub-process: phase 6A - Draining the tangential side of the CDF2 ........... 15:522
Drain sub-process: phase 6B - Draining the tangential side of the CDF1 ........... 15:524
Fill up sub - process ..................................................................................................... 15:526
Fill up sub-process: phase 1 - Filling up of the first Ultrafilter UF1 ...................... 15:528
Fill up sub-process: phase 2 - Filling up of the circuit ....................................... 15:530
Fill up sub-process: phase 3 Tangential filling up of UF2 ................................. 15:532
Fill up sub-process: phase 4 - Transversal filling up of UF2 ............................. 15:534

Code SM_9033239200_0T Rev. / xiii


This page is left intentionally blank

xiv Code SM_9033239200_0T Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION

VOLUME 2

Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE


DESCRIPTION

NOTE
All the schematics related to each phase have the only purpose to show the flow direction during the
phase itself.

15.1 Dialysis process


The Dialysis process involves all the Modules of the machine.
Signals to be checked at the machine switch ON:
• Water inside the circuit

• Dialysis fluid connectors positioned in by-pass position

If these signals are not in the right State, the machine will display an Error Message and wait
intervention by the operator.
After these starting phases have been done correctly, the process goes on with the Cartridge priming,
dialysis fluid preparation and distribution.
These phases are followed by the Dialyzer Priming and Patient Connection, Treatment. At the end of
the process, there are Rinseback and Emptying phases leading to a fixed configuration from which the
Hydraulic circuit can be rinsed.

15.1.1 Dialysis Phases

NOTE
The specifications are related only to the condition of both Ultrafilters installed.

During some transition phases the machine may use a Blind Mode to control the P1 or P2 pumps when
the D1C or D2C are not able to provide a measure due to the absence of ions.
The Blind Mode defines a frequency to control P1 or P2 pump using an internal parameter, the PFS or
PO-PD pressure sensors and a corrective coefficient.
The BlindP1M or BlindP2M parameters available in the Service Data Page 1 show when the P1 or P2
pumps are in Blind Mode.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-1


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Legend to the description of dialysis phases

Component
State Meaning
type
- Not Relevant
Electrovalves OFF Not activated
ON Activated
2 Automatically driven by the level sensor status or by the pressure level status
2 Automatism on EVH2O:
EVH2O ON if PFS < 460
EVH2O OFF if PFS > 470
2 Automatism on EVBP2:
EVBP2 ON if PFS > 700
EVBP2 OFF if PFS < 600
XXXXH Hexadecimal value representative of all the electrovalves activated
Pumps PxSV Set value [ml/min]
OFF OFF
ON Open loop (PC, P1,P2 set value [%])
2 Closed Loop on Encoder / Closed Loop on PDRAIN (set value [mmHg])
3 PB: Closed Loop on CB sensor (Set value mS/cm*100)
PA: Closed Loop on CA sensor (Set value mS/cm*100)
P1: Closed Loop on D1C (set value [ml/min]) or Blind Mode when
needed.
P2: Closed Loop on D2C (set value [ml/min]) or Blind Mode when
needed.
4 Closed Loop on PO value (set value [mmHg])
5 ON OPEN LOOP in Forward direction
6 ON OPEN LOOP in Backward direction
7 Closed loop on PFS
9 Closed loop on Qd
10 Closed loop on PDG (Set Value [mmHg])
13 Closed loop on TMP
Heater HeaterSV Set value °C
OFF Off
3 Closed loop on temperature sensor with compensation on TcA
11 Closed loop on temperature sensor with no compensation (Heat)
Switches CHK Checked by the Master through the slave error signal (significative /not
significative sensor)
CLOSED / Expected value on the switch
OPEN
(UF) Switch value depends on UltraFilter presence
Flow Switches CHK Checked by the Master through the slave error signal (significative /not
significative sensor)
OFF Signal of flow presence
ON Signal of flow absence
Level Sensors 2 Management of evacuation air system bubble trap
Read Slave reading of air/water and Master test of the state message
CHK The value is directly checked by the Master reading from the message
of state
Note (UF) In case of Ultrafilter/s
(UF1) If CDF1 is installed
(UF2) If CDF2 is installed
Automatism P2_PWHO_F Check on the difference of driving frequency of two pumps in serie
REQ_CHECK
OFF Enabled
ON Disabled

15-2 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION

15.1.2 Dialysis:phase 1-Pre Check: Electro valves T1 Test - HD-DN/HD-


SN/HD-DNDP/HDF/HF Treatments
The Protective Subsystem test a group of electrovalves that are safety relevant. The T1 test is
performed in order to detect a problem in the activation/deactivation of the electrovalves and in order to
verify if the Protective Subsystem can correctly detect the status of those electrovalves.

NOTE
The valves currently checked are: EV2, EVBP2, EVDS2 and EVDS1.

Test procedure:

The Protective Subsystem requires setting to ON the electrovalves and it verifies if the command lines
are ON for 2 seconds. Then it requires setting to OFF the electrovalves and it verifies if the command lines
are OFF for 2 seconds.
There is a 20 seconds timeout for every state (ON/OFF) of the electrovalves. If the Protective
Subsystem detects an error during the command lines reading or if the timeout expires there is a General
Safe State.
Displayed Result:

0301h The Protective Subsystem has NOT detected the correct activation of one of the valves: EV2,
EVBP2, EVDS2, EVDS1.
0302h The Protective Subsystem has NOT detected the correct deactivation of one of the valves:
EV2, EVBP2, EVDS2, EVDS1.
02FEh The T1 Test is correctly terminated.

Electro valves Test extended test


(Not currently available)
Protective System tests two groups of valves:
1. EV2, EVBP2, EVD2, EVDS1, EVR1, EVA, EVC, EVD, EVDRAIN, EVDS2;
2. EVH20, EVPA, EVPB, EVW1, EVD1, EVPRIM1, EVS, EVFLUSH, EVW2.
The groups are related to the kind of modality that is sent by the Protective System to the SPS (System
Processing Software).
If the modality is set to 1 Protective System controls the valves of the group 1.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

/ / / EVA EVD EVC EV / EV EV EV EV / / EV2 EV


DRAIN BP2 D2 DS1 DS2 R1

If the modality is set to 2 Protective System controls the valves of the group 2.

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

EV EVPA EVPB EVW1 EVD1 EV EVS EV EV / / / / / / /


H2O PRIM1 FLUS W2
H

If the modality is set to 3 Protective System controls the two groups of electro valves at the same time.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-3


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Dialysis: Phase 1 - Pre Check - Electrovalves T1 Test - HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-


DNDP/HDF/HF Treatments
Description Status Description Status
Time Electrovalves’ T1 test Pinf OFF
Ok and UPLC T1 test
OK and On-Line Port
closed and EvaClean
Doors closed and
Dialyzer connectors
closed or UPLC T1
Test fail
Execution Always SWITCHES
ELECTROVALVES SWA/SWA2 NOT CHECKED
EVH2O OFF SWB/SWB2 NOT CHECKED
EVFlush OFF SWA1C NOT CHECKED
EVDeg OFF SWA2C NOT CHECKED
EVP OFF SWBK NOT CHECKED
EVA OFF SWSeK1 NOT CHECKED
EVPRIM1 OFF SWSeK2 NOT CHECKED
EVPRIM OFF SWAK NOT CHECKED
EVPb OFF SWLOWUF1 NOT CHECKED
EVPa OFF SWLOWUF2 NOT CHECKED
EVD1 OFF SWCOVUFR NOT CHECKED
EVDS1 OFF SWCOVUFL NOT CHECKED
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSIN CHECKED/CLOSED
EVDS2 OFF SWDCSOUT CHECKED/CLOSED
EV2 OFF SWCON1 CHECKED/CLOSED
EVW2 OFF SWCON2 CHECKED/CLOSED
EVD2 OFF SWPOL CHECKED/CLOSED
EVHE OFF LEVEL SENSORS
EVDRAIN ON LFP NOT CHECKED
EVS OFF LFD NOT CHECKED
EVR1 OFF LP NOT CHECKED
EVC OFF LD1 NOT CHECKED
EVD OFF LD2 NOT CHECKED
EV1S OFF UPLC NOT CHECKED
EVW1 OFF PRESSURE SENSORS / SWITCHES
EVBHE OFF SWP NOT CHECKED
Heater OFF PDG NOT CHECKED
PUMPS PFS NOT CHECKED
PC OFF PI NOT CHECKED
PB OFF PO NOT CHECKED
Pse OFF SWP1 NOT CHECKED
PA OFF PD NOT CHECKED
P1 OFF CLDI NOT CHECKED
P2 OFF SPECIAL AUTOMATISM
PS OFF P2_PWHO_FREQ_CHE ON
CK
PWHO OFF AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_ ON during UPLC T1
LEAK_TEST Test OFF
UF OFF AUTOM_P1_START_0 OFF

15-4 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Dialysis: phase 1 - Pre check - Electrovalves T1 Test - HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-DNDP/HDF/HF Treatments

ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-5


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.1.3 Dialysis: Phase 5 - UPLC Cleaning if the T1 Test fails - HD-DN/HD-


SN/HD-DNDP/HDF/HF Treatments
Description Status Description Status
Time Alarm related to Pinf OFF
UPLC T1 test fail
confirmed
Execution If UPLC T1 test SWITCHES
failed
ELECTROVALVES SWA/SWA2 NOT CHECKED
EVH2O OFF SWB/SWB2 NOT CHECKED
EVFlush OFF SWA1C NOT CHECKED
EVDeg OFF SWA2C NOT CHECKED
EVP OFF SWBK NOT CHECKED
EVA OFF SWSeK1 NOT CHECKED
EVPRIM1 OFF SWSeK2 NOT CHECKED
EVPRIM OFF SWAK NOT CHECKED
EVPb OFF SWLOWUF1 NOT CHECKED
EVPa OFF SWLOWUF2 NOT CHECKED
EVD1 OFF SWCOVUFR NOT CHECKED
EVDS1 OFF SWCOVUFL NOT CHECKED
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSIN CHECKED/CLOSED
EVDS2 OFF SWDCSOUT CHECKED/CLOSED
EV2 OFF SWCON1 CHECKED/CLOSED
EVW2 OFF SWCON2 CHECKED/CLOSED
EVD2 OFF SWPOL NOT CHECKED
EVHE OFF LEVEL SENSORS
EVDRAIN ON LFP NOT CHECKED
EVS OFF LFD NOT CHECKED
EVR1 OFF LP NOT CHECKED
EVC OFF LD1 NOT CHECKED
EVD OFF LD2 NOT CHECKED
EV1S OFF UPLC NOT CHECKED
EVW1 OFF PRESSURE SENSORS / SWITCHES
EVBHE OFF SWP NOT CHECKED
Heater OFF PDG NOT CHECKED
PUMPS PFS NOT CHECKED
PC OFF PI NOT CHECKED
PB OFF PO NOT CHECKED
Pse OFF SWP1 NOT CHECKED
PA OFF PD NOT CHECKED
P1 OFF CLDI NOT CHECKED
P2 OFF SPECIAL AUTOMATISM
PS OFF P2_PWHO_FREQ_CHE ON
CK
PWHO OFF AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_ OFF
LEAK_TEST
UF OFF AUTOM_P1_START_0 OFF

15-6 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Dialysis: phase 5 - UPLC T1 Test faill

ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-7


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.1.4 Dialysis: phase 2 - Filling the first Ultrafilter UF1 - HD-DN/HD-SN/


HD-DNDP/HDF/HF Treatments
Description Status Description Status
Time 45 s (30 s if treatment) Pinf OFF
Execution Always if drained SWITCHES
ELECTROVALVES SWA/SWA2 CHK/*
EVH2O ON SWB/SWB2 CHK/*
EVFlush ON (OFF during Bubble SWA1C CHK/*
Trap Test)
EVDeg ON (OFF during Bubble SWA2C CHK/*
Trap Test)
EVP 2 SWBK CHK/*
EVA OFF SWSeK1 CHK/*
EVPRIM1 ON SWSeK2 CHK/*
EVPRIM OFF SWAK CHK/*
EVPb OFF SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPa OFF SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 2 SWCOVUFR CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 OFF SWCOVUFL CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSIN CHK/CLOSED
EVDS2 ON (OFF during Bubble SWDCSOUT CHK/CLOSED
Trap Test)
EV2 OFF SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EVW2 OFF SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 2 SWPOL CHK/CLOSED
EVHE OFF LEVEL SENSORS
EVDRAIN ON** LFP ---
EVS OFF LFD ---
EVR1 OFF LP ---
EVC OFF LD1 ---
EVD OFF LD2 ---
EV1S OFF UPLC NOT CHECKED
EVW1 OFF PRESSURE SENSORS / SWITCHES
EVBHE OFF** SWP CHK
Heater OFF PDG ---
3/ **
PUMPS PFS CHK
PC ON / 60% PI ---
PB OFF PO ---
Pse OFF SWP1 CHK
PA OFF PD CHK
P1 ON / 40% CLDI ---
P2 4/0 mmHg SPECIAL AUTOMATISM
PS OFF P2_PWHO_FREQ_CHECK ON
PWHO 2 /0 mmHg AUTOM_ULTRAPORT OFF
LEAK_TEST
UF OFF AUTOM_P1_START_0 OFF
* Refer to the following Connectors positions tables:
Before SWA/ SWB/
SWA1C SWA2C SWBK SWAK SWSek1 SWSek2
preparation SWA2 SWB2
BiCart mode --- CLOSED --- --- --- CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED
BiCart Select CLOSED CLOSED OPEN OPEN --- --- --- ---
During
SWA/ SWB/
Bicarbonate SWA1C SWA2C SWBK SWAK SWSek1 SWSek2
Flushing SWA2 SWB2
BiCart mode Not checked CLOSED Not checked Not checked CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED
BiCart Select CLOSED CLOSED OPEN OPEN CLOSED Not checked Not checked Not checked
** Heater 3/55°, EVBHE OFF and EVDRAIN ON if Temperature T1 Test skipped and TcA<35 °C
Heater 0°, EVBHE ON and EVDRAIN OFF if Temperature T1 Test skipped and TcA>42 °C
OpSet, EVBHE OFF and EVDRAIN ON if Temperature T1 Test skipped and 35 °C<=TcA<=42 °C
Heater 3/55°, EVBHE OFF and EVDRAIN ON if Temperature T1 Test executed and HIGH Temperature T1 Test
point not passed
Heater 0°, EVBHE ON and EVDRAIN OFF if Temperature T1 Test executed and HIGH Temperature T1 Test point
passed

15-8 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Dialysis: phase 2 - Filling the first Ultrafilter UF1

ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2

SelCart
SelBag
SWAK

BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-9


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.1.5 Dialysis: phase 3 - Filling the second Ultrafilter UF2 tangentially-


HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-DNDP/HDF/HF Treatments
Description Status Description Status
Time 25 s (20 s if treatment) Pinf OFF
Execution Always if drained SWITCHES
ELECTROVALVES SWA/SWA2 CHK/*
EVH2O ON SWB/SWB2 CHK/*
EVFlush OFF SWA1C CHK/*
EVDeg ON (OFF during SWA2C CHK/*
Bubble Trap Test)
EVP 2 SWBK CHK/*
EVA OFF SWSeK1 CHK/*
EVPRIM1 ON SWSeK2 CHK/*
EVPRIM OFF SWAK CHK/*
EVPb OFF SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPa OFF SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 2 SWCOVUFL CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 ON SWCOVUFR CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSIN CHK/CLOSED
EVDS2 ON (OFF during SWDCSOUT CHK/CLOSED
Bubble Trap Test)
EV2 ON (OFF during SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
Bubble Trap Test)
EVW2 OFF SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 2 SWPOL CHK/CLOSED
EVHE OFF LEVEL SENSORS
EVDRAIN ON** LFP CHK
EVS OFF LFD ---
EVR1 OFF LP ---
EVC OFF LD1 ---
EVD OFF LD2 ---
EV1S OFF UPLC NOT CHECKED
EVW1 OFF PRESSURE SENSORS / SWITCHES
EVBHE OFF ** SWP CHK
Heater OFF PDG ---
3/ **
PUMPS PFS CHK
PC ON / 60% PI ---
PB OFF PO ---
Pse OFF SWP1 CHK
PA OFF PD CHK
P1 ON / 40% CLDI CHK
P2 4/ 300 mmHg (OFF SPECIAL AUTOMATISM
during Bubble trap test)
PS OFF P2_PWHO_FREQ_CHECK ON
PWHO 2 /0 mmHg AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_LE OFF
AK_TEST
UF OFF AUTOM_P1_START_0 OFF
* Refer to the following Connectors positions tables:
Before SWA/ SWB/
SWA1C SWA2C SWBK SWAK SWSek1 SWSek2
preparation SWA2 SWB2
BiCart mode --- CLOSED --- --- --- CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED
BiCart Select CLOSED CLOSED OPEN OPEN --- --- --- ---
During SWA/ SWB/
Bicarbonate SWA1C SWA2C SWBK SWAK SWSek1 SWSek2
SWA2 SWB2
Flushing
BiCart mode Not checked CLOSED Not checked Not checked CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED
BiCart Select CLOSED CLOSED OPEN OPEN CLOSED Not checked Not checked Not checked
** Heater 3/55°, EVBHE OFF and EVDRAIN ON if Temperature T1 Test skipped and TcA<35 °C
Heater 0°, EVBHE ON and EVDRAIN OFF if Temperature T1 Test skipped and TcA>42 °C
OpSet, EVBHE OFF and EVDRAIN ON if Temperature T1 Test skipped and 35 °C<=TcA<=42 °C
Heater 3/55°, EVBHE OFF and EVDRAIN ON if Temperature T1 Test executed and HIGH Temperature T1 Test
point not passed
Heater 0°, EVBHE ON and EVDRAIN OFF if Temperature T1 Test executed and HIGH Temperature T1 Test point
passed

15-10 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Dialysis: phase 3 - Filling the second Ultrafilter UF2 tangentially

ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2

SelCart
SelBag
SWAK

BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-11


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.1.6 Dialysis: phase 6 - T1T_PIPO_HIGH - HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-DNDP/


HDF/HF Treatments
Description Status Description Status
Time Max 25 s Pinf OFF
Execution Always SWITCHES
SWA/SWA2 CHK/--- (BiCart)
ELECTROVALVES
CLOSED (BiCart Select)
EVH2O ON SWB/SWB2 CHK/CLOSED
EVFlush OFF SWBK CHK/---
EVDeg ON SWA1C CHK/ --- (BiCart)
OPEN(BiCart Select)
EVP 2 SWA2C CHK/ --- (BiCart)
OPEN(BiCart Select)
EVA OFF SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
--- (BiCart Select)
EVPRIM1 ON SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
--- (BiCart Select)
EVPRIM OFF SWAK CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
--- (BiCart Select)
EVPb OFF SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPa OFF SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 2 SWCOVUFL CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 OFF SWCOVUFR CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSIN CHK/CLOSED
EVDS2 OFF SWDCSOUT CHK/CLOSED
EV2 ON SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EVW2 OFF SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 2 SWPOL CHK/CLOSED
EVHE OFF LEVEL SENSORS
EVDRAIN ON* LFP CHK
EVS OFF LFD ---
EVR1 OFF LP ---
EVC OFF LD1 ---
EVD OFF LD2 ---
EV1S OFF UPLC NOT CHECKED
EVW1 OFF PRESSURE SENSORS/SWITCHES
EVBHE * SWP CHK
Heater OFF PDG ---
3/*
PUMPS PFS CHK
PC ON / 60 % PI ---
PB OFF PO ---
Pse OFF SWP1 CHK
PA OFF PD CHK
P1 ON / 40 % CLDI CHK
P2 4 / 300 mmHg SPECIAL AUTOMATISM
PS OFF AUTOM_NOT_FREQ_C ON
HECK_P2_PWHO
PWHO 2 / 0 mmHg AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_ OFF
LEAK_TEST
UF OFF AUTOM_P1_START_0 OFF

*Heater 3/55°, EVBHE OFF and EVDRAIN ON if Temperature T1 Test skipped and TcA<35 °C
Heater 0°, EVBHE ON and EVDRAIN OFF if Temperature T1 Test skipped and TcA>42 °C
Heater OpSet, EVBHE OFF and EVDRAIN ON if Temperature T1 Test skipped and 35 °C<=TcA<=42 °C
Heater 3/55°, EVBHE OFF and EVDRAIN ON if Temperature T1 Test executed and HIGH Temperature T1 Test
point not passed
Heater 0°, EVBHE ON and EVDRAIN OFF if Temperature T1 Test executed and HIGH Temperature T1 Test point
passed

15-12 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Dialysis: phase 6 - T1T_PIPO_HIGH

ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-13


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.1.7 Dialysis: phase 7 - T1T_PIPO_LOW - HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-DNDP/


HDF/HF Treatments
Description Status Description Status
Time Max 25 s Pinf OFF
Execution Only if T1Test low point
SWITCHES
check failed in Phase1
SWA/SWA2 CHK/--- (BiCart)
ELECTROVALVES
CLOSED (BiCart Select)
EVH2O ON SWB/SWB2 CHK/CLOSED
EVFlush OFF SWBK CHK/---
EVDeg ON SWA1C CHK/ --- (BiCart)
OPEN(BiCart Select)
EVP 2 SWA2C CHK/ --- (BiCart)
OPEN(BiCart Select)
EVA OFF SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
--- (BiCart Select)
EVPRIM1 ON SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
--- (BiCart Select)
EVPRIM OFF SWAK CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
--- (BiCart Select)
EVPb OFF SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPa OFF SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 2 SWCOVUFL CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 OFF SWCOVUFR CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSIN CHK/CLOSED
EVDS2 OFF SWDCSOUT CHK/CLOSED
EV2 ON SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EVW2 OFF SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 2 SWPOL CHK/CLOSED
EVHE OFF LEVEL SENSORS
EVDRAIN ON* LFP CHK
EVS OFF LFD ---
EVR1 OFF LP ---
EVC OFF LD1 ---
EVD OFF LD2 ---
EV1S OFF UPLC NOT CHECKED
EVW1 OFF PRESSURE SENSORS/SWITCHES
EVBHE * SWP CHK
Heater OFF PDG ---
3/*
PUMPS PFS CHK
PC ON / 60 % PI ---
PB OFF PO ---
Pse OFF SWP1 CHK
PA OFF PD CHK
P1 ON / 40 % CLDI CHK
P2 4 / 0 mmHg SPECIAL AUTOMATISM
PS OFF AUTOM_NOT_FREQ_C ON
HECK_P2_PWHO
PWHO 2 / 0 mmHg AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_ OFF
LEAK_TEST
UF OFF AUTOM_P1_START_0 OFF

*Heater 3/55°, EVBHE OFF and EVDRAIN ON if Temperature T1 Test skipped and TcA<35 °C
Heater 0°, EVBHE ON and EVDRAIN OFF if Temperature T1 Test skipped and TcA>42 °C
Heater OpSet, EVBHE OFF and EVDRAIN ON if Temperature T1 Test skipped and 35 °C<=TcA<=42 °C
Heater 3/55°, EVBHE OFF and EVDRAIN ON if Temperature T1 Test executed and HIGH Temperature T1 Test
point not passed
Heater 0°, EVBHE ON and EVDRAIN OFF if Temperature T1 Test executed and HIGH Temperature T1 Test point
passed

15-14 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Dialysis: phase 7 - T1T_PIPO_LOW
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-15


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.1.8 Dialysis: phase 51 - Negative Pressure - HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-DNDP/


HDF/HF Treatments
Description Status Description Status
Time 10 s Pinf OFF
Execution Always SWITCHES
SWA CHK/OPEN (BiCart)
ELECTROVALVES
CLOSED (BiCart Select)
EVH2O OFF SWB CHK/CLOSED
EVFlush OFF SWBK CHK/OPEN
EVDeg ON SWA1C CHK/ --- (BiCart)
OPEN(BiCart Select)
EVP OFF SWA2C CHK/ --- (BiCart)
OPEN(BiCart Select)
EVA OFF SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPRIM1 ON SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPRIM OFF SWAK CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPb OFF SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPa OFF SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 OFF SWUFCOVER CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 OFF SWDCSIN CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 ON SWDCSOUT CHK/CLOSED
EVDS2 ON SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EV2 ON SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVW2 OFF SWPOL CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 OFF LEVEL SENSORS
EVHE OFF LFP ---
EVDRAIN ON LFD ---
EVS OFF LP ---
EVR1 OFF LD1 ---
EVC OFF LD2 ---
EVD OFF UPLC NOT CHECKED
EV1S OFF PRESSURE SENSORS/SWITCHES
EVW1 OFF SWP CHK
EVBHE * PDG ---
Heater 3/* PFS ---
OFF
PUMPS PI ---
PC ON / 50 % PO ---
PB OFF SWP1 CHK
Pse OFF PD ---
PA OFF CLDI ---
P1 ON / 40 % SPECIAL AUTOMATISM
P2 4 / -50 mmHg AUTOM_NOT_FREQ_C ON
HECK_P2_PWHO
PS OFF AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_ OFF
LEAK_TEST
PWHO 2 / -50 mmHg AUTOM_P1_START_0 OFF
UF OFF

*3/55° and EVBHE OFF if Temperature T1 Test skipped and TcA<35 °C


0° and EVBHE ON if Temperature T1 Test skipped and TcA>42 °C
OpSet and EVBHE OFF if Temperature T1 Test skipped and 35 °C<=TcA<=42 °C
3/55° and EVBHE OFF if Temperature T1 Test executed and HIGH Temperature T1 Test point not passed
0° and EVBHE ON if Temperature T1 Test executed and HIGH Temperature T1 Test point passed and Low T1 Test
point not passed
OpSet and EVBHE OFF if Temperature T1 Test executed and LOW Temperature T1 Test point passed

15-16 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Dialysis: phase 51 - Negative Pressure
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2

SelCart
SelBag
SWAK

BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-17


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.1.9 Dialysis: phase 52 - Load Waiting - HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-DNDP/HDF/


HF Treatments
Description Status Description Status
Time Pinf OFF
Execution Always SWITCHES
SWA CHK/OPEN (BiCart)
ELECTROVALVES
CLOSED (BiCart Select)
EVH2O ON SWB CHK/CLOSED
EVFlush OFF SWBK CHK/OPEN
EVDeg ON SWA1C CHK/ --- (BiCart)
OPEN(BiCart Select)
EVP 2 SWA2C CHK/ --- (BiCart)
OPEN(BiCart Select)
EVA OFF SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPRIM1 ON SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPRIM OFF SWAK CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPb OFF SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPa OFF SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 2 SWUFCOVER CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 OFF SWDCSIN ---
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSOUT ---
EVDS2 ON SWCON1 ---
EV2 OFF SWCON2 ---
EVW2 OFF SWPOL ---
EVD2 2 LEVEL SENSORS
EVHE OFF LFP CHK
EVDRAIN ON LFD ---
EVS OFF LP ---
EVR1 OFF LD1 ---
EVC OFF LD2 ---
EVD OFF UPLC NOT CHECKED
EV1S OFF PRESSURE SENSORS/SWITCHES
EVW1 OFF SWP CHK
EVBHE ** PDG ---
Heater OFF PFS ---
3/**
PUMPS PI ---
PC ON / 50 % PO ---
PB OFF SWP1 CHK
Pse OFF PD CHK(after 5 s since
phase beginning)
PA OFF CLDI ---
P1 3 / -99* SPECIAL AUTOMATISM
P2 4 / -100 mmHg AUTOM_NOT_FREQ_C ON
HECK_P2_PWHO
PS OFF AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_ OFF
LEAK_TEST
PWHO 2 / 0 mmHg AUTOM_P1_START_0 OFF
UF OFF

* Generic set value, it indicates that the set value is set by the operator.
**3/55° and EVBHE OFF if Temperature T1 Test skipped and TcA<35 °C
0° and EVBHE ON if Temperature T1 Test skipped and TcA>42 °C
OpSet and EVBHE OFF if Temperature T1 Test skipped and 35 °C<=TcA<=42 °C
3/55° and EVBHE OFF if Temperature T1 Test executed and HIGH Temperature T1 Test point not passed
0° and EVBHE ON if Temperature T1 Test executed and HIGH Temperature T1 Test point passed and Low T1 Test
point not passed
OpSet and EVBHE OFF if Temperature T1 Test executed and LOW Temperature T1 Test point passed

15-18 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Dialysis: phase 52 - Load Waiting
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2

SelCart
SelBag
SWAK

BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-19


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.1.10 Dialysis: phase 55 - Temperature Test - HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-DNDP/


HDF/HF Treatments
Description Status Description Status
Time Point HIGH Pinf OFF
Temperature T1 test s
Execution If temperature T1 Test
is to be executed SWITCHES
SWA/SWA2 CHK/*
ELECTROVALVES SWB/SWB2 CHK/*
EVH2O ON SWA1C CHK/*
EVFlush OFF SWA2C CHK/*
EVDeg ON SWBK CHK/*
EVP 2 SWSeK1 CHK/*
EVA OFF SWSeK2 CHK/*
EVPRIM1 ON SWAK CHK/*
EVPRIM OFF SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPb OFF SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPa OFF SWCOVUFL CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 2 SWCOVUFR CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 OFF SWDCSIN CHK/**
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSOUT CHK/**
EVDS2 OFF SWCON1 CHK/**
EV2 OFF SWCON2 CHK/**
EVW2 OFF SWPOL CHK/**
EVD2 2 LEVEL SENSORS
EVHE OFF LFP CHK
EVDRAIN ON LFD ---
EVS OFF LP ---
EVR1 OFF LD1 ---
EVC OFF LD2 ---
EVD OFF UPLC NOT CHECKED
EV1S OFF PRESSURE SENSORS / SWITCHES
EVW1 OFF SWP CHK
EVBHE OFF PDG ---
Heater 3/55°C PFS CHK
PUMPS PI CHK
PC ON / 60% PO CHK
PB OFF SWP1 CHK
Pse OFF PD CHK
PA OFF CLDI ---
P1 3 / 500 mmHg MISCELL.
P2 4/0 mmHg pH ---
PS OFF SPECIAL AUTOMATISM
PWHO 2 /0 mmHg P2_PWHO_FREQ_CHECK ON
UF OFF AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_LE OFF
AK_TEST
AUTOM_P1_START_0 OFF

* Refer to the following Connectors positions tables:


Before SWA/ SWB/
SWA1C SWA2C SWBK SWAK SWSek1 SWSek2
preparation SWA2 SWB2
BiCart mode --- CLOSED --- --- --- CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED
BiCart Select CLOSED CLOSED OPEN OPEN --- --- --- ---
During SWA/ SWB/
Bicarbonate SWA1C SWA2C SWBK SWAK SWSek1 SWSek2
SWA2 SWB2
Flushing
BiCart mode Not checked CLOSED Not checked Not checked CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED
BiCart Select CLOSED CLOSED OPEN OPEN CLOSED Not checked Not checked Not checked
** If Autopriming available or port online connected (in case of HDF Post Treatment) the connectors are checked
OPEN. Otherwise they are checked CLOSED.

15-20 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Dialysis: phase 55 - Temperature Test

ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-21


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.1.11 Dialysis: phase 4 - Cooling - HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-DNDP/HDF/HF


Treatments
Description Status Description Status
Time **** Pinf OFF
Execution Always SWITCHES
ELECTROVALVES SWA/SWA2 CHK/*
EVH2O ON SWB/SWB2 CHK/*
EVFlush OFF SWA1C CHK/*
EVDeg ON SWA2C CHK/*
EVP 2 SWBK CHK/*
EVA OFF SWSeK1 CHK/*
EVPRIM1 ON SWSeK2 CHK/*
EVPRIM OFF SWAK CHK/*
EVPb OFF SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPa OFF SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 2 SWCOVUFL CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 ON SWCOVUFR CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSIN CHK/**
EVDS2 OFF SWDCSOUT CHK/**
EV2 OFF SWCON1 CHK/**
EVW2 OFF SWCON2 CHK/**
EVD2 2 SWPOL CHK/CLOSED
EVHE OFF LEVEL SENSORS
EVDRAIN ON*** LFP CHK
EVS OFF LFD ---
EVR1 OFF LP ---
EVC OFF LD1 ---
EVD OFF LD2 ---
EV1S OFF UPLC NOT CHECKED
EVW1 OFF PRESSURE SENSORS / SWITCHES
EVBHE *** SWP CHK
Heater OFF/ 3*** PDG ---
PUMPS PFS --- (CHK after 5 s)
PC ON / 60% PI CHK
PB OFF PO CHK
Pse OFF SWP1 CHK
PA OFF PD CHK
P1 3 / 950 mmHg CLDI ---
P2 4/-100 mmHg SPECIAL AUTOMATISM
PS OFF P2_PWHO_FREQ_CHECK ON
PWHO 2 /0 mmHg AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_LEA OFF
K_TEST
UF OFF AUTOM_P1_START_0 ON

* Refer to the following Connectors positions tables:


Before SWA/ SWB/
SWA1C SWA2C SWBK SWAK SWSek1 SWSek2
preparation SWA2 SWB2
BiCart mode --- CLOSED --- --- --- CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED
BiCart Select CLOSED CLOSED OPEN OPEN --- --- --- ---
During
Bicarbonate SWA/ SWB/ SWA1C SWA2C SWBK SWAK SWSek1 SWSek2
SWA2 SWB2
Flushing
BiCart mode Not checked CLOSED Not checked Not checked CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED CLOSED
BiCart Select CLOSED CLOSED OPEN OPEN CLOSED Not checked Not checked Not checked
** If Autopriming available or Port Online connected (in case of HDF treatment), the connectors are checked OPEN.
Otherwise they are checked CLOSED.
***Heater 3/55°, EVBHE OFF and EVDRAIN ON if Temperature T1 Test skipped and TcA<35 °C
Heater 0°, EVBHE ON and EVDRAIN OFF if Temperature T1 Test skipped and TcA>42 °C
OpSet, EVBHE OFF and EVDRAIN ON if Temperature T1 Test skipped and 35 °C<=TcA<=42 °C
Heater 3/55°, EVBHE OFF and EVDRAIN ON if Temperature T1 Test executed and HIGH Temperature T1 Test
point not passed
Heater 0°, EVBHE ON and EVDRAIN OFF if Temperature T1 Test executed and HIGH Temperature T1 Test point
passed

15-22 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Dialysis: phase 4 - Cooling
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2

SelCart
SelBag
SWAK

BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-23


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.1.12 Dialysis: phase 53 - Leakages Test - HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-DNDP/


HDF/HF Treatments
Description Status Description Status
Time *(115 s total time) UF OFF
Execution Always Pinf OFF
ELECTROVALVES SWITCHES
EVH2O * SWA/SWA2 ---
EVFlush * SWB/SWB2 ---
EVDeg ON SWA1C ---
EVP * SWA2C ---
EVA OFF SWBK ---
EVPRIM1 ON SWSeK1 ---
EVPRIM * SWSeK2 ---
EVPb OFF SWAK ---
EVPa OFF SWLOWUF1 ---
EVD1 * SWLOWUF2 ---
EVDS1 OFF SWCOVUFL ---
EVBP2 OFF SWCOVUFR ---
EVDS2 * SWDCSIN ---
EV2 OFF SWDCSOUT ---
EVW2 OFF SWCON1 ---
EVD2 * SWCON2 ---
EVHE OFF SWPOL ---
EVDRAIN *
LEVEL SENSORS
EVS OFF
EVR1 OFF LFP ---
EVC OFF LFD ---
EVD OFF LP ---
EV1S OFF LD1 ---
EVW1 OFF LD2 ---
EVBHE OFF
PRESSURE SENSORS/SWITCHES
Heater OFF
PUMPS SWP ---
PC OFF PDG ---
PB OFF PFS ---
Pse OFF PI ---
PA OFF PO ---
P1 OFF SWP1 ---
P2 OFF PD ---
PS OFF CLDI ---
PWHO * P2_PWHO_FREQ_CHECK ---

* The expected value ON/OFF, Set Value, Time depends of the sub-phases. See the sub-phases table
below for the related value.

15-24 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION

Leakage test phase is divided into 14 sub-phases.

Sub-
EVH2O EVFLUSH EVP EVPRIM EVD1 EVDS2 EVD2 EVDRAIN PWHO Time
phase

0 ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF ON OFF NA

1 ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON OFF 5s

2 ON OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF 5s

3 ON OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF ON OFF 5s

4 ON ON ON OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF 10 s

5 OFF ON ON OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF 10 s

6 OFF ON ON ON ON ON ON ON 2/-500 15 s
mmHg

7 OFF ON ON OFF ON ON ON ON 2/-500 5s


mmHg

8 OFF ON ON OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF 15 s

9 OFF ON ON OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF 10 s

10 OFF ON ON ON ON OFF ON ON 2/-500 15 s


mmHg

11 OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF ON ON 2/-500 5s


mmHg

12 OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF OFF 5s

13 OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF OFF 10 s

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-25


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Dialysis: phase 53 - Leakages Test - sub-phase 0


ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2

SelCart
SelBag
SWAK

BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

15-26 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Dialysis: phase 53 - Leakages Test - subphase 13
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2

SelCart
SelBag
SWAK

BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-27


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.1.13 Dialysis: phase 49 - Hydraulic Drain - HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-DNDP/


HDF/HF Treatments
Description Status Description Status
Time * UF OFF
Execution Always Pinf OFF
ELECTROVALVES SWITCHES
EVH2O * SWA/SWA2 CHK/*
EVFlush * SWB/SWB2 CHK/CLOSED
EVDeg * SWA1C CHK/*
EVP * SWA2C CHK/*
EVA * SWBK CHK/*
EVPRIM1 ON SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM * SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPb OFF SWAK CHK/CLOSED
EVPa OFF SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 * SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 * SWCOVUFL CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWCOVUFR CHK/CLOSED
EVDS2 * SWDCSIN CHK/CLOSED
EV2 * SWDCSOUT CHK/CLOSED
EVW2 OFF SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 * SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVHE OFF SWPOL CHK/CLOSED
EVDRAIN ON LEVEL SENSORS
EVS OFF LFP *
EVR1 OFF LFD ---
EVC OFF LP ---
EVD OFF LD1 ---
EV1S OFF LD2 ---
EVW1 OFF UPLC NOT CHECKED
EVBHE * PRESSURE SENSORS/SWITCHES
Heater * SWP *
PUMPS PDG ---
PC ON/ * PFS CHK
PB OFF PI *
Pse OFF PO ---
PA OFF SWP1 CHK
P1 ON / * PD CHK
P2 4/* CLDI ---
PS OFF P2_PWHO_FREQ_CHECK *
PWHO 2/* AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_LE OFF
AK_TEST

* The expected value ON/OFF, Set Value, Time depends of the sub-phases. See the sub-phases table
below for the related value.
Hydraulic Drain phase is divided into 5 sub-phases:
• Create suction

• Drain PC

• Drain EVD2

• Fill up the first ultrafilter_Drain

• Fill up the second ultrafilter_Drain

15-28 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION

Sub- EV EV EV EV EV
EVP EVA EVD1 EVDS2 EV2 EVD2 HEATER EVBHE
phase H2O FLUSH DEG PRIM DS1
Create OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
suction
Drain PC OFF OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
Drain OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF
EVD2
Fill up the ON ON (OFF ON (OFF 2 OFF OFF 2 OFF ON (OFF OFF 2 OFF; **
first during during during 3/**
ultrafilter bubble bubble bubble
_Drain trap test) trap test) trap test)
Fill up the ON OFF ON (OFF 2 OFF OFF 2 ON ON (OFF ON(OFF ON (2 OFF; **
second during during during in 3/**
ultrafilter bubble bubble bubble treatme
_Drain trap test) trap test) trap test) nt)
P2_F
Sub- SWA/ REQ_
PC P1 P2 PWHO SWA1C SWA2C SWBK LFP SWP PI Time
phase SWA2 CHEC
K
Create 50 60 % 0 -100 CLOSE OPEN OPEN CLOSED CHK/ --- --- OFF 4 s
suction % mmHg mmHg D only in only in (OPEN if 0
Bicart Bicart CleanCart
select select Cartridge)
mode mode
Drain 50 60 % 0 -100 CLOSE OPEN OPEN CLOSED CHK/ --- --- OFF 20 s
PC % mmHg mmHg D only in only in (OPEN if 0
Bicart Bicart CleanCart
select select Cartridge)
mode mode
Drain 50 100 % -100 -100 CLOSE OPEN OPEN CLOSED CHK/ --- --- OFF 45 s
EVD2 % mmHg mmHg D only in only in (OPEN if 0 (75 in
Bicart Bicart CleanCart treatm
select select Cartridge) ent)
mode mode
Fill up 60 40 % 0 0 CLOSE OPEN (- OPEN (- NA --- CHK --- ON if 45 s
the first % mmHg mmHg D(--- in -- in -- in (CLOSE treatm (30 if
ultrafilte Bicar Bicart Bicart D during ent treatm
r_Drain mode) mode) select Bicarbon ent)
mode) ate
flushing)
Fill up 60 40 % 0 0 CLOSE OPEN (- OPEN (- NA CHK CHK --- ON if 25 s
the % mmHg mmHg D(--- in -- in -- in (CLOSE treatm (20 if
second Bicart Bicart Bicart D during ent treatm
ultrafilte mode) mode) select Bicarbon ent)
r_Drain mode) ate
flushing)
** 3/55°, EVBHE OFF and EVDRAIN ON if Temperature T1 Test skipped and TcA<35 °C
0°, EVBHE ON and EVDRAIN OFF if Temperature T1 Test skipped and TcA>42 °C
OpSet, EVBHE OFF and EVDRAIN ON if Temperature T1 Test skipped and 35 °C<=TcA<=42 °C
3/55°, EVBHE OFF and EVDRAIN ON if Temperature T1 Test executed and HIGH Temperature T1 Test point not
passed
0°, EVBHE ON and EVDRAIN OFF if Temperature T1 Test executed and HIGH Temperature T1 Test point passed

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-29


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

. Dialysis: phase 49 - Hydraulic Drain - sub-phase Create suction


ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2

SelCart
SelBag
SWAK

BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

15-30 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Dialysis: phase 49 - Hydraulic Drain - sub-phase Fill up the second ultrafilter_Drain
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2

SelCart
SelBag
SWAK

BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-31


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.1.14 Dialysis: phase 13 - Dialysis Fluid Preparation and Distribution -


HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-DNDP/HDF/HF Treatments (BiCart mode)
Description Status Description Status
Time * Pinf OFF
Execution Always SWITCHES
SWA CHK/OPEN
ELECTROVALVES
SWB CHK/CLOSED
EVFLUSH OFF SWA1C -
EVH2O * SWA2C -
EVDeg * SWBK CHK/OPEN
EVP * SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED
EVA OFF SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM1 * SWAK CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM * SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPb * SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPa * SWUFCOV-L CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 * SWUFCOV-R CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 OFF SWDCSIN *****
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSOUT *****
EVDS2 * SWCON1 CHK/OPEN (if machine
dressed)
EV2 OFF SWCON2 CHK/OPEN (if machine
dressed)
EVW2 OFF SWPOL CHK/OPEN
EVD2 * LEVEL SENSORS
EVHE OFF LFP *
EVDRAIN ON LFD NOT CHECKED
EVS OFF LP /
EVR1 OFF LD1 /
EVC OFF LD2 /
EVD OFF UPLC ****
EV1S OFF
PRESSURE SENSORS/SWITCHES
EVW1 OFF SWP CHK
EVBHE OFF PDG CHK
Heater * PFS NOT CHECKED
PUMPS PI NOT CHECKED
PC * PO NOT CHECKED
PB * SWP1 CHK
Pse * PD CHK
PA * CLDI CHK
P1 * pH ---
P2 *
AUTOMATISM
PS OFF
PWHO 2 / * mmHg P2freq not checked with *
P1freq
UF OFF AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_ OFF
LEAK_TEST
AUTOM_P1_START_0 OFF

* The expected value ON/OFF, Set Value, Time depends of the sub-phases. See the sub-phases table
below for the related value.
***** SWDCSIN - SWDCSOUT: If Machine is dressed the connector is not inserted in the machine
housing; if Machine is NOT dressed the connector is inserted in the machine housing.

15-32 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION

Dialysis Fluid Preparation and Distribution - HD-DN/HDF Post/HD-SN Treatments (BiCart mode) phase
is divided into 12 sub-phases:
• Air_Evac_B

• Flush

• Bicart FillUp

• Prime_A

• Prime_B

• Air_Evac_Top

• Bicart_Refill

• Restart hydr

• Restart flow

• Wait_for_fluid_ok

• Negative PO Pressure

• Fluid_ok

Sub- EVDe EVPRIM


EVP EVPRIM EVPb EVPa Heater EVH20 EVD1 EVDS2 EVD2
phase g 1
Air_Evac OFF 2 OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON 2 OFF 2
_B
Flush OFF 2 ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON 2 OFF 2
Bicart ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON 2 OFF 2
FillUp
Prime_A ON 2 OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON 2 ON 2
Prime_B ON OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON 2 OFF 2
Air_Evac ON OFF ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF
_Top
Bicart_R ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON 2 OFF 2
efill
Restart OFF 2 ON OFF OFF OFF 3/-99** ON 2 ON 2
hydr
Restart OFF 2 ON OFF OFF OFF 3/-99** ON 2 ON 2
flow
Wait_for OFF 2 ON ON OFF OFF 3/-99** ON 2 OFF 2
_fluid_ok
Negative OFF 2 ON ON OFF OFF 3/-99** ON 2 OFF 2
PO
Pressure
Fluid_ok OFF 2 (OFFON ON OFF OFF 3/-99** ON 2 (OFF OFF 2
during during T1
T1 Flow
flow Meters
meters Test)
test)

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-33


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

P2freq not
Sub-
PC PB PSe PA P1 P2 PWHO LFP Time checked with
phase
P1freq
Air_Evac_ ON/50 OFF OFF OFF ON/80 4/0 PWHO_S ***** 40 s ON
B % % mmHg ET***
(100 in
Reprime)
Flush 10/100 OFF OFF OFF ON/50 4/100 PWHO_S ***** 15 s ON
mmHg % mmHg ET***
Bicart ON/50 OFF OFF OFF OFF 4/0 PWHO_S OFF 40 s ON
FillUp % mmHg ET***
(100 in
Reprime)
Prime_A ON/50 OFF OFF OFF ON/40 4/0 PWHO_S ***** 30 s OFF
% % mmHg ET*** TO
(100 in
Reprime)
Prime_B ON/50 OFF OFF OFF ON/40 4/0 PWHO_S ***** 30 s OFF
% % mmHg ET*** TO
(100 in
Reprime)
Air_Evac OFF% OFF OFF OFF OFF 4/0 2/-500 OFF 60 s ON
_Top mmHg
Bicart_Re ON/50 OFF OFF OFF OFF 4/0 PWHO_S OFF 40 s ON
fill % mmHg ET***
(100 in
Reprime)
Restart 10/100 OFF OFF OFF ON/40 4/0 2/0 ***** 20 s ON
hydr mmHg % mmHg
Restart 10/100 OFF OFF OFF 3/-99** 4/0 2/0 ***** 15 s ON
flow mmHg mmHg
Wait_for_fl 10/100 3/-99** OFF 3/-99** 3/-99** 4/0 PWHO_S ***** 15 min OFF
uid_ok mmHg 9/200 mmHg ET*** TO
ml/min
(if
BiCart
Select
mode)
Negative 10/100 3/-99** OFF 3/-99** 3/-99** 4/-650 PWHO_S ***** 5s ON
PO mmHg ET***
Pressure
Fluid_ok 10/100 3/-99** OFF 3/-99** 3/-99** 4/0 PWHO_S ***** 15 min *****
mmHg 9/200 mmHg ET*** TO
ml/min
(if
BiCart
Select
mode)

** Generic set value, it indicates that the set value is set by the operator.
*** For Cartridge Priming (PREP_DISTRIB_1 sub-phases), PWHO Set is -100mmHg; for Cartridge Re-
Priming (Concentrate Change performed during any phase different from PREP_DISTRIB_1) PWHO
Set is the one required by the running phase.
**** The UPLC shall be ON during the subphases when entered in between the following events:
-since the UPLC is activated once the Prime button is pressed
-since the UPLC is deactivated once the on-line port is closed after PT Disconnection or during Unload.
***** The checks are inherited from the calling phase.

Phase schematic: Pushing_BiCart

15-34 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Dialysis: phase 13 - Dialysis Fluid Preparation and Distribution - HD-DN/HDF Post/HD-SN Treatments (BiCart mode) - sub-phase Pushing_BiCart
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2

SelCart
SelBag
SWAK

BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-35


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.1.15 Dialysis: phase 13 - Dialysis Fluid Preparation and Distribution -


HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-DNDP/HDF/HF Treatments (BiCart Select
mode)
Description Status Description Status
Time * SWITCHES
Execution Always SWA CHK/CLOSED
SWB CHK/CLOSED
ELECTROVALVES
SWA1C CHK/OPEN
EVH2O ON SWA2C CHK/OPEN
EVFlush OFF SWBK CHK/OPEN
EVDeg OFF SWSeK1 CHK/OPEN
EVP * SWSeK2 CHK/OPEN
EVA OFF SWAK CHK/OPEN
EVPRIM1 * SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM * SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPb * SWUFCOV-L CHK/CLOSED
EVPa * SWCOV-R CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 * SWDCSIN *****
EVDS1 OFF SWDCSOUT *****
EVBP2 OFF SWCON1 CHK/OPEN (if machine
dressed)
EVDS2 * SWCON2 CHK/OPEN (if machine
dressed)
EV2 OFF SWPOL CHK/OPEN (in HDF/HF)
EVW2 OFF LEVEL SENSORS
EVD2 * LFP CHK
EVHE OFF LFD NOT CHECKED
EVDRAIN ON LP
EVS OFF LD1
EVR1 OFF LD2
EVC OFF UPLC ****
EVD OFF
PRESSURE SENSORS/SWITCHES
EV1S OFF SWP CHK
EVW1 OFF PDG CHK
EVBHE OFF PFS NOT CHECKED
Heater * PI NOT CHECKED
PUMPS PO NOT CHECKED
PC * SWP1 CHK
PB * PD CHK
Pse * CLDI CHK
PA * pH ---
P1 *
AUTOMATISM
P2 *
PS OFF P2freq not checked with *
P1freq
PWHO 2 / * mmHg AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_ OFF
LEAK_TEST
UF OFF AUTOM_P1_START_0 OFF
Pinf OFF

* The expected value ON/OFF, Set Value, Time depends of the sub-phases. See the sub-phases
table below for the related value.
***** SWDCSIN - SWDCSOUT: If Machine is dressed the connector is not inserted in the machine
housing; if Machine is NOT dressed the connector is inserted in the machine housing.

15-36 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION

Dialysis Fluid Preparation and Distribution - HD-DN/HDF Post/HD-SN Treatments (BiCart Select mode)
phase is divided into 19 sub-phases:
• AIR_EVAC_AB_370_OL_1

• AIR_EVAC_AB_370_CL_1

• CARTS_FILL_UP_1

• AIR_EVAC_AB_370_OL_2

• AIR_EVAC_AB_370_CL_2

• CARTS_FILL_UP_2

• BEGIN_FLUIDOK_NO_SEL_PRE

• BEGIN_FLUIDOK_NO_SEL

• WAIT_FOR_FLUIDOK_NO_SEL

• NEGATIVE_PO_PRESSURE

• FLUID_OK_NO_SEL

• PRIME_SELECT_BAG_PRE

• PRIME_SELECT_BAG_FLUSH

• PRIME_SELECT_BAG

• PRIME_SELECT_BAG_PAUSE

• BEGIN_FLUIDOK

• WAIT_FOR_FLUID_OK

• SELECT_CARTS_PRIME_PAUSE

• FLUID_OK

Sub-phase TIME EVP EVPRIM1 EVPRIM EVPb EVPa EVD1 EVD2 EVDS2

AIR_EVAC_AB_370 30 s OFF OFF OFF ON(OFF if ON(OFF if ON ON OFF


_OL_1 change change
SelectCart) BiCart)
AIR_EVAC_AB_370 40 s OFF OFF OFF ON(OFF if ON(OFF if ON ON OFF
_CL_1 change change
SelectCart) BiCart)
CARTS_FILL_UP_1 40 s OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
AIR_EVAC_AB_370 30 s OFF OFF OFF ON(OFF if ON(OFF if ON ON OFF
_OL_2 change change
SelectCart) BiCart)
AIR_EVAC_AB_370 40 s OFF OFF OFF ON(OFF if ON(OFF if ON ON OFF
_CL_2 change change
SelectCart) BiCart)
CARTS_FILL_UP_2 40 s OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
BEGIN_FLUIDOK_N 2 s 2 ON ON OFF OFF 2 2 ON
O_SEL_PRE
BEGIN_FLUIDOK_N 35 s 2 ON ON OFF OFF 2 2 ON
O_SEL

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-37


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Sub-phase TIME EVP EVPRIM1 EVPRIM EVPb EVPa EVD1 EVD2 EVDS2

WAIT_FOR_FLUIDO 15 minTO 2 ON ON OFF OFF 2 2 OFF


K_NO_SEL
NEGATIVE_PO_PR 5 s 2 ON ON OFF OFF 2 2 OFF
ESSURE
FLUID_OK_NO_SEL 15 min 2 ON ON OFF OFF 2 2 OFF
TO
PRIME_SELECT_B 5 s 2 ON OFF OFF OFF 2 2 ON
AG_PRE (OFF
during
Bag
change)
PRIME_SELECT_B 15 s 2 ON OFF OFF OFF 2 2 ON
AG_FLUSH (OFF
during
Bag
change)
PRIME_SELECT_B 60 s TO 2 ON OFF OFF OFF 2 2 OFF
AG
PRIME_SELECT_B --- 2 ON OFF OFF OFF 2 2 OFF
AG_PAUSE
BEGIN_FLUIDOK 35 s 2 ON ON OFF OFF 2 2 OFF
WAIT_FOR_FLUID_ 15 min 2 ON ON OFF OFF 2 2 OFF
OK TO
SELECT_CARTS_ --- (prep.) 2 ON OFF OFF OFF 2 2 OFF
PRIME_PAUSE 2 min TO
(change)
FLUID_OK 15 min 2 ON ON OFF OFF 2 2 OFF
TO

P2freq not
Sub-phase Heater PB PSe PA P1 P2 PWHO PC checked
with P1freq

AIR_EVAC_AB_3 OFF OFF OFF OFF ON/70 % 4/0 (100 if -370 ON/50 % ON
70_OL_1 in reprime)
******
AIR_EVAC_AB_3 OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 4/0 (100 if -370 ON/50 % ON
70_CL_1 in reprime)
******
CARTS_FILL_UP 3/-99** OFF OFF OFF OFF 4/0 (100 if 0 ON/50 % ON
_1 in reprime)
******
AIR_EVAC_AB_3 OFF OFF OFF OFF ON/70 % 4/0 (100 if -370 ON/50 % ON
70_OL_2 in reprime)
******
AIR_EVAC_AB_3 OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 4/0 (100 if -370 ON/50 % ON
70_CL_2 in reprime)
******
CARTS_FILL_UP 3/-99** OFF OFF OFF OFF 4/0 (100 if 0 ON/50 % ON
_2 in reprime)
******

15-38 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION

P2freq not
Sub-phase Heater PB PSe PA P1 P2 PWHO PC checked
with P1freq

BEGIN_FLUIDO 3/-99** 3/-99** OFF 3/-99** 3/0 4/0 PWHO_S 10/100 ON


K_NO_SEL_PRE ET*** mmHg
BEGIN_FLUIDO 3/-99** 3/-99** OFF 3/-99** 3/-99** 4/0 PWHO_S 10/100 ON
K_NO_SEL ET*** mmHg
WAIT_FOR_FLUID 3/-99** 3/-99** OFF 3/-99** 3/-99** 4/0 PWHO_S 10/100 OFF
OK_NO_SEL ET*** mmHg
NEGATIVE_PO_ 3/-99** 3/-99** OFF 3/-99** 3/-99** 4/-650 PWHO_S 10/100 ON
PRESSURE ET*** mmHg
FLUID_OK_NO_ 3/-99** 3/-99** OFF 3/-99** 3/-99** 4/0 PWHO_S 10/100 *
SEL ET*** mmHg
PRIME_SELECT 3/-99** OFF 1/91 OFF ON/50 4/0 (100 if PWHO_S 1/ ON
_BAG_PRE in reprime) ET*** 50mmHg
PRIME_SELECT 3/-99** OFF OFF OFF ON/50 4/0 (100 if PWHO_S 10/ ON
_BAG_FLUSH in reprime) ET*** 100mmH
g
PRIME_SELECT 3/-99** OFF 1/91 OFF ON/50 4/0 (100 if PWHO_S ON/50 ON
_BAG in reprime) ET***
PRIME_SELECT 3/-99** OFF OFF OFF ON/50 4/0 (100 if PWHO_S ON/50 % ON
_BAG_PAUSE in reprime) ET***
BEGIN_FLUIDO 3/-99** 3/-99** 9/200 3/-99** 3/-99** 4/0 PWHO_S 10/ ON
K ET*** 100mmH
g
WAIT_FOR_FLUI 3/-99** 3/-99** 9/200 3/-99** 3/-99** 4/0 PWHO_S 10/ OFF
D_OK (OFF in ET*** 100mmH
BiCart) g
SELECT_CARTS 3/-99** OFF OFF OFF 3/300 4/200 PWHO_S 10/ ON
_PRIME_PAUSE ET*** 100mmH
g
FLUID_OK 3/-99** 3/-99** 9/200 3/-99** 3/-99** 4/0 PWHO_S 10/ *
(OFF in ET*** 100mmH
BiCart) g

* The checks are inherited from the calling phase.


** Generic set value, it indicates that the set value is set by the operator.
*** For Cartridge Priming (PREP_DISTRIB_1 sub-phases), PWHO Set is -100 mmHg; for Cartridge Re-
Priming (Concentrate Change performed during any phase different from PREP_DISTRIB_1) PWHO Set is
the one required by the running phase.
**** The UPLC shall be ON during the subphases when entered in between the following events:
- when the UPLC is activated once the Prime button is pressed
- when the UPLC is deactivated once the online port is closed after PT disconnection or during Unload
****** During sub-phases AIR_EVAC_AB_370_OL_1, AIR_EVAC_AB_370_CL_1,
AIR_EVAC_AB_370_OL_2 and AIR_EVAC_AB_370_CL_2 the P2 set on PO is not intended to be
reached, since PWHO pump action forces lower pressure.
During phases CARTS_FILL_UP_1 and CARTS_FILL_UP_2 the P2 set on PO it is not intended to
be reached since there is EVPRIM1 off and the control cannot be completely effective (no water
flow).
Phase schematics: BEGIN_FLUIDOK and WAIT_FOR_FLUIDOK

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-39


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Dialysis: phase 13 - Dialysis Fluid Preparation and Distribution - HD-DN/HDF Post/HD-SN Treatments (BiCart Select mode) - sub-phase BEGIN_FLUIDOK
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2

SelCart
SelBag
SWAK

BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

15-40 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Dialysis: phase 13 - Dialysis Fluid Preparation and Distribution - HD-DN/HDF Post/HD-SN Treatments (BiCart Select mode) - sub-phase WAIT_FOR_FLUIDOK
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2

SelCart
SelBag
SWAK

BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-41


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.1.16 Dialysis: phase 15 - Dialysis Fluid Preparation and Distribution:


Fill internal by-pass - HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-DNDP/HDF/HF
Treatments
Description Status Description Status
Time / SWITCHES
Execution Always SWA CHK/OPEN (BiCart),
CLOSED (BiCart Select)
ELECTROVALVES SWB CHK/CLOSED
EVH2O ON SWBK CHK/OPEN
EVFlush OFF SWA1C CHK/--- (BiCart), OPEN
(BiCart Select)
EVDeg OFF SWA2C CHK/--- (BiCart), OPEN
(BiCart Select)
EVP 2 SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED (BiCart),
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVA OFF SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED (BiCart),
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPRIM1 ON SWAK CHK/CLOSED (BiCart),
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPRIM ON SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPb OFF SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPa OFF SWUFCOVER CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 2 SWDCSIN CHK/*
EVDS1 ON SWDCSOUT CHK/*
EVBP2 OFF SWCON1 CHK/*
EVDS2 OFF SWCON2 CHK/*
EV2 OFF SWPOL CHK/***
EVW2 OFF LEVEL SENSORS
EVD2 2 LFP CHK
EVHE OFF LFD ---
EVDRAIN ON LP
EVS OFF LD1
EVR1 OFF LD2
EVC OFF UPLC NOT CHECKED
EVD OFF PRESSURE SENSORS/SWITCHES
EV1S OFF SWP CHK
EVW1 OFF PDG CHK
EVBHE OFF PFS CHK
Heater 3 / -99** PI CHK
PUMPS PO CHK
PC 10 / 100 mmHg SWP1 CHK
PB 3 / -99** PD CHK
Pse OFF/ 9 / 400 ml/min (if CLDI CHK
BiCart Select mode)
PA 3 / -99** pH
P1 3 / 800 SPECIAL AUTOMATISM
P2 4 / -100 mmHg AUTOM_NOT_FREQ_C ON
HECK_P2_PWHO
PS OFF AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_ OFF
LEAK_TEST
PWHO 2 / -100 AUTOM_P1_START_0 ON
UF OFF
Pinf OFF

* With the Autopriming Feature: Cassette installed: OPEN


Cassette NOT installed: CLOSED
** Generic set value, it indicates that the set value is set by the operator.
*** Depending on dressing condition: a) CLOSED if: - in HDF/HF or HD-Ultra line not connected to onlie port during
cassette dressing or cassette not yet installed.
- in other treatments
b) OPEN if line was connected to online port during cassette dressing in HDF/HF and HD-Ultra

15-42 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Dialysis: phase 15 - Dialysis Fluid Preparation and Distribution: Fill internal by-pass
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2

SelCart
SelBag
SWAK

BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-43


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.1.17 Dialysis: phase 16 - End Preparation - HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-DNDP/


HDF/HF Treatments
Description Status Description Status
Time - Pinf OFF
Execution Always SWITCHES
SWA CHK/OPEN (BiCart)
ELECTROVALVES
CLOSED (BiCart Select)
EVH2O ON SWB CHK/CLOSED
EVFlush OFF SWA1C CHK/--- (BiCart), OPEN
(BiCart Select)
EVDeg OFF SWA2C CHK/--- (BiCart), OPEN
(BiCart Select)
EVP 2 SWBK CHK/OPEN
EVA OFF SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPRIM1 ON SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPRIM ON SWAK CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPb OFF SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPa OFF SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 2 SWUFCOVER CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 ON SWDCSIN CHK/***
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSOUT CHK/***
EVDS2 OFF SWCON1 CHK/***
EV2 OFF SWCON2 CHK/***
EVW2 OFF SWPOL CHK/**
EVD2 2 LEVEL SENSORS
EVHE OFF LFP CHK
EVDRAIN ON LFD ---
EVS OFF LP /
EVR1 OFF LD1 /
EVC OFF LD2 /
EVD OFF UPLC NOT CHECKED
EV1S OFF PRESSURE SENSORS/SWITCHES
EVW1 OFF SWP CHK
EVBHE OFF PDG ---
Heater 3 / -99* PFS ---
PUMPS PI ---
PC 10 / 100 mmHg PO ---
PB 3 / -99* SWP1 CHK
Pse OFF PD CHK
9 / 400 ml/min (if BiCart
Select mode)
PA 3 / -99* CLDI ---
P1 3 / -99* pH ---
P2 4 / 0 mmHg SPECIAL AUTOMATISM
PS OFF AUTOM_NOT_FREQ_C ON
HECK_P2_PWHO
PWHO 2 / 0 mmHg AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_ OFF
LEAK_TEST
UF OFF AUTOM_P1_START_0 ON

* Generic set value, it indicates that the set value is set by the operator.
** Depending on dressing condition: a) CLOSED if
- in HDF/HF or HD-Ultra line not connected to onlie port during cassette dressing or cassette not yet
installed.
- in other treatments
b) OPEN if line was connected to online port during cassette dressing in HDF/HF and HD-Ultra
***With the Autopriming Feature - Cassette installed: OPEN; Cassette NOT installed: CLOSED.

15-44 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Dialysis: phase 16 - End Preparation
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2

SelCart
SelBag
SWAK

BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-45


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.1.18 Dialysis: phase 50 - External bypass configuration: Pre-sample


negative pressure - HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-DNDP/HDF/HF Treatments
Description Status Description Status
Time Pinf OFF
Execution Always SWITCHES
SWA CHK/OPEN (BiCart)
ELECTROVALVES
CLOSED (BiCart Select)
EVH2O ON SWB CHK/CLOSED
EVFlush OFF SWBK CHK/OPEN
EVDeg OFF SWA1C CHK/--- (BiCart), OPEN
(BiCart Select)
EVP 2 SWA2C CHK/--- (BiCart), OPEN
(BiCart Select)
EVA OFF SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPRIM1 ON SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPRIM ON (OFF if alarms are SWAK CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
displayed) OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPb OFF SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPa OFF SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 2 SWUFCOV CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 OFF SWDCSIN CHK/*
EVBP2 **** SWDCSOUT CHK/*
EVDS2 **** SWCON1 CHK/*
EV2 OFF SWCON2 CHK/*
EVW2 OFF SWPOL --- ****
EVD2 2 LEVEL SENSORS
EVHE OFF LFP CHK
EVDRAIN ON LFD ---
EVS OFF LP /
EVR1 OFF LD1 /
EVC OFF LD2 /
EVD OFF UPLC NOT CHECKED***
EV1S OFF PRESSURE SENSORS/SWITCHES
EVW1 OFF SWP CHK
EVBHE OFF PDG CHK
Heater 3 / -99** PFS ---
PUMPS PI ---
PC 10 / 100 mmHg PO ---
PB 3 / -99** (OFF if alarms SWP1 CHK
are displayed)
Pse 9 / 400 ml/min (if BiCart PD CHK
Select mode)
(OFF if alarms are
displayed)
PA 3 / -99** (OFF if alarms CLDI ---
are displayed)
P1 3 / -99** SPECIAL AUTOMATISM
P2 4 /**** AUTOM_NOT_FREQ_C ON
HECK_P2_PWHO
PS OFF AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_ OFF
LEAK_TEST
PWHO 2 / 0 mmHg AUTOM_P1_START_0 OFF
UF OFF

*Depending from the actual phase configuration where the phase is activated. For the End Prep the
connectors are free to move in case of Change Circuit and requested open for End Prep coming from
preparation.
** Generic set value, it indicates that the set value is set by the operator.
*** The UPLC shall be ON to close the on-line port since the UPLC check is activated once the Prime
button is pressed and when is deactivated once the on-line port is closed after PT Disconnection or
during Unload.
**** Depending from the actual phase configuration where the phase is activated.

15-46 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Dialysis: phase 50 - External bypass configuration: Pre-sample negative pressure
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2

SelCart
SelBag
SWAK

BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-47


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.1.19 Dialysis: phase 17 - Sampling - HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-DNDP/HDF/HF


Treatments
Description Status Description Status
Time Pinf OFF
Execution Always SWITCHES
SWA CHK/OPEN (BiCart)
ELECTROVALVES
CLOSED (BiCart Select)
EVH2O ON SWB CHK/CLOSED
EVFlush OFF SWBK CHK/OPEN
EVDeg OFF SWA1C CHK/--- (BiCart), OPEN
(BiCart Select)
EVP 2 SWA2C CHK/--- (BiCart), OPEN
(BiCart Select)
EVA OFF SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPRIM1 ON SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPRIM ON SWAK CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPb OFF SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPa OFF SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 2 SWUFCOVER CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 ON SWDCSIN CHK/*
EVBP2 ON SWDCSOUT CHK/*
EVDS2 OFF SWCON1 ---
EV2 OFF SWCON2 ---
EVW2 OFF SWPOL CHK/OPEN
EVD2 2 LEVEL SENSORS
EVHE OFF LFP CHK
EVDRAIN ON LFD ---
EVS OFF LP
EVR1 OFF LD1
EVC OFF LD2
EVD OFF UPLC NOT CHECKED
EV1S OFF PRESSURE SENSORS/SWITCHES
EVW1 OFF SWP CHK
EVBHE PDG CHK
Heater 3 /-99** PFS CHK
PUMPS PI CHK
PC 10 /100 mmHg PO CHK
PB 3 /-99** SWP1 CHK
Pse OFF PD CHK
9 / 400 ml/min (if BiCart
Select mode)
PA 3 /-99** CLDI ---
P1 3 / 500 ml/min pH /
P2 3 / 250 ml/min SPECIAL AUTOMATISM
PS OFF AUTOM_NOT_FREQ_C ON
HECK_P2_PWHO
PWHO 2 / 0 mmHg AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_ OFF
LEAK_TEST
UF OFF AUTOM_P1_START_0 OFF

*Depending from the actual phase configuration where the phase is activated. For the End Prep the
connectors are free to move in case of Change Circuit and requested open for End Prep coming from
preparation.
** Generic set value, it indicates that the set value is set by the operator.

15-48 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Dialysis: phase 17 - Sampling
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2

SelCart
SelBag
SWAK

BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-49


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.1.20 Dialysis: phase 18 - Hydraulic Priming - Saline HD-DN Treatment


in Low Volume mode
Description Status Description Status
Time * PWHO 2/*
Execution Always UF OFF
Pinf OFF
ELECTROVALVES SWITCHES
SWA CHK/OPEN
EVH2O ON SWB CHK/OPEN
EVFlush OFF SWBK CHK/CLOSED
EVDeg OFF SWA1C CHK/OPEN
EVP 2 SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED
EVA OFF SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM1 ON SWAK CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM ON SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPb OFF SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPa OFF SWUFCOV-L CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 2 SWUFCOV-R CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 * SWDCSIN CHK/OPEN
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSOUT CHK/OPEN
EVDS2 * SWCON1 CHK/OPEN
EV2 * SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVW2 OFF SWPOL CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 2 LEVEL SENSORS
EVHE OFF LFP CHK
EVDRAIN ON LFD /
EVS OFF LP /
EVR1 OFF LD1 /
EVC OFF LD2 /
EVD OFF UPLC CHK/AIR
EV1S OFF
PRESSURE SENSORS/SWITCHES
EVW1 OFF
EVBHE OFF SWP CHK
Heater 3 / 37 °C PDG /
PUMPS PFS CHK
PC 10 / 100 mmHg PI CHK
PB 3 / 3,20 mS/cm** PO CHK
Pse OFF SWP1 CHK
PA 3 / 14 mS/cm ** PD /
P1 3 / 500 ml/min CLDI CHK
P2 * pH /
PS OFF

* The expected value ON/OFF, Set Value, Time depends of the sub-phases. See the sub-phases table
below for the related value.
** The set value is defined by the preparation phase

15-50 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION

Hydraulic Priming - Saline HD-DN Treatment in Low Volume mode phase is divided into 22 sub-phases:

Sub-phase EVDS1 EVDS2 EV2 P2 PWHOSV Time


1 ON OFF OFF 4/ 0 mmHg -20 mmHg 30 s
2 ON OFF OFF 4/ 0 mmHg -20 mmHg 30 s
3 ON OFF OFF 4/ 0 mmHg -80 mmHg 6s
4 ON OFF OFF 4/ 0 mmHg -80 mmHg 10 s
5 ON OFF OFF 4/ 0 mmHg -100 mmHg 180 s
6 ON OFF OFF 4/ 0 mmHg -400 mmHg 5s
7 ON OFF OFF 4/ 0 mmHg -20 mmHg 55 s
8 ON ON ON 4/ 0 mmHg -20 mmHg 60 s
9 ON OFF OFF 4/ 0 mmHg -80 mmHg 12 s
10 ON OFF OFF 4/ 0 mmHg -80mmHg 2s
11 ON OFF OFF 4/ 0 mmHg -80 mmHg 10 s
12 ON OFF OFF 4/ 0 mmHg -80 mmHg 6s
13 ON OFF OFF 4/ 0 mmHg -80 mmHg 7s
14 ON OFF OFF 4/ 0 mmHg -80mmHg 4s
15 ON ON ON 3 / 517 ml/min -80 mmHg Ta s
16 ON ON ON 3 / 517 ml/min -80 mmHg 9+23 s
17 ON OFF OFF 4/ 0 mmHg -550mmHg 15 s
18 ON OFF OFF 4/ 0 mmHg -10mmHg 15 s
19 ON OFF OFF 4/ 0 mmHg -20mmHg 28 s
20 ON OFF OFF 4/ 0 mmHg -10 mmHg 4s
21 ON OFF OFF 4/ 0 mmHg -10 mmHg /
22 OFF OFF OFF 4/ 0 mmHg -10 mmHg /

Phase schematics: sub-phase 01 and 20

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-51


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Dialysis: phase 18 - Hydraulic Priming - Saline HD-DN Treatment in Low Volume mode: sub-phase 01
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2

SelCart
SelBag
SWAK

BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

15-52 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Dialysis: phase 18 - Hydraulic Priming - Saline HD-DN Treatment in Low Volume mode: sub-phase 20
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2

SelCart
SelBag
SWAK

BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-53


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.1.21 Dialysis: phase 18 - Hydraulic Priming - Ultra HD-DN Treatment


Description Status Description Status
Time * UF OFF
Execution Pinf /
ELECTROVALVES SWITCHES
EVH2O ON SWA CHK/OPEN (BiCart)
CLOSED (BiCart Select)
EVFlush OFF SWB CHK/CLOSED
EVDeg OFF SWBK CHK/OPEN
EVP 2 SWA1C CHK/--- (BiCart), OPEN
(BiCart Select)
EVA OFF SWA2C CHK/--- (BiCart), OPEN
(BiCart Select)
EVPRIM1 ON SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPRIM ON SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPb OFF SWAK CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPa OFF SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 2 SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 ON SWUFCOVER CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSIN CHK/OPEN
EVDS2 * SWDCSOUT CHK/OPEN
EV2 * SWCON1 CHK/OPEN
EVW2 OFF SWCON2 CHK/OPEN
EVD2 2 SWPOL CHK/OPEN
EVHE OFF LEVEL SENSORS
EVDRAIN ON LFP CHK
EVS OFF LFD ---
EVR1 OFF LP CHK
EVC OFF LD1 CHK
EVD OFF LD2 CHK
EV1S OFF UPLC *
EVW1 OFF
PRESSURE SENSORS/SWITCHES
EVBHE OFF
Heater 3/-99 °C SWP CHK
PUMPS PDG CHK
PC 10 /100 mmHg PFS CHK
PB 3/-99 mS/cm** PI CHK
Pse OFF (Bicart) - 9 / QD/ PO CHK
200 (Bicart Select)
PA 3/-99 mS/cm** SWP1 CHK
P1 3/* PD CHK
P2 * CLDI *
PS OFF pH /
PWHO 2/* P2_PWHO_FREQ_CHE /
CK

* The expected value ON/OFF, Set Value, Time depends of the sub-phases. See the sub-phases table
below for the related value.
** Generic set value, it indicates that the set value is set by the operator.

15-54 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION

Hydraulic Priming - Ultra HD-DN Treatment phase is divided into 17 sub-phases:

Sub-
EVDS1 EVDS2 EV2 P1 P2 PWHO Time
phase

1 ON OFF OFF 550 ml/min 3/450 mmHg -10 mmHg 15s or


PFS>250
mmHg

2 ON OFF OFF 550 ml/min 3/450 ml/min -10mmHg 35 s

3 ON OFF OFF 550 ml/min 3/450 ml/min -10 mmHg 5s

4 ON OFF OFF 550 ml/min 3/450 ml/min -100 mmHg 240 s

5 ON ON ON 550 ml/min 4/ 0 mmHg -10 mmHg 65 s

6 ON OFF OFF 550 ml/min 4/ 0 mmHg -550 mmHg 15 s

7 ON OFF OFF 550 ml/min 4/ 0 mmHg -550mmHg 60 s

8 ON OFF OFF 550 ml/min 4/ 100 mmHg -10 mmHg 8s

9 ON OFF OFF 550 ml/min 3/350 ml/min -10 mmHg 10 s

10 ON OFF OFF 550 ml/min 3/350 ml/min -10 mmHg 10 s

11 ON ON ON 700 ml/min 4/ 0 mmHg -10 mmHg 27-112 s

12 ON OFF OFF 800 ml/min 3/400 ml/min -10 mmHg 27-509 s

13 ON OFF OFF 650 ml/min 3/400 ml/min -550 mmHg 15 s

14 ON OFF OFF 650 ml/min 3/400 ml/min -10 mmHg 36 s

15 ON OFF OFF 600 ml/min 3/400 ml/min -10 mmHg 24 s

16 ON OFF OFF 550 ml/min 4/ 0 mmHg -10 mmHg N/A

17 OFF OFF OFF 550 ml/min 4/ 0 mmHg 0 mmHg N/A

If an extra priming phase is performed, subphases 12-13-14-15 of the priming phase are repeated.
The following values are related to extrapriming subphases:

Sub-
EVDS1 EVDS2 EV2 P1 P2 PWHO Time
phase
12 ON OFF OFF 650 ml/min 3/400 ml/min -10 mmHg 14-914s
13 ON OFF OFF 650 ml/min 3/400 ml/min -550 15 s
mmHg
14 ON OFF OFF 650 ml/min 3/400 ml/min -10 mmHg 17s
15 ON OFF OFF 600 ml/min 3/400 ml/min -10 mmHg 18s

Phase schematics: sub-phase 01 and 5

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-55


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Dialysis: phase 18 - Hydraulic Priming - Ultra HD-DN Treatment Sub-phase 1


ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2

SelCart
SelBag
SWAK

BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

15-56 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Dialysis: phase 18 - Hydraulic Priming - Ultra HD-DN Treatment Sub-phase 5
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2

SelCart
SelBag
SWAK

BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-57


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.1.22 Dialysis: phase 18 - Hydraulic Priming - HDF/HF Treatment

Description Status Description Status


Time * UF OFF
Execution Always Pinf *
ELECTROVALVES SWITCHES
EVH2O ON SWA CHK/OPEN(BiCart),
CLOSED (BiCart Select)
EVFlush OFF SWB CHK/CLOSED
EVDeg OFF SWBK CHK/OPEN
EVP 2 SWA1C CHK/--- (BiCart), OPEN
(BiCart Select)
EVA OFF SWA2C CHK/--- (BiCart), OPEN
(BiCart Select)
EVPRIM1 ON SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPRIM ON SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPb OFF SWAK CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPa OFF SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 2 SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 * SWUFCOVER CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSIN CHK/OPEN
EVDS2 * SWDCSOUT CHK/OPEN
EV2 * SWCON1 CHK/OPEN
EVW2 OFF SWCON2 CHK/OPEN
EVD2 2 SWPOL CHK/OPEN
EVHE OFF
LEVEL SENSORS
EVDRAIN ON
EVS OFF LFP CHK
EVR1 OFF LFD ---
EVC OFF LP CHK
EVD OFF LD1 CHK
EV1S OFF LD2 CHK
EVW1 OFF UPLC CHECKED/AIR
EVBHE OFF PRESSURE SENSORS/SWITCHES
Heater 3 /-99°C** SWP CHK
PUMPS PDG CHK
PC 10 /100 mmHg PFS CHK
PB 3 /-99°C** PI CHK
Pse OFF (BiCart) PO CHK
9/ QD/200 (BiCart
Select)
PA 3 /-99°C** SWP1 CHK
P1 3/* PD CHK
P2 * CLDI ---
PS OFF pH /
PWHO 2/* P2_PWHO-FREQ- ON
CHECK

* The expected value ON/OFF, Set Value, Time depends of the sub-phases. See the sub-phases table
below for the related value.
** Generic set value, it indicates that the set value is set by the operator.

15-58 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION

Hydraulic Priming HDF/HF Treatment phase is divided into 18 sub-phases:

Sub-
EVDS1 EVDS2 EV2 P1 P2 PWHO PINF Time
phase

1 ON OFF OFF 650 ml/min 4/ 0 mmHg -50 mmHg ON/ 80 ml/min 75s
2 ON OFF OFF 650 ml/min 4/ 0 mmHg -50 mmHg ON/ 80 ml/min 15 s
3 ON OFF OFF 650 ml/min 4/ 0 mmHg -550 mmHg OFF 15 s
4 ON OFF OFF 650 ml/min 4/ 0 mmHg -550 mmHg OFF 60 s
5 ON OFF OFF 650 ml/min 4/ 0 mmHg -450 mmHg ON/200 ml/ 8s
min
6 ON OFF OFF 650 ml/min 4/ 0 mmHg -300 mmHg ON/200 ml/ 20 s
min
7 ON OFF OFF 650 ml/min 4/ 0 mmHg -200 mmHg ON/200 ml/ 20 s
min
8 ON OFF OFF 650 ml/min 4/ 0 mmHg -80 mmHg ON/200 ml/ 25 s
min
9 ON OFF OFF 650 ml/min 4/ 0 mmHg -20 mmHg ON/200 ml/ 40 s
min
10 ON OFF OFF 650 ml/min 4/ 0 mmHg -100 mmHg ON/80 ml/min 80 s
11 ON ON ON 650 ml/min 4/ 0 mmHg 0 mmHg OFF 50 s
12 ON ON ON 650 ml/min 4/ -50 -20 mmHg ON/ Art Pump 32-
mmHg set + UFR 450s
13 ON ON ON 650 ml/min 4/ 0 mmHg -550 mmHg ON/ Art Pump 15 s
set + UFR
14 ON ON ON 650 ml/min 4/ 0 mmHg -10 mmHg ON/ Art Pump 36 s
set + UFR
15 ON OFF OFF 650 ml/min 4/ 0 mmHg -10 mmHg ON/ 250 ml/ 24 s
min
16 ON OFF OFF 650 ml/min 4/ 0 mmHg -10 mmHg ON/50 ml/min 5 s
17 ON OFF OFF 650 ml/min 4/ 0 mmHg -10 mmHg ON/0 ml/min N/A
18 OFF OFF OFF 650 ml/min 4/ 0 mmHg 0 mmHg OFF N/A

If an extra priming phase is performed, subphases 12-13-14-15-16 of the priming phase are repeated.
The following values are related to extrapriming subphases:

Sub-
EVDS1 EVDS2 EV2 P1 P2 PWHO PINF Time
phase

12 ON OFF OFF 650 ml/min 4/ 0 mmHg -20 mmHg ON/250 ml/ 13s-
min 913s
13 ON OFF OFF 650 ml/min 4/ 0 mmHg -550 mmHg ON/250 ml/ 15s
min
14 ON OFF OFF 650 ml/min 4/ 0 mmHg -10 mmHg ON/250 ml/ 17s
min
15 ON ON ON 650 ml/min 4/ 0 mmHg -10 mmHg ON/255 ml/ 15 s
min
16 ON OFF OFF 650 ml/min 4/ 0 mmHg -10 mmHg ON/50 ml/min 5 s

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-59


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Phase schematics: sub-phase 01 and 14


Dialysis: phase 18 - Hydraulic Priming - sub-phase 01
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2

SelCart
SelBag
SWAK

BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

15-60 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Dialysis: phase 18 - Hydraulic Priming - sub-phase 14
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2

SelCart
SelBag
SWAK

BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-61


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.1.23 Dialysis: phase 18 - Hydraulic Priming - Saline HD-SN Treatment

Description Status Description Status


Time * PWHO 2/*
Execution Always UF OFF
Pinf OFF
ELECTROVALVES SWITCHES
SWA CHK/OPEN
EVH2O ON SWB CHK/OPEN
EVFlush OFF SWBK CHK/CLOSED
EVDeg OFF SWA1C CHK/OPEN
EVP 2 SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED
EVA OFF SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM1 ON SWAK CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM ON SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPb OFF SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPa OFF SWUFCOV-L CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 2 SWUFCOV-R CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 ON SWDCSIN CHK/OPEN
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSOUT CHK/OPEN
EVDS2 * SWCON1 CHK/OPEN
EV2 * SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVW2 OFF SWPOL CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 2 LEVEL SENSORS
EVHE OFF LFP CHK
EVDRAIN ON LFD /
EVS OFF LP /
EVR1 OFF LD1 /
EVC OFF LD2 /
EVD OFF UPLC CHK/AIR
EV1S OFF
PRESSURE SENSORS/SWITCHES
EVW1 OFF
EVBHE OFF SWP CHK
Heater 3 / 37 °C PDG /
PUMPS PFS CHK
PC 10 / 100 mmHg PI CHK
PB 3 / 3,2 mS/cm ** PO CHK
Pse OFF SWP1 CHK
PA 3 / 14 mS/cm ** PD /
P1 3 / 500 ml/min CLDI CHK
P2 * pH /
PS OFF

* The expected value ON/OFF, Set Value, Time depends of the sub-phases. See the sub-phases table
below for the related value.
** The set value is defined by the preparation phase

15-62 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION

Hydraulic Priming Saline HD-SN Treatment phase is divided into 22 sub-phases:

Sub-phase EVDS2 EV2 P2 PWHO Time

1 OFF OFF 4/ 0 mmHg -20 mmHg 10 s

2 OFF OFF 4/ 0 mmHg -20 mmHg 20 s

3 OFF OFF 4/ 0 mmHg -20 mmHg 12 s

4 OFF OFF 4/ 0 mmHg -250 mmHg 35 s

5 OFF OFF 4/ 0 mmHg -550 mmHg 15 s

6 OFF OFF 4/ 0 mmHg -550 mmHg 6s

7 OFF OFF 4/ 0 mmHg -550 mmHg 6s

8 OFF OFF 4/ 0 mmHg -10 mmHg 10 s

9 OFF OFF 4/ 0 mmHg -100 mmHg 4s

10 OFF OFF 4/ 0 mmHg -100 mmHg 20 s

11 OFF OFF 4/ 0 mmHg -100 mmHg 200 s

12 ON ON 4/ 0 mmHg -20 mmHg 60 s

13 OFF OFF 4/ 0 mmHg -20 mmHg 5s

14 OFF OFF 4/ 0 mmHg -20 mmHg 8s

15 OFF OFF 4/ 0 mmHg -20 mmHg 5s

16 ON ON 3/ 517 ml/min -20 mmHg 30 s

17 OFF OFF 4/ 0 mmHg -20 mmHg 8s

18 OFF OFF 4/ 0 mmHg -500 mmHg 15 s

19 OFF OFF 4/ 0 mmHg -10 mmHg 24 s

20 OFF OFF 4/ 0 mmHg -10 mmHg 28 s

21 OFF OFF 4/ 0 mmHg -10 mmHg 4s

22 OFF OFF 4/ 0 mmHg -10 mmHg /

Phase schematics: sub-phase 01 and 16

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-63


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Dialysis: phase 18 - Hydraulic Priming - Saline HD SN Treatment Subphase 01


ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2

SelCart
SelBag
SWAK

BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

15-64 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Dialysis: phase 18 - Hydraulic Priming - Saline HD SN Treatment Subphase 16
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2

SelCart
SelBag
SWAK

BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-65


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.1.24 Dialysis: phase 18 - Hydraulic Priming - Ultra HD-SN Treatment


Description Status Description Status
Time * UF OFF
Execution Always Pinf *
ELECTROVALVES SWITCHES
EVH2O ON SWA CHK/OPEN(Bicart)
CLOSED BiCart Select )
EVFlush OFF SWB CHK/CLOSED
EVDeg OFF SWBK CHK/ OPEN
EVP 2 SWA1C CHK/--- (BiCart), OPEN
(BiCart Select )
EVA OFF SWA2C CHK/--- (BiCart), OPEN
(BiCart Select )
EVPRIM1 ON SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPRIM ON SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPb OFF SWAK CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPa OFF SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 2 SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 * SWUFCOVER CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSIN CHK/OPEN
EVDS2 * SWDCSOUT CHK/OPEN
EV2 * SWCON1 CHK/OPEN
EVW2 OFF SWCON2 CHK/OPEN
EVD2 2 SWPOL CHK/OPEN
EVHE OFF LEVEL SENSORS
EVDRAIN ON LFP CHK
EVS OFF LFD ---
EVR1 OFF LP CHK
EVC OFF LD1 CHK
EVD OFF LD2 CHK
EV1S OFF UPLC CHK/AIR
EVW1 OFF
PRESSURE SENSORS/SWITCHES
EVBHE OFF
Heater 3 /-99 °C** SWP CHK
PUMPS PDG CHK
PC 10 /100 mmHg PFS CHK
PB 3 /-99 mS/cm** PI CHK
Pse OFF (BiCart) PO CHK
9 / QD-200 (BiCart
Select )
PA 3 /-99 mS/cm** SWP1 CHK
P1 3/* PD CHK
P2 * CLDI ---
PS OFF pH /
PWHO 2/* P2_WHO_FREQ_CHEC /
K

* The expected value ON/OFF, Set Value, Time depends of the sub-phases. See the sub-phases table
below for the related value.
** Generic set value, it indicates that the set value is set by the operator.

15-66 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION

Hydraulic Priming Ultra HD-SN Treatment phase is divided into 17 sub-phases:


.

Sub-
EVDS1 EVDS2 EV2 P1 P2 PWHO CLDI Time UPLC
phase
1 ON OFF OFF 550 ml/min 4/ 200 mmHg -10 mmHg --- 30s CHK/AIR
2 ON OFF OFF 550 ml/min 3/350 ml/min -50mmHg --- 44s CHK/AIR
3 ON OFF OFF 550 ml/min 3/350 ml/min -50 mmHg --- 10s CHK/AIR
4 ON OFF OFF 550 ml/min 4/0 mmHg -550 mmHg --- 15s CHK/AIR
5 ON OFF OFF 550 ml/min 4/0 mmHg -550 mmHg --- 60s CHK/AIR
6 ON OFF OFF 550 ml/min 3/350 ml/min -450 mmHg --- 5s CHK
7 ON OFF OFF 550 ml/min 3/350 ml/min -100mmHg --- 20s CHK
8 ON OFF OFF 550 ml/min 3/350 ml/min -10 mmHg --- 10s CHK
9 ON OFF OFF 550 ml/min 3/350 ml/min -10 mmHg --- 18s CHK
10 ON OFF OFF 550 ml/min 4/100 mmHg -100 mmHg --- 240s CHK
11 ON ON ON 550 ml/min 4/0 mmHg -10 mmHg --- 65s CHK/AIR
12 ON ON ON 700 ml/min 4/0 mmHg -10 mmHg --- 27-112s CHK/AIR
13 ON OFF OFF 750 ml/min 3/350 ml/min -10 mmHg --- 27-510s CHK/AIR
14 ON OFF OFF 750 ml/min 3/500 ml/min -550 mmHg --- 15s CHK/AIR
15 ON OFF OFF 750 ml/min 3/500 ml/min -10 mmHg CHK 36s CHK/AIR
16 ON OFF OFF 550 ml/min 4/ 0 mmHg -10 mmHg CHK N/A CHK/AIR
17 OFF OFF OFF 550 ml/min 4/ 0 mmHg 0 mmHg CHK N/A CHK/AIR

If an extra priming phase is performed, subphases 9-13-14-15 of the priming phase are repeated.
The following values are related to extrapriming subphases:
.

Sub-
EVDS1 EVDS2 EV2 P1 P2 PWHO CLDI Time UPLC
phase
9 ON OFF OFF 650 ml/min 3/450 ml/min -10 mmHg --- 18s CHK
13 ON OFF OFF 650 ml/min 3/400 ml/min -10 mmHg --- 13-914s CHK/AIR
14 ON OFF OFF 650 ml/min 3/400 ml/min -550 --- 15s CHK/AIR
mmHg
15 ON OFF OFF 650 ml/min 3/400 ml/min -10 mmHg CHK 17s CHK/AIR

Phase schematics: sub-phase 01 and 16

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-67


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Dialysis: phase 18 - Hydraulic Priming Ultra HD-SN Treatment - sub-phase 01


ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2

SelCart
SelBag
SWAK

BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

15-68 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Dialysis: phase 18 - Hydraulic Priming Ultra HD-SN Treatment - sub-phase 16
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2

SelCart
SelBag
SWAK

BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-69


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.1.25 Dialysis: phase 19 - Wait for Patient - HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-DNDP/


HDF/HF Treatments
Description Status Description Status
Time UF OFF
Execution Always Pinf OFF
ELECTROVALVES SWITCHES
EVH2O ON SWA CHK/OPEN (BiCart)
CLOSED (BiCart Select)
EVFlush OFF SWB CHK/CLOSED
EVDeg OFF SWBK CHK/OPEN
EVP 2 SWA1C CHK/--- (BiCart),
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVA OFF SWA2C CHK/--- (BiCart),
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPRIM1 ON SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPRIM ON SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPb OFF SWAK CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPa OFF SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 2 SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 ON SWUFCOV-L CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWUFCOV-R CHK/CLOSED
EVDS2 OFF SWDCSIN CHK/OPEN
EV2 OFF SWDCSOUT CHK/OPEN
EVW2 OFF SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 2 SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVHE OFF SWPOL CHK/CLOSED (OPEN in
HDF/HF and Ultra
Treatments)
EVDRAIN ON LEVEL SENSORS
EVS OFF LFP CHK
EVR1 OFF LFD ---
EVC OFF LP CHK
EVD OFF LD1 CHK
EV1S OFF LD2 CHK
EVW1 OFF UPLC CHK/AIR
EVBHE OFF
PRESSURE SENSORS/SWITCHES
Heater 3 /User SV
PUMPS SWP CHK
PC 10 / 100 mmHg PDG CHK
PB 3 / User SV PFS CHK
Pse OFF PI CHK
9/200 ml/min (if BiCart
Select mode)
PA 3 / User SV PO CHK
P1 3 /User SV SWP1 CHK
P2 3 /0 ml/min PD CHK
PS OFF CLDI CHK
PWHO 2 / -100 mmHg pH /

15-70 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Dialysis: phase 19 - Wait for Patient
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2

SelCart
SelBag
SWAK

BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-71


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.1.26 Dialysis: phase 21 - Patient Connection - HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-


DNDP/HDF/HF Treatments
Description Status Description Status
Time UF OFF
Execution Always Pinf OFF
ELECTROVALVES SWITCHES
EVH2O ON SWA CHK/OPEN (BiCart)
CLOSED (BiCart Select)
EVFlush OFF SWB CHK/CLOSED
EVDeg OFF SWBK CHK/OPEN
EVP 2 SWA1C CHK/--- (BiCart),
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVA OFF SWA2C CHK/--- (BiCart),
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPRIM1 ON SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPRIM ON SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPb OFF SWAK CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPa OFF SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 2 SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 ON SWUFCOV-L CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWUFCOV-R CHK/CLOSED
EVDS2 OFF SWDCSIN CHK/OPEN
EV2 OFF SWDCSOUT CHK/OPEN
EVW2 OFF SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 2 SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVHE OFF SWPOL CHK/CLOSED (OPEN
in HFD/HF and Ultra
Treatments)
EVDRAIN ON LEVEL SENSORS
EVS OFF LFP CHK
EVR1 OFF LFD ---
EVC OFF LP CHK
EVD OFF LD1 CHK
EV1S OFF LD2 CHK
EVW1 OFF UPLC CK/AIR
EVBHE OFF
PRESSURE SENSORS/SWITCHES
Heater 3 /User SV
PUMPS SWP CHK
PC 10 / 100 mmHg PDG CHK
PB 3 / User SV PFS CHK
Pse OFF PI CHK
9/200 ml/min (if
BiCart Select mode)
PA 3 / User SV PO CHK
P1 3 /User SV SWP1 CHK
P2 4 / 0 mmHg PD CHK
PS OFF CLDI CHK
PWHO 2 / -20 mmHg

15-72 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Dialysis: phase 21 - Patient Connection

ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
TER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2

SelCart
SelBag
SWAK

BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-73


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.1.27 Dialysis: phase 23 - Treatment (With UF) - HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-


DNDP Treatments
Description Status Description Status
Time UF 2 / User SV
Execution Always Pinf OFF
ELECTROVALVES SWITCHES
EVH2O ON SWA CHK/OPEN (BiCart)
CLOSED (BiCart Select)
EVFlush 2 SWB CHK/CLOSED
EVDeg OFF SWBK CHK/OPEN
EVP 2 SWA1C CHK/--- (BiCart),
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVA OFF SWA2C CHK/--- (BiCart),
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPRIM1 ON SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPRIM ON SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPb OFF SWAK CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPa OFF SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 2 SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 ON SWUFCOV-L
EVBP2 OFF SWUFCOV-R
EVDS2 ON SWDCSIN CHK/OPEN
EV2 ON SWDCSOUT CHK/OPEN
EVW2 OFF SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 2 SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVHE OFF SWPOL CHK/CLOSED (OPEN in
HDF/HF and Ultra
Treatments)
EVDRAIN ON LEVEL SENSORS
EVS OFF LFP CHK
EVR1 OFF LFD ---
EVC OFF LP CHK
EVD OFF LD1 CHK
EV1S OFF LD2 CHK
EVW1 OFF UPLC CHK/AIR
EVBHE OFF
PRESSURE SENSORS/SWITCHES
Heater 3 / User SV
PUMPS SWP CHK
PC 10 / 100 mmHg PDG CHK
PB 3 / User SV PFS CHK
Pse OFF PI CHK
9 / 200 ml/min (if BiCart
Select mode)
PA 3 / User SV PO CHK
P1 3 / User SV SWP1 CHK
P2 3 / P1 SV + WLR ml/ PD CHK
min
PS OFF CLDI CHK
PWHO 2 / 0 mmHg pH /

15-74 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Dialysis: phase 23 - Treatment (With UF)
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2

SelCart
SelBag
SWAK

BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-75


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.1.28 Dialysis: phase 54 - ISOLATED UF - HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-DNDP/


HDF/HF Treatments
Description Status Description Status
Time UF 2 / User SV
Execution Always Pinf OFF
ELECTROVALVES SWITCHES
EVH2O ON SWA CHK/OPEN (BiCart)
CLOSED (BiCart Select)
EVFlush OFF SWB CHK/CLOSED
EVDeg OFF SWBK CHK/OPEN
EVP 2 SWA1C CHK/--- (BiCart),
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVA OFF SWA2C CHK/--- (BiCart),
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPRIM1 ON SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPRIM ON SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPb OFF SWAK CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPa OFF SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 2 SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 ON SWUFCOV-L CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWUFCOV-R CHK/CLOSED
EVDS2 OFF SWDCSIN CHK/OPEN
EV2 ON SWDCSOUT CHK/OPEN
EVW2 OFF SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 2 SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVHE OFF SWPOL CHK/CLOSED (OPEN (if
HDF/HF and Ultra
Treatments)
EVDRAIN ON LEVEL SENSORS
EVS OFF LFP CHK
EVR1 OFF LFD ---
EVC OFF LP CHK
EVD OFF LD1 CHK
EV1S OFF LD2 CHK
EVW1 OFF UPLC CHK/AIR
EVBHE OFF
PRESSURE SENSORS/SWITCHES
Heater 3 / User SV
PUMPS SWP CHK
PC 10 / 100 mmHg PDG CHK
PB 3 / User SV PFS CHK
Pse OFF PI CHK
9 / 200 ml/min (if BiCart
Select mode)
PA 3 / User SV PO CHK
P1 3 / User SV SWP1 CHK
P2 3 / P1 SV+WLR PD CHK
PS OFF CLDI CHK
PWHO 2 / -10 mmHg pH /

15-76 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Dialysis: phase 54 - ISOLATED UF
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2

SelCart
SelBag
SWAK

BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-77


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.1.29 Dialysis: phase 24 - Volume control mode (With UF) - HDF


Treatment
Description Status Description Status
Time UF 2 / User SV *
(OFF if substitution line
clamped check)
Execution Always Pinf ON / Qinf User Set **
(ON / 30 if substitution
line clamped check)i
ELECTROVALVES SWITCHES
EVH2O ON SWA CHK/OPEN (BiCart)
CLOSED (BiCart Select)
EVFlush 2 SWB CHK/CLOSED
EVDeg OFF SWBK CHK/OPEN
EVP 2 SWA1C CHK/--- (BiCart),
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVA OFF SWA2C CHK/--- (BiCart),
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPRIM1 ON SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPRIM ON SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPb OFF SWAK CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPa OFF SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 2 SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 ON SWUFCOV-L CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWUFCOV-R CHK/CLOSED
EVDS2 ON (OFF if substitution SWDCSIN CHK/OPEN
line clamped check)
EV2 ON (OFF if substitution SWDCSOUT CHK/OPEN
line clamped check)
EVW2 OFF SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 2 SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVHE OFF SWPOL CHK/ OPEN
EVDRAIN ON LEVEL SENSORS
EVS OFF LFP CHK
EVR1 OFF LFD ---
EVC OFF LP CHK
EVD OFF LD1 CHK
EV1S OFF LD2 CHK
EVW1 OFF UPLC CHK/AIR
EVBHE OFF
PRESSURE SENSORS/SWITCHES
Heater 3 / User SV
PUMPS SWP CHK
PC 10 / 100 mmHg PDG CHK
PB 3 / User SV PFS CHK
Pse OFF PI CHK
9 / 200 ml/min (if BiCart
Select mode)
PA 3 / User SV PO CHK
P1 3 / User SV SWP1 CHK
P2 3 / P1 SV + WLR ml/ PD CHK
min
4/150 if substitution
line clamped check
PS OFF CLDI CHK
PWHO 2 / -10 mmHg pH

* When UF button is de-selected, the UF volume control is not active.


** When the Venous Pressure control is active, Pinf is stopped (Set Value is zero).

15-78 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Dialysis: phase 24 - HDF Treatment - Volume control mode (With UF)
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2

SelCart
SelBag
SWAK

BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-79


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.1.30 Dialysis: phase 25 - Set time TMP control (With UF) - HDF
Treatment
Description Status Description Status
Time UF 2 / User SV
Execution Always Pinf 2 / UF SV
ELECTROVALVES SWITCHES
EVH2O ON SWA CHK/OPEN (BiCart)
CLOSED (BiCart Select)
EVFlush 2 SWB CHK/CLOSED
EVDeg OFF SWBK CHK/OPEN
EVP 2 SWA1C CHK/--- (BiCart),
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVA OFF SWA2C CHK/--- (BiCart),
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPRIM1 ON SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPRIM ON SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPb OFF SWAK CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPa OFF SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 2 SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 ON SWUFCOV-L CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWUFCOV-R CHK/CLOSED
EVDS2 ON SWDCSIN CHK/OPEN
EV2 ON SWDCSOUT CHK/OPEN
EVW2 OFF SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 2 SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVHE OFF SWPOL CHK/ OPEN
EVDRAIN ON LEVEL SENSORS
EVS OFF LFP CHK
EVR1 OFF LFD ---
EVC OFF LP CHK
EVD OFF LD1 CHK
EV1S OFF LD2 CHK
EVW1 OFF UPLC CHK/AIR
EVBHE OFF
PRESSURE SENSORS/SWITCHES
Heater 3 /User SV
PUMPS SWP CHK
PC 10 / 100 mmHg PDG CHK
PB 3 / User SV PFS CHK
Pse OFF PI CHK
9 / 200 ml/min (if BiCart
Select mode)
PA 3 / User SV PO CHK
P1 3 / User SV SWP1 CHK
P2 13 / TMP SV PD CHK
PS OFF CLDI CHK
PWHO 2 / -10 mmHg pH /

15-80 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Dialysis: phase 25 - HDF Treatment - Set time TMP control (With UF)
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2

SelCart
SelBag
SWAK

BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-81


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.1.31 Dialysis: phase 27 - Volume Control mode (With UF) - HF


Treatment

Description Status Description Status


Time UF 2 / User SV *
(OFF if Substitution Line
clamp check)
Execution Always Pinf ON / Qinf User Set **
ON/30 (when Substi-
tution Line clamp check
ELECTROVALVES SWITCHES
EVH2O ON SWA CHK/OPEN (BiCart)
CLOSED (BiCart Select)
EVFlush 2 SWB CHK/CLOSED
EVDeg OFF SWBK CHK/OPEN
EVP 2 SWA1C CHK/--- (BiCart),
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVA OFF SWA2C CHK/--- (BiCart),
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPRIM1 ON SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPRIM ON SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPb OFF SWAK CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPa OFF SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 2 SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 ON SWUFCOV-L CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWUFCOV-R CHK/CLOSED
EVDS2 OFF SWDCSIN CHK/OPEN
EV2 ON (Off if Substitution SWDCSOUT CHK/OPEN
Line Clamped check or
UF not enabled)
EVW2 OFF SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 2 SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVHE OFF SWPOL CHK/ OPEN
EVDRAIN ON LEVEL SENSORS
EVS OFF LFP CHK
EVR1 OFF LFD ---
EVC OFF LP CHK
EVD OFF LD1 CHK
EV1S OFF LD2 CHK
EVW1 OFF UPLC CHK/AIR
EVBHE OFF
PRESSURE SENSORS/SWITCHES
Heater 3 / User SV
PUMPS SWP CHK
PC 10 / 100 mmHg PDG CHK
PB 3 / User SV PFS CHK
Pse OFF PI CHK
9 / 200 ml/min (if BiCart
Select mode)
PA 3 / User SV PO CHK
P1 3 / User SV SWP1 CHK
P2 3 / P1 SV +WLR PD CHK
4/150 (if Substitution
Line clamp check)
PS OFF CLDI CHK
PWHO 2 / -10 mmHg pH
* When UF button is de-selected, the UF volume control is not active.
** When the Venous Pressure control is active, Pinf is stopped (Set Value is zero).

15-82 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Dialysis: phase 27 - HF Treatment - Volume Control mode (With UF)
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2

SelCart
SelBag
SWAK

BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-83


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.1.32 Dialysis: phase 30 - On Line Infusion Bolus - HF/HDF/ULTRA


HD-DN/ULTRA HD-SN/ULTRA HD-DNDP Treatments
Description Status Description Status
Time UF OFF
Execution Always Pinf OFF
ON / 0 during Run sub-
phase in HDF/HF
treatments
ELECTROVALVES SWITCHES
EVH2O ON SWA CHK/OPEN (BiCart)
CLOSED (BiCart Select)
EVFlush OFF SWB CHK/CLOSED
EVDeg OFF SWBK CHK/OPEN
EVP 2 SWA1C CHK/--- (BiCart),
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVA OFF SWA2C CHK/--- (BiCart),
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPRIM1 ON SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPRIM ON SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPb OFF SWAK CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPa OFF SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 2 SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 ON SWUFCOV-L CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWUFCOV-R CHK/CLOSED
EVDS2 OFF SWDCSIN CHK/OPEN
EV2 OFF SWDCSOUT CHK/OPEN
EVW2 OFF SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 2 SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVHE OFF SWPOL CHK/ CLOSED (OPEN
in HDF/HF and Ultra
treatments)
EVDRAIN ON LEVEL SENSORS
EVS OFF LFP CHK
EVR1 OFF LFD ---
EVC OFF LP CHK
EVD OFF LD1 CHK
EV1S OFF LD2 CHK
EVW1 OFF
EVBHE OFF PRESSURE SENSORS/SWITCHES
Heater 3 /User SV
PUMPS SWP CHK
PC 10 / 100 mmHg PDG CHK
PB 3 / User SV PFS CHK
Pse OFF PI CHK
9 / 200 ml/min (if BiCart
Select mode)
PA 3 / User SV PO CHK
P1 3 / User SV SWP1 CHK
P2 4 / 0 mmHg PD CHK
4/200 mmHg during
Preparation sub-phase
in HD ULTRA
treatments
3/Qd-QinfSV during
Run sub-phase in HD
ULTRA treatments
PS OFF CLDI CHK
PWHO 2 / 0 mmHg pH /

15-84 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Dialysis: phase 30 - On Line Infusion Bolus
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2

SelCart
SelBag
SWAK

BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-85


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.1.33 Dialysis: phase 31 - Calibration - Flowmeter alignment - HD-DN/


HD-SN/HD-DNDP/HDF/HF Treatments
Description Status Description Status
Time * UF OFF
Execution Always Pinf OFF
ELECTROVALVES SWITCHES
EVH2O ON SWA CHK/OPEN (BiCart)
CLOSED (BiCart Select)
EVFlush OFF SWB CHK/CLOSED
EVDeg OFF SWBK CHK/OPEN
EVP OFF SWA1C CHK/--- (BiCart),
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVA OFF SWA2C CHK/--- (BiCart),
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPRIM1 ON SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPRIM ON SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPb OFF SWAK CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPa OFF SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 OFF SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 OFF SWUFCOV-L CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWUFCOV-R CHK/CLOSED
EVDS2 ON SWDCSIN CHK/OPEN
EV2 OFF SWDCSOUT CHK/OPEN
EVW2 OFF SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 OFF SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVHE OFF SWPOL CHK/CLOSED
OPEN (if HDF/HF and
Ultra Treatments)
EVDRAIN ON LEVEL SENSORS
EVS OFF LFP CHK
EVR1 OFF LFD ---
EVC OFF LP CHK
EVD OFF LD1 CHK
EV1S OFF LD2 CHK
EVW1 OFF UPLC CHK/AIR
EVBHE OFF
PRESSURE SENSORS/SWITCHES
Heater 3/User SV
PUMPS SWP CHK
PC 10/100 mmHg PDG CHK
PB 3/User SV PFS CHK
Pse OFF PI CHK
9 / 200 ml/min (if BiCart
Select mode)
PA 3/User SV PO CHK
P1 3/User SV SWP1 CHK
P2 4/0 mmHg PD CHK
PS OFF CLDI CHK
PWHO 2/-10 mmHg pH /

15-86 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Dialysis: phase 31 - Calibration
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2

SelCart
SelBag
SWAK

BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-87


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.1.34 Dialysis: phase 32 - UF only - HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-DNDP


Treatments

Description Status Description Status


Time UF 2 / User SV
Execution Always Pinf OFF
ELECTROVALVES SWITCHES
EVH2O ON SWA CHK/OPEN (BiCart)
CLOSED (BiCart Select)
EVFlush OFF SWB CHK/CLOSED
EVDeg OFF SWBK CHK/OPEN
EVP 2 SWA1C CHK/--- (BiCart),
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVA OFF SWA2C CHK/--- (BiCart),
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPRIM1 ON SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPRIM ON SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPb OFF SWAK CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPa OFF SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 2 SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 ON SWUFCOV-L CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWUFCOV-R CHK/CLOSED
EVDS2 OFF SWDCSIN CHK/OPEN
EV2 ON SWDCSOUT CHK/OPEN
EVW2 OFF SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 2 SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVHE OFF SWPOL CHK/CLOSED
OPEN (if Ultra Treatments)
EVDRAIN ON LEVEL SENSORS
EVS OFF LFP CHK
EVR1 OFF LFD ---
EVC OFF LP CHK
EVD OFF LD1 CHK
EV1S OFF LD2 CHK
EVW1 OFF UPLC CHK/AIR
EVBHE OFF
PRESSURE SENSORS/SWITCHES
Heater 3 / User SV
PUMPS SWP CHK
PC 10 / 100 mmHg PDG CHK
PB 3 / User SV PFS CHK
Pse OFF PI CHK
9 / 200 ml/min (if BiCart
Select mode)
PA 3 / User SV PO CHK
P1 3 / User SV SWP1 CHK
P2 3 / P1 SV+WLR PD CHK
PS OFF CLDI CHK
PWHO 2 / -10 mmHg pH /

15-88 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Dialysis: phase 32 - UF only
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2

SelCart
SelBag
SWAK

BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-89


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.1.35 Dialysis: phase 33 - Bypass operator - HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-DNDP/


HDF/HF Treatments

Description Status Description Status


Time UF OFF
Execution Always Pinf OFF
ELECTROVALVES SWITCHES
EVH2O ON SWA CHK/OPEN (BiCart)
CLOSED (BiCart Select)
EVFlush OFF SWB CHK/CLOSED
EVDeg OFF SWBK CHK/OPEN
EVP 2 SWA1C CHK/--- (BiCart),
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVA OFF SWA2C CHK/--- (BiCart),
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPRIM1 ON SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPRIM ON SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPb OFF SWAK CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPa OFF SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 2 SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 ON SWUFCOV-L CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWUFCOV-R CHK/CLOSED
EVDS2 OFF SWDCSIN CHK/OPEN
EV2 OFF SWDCSOUT CHK/OPEN
EVW2 OFF SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 2 SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVHE OFF SWPOL CHK/CLOSED
OPEN (HDF/HF and
Ultra Treatments)
EVDRAIN ON LEVEL SENSORS
EVS OFF LFP CHK
EVR1 OFF LFD ---
EVC OFF LP CHK
EVD OFF LD1 CHK
EV1S OFF LD2 CHK
EVW1 OFF UPLC CHK/AIR
EVBHE OFF
PRESSURE SENSORS/SWITCHES
Heater 3 / User SV
PUMPS SWP CHK
PC 10 / 100 mmHg PDG CHK
PB 3 / User SV PFS CHK
Pse OFF PI CHK
9 / 200 ml/min (if BiCart
Select mode)
PA 3 / User SV PO CHK
P1 3 / User SV SWP1 CHK
P2 4 / 0 mmHg PD CHK
PS OFF CLDI CHK
PWHO 2 / -10 mmHg pH

15-90 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Dialysis: phase 33 - Bypass operator
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2

SelCart
SelBag
SWAK

BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-91


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.1.36 Dialysis: phase 34 - Flushing UF - HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-DNDP/HDF/


HF Treatments

Description Status Description Status


Time UF OFF
Execution Always Pinf OFF
ELECTROVALVES SWITCHES
EVH2O ON SWA CHK/OPEN (BiCart)
CLOSED (BiCart Select)
EVFlush OFF SWB CHK/CLOSED
EVDeg OFF SWBK CHK/OPEN
EVP 2 SWA1C CHK/--- (BiCart),
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVA OFF SWA2C CHK/--- (BiCart),
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPRIM1 ON SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPRIM ON SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPb OFF SWAK CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPa OFF SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 2 SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 ON SWUFCOV-L CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 ON SWUFCOV-R CHK/CLOSED
EVDS2 OFF SWDCSIN CHK/OPEN
EV2 OFF SWDCSOUT CHK/OPEN
EVW2 OFF SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 2 SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVHE OFF SWPOL CHK/CLOSED
OPEN (HDF/HF and
Ultra Treatments)
EVDRAIN ON LEVEL SENSORS
EVS OFF LFP CHK
EVR1 OFF LFD ---
EVC OFF LP CHK
EVD OFF LD1 CHK
EV1S OFF LD2 CHK
EVW1 OFF UPLC CHK/AIR
EVBHE OFF
PRESSURE SENSORS/SWITCHES
Heater 3 / User SV
PUMPS SWP CHK
PC 10 / 100 mmHg PDG CHK
PB 3 / User SV PFS CHK
Pse OFF PI CHK
9 / 200 ml/min (if BiCart
Select mode)
PA 3 / User SV PO CHK
P1 3 / User SV SWP1 CHK
P2 4 / 100 mmHg PD CHK
PS OFF CLDI CHK
PWHO 2 / -10 mmHg pH

15-92 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Dialysis: phase 34 - Flushing UF
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2

SelCart
SelBag
SWAK

BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-93


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.1.37 Dialysis: phase 35 - Pause Therapy - HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-DNDP/


HDF/HF Treatments
Description Status Description Status
Time UF OFF
Execution Always Pinf OFF
ELECTROVALVES SWITCHES
EVH2O ON SWA CHK/OPEN (BiCart)
CLOSED (BiCart Select)
EVFlush OFF SWB CHK/CLOSED
EVDeg OFF SWBK CHK/OPEN
EVP 2 SWA1C CHK/--- (BiCart),
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVA OFF SWA2C CHK/--- (BiCart),
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPRIM1 ON SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPRIM ON SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPb OFF SWAK CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPa OFF SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 2 SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 ON SWUFCOV-L CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWUFCOV-R CHK/CLOSED
EVDS2 OFF SWDCSIN CHK/OPEN
EV2 OFF SWDCSOUT CHK/OPEN
EVW2 OFF SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 2 SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVHE OFF SWPOL CHK/CLOSED
OPEN (HDF/HF and
Ultra Treatments)
EVDRAIN ON LEVEL SENSORS
EVS OFF LFP CHK
EVR1 OFF LFD ---
EVC OFF LP CHK
EVD OFF LD1 CHK
EV1S OFF LD2 CHK
EVW1 OFF UPLC CHK/AIR
EVBHE OFF
PRESSURE SENSORS/SWITCHES
Heater 3 /User SV
PUMPS SWP CHK
PC 10 / 100 mmHg PDG CHK
PB 3 / User SV PFS CHK
Pse OFF PI CHK
9 / 200 ml/min (if BiCart
Select mode)
PA 3 / User SV PO CHK
P1 3 / User SV SWP1 CHK
P2 4 / 0 mmHg PD CHK
PS OFF CLDI CHK
PWHO 2 / -60 mmHg pH

15-94 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Dialysis: phase 35 - Pause Therapy
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2

SelCart
SelBag
SWAK

BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-95


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.1.38 Dialysis: Current phase - Change Acid - HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-


DNDP/HDF/HF Treatments
Description Status Description Status
Time * Pinf OFF
Execution SWITCHES
ELECTROVALVES SWA **
EVH2O ON SWB **
EVFlush OFF SWBK **
EVDeg * SWA1C **
EVP 2 SWA2C **
EVA OFF SWSeK1 **
EVPRIM1 * SWSeK2 **
EVPRIM * SWAK **
EVPb OFF SWLOWUF1 **
EVPa OFF (ON -if in Reprime SWLOWUF2 **
A sub-phase)
EVD1 2 SWUFCOV-L **
EVDS1 OFF SWUFCOV-R **
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSIN **
EVDS2 OFF SWDCSOUT **
EV2 OFF SWCON1 **
EVW2 OFF SWCON2 **
EVD2 2 SWPOL **
EVHE OFF LEVEL SENSORS
EVDRAIN ON LFP **
EVS OFF LFD **
EVR1 OFF LP **
EVC OFF LD1 **
EVD OFF LD2 **
EV1S OFF UPLC ****
EVW1 OFF PRESSURE SENSORS/SWITCHES
EVBHE OFF SWP **
Heater * PDG **
PFS **
PUMPS
PI **
PC * PO **
PB * SWP1 **
Pse * PD **
PA * CLDI **
P1 * pH
P2 * SPECIAL AUTOMATISM
PS OFF P2 freq check *
PWHO 2 / PWHO_SET AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_ OFF
LEAK_TEST
UF OFF AUTOM_P1_START_0 OFF

* The expected value ON/OFF, Set Value, Time depends of the sub-phases. See the sub-phases table
below for the related value.
** The checks are inherited from the calling phase.

15-96 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION

Current phase - Change Acid phase is divided into the following sub-phases:
• Change_Cart

• Flush

• Reprime A

• Wait for fluidOk

• Fluid Ok

P2 freq
Sub-phase EVDEG EVPRIM EVPRIM1 Heater PC PB PSe PA P1 P2 Time
check
Change_C ON OFF ON OFF ON/50 % OFF OFF OFF 3/ -99*** 4/ 0 --- ON
art
Flush OFF OFF ON OFF 10/100 % OFF OFF OFF ON/ 50 4/100 15 s ON
%
Reprime A ON ON OFF OFF ON/50 % OFF OFF OFF ON/ 40 4 /0 30 s OFF
% (100 if TO
reprimin
g
Wait for OFF ON ON 3/-99*** 10/100 % 3/- OFF 3/- 3/-99*** 4/ 0 15 OFF
fluidOk 99*** (9/200 99*** min
in Bicart TO
Select)
Fluid Ok OFF ON ON 3/-99*** 10/100 % 3/- 9/200 3/- 3/-99*** 4/ 0 15 **
99*** (OFF in 99*** min
Bicart) TO

***Generic set value, it indicates that the set value is set by the operator.
**** The UPLC shall be ON during the subphases when entered between the following events:
- since the UPLC check is activated once the Prime utton is pressed and deactivated
- since the UPLC check is deactivated once the on-line port is closed after PT Disconnection and during
Unload

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-97


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Dialysis: Current phase - Change Acid - subphase Change_Cart


ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2

SelCart
SelBag
SWAK

BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

15-98 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION

15.1.39 Dialysis: Current phase - Change Bicart - HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-


DNDP/HDF/HF Treatments in Bicart Mode

Description Status Description Status


Time * Pinf OFF
Execution Always SWITCHES
ELECTROVALVES SWA **
EVH2O ON SWB **
EVFlush OFF SWBK **
EVDeg * SWA1C **
EVP * SWA2C **
EVA OFF SWSeK1 **
EVPRIM1 * SWSeK2 **
EVPRIM * SWAK **
EVPb * SWLOWUF1 **
EVPa * SWLOWUF2 **
EVD1 2 SWUFCOV-L **
EVDS1 OFF SWUFCOV-R **
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSIN **
EVDS2 OFF SWDCSOUT **
EV2 OFF SWCON1 **
EVW2 OFF SWCON2 **
EVD2 2 SWPOL **
EVHE OFF LEVEL SENSORS
EVDRAIN ON LFP **
EVS OFF LFD **
EVR1 OFF LP
EVC OFF LD1
EVD OFF LD2
EV1S OFF UPLC ****
EVW1 OFF PRESSURE SENSORS/SWITCHES
EVBHE OFF SWP **
Heater * PDG **
PUMPS PFS **
PC * PI **
PB * PO **
Pse * SWP1 **
PA * PD **
P1 * CLDI **
P2 * pH ---
PS OFF P2freq not checked with *
P1freq
PWHO 2 / PWHO_SET (see AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_LEA OFF
Note below) K_ TEST
UF OFF AUTOM_P1_START_0 OFF

Note: For Cartridge Priming (PREP_DISTRIB_1 sub-phases), PWHO Set is -100mmHg; for Cartridge
Re-Priming (Concentrate Change performed during any phase different from PREP_DISTRIB_1)
PWHO Set is the one required by the running phase.
* The expected value ON/OFF, Set Value, Time depends of the sub-phases. See the sub-phases table
below for the related value.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-99


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Change Bicart phase is divided into 9 sub-phases:


• Change_Cart

• Air_Evac_B

• Flush

• Bicart_Fill_Up

• RePrime_B

• Pushing_Bicart

• Reset_Pumps

• Wait_for_fluidok

• Fluid_ok

EVPRIM EVPRI
Sub-phase EVPb EVPa Heater PC PB EVDeg EVP
1 M
Change_Cart ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON/50 % OFF ON 2
Air_Evac_B OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON/50 % OFF OFF 2
Flush ON OFF OFF OFF OFF 10/100 OFF OFF 2
mmHg
Bicart_Fill_U OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON/50 % OFF ON OFF
p
RePrime_B OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON/50 % OFF ON OFF
Pushing_Bic ON ON OFF OFF 3/-99*** ON/50 % 6/100 OFF 2
art
Reset_Pump ON ON OFF OFF 3/-99*** ON/50 % OFF OFF 2
s
Wait_for_flui ON ON OFF OFF 3/-99*** 10/100 3/-99*** OFF 2
dok mmHg
Fluid_ok ON ON OFF OFF 3/-99*** 10/100 3/-99*** OFF 2 (0 during T1
mmHg Flow Meter test)

P2freq not
Time
Sub-phase PSe PA P1 P2 checked LFP
s
with P1freq
Change_Cart OFF OFF 3/-99*** 4/0 mmHg --- ON **
Air_Evac_B OFF OFF ON/80 4/0 mmHg (100 in 40 ON **
reprime)
Flush OFF OFF ON/50 4/100 mmHg 15 ON **
Bicart_Fill_Up OFF OFF OFF 4/0 mmHg (100 in 40 ON OFF
reprime)
RePrime_B OFF OFF ON/40 4/0 mmHg (100 in 30 TO OFF **
reprime)
Pushing_Bicart OFF OFF 3/-99*** 4/0 mmHg (100 in 15 ON **
reprime)
Reset_Pumps OFF OFF ON/50 4/0 mmHg (100 in 4 ON **
reprime)

15-100 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION

P2freq not
Time
Sub-phase PSe PA P1 P2 checked LFP
s
with P1freq
Wait_for_fluidok OFF 3/-99*** 3/-99*** 4/0 mmHg 15 min TO OFF **
9/200 (in
BiCart Select )
Fluid_ok 9/200 (OFF in 3/-99*** 3/-99*** 4/0 mmHg 15 min TO ** **
BiCart)

Set value - 99 indicates that the set value is set by the operator.
** The checks are inherited from the calling phase
*** Generic set value, it indicates that the set value is set by the operator.
**** The UPLC shall be ON during the subphases when entered between the following events:
- since the UPLC check is activated once the Prime utton is pressed and deactivated
- since the UPLC check is deactivated once the on-line port is closed after PT Disconnection and during
Unload

Phase schematic: sub-phases: Flush and Fluid_ok

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-101


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Dialysis: Current phase - Change Bicart - Flush


ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2

SelCart
SelBag
SWAK

BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

15-102 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Dialysis: Current phase - Change Bicart - Fluid_ok
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2

SelCart
SelBag
SWAK

BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-103


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.1.40 Dialysis: Current phase - Change Bicart or Select Cart- HD-DN/


HD-SN/HD-DNDP/HDF/HF Treatments in Bicart Select Mode

Description Status Description Status


Time *s Pinf OFF
Execution Always SWITCHES
ELECTROVALVES SWA **
EVH2O ON SWB **
EVFlush OFF SWBK **
EVDeg * SWA1C **
EVP * SWA2C **
EVA OFF SWSeK1 **
EVPRIM1 * SWSeK2 **
EVPRIM * SWAK **
EVPb * SWLOWUF1 **
EVPa * SWLOWUF2 **
EVD1 * SWUFCOV-L **
EVDS1 OFF SWUFCOV-R **
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSIN **
EVDS2 OFF SWDCSOUT **
EV2 OFF SWCON1 **
EVW2 OFF SWCON2 **
EVD2 * SWPOL **
EVHE OFF LEVEL SENSORS
EVDRAIN ON LFP **
EVS OFF LFD **
EVR1 OFF LP
EVC OFF LD1
EVD OFF LD2
EV1S OFF UPLC *****
EVW1 OFF PRESSURE SENSORS/SWITCHES
EVBHE OFF SWP **
Heater * PDG **
PUMPS PFS **
PC * PI **
PB * PO **
Pse * SWP1 **
PA * PD **
P1 * CLDI **
P2 * pH ---
PS OFF P2freq not checked with *
P1freq
PWHO 2 / * mmHg AUTOM _ULTRAPORT_ OFF
LEAK_TEST
UF OFF AUTOM_P1_START_0 OFF

* The expected value ON/OFF, Set Value, Time depends of the sub-phases. See the sub-phases table
below for the related value.

15-104 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION

Change Select phase is divided into 12 sub-phases:


• CHANGE_CART

• SELECT_CARTS_PRIME_PAUSE

• AIR_EVAC_AB_370_OL_1

• AIR_EVAC_AB_370_CL_1

• CARTS_FILL_UP_1

• AIR_EVAC_AB_370_OL_2

• AIR_EVAC_AB_370_CL_2

• CARTS_FILL_UP_2

• BEGIN_FLUIDOK

• WAIT_FOR_FLUIDOK

• END_FLUID_OK

• FLUID_OK

Sub-phase EVP EVPRIM1 EVPRIM EVPb EVPa EVD1 EVD2 Heater PC EVDeg
CHANGE_C 2 ON OFF OFF OFF 2 2 OFF 1/50 ON
ART mmHg
SELECT_CA 2 ON OFF OFF OFF 2 2 3/-99*** 10/100 OFF
RTS_PRIME mmHg
_PAUSE
AIR_EVAC_ OFF OFF OFF ON/OFF ON/OFF ON ON OFF ON/50 % OFF
AB_370_OL if self cart if bicart
_1 repriming repriming
AIR_EVAC_ OFF OFF OFF ON/ ON/OFF ON ON OFF ON/50 % OFF
AB_370_CL OFFif Sel if bicart
_1 cart repriming
repriming
CARTS_FILL OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF 3/-99*** ON/50 % OFF
_UP_1
AIR_EVAC_ OFF OFF OFF ON/ ON/OFF ON ON OFF ON/50 % OFF
AB_370_OL OFFif sel if bicart
_2 cart repriming
repriming
AIR_EVAC_ OFF OFF OFF ON/ ON/OFF ON ON OFF ON/50 % OFF
AB_370_CL OFFif sel if bicart
_2 cart repriming
repriming
CARTS_FILL OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF 3/-99*** ON/50 % OFF
_UP_2
BEGIN_FLUI 2 ON ON OFF OFF 2 2 3/-99*** 10/100 OFF
DOK mmHg
WAIT_FOR_ 2 ON ON OFF OFF 2 2 3/-99*** 10/100 OFF
FLUIDOK mmHg
END_FLUID 2 ON ON OFF OFF 2 2 3/-99*** 10/100 OFF
_OK mmHg
FLUID_OK 2 (OFF ON ON OFF OFF 2(OFF 2(OFF 3/-99*** 10/100 OFF
during during during mmHg
T1 flow T1 flow T1 flow
mwter mwter mwter
test) test) test)

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-105


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

P2freq not
Time
Sub-phase PB PSe PA P1 P2 PWHO checked
s
with P1freq
CHANGE_CART OFF OFF OFF 3/-99*** 4/0 mmHg PWHO_S --- ON
ET****
SELECT_CARTS OFF OFF OFF 3/300 4/200 PWHO_S --- prep ON
_PRIME_PAUSE mmHg ET**** /2 min
TO
AIR_EVAC_AB_3 OFF OFF OFF ON/70 4/0 -370 30 ON
70_OL_1 mmHg******
(100 in
reprime)
AIR_EVAC_AB_3 OFF OFF OFF OFF 4/0 -370 40 ON
70_CL_1 mmHg******
(100 in
reprime)
CARTS_FILL_UP OFF OFF OFF OFF 4/0 0 40 ON
_1 mmHg******
(100 in
reprime)
AIR_EVAC_AB_3 OFF OFF OFF ON/70 4/0 -370 30 ON
70_OL_2 mmHg******
(100 in
reprime)
AIR_EVAC_AB_3 OFF OFF OFF OFF 4/0 -370 40 ON
70_CL_2 mmHg******
(100 in
reprime)
CARTS_FILL_UP OFF OFF OFF OFF 4/0 0 40 ON
_2 mmHg******
(100 in
reprime)
BEGIN_FLUIDO 3/-99*** 9/200 3/-99*** 3/-99*** 4/0 mmHg PWHO_S 35 ON
K ET****
WAIT_FOR_FLUI 3/-99*** 9/200 3/-99*** 3/-99*** 4/0 mmHg PWHO_S 15 min OFF
DOK ET***** TO
END_FLUID_OK 3/-99*** 9/200 3/-99*** 3/-99*** 4/0 mmHg PWHO_S 15 OFF
ET****
FLUID_OK 3/-99*** 9/200 3/-99*** 3/-99*** 4/0 mmHg PWHO_S 15 min *
ET**** TO
Set value - 99 indicates that the set value is set by the operator.
** The checks are inherited from the calling phase
*** Generic set value, it indicates that the set value is set by the operator.
****For Cartridge Priming (PREP_DISTRIB_1 sub-phases), PWHO Set is -100mmHg; for Cartridge Re-
Priming (Concentrate Change performed during any phase different from PREP_DISTRIB_1)
PWHO Set is the one required by the running phase.
***** The UPLC shall be ON during the subphases when entered between the following events:
- since the UPLC check is activated once the Prime utton is pressed and deactivated
- since the UPLC check is deactivated once the on-line port is closed after PT Disconnection and
during Unload
****** During sub-phases AIR_EVAC_AB_370_OL_1, AIR_EVAC_AB_370_CL_1,
AIR_EVAC_AB_370_OL_2 and AIR_EVAC_AB_370_CL_2 the P2 set on PO is not intended to
be reached, since PWHO pump action forces lower pressure.
During phases CARTS_FILL_UP_1 and CARTS_FILL_UP_2 the P2 set on PO it is not intended
to be reached since there is EVPRIM1 off and the control cannot be completely effective (no water
flow).
Phase schematic: sub-phase: Fluid_ok

15-106 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Dialysis: Current phase - Change Bicart or Select Cart- Fluid_ok
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2

SelCart
SelBag
SWAK

BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-107


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.1.41 Dialysis: Current phase - Change Select Bag - HD-DN/HD-SN/


HD-DNDP/HDF/HF Treatments

Description Status Description Status


Time *s Pinf OFF
Execution SWITCHES
ELECTROVALVES SWA **
EVH2O ON SWB **
EVFlush OFF SWBK **
EVDeg * SWA1C **
EVP 2 SWA2C **
EVA OFF SWSeK1 **
EVPRIM1 ON SWSeK2 **
EVPRIM * SWAK **
EVPb OFF SWLOWUF1 **
EVPa OFF SWLOWUF2 **
EVD1 2 SWUFCOV-L **
EVDS1 OFF SWUFCOV-R **
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSIN **
EVDS2 OFF SWDCSOUT **
EV2 OFF SWCON1 **
EVW2 OFF SWCON2 **
EVD2 2 SWPOL **
EVHE OFF LEVEL SENSORS
EVDRAIN ON LFP **
EVS OFF LFD **
EVR1 OFF LP
EVC OFF LD1
EVD OFF LD2
EV1S OFF UPLC ****
EVW1 OFF
PRESSURE SENSORS/SWITCHES
EVBHE OFF SWP **
Heater * PDG **
PUMPS PFS **
PC * PI **
PB * PO **
Pse * SWP1 **
PA * PD **
P1 * CLDI **
P2 * pH ---
PS OFF P2freq not checked with *
P1freq
PWHO 2 / PWHO-SET AUTOM _ULTRAPORT OFF
_LEAK _TEST
UF OFF AUTOM_P1_START_0 OFF

* The expected value ON/OFF, Set Value, Time depends of the sub-phases. See the sub-phases table
below for the related value.

15-108 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION

Current phase - Change Select Bag phase is divided into 9 sub-phases:

Sub- P2 Freq-
EVDEG EVPRIM Heater PC PB PSe PA P1 P2 Time
phase check
1 ON OFF OFF ON/50 OFF OFF OFF 3/-99*** 4/0mmHg ON ---
2 OFF OFF 3/-99*** ON/50 OFF 1/91 OFF ON/50 4/0mmHg ON 5s
(100 if
repriming
)
3 OFF OFF 3/-99*** 10/ OFF OFF OFF ON/50 4/0mmHg ON 15 S
100 (100 if
repriming
)
4 OFF OFF 3/-99*** ON/50 OFF 1/91 OFF ON/50 4/0mmHg ON 60 sec
(100 if TO
repriming
)
5 OFF OFF 3/-99*** ON/50 OFF OFF OFF ON/50 4/0mmHg ON ---
(100 if
repriming
)
6 OFF ON 3/-99*** 10/ 3/- 9/200 3/- 3/-99*** 4/0mmHg ON 35 s
100 99*** 99***
7 OFF ON 3/-99*** 10/ 3/- OFF 3/- 3/-99*** 4/0mmHg OFF 15 min
100 99*** (9/200 99*** TO
in
Bicart
Select
)
8 OFF ON 3/-99*** 10/ 3/- 9/200 3/- 3/-99*** 4/0mmHg OFF 15 s
100 99*** 99***
9 OFF ON 3/-99*** 10/ 3/- 9/ 3/- 3/-99*** 4/0mmHg ** 15 min
100 99*** 200(O 99*** TO
FF in
bicart)
** The checks are inherited from the calling phase
*** Generic set value, it indicates that the set value is set by the operator.
**** The UPLC shall be ON during the subphases when entered between the following events:
- since the UPLC check is activated once the Prime utton is pressed and deactivated
- since the UPLC check is deactivated once the on-line port is closed after PT Disconnection and
during Unload

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-109


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Dialysis: Current phase - Change Select Bag - sub-phase 1


ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2

SelCart
SelBag
SWAK

BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

15-110 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION

15.1.42 Dialysis: phase 36 - Rinseback - HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-DNDP/HDF/


HF Treatments

Description Status Description Status


Time UF OFF
Execution Always Pinf OFF
ELECTROVALVES SWITCHES
EVH2O ON SWA CHK/OPEN (BiCart)
CLOSED (BiCart Select)
EVFlush OFF SWB CHK/CLOSED
EVDeg OFF SWBK CHK/OPEN
EVP 2 SWA1C CHK/--- (BiCart),
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVA OFF SWA2C CHK/--- (BiCart),
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPRIM1 ON SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPRIM ON SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPb OFF SWAK CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPa OFF SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 2 SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 ON SWUFCOV-L CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWUFCOV-R CHK/CLOSED
EVDS2 OFF SWDCSIN CHK/OPEN
EV2 OFF SWDCSOUT CHK/OPEN
EVW2 OFF SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 2 SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVHE OFF SWPOL CHK/CLOSED; OPEN (if
HDF/HF and Ultra
Treatments)
EVDRAIN ON LEVEL SENSORS
EVS OFF LFP CHK
EVR1 OFF LFD ---
EVC OFF LP CHK
EVD OFF LD1 CHK
EV1S OFF LD2 CHK
EVW1 OFF UPLC CHK/AIR
EVBHE OFF
PRESSURE SENSORS/SWITCHES
Heater 3 / User SV
PUMPS SWP CHK
PC 10 / 100 mmHg PDG CHK
PB 3 / User SV PFS CHK
Pse OFF (9/200 in Bicart PI CHK
Select)
PA 3 / User SV PO CHK
P1 3 / User SV SWP1 CHK
P2 4 / 0 mmHg PD CHK
PS OFF CLDI CHK
PWHO 2 / -20 mmHg pH

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-111


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Dialysis: phase 36 - Rinseback


ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2

SelCart
SelBag
SWAK

BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

15-112 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION

15.1.43 Dialysis: phase 37 - Emptying the Dialyzer_1 - HD-DN/HD-SN/


HD-DNDP/HDF/HF Treatments
Description Status Description Status
Time 6s UF OFF
Execution Always Pinf OFF
ELECTROVALVES SWITCHES
EVH2O ON SWA CHK/NOT CHECKED
(BiCart)
CLOSED (BiCart Select)
EVFlush OFF SWB CHK/CLOSED
EVDeg OFF SWBK CHK/NOT CHECKED
EVP 2 SWA1C CHK/NOT CHECKED
(BiCart),
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVA OFF SWA2C CHK/NOT CHECKED
(BiCart),
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPRIM1 ON SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
NOT CHECKED(BiCart
Select)
EVPRIM OFF (ON in HDF SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
treatments) NOT CHECKEDBiCart
Select)
EVPb OFF SWAK CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
NOT CHECKEDBiCart
Select)
EVPa OFF SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 OFF SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 OFF SWUFCOVER CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSIN ---
EVDS2 OFF SWDCSOUT ---
EV2 ON SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EVW2 OFF SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 2 SWPOL CHK/CLOSED
EVHE OFF LEVEL SENSORS
EVDRAIN ON LFP CHK
EVS OFF LFD ---
EVR1 OFF LP -
EVC OFF LD1 -
EVD OFF LD2 -
EV1S OFF UPLC NOT CHECKED
EVW1 OFF
PRESSURE SENSORS/SWITCHES
EVBHE OFF
Heater OFF SWP CHK
PUMPS PDG CHK
PC ON / 60 % PFS ---
PB OFF (3/ User SV in PI CHK
HDF treatments)
Pse OFF(9/200 in HDF PO ---
Bicart Select Mode)
PA OFF (3/ User SV in SWP1 CHK
HDF treatments)
P1 3 / Set by Operator PD CHK
P2 4 / -300 mmHg CLDI CHK
PS OFF pH -
PWHO 2 / -200 mmHg

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-113


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Dialysis: phase 37 - Emptying the Dialyzer_1 - HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-DNDP/HDF/HFTreatments


ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2

SelCart
SelBag
SWAK

BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

15-114 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION

15.1.44 Dialysis: phase 38 - Waiting Phase - HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-DNDP/


HDF/HF Treatments
Description Status Description Status
Time - UF OFF
Execution Always Pinf OFF
ELECTROVALVES SWITCHES
EVH2O ON SWA CHK/NOT CHECKED
(BiCart)
CLOSED (BiCart Select)
EVFlush OFF SWB CHK/CLOSED
EVDeg OFF SWBK CHK/NOT CHECKED
EVP 2 SWA1C CHK/NOT CHECKED
(BiCart),
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVA OFF SWA2C CHK/NOT CHECKED
(BiCart),
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPRIM1 ON SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
NOT CHECKED (BiCart
Select)
EVPRIM OFF (ON in HDF SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
treatments) NOT CHECKED (BiCart
Select)
EVPb OFF SWAK CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
NOT CHECKED (BiCart
Select)
EVPa OFF SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 OFF SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 OFF SWUFCOV CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSIN ---
EVDS2 OFF SWDCSOUT ---
EV2 OFF SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EVW2 OFF SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 2 SWPOL CHK/CLOSED
EVHE OFF LEVEL SENSORS
EVDRAIN ON LFP CHK
EVS OFF LFD ---
EVR1 OFF LP -
EVC OFF LD1 -
EVD OFF LD2 -
EV1S OFF UPLC NOT CHECKED
EVW1 OFF
PRESSURE SENSORS/SWITCHES
EVBHE OFF
Heater OFF SWP CHK
PUMPS PDG CHK
PC ON / 60 % PFS ---
PB OFF (3/ User SV in PI CHK
HDF treatments)
Pse OFF (9/200 in HDF PO ---
Bicart Select Mode)
PA OFF (3/ User SV in SWP1 CHK
HDF treatments)
P1 3 / Set by Operator PD CHK
P2 4 / -200 mmHg CLDI ---
PS OFF pH -
PWHO 2 / -200 mmHg

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-115


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Dialysis: phase 38 - Waiting Phase - HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-DNDP/HDF/HF Treatments


ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2

SelCart
SelBag
SWAK

BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

15-116 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION

15.1.45 Dialysis: phase 39 - Emptying the Dialyzer_2 - HD-DN/HD-SN/


HD-DNDP/HDF/HF Treatments
Description Status Description Status
Time - UF OFF
Execution Always Pinf OFF
ELECTROVALVES SWITCHES
EVH2O ON SWA CHK/NOT CHECKED
(BiCart)
CLOSED (BiCart Select)
EVFlush OFF SWB CHK/CLOSED
EVDeg OFF SWBK CHK/NOT CHECKED
EVP 2 SWA1C CHK/NOT CHECKED
(BiCart),
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVA OFF SWA2C CHK/NOT CHECKED
(BiCart),
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPRIM1 OFF SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
NOT CHECKED(BiCart
Select)
EVPRIM OFF SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
NOT CHECKED(BiCart
Select)
EVPb OFF SWAK CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
NOT CHECKED(BiCart
Select)
EVPa OFF SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 OFF SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 OFF SWUFCOV CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSIN ---
EVDS2 OFF SWDCSOUT ---
EV2 ON SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EVW2 OFF SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 2 SWPOL CHK/CLOSED
EVHE OFF LEVEL SENSORS
EVDRAIN ON LFP CHK
EVS OFF LFD ---
EVR1 OFF LP -
EVC OFF LD1 -
EVD OFF LD2 -
EV1S OFF UPLC NOT CHECKED
EVW1 OFF
EVBHE OFF PRESSURE SENSORS/SWITCHES
Heater OFF
PUMPS SWP CHK
PC ON / 60 % PDG CHK
PB OFF PFS ---
Pse OFF PI ---
PA OFF PO CHK
P1 OFF SWP1 CHK
P2 ON / 90 % PD CHK
PS OFF CLDI ---
PWHO 2 / 0 mmHg pH -

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-117


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Dialysis: phase 39 - Emptying the Dialyzer_2


ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2

SelCart
SelBag
SWAK

BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

15-118 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION

15.1.46 Dialysis: phase 40 - Dialyzer Emptying_3 - HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-


DNDP/HDF/HF Treatments
Description Status Description Status
Time 8s UF OFF
Execution Always Pinf OFF
ELECTROVALVES SWITCHES
EVH2O ON SWA CHK/NOT CHECKED
(BiCart)
CLOSED (BiCart Select)
EVFlush OFF SWB CHK/CLOSED
EVDeg OFF SWBK CHK/NOT CHECKED
EVP 2 SWA1C CHK/NOT CHECKED
(BiCart),
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVA OFF SWA2C CHK/NOT CHECKED
(BiCart),
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPRIM1 ON SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
NOT CHECKED(BiCart
Select)
EVPRIM OFF SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
NOT CHECKEDBiCart
Select)
EVPb OFF SWAK CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
NOT CHECKED(BiCart
Select)
EVPa OFF SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 OFF SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 OFF SWUFCOV CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSIN ---
EVDS2 OFF SWDCSOUT ---
EV2 ON (OFF after 4 s) SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EVW2 OFF SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 2 SWPOL CHK/CLOSED
EVHE OFF LEVEL SENSORS
EVDRAIN ON LFP CHK
EVS OFF LFD ---
EVR1 OFF LP -
EVC OFF LD1 -
EVD OFF LD2 -
EV1S OFF UPLC NOT CHECKED
EVW1 OFF
EVBHE OFF PRESSURE SENSORS/SWITCHES
Heater OFF
PUMPS SWP CHK
PC ON / 60 % PDG CHK
PB OFF PFS ---
Pse OFF PI ---
PA OFF PO CHK
P1 3 / Set by Operator SWP1 CHK
P2 ON/20 % PD CHK
4 / 0 mmHg (after 4 s)
PS OFF CLDI ---
PWHO 2 / 0 mmHg pH -

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-119


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Dialysis: phase 40 - Dialyzer Emptying_3


ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2

SelCart
SelBag
SWAK

BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

15-120 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION

15.1.47 Dialysis: phase 46 - Emptying the Cartridge - HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-


DNDP/HDF/HF Treatments (BiCart)

Description Status Description Status


Time * PWHO 2 / * mmHg
Execution Always UF OFF
ELECTROVALVES Pinf OFF
EVH2O * SWITCHES
EVFlush OFF SWA CHK/NOT CHECKED
(Bicart) CLOSED (Bicart
Select)
EVDeg * SWB CHK/CLOSED
EVP * SWBK CHK/NOT CHECKED
EVA * SWA1C CHK/NOT CHECKED
(Bicart) OPEN (Bicart
Select)
EVPRIM1 * SWA2C CHK/NOT CHECKED
(Bicart) OPEN (Bicart
Select)
EVPRIM * SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED (Bicart)
NOT CHECKED (Bicart
Select)
EVPb * SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED (Bicart)
NOT CHECKED (Bicart
Select)
EVPa OFF SWAK CHK/CLOSED (Bicart)
NOT CHECKED (Bicart
Select)
EVD1 * SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 OFF SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWUFCOVUFR CHK/CLOSED
EVDS2 OFF SWUFCOVUFL CHK/CLOSED
EV2 OFF SWDCSIN CHK/CLOSED
EVW2 OFF SWDCSOUT ---
EVD2 OFF SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EVHE OFF SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVDRAIN ON SWPOL CHK/CLOSED
EVS OFF LEVEL SENSORS
EVR1 OFF LFP CHK
EVC OFF LFD ---
EVD OFF LP -
EV1S OFF LD1 -
EVW1 OFF LD2 -
EVBHE OFF UPLC NOT CHECKED
Heater OFF PRESSURE SENSORS/SWITCHES
PUMPS SWP CHK
PC ON / 60 % PDG CHK
PB OFF PFS ---
Pse OFF PI CHK
PA OFF PO ---
P1 * SWP1 CHK
P2 * PD CHK
PS OFF CLDI CHK
* The expected value ON/OFF, Set Value, Time depends of the sub-phases. See the sub-phases table
below for the related value.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-121


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

EMPTYING CARTRIDGE BICART phase is divided into 4 sub-phases:


• DRAIN_PC

• EMPTY_BICART_BEGIN

• EMPTY_BICART

• RINSEMAINBYPASS

Sub- EV EV Time
EVH2O EVDeg EVP EVA EVPb EVD1 P1 P2 PWHO
phase PRIM1 PRIM s

DRAIN_ OFF ON ON ON ON OFF OFF 2 3/60 4/100 -350 20 s or


PC BiCart or
SelectCart
arms are
closed
EMPTY_ OFF OFF OFF ON OFF ON ON 2 ON/50 4/100 -100 10 s or the
BICART BiCart
_ arms are
BEGIN closed.
EMPTY_ OFF OFF OFF ON OFF ON ON 2 ON/50 4/100 -100 170 s or
BICART filtered
EVD1
signal
exceeds
0,6 or the
BiCart
arms are
closed.
RINSE ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON 3/750 7/100 0 30
MAIN
BYPASS

15-122 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Dialysis: phase 46 - Emptying the Cartridge BiCart - subphase Empty BiCart
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2

SelCart
SelBag
SWAK

BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-123


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Dialysis: phase 46 - Emptying the Cartridge BiCart - subphase Rinse Main Bypass
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2

SelCart
SelBag
SWAK

BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

15-124 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION

15.1.48 Dialysis: phase 46 - Emptying the Cartridge - HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-


DNDP/HDF/HF Treatments (BiCart_Select)

Description Status Description Status


Time * PWHO 2 / * mmHg
Execution Always UF OFF
ELECTROVALVES Pinf OFF
EVH2O * SWITCHES
EVFlush OFF SWA CHK/NOT CHECKED
(Bicart)
CLOSED (Bicart Select)
EVDeg * SWB CHK/CLOSED
EVP * SWBK CHK/NOT CHECKED
EVA * SWA1C CHK/NOT CHECKED
(Bicart)
OPEN (Bicart Select)
EVPRIM1 * SWA2C CHK/NOT CHECKED
(Bicart)
OPEN (Bicart Select)
EVPRIM * SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED (Bicart)
NOT CHECKED (Bicart
Select)
EVPb * SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED (Bicart)
NOT CHECKED (Bicart
Select)
EVPa * SWAK CHK/CLOSED (Bicart)
NOT CHECKED (Bicart
Select)
EVD1 * SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 OFF SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWUFCOVUFR CHK/CLOSED
EVDS2 OFF SWUFCOVUFL CHK/CLOSED
EV2 OFF SWDCSIN CHK/CLOSED
EVW2 OFF SWDCSOUT ---
EVD2 OFF SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EVHE OFF SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVDRAIN ON SWPOL CHK/CLOSED
EVS OFF LEVEL SENSORS
EVR1 OFF LFP CHK
EVC OFF LFD ---
EVD OFF LP -
EV1S OFF LD1 -
EVW1 OFF LD2 -
EVBHE OFF UPLC NOT CHECKED
Heater OFF PRESSURE SENSORS/SWITCHES
PUMPS SWP CHK
PC ON / 60 % PDG CHK
PB OFF PFS ---
Pse OFF PI CHK
PA OFF PO ---
P1 * SWP1 CHK
P2 * PD CHK
PS OFF CLDI CHK

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-125


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

* The expected value ON/OFF, Set Value, Time depends of the sub-phases. See the sub-phases table
below for the related value.
EMPTYING CARTRIDGE BICART_SELECT phase is divided into 8 sub-phases:
• DRAIN_PC
• EMPTY_CARTS_BEGIN
• EMPTY_CARTS
• EMPTY_SELECTCART_BEGIN
• EMPTY_SELECTCART_CHECK
• EMPTY_SELECTCART
• RINSEMAINBYPASS
• EMPTY_CARTS_END

Sub- EV EV EV EV PWH Time


EVP EVA EVPb EVPa EVD1 P1 P2
phase H2O Deg PRIM1 PRIM O s
DRAIN_ OFF ON ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF 2 3/60 4/100 -350 20 s or BiCart or
PC SelectCart arms
are closed
EMPTY_ OFF OFF OFF ON OFF ON ON ON 2 ON/90 4/100 -100 10 s or the
CARTS_ SelectCart arms
BEGIN are closed.
EMPTY_ OFF OFF OFF ON OFF ON ON ON 2 ON/90 4/100 -100 180 s or filtered
CARTS EVD1 signal
exceeds 0,6 or the
SelectCart arms
are closed.
EMPTY_ OFF OFF OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON 2 ON/50 4/100 -100 10 s or the
SELECT SelectCart arms
CART_B are closed.
EGIN
EMPTY_ OFF OFF OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON 2 ON/50 4/100 -100 10 s or filtered
SELECT EVD1 signal
CART_C exceeds 0,6 or the
HECK SelectCart arms
are closed.
EMPTY_ OFF OFF OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON 2 ON/50 4/100 -100 160 s or filtered
SELECT EVD1 signal
CART exceeds 0,6 or the
SelectCart arms
are closed.
RINSE ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON 3/750 7/100 0 30
MAIN
BYPASS
EMPTY ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON 3/750 7/100 0 30
CARTS
END

15-126 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Dialysis: phase 46 - Emptying the Cartridge BiCart_Select - subphase Empty_Carts
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2

SelCart
SelBag
SWAK

BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-127


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.1.49 Dialysis: phase 56 - Flushing Bicarbonate - HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-


DNDP/HDF/HF Treatments

Description Status Description Status


Time 15 s Pinf OFF
Execution Always SWITCHES
SWA/SWA2 CHK/--- (BiCart)
ELECTROVALVES
CLOSED (BiCart Select)
EVH2O ON SWB/SWB2 CHK/CLOSED
EVFlush OFF SWBK CHK/ CLOSED
EVDeg ON SWA1C CHK/--- (BiCart)
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVP 2 SWA2C CHK/--- (BiCart)
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVA OFF SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED(BiCart)
--- (BiCart Select)
EVPRIM1 OFF SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED(BiCart)
--- (BiCart Select)
EVPRIM ON SWAK CHK/CLOSED(BiCart)
--- (BiCart Select)
EVPb ON SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPa OFF SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 2 SWUFCOVUFL CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 OFF SWUFCOVUFR CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSIN CHK/CLOSED
EVDS2 OFF SWDCSOUT ---
EV2 OFF SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EVW2 OFF SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 2 SWPOL CHK/CLOSED
EVHE OFF
LEVEL SENSORS
EVDRAIN ON
EVS OFF LFP CHK
EVR1 OFF LFD ---
EVC OFF LP ---
EVD OFF LD1 ---
EV1S OFF LD2 ---
EVW1 OFF UPLC NOT CHECKED
EVBHE OFF
PRESSURE SENSORS/SWITCHES
Heater OFF
PUMPS SWP CHK
PC ON / 60 % PDG ---
PB ON/30 ml/min PFS ---
Pse OFF PI ---
PA OFF PO ---
P1* 3 / 400 ml/min SWP1 CHK
P2 4 / 0 mmHg PD CHK
PS OFF CLDI ---
PWHO 2 / 0 mmHg P2_PWHO_FREQ_CHE OFF
CK
UF OFF AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_ OFF
LEAK_TEST
AUTOM_P1_START_0 OFF

* It is not necessary, for the correct execution of the phase, that the set value is reached.

15-128 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Dialysis: phase 56 - Flushing Bicarbonate
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2

SelCart
SelBag
SWAK

BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-129


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.1.50 Dialysis: phase 45 - Out Process - HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-DNDP/HDF/


HF Treatments
Description Status Description Status
Time -- s Pinf OFF
Execution Always SWITCHES
ELECTROVALVES SWA/SWA2 --
EVH2O OFF SWB/SWB2 --
EVFlush OFF SWBK --
EVDeg OFF SWA1C --
EVP OFF SWA2C --
EVA OFF SWSeK1 --
EVPRIM1 OFF SWSeK2 --
EVPRIM OFF SWAK --
EVPb OFF SWLOWUF1 --
EVPa OFF SWLOWUF2 --
EVD1 OFF SWUFCOVUFL --
EVDS1 OFF SWUFCOVUFR --
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSIN --
EVDS2 OFF SWDCSOUT --
EV2 OFF SWCON1 --
EVW2 OFF SWCON2 --
EVD2 OFF SWPOL --
EVHE OFF
LEVEL SENSORS
EVDRAIN OFF
EVS OFF LFP --
EVR1 OFF LFD --
EVC OFF LP --
EVD OFF LD1 --
EV1S OFF LD2 --
EVW1 OFF UPLC NOT CHECKED
EVBHE OFF
PRESSURE SENSORS/SWITCHES
Heater OFF
PUMPS SWP --
PC OFF PDG --
PB OFF PFS --
Pse OFF PI --
PA OFF PO --
P1 OFF SWP1 --
P2 OFF PD --
PS OFF CLDI --
PWHO OFF P2_PWHO_FREQ_CHE ON
CK
UF OFF AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_ OFF
LEAK_TEST
AUTOM_P1_START_0 OFF

15-130 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Dialysis: phase 45 - Out Process
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-131


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.1.51 Dialysis: phase 57 - End of process - HD-DN/HD-SN/HD-DNDP/


HDF/HF Treatments
Description Status Description Status
Time -- s Pinf OFF
Execution Always SWITCHES
ELECTROVALVES SWA/SWA2 --
EVH2O OFF SWB/SWB2 --
EVFlush OFF SWBK --
EVDeg OFF SWA1C --
EVP OFF SWA2C --
EVA OFF SWSeK1 --
EVPRIM1 OFF SWSeK2 --
EVPRIM OFF SWAK --
EVPb OFF SWLOWUF1 --
EVPa OFF SWLOWUF2 --
EVD1 OFF SWUFCOVUFL --
EVDS1 OFF SWUFCOVUFR --
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSIN --
EVDS2 OFF SWDCSOUT --
EV2 OFF SWCON1 --
EVW2 OFF SWCON2 --
EVD2 OFF SWPOL --
EVHE OFF
LEVEL SENSORS
EVDRAIN ON
EVS OFF LFP --
EVR1 OFF LFD --
EVC OFF LP --
EVD OFF LD1 --
EV1S OFF LD2 --
EVW1 OFF UPLC NOT CHECKED
EVBHE OFF
PRESSURE SENSORS/SWITCHES
Heater OFF
PUMPS SWP --
PC OFF PDG --
PB OFF PFS --
Pse OFF PI --
PA OFF PO --
P1 OFF SWP1 --
P2 OFF PD --
PS OFF CLDI --
PWHO OFF P2_PWHO_FREQ_CHE ON
CK
UF OFF AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_ OFF
LEAK_TEST
AUTOM_P1_START_0 OFF

15-132 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Dialysis: phase 57 - End of Process
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-133


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION

15.2 Rinsing Process


The Rinsing process is used in order to remove chemicals disinfectant after each chemical disinfection
and generally to flush the hydraulic circuit from deposits.
The hydraulic circuit is always flushed with filtered water passing through the Ultrafilters, if they are
installed. The only exception is the EVR1-EVS line that is flushed with water coming directly from the water
inlet and then flushed to the drain through the EvaClean line.
The user can perform a Rinse program by selecting the dedicated Soft button or by presetting the
process in the Auto Start table in order to start the process at a preset time. In the latter case the process is
carried out automatically.
The Rinse starts automatically at the machine wake up at the exit of a Low Power or Display off state or
at the machine switch on if there is chemical disinfectant in the hydraulic circuit because a program using
chemicals (Chemical, CleanCart Cartridge) has not been completed.
The Rinse that starts will have the duration set in Service Menu for the correspondent chemical program
not completed so that the chemical removal is ensured.
In case of Heat with CleanCart Cartridge not completed, a Rinse with a proper duration will start
automatically.
During the Rinse process after the Hypochlorite Chemical program, the heater is activated: the first
cycle is performed at 35 °C (same temperature used also during the chemical disinfection itself), the
second is performed at 50 °C while the last three cycles are performed at 65 °C.
Water consumption
The water consumption per machine for a rinse of 27 minutes duration is approximately 17 litres, for a
rinse of 38 minutes duration is approximately 25 litres and for a rinse of 94 minutes is approximately 50
litres.
Process Time
The Rinse program has a (minimum) duration of 16 minutes (including fill up and draining phases). The
minimum duration is enough to remove dialysis concentrate residuals.
• The Rinse that follows a Hypochlorite Chemical program has a duration of 94 minutes.

• The Rinse that follows a Peracetic Chemical program has a (minimum) duration of 38 minutes.

• The Rinse that follows a Low Peracetic Chemical program has a (minimum) duration of 27 minutes.

Process time can be selected among different time durations: 16, 27, 38 minutes.
Phase 16: time management

Rinse of 16 minutes: The time of the 16th phase is equal to the total time of the process minus the sum
of the all the other phases implemented into the process (about 126 seconds).
Rinse of 27 minutes: The 16th phase is done two times. First time the time is equal to 70 seconds, while
the second time is equal to the total time of the process minus the sum of the all the other phases
implemented into the process.
Rinse of 38 minutes: The 16th phase is done three times. First and second time the time is equal to 70
seconds, while the third time is equal to the total time of the process minus the sum of the all the other
phases implemented into the process.
Rinse of 94 minutes: The 16th phase is done five times. The first four times the time is equal to 70
seconds, while the last time is equal to the total time of the process minus the sum of the all the other
phases implemented into the process.

15-134 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION

Measurement of the Efficacy of the Rinse Process


Rinsing process is intended at removing chemical residuals in the hydraulic circuit after a Chemical
process. The levels of residuals are checked and must be below acceptance criteria (which means:
formaldehyde < 0. 5 ppm according to ANSI AAMI RD 62 and sodium hypochlorite 0.1 ppm according to
European Pharmacopoeia, others disinfectant residual limits shall follow manufacturer’s
recommendations).
Ceramic pumps settings (Pa, Pb, Ps, Psel):
If the ceramic pump is driven in open loop the specified set value is a flow (ml/min). From this value is
possible to find out the driving frequency by the following formula:
400 1
f = q ⋅ --------- × ---
3 k

Where f is the driving frequency (expressed in Hz) and q is the set flow (expressed in ml/min). This
frequence is set by the master with a tolerance of ±135 Hz, for the Ps the tolerance is of 4 Hz.
Gear pumps settings (Pc, P1, P2, PWHO):
If the gear pump is driven in open loop the set is expressed as percentage of the allowable range of
driving frequencies (20000 Hz).
For each pump, the specified set value of the flow represents the mean value after a transitional stage
(5-6 s)
P2_PWHO_FREQ_CHECK: automatism on Hydraulic Slave that checks the difference between the
driving frequencies of pumps P1 and P2, P2 and PWHO respectively. If the difference between the P1 and
P2 is too high the frequency of P2 is set to the driving frequency of P1 less 5 kHz. The same applies to the
PWHO if the difference between its driving frequency and the one of P2 is too high. The application of this
automatism is always active unless disabled by the master or in special hydraulic valves configuration
detected by the hydraulic slave itself.
UltraFilter Presence
The process can be run in the following conditions:
1. without Ultrafilter
2. with one UltraFilter (UF2)
3. with two Ultrafilter

NOTE
The specifications are related only to the condition of both Ultrafilters installed.

Alarm condition management

In case an alarm occurs, the phase currently running stops and a special management is actuated: all
the pumps will be stopped and after 2 s all the electro valves (except EVDRAIN) will be set to OFF. This
configuration is kept as long as program time + 30 additional minutes have elapsed, then the Artis Dialysis
system goes to display off. If the alarm condition resets, the process continues from where it was
interrupted.
Each time the process restarts from an alarm condition, the process will run the phase from the
beginning and process time will be updated consequently.

NOTE
In the following tables when the same field can have different values depending on the type of
Rinsing process that is running, the following notation has been used:
• (Hypo) - for Rinsing process after Hypochlorite Chemical program;
• (Others) - for others Rinsing processes.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-135


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

The machine use a Blind Mode to control the P1 or P2 pumps when the D1C or D2C are not able to
provide a measure due to the absence of ions.
The Blind Mode defines a frequency to control P1 or P2 pump using:
• an internal parameter, the PFS or PO-PD pressure sensors and a corrective coefficient.
• an internal parameter multiplied by a corrective coefficient, when the status of the P1 or P2 pumps
show “%”(the internal parameter in terms of a percentage of the maximum pump command
frequency).
The BlindP1M or BlindP2M parameters available in the Service Data Page 1 show when the P1 or P2
pumps are in Blind Mode.

15-136 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION

Legend to the description of rinsing phases

Component
State Meaning
type
- Not Relevant
Electrovalves OFF Not activated
ON Activated
2 On Automatism on level sensor or on pressure level
XXXXH Hexadecimal value representative of all the electrovalves
activated
Pumps PxSV Set value [ml/min]
OFF OFF
ON Open loop (PC, P1, P2 set value [%])
2 Closed Loop on Encoder / Closed Loop on PDRAIN (Set Value
[mmHg])
3 PB: Closed Loop on CB sensor (Set value mS/cm*100)
PA: Closed Loop on CA sensor (Set value mS/cm*100)
P1: Closed Loop on D1C (set value [ml/min]) or Blind Mode when
needed.
P2: Closed Loop on D2C (set value [ml/min]) or Blind Mode when
needed.
4 Closed Loop on PO value (Set Value [mmHg])
5 ON OPEN LOOP in Forward direction
6 ON OPEN LOOP in Backward direction
7 Closed loop on PFS
9 Closed loop on Qd
10 Closed loop on PDG (Set Value [mmHg])
Heater HeaterSV Set value °C
OFF Off
3 Closed loop on temperature sensor with compensation on TcA
11 Closed loop on temperature sensor with no compensation (Heat)
Switches CHK Checked by the Master through the slave error signal
(significative /not significative sensor)
CLOSED/ Expected value on the switch
OPEN
(UF) Switch value depends on UltraFilter presence
Flow Switches CHK Checked by the Master through the slave error signal
(significative /not significative sensor)
OFF Signal of flow presence
ON Signal of flow absence
Level Sensors 2 Management of evacuation air system bubble trap
Read Slave reading of air/water and Master test of the state message
CHK The value is directly checked by the Master reading from the
message of state
Note (UF) In case of Ultrafilter/s
(UF1) If CDF1 is installed
(UF2) If CDF2 is installed
Automatism P2_PWHO_ Check on the difference of driving frequency of two pumps in serie
FREQ_CHE
CK
0 Enabled
1 Disabled

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-137


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.2.1 Rinsing: phase 0 - Setting up the hydraulic circuit in a stable


configuration of the actuators

Description Status Description Status


Time Not counted Pinf OFF
Execution Always
SWITCHES
ELECTROVALVES
SWA/SWA2 ---
EVH2O OFF SWB/SWB2 ---
EVFlush OFF SWA1C ---
EVDeg OFF SWA2C ---
EVP OFF SWBK ---
EVA OFF SWSeK1 ---
EVPRIM1 OFF SWSeK2 ---
EVPRIM OFF SWAK ---
EVPb OFF SWLOWUF1 ---
EVPa OFF SWLOWUF2 ---
EVD1 OFF SWCOVUFL ---
EVDS1 OFF SWCOVUFR ---
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSIN ---
EVDS2 OFF SWDCSOUT ---
EV2 OFF SWCON1 ---
EVW2 OFF SWCON2 ---
EVD2 OFF SWPOL ---
EVHE OFF
LEVEL SENSORS
EVDRAIN ON
EVS OFF LFP ---
EVR1 OFF LFD ---
EVC OFF LP* ---
EVD OFF LD1* ---
EV1S OFF LD2* ---
EVW1 OFF UPLC NOT CHECKED
EVBHE OFF
PRESSURE SENSORS / SWITCHES
Heater OFF SWP ---
PDG ---
PUMPS
PFS ---
PC OFF PI ---
PB OFF PO ---
Pse OFF SWP1 ---
PA OFF PD ---
P1 OFF CLDI ---
P2 OFF PFS Exp. in Blind Mode ---
PS OFF SPECIAL AUTOMATISM
PWHO OFF P2_PWHO_FREQ_CHECK ---
UF OFF AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_LE OFF
AK_TEST

* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.

15-138 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Rinsing: phase 0 - Setting up the hydraulic circuit in a stable configuration of the actuators
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-139


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.2.2 Rinsing: phase 5 - Flushing the circuit without passing through


the Ultrafilter
Description Status Description Status
Time 70 s Pinf OFF
Execution Always
SWITCHES
ELECTROVALVES
SWA/SWA2 CHK/CLOSED
EVH2O ON SWB/SWB2 CHK/CLOSED
EVFlush ON SWA1C CHK/OPEN
EVDeg ON SWA2C CHK/OPEN
EVP 2 SWBK CHK/CLOSED
EVA OFF SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM1 ON SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM ON SWAK CHK/CLOSED
EVPb OFF SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPa OFF SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 2 SWCOVUFL CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 OFF SWCOVUFR CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSIN CHK/CLOSED
EVDS2 ON SWDCSOUT CHK/CLOSED
EV2 OFF SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EVW2 OFF SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 2 SWPOL CHK/CLOSED
EVHE OFF
LEVEL SENSORS
EVDRAIN ON
EVS OFF LFP CHK/0
EVR1 OFF LFD ---
EVC OFF LP* CHK
EVD OFF LD1* CHK
EV1S OFF LD2* CHK
EVW1 OFF UPLC NOT CHECKED
EVBHE OFF PRESSURE SENSORS / SWITCHES
Heater 11/Tset** (Hypo) SWP CHK
OFF (Others)
PDG ---
PUMPS
PFS CHK
PC ON / 60% PI ---
PB ON / 15 ml/min PO ---
Pse ON / 15 ml/min SWP1 CHK
PA ON / 15 ml/min PD CHK
P1 3 / 500 ml/min (31 %) CLDI ---
P2 4 / 0 mmHg PFS Exp. in Blind Mode 0 mmHg
PS OFF SPECIAL AUTOMATISM
PWHO 2 / 0 mmHg P2_PWHO_FREQ_CHECK 0
UF OFF AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_ OFF
LEAK_TEST

* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.
** Tset = 35° for the first cycle, 50° for the second cycle and 65° for the last three cycles.

15-140 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Rinsing: phase 5 - Flushing the circuit without passing through the Ultrafilter
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-141


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.2.3 Rinsing: phase 6 - Flushing EVP line and the external bypass

Description Status Description Status


Time 35 s Pinf OFF
Execution Always
SWITCHES
ELECTROVALVES
SWA/SWA2 CHK/CLOSED
EVH2O ON SWB/SWB2 CHK/CLOSED
EVFlush OFF SWA1C CHK/OPEN
EVDeg ON SWA2C CHK/OPEN
EVP ON SWBK CHK/CLOSED
EVA OFF SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM1 ON SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM ON SWAK CHK/CLOSED
EVPb OFF SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPa OFF SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 2 SWCOVUFL CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 OFF SWCOVUFR CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSIN CHK/CLOSED
EVDS2 ON SWDCSOUT CHK/CLOSED
EV2 OFF SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EVW2 OFF SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 2 SWPOL CHK/CLOSED
EVHE OFF
LEVEL SENSORS
EVDRAIN OFF LFP CHK
EVS OFF LFD ---
EVR1 OFF LP* CHK
EVC OFF LD1* CHK
EVD OFF LD2* CHK
EV1S OFF UPLC NOT CHECKED
EVW1 OFF PRESSURE SENSORS / SWITCHES
EVBHE ON SWP CHK
Heater 11/Tset** (Hypo) PDG ---
OFF (Others)
PFS CHK
PUMPS
PI ---
PC ON / 60% PO ---
PB ON / 15 ml/min SWP1 CHK
Pse ON / 15 ml/min PD CHK
PA ON / 15 ml/min CLDI ---
P1 3 / 500 ml/min (31%) PFS Exp. in Blind Mode 0 mmHg
P2 4 / 0 mmHg
SPECIAL AUTOMATISM

PS OFF P2_PWHO_FREQ_CHECK 0
PWHO 2 / 100 mmHg AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_LE OFF
AK_TEST
UF OFF
* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.
** Tset = 35° for the first cycle, 50° for the second cycle and 65° for the last three cycles.

15-142 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Rinsing: phase 6 - Flushing EVP line and the external bypass
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-143


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.2.4 Rinsing: phase 7 - Flushing Evpb without passing through the


Ultrafilter
Description Status Description Status
Time 55 s UF OFF
Execution Always Pinf OFF

ELECTROVALVES SWITCHES

SWA/SWA2 CHK/CLOSED
EVH2O ON SWB/SWB2 CHK/CLOSED
EVFlush OFF SWA1C CHK/OPEN
EVDeg OFF SWA2C CHK/OPEN
EVP 2 SWBK CHK/CLOSED
EVA OFF SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM1 OFF SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM ON SWAK CHK/CLOSED
EVPb ON SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPa OFF SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 2 SWCOVUFL CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 OFF SWCOVUFR CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSIN CHK/CLOSED
EVDS2 ON SWDCSOUT CHK/CLOSED
EV2 OFF SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EVW2 OFF SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 2 SWPOL CHK/CLOSED
EVHE OFF
LEVEL SENSORS
EVDRAIN ON LFP CHK
EVS OFF LFD ---
EVR1 OFF LP* CHK
EVC OFF LD1* CHK
EVD OFF LD2* CHK
EV1S OFF UPLC NOT CHECKED
EVW1 OFF PRESSURE SENSORS / SWITCHES
EVBHE OFF SWP CHK
Heater 11/Tset** (Hypo) PDG ---
OFF (Others)
PFS CHK
PUMPS
PI ---
PC ON / 60% PO ---
PB ON / 15 ml/min SWP1 CHK
Pse ON / 15 ml/min PD CHK
PA ON / 15 ml/min CLDI ---
P1 3 / 400 ml/min (28%) PFS Exp. in Blind Mode 0 mmHg
P2 4 / 0 mmHg
SPECIAL
AUTOMATISM
PS OFF P2_PWHO_FREQ_CHECK 0
PWHO 2 / 0 mmHg AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_LE OFF
AK_TEST

* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.
**Tset = 35° for the first cycle, 50° for the second cycle and 65° for the last three cycles.

15-144 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Rinsing: phase 7 - Flushing Evpb without passing through the Ultrafilter
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-145


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.2.5 Rinsing: phase 8 - Flushing Evpa


Description Status Description Status
Time 45 s Pinf OFF
Execution Always
SWITCHES

SWA/SWA2 CHK/CLOSED
ELECTROVALVES
SWB/SWB2 CHK/CLOSED
EVH2O ON SWA1C CHK/OPEN
EVFlush OFF SWA2C CHK/OPEN
EVDeg OFF SWBK CHK/CLOSED
EVP 2 SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED
EVA OFF SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM1 OFF SWAK CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM ON SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPb OFF SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPa ON SWCOVUFL CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 2 SWCOVUFR CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 OFF SWDCSIN CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSOUT CHK/CLOSED
EVDS2 ON SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EV2 OFF SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVW2 OFF SWPOL CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 2
LEVEL SENSORS
EVHE OFF LFP CHK
EVDRAIN ON LFD ---
EVS OFF LP* CHK
EVR1 OFF LD1* CHK
EVC OFF LD2* CHK
EVD OFF UPLC NOT CHECKED
EV1S OFF PRESSURE SENSORS / SWITCHES
EVW1 OFF SWP CHK
EVBHE OFF PDG ---
Heater 11/Tset** (Hypo) PFS CHK
OFF (Others)
PI ---
PUMPS
PO ---
PC ON / 60% SWP1 CHK
PB ON / 15 ml/min PD CHK
Pse ON / 15 ml/min CLDI ---
PA ON / 15 ml/min PFS Exp. in Blind Mode 0 mmHg
P1 3 / 400 ml/min (29%)
SPECIAL AUTOMATISM
P2 4 / 0 mmHg
PS OFF P2_PWHO_FREQ_CHECK 0
PWHO 2 / 0 mmHg AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_LE OFF
AK_TEST
UF OFF

* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.
**Tset = 35° for the first cycle, 50° for the second cycle and 65° for the last three cycles.

15-146 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Rinsing: phase 8 - Flushing Evpa
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-147


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.2.6 Rinsing: phase 9 - Flushing EVD1 line and the mixing area (for
Rinse after Hypochlorite Chemical program)
Description Status Description Status
Time 35 s Pinf OFF
Execution Always
SWITCHES
ELECTROVALVES
SWA/SWA2 CHK/CLOSED
EVH2O ON SWB/SWB2 CHK/CLOSED
EVFlush OFF SWA1C CHK/OPEN
EVDeg ON SWA2C CHK/OPEN
EVP 2 SWBK CHK/CLOSED
EVA OFF SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM1 ON SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM ON SWAK CHK/CLOSED
EVPb OFF SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPa OFF SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 ON SWCOVUFL CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 ON SWCOVUFR CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSIN CHK/CLOSED
EVDS2 OFF SWDCSOUT CHK/CLOSED
EV2 OFF SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EVW2 OFF SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 2 SWPOL CHK/CLOSED
EVHE OFF
LEVEL SENSORS
EVDRAIN ON
EVS OFF LFP CHK
EVR1 OFF LFD ---
EVC OFF LP* CHK
EVD OFF LD1* CHK
EV1S OFF LD2* CHK
EVW1 OFF UPLC NOT CHECKED
EVBHE OFF
PRESSURE SENSORS / SWITCHES

Heater 11/Tset** SWP CHK


PDG ---
PUMPS
PFS CHK
PC ON / 60% PI ---
PB ON / 15 ml/min PO CHK
Pse ON / 15 ml/min SWP1 CHK
PA ON / 15 ml/min PD CHK
P1 3 / 500 ml/min (43%) CLDI CHK
P2 4 / 0 mmHg PFS Exp. in Blind Mode 110 mmHg
PS OFF
SPECIAL AUTOMATISM
PWHO 2 / 100 mmHg P2_PWHO_FREQ_CHECK 0
UF OFF AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_LE OFF
AK_TEST

* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.
**Tset = 35° for the first cycle, 50° for the second cycle and 65° for the last three cycles.

15-148 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Rinsing: phase 9 - Flushing EVD1 line and the mixing area (for Rinse after Hypochlorite Chemical program)
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-149


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.2.7 Rinsing: phase 9 - Flushing EVD1 line (for other Rinsing


processes)
Description Status Description Status
Time 35 s Pinf OFF
Execution Always
SWITCHES
ELECTROVALVES
SWA/SWA2 CHK/CLOSED
EVH2O ON SWB/SWB2 CHK/CLOSED
EVFlush OFF SWA1C CHK/OPEN
EVDeg ON SWA2C CHK/OPEN
EVP 2 SWBK CHK/CLOSED
EVA OFF SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM1 ON SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM ON SWAK CHK/CLOSED
EVPb OFF SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPa OFF SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 ON SWCOVUFL CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 ON SWCOVUFR CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSIN CHK/CLOSED
EVDS2 OFF SWDCSOUT CHK/CLOSED
EV2 OFF SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EVW2 OFF SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 2 SWPOL CHK/CLOSED
EVHE OFF
LEVEL SENSORS
EVDRAIN ON LFP CHK
EVS OFF LFD ---
EVR1 OFF LP* CHK
EVC OFF LD1* CHK
EVD OFF LD2* CHK
EV1S OFF UPLC NOT CHECKED
EVW1 OFF
EVBHE OFF PRESSURE SENSORS / SWITCHES
Heater OFF SWP CHK
PDG ---
PUMPS
PFS CHK
PC ON / 60% PI ---
PB OFF PO CHK
Pse ON / 15 ml/min SWP1 CHK
PA OFF PD CHK
P1 3 / 500 ml/min (43%) CLDI CHK
P2 4 / 0 mmHg PFS Exp. in Blind Mode 110 mmHg
PS OFF
SPECIAL AUTOMATISM
PWHO 2 / 100 mmHg P2_PWHO_FREQ_CHECK 0
UF OFF AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_LE OFF
AK_TEST

* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.

15-150 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Rinsing: phase 9 - Flushing EVD1 line (for other Rinsing processes)
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-151


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.2.8 Rinsing: phase 10 - Flushing the external bypass and the mixing
area (for Rinse after Hypochlorite Chemical program)

Description Status Description Status


Time 25 s Pinf OFF
Execution Always
SWITCHES
ELECTROVALVES
SWA/SWA2 CHK/CLOSED
EVH2O ON SWB/SWB2 CHK/CLOSED
EVFlush OFF SWA1C CHK/OPEN
EVDeg ON SWA2C CHK/OPEN
EVP 2 SWBK CHK/CLOSED
EVA OFF SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM1 ON SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM ON SWAK CHK/CLOSED
EVPb OFF SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPa OFF SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 2 SWCOVUFL CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 OFF SWCOVUFR CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSIN CHK/CLOSED
EVDS2 ON SWDCSOUT CHK/CLOSED
EV2 OFF SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EVW2 OFF SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 2 SWPOL CHK/CLOSED
EVHE OFF
LEVEL SENSORS
EVDRAIN ON LFP CHK
EVS OFF LFD ---
EVR1 OFF LP* CHK
EVC OFF LD1* CHK
EVD OFF LD2* CHK
EV1S OFF UPLC NOT CHECKED
EVW1 OFF
EVBHE OFF PRESSURE SENSORS / SWITCHES
Heater 11/Tset** SWP CHK
PDG ---
PUMPS
PFS CHK
PC ON / 60% PI ---
PB ON / 15 ml/min PO ---
Pse ON / 15 ml/min SWP1 CHK
PA ON / 15 ml/min PD CHK
P1 3 / 750 ml/min (52%) CLDI ---
P2 4 / 0 mmHg PFS Exp. in Blind Mode 20 mmHg
PS OFF
SPECIAL AUTOMATISM
PWHO 2 / 0 mmHg P2_PWHO_FREQ_CHECK 0
UF OFF AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_LE OFF
AK_TEST
* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.
** Tset = 35° for the first cycle, 50° for the second cycle and 65° for the last three cycles.

15-152 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Rinsing: phase 10 - Flushing the external bypass and the mixing area (for Rinse after Hypochlorite Chemical program)
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-153


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.2.9 Rinsing: phase 10 - Flushing the external bypass (for other


Rinsing processes)
Description Status Description Status
Time 25 s Pinf OFF
Execution Always
SWITCHES
ELECTROVALVES
SWA/SWA2 CHK/CLOSED
EVH2O ON SWB/SWB2 CHK/CLOSED
EVFlush OFF SWA1C CHK/OPEN
EVDeg ON SWA2C CHK/OPEN
EVP 2 SWBK CHK/CLOSED
EVA OFF SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM1 ON SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM ON SWAK CHK/CLOSED
EVPb OFF SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPa OFF SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 2 SWCOVUFL CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 OFF SWCOVUFR CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSIN CHK/CLOSED
EVDS2 ON SWDCSOUT CHK/CLOSED
EV2 OFF SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EVW2 OFF SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 2 SWPOL CHK/CLOSED
EVHE OFF
LEVEL SENSORS
EVDRAIN ON LFP CHK
EVS OFF LFD ---
EVR1 OFF LP* CHK
EVC OFF LD1* CHK
EVD OFF LD2* CHK
EV1S OFF UPLC NOT CHECKED
EVW1 OFF
EVBHE OFF PRESSURE SENSORS / SWITCHES
Heater OFF SWP CHK
PDG ---
PUMPS
PFS CHK
PC ON / 60% PI ---
PB OFF PO ---
Pse ON / 15 ml/min SWP1 CHK
PA OFF PD CHK
P1 3 / 750 ml/min (52%) CLDI ---
P2 4 / 0 mmHg PFS Exp. in Blind Mode 20 mmHg
PS OFF
SPECIAL AUTOMATISM
PWHO 2 / 0 mmHg P2_PWHO_FREQ_CHECK 0
UF OFF AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_LE OFF
AK_TEST

* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.

15-154 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Rinsing: phase 10 - Flushing the external bypass (for other Rinsing processes)
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-155


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.2.10 Rinsing: phase 11 - Flushing the tangential line of CDF2 and the
mixing area (for Rinse after Hypochlorite Chemical program)
Description Status Description Status
Time 30 s Pinf OFF
Execution Always (repeated
SWITCHES
twice, in the same
cycle)
SWA/SWA2 CHK/CLOSED
ELECTROVALVES

EVH2O ON SWB/SWB2 CHK/CLOSED


EVFlush OFF SWA1C CHK/OPEN
EVDeg ON SWA2C CHK/OPEN
EVP 2 SWBK CHK/CLOSED
EVA OFF SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM1 ON SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM ON SWAK CHK/CLOSED
EVPb OFF SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPa OFF SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 2 SWCOVUFL CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 ON SWCOVUFR CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 ON SWDCSIN CHK/CLOSED
EVDS2 ON SWDCSOUT CHK/CLOSED
EV2 OFF SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EVW2 OFF SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 2 SWPOL CHK/CLOSED
EVHE OFF
LEVEL SENSORS
EVDRAIN ON LFP CHK
EVS OFF LFD ---
EVR1 OFF LP* CHK
EVC OFF LD1* CHK
EVD OFF LD2* CHK
EV1S ON UPLC NOT CHECKED
EVW1 ON
EVBHE OFF PRESSURE SENSORS / SWITCHES
Heater 11/Tset** SWP CHK
PDG ---
PUMPS
PFS CHK
PC ON / 60% PI ---
PB ON / 15 ml/min PO ---
Pse ON / 15 ml/min SWP1 CHK
PA ON / 15 ml/min PD CHK
P1 3 / 750 ml/min (58%) CLDI CHK
P2 3 / 400 ml/min (2%) PFS Exp. in Blind Mode 270 mmHg
PS 5 / 15 ml/min
SPECIAL AUTOMATISM
PWHO 2 / 0 mmHg P2_PWHO_FREQ_CHECK 0
UF OFF AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_LE OFF
AK_TEST

* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.
** Tset = 35° for the first cycle, 50° for the second cycle and 65° for the last three cycles.

15-156 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Rinsing: phase 11 - Flushing the tangential line of CDF2 and the mixing area (for Rinse after Hypochlorite Chemical program)
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-157


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.2.11 Rinsing: phase 11 - Flushing the tangential line of CDF2 (for


other Rinsing processes)

Description Status Description Status


Time 30 s Pinf OFF
Execution Always (repeated
SWITCHES
twice, in the same
cycle)
SWA/SWA2 CHK/CLOSED
ELECTROVALVES

EVH2O ON SWB/SWB2 CHK/CLOSED


EVFlush OFF SWA1C CHK/OPEN
EVDeg ON SWA2C CHK/OPEN
EVP 2 SWBK CHK/CLOSED
EVA OFF SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM1 ON SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM ON SWAK CHK/CLOSED
EVPb OFF SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPa OFF SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 2 SWCOVUFL CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 ON SWCOVUFR CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 ON SWDCSIN CHK/CLOSED
EVDS2 ON SWDCSOUT CHK/CLOSED
EV2 OFF SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EVW2 OFF SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 2 SWPOL CHK/CLOSED
EVHE OFF
LEVEL SENSORS
EVDRAIN ON LFP CHK
EVS OFF LFD ---
EVR1 OFF LP* CHK
EVC OFF LD1* CHK
EVD OFF LD2* CHK
EV1S ON UPLC NOT CHECKED
EVW1 ON
EVBHE OFF PRESSURE SENSORS / SWITCHES
Heater OFF SWP CHK
PDG ---
PUMPS
PFS CHK
PC ON / 60% PI ---
PB OFF PO ---
Pse OFF SWP1 CHK
PA OFF PD CHK
P1 3 / 750 ml/min (58%) CLDI CHK
P2 3 / 400 ml/min (2%) PFS Exp. in Blind Mode 270 mmHg
PS 5 / 15 ml/min
SPECIAL AUTOMATISM
PWHO 2 / 0 mmHg P2_PWHO_FREQ_CHECK 0
UF OFF AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_LE OFF
AK_TEST
* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.

15-158 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Rinsing: phase 11 - Flushing the tangential line of CDF2 (for other Rinsing processes)
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-159


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.2.12 Rinsing: phase 12A - Flushing the mainflow and the mixing area
(for Rinse after Hypochlorite Chemical program)- transition phase
Description Status Description Status
Time 5s Pinf OFF
Execution Always (repeated twice,
in the same cycle) SWITCHES
SWA/SWA2 CHK/CLOSED
ELECTROVALVES

EVH2O ON SWB/SWB2 CHK/CLOSED


EVFlush OFF SWA1C CHK/OPEN
EVDeg ON SWA2C CHK/OPEN
EVP 2 SWBK CHK/CLOSED
EVA OFF SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM1 ON SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM ON SWAK CHK/CLOSED
EVPb OFF SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPa OFF SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 2 SWCOVUFL CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 ON SWCOVUFR CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 ON SWDCSIN CHK/CLOSED
EVDS2 ON SWDCSOUT CHK/CLOSED
EV2 ON SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EVW2 OFF SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 2 SWPOL CHK/CLOSED
EVHE OFF
LEVEL SENSORS
EVDRAIN ON LFP CHK/0
EVS OFF LFD CHK
EVR1 OFF LP* CHK
EVC OFF LD1* CHK
EVD OFF LD2* CHK
EV1S ON UPLC NOT CHECKED
EVW1 ON
PRESSURE SENSORS / SWITCHES
EVBHE OFF SWP CHK
Heater 11/Tset** PDG ---
PFS CHK
PUMPS
PI CHK
PC ON / 60% PO ---
PB ON / 15 ml/min SWP1 CHK
Pse ON / 15 ml/min PD CHK
PA ON / 15 ml/min CLDI CHK
P1 3 / 800 ml/min (63%) PFS Exp. in Blind Mode 430 mmHg
P2 3 / 400 ml/min
SPECIAL AUTOMATISM
PS OFF P2_PWHO_FREQ_CHECK 0
PWHO 2 / 0 mmHg AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_LE OFF
AK_TEST
UF OFF

* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.
**Tset = 35° for the first cycle, 50° for the second cycle and 65° for the last three cycles.

15-160 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Rinsing: phase 12A - Flushing the mainflow and the mixing area (for Rinse after Hypochlorite Chemical program) - transition phase
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-161


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.2.13 Rinsing: phase 12A - Flushing the mainflow (for other Rinsing
processes) - transition phase
Description Status Description Status
Time 5s Pinf OFF
Execution Always (repeated
twice, in the same SWITCHES
cycle)
SWA/SWA2 CHK/CLOSED
ELECTROVALVES

EVH2O ON SWB/SWB2 CHK/CLOSED


EVFlush OFF SWA1C CHK/OPEN
EVDeg ON SWA2C CHK/OPEN
EVP 2 SWBK CHK/CLOSED
EVA OFF SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM1 ON SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM ON SWAK CHK/CLOSED
EVPb OFF SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPa OFF SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 2 SWCOVUFL CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 ON SWCOVUFR CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 ON SWDCSIN CHK/CLOSED
EVDS2 ON SWDCSOUT CHK/CLOSED
EV2 ON SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EVW2 OFF SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 2 SWPOL CHK/CLOSED
EVHE OFF
LEVEL SENSORS
EVDRAIN ON LFP CHK/0
EVS OFF LFD CHK
EVR1 OFF LP* CHK
EVC OFF LD1* CHK
EVD OFF LD2* CHK
EV1S ON UPLC NOT CHECKED
EVW1 ON
PRESSURE SENSORS / SWITCHES
EVBHE OFF SWP CHK
Heater OFF PDG ---
PFS CHK
PUMPS
PI CHK
PC ON / 60% PO ---
PB OFF SWP1 CHK
Pse OFF PD CHK
PA OFF CLDI CHK
P1 3 / 800 ml/min (63%) PFS Exp. in Blind Mode 430 mmHg
P2 3 / 400 ml/min
SPECIAL AUTOMATISM
PS OFF P2_PWHO_FREQ_CHECK 0
PWHO 2 / 0 mmHg AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_LE OFF
AK_TEST
UF OFF

* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.

15-162 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Rinsing: phase 12A - Flushing the mainflow (for other Rinsing processes) - transition phase
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-163


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.2.14 Rinsing: phase 12B - Flushing the mainflow and the mixing area
(for Rinse after Hypochlorite Chemical program)
Description Status Description Status
Time 5s Pinf OFF
Execution Always (repeated
twice, in the same SWITCHES
cycle)
SWA/SWA2 CHK/CLOSED
ELECTROVALVES

EVH2O ON SWB/SWB2 CHK/CLOSED


EVFlush OFF SWA1C CHK/OPEN
EVDeg ON SWA2C CHK/OPEN
EVP 2 SWBK CHK/CLOSED
EVA OFF SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM1 ON SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM ON SWAK CHK/CLOSED
EVPb OFF SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPa OFF SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 2 SWCOVUFL CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 ON SWCOVUFR CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSIN CHK/CLOSED
EVDS2 ON SWDCSOUT CHK/CLOSED
EV2 ON SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EVW2 OFF SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 2 SWPOL CHK/CLOSED
EVHE OFF
LEVEL SENSORS
EVDRAIN ON LFP CHK/0
EVS OFF LFD CHK
EVR1 OFF LP* CHK
EVC OFF LD1* CHK
EVD OFF LD2* CHK
EV1S ON UPLC NOT CHECKED
EVW1 ON
PRESSURE SENSORS / SWITCHES
EVBHE OFF SWP CHK
Heater 11/Tset** PDG ---
PFS CHK
PUMPS
PI CHK
PC ON / 60% PO ---
PB ON / 15 ml/min SWP1 CHK
Pse ON / 15 ml/min PD CHK
PA ON / 15 ml/min CLDI CHK
P1 3 / 800 ml/min (63%) PFS Exp. in Blind Mode 430 mmHg
P2 3 / 400 ml/min
SPECIAL AUTOMATISM
PS OFF P2_PWHO_FREQ_CHECK 0
PWHO 2 / 0 mmHg AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_LE OFF
AK_TEST
UF OFF
* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.
**Tset = 35° for the first cycle, 50° for the second cycle and 65° for the last three cycles.

15-164 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Rinsing: phase 12B - Flushing the mainflow and the mixing area (for Rinse after Hypochlorite Chemical program)
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-165


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.2.15 Rinsing: phase 12B - Flushing the mainflow (for other Rinsing
processes)
Description Status Description Status
Time 5s Pinf OFF
Execution Always (repeated
twice, in the same SWITCHES
cycle)
SWA/SWA2 CHK/CLOSED
ELECTROVALVES

EVH2O ON SWB/SWB2 CHK/CLOSED


EVFlush OFF SWA1C CHK/OPEN
EVDeg ON SWA2C CHK/OPEN
EVP 2 SWBK CHK/CLOSED
EVA OFF SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM1 ON SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM ON SWAK CHK/CLOSED
EVPb OFF SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPa OFF SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 2 SWCOVUFL CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 ON SWCOVUFR CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSIN CHK/CLOSED
EVDS2 ON SWDCSOUT CHK/CLOSED
EV2 ON SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EVW2 OFF SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 2 SWPOL CHK/CLOSED
EVHE OFF
LEVEL SENSORS
EVDRAIN ON LFP CHK/0
EVS OFF LFD CHK
EVR1 OFF LP* CHK
EVC OFF LD1* CHK
EVD OFF LD2* CHK
EV1S ON UPLC NOT CHECKED
EVW1 ON
PRESSURE SENSORS / SWITCHES

EVBHE OFF SWP CHK


Heater OFF PDG ---
PFS CHK
PUMPS
PI CHK
PC ON / 60% PO ---
PB OFF SWP1 CHK
Pse OFF PD CHK
PA OFF CLDI CHK
P1 3 / 800 ml/min (63%) PFS Exp. in Blind Mode 430 mmHg
P2 3 / 400 ml/min
SPECIAL AUTOMATISM
PS OFF
PWHO 2 / 0 mmHg P2_PWHO_FREQ_CHECK 0
UF OFF AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_LE OFF
AK_TEST

* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.

15-166 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Rinsing: phase 12B - Flushing the mainflow (for other Rinsing processes)
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-167


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.2.16 Rinsing: phase 12C - Flushing the mainflow and the mixing area
(for Rinse after Hypochlorite Chemical program)
Description Status Description Status
Time 35 s Pinf OFF
Execution Always (repeated
twice, in the same SWITCHES
cycle)
SWA/SWA2 CHK/CLOSED
ELECTROVALVES

EVH2O ON SWB/SWB2 CHK/CLOSED


EVFlush OFF SWA1C CHK/OPEN
EVDeg ON SWA2C CHK/OPEN
EVP 2 SWBK CHK/CLOSED
EVA OFF SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM1 ON SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM ON SWAK CHK/CLOSED
EVPb OFF SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPa OFF SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 2 SWCOVUFL CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 ON SWCOVUFR CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSIN CHK/CLOSED
EVDS2 ON SWDCSOUT CHK/CLOSED
EV2 ON SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EVW2 OFF SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 2 SWPOL CHK/CLOSED
EVHE OFF
LEVEL SENSORS
EVDRAIN ON LFP CHK/0
EVS OFF LFD CHK
EVR1 OFF LP* CHK
EVC OFF LD1* CHK
EVD OFF LD2* CHK
EV1S ON UPLC NOT CHECKED
EVW1 OFF
PRESSURE SENSORS / SWITCHES

EVBHE OFF SWP CHK


Heater 11/Tset** PDG ---
PFS CHK
PUMPS
PI CHK
PC ON / 60% PO ---
PB ON / 15 ml/min SWP1 CHK
Pse ON / 15 ml/min PD CHK
PA ON / 15 ml/min CLDI CHK
P1 3 / 800 ml/min (63%) PFS Exp. in Blind Mode 430 mmHg
P2 4 / 0 mmHg
SPECIAL AUTOMATISM
PS OFF
PWHO 2 / 0 mmHg P2_PWHO_FREQ_CHECK 0
UF OFF AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_LE OFF
AK_TEST

* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.
**Tset = 35° for the first cycle, 50° for the second cycle and 65° for the last three cycles.

15-168 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Rinsing: phase 12C - Flushing the mainflow and the mixing area (for Rinse after Hypochlorite Chemical program)
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-169


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.2.17 Rinsing: phase 12C - Flushing the mainflow (for other Rinsing
processes)
Description Status Description Status
Time 35 s Pinf OFF
Execution Always (repeated
twice, in the same SWITCHES
cycle)
SWA/SWA2 CHK/CLOSED
ELECTROVALVES

EVH2O ON SWB/SWB2 CHK/CLOSED


EVFlush OFF SWA1C CHK/OPEN
EVDeg ON SWA2C CHK/OPEN
EVP 2 SWBK CHK/CLOSED
EVA OFF SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM1 ON SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM ON SWAK CHK/CLOSED
EVPb OFF SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPa OFF SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 2 SWCOVUFL CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 ON SWCOVUFR CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSIN CHK/CLOSED
EVDS2 ON SWDCSOUT CHK/CLOSED
EV2 ON SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EVW2 OFF SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 2 SWPOL CHK/CLOSED
EVHE OFF
LEVEL SENSORS
EVDRAIN ON LFP CHK/0
EVS OFF LFD CHK
EVR1 OFF LP* CHK
EVC OFF LD1* CHK
EVD OFF LD2* CHK
EV1S ON UPLC NOT CHECKED
EVW1 OFF
PRESSURE SENSORS / SWITCHES

EVBHE OFF SWP CHK


Heater OFF PDG ---
PFS CHK
PUMPS
PI CHK
PC ON / 60% PO ---
PB OFF SWP1 CHK
Pse OFF PD CHK
PA OFF CLDI CHK
P1 3 / 800 ml/min (63%) PFS Exp. in Blind Mode 430 mmHg
P2 4 / 0 mmHg
SPECIAL AUTOMATISM
PS OFF
PWHO 2 / 0 mmHg P2_PWHO_FREQ_CHECK 0
UF OFF AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_LE OFF
AK_TEST

* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.

15-170 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Rinsing: phase 12C - Flushing the mainflow (for other Rinsing processes)
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-171


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.2.18 Rinsing: phase 13A - Flushing EVS - EVR1+ Internal bypass +


PS pump wash
Description Status Description Status
Time 25 s
SWITCHES
Execution Always
SWA/SWA2 CHK/CLOSED
ELECTROVALVES
SWB/SWB2 CHK/CLOSED
EVH2O ON SWA1C CHK/OPEN
EVFlush OFF SWA2C CHK/OPEN
EVDeg ON SWBK CHK/CLOSED
EVP 2 SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED
EVA OFF SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM1 ON SWAK CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM ON SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPb OFF SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPa OFF SWCOVUFL CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 2 SWCOVUFR CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 ON SWDCSIN CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSOUT CHK/CLOSED
EVDS2 OFF SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EV2 OFF SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVW2 OFF SWPOL CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 2
LEVEL SENSORS
EVHE OFF LFP CHK/0
EVDRAIN ON LFD ---
EVS ON LP* CHK
EVR1 ON LD1* CHK
EVC OFF LD2* CHK
EVD OFF UPLC NOT CHECKED
EV1S ON
EVW1 ON
PRESSURE SENSORS / SWITCHES
EVBHE OFF SWP CHK
Heater 11/Tset** (Hypo) PDG ---
OFF (Others)
PFS CHK
PUMPS
PI ---
PC ON / 60% PO CHK
PB ON / 15 ml/min SWP1 CHK
Pse ON / 15 ml/min PD CHK
PA ON / 15 ml/min CLDI CHK
P1 3 / 500 ml/min (36%) PFS Exp. in Blind Mode 130 mmHg
P2 4 / 0 mmHg
PS 6 / 15 ml/min SPECIAL AUTOMATISM
PWHO 2 / 100 mmHg
UF OFF P2_PWHO_FREQ_CHECK 0
Pinf OFF AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_LE OFF
AK_TEST

* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.
**Tset = 35° for the first cycle, 50° for the second cycle and 65° for the last three cycles.

15-172 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Rinsing: phase 13A - Flushing EVS - EVR1+ Internal bypass + PS pump wash
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-173


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.2.19 Rinsing: phase 13B - Flushing EVS - EVR1+ Internal bypass


transition
Description Status Description Status
Time Trans. time<=5 s
SWITCHES
Execution Always
SWA/SWA2 CHK/CLOSED
ELECTROVALVES
SWB/SWB2 CHK/CLOSED
EVH2O ON SWA1C CHK/OPEN
EVFlush OFF SWA2C CHK/OPEN
EVDeg ON SWBK CHK/CLOSED
EVP 2 SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED
EVA OFF SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM1 ON SWAK CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM ON SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPb OFF SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPa OFF SWCOVUFL CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 2 SWCOVUFR CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 ON SWDCSIN CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSOUT CHK/CLOSED
EVDS2 OFF SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EV2 OFF SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVW2 OFF SWPOL CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 2
LEVEL SENSORS
EVHE OFF LFP CHK/0
EVDRAIN ON LFD ---
EVS ON LP* CHK
EVR1 ON LD1* CHK
EVC OFF LD2* CHK
EVD OFF UPLC NOT CHECKED
EV1S ON
EVW1 ON PRESSURE SENSORS / SWITCHES
EVBHE OFF SWP CHK
Heater 11/Tset** (Hypo) PDG ---
OFF (Others)
PFS CHK
PUMPS
PI ---
PC ON / 60% PO CHK
PB ON / 15 ml/min SWP1 CHK
Pse ON / 15 ml/min PD CHK
PA ON / 15 ml/min CLDI CHK
P1 3 / 500 ml/min (36%) PFS Exp. in Blind Mode 130 mmHg
P2 4 / 0 mmHg
PS OFF SPECIAL AUTOMATISM
PWHO 2 / 100 mmHg
UF OFF P2_PWHO_FREQ_CHECK 0
Pinf OFF AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_LE OFF
AK_TEST

* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.
**Tset = 35° for the first cycle, 50° for the second cycle and 65° for the last three cycles.

15-174 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Rinsing: phase 13B - Flushing EVS - EVR1+ Internal bypass transition
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-175


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.2.20 Rinsing: phase 13C - Flushing EVS - EVR1+ Internal bypass


transition
Description Status Description Status
Time Trans. time<=5 s
SWITCHES
Execution Always
SWA/SWA2 CHK/CLOSED
ELECTROVALVES
SWB/SWB2 CHK/CLOSED
EVH2O ON SWA1C CHK/OPEN
EVFlush OFF SWA2C CHK/OPEN
EVDeg ON SWBK CHK/CLOSED
EVP 2 SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED
EVA OFF SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM1 ON SWAK CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM ON SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPb OFF SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPa OFF SWCOVUFL CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 2 SWCOVUFR CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 ON SWDCSIN CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSOUT CHK/CLOSED
EVDS2 OFF SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EV2 OFF SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVW2 OFF SWPOL CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 2
LEVEL SENSORS
EVHE OFF LFP CHK/0
EVDRAIN ON LFD ---
EVS ON LP* CHK
EVR1 ON LD1* CHK
EVC OFF LD2* CHK
EVD OFF UPLC NOT CHECKED
EV1S ON
EVW1 ON PRESSURE SENSORS / SWITCHES
EVBHE OFF SWP CHK
Heater 11/Tset** (Hypo) PDG ---
OFF (Others)
PFS CHK
PUMPS
PI ---
PC ON / 60% PO CHK
PB ON / 15 ml/min SWP1 CHK
Pse ON / 15 ml/min PD CHK
PA ON / 15 ml/min CLDI CHK
P1 3 / 500 ml/min (36%) PFS Exp. in Blind Mode 130 mmHg
P2 4 / 0 mmHg
PS 5 / 15 ml/min SPECIAL AUTOMATISM
PWHO 2 / 100 mmHg
UF OFF P2_PWHO_FREQ_CHECK 0
Pinf OFF AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_LE OFF
AK_TEST

* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.
**Tset = 35° for the first cycle, 50° for the second cycle and 65° for the last three cycles.

15-176 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Rinsing: phase 13C - Flushing EVS - EVR1+ Internal bypass transition
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-177


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.2.21 Rinsing: phase 13D - Flushing EVS - EVR1+ Internal bypass


transition
Description Status Description Status
Time Trans. time<=5 s
SWITCHES
Execution Always
SWA/SWA2 CHK/CLOSED
ELECTROVALVES
SWB/SWB2 CHK/CLOSED
EVH2O ON SWA1C CHK/OPEN
EVFlush OFF SWA2C CHK/OPEN
EVDeg ON SWBK CHK/CLOSED
EVP 2 SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED
EVA OFF SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM1 ON SWAK CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM ON SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPb OFF SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPa OFF SWCOVUFL CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 2 SWCOVUFR CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 ON SWDCSIN CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSOUT CHK/CLOSED
EVDS2 OFF SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EV2 OFF SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVW2 OFF SWPOL CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 2
LEVEL SENSORS
EVHE OFF LFP CHK/0
EVDRAIN ON LFD ---
EVS ON LP* CHK
EVR1 ON LD1* CHK
EVC OFF LD2* CHK
EVD OFF UPLC NOT CHECKED
EV1S ON
EVW1 ON PRESSURE SENSORS / SWITCHES
EVBHE OFF SWP CHK
Heater 11/Tset** (Hypo) PDG ---
OFF (Others)
PFS CHK
PUMPS
PI ---
PC ON / 60% PO CHK
PB ON / 15 ml/min SWP1 CHK
Pse ON / 15 ml/min PD CHK
PA ON / 15 ml/min CLDI CHK
P1 3 / 500 ml/min (36%) PFS Exp. in Blind Mode 130 mmHg
P2 4 / 0 mmHg
PS OFF SPECIAL AUTOMATISM
PWHO 2 / 100 mmHg
UF OFF P2_PWHO_FREQ_CHECK 0
Pinf OFF AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_LE OFF
AK_TEST

* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.
**Tset = 35° for the first cycle, 50° for the second cycle and 65° for the last three cycles.

15-178 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Rinsing: phase 13D - Flushing EVS - EVR1+ Internal bypass transition
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-179


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.2.22 Rinsing: phase 13E - Flushing EVS - EVR1+ Internal bypass


Description Status Description Status
Time 65 s -(25+3 Trans
Time<=5 s) SWITCHES
Execution Always
SWA/SWA2 CHK/CLOSED
ELECTROVALVES
SWB/SWB2 CHK/CLOSED
EVH2O ON SWA1C CHK/OPEN
EVFlush OFF SWA2C CHK/OPEN
EVDeg ON SWBK CHK/CLOSED
EVP 2 SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED
EVA OFF SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM1 ON SWAK CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM ON SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPb OFF SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPa OFF SWCOVUFL CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 2 SWCOVUFR CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 ON SWDCSIN CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSOUT CHK/CLOSED
EVDS2 OFF SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EV2 OFF SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVW2 OFF SWPOL CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 2
LEVEL SENSORS
EVHE OFF LFP CHK/0
EVDRAIN ON LFD ---
EVS ON LP* CHK
EVR1 ON LD1* CHK
EVC OFF LD2* CHK
EVD OFF UPLC NOT CHECKED
EV1S OFF
EVW1 ON PRESSURE SENSORS / SWITCHES
EVBHE OFF SWP CHK
Heater 11/Tset** (Hypo) PDG ---
OFF (Others)
PFS CHK
PUMPS
PI ---
PC ON / 60% PO CHK
PB ON / 15 ml/min SWP1 CHK
Pse ON / 15 ml/min PD CHK
PA ON / 15 ml/min CLDI CHK
P1 3 / 500 ml/min (36%) PFS Exp. in Blind Mode 130 mmHg
P2 4 / 0 mmHg
PS OFF SPECIAL AUTOMATISM
PWHO 2 / 100 mmHg
UF OFF P2_PWHO_FREQ_CHECK 0
Pinf OFF AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_LE OFF
AK_TEST

* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.
** Tset = 35° for the first cycle, 50° for the second cycle and 65° for the last three cycles.

15-180 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Rinsing: phase 13E - Flushing EVS - EVR1+ Internal bypass
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-181


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.2.23 Rinsing: phase 14 - Flushing the EVW1 line and the mixing area
(for Rinse after Hypochlorite Chemical program)
Description Status Description Status
Time 70 s
SWITCHES
Execution Always
SWA/SWA2 CHK/CLOSED
ELECTROVALVES
SWB/SWB2 CHK/CLOSED
EVH2O ON SWA1C CHK/OPEN
EVFlush OFF SWA2C CHK/OPEN
EVDeg ON SWBK CHK/CLOSED
EVP 2 SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED
EVA OFF SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM1 ON SWAK CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM ON SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPb OFF SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPa OFF SWCOVUFL CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 2 SWCOVUFR CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 ON SWDCSIN CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSOUT CHK/CLOSED
EVDS2 ON SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EV2 ON SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVW2 OFF SWPOL CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 2
LEVEL SENSORS
EVHE OFF LFP CHK/0
EVDRAIN ON LFD CHK
EVS OFF LP* CHK
EVR1 OFF LD1* CHK
EVC OFF LD2* CHK
EVD OFF UPLC NOT CHECKED
EV1S ON
EVW1 ON PRESSURE SENSORS / SWITCHES
EVBHE OFF SWP CHK
Heater 11/Tset** PDG ---
PFS CHK
PUMPS
PI CHK
PC ON / 60% PO ---
PB ON / 15 ml/min SWP1 CHK
Pse ON / 15 ml/min PD CHK
PA ON / 15 ml/min CLDI CHK
P1 3 / 750 ml/min (62%) PFS Exp. in Blind Mode 520 mmHg
P2 3 / 300 ml/min (11%)
PS OFF SPECIAL AUTOMATISM
PWHO 2 / 0 mmHg
UF OFF P2_PWHO_FREQ_CHECK 0
Pinf OFF AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_LE OFF
AK_TEST

* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.
**Tset = 35° for the first cycle, 50° for the second cycle and 65° for the last three cycles.

15-182 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Rinsing: phase 14 - Flushing the EVW1 line and the mixing area (for Rinse after Hypochlorite Chemical program)
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-183


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.2.24 Rinsing: phase 14 - Flushing the EVW1 line (for other Rinsing
processes)
Description Status Description Status
Time 70 s
SWITCHES
Execution Always
SWA/SWA2 CHK/CLOSED
ELECTROVALVES
SWB/SWB2 CHK/CLOSED
EVH2O ON SWA1C CHK/OPEN
EVFlush OFF SWA2C CHK/OPEN
EVDeg ON SWBK CHK/CLOSED
EVP 2 SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED
EVA OFF SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM1 ON SWAK CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM ON SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPb OFF SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPa OFF SWCOVUFL CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 2 SWCOVUFR CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 ON SWDCSIN CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSOUT CHK/CLOSED
EVDS2 ON SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EV2 ON SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVW2 OFF SWPOL CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 2
LEVEL SENSORS
EVHE OFF LFP CHK/0
EVDRAIN ON LFD CHK
EVS OFF LP* CHK
EVR1 OFF LD1* CHK
EVC OFF LD2* CHK
EVD OFF UPLC NOT CHECKED
EV1S ON
EVW1 ON PRESSURE SENSORS / SWITCHES
EVBHE OFF SWP CHK
Heater OFF PDG ---
PFS CHK
PUMPS
PI CHK
PC ON / 60% PO ---
PB OFF SWP1 CHK
Pse OFF PD CHK
PA OFF CLDI CHK
P1 3 / 750 ml/min (62%) PFS Exp. in Blind Mode 520 mmHg
P2 3 / 300 ml/min (11%)
PS OFF SPECIAL AUTOMATISM
PWHO 2 / 0 mmHg
UF OFF P2_PWHO_FREQ_CHECK 0
Pinf OFF AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_LE OFF
AK_TEST

* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.

15-184 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Rinsing: phase 14 - Flushing the EVW1 line (for other Rinsing processes)
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-185


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.2.25 Rinsing: phase 15A - Transition phase between the flushing of


EVW1 and EVW2 line and the mixing area (for Rinse after
Hypochlorite Chemical program)
Description Status Description Status
Time Trans. time<=5 s
SWITCHES
Execution Always
SWA/SWA2 CHK/CLOSED
ELECTROVALVES
SWB/SWB2 CHK/CLOSED
EVH2O ON SWA1C CHK/OPEN
EVFlush OFF SWA2C CHK/OPEN
EVDeg ON SWBK CHK/CLOSED
EVP 2 SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED
EVA OFF SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM1 ON SWAK CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM ON SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPb OFF SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPa OFF SWCOVUFL CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 2 SWCOVUFR CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 ON SWDCSIN CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSOUT CHK/CLOSED
EVDS2 ON SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EV2 ON SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVW2 ON SWPOL CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 2
LEVEL SENSORS
EVHE OFF LFP CHK/0
EVDRAIN ON LFD CHK
EVS OFF LP* CHK
EVR1 OFF LD1* CHK
EVC OFF LD2* CHK
EVD OFF UPLC NOT CHECKED
EV1S ON
EVW1 ON PRESSURE SENSORS / SWITCHES
EVBHE OFF SWP CHK
Heater 11/Tset** PDG ---
PFS CHK
PUMPS
PI CHK
PC ON / 60% PO ---
PB ON / 15 ml/min SWP1 CHK
Pse ON / 15 ml/min PD CHK
PA ON / 15 ml/min CLDI CHK
P1 3 / 750 ml/min (62%) PFS Exp. in Blind Mode 520 mmHg
P2 3 / 300 ml/min (11%)
PS OFF SPECIAL AUTOMATISM
PWHO 2 / 0 mmHg
UF OFF P2_PWHO_FREQ_CHECK 0
Pinf OFF AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_LE OFF
AK_TEST

* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.
** Tset = 35° for the first cycle, 50° for the second cycle and 65° for the last three cycles.

15-186 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Rinsing: phase 15A - Transition phase between the flushing of EVW1 and EVW2 line and the mixing area (for Rinse after Hypochlorite Chemical program)
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-187


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.2.26 Rinsing: phase 15A - Transition phase between the flushing of


EVW1 and EVW2 line (for other Rinsing processes)
Description Status Description Status
Time Trans. time<=5 s
SWITCHES
Execution Always
SWA/SWA2 CHK/CLOSED
ELECTROVALVES
SWB/SWB2 CHK/CLOSED
EVH2O ON SWA1C CHK/OPEN
EVFlush OFF SWA2C CHK/OPEN
EVDeg ON SWBK CHK/CLOSED
EVP 2 SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED
EVA OFF SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM1 ON SWAK CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM ON SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPb OFF SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPa OFF SWCOVUFL CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 2 SWCOVUFR CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 ON SWDCSIN CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSOUT CHK/CLOSED
EVDS2 ON SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EV2 ON SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVW2 ON SWPOL CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 2
LEVEL SENSORS
EVHE OFF LFP CHK/0
EVDRAIN ON LFD CHK
EVS OFF LP* CHK
EVR1 OFF LD1* CHK
EVC OFF LD2* CHK
EVD OFF UPLC NOT CHECKED
EV1S ON
EVW1 ON PRESSURE SENSORS / SWITCHES
EVBHE OFF SWP CHK
Heater OFF PDG ---
PFS CHK
PUMPS
PI CHK
PC ON / 60% PO ---
PB OFF SWP1 CHK
Pse OFF PD CHK
PA OFF CLDI CHK
P1 3 / 750 ml/min (62%) PFS Exp. in Blind Mode 520 mmHg
P2 3 / 300 ml/min (11%)
PS OFF SPECIAL AUTOMATISM
PWHO 2 / 0 mmHg
UF OFF P2_PWHO_FREQ_CHECK 0
Pinf OFF AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_LE OFF
AK_TEST

* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.

15-188 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Rinsing: phase 15A - Transition phase between the flushing of EVW1 and EVW2 line (for other Rinsing processes)
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-189


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.2.27 Rinsing: phase 15B - Flushing the EVW2 line and the mixing
area (for Rinse after Hypochlorite Chemical program)
Description Status Description Status
Time 50 s -Trans. time
SWITCHES
Execution Always
SWA/SWA2 CHK/CLOSED
ELECTROVALVES
SWB/SWB2 CHK/CLOSED
EVH2O ON SWA1C CHK/OPEN
EVFlush OFF SWA2C CHK/OPEN
EVDeg ON SWBK CHK/CLOSED
EVP 2 SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED
EVA OFF SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM1 ON SWAK CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM ON SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPb OFF SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPa OFF SWCOVUFL CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 2 SWCOVUFR CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 ON SWDCSIN CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSOUT CHK/CLOSED
EVDS2 ON SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EV2 ON SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVW2 ON SWPOL CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 2
LEVEL SENSORS
EVHE OFF LFP CHK/0
EVDRAIN ON LFD CHK
EVS OFF LP* CHK
EVR1 OFF LD1* CHK
EVC OFF LD2* CHK
EVD OFF UPLC NOT CHECKED
EV1S ON
EVW1 OFF PRESSURE SENSORS / SWITCHES
EVBHE OFF SWP CHK
Heater 11/Tset** PDG ---
PFS CHK
PUMPS
PI CHK
PC ON / 60% PO ---
PB ON / 15 ml/min SWP1 CHK
Pse ON / 15 ml/min PD CHK
PA ON / 15 ml/min CLDI CHK
P1 3 / 750 ml/min (62%) PFS Exp. in Blind Mode 520 mmHg
P2 3 / 300 ml/min (11%)
PS OFF SPECIAL AUTOMATISM
PWHO 2 / 0 mmHg
UF OFF P2_PWHO_FREQ_CHECK 0
Pinf OFF AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_LE OFF
AK_TEST

* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.
**Tset = 35° for the first cycle, 50° for the second cycle and 65° for the last three cycles.

15-190 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Rinsing: phase 15B - Flushing the EVW2 line and the mixing area (for Rinse after Hypochlorite Chemical program)
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-191


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.2.28 Rinsing: phase 15B - Flushing the EVW2 line (for other Rinsing
processes)
Description Status Description Status
Time 50 s -Trans. time
SWITCHES
Execution Always
SWA/SWA2 CHK/CLOSED
ELECTROVALVES
SWB/SWB2 CHK/CLOSED
EVH2O ON SWA1C CHK/OPEN
EVFlush OFF SWA2C CHK/OPEN
EVDeg ON SWBK CHK/CLOSED
EVP 2 SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED
EVA OFF SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM1 ON SWAK CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM ON SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPb OFF SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPa OFF SWCOVUFL CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 2 SWCOVUFR CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 ON SWDCSIN CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSOUT CHK/CLOSED
EVDS2 ON SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EV2 ON SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVW2 ON SWPOL CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 2
LEVEL SENSORS
EVHE OFF LFP CHK/0
EVDRAIN ON LFD CHK
EVS OFF LP* CHK
EVR1 OFF LD1* CHK
EVC OFF LD2* CHK
EVD OFF UPLC NOT CHECKED
EV1S ON
EVW1 OFF PRESSURE SENSORS / SWITCHES
EVBHE OFF SWP CHK
Heater OFF PDG ---
PFS CHK
PUMPS
PI CHK
PC ON / 60% PO ---
PB OFF SWP1 CHK
Pse OFF PD CHK
PA OFF CLDI CHK
P1 3 / 750 ml/min (62%) PFS Exp. in Blind Mode 520 mmHg
P2 3 / 300 ml/min (11%)
PS OFF SPECIAL AUTOMATISM
PWHO 2 / 0 mmHg
UF OFF P2_PWHO_FREQ_CHECK 0
Pinf OFF AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_LE OFF
AK_TEST

* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.

15-192 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Rinsing: phase 15B - Flushing the EVW2 line (for other Rinsing processes)
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-193


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.2.29 Rinsing: phase 16A - Flushing EVD2 line, the mixing area and
EVBHE (for Rinse after Hypochlorite Chemical program)
Description Status Description Status
Time Trans. time<=5 s
SWITCHES
Execution Always
SWA/SWA2 CHK/CLOSED
ELECTROVALVES
SWB/SWB2 CHK/CLOSED
EVH2O ON SWA1C CHK/OPEN
EVFlush OFF SWA2C CHK/OPEN
EVDeg ON SWBK CHK/CLOSED
EVP 2 SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED
EVA OFF SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM1 ON SWAK CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM ON SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPb OFF SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPa OFF SWCOVUFL CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 OFF SWCOVUFR CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 ON SWDCSIN CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSOUT CHK/CLOSED
EVDS2 ON SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EV2 ON SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVW2 ON SWPOL CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 ON
LEVEL SENSORS
EVHE OFF LFP CHK/0
EVDRAIN OFF LFD CHK
EVS OFF LP* CHK
EVR1 OFF LD1* CHK
EVC OFF LD2* CHK
EVD OFF UPLC NOT CHECKED
EV1S OFF
EVW1 OFF PRESSURE SENSORS / SWITCHES
EVBHE ON SWP CHK
Heater 11/Tset** PDG ---
PFS CHK
PUMPS
PI CHK
PC ON / 60% PO ---
PB ON / 15 ml/min SWP1 CHK
Pse ON / 15 ml/min PD CHK
PA ON / 15 ml/min CLDI CHK
P1 3 / 750 ml/min (59%) PFS Exp. in Blind Mode 380 mmHg
P2 3 / 700 ml/min
PS OFF SPECIAL AUTOMATISM
PWHO 2 / 0 mmHg
UF OFF P2_PWHO_FREQ_CHECK 0
Pinf OFF AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_LE OFF
AK_TEST

* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.
**Tset = 35° for the first cycle, 50° for the second cycle and 65° for the last three cycles.

15-194 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Rinsing: phase 16A - Flushing EVD2 line, the mixing area and EVBHE (for Rinse after Hypochlorite Chemical program)
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-195


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.2.30 Rinsing: phase 16A - Flushing EVD2 line and EVBHE (for other
Rinsing processes)
Description Status Description Status
Time Trans. time<=5 s
SWITCHES
Execution Always
SWA/SWA2 CHK/CLOSED
ELECTROVALVES
SWB/SWB2 CHK/CLOSED
EVH2O ON SWA1C CHK/OPEN
EVFlush OFF SWA2C CHK/OPEN
EVDeg ON SWBK CHK/CLOSED
EVP 2 SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED
EVA OFF SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM1 ON SWAK CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM ON SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPb OFF SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPa OFF SWCOVUFL CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 OFF SWCOVUFR CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 ON SWDCSIN CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSOUT CHK/CLOSED
EVDS2 ON SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EV2 ON SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVW2 ON SWPOL CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 ON
LEVEL SENSORS
EVHE OFF LFP CHK/0
EVDRAIN OFF LFD CHK
EVS OFF LP* CHK
EVR1 OFF LD1* CHK
EVC OFF LD2* CHK
EVD OFF UPLC NOT CHECKED
EV1S OFF
EVW1 OFF PRESSURE SENSORS / SWITCHES
EVBHE ON SWP CHK
Heater OFF PDG ---
PFS CHK
PUMPS
PI CHK
PC ON / 60% PO ---
PB OFF SWP1 CHK
Pse OFF PD CHK
PA OFF CLDI CHK
P1 3 / 750 ml/min (59%) PFS Exp. in Blind Mode 380 mmHg
P2 3 / 700 ml/min
PS OFF SPECIAL AUTOMATISM
PWHO 2 / 0 mmHg
UF OFF P2_PWHO_FREQ_CHECK 0
Pinf OFF AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_LE OFF
AK_TEST

* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.

15-196 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Rinsing: phase 16A - Flushing EVD2 line and EVBHE (for other Rinsing processes)
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-197


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.2.31 Rinsing: phase 16B - Flushing EVD2 line, the mixing area and
EVBHE (for Rinse after Hypochlorite Chemical program)
Description Status Description Status
Time 70 s -Trans. time<=5
SWITCHES
s
Execution Always
SWA/SWA2 CHK/CLOSED
ELECTROVALVES
SWB/SWB2 CHK/CLOSED
EVH2O ON SWA1C CHK/OPEN
EVFlush OFF SWA2C CHK/OPEN
EVDeg ON SWBK CHK/CLOSED
EVP 2 SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED
EVA OFF SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM1 ON SWAK CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM ON SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPb OFF SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPa OFF SWCOVUFL CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 OFF SWCOVUFR CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 ON SWDCSIN CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSOUT CHK/CLOSED
EVDS2 ON SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EV2 ON SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVW2 OFF SWPOL CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 ON
LEVEL SENSORS
EVHE OFF LFP CHK/0
EVDRAIN OFF LFD CHK
EVS OFF LP* CHK
EVR1 OFF LD1* CHK
EVC OFF LD2* CHK
EVD OFF UPLC NOT CHECKED
EV1S OFF
EVW1 OFF PRESSURE SENSORS / SWITCHES
EVBHE ON SWP CHK
Heater 11/Tset** PDG ---
PFS CHK
PUMPS
PI CHK
PC ON / 60% PO ---
PB ON / 15 ml/min SWP1 CHK
Pse ON / 15 ml/min PD CHK
PA ON / 15 ml/min CLDI CHK
P1 3 / 750 ml/min (59%) PFS Exp. in Blind Mode 380 mmHg
P2 4 / 0 mmHg
PS OFF SPECIAL AUTOMATISM
PWHO 2 / 0 mmHg
UF OFF P2_PWHO_FREQ_CHECK 0
Pinf OFF AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_LE OFF
AK_TEST

* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.
**Tset = 35° for the first cycle, 50° for the second cycle and 65° for the last three cycles.

15-198 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Rinsing: phase 16B - Flushing EVD2 line, the mixing area and EVBHE (for Rinse after Hypochlorite Chemical program)
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-199


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.2.32 Rinsing: phase 16B - Flushing EVD2 line and EVBHE (for other
Rinsing processes)
Description Status Description Status
Time 70 s -Trans. time<=5
SWITCHES
s
Execution Always
SWA/SWA2 CHK/CLOSED
ELECTROVALVES
SWB/SWB2 CHK/CLOSED
EVH2O ON SWA1C CHK/OPEN
EVFlush OFF SWA2C CHK/OPEN
EVDeg ON SWBK CHK/CLOSED
EVP 2 SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED
EVA OFF SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM1 ON SWAK CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM ON SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPb OFF SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPa OFF SWCOVUFL CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 OFF SWCOVUFR CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 ON SWDCSIN CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSOUT CHK/CLOSED
EVDS2 ON SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EV2 ON SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVW2 OFF SWPOL CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 ON
LEVEL SENSORS
EVHE OFF LFP CHK/0
EVDRAIN OFF LFD CHK
EVS OFF LP* CHK
EVR1 OFF LD1* CHK
EVC OFF LD2* CHK
EVD OFF UPLC NOT CHECKED
EV1S OFF
EVW1 OFF PRESSURE SENSORS / SWITCHES
EVBHE ON SWP CHK
Heater OFF PDG ---
PFS CHK
PUMPS
PI CHK
PC ON / 60% PO ---
PB OFF SWP1 CHK
Pse OFF PD CHK
PA OFF CLDI CHK
P1 3 / 750 ml/min (59%) PFS Exp. in Blind Mode 380 mmHg
P2 4 / 0 mmHg
PS OFF SPECIAL AUTOMATISM
PWHO 2 / 0 mmHg
UF OFF P2_PWHO_FREQ_CHECK 0
Pinf OFF AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_LE OFF
AK_TEST

* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.

15-200 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Rinsing: phase 16B - Flushing EVD2 line and EVBHE (for other Rinsing processes)
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-201


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.2.33 Rinsing: phase 17 - Flushing the circuit passing through the


Ultrafilter + EVFlush
Description Status Description Status
Time 70 s
SWITCHES
Execution Always
SWA/SWA2 CHK/CLOSED
ELECTROVALVES
SWB/SWB2 CHK/CLOSED
EVH2O ON SWA1C CHK/OPEN
EVFlush ON SWA2C CHK/OPEN
EVDeg ON SWBK CHK/CLOSED
EVP 2 SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED
EVA OFF SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM1 ON SWAK CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM ON SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPb OFF SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPa OFF SWCOVUFL CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 2 SWCOVUFR CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 ON SWDCSIN CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSOUT CHK/CLOSED
EVDS2 ON SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EV2 ON SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVW2 OFF SWPOL CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 2
LEVEL SENSORS
EVHE OFF LFP CHK/0
EVDRAIN ON LFD CHK
EVS OFF LP* CHK
EVR1 OFF LD1* CHK
EVC OFF LD2* CHK
EVD OFF UPLC NOT CHECKED
EV1S OFF
EVW1 OFF PRESSURE SENSORS / SWITCHES
EVBHE OFF SWP CHK
Heater 11/Tset** (Hypo) PDG ---
OFF (Others)
PFS CHK
PUMPS
PI CHK
PC ON / 60% PO ---
PB ON / 15 ml/min SWP1 CHK
Pse ON / 15 ml/min PD CHK
PA ON / 15 ml/min CLDI CHK
P1 3 / 500 ml/min (36%) PFS Exp. in Blind Mode 220 mmHg
P2 4 / 0 mmHg
PS OFF SPECIAL AUTOMATISM
PWHO 2 / 0 mmHg
UF OFF P2_PWHO_FREQ_CHECK 0
Pinf OFF AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_LE OFF
AK_TEST

* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.
** Tset = 35° for the first cycle, 50° for the second cycle and 65° for the last three cycles.

15-202 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Rinsing: phase 17 - Flushing the circuit passing through the Ultrafilter + EVFlush
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-203


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.2.34 Rinsing: phase 18 - Flushing EVP line + the main flow + EVBHE
Description Status Description Status
Time 35 s
SWITCHES
Execution Always
SWA/SWA2 CHK/CLOSED
ELECTROVALVES
SWB/SWB2 CHK/CLOSED
EVH2O ON SWA1C CHK/OPEN
EVFlush OFF SWA2C CHK/OPEN
EVDeg ON SWBK CHK/CLOSED
EVP ON SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED
EVA OFF SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM1 ON SWAK CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM ON SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPb OFF SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPa OFF SWCOVUFL CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 2 SWCOVUFR CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 ON SWDCSIN CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSOUT CHK/CLOSED
EVDS2 ON SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EV2 ON SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVW2 OFF SWPOL CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 2
LEVEL SENSORS
EVHE OFF LFP CHK
EVDRAIN OFF LFD CHK
EVS OFF LP* CHK
EVR1 OFF LD1* CHK
EVC OFF LD2* CHK
EVD OFF UPLC NOT CHECKED
EV1S OFF
EVW1 OFF PRESSURE SENSORS / SWITCHES
EVBHE ON SWP CHK
Heater 11/Tset** (Hypo) PDG ---
OFF (Others)
PFS CHK
PUMPS
PI CHK
PC ON / 60% PO ---
PB ON / 15 ml/min SWP1 CHK
Pse ON / 15 ml/min PD CHK
PA ON / 15 ml/min CLDI CHK
P1 3 / 500 ml/min (36%) PFS Exp. in Blind Mode 220 mmHg
P2 4 / 0 mmHg
PS OFF SPECIAL AUTOMATISM
PWHO 2 / 100 mmHg
UF OFF P2_PWHO_FREQ_CHECK 0
Pinf OFF AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_LE OFF
AK_TEST

* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.
** Tset = 35° for the first cycle, 50° for the second cycle and 65° for the last three cycles.

15-204 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Rinsing: phase 18 - Flushing EVP line + the main flow + EVBHE
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-205


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.2.35 Rinsing: phase 19 - Flushing Evpb + Pb + Pse +Pa+ the main


flow
Description Status Description Status
Time 55 s
SWITCHES
Execution Always
SWA/SWA2 CHK/CLOSED
ELECTROVALVES
SWB/SWB2 CHK/CLOSED
EVH2O ON SWA1C CHK/OPEN
EVFlush OFF SWA2C CHK/OPEN
EVDeg ON SWBK CHK/CLOSED
EVP 2 SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED
EVA OFF SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM1 OFF SWAK CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM ON SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPb ON SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPa OFF SWCOVUFL CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 2 SWCOVUFR CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 ON SWDCSIN CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSOUT CHK/CLOSED
EVDS2 ON SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EV2 ON SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVW2 OFF SWPOL CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 2
LEVEL SENSORS
EVHE OFF LFP CHK
EVDRAIN ON LFD CHK
EVS OFF LP* CHK
EVR1 OFF LD1* CHK
EVC OFF LD2* CHK
EVD OFF UPLC NOT CHECKED
EV1S OFF
EVW1 OFF PRESSURE SENSORS / SWITCHES
EVBHE OFF SWP CHK
Heater 11/Tset** (Hypo) PDG ---
OFF (Others)
PFS CHK
PUMPS
PI CHK
PC ON / 60% PO ---
PB ON / 15 ml/min SWP1 CHK
Pse ON / 15 ml/min PD CHK
PA ON / 15 ml/min CLDI CHK
P1 3 / 400 ml/min (35%) PFS Exp. in Blind Mode 160 mmHg
P2 4 / 0 mmHg
PS OFF SPECIAL AUTOMATISM
PWHO 2 / 0 mmHg
UF OFF P2_PWHO_FREQ_CHECK 0
Pinf OFF AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_LE OFF
AK_TEST

* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.
**Tset = 35° for the first cycle, 50° for the second cycle and 65° for the last three cycles.

15-206 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Rinsing: phase 19 - Flushing Evpb + Pb + Pse +Pa+ the main flow
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-207


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.2.36 Rinsing: phase 20 - Flushing Evpa + Pb+ Pa + Pse + the main


flow
Description Status Description Status
Time 45 s
SWITCHES
Execution Always
SWA/SWA2 CHK/CLOSED
ELECTROVALVES
SWB/SWB2 CHK/CLOSED
EVH2O ON SWA1C CHK/OPEN
EVFlush OFF SWA2C CHK/OPEN
EVDeg ON SWBK CHK/CLOSED
EVP 2 SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED
EVA OFF SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM1 OFF SWAK CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM ON SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPb OFF SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPa ON SWCOVUFL CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 2 SWCOVUFR CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 ON SWDCSIN CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSOUT CHK/CLOSED
EVDS2 ON SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EV2 ON SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVW2 OFF SWPOL CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 2
LEVEL SENSORS
EVHE OFF LFP CHK
EVDRAIN ON LFD CHK
EVS OFF LP* CHK
EVR1 OFF LD1* CHK
EVC OFF LD2* CHK
EVD OFF UPLC NOT CHECKED
EV1S OFF
EVW1 OFF PRESSURE SENSORS / SWITCHES
EVBHE OFF SWP CHK
Heater 11/Tset** (Hypo) PDG ---
OFF (Others)
PFS CHK
PUMPS
PI CHK
PC ON / 60% PO ---
PB ON / 15 ml/min SWP1 CHK
Pse ON / 15 ml/min PD CHK
PA ON / 15 ml/min CLDI CHK
P1 3 / 400 ml/min (35%) PFS Exp. in Blind Mode 160 mmHg
P2 4 / 0 mmHg
PS OFF SPECIAL AUTOMATISM
PWHO 2 / 0 mmHg
UF OFF P2_PWHO_FREQ_CHECK 0
Pinf OFF AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_LE OFF
AK_TEST

* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.
** Tset = 35° for the first cycle, 50° for the second cycle and 65° for the last three cycles.

15-208 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Rinsing: phase 20 - Flushing Evpa + Pb+ Pa + Pse + the main flow
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-209


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.2.37 Rinsing: phase 21 - Flushing EVD or EVC electrovalves


Description Status Description Status
Time 5s
Execution Only if EVD or EVC SWITCHES
used in the previous
chemical process
SWA/SWA2 CHK/CLOSED
ELECTROVALVES
SWB/SWB2 CHK/CLOSED
EVH2O ON SWA1C CHK/OPEN
EVFlush OFF SWA2C CHK/OPEN
EVDeg ON SWBK CHK/CLOSED
EVP 2 SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED
EVA OFF SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM1 ON SWAK CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM ON SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPb OFF SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPa OFF SWCOVUFL CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 2 SWCOVUFR CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 ON SWDCSIN CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSOUT CHK/CLOSED
EVDS2 ON SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EV2 ON SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVW2 OFF SWPOL CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 2
LEVEL SENSORS
EVHE OFF LFP CHK/0
EVDRAIN ON LFD CHK
EVS ON LP* CHK
EVR1 OFF LD1* CHK
EVC OFF (ON if Yellow LD2* CHK
connector)
EVD OFF (ON if Clear UPLC NOT CHECKED
connector)
EV1S OFF
EVW1 OFF PRESSURE SENSORS / SWITCHES
EVBHE OFF SWP CHK
Heater OFF PDG ---
PFS CHK
PUMPS
PI CHK
PC ON / 60% PO ---
PB OFF SWP1 CHK
Pse OFF PD CHK
PA OFF CLDI CHK
P1 3 / 750 ml/min (59%) PFS Exp. in Blind Mode 380 mmHg
P2 4 / 0 mmHg
PS 6 / 100 ml/min SPECIAL AUTOMATISM
PWHO 2 / 0 mmHg
UF OFF P2_PWHO_FREQ_CHECK 0
Pinf OFF AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_LE OFF
AK_TEST

* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.

15-210 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Rinsing: phase 21 - Flushing EVC electrovalves
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-211


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Rinsing: phase 21 - Flushing EVD electrovalves


ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

15-212 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION

15.2.38 Rinsing: phase 28 - End rinsing


Description Status Description Status
Time Not counted
SWITCHES
Execution Always
SWA/SWA2 ---
ELECTROVALVES
SWB/SWB2 ---
EVH2O OFF SWA1C ---
EVFlush OFF SWA2C ---
EVDeg OFF SWBK ---
EVP OFF SWSeK1 ---
EVA OFF SWSeK2 ---
EVPRIM1 OFF SWAK ---
EVPRIM OFF SWLOWUF1 ---
EVPb OFF SWLOWUF2 ---
EVPa OFF SWCOVUFL ---
EVD1 OFF SWCOVUFR ---
EVDS1 OFF SWDCSIN ---
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSOUT ---
EVDS2 OFF SWCON1 ---
EV2 OFF SWCON2 ---
EVW2 OFF SWPOL ---
EVD2 OFF
LEVEL SENSORS
EVHE OFF LFP ---
EVDRAIN ON LFD ---
EVS OFF LP* ---
EVR1 OFF LD1* ---
EVC OFF LD2* ---
EVD OFF UPLC NOT CHECKED
EV1S OFF
EVW1 OFF PRESSURE SENSORS / SWITCHES
EVBHE OFF SWP ---
Heater OFF PDG ---
PFS ---
PUMPS
PI ---
PC OFF PO ---
PB OFF SWP1 ---
Pse OFF PD ---
PA OFF CLDI ---
P1 OFF PFS Exp. in Blind Mode ---
P2 OFF
PS OFF SPECIAL AUTOMATISM
PWHO OFF
UF OFF P2_PWHO_FREQ_CHECK ---
Pinf OFF AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_LE OFF
AK_TEST

* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-213


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Rinsing: phase 28 - End rinsing


ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

15-214 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION

15.2.39 Rinsing: phase 29 - Stop rinsing


Description Status Description Status
Time Not counted
SWITCHES
Execution Always
SWA/SWA2 ---
ELECTROVALVES
SWB/SWB2 ---
EVH2O OFF SWA1C ---
EVFlush OFF SWA2C ---
EVDeg OFF SWBK ---
EVP OFF SWSeK1 ---
EVA OFF SWSeK2 ---
EVPRIM1 OFF SWAK ---
EVPRIM OFF SWLOWUF1 ---
EVPb OFF SWLOWUF2 ---
EVPa OFF SWCOVUFL ---
EVD1 OFF SWCOVUFR ---
EVDS1 OFF SWDCSIN ---
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSOUT ---
EVDS2 OFF SWCON1 ---
EV2 OFF SWCON2 ---
EVW2 OFF SWPOL ---
EVD2 OFF
LEVEL SENSORS
EVHE OFF LFP ---
EVDRAIN ON LFD ---
EVS OFF LP* ---
EVR1 OFF LD1* ---
EVC OFF LD2* ---
EVD OFF UPLC NOT CHECKED
EV1S OFF
EVW1 OFF PRESSURE SENSORS / SWITCHES
EVBHE OFF SWP ---
Heater OFF PDG ---
PFS ---
PUMPS
PI ---
PC OFF PO ---
PB OFF SWP1 ---
Pse OFF PD ---
PA OFF CLDI ---
P1 OFF PFS Exp. in Blind Mode ---
P2 OFF
PS OFF SPECIAL AUTOMATISM
PWHO OFF
UF OFF P2_PWHO_FREQ_CHECK ---
Pinf OFF AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_LE OFF
AK_TEST

* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-215


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Rinsing: phase 29 - Stop rinsing


ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

15-216 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION

15.3 Rinse CCK


A rinse process can be performed in order to remove concentrates from the Central Concentrate Tube.
To carry out the Central Concentrate Tube rinse process the proper configuration of the tubes must be
set (for detailed information, refer to the Section “Rinse CCK” of the Chapter “Disinfection/Rinse/Cleaning”
of the Operator’s Manual).
Process Time

The Rinse program has a duration of 4 minutes.


Alarm condition management

In case an alarm occurs, the phase currently running stops and a special management is actuated: all
the pumps will be stopped after 2 s and all the electro valves (except EVDRAIN) will be set to OFF. The
EVDRAIN must be kept ON to avoid pipe disconnection in case of reset of alarm condition and consequent
pumps restart. This configuration is kept as long as program time +30 additional minutes have elapsed,
then the Artis Dialysis System goes to display off. If the alarm condition resets, the process continues from
where it was interrupted.
Each time the process restarts from an alarm condition, the process will run the phase interrupted by the
alarm occurrence from the beginning and process time will be updated consequently.
UltraFilter Presence

The process can be run in the following conditions:


1. without Ultrafilter
2. with one UltraFilter (UF2)
3. with two Ultrafilter

NOTE
The specifications are related only to the condition of both Ultrafilters installed.

The machine use a Blind Mode to control the P1 or P2 pumps when the D1C or D2C are not able to
provide a measure due to the absence of ions.
The Blind Mode defines a frequency to control P1 or P2 pump using:
• an internal parameter, the PFS or PO-PD pressure sensors and a corrective coefficient.
• an internal parameter multiplied by a corrective coefficient, when the status of the P1 or P2 pumps
show “%” (the internal parameter in terms of a percentage of the maximum pump command
frequency).
The BlindP1M or BlindP2M parameters available in the Service Data Page 1 show when the P1 or P2
pumps are in Blind Mode.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-217


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Legend to the description of rinsing phases

Component
State Meaning
type
- Not Relevant
Electrovalves OFF Not activated
ON Activated
2 On Automatism on level sensor or on pressure level
XXXXH Hexadecimal value representative of all the electrovalves
activated
Pumps PxSV Set value [ml/min]
OFF OFF
ON Open loop (PC, P1, P2 set value [%])
2 Closed Loop on Encoder / Closed Loop on PDRAIN (Set Value
[mmHg])
3 PB: Closed Loop on CB sensor (Set value mS/cm*100)
PA: Closed Loop on CA sensor (Set value mS/cm*100)
P1: Closed Loop on D1C (set value [ml/min]) or Blind Mode when
needed.
P2: Closed Loop on D2C (set value [ml/min]) or Blind Mode when
needed.
4 Closed Loop on PO value (Set Value [mmHg])
5 ON OPEN LOOP in Forward direction
6 ON OPEN LOOP in Backward direction
7 Closed loop on PFS
9 Closed loop on Qd
10 Closed loop on PDG (Set Value [mmHg])
Heater HeaterSV Set value °C
OFF Off
3 Closed loop on temperature sensor with compensation on TcA
11 Closed loop on temperature sensor with no compensation
(Heat)
Switches CHK Checked by the Master through the slave error signal
(significative /not significative sensor)
CLOSED/ Expected value on the switch
OPEN
(UF) Switch value depends on UltraFilter presence
Flow Switches CHK Checked by the Master through the slave error signal
(significative /not significative sensor)
OFF Signal of flow presence
ON Signal of flow absence
Level Sensors 2 Management of evacuation air system bubble trap
Read Slave reading of air/water and Master test of the state message
CHK The value is directly checked by the Master reading from the
message of state
Note (UF) In case of Ultrafilter/s
(UF1) If CDF1 is installed
(UF2) If CDF2 is installed
Automatism P2_PWHO Check on the difference of driving frequency of two pumps in
_FREQ_CH serie
ECK
0 Enabled
1 Disabled

15-218 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION

Ceramic pumps settings (Pa, Pb, Ps, Psel):

If the ceramic pump is driven in open loop the specified set value is a flow (ml/min). From this value is
possible to find out the driving frequency by the following formula:

400 1
f = q ⋅ --------- ⋅ ---
3 k

Where:
f = the driving frequency (expressed in Hz)
q = the set flow (expressed in ml/min).
k = the stroke volume of the pump (expressed in 10*ml/rev).
This frequency is set by the master with a tolerance of ±135Hz (for the Ps the tolerance is of 4 Hz).
Gear pumps settings (Pc, P1, P2, PWHO):

If the gear pump is driven in open loop the set is expressed as percentage of the allowable range of
driving frequencies (20000 Hz).
For each pump, the specified set value of the flow represents the mean value after a transitional stage
(5-6 s)

P2_PWHO_FREQ_CHECK:

Automatism on Hydraulic Slave that checks the difference between the driving frequencies of pumps P1
and P2 and P2 and PWHO respectively. If the difference between the P1 and P2 is too high the frequency
of P2 is set to the driving frequency of P1 less 5 kHz. The same applies to the PWHO pump if the difference
between its driving frequency and the one of P2 is too high. The application of this automatism is always
active unless disabled by the master or in special hydraulic configuration of valves detected by the
hydraulic slave itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-219


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.3.1 Rinse CCK: phase 0 - Configuration of the actuators

Description Status Description Status


Time Not counted
SWITCHES
Execution Always
SWA/SWA2 ---
ELECTROVALVES
SWB/SWB2 ---
EVH2O OFF SWA1C ---
EVFlush OFF SWA2C ---
EVDeg OFF SWBK ---
EVP OFF SWSeK1 ---
EVA OFF SWSeK2 ---
EVPRIM1 OFF SWAK ---
EVPRIM OFF SWLOWUF1 ---
EVPb OFF SWLOWUF2 ---
EVPa OFF SWCOVUFL ---
EVD1 OFF SWCOVUFR ---
EVDS1 OFF SWDCSIN ---
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSOUT ---
EVDS2 OFF SWCON1 ---
EV2 OFF SWCON2 ---
EVW2 OFF SWPOL ---
EVD2 OFF
LEVEL SENSORS
EVHE OFF
EVDRAIN ON LFP ---
EVS OFF LFD ---
EVR1 OFF LP ---
EVC OFF LD1 ---
EVD OFF LD2 ---
EV1S OFF UPLC NOT CHECKED
EVW1 OFF
EVBHE OFF PRESSURE SENSORS / SWITCHES
Heater OFF SWP ---
PDG ---
PUMPS
PFS ---
PC OFF PI ---
PB OFF PO ---
Pse OFF SWP1 ---
PA OFF PD ---
P1 OFF CLDI ---
P2 OFF PFS Exp. in Blind Mode ---
PS OFF
PWHO OFF SPECIAL AUTOMATISM
UF OFF P2_PWHO_FREQ_CHECK ---
Pinf OFF AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_LE OFF
AK_TEST

15-220 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Rinse CCK: phase 0 - Configuration of the actuators

ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-221


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.3.2 Rinse CCK: phase 1 - Fill-up of external bypass

Description Status Description Status


Time 60 s
SWITCHES
Execution Always
SWA/SWA2 CHK/CLOSED
ELECTROVALVES
SWB/SWB2 CHK/CLOSED
EVH2O ON SWA1C *
EVFlush OFF SWA2C *
EVDeg ON SWBK CHK/CLOSED
EVP OFF SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED
EVA OFF SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM1 ON SWAK CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM ON SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPb OFF SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPa ON SWCOVUFL CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 ON SWCOVUFR CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 OFF SWDCSIN CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSOUT CHK/CLOSED
EVDS2 ON SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EV2 OFF SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVW2 OFF SWPOL CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 2
LEVEL SENSORS
EVHE OFF
EVDRAIN ON LFP CHK/0
EVS OFF LFD ---
EVR1 OFF LP ---
EVC OFF LD1 ---
EVD OFF LD2 ---
EV1S OFF UPLC NOT CHECKED
EVW1 OFF
EVBHE OFF PRESSURE SENSORS / SWITCHES
Heater OFF SWP CHK
PDG ---
PUMPS
PFS CHK
PC ON / 60% PI ---
PB ON / 15 ml/min PO ---
Pse ON / 15 ml/min SWP1 CHK
PA ON / 15 ml/min PD CHK
P1 ON / 60 ml/min CLDI ---
P2 4 / 0 mmHg PFS Exp. in Blind Mode ---
PS OFF
PWHO 2 / 0 mmHg SPECIAL AUTOMATISM
UF OFF P2_PWHO_FREQ_CHECK 0
Pinf OFF AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_LE OFF
AK_TEST
* CHK/CLOSED or OPEN depends on the set by the user.

15-222 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Rinse CCK: phase 1 - Fill-up of external bypass
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-223


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.3.3 Rinse CCK: phase 2 - Flushing EVPB lines

Description Status Description Status


Time 15 s
SWITCHES
Execution Always
SWA/SWA2 CHK/CLOSED
ELECTROVALVES
SWB/SWB2 CHK/CLOSED
EVH2O ON SWA1C *
EVFlush OFF SWA2C *
EVDeg ON SWBK CHK/CLOSED
EVP 2 SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED
EVA OFF SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM1 OFF SWAK CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM ON SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPb ON SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPa OFF SWCOVUFL CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 2 SWCOVUFR CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 OFF SWDCSIN CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSOUT CHK/CLOSED
EVDS2 ON SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EV2 OFF SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVW2 OFF SWPOL CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 2
LEVEL SENSORS
EVHE OFF
EVDRAIN ON LFP CHK
EVS OFF LFD ---
EVR1 OFF LP ---
EVC OFF LD1 ---
EVD OFF LD2 ---
EVS1 OFF UPLC NOT CHECKED
EVW1 OFF
EVBHE OFF PRESSURE SENSORS / SWITCHES
Heater OFF SWP CHK
PDG ---
PUMPS
PFS CHK
PC ON / 60% PI ---
PB ON / 15 ml/min PO ---
Pse ON / 15 ml/min SWP1 CHK
PA ON / 15 ml/min PD CHK
P1 3 / 400 ml/min CLDI ---
P2 4 / 0 mmHg PFS Exp. in Blind Mode ---
PS OFF
PWHO 2 / 0 mmHg SPECIAL AUTOMATISM
UF OFF P2_PWHO_FREQ_CHECK 0
Pinf OFF AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_LE OFF
AK_TEST
* CHK/CLOSED or OPEN depends on the set by the user.

15-224 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Rinse CCK: phase 2 - Flushing EVPB lines
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-225


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.3.4 Rinse CCK: phase 3 - Flushing EVPA lines

Description Status Description Status


Time 15 s
SWITCHES
Execution Always
SWA/SWA2 CHK/CLOSED
ELECTROVALVES
SWB/SWB2 CHK/CLOSED
EVH2O ON SWA1C *
EVFlush OFF SWA2C *
EVDeg ON SWBK CHK/CLOSED
EVP 2 SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED
EVA OFF SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM1 OFF SWAK CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM ON SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPb OFF SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPa ON SWCOVUFL CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 2 SWCOVUFR CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 OFF SWDCSIN CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSOUT CHK/CLOSED
EVDS2 ON SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EV2 OFF SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVW2 OFF SWPOL CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 2
LEVEL SENSORS
EVHE OFF
EVDRAIN ON LFP CHK
EVS OFF LFD ---
EVR1 OFF LP ---
EVC OFF LD1 ---
EVD OFF LD2 ---
EV1S OFF UPLC NOT CHECKED
EVW1 OFF
PRESSURE SENSORS / SWITCHES
EVBHE OFF
Heater OFF SWP CHK
PDG ---
PUMPS
PFS CHK
PC ON / 60% PI ---
PB ON / 15 ml/min PO ---
Pse ON / 15 ml/min SWP1 CHK
PA ON / 15 ml/min PD CHK
P1 3 / 400 ml/min CLDI ---
P2 4 / 0 mmHg PFS Exp. in Blind Mode ---
PS OFF
PWHO 2 / 0 mmHg SPECIAL AUTOMATISM
UF OFF P2_PWHO_FREQ_CHECK 0
Pinf OFF AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_LE OFF
AK_TEST
* CHK/CLOSED or OPEN depends on the set by the user.

15-226 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Rinse CCK: phase 3 - Flushing EVPA lines
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-227


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.3.5 Rinse CCK: phase 4 - Flushing mixing lines

Description Status Description Status


Time 30 s
SWITCHES
Execution Always
SWA/SWA2 CHK/CLOSED
ELECTROVALVES
SWB/SWB2 CHK/CLOSED
EVH2O ON SWA1C *
EVFlush OFF SWA2C *
EVDeg ON SWBK CHK/CLOSED
EVP 2 SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED
EVA OFF SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM1 ON SWAK CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM ON SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPb OFF SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPa OFF SWCOVUFL CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 2 SWCOVUFR CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 OFF SWDCSIN CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSOUT CHK/CLOSED
EVDS2 ON SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EV2 OFF SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVW2 OFF SWPOL CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 2
LEVEL SENSORS
EVHE OFF
EVDRAIN ON LFP CHK
EVS OFF LFD ---
EVR1 OFF LP ---
EVC OFF LD1 ---
EVD OFF LD2 ---
EVS1 OFF UPLC NOT CHECKED
EVW1 OFF
EVBHE OFF PRESSURE SENSORS / SWITCHES
Heater OFF SWP CHK
PDG ---
PUMPS
PFS CHK
PC ON / 60% PI ---
PB ON / 15 ml/min PO ---
Pse ON / 15 ml/min SWP1 CHK
PA ON / 15 ml/min PD CHK
P1 3 / 700 ml/min (49%) CLDI ---
P2 4 / 0 mmHg PFS Exp. in Blind Mode 10 mmHg
PS OFF
PWHO 2 / 0 mmHg SPECIAL AUTOMATISM
UF OFF P2_PWHO_FREQ_CHECK 0
Pinf OFF AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_LE OFF
AK_TEST
* CHK/CLOSED or OPEN depends on the set by the user.

15-228 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Rinse CCK: phase 4 - Flushing mixing lines
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-229


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.3.6 Rinse CCK: phase 11 - End rinsing process

Description Status Description Status


Time Not counted
SWITCHES
Execution Always
SWA/SWA2 ---
ELECTROVALVES
SWB/SWB2 ---
EVH2O OFF SWA1C ---
EVFlush OFF SWA2C ---
EVDeg OFF SWBK ---
EVP OFF SWSeK1 ---
EVA OFF SWSeK2 ---
EVPRIM1 OFF SWAK ---
EVPRIM OFF SWLOWUF1 ---
EVPb OFF SWLOWUF2 ---
EVPa OFF SWCOVUFL ---
EVD1 OFF SWCOVUFR ---
EVDS1 OFF SWDCSIN ---
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSOUT ---
EVDS2 OFF SWCON1 ---
EV2 OFF SWCON2 ---
EVW2 OFF SWPOL ---
EVD2 OFF
LEVEL SENSORS
EVHE OFF
EVDRAIN ON LFP ---
EVS OFF LFD ---
EVR1 OFF LP ---
EVC OFF LD1 ---
EVD OFF LD2 ---
EVS1 OFF UPLC NOT CHECKED
EVW1 OFF
EVBHE OFF PRESSURE SENSORS / SWITCHES
Heater OFF SWP ---
PDG ---
PUMPS
PFS ---
PC OFF PI ---
PB OFF PO ---
Pse OFF SWP1 ---
PA OFF PD ---
P1 OFF CLDI ---
P2 OFF PFS Exp. in Blind Mode ---
PS OFF
PWHO OFF
SPECIAL AUTOMATISM
UF OFF P2_PWHO_FREQ_CHECK ---
Pinf OFF AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_LE OFF
AK_TEST

15-230 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Rinse CCK: phase 11 - End rinsing process
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-231


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

15.3.7 Rinse CCK: phase 12 - Stop rinsing process

Description Status Description Status


Time Not counted
SWITCHES
Execution Always
SWA/SWA2 ---
ELECTROVALVES
SWB/SWB2 ---
EVH2O OFF SWA1C ---
EVFlush OFF SWA2C ---
EVDeg OFF SWBK ---
EVP OFF SWSeK1 ---
EVA OFF SWSeK2 ---
EVPRIM1 OFF SWAK ---
EVPRIM OFF SWLOWUF1 ---
EVPb OFF SWLOWUF2 ---
EVPa OFF SWCOVUFL ---
EVD1 OFF SWCOVUFR ---
EVDS1 OFF SWDCSIN ---
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSOUT ---
EVDS2 OFF SWCON1 ---
EV2 OFF SWCON2 ---
EVW2 OFF SWPOL ---
EVD2 OFF
LEVEL SENSORS
EVHE OFF
EVDRAIN ON LFP ---
EVS OFF LFD ---
EVR1 OFF LP ---
EVC OFF LD1 ---
EVD OFF LD2 ---
EVS1 OFF UPLC NOT CHECKED
EVW1 OFF
EVBHE OFF PRESSURE SENSORS / SWITCHES
Heater OFF SWP ---
PDG ---
PUMPS
PFS ---
PC OFF PI ---
PB OFF PO ---
Pse OFF SWP1 ---
PA OFF PD ---
P1 OFF CLDI ---
P2 OFF PFS Exp. in Blind Mode ---
PS OFF
PWHO OFF SPECIAL AUTOMATISM
UF OFF P2_PWHO_FREQ_CHECK ---
Pinf OFF AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_LE OFF
AK_TEST

15-232 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
Rinse CCK: phase 12 - Stop rinsing process
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-233


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION

15.4 Chemical disinfection Process


The aim of the Chemical process is to disinfect the hydraulic circuit of the Artis Dialysis System by using
an external disinfectant that is automatically diluted by the machine itself in order to achieve the set
concentration. The intake of the disinfectant is through the electrovalves EVD or EVC connected at the rear
of the machine.
There are two kinds of chemical process:
• Chemical

• Chemical bacteriostatic
The chemicals allowed to be used in the machine are the following:
• Among Peracetic acid based solutions (Actril 0.06%, Dialox 0.35%, Oxagal 0.5%, Hemoclean 1.5%,
Acetoper 35 3%, Puristeril 340 3.5%, Renalin 4%, Peresal 4%).
• Among Sodium Hypochlorite based solutions (7%, 5%):
• Bleach, Amuchina
Interaction with the User
A chemical process can be performed by selecting the dedicated soft key. The chemical intake is
performed through the jugs connected to rear of the machine, therefore the user has the possibility of
choosing among two different disinfectant intakes: Yellow connector and Clear connector.
The process is then carried out automatically since disinfectant intake does not require any intervention
from the user.

NOTE
In order to perform a chemical disinfection program using a disinfectant canister, it is necessary to
install the Chemical Container Shelf.
For further information on the availability of this component, contact your Local Representative.

All the chemical programs will be listed in Service Menu and will have the dilution ratio and rinse time
SW coded so that the technician will just have the possibility to decide what program can be made
accessible to the user accordingly with the disinfectant used in the clinic.
Process Time
The duration of the process includes dilution and distribution phases and minimum dwell phase.
Each dilution and distribution phase has a fixed duration since it has been calculated according to the
tubing length in order to fill up each tubing completely with diluted disinfectant.
Preliminary (quick flush) and dilution phases have duration of about 11 minutes. Minimum dwell time is 5
minutes and maximum is 10 minutes.
Water consumption
The water consumption per machine for a Chemical process (following Rinse process excluded, to be
counted separately) is approximately 6.5 litres.
Dilution ratio
The dilution ratio is 1:35. The appropriate dilution ratio is associated to the specific chemical process.

NOTE
The specifications are related only to the condition of both Ultrafilters installed.

15-234 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION

Ceramic pumps settings (Pa, Pb, Ps, Psel):

If the ceramic pump is driven in open loop the specified set value is a flow (ml/min). From this value is
possible to find out the driving frequency by the following formula:

400 1
f = q ⋅ --------- × ---
3 k

Where f is the driving frequency (expressed in Hz), q is the set flow (expressed in ml/min) and k is the
stroke volume of the pump (10*ml/rev). This frequency is set by the master with a tolerance of +/-135 Hz,
for the Ps the tolerance is of 4 Hz.
Gear pumps settings (Pc, P1, P2, PWHO):

If the gear pump is driven in open loop the set is expressed as percentage of the allowable range of
driving frequencies (20000 Hz).

The machine use a Blind Mode to control the P1 or P2 pumps when the D1C or D2C are not able to
provide a measure due to the absence of ions.
The Blind Mode defines a frequency to control P1 or P2 pump using:
• an internal parameter, the PFS or PO-PD pressure sensors and a corrective coefficient.
• an internal parameter multiplied by a corrective coefficient, when the status of the P1 or P2 pumps
show “%”(the internal parameter in terms of a percentage of the maximum pump command
frequency).
The BlindP1M or BlindP2M parameters available in the Service Data Page 1 show when the P1 or P2
pumps are in Blind Mode.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-235


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Legend to the description of chemical disinfection phases

Component
State Meaning
type
- Not Relevant
Electrovalves OFF Not activated
ON Activated
2 On Automatism on level sensor or on pressure level
XXXXH Hexadecimal value representative of all the electrovalves
activated
Pumps PxSV Set value [ml/min]
OFF OFF
ON Open loop (PC, P1, P2 set value [%])
2 Closed Loop on Encoder / Closed Loop on PDRAIN (Set Value
[mmHg])
3 PB: Closed Loop on CB sensor (Set value mS/cm*100)
PA: Closed Loop on CA sensor (Set value mS/cm*100)
P1: Closed Loop on D1C (set value [ml/min]) or Blind Mode when
needed.
P2: Closed Loop on D2C (set value [ml/min]) or Blind Mode when
needed.
4 Closed Loop on PO value (Set Value [mmHg])
5 ON OPEN LOOP in Forward direction
6 ON OPEN LOOP in Backward direction
7 Closed loop on PFS
9 Closed loop on Qd
10 Closed loop on PDG (Set Value [mmHg])
Heater HeaterSV Set value °C
OFF Off
3 Closed loop on temperature sensor with compensation on TcA
11 Closed loop on temperature sensor with no compensation
(Heat)
Switches CHK Checked by the Master through the slave error signal
(significative /not significative sensor)
CLOSED / Expected value on the switch
OPEN
(UF) Switch value depends on UltraFilter presence
Flow Switches CHK Checked by the Master through the slave error signal
(significative /not significative sensor)
OFF Signal of flow presence
ON Signal of flow absence
Level Sensors 2 Management of evacuation air system bubble trap
Read Slave reading of air/water and Master test of the state message
CHK The value is directly checked by the Master reading from the
message of state
Note (UF) In case of Ultrafilter/s
(UF1) If CDF1 is installed
(UF2) If CDF2 is installed

15-236 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION

15.4.1 Chemical Disinfection: phase 0 - Setting up the hydraulic circuit


in a stable configuration of the actuators
Description Status Description Status
Time Not counted
SWITCHES
Execution Always
SWA/SWA2 ---
ELECTROVALVES
SWB/SWB2 ---
EVH2O OFF SWA1C ---
EVFlush OFF SWA2C ---
EVDeg OFF SWBK ---
EVP OFF SWSeK1 ---
EVA OFF SWSeK2 ---
EVPRIM1 OFF SWAK ---
EVPRIM OFF SWLOWUF1 ---
EVPb OFF SWLOWUF2 ---
EVPa OFF SWCOVUFL ---
EVD1 OFF SWCOVUFR ---
EVDS1 OFF SWDCSIN ---
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSOUT ---
EVDS2 OFF SWCON1 ---
EV2 OFF SWCON2 ---
EVW2 OFF SWPOL ---
EVD2 OFF
LEVEL SENSORS
EVHE OFF
EVDRAIN ON LFP ---
EVS OFF LFD ---
EVR1 OFF LP* ---
EVC OFF LD1* ---
EVD OFF LD2* ---
EV1S OFF UPLC NOT CHECKED
EVW1 OFF
PRESSURE SENSORS / SWITCHES

EVBHE OFF SWP ---


Heater OFF PDG ---
PFS ---
PUMPS
PI ---
PC OFF PO ---
PB OFF SWP1 ---
Pse OFF PD ---
PA OFF CLDI ---
P1 OFF PFS Exp. in Blind Mode ---
P2 OFF MISCELLANEOUS
PS OFF
PWHO OFF pH check ---
UF OFF SPECIAL AUTOMATISM
Pinf OFF AUTOM_OL_PUMPS_ADA OFF
PT_COEFF_CALC

* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-237


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Chemical Disinfection: phase 0 - Setting up the hydraulic circuit in a stable configuration of the actuators
ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1

A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3

SWAC1 SWAC2

1 2

WATER STOP

SWLEAKAGE

NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.

15-238 Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. /


Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION

15.4.2 Chemical Disinfection: phase 5A - Flushing the main circuit +


EVW1
Description Status Description Status
Time 15 s
SWITCHES
Execution Always
SWA/SWA2 CHK/CLOSED
ELECTROVALVES
SWB/SWB2 CHK/CLOSED
EVH2O ON SWA1C CHK/OPEN
EVFlush OFF SWA2C CHK/OPEN
EVDeg ON SWBK CHK/CLOSED
EVP 2 SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED
EVA OFF SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM1 ON SWAK CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM ON SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPb OFF SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPa OFF SWCOVUFL CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 2 SWCOVUFR CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 ON SWDCSIN CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSOUT CHK/CLOSED
EVDS2 ON SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EV2 ON SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVW2 OFF SWPOL CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 2
LEVEL SENSORS
EVHE OFF
EVDRAIN ON LFP CHK
EVS OFF LFD CHK
EVR1 OFF LP* CHK
EVC OFF LD1* CHK
EVD OFF LD2* CHK
EV1S OFF UPLC NOT CHECKED
EVW1 ON
PRESSURE SENSORS / SWITCHES

EVBHE OFF SWP CHK


Heater 11 / 35 °C PDG ---
PFS CHK
PUMPS
PI CHK
PC ON / 60% PO ---
PB ON / 15 ml/min SWP1 CHK
Pse ON / 15 ml/min PD CHK
PA ON / 15 ml/min CLDI CHK
P1 3 / 750 ml/min (64%) PFS Exp. in Blind Mode 450 mmHg
P2 3 / 400 ml/min (19%)
MISCELLANEOUS
PS OFF
PWHO 2 / 0 mmHg pH check ---
UF OFF SPECIAL AUTOMATISM

Pinf OFF AUTOM_OL_PUMPS_ADA OFF


PT_COEFF_CALC

* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.

Code SM_9033239200_15 Rev. / 15-239


ARTIS Service Manual: «MAINTENANCE»

Chemical Disinfection: phase 5A - Flushing the main circuit + EVW1


ORD

ORFLUSH FAIR

OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO

You might also like